diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:22:18 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:22:18 -0700 |
| commit | 8452922a77bfc0252d481b6ba23d1468507245b2 (patch) | |
| tree | 6cc2644ccdb9421690c7b88a8bac258819e653b9 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 3776-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 132135 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 3776-h/3776-h.htm | 10540 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 3776.txt | 7256 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 3776.zip | bin | 0 -> 129047 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/vfear10a.txt | 7711 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/vfear10a.zip | bin | 0 -> 128637 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/vfear11a.txt | 7703 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/vfear11a.zip | bin | 0 -> 128573 bytes |
11 files changed, 33226 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/3776-h.zip b/3776-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb0193d --- /dev/null +++ b/3776-h.zip diff --git a/3776-h/3776-h.htm b/3776-h/3776-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e1bc0f --- /dev/null +++ b/3776-h/3776-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,10540 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<HTML> +<HEAD> + +<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1"> + +<TITLE> +The Project Gutenberg E-text of The Valley of Fear, by Arthur Conan Doyle +</TITLE> + +<STYLE TYPE="text/css"> +BODY { color: Black; + background: White; + margin-right: 10%; + margin-left: 10%; + font-family: "Times New Roman", serif; + text-align: justify } + +P {text-indent: 4% } + +P.noindent {text-indent: 0% } + +P.poem {text-indent: 0%; + margin-left: 10%; + font-size: small } + +P.letter {text-indent: 0%; + font-size: small ; + margin-left: 10% ; + margin-right: 10% } + +P.finis { font-size: larger ; + text-align: center ; + text-indent: 0% ; + margin-left: 0% ; + margin-right: 0% } + +</STYLE> + +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Valley of Fear, by Arthur Conan Doyle + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Valley of Fear + +Author: Arthur Conan Doyle + +Posting Date: May 15, 2009 [EBook #3776] +Release Date: February, 2003 +First Posted: September 3, 2001 +Last Updated: February 10, 2005 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE VALLEY OF FEAR *** + + + + +Produced by Toby F. Charkin. HTML version by Al Haines. + + + + + +</pre> + + +<BR><BR> + +<H1 ALIGN="center"> +The Valley Of Fear +</H1> + +<BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +by +</H3> + +<H2 ALIGN="center"> +Sir Arthur Conan Doyle +</H2> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<H2 ALIGN="center"> +CONTENTS +</H2> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +PART 1—The Tragedy of Birlstone +</H3> + +<TABLE ALIGN="center" WIDTH="80%"> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top" WIDTH="20%">Chapter</TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top" WIDTH="80%"> </TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">1 </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap0101">The Warning</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">2 </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap0102">Sherlock Holmes Discourses</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">3 </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap0103">The Tragedy of Birlstone</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">4 </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap0104">Darkness</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">5 </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap0105">The People Of the Drama</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">6 </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap0106">A Dawning Light</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">7 </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap0107">The Solution</A></TD> +</TR> + +</TABLE> + +<BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +PART 2—The Scowrers +</H3> + +<TABLE ALIGN="center" WIDTH="80%"> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top" WIDTH="20%">1 </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top" WIDTH="80%"> +<A HREF="#chap0201">The Man</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">2 </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap0202">The Bodymaster</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">3 </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap0203">Lodge 341, Vermissa</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">4 </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap0204">The Valley of Fear</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">5 </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap0205">The Darkest Hour</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">6 </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap0206">Danger</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top">7 </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap0207">The Trapping of Birdy Edwards</A></TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="right" VALIGN="top"> </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#epilogue">Epilogue</A></TD> +</TR> + +</TABLE> + +<BR><BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0101"></A> +<H2 ALIGN="center"> +PART 1 +</H2> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +The Tragedy of Birlstone +</H3> + +<BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +Chapter 1 +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +The Warning +</H4> + +<P> +"I am inclined to think—" said I. +</P> + +<P> +"I should do so," Sherlock Holmes remarked impatiently. +</P> + +<P> +I believe that I am one of the most long-suffering of mortals; but I'll +admit that I was annoyed at the sardonic interruption. +</P> + +<P> +"Really, Holmes," said I severely, "you are a little trying at times." +</P> + +<P> +He was too much absorbed with his own thoughts to give any immediate +answer to my remonstrance. He leaned upon his hand, with his untasted +breakfast before him, and he stared at the slip of paper which he had +just drawn from its envelope. Then he took the envelope itself, held it +up to the light, and very carefully studied both the exterior and the +flap. +</P> + +<P> +"It is Porlock's writing," said he thoughtfully. "I can hardly doubt +that it is Porlock's writing, though I have seen it only twice before. +The Greek e with the peculiar top flourish is distinctive. But if it is +Porlock, then it must be something of the very first importance." +</P> + +<P> +He was speaking to himself rather than to me; but my vexation +disappeared in the interest which the words awakened. +</P> + +<P> +"Who then is Porlock?" I asked. +</P> + +<P> +"Porlock, Watson, is a nom-de-plume, a mere identification mark; but +behind it lies a shifty and evasive personality. In a former letter he +frankly informed me that the name was not his own, and defied me ever +to trace him among the teeming millions of this great city. Porlock is +important, not for himself, but for the great man with whom he is in +touch. Picture to yourself the pilot fish with the shark, the jackal +with the lion—anything that is insignificant in companionship with +what is formidable: not only formidable, Watson, but sinister—in the +highest degree sinister. That is where he comes within my purview. You +have heard me speak of Professor Moriarty?" +</P> + +<P> +"The famous scientific criminal, as famous among crooks as—" +</P> + +<P> +"My blushes, Watson!" Holmes murmured in a deprecating voice. +</P> + +<P> +"I was about to say, as he is unknown to the public." +</P> + +<P> +"A touch! A distinct touch!" cried Holmes. "You are developing a +certain unexpected vein of pawky humour, Watson, against which I must +learn to guard myself. But in calling Moriarty a criminal you are +uttering libel in the eyes of the law—and there lie the glory and the +wonder of it! The greatest schemer of all time, the organizer of every +deviltry, the controlling brain of the underworld, a brain which might +have made or marred the destiny of nations—that's the man! But so +aloof is he from general suspicion, so immune from criticism, so +admirable in his management and self-effacement, that for those very +words that you have uttered he could hale you to a court and emerge +with your year's pension as a solatium for his wounded character. Is he +not the celebrated author of The Dynamics of an Asteroid, a book which +ascends to such rarefied heights of pure mathematics that it is said +that there was no man in the scientific press capable of criticizing +it? Is this a man to traduce? Foul-mouthed doctor and slandered +professor—such would be your respective roles! That's genius, Watson. +But if I am spared by lesser men, our day will surely come." +</P> + +<P> +"May I be there to see!" I exclaimed devoutly. "But you were speaking +of this man Porlock." +</P> + +<P> +"Ah, yes—the so-called Porlock is a link in the chain some little way +from its great attachment. Porlock is not quite a sound link—between +ourselves. He is the only flaw in that chain so far as I have been able +to test it." +</P> + +<P> +"But no chain is stronger than its weakest link." +</P> + +<P> +"Exactly, my dear Watson! Hence the extreme importance of Porlock. Led +on by some rudimentary aspirations towards right, and encouraged by the +judicious stimulation of an occasional ten-pound note sent to him by +devious methods, he has once or twice given me advance information +which has been of value—that highest value which anticipates and +prevents rather than avenges crime. I cannot doubt that, if we had the +cipher, we should find that this communication is of the nature that I +indicate." +</P> + +<P> +Again Holmes flattened out the paper upon his unused plate. I rose and, +leaning over him, stared down at the curious inscription, which ran as +follows: +</P> + +<PRE> + 534 C2 13 127 36 31 4 17 21 41 + + DOUGLAS 109 293 5 37 BIRLSTONE + + 26 BIRLSTONE 9 47 171 +</PRE> + +<BR> + +<P> +"What do you make of it, Holmes?" +</P> + +<P> +"It is obviously an attempt to convey secret information." +</P> + +<P> +"But what is the use of a cipher message without the cipher?" +</P> + +<P> +"In this instance, none at all." +</P> + +<P> +"Why do you say 'in this instance'?" +</P> + +<P> +"Because there are many ciphers which I would read as easily as I do +the apocrypha of the agony column: such crude devices amuse the +intelligence without fatiguing it. But this is different. It is clearly +a reference to the words in a page of some book. Until I am told which +page and which book I am powerless." +</P> + +<P> +"But why 'Douglas' and 'Birlstone'?" +</P> + +<P> +"Clearly because those are words which were not contained in the page +in question." +</P> + +<P> +"Then why has he not indicated the book?" +</P> + +<P> +"Your native shrewdness, my dear Watson, that innate cunning which is +the delight of your friends, would surely prevent you from inclosing +cipher and message in the same envelope. Should it miscarry, you are +undone. As it is, both have to go wrong before any harm comes from it. +Our second post is now overdue, and I shall be surprised if it does not +bring us either a further letter of explanation, or, as is more +probable, the very volume to which these figures refer." +</P> + +<P> +Holmes's calculation was fulfilled within a very few minutes by the +appearance of Billy, the page, with the very letter which we were +expecting. +</P> + +<P> +"The same writing," remarked Holmes, as he opened the envelope, "and +actually signed," he added in an exultant voice as he unfolded the +epistle. "Come, we are getting on, Watson." His brow clouded, however, +as he glanced over the contents. +</P> + +<P> +"Dear me, this is very disappointing! I fear, Watson, that all our +expectations come to nothing. I trust that the man Porlock will come to +no harm. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P CLASS="letter"> + "DEAR MR. HOLMES [he says]:<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="letter"> + "I will go no further in this matter. It is too dangerous—he + suspects me. I can see that he suspects me. He came to me + quite unexpectedly after I had actually addressed this envelope + with the intention of sending you the key to the cipher. + I was able to cover it up. If he had seen it, it would have + gone hard with me. But I read suspicion in his eyes. Please + burn the cipher message, which can now be of no use to you. +<BR><BR> + FRED PORLOCK." +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +Holmes sat for some little time twisting this letter between his +fingers, and frowning, as he stared into the fire. +</P> + +<P> +"After all," he said at last, "there may be nothing in it. It may be +only his guilty conscience. Knowing himself to be a traitor, he may +have read the accusation in the other's eyes." +</P> + +<P> +"The other being, I presume, Professor Moriarty." +</P> + +<P> +"No less! When any of that party talk about 'He' you know whom they +mean. There is one predominant 'He' for all of them." +</P> + +<P> +"But what can he do?" +</P> + +<P> +"Hum! That's a large question. When you have one of the first brains of +Europe up against you, and all the powers of darkness at his back, +there are infinite possibilities. Anyhow, Friend Porlock is evidently +scared out of his senses—kindly compare the writing in the note to +that upon its envelope; which was done, he tells us, before this +ill-omened visit. The one is clear and firm. The other hardly legible." +</P> + +<P> +"Why did he write at all? Why did he not simply drop it?" +</P> + +<P> +"Because he feared I would make some inquiry after him in that case, +and possibly bring trouble on him." +</P> + +<P> +"No doubt," said I. "Of course." I had picked up the original cipher +message and was bending my brows over it. "It's pretty maddening to +think that an important secret may lie here on this slip of paper, and +that it is beyond human power to penetrate it." +</P> + +<P> +Sherlock Holmes had pushed away his untasted breakfast and lit the +unsavoury pipe which was the companion of his deepest meditations. "I +wonder!" said he, leaning back and staring at the ceiling. "Perhaps +there are points which have escaped your Machiavellian intellect. Let +us consider the problem in the light of pure reason. This man's +reference is to a book. That is our point of departure." +</P> + +<P> +"A somewhat vague one." +</P> + +<P> +"Let us see then if we can narrow it down. As I focus my mind upon it, +it seems rather less impenetrable. What indications have we as to this +book?" +</P> + +<P> +"None." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, well, it is surely not quite so bad as that. The cipher message +begins with a large 534, does it not? We may take it as a working +hypothesis that 534 is the particular page to which the cipher refers. +So our book has already become a large book which is surely something +gained. What other indications have we as to the nature of this large +book? The next sign is C2. What do you make of that, Watson?" +</P> + +<P> +"Chapter the second, no doubt." +</P> + +<P> +"Hardly that, Watson. You will, I am sure, agree with me that if the +page be given, the number of the chapter is immaterial. Also that if +page 534 finds us only in the second chapter, the length of the first +one must have been really intolerable." +</P> + +<P> +"Column!" I cried. +</P> + +<P> +"Brilliant, Watson. You are scintillating this morning. If it is not +column, then I am very much deceived. So now, you see, we begin to +visualize a large book printed in double columns which are each of a +considerable length, since one of the words is numbered in the document +as the two hundred and ninety-third. Have we reached the limits of what +reason can supply?" +</P> + +<P> +"I fear that we have." +</P> + +<P> +"Surely you do yourself an injustice. One more coruscation, my dear +Watson—yet another brain-wave! Had the volume been an unusual one, he +would have sent it to me. Instead of that, he had intended, before his +plans were nipped, to send me the clue in this envelope. He says so in +his note. This would seem to indicate that the book is one which he +thought I would have no difficulty in finding for myself. He had +it—and he imagined that I would have it, too. In short, Watson, it is +a very common book." +</P> + +<P> +"What you say certainly sounds plausible." +</P> + +<P> +"So we have contracted our field of search to a large book, printed in +double columns and in common use." +</P> + +<P> +"The Bible!" I cried triumphantly. +</P> + +<P> +"Good, Watson, good! But not, if I may say so, quite good enough! Even +if I accepted the compliment for myself I could hardly name any volume +which would be less likely to lie at the elbow of one of Moriarty's +associates. Besides, the editions of Holy Writ are so numerous that he +could hardly suppose that two copies would have the same pagination. +This is clearly a book which is standardized. He knows for certain that +his page 534 will exactly agree with my page 534." +</P> + +<P> +"But very few books would correspond with that." +</P> + +<P> +"Exactly. Therein lies our salvation. Our search is narrowed down to +standardized books which anyone may be supposed to possess." +</P> + +<P> +"Bradshaw!" +</P> + +<P> +"There are difficulties, Watson. The vocabulary of Bradshaw is nervous +and terse, but limited. The selection of words would hardly lend itself +to the sending of general messages. We will eliminate Bradshaw. The +dictionary is, I fear, inadmissible for the same reason. What then is +left?" +</P> + +<P> +"An almanac!" +</P> + +<P> +"Excellent, Watson! I am very much mistaken if you have not touched the +spot. An almanac! Let us consider the claims of Whitaker's Almanac. It +is in common use. It has the requisite number of pages. It is in double +column. Though reserved in its earlier vocabulary, it becomes, if I +remember right, quite garrulous towards the end." He picked the volume +from his desk. "Here is page 534, column two, a substantial block of +print dealing, I perceive, with the trade and resources of British +India. Jot down the words, Watson! Number thirteen is 'Mahratta.' Not, +I fear, a very auspicious beginning. Number one hundred and +twenty-seven is 'Government'; which at least makes sense, though +somewhat irrelevant to ourselves and Professor Moriarty. Now let us try +again. What does the Mahratta government do? Alas! the next word is +'pig's-bristles.' We are undone, my good Watson! It is finished!" +</P> + +<P> +He had spoken in jesting vein, but the twitching of his bushy eyebrows +bespoke his disappointment and irritation. I sat helpless and unhappy, +staring into the fire. A long silence was broken by a sudden +exclamation from Holmes, who dashed at a cupboard, from which he +emerged with a second yellow-covered volume in his hand. +</P> + +<P> +"We pay the price, Watson, for being too up-to-date!" he cried. "We are +before our time, and suffer the usual penalties. Being the seventh of +January, we have very properly laid in the new almanac. It is more than +likely that Porlock took his message from the old one. No doubt he +would have told us so had his letter of explanation been written. Now +let us see what page 534 has in store for us. Number thirteen is +'There,' which is much more promising. Number one hundred and +twenty-seven is 'is'—'There is'"—Holmes's eyes were gleaming with +excitement, and his thin, nervous fingers twitched as he counted the +words—"'danger.' Ha! Ha! Capital! Put that down, Watson. 'There is +danger—may—come—very—soon—one.' Then we have the name 'Douglas'— +'rich—country—now—at—Birlstone—House—Birlstone—confidence—is— +pressing.' There, Watson! What do you think of pure reason and its +fruit? If the greengrocer had such a thing as a laurel wreath, I +should send Billy round for it." +</P> + +<P> +I was staring at the strange message which I had scrawled, as he +deciphered it, upon a sheet of foolscap on my knee. +</P> + +<P> +"What a queer, scrambling way of expressing his meaning!" said I. +</P> + +<P> +"On the contrary, he has done quite remarkably well," said Holmes. +"When you search a single column for words with which to express your +meaning, you can hardly expect to get everything you want. You are +bound to leave something to the intelligence of your correspondent. The +purport is perfectly clear. Some deviltry is intended against one +Douglas, whoever he may be, residing as stated, a rich country +gentleman. He is sure—'confidence' was as near as he could get to +'confident'—that it is pressing. There is our result—and a very +workmanlike little bit of analysis it was!" +</P> + +<P> +Holmes had the impersonal joy of the true artist in his better work, +even as he mourned darkly when it fell below the high level to which he +aspired. He was still chuckling over his success when Billy swung open +the door and Inspector MacDonald of Scotland Yard was ushered into the +room. +</P> + +<P> +Those were the early days at the end of the '80's, when Alec MacDonald +was far from having attained the national fame which he has now +achieved. He was a young but trusted member of the detective force, who +had distinguished himself in several cases which had been entrusted to +him. His tall, bony figure gave promise of exceptional physical +strength, while his great cranium and deep-set, lustrous eyes spoke no +less clearly of the keen intelligence which twinkled out from behind +his bushy eyebrows. He was a silent, precise man with a dour nature and +a hard Aberdonian accent. +</P> + +<P> +Twice already in his career had Holmes helped him to attain success, +his own sole reward being the intellectual joy of the problem. For this +reason the affection and respect of the Scotchman for his amateur +colleague were profound, and he showed them by the frankness with which +he consulted Holmes in every difficulty. Mediocrity knows nothing +higher than itself; but talent instantly recognizes genius, and +MacDonald had talent enough for his profession to enable him to +perceive that there was no humiliation in seeking the assistance of one +who already stood alone in Europe, both in his gifts and in his +experience. Holmes was not prone to friendship, but he was tolerant of +the big Scotchman, and smiled at the sight of him. +</P> + +<P> +"You are an early bird, Mr. Mac," said he. "I wish you luck with your +worm. I fear this means that there is some mischief afoot." +</P> + +<P> +"If you said 'hope' instead of 'fear,' it would be nearer the truth, +I'm thinking, Mr. Holmes," the inspector answered, with a knowing grin. +"Well, maybe a wee nip would keep out the raw morning chill. No, I +won't smoke, I thank you. I'll have to be pushing on my way; for the +early hours of a case are the precious ones, as no man knows better +than your own self. But—but—" +</P> + +<P> +The inspector had stopped suddenly, and was staring with a look of +absolute amazement at a paper upon the table. It was the sheet upon +which I had scrawled the enigmatic message. +</P> + +<P> +"Douglas!" he stammered. "Birlstone! What's this, Mr. Holmes? Man, it's +witchcraft! Where in the name of all that is wonderful did you get +those names?" +</P> + +<P> +"It is a cipher that Dr. Watson and I have had occasion to solve. But +why—what's amiss with the names?" +</P> + +<P> +The inspector looked from one to the other of us in dazed astonishment. +"Just this," said he, "that Mr. Douglas of Birlstone Manor House was +horribly murdered last night!" +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0102"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +Chapter 2 +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +Sherlock Holmes Discourses +</H4> + +<P> +It was one of those dramatic moments for which my friend existed. It +would be an overstatement to say that he was shocked or even excited by +the amazing announcement. Without having a tinge of cruelty in his +singular composition, he was undoubtedly callous from long +over-stimulation. Yet, if his emotions were dulled, his intellectual +perceptions were exceedingly active. There was no trace then of the +horror which I had myself felt at this curt declaration; but his face +showed rather the quiet and interested composure of the chemist who +sees the crystals falling into position from his oversaturated solution. +</P> + +<P> +"Remarkable!" said he. "Remarkable!" +</P> + +<P> +"You don't seem surprised." +</P> + +<P> +"Interested, Mr. Mac, but hardly surprised. Why should I be surprised? +I receive an anonymous communication from a quarter which I know to be +important, warning me that danger threatens a certain person. Within an +hour I learn that this danger has actually materialized and that the +person is dead. I am interested; but, as you observe, I am not +surprised." +</P> + +<P> +In a few short sentences he explained to the inspector the facts about +the letter and the cipher. MacDonald sat with his chin on his hands and +his great sandy eyebrows bunched into a yellow tangle. +</P> + +<P> +"I was going down to Birlstone this morning," said he. "I had come to +ask you if you cared to come with me—you and your friend here. But +from what you say we might perhaps be doing better work in London." +</P> + +<P> +"I rather think not," said Holmes. +</P> + +<P> +"Hang it all, Mr. Holmes!" cried the inspector. "The papers will be +full of the Birlstone mystery in a day or two; but where's the mystery +if there is a man in London who prophesied the crime before ever it +occurred? We have only to lay our hands on that man, and the rest will +follow." +</P> + +<P> +"No doubt, Mr. Mac. But how do you propose to lay your hands on the +so-called Porlock?" +</P> + +<P> +MacDonald turned over the letter which Holmes had handed him. "Posted +in Camberwell—that doesn't help us much. Name, you say, is assumed. +Not much to go on, certainly. Didn't you say that you have sent him +money?" +</P> + +<P> +"Twice." +</P> + +<P> +"And how?" +</P> + +<P> +"In notes to Camberwell post-office." +</P> + +<P> +"Did you ever trouble to see who called for them?" +</P> + +<P> +"No." +</P> + +<P> +The inspector looked surprised and a little shocked. "Why not?" +</P> + +<P> +"Because I always keep faith. I had promised when he first wrote that I +would not try to trace him." +</P> + +<P> +"You think there is someone behind him?" +</P> + +<P> +"I know there is." +</P> + +<P> +"This professor that I've heard you mention?" +</P> + +<P> +"Exactly!" +</P> + +<P> +Inspector MacDonald smiled, and his eyelid quivered as he glanced +towards me. "I won't conceal from you, Mr. Holmes, that we think in the +C. I. D. that you have a wee bit of a bee in your bonnet over this +professor. I made some inquiries myself about the matter. He seems to +be a very respectable, learned, and talented sort of man." +</P> + +<P> +"I'm glad you've got so far as to recognize the talent." +</P> + +<P> +"Man, you can't but recognize it! After I heard your view I made it my +business to see him. I had a chat with him on eclipses. How the talk +got that way I canna think; but he had out a reflector lantern and a +globe, and made it all clear in a minute. He lent me a book; but I +don't mind saying that it was a bit above my head, though I had a good +Aberdeen upbringing. He'd have made a grand meenister with his thin +face and gray hair and solemn-like way of talking. When he put his hand +on my shoulder as we were parting, it was like a father's blessing +before you go out into the cold, cruel world." +</P> + +<P> +Holmes chuckled and rubbed his hands. "Great!" he said. "Great! Tell +me, Friend MacDonald, this pleasing and touching interview was, I +suppose, in the professor's study?" +</P> + +<P> +"That's so." +</P> + +<P> +"A fine room, is it not?" +</P> + +<P> +"Very fine—very handsome indeed, Mr. Holmes." +</P> + +<P> +"You sat in front of his writing desk?" +</P> + +<P> +"Just so." +</P> + +<P> +"Sun in your eyes and his face in the shadow?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, it was evening; but I mind that the lamp was turned on my face." +</P> + +<P> +"It would be. Did you happen to observe a picture over the professor's +head?" +</P> + +<P> +"I don't miss much, Mr. Holmes. Maybe I learned that from you. Yes, I +saw the picture—a young woman with her head on her hands, peeping at +you sideways." +</P> + +<P> +"That painting was by Jean Baptiste Greuze." +</P> + +<P> +The inspector endeavoured to look interested. +</P> + +<P> +"Jean Baptiste Greuze," Holmes continued, joining his finger tips and +leaning well back in his chair, "was a French artist who flourished +between the years 1750 and 1800. I allude, of course to his working +career. Modern criticism has more than indorsed the high opinion formed +of him by his contemporaries." +</P> + +<P> +The inspector's eyes grew abstracted. "Hadn't we better—" he said. +</P> + +<P> +"We are doing so," Holmes interrupted. "All that I am saying has a very +direct and vital bearing upon what you have called the Birlstone +Mystery. In fact, it may in a sense be called the very centre of it." +</P> + +<P> +MacDonald smiled feebly, and looked appealingly to me. "Your thoughts +move a bit too quick for me, Mr. Holmes. You leave out a link or two, +and I can't get over the gap. What in the whole wide world can be the +connection between this dead painting man and the affair at Birlstone?" +</P> + +<P> +"All knowledge comes useful to the detective," remarked Holmes. "Even +the trivial fact that in the year 1865 a picture by Greuze entitled La +Jeune Fille a l'Agneau fetched one million two hundred thousand +francs—more than forty thousand pounds—at the Portalis sale may start +a train of reflection in your mind." +</P> + +<P> +It was clear that it did. The inspector looked honestly interested. +</P> + +<P> +"I may remind you," Holmes continued, "that the professor's salary can +be ascertained in several trustworthy books of reference. It is seven +hundred a year." +</P> + +<P> +"Then how could he buy—" +</P> + +<P> +"Quite so! How could he?" +</P> + +<P> +"Ay, that's remarkable," said the inspector thoughtfully. "Talk away, +Mr. Holmes. I'm just loving it. It's fine!" +</P> + +<P> +Holmes smiled. He was always warmed by genuine admiration—the +characteristic of the real artist. "What about Birlstone?" he asked. +</P> + +<P> +"We've time yet," said the inspector, glancing at his watch. "I've a +cab at the door, and it won't take us twenty minutes to Victoria. But +about this picture: I thought you told me once, Mr. Holmes, that you +had never met Professor Moriarty." +</P> + +<P> +"No, I never have." +</P> + +<P> +"Then how do you know about his rooms?" +</P> + +<P> +"Ah, that's another matter. I have been three times in his rooms, twice +waiting for him under different pretexts and leaving before he came. +Once—well, I can hardly tell about the once to an official detective. +It was on the last occasion that I took the liberty of running over his +papers—with the most unexpected results." +</P> + +<P> +"You found something compromising?" +</P> + +<P> +"Absolutely nothing. That was what amazed me. However, you have now +seen the point of the picture. It shows him to be a very wealthy man. +How did he acquire wealth? He is unmarried. His younger brother is a +station master in the west of England. His chair is worth seven hundred +a year. And he owns a Greuze." +</P> + +<P> +"Well?" +</P> + +<P> +"Surely the inference is plain." +</P> + +<P> +"You mean that he has a great income and that he must earn it in an +illegal fashion?" +</P> + +<P> +"Exactly. Of course I have other reasons for thinking so—dozens of +exiguous threads which lead vaguely up towards the centre of the web +where the poisonous, motionless creature is lurking. I only mention the +Greuze because it brings the matter within the range of your own +observation." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, Mr. Holmes, I admit that what you say is interesting: it's more +than interesting—it's just wonderful. But let us have it a little +clearer if you can. Is it forgery, coining, burglary—where does the +money come from?" +</P> + +<P> +"Have you ever read of Jonathan Wild?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, the name has a familiar sound. Someone in a novel, was he not? I +don't take much stock of detectives in novels—chaps that do things and +never let you see how they do them. That's just inspiration: not +business." +</P> + +<P> +"Jonathan Wild wasn't a detective, and he wasn't in a novel. He was a +master criminal, and he lived last century—1750 or thereabouts." +</P> + +<P> +"Then he's no use to me. I'm a practical man." +</P> + +<P> +"Mr. Mac, the most practical thing that you ever did in your life would +be to shut yourself up for three months and read twelve hours a day at +the annals of crime. Everything comes in circles—even Professor +Moriarty. Jonathan Wild was the hidden force of the London criminals, +to whom he sold his brains and his organization on a fifteen per cent +commission. The old wheel turns, and the same spoke comes up. It's all +been done before, and will be again. I'll tell you one or two things +about Moriarty which may interest you." +</P> + +<P> +"You'll interest me, right enough." +</P> + +<P> +"I happen to know who is the first link in his chain—a chain with this +Napoleon-gone-wrong at one end, and a hundred broken fighting men, +pickpockets, blackmailers, and card sharpers at the other, with every +sort of crime in between. His chief of staff is Colonel Sebastian +Moran, as aloof and guarded and inaccessible to the law as himself. +What do you think he pays him?" +</P> + +<P> +"I'd like to hear." +</P> + +<P> +"Six thousand a year. That's paying for brains, you see—the American +business principle. I learned that detail quite by chance. It's more +than the Prime Minister gets. That gives you an idea of Moriarty's +gains and of the scale on which he works. Another point: I made it my +business to hunt down some of Moriarty's checks lately—just common +innocent checks that he pays his household bills with. They were drawn +on six different banks. Does that make any impression on your mind?" +</P> + +<P> +"Queer, certainly! But what do you gather from it?" +</P> + +<P> +"That he wanted no gossip about his wealth. No single man should know +what he had. I have no doubt that he has twenty banking accounts; the +bulk of his fortune abroad in the Deutsche Bank or the Credit Lyonnais +as likely as not. Sometime when you have a year or two to spare I +commend to you the study of Professor Moriarty." +</P> + +<P> +Inspector MacDonald had grown steadily more impressed as the +conversation proceeded. He had lost himself in his interest. Now his +practical Scotch intelligence brought him back with a snap to the +matter in hand. +</P> + +<P> +"He can keep, anyhow," said he. "You've got us side-tracked with your +interesting anecdotes, Mr. Holmes. What really counts is your remark +that there is some connection between the professor and the crime. That +you get from the warning received through the man Porlock. Can we for +our present practical needs get any further than that?" +</P> + +<P> +"We may form some conception as to the motives of the crime. It is, as +I gather from your original remarks, an inexplicable, or at least an +unexplained, murder. Now, presuming that the source of the crime is as +we suspect it to be, there might be two different motives. In the first +place, I may tell you that Moriarty rules with a rod of iron over his +people. His discipline is tremendous. There is only one punishment in +his code. It is death. Now we might suppose that this murdered +man—this Douglas whose approaching fate was known by one of the +arch-criminal's subordinates—had in some way betrayed the chief. His +punishment followed, and would be known to all—if only to put the fear +of death into them." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, that is one suggestion, Mr. Holmes." +</P> + +<P> +"The other is that it has been engineered by Moriarty in the ordinary +course of business. Was there any robbery?" +</P> + +<P> +"I have not heard." +</P> + +<P> +"If so, it would, of course, be against the first hypothesis and in +favour of the second. Moriarty may have been engaged to engineer it on +a promise of part spoils, or he may have been paid so much down to +manage it. Either is possible. But whichever it may be, or if it is +some third combination, it is down at Birlstone that we must seek the +solution. I know our man too well to suppose that he has left anything +up here which may lead us to him." +</P> + +<P> +"Then to Birlstone we must go!" cried MacDonald, jumping from his +chair. "My word! it's later than I thought. I can give you, gentlemen, +five minutes for preparation, and that is all." +</P> + +<P> +"And ample for us both," said Holmes, as he sprang up and hastened to +change from his dressing gown to his coat. "While we are on our way, +Mr. Mac, I will ask you to be good enough to tell me all about it." +</P> + +<P> +"All about it" proved to be disappointingly little, and yet there was +enough to assure us that the case before us might well be worthy of the +expert's closest attention. He brightened and rubbed his thin hands +together as he listened to the meagre but remarkable details. A long +series of sterile weeks lay behind us, and here at last there was a +fitting object for those remarkable powers which, like all special +gifts, become irksome to their owner when they are not in use. That +razor brain blunted and rusted with inaction. +</P> + +<P> +Sherlock Holmes's eyes glistened, his pale cheeks took a warmer hue, +and his whole eager face shone with an inward light when the call for +work reached him. Leaning forward in the cab, he listened intently to +MacDonald's short sketch of the problem which awaited us in Sussex. The +inspector was himself dependent, as he explained to us, upon a +scribbled account forwarded to him by the milk train in the early hours +of the morning. White Mason, the local officer, was a personal friend, +and hence MacDonald had been notified much more promptly than is usual +at Scotland Yard when provincials need their assistance. It is a very +cold scent upon which the Metropolitan expert is generally asked to run. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P CLASS="letter"> +"DEAR INSPECTOR MACDONALD [said the letter which he read to us]: +</P> + +<P CLASS="letter"> +"Official requisition for your services is in separate envelope. This +is for your private eye. Wire me what train in the morning you can get +for Birlstone, and I will meet it—or have it met if I am too +occupied. This case is a snorter. Don't waste a moment in getting +started. If you can bring Mr. Holmes, please do so; for he will find +something after his own heart. We would think the whole thing had been +fixed up for theatrical effect if there wasn't a dead man in the middle +of it. My word! it is a snorter." +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +"Your friend seems to be no fool," remarked Holmes. +</P> + +<P> +"No, sir, White Mason is a very live man, if I am any judge." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, have you anything more?" +</P> + +<P> +"Only that he will give us every detail when we meet." +</P> + +<P> +"Then how did you get at Mr. Douglas and the fact that he had been +horribly murdered?" +</P> + +<P> +"That was in the enclosed official report. It didn't say 'horrible': +that's not a recognized official term. It gave the name John Douglas. +It mentioned that his injuries had been in the head, from the discharge +of a shotgun. It also mentioned the hour of the alarm, which was close +on to midnight last night. It added that the case was undoubtedly one +of murder, but that no arrest had been made, and that the case was one +which presented some very perplexing and extraordinary features. That's +absolutely all we have at present, Mr. Holmes." +</P> + +<P> +"Then, with your permission, we will leave it at that, Mr. Mac. The +temptation to form premature theories upon insufficient data is the +bane of our profession. I can see only two things for certain at +present—a great brain in London, and a dead man in Sussex. It's the +chain between that we are going to trace." +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0103"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +Chapter 3 +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +The Tragedy of Birlstone +</H4> + +<P> +Now for a moment I will ask leave to remove my own insignificant +personality and to describe events which occurred before we arrived +upon the scene by the light of knowledge which came to us afterwards. +Only in this way can I make the reader appreciate the people concerned +and the strange setting in which their fate was cast. +</P> + +<P> +The village of Birlstone is a small and very ancient cluster of +half-timbered cottages on the northern border of the county of Sussex. +For centuries it had remained unchanged; but within the last few years +its picturesque appearance and situation have attracted a number of +well-to-do residents, whose villas peep out from the woods around. +These woods are locally supposed to be the extreme fringe of the great +Weald forest, which thins away until it reaches the northern chalk +downs. A number of small shops have come into being to meet the wants +of the increased population; so there seems some prospect that +Birlstone may soon grow from an ancient village into a modern town. It +is the centre for a considerable area of country, since Tunbridge +Wells, the nearest place of importance, is ten or twelve miles to the +eastward, over the borders of Kent. +</P> + +<P> +About half a mile from the town, standing in an old park famous for its +huge beech trees, is the ancient Manor House of Birlstone. Part of this +venerable building dates back to the time of the first crusade, when +Hugo de Capus built a fortalice in the centre of the estate, which had +been granted to him by the Red King. This was destroyed by fire in +1543, and some of its smoke-blackened corner stones were used when, in +Jacobean times, a brick country house rose upon the ruins of the feudal +castle. +</P> + +<P> +The Manor House, with its many gables and its small diamond-paned +windows, was still much as the builder had left it in the early +seventeenth century. Of the double moats which had guarded its more +warlike predecessor, the outer had been allowed to dry up, and served +the humble function of a kitchen garden. The inner one was still there, +and lay forty feet in breadth, though now only a few feet in depth, +round the whole house. A small stream fed it and continued beyond it, +so that the sheet of water, though turbid, was never ditch-like or +unhealthy. The ground floor windows were within a foot of the surface +of the water. +</P> + +<P> +The only approach to the house was over a drawbridge, the chains and +windlass of which had long been rusted and broken. The latest tenants +of the Manor House had, however, with characteristic energy, set this +right, and the drawbridge was not only capable of being raised, but +actually was raised every evening and lowered every morning. By thus +renewing the custom of the old feudal days the Manor House was +converted into an island during the night—a fact which had a very +direct bearing upon the mystery which was soon to engage the attention +of all England. +</P> + +<P> +The house had been untenanted for some years and was threatening to +moulder into a picturesque decay when the Douglases took possession of +it. This family consisted of only two individuals—John Douglas and his +wife. Douglas was a remarkable man, both in character and in person. In +age he may have been about fifty, with a strong-jawed, rugged face, a +grizzling moustache, peculiarly keen gray eyes, and a wiry, vigorous +figure which had lost nothing of the strength and activity of youth. He +was cheery and genial to all, but somewhat offhand in his manners, +giving the impression that he had seen life in social strata on some +far lower horizon than the county society of Sussex. +</P> + +<P> +Yet, though looked at with some curiosity and reserve by his more +cultivated neighbours, he soon acquired a great popularity among the +villagers, subscribing handsomely to all local objects, and attending +their smoking concerts and other functions, where, having a remarkably +rich tenor voice, he was always ready to oblige with an excellent song. +He appeared to have plenty of money, which was said to have been gained +in the California gold fields, and it was clear from his own talk and +that of his wife that he had spent a part of his life in America. +</P> + +<P> +The good impression which had been produced by his generosity and by +his democratic manners was increased by a reputation gained for utter +indifference to danger. Though a wretched rider, he turned out at every +meet, and took the most amazing falls in his determination to hold his +own with the best. When the vicarage caught fire he distinguished +himself also by the fearlessness with which he reentered the building +to save property, after the local fire brigade had given it up as +impossible. Thus it came about that John Douglas of the Manor House had +within five years won himself quite a reputation in Birlstone. +</P> + +<P> +His wife, too, was popular with those who had made her acquaintance; +though, after the English fashion, the callers upon a stranger who +settled in the county without introductions were few and far between. +This mattered the less to her, as she was retiring by disposition, and +very much absorbed, to all appearance, in her husband and her domestic +duties. It was known that she was an English lady who had met Mr. +Douglas in London, he being at that time a widower. She was a beautiful +woman, tall, dark, and slender, some twenty years younger than her +husband, a disparity which seemed in no wise to mar the contentment of +their family life. +</P> + +<P> +It was remarked sometimes, however, by those who knew them best, that +the confidence between the two did not appear to be complete, since the +wife was either very reticent about her husband's past life, or else, +as seemed more likely, was imperfectly informed about it. It had also +been noted and commented upon by a few observant people that there were +signs sometimes of some nerve-strain upon the part of Mrs. Douglas, and +that she would display acute uneasiness if her absent husband should +ever be particularly late in his return. On a quiet countryside, where +all gossip is welcome, this weakness of the lady of the Manor House did +not pass without remark, and it bulked larger upon people's memory when +the events arose which gave it a very special significance. +</P> + +<P> +There was yet another individual whose residence under that roof was, +it is true, only an intermittent one, but whose presence at the time of +the strange happenings which will now be narrated brought his name +prominently before the public. This was Cecil James Barker, of Hales +Lodge, Hampstead. +</P> + +<P> +Cecil Barker's tall, loose-jointed figure was a familiar one in the +main street of Birlstone village; for he was a frequent and welcome +visitor at the Manor House. He was the more noticed as being the only +friend of the past unknown life of Mr. Douglas who was ever seen in his +new English surroundings. Barker was himself an undoubted Englishman; +but by his remarks it was clear that he had first known Douglas in +America and had there lived on intimate terms with him. He appeared to +be a man of considerable wealth, and was reputed to be a bachelor. +</P> + +<P> +In age he was rather younger than Douglas—forty-five at the most—a +tall, straight, broad-chested fellow with a clean-shaved, prize-fighter +face, thick, strong, black eyebrows, and a pair of masterful black eyes +which might, even without the aid of his very capable hands, clear a +way for him through a hostile crowd. He neither rode nor shot, but +spent his days in wandering round the old village with his pipe in his +mouth, or in driving with his host, or in his absence with his hostess, +over the beautiful countryside. "An easy-going, free-handed gentleman," +said Ames, the butler. "But, my word! I had rather not be the man that +crossed him!" He was cordial and intimate with Douglas, and he was no +less friendly with his wife—a friendship which more than once seemed +to cause some irritation to the husband, so that even the servants were +able to perceive his annoyance. Such was the third person who was one +of the family when the catastrophe occurred. +</P> + +<P> +As to the other denizens of the old building, it will suffice out of a +large household to mention the prim, respectable, and capable Ames, and +Mrs. Allen, a buxom and cheerful person, who relieved the lady of some +of her household cares. The other six servants in the house bear no +relation to the events of the night of January 6th. +</P> + +<P> +It was at eleven forty-five that the first alarm reached the small +local police station, in charge of Sergeant Wilson of the Sussex +Constabulary. Cecil Barker, much excited, had rushed up to the door and +pealed furiously upon the bell. A terrible tragedy had occurred at the +Manor House, and John Douglas had been murdered. That was the +breathless burden of his message. He had hurried back to the house, +followed within a few minutes by the police sergeant, who arrived at +the scene of the crime a little after twelve o'clock, after taking +prompt steps to warn the county authorities that something serious was +afoot. +</P> + +<P> +On reaching the Manor House, the sergeant had found the drawbridge +down, the windows lighted up, and the whole household in a state of +wild confusion and alarm. The white-faced servants were huddling +together in the hall, with the frightened butler wringing his hands in +the doorway. Only Cecil Barker seemed to be master of himself and his +emotions; he had opened the door which was nearest to the entrance and +he had beckoned to the sergeant to follow him. At that moment there +arrived Dr. Wood, a brisk and capable general practitioner from the +village. The three men entered the fatal room together, while the +horror-stricken butler followed at their heels, closing the door behind +him to shut out the terrible scene from the maid servants. +</P> + +<P> +The dead man lay on his back, sprawling with outstretched limbs in the +centre of the room. He was clad only in a pink dressing gown, which +covered his night clothes. There were carpet slippers on his bare feet. +The doctor knelt beside him and held down the hand lamp which had stood +on the table. One glance at the victim was enough to show the healer +that his presence could be dispensed with. The man had been horribly +injured. Lying across his chest was a curious weapon, a shotgun with +the barrel sawed off a foot in front of the triggers. It was clear that +this had been fired at close range and that he had received the whole +charge in the face, blowing his head almost to pieces. The triggers had +been wired together, so as to make the simultaneous discharge more +destructive. +</P> + +<P> +The country policeman was unnerved and troubled by the tremendous +responsibility which had come so suddenly upon him. "We will touch +nothing until my superiors arrive," he said in a hushed voice, staring +in horror at the dreadful head. +</P> + +<P> +"Nothing has been touched up to now," said Cecil Barker. "I'll answer +for that. You see it all exactly as I found it." +</P> + +<P> +"When was that?" The sergeant had drawn out his notebook. +</P> + +<P> +"It was just half-past eleven. I had not begun to undress, and I was +sitting by the fire in my bedroom when I heard the report. It was not +very loud—it seemed to be muffled. I rushed down—I don't suppose it +was thirty seconds before I was in the room." +</P> + +<P> +"Was the door open?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, it was open. Poor Douglas was lying as you see him. His bedroom +candle was burning on the table. It was I who lit the lamp some minutes +afterward." +</P> + +<P> +"Did you see no one?" +</P> + +<P> +"No. I heard Mrs. Douglas coming down the stair behind me, and I rushed +out to prevent her from seeing this dreadful sight. Mrs. Allen, the +housekeeper, came and took her away. Ames had arrived, and we ran back +into the room once more." +</P> + +<P> +"But surely I have heard that the drawbridge is kept up all night." +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, it was up until I lowered it." +</P> + +<P> +"Then how could any murderer have got away? It is out of the question! +Mr. Douglas must have shot himself." +</P> + +<P> +"That was our first idea. But see!" Barker drew aside the curtain, and +showed that the long, diamond-paned window was open to its full extent. +"And look at this!" He held the lamp down and illuminated a smudge of +blood like the mark of a boot-sole upon the wooden sill. "Someone has +stood there in getting out." +</P> + +<P> +"You mean that someone waded across the moat?" +</P> + +<P> +"Exactly!" +</P> + +<P> +"Then if you were in the room within half a minute of the crime, he +must have been in the water at that very moment." +</P> + +<P> +"I have not a doubt of it. I wish to heaven that I had rushed to the +window! But the curtain screened it, as you can see, and so it never +occurred to me. Then I heard the step of Mrs. Douglas, and I could not +let her enter the room. It would have been too horrible." +</P> + +<P> +"Horrible enough!" said the doctor, looking at the shattered head and +the terrible marks which surrounded it. "I've never seen such injuries +since the Birlstone railway smash." +</P> + +<P> +"But, I say," remarked the police sergeant, whose slow, bucolic common +sense was still pondering the open window. "It's all very well your +saying that a man escaped by wading this moat, but what I ask you is, +how did he ever get into the house at all if the bridge was up?" +</P> + +<P> +"Ah, that's the question," said Barker. +</P> + +<P> +"At what o'clock was it raised?" +</P> + +<P> +"It was nearly six o'clock," said Ames, the butler. +</P> + +<P> +"I've heard," said the sergeant, "that it was usually raised at sunset. +That would be nearer half-past four than six at this time of year." +</P> + +<P> +"Mrs. Douglas had visitors to tea," said Ames. "I couldn't raise it +until they went. Then I wound it up myself." +</P> + +<P> +"Then it comes to this," said the sergeant: "If anyone came from +outside—if they did—they must have got in across the bridge before +six and been in hiding ever since, until Mr. Douglas came into the room +after eleven." +</P> + +<P> +"That is so! Mr. Douglas went round the house every night the last +thing before he turned in to see that the lights were right. That +brought him in here. The man was waiting and shot him. Then he got away +through the window and left his gun behind him. That's how I read it; +for nothing else will fit the facts." +</P> + +<P> +The sergeant picked up a card which lay beside the dead man on the +floor. The initials V. V. and under them the number 341 were rudely +scrawled in ink upon it. +</P> + +<P> +"What's this?" he asked, holding it up. +</P> + +<P> +Barker looked at it with curiosity. "I never noticed it before," he +said. "The murderer must have left it behind him." +</P> + +<P> +"V. V.—341. I can make no sense of that." +</P> + +<P> +The sergeant kept turning it over in his big fingers. "What's V. V.? +Somebody's initials, maybe. What have you got there, Dr. Wood?" +</P> + +<P> +It was a good-sized hammer which had been lying on the rug in front of +the fireplace—a substantial, workmanlike hammer. Cecil Barker pointed +to a box of brass-headed nails upon the mantelpiece. +</P> + +<P> +"Mr. Douglas was altering the pictures yesterday," he said. "I saw him +myself, standing upon that chair and fixing the big picture above it. +That accounts for the hammer." +</P> + +<P> +"We'd best put it back on the rug where we found it," said the +sergeant, scratching his puzzled head in his perplexity. "It will want +the best brains in the force to get to the bottom of this thing. It +will be a London job before it is finished." He raised the hand lamp +and walked slowly round the room. "Hullo!" he cried, excitedly, drawing +the window curtain to one side. "What o'clock were those curtains +drawn?" +</P> + +<P> +"When the lamps were lit," said the butler. "It would be shortly after +four." +</P> + +<P> +"Someone had been hiding here, sure enough." He held down the light, +and the marks of muddy boots were very visible in the corner. "I'm +bound to say this bears out your theory, Mr. Barker. It looks as if the +man got into the house after four when the curtains were drawn and +before six when the bridge was raised. He slipped into this room, +because it was the first that he saw. There was no other place where he +could hide, so he popped in behind this curtain. That all seems clear +enough. It is likely that his main idea was to burgle the house; but +Mr. Douglas chanced to come upon him, so he murdered him and escaped." +</P> + +<P> +"That's how I read it," said Barker. "But, I say, aren't we wasting +precious time? Couldn't we start out and scour the country before the +fellow gets away?" +</P> + +<P> +The sergeant considered for a moment. +</P> + +<P> +"There are no trains before six in the morning; so he can't get away by +rail. If he goes by road with his legs all dripping, it's odds that +someone will notice him. Anyhow, I can't leave here myself until I am +relieved. But I think none of you should go until we see more clearly +how we all stand." +</P> + +<P> +The doctor had taken the lamp and was narrowly scrutinizing the body. +"What's this mark?" he asked. "Could this have any connection with the +crime?" +</P> + +<P> +The dead man's right arm was thrust out from his dressing gown, and +exposed as high as the elbow. About halfway up the forearm was a +curious brown design, a triangle inside a circle, standing out in vivid +relief upon the lard-coloured skin. +</P> + +<P> +"It's not tattooed," said the doctor, peering through his glasses. "I +never saw anything like it. The man has been branded at some time as +they brand cattle. What is the meaning of this?" +</P> + +<P> +"I don't profess to know the meaning of it," said Cecil Barker; "but I +have seen the mark on Douglas many times this last ten years." +</P> + +<P> +"And so have I," said the butler. "Many a time when the master has +rolled up his sleeves I have noticed that very mark. I've often +wondered what it could be." +</P> + +<P> +"Then it has nothing to do with the crime, anyhow," said the sergeant. +"But it's a rum thing all the same. Everything about this case is rum. +Well, what is it now?" +</P> + +<P> +The butler had given an exclamation of astonishment and was pointing at +the dead man's outstretched hand. +</P> + +<P> +"They've taken his wedding ring!" he gasped. +</P> + +<P> +"What!" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, indeed. Master always wore his plain gold wedding ring on the +little finger of his left hand. That ring with the rough nugget on it +was above it, and the twisted snake ring on the third finger. There's +the nugget and there's the snake, but the wedding ring is gone." +</P> + +<P> +"He's right," said Barker. +</P> + +<P> +"Do you tell me," said the sergeant, "that the wedding ring was below +the other?" +</P> + +<P> +"Always!" +</P> + +<P> +"Then the murderer, or whoever it was, first took off this ring you +call the nugget ring, then the wedding ring, and afterwards put the +nugget ring back again." +</P> + +<P> +"That is so!" +</P> + +<P> +The worthy country policeman shook his head. "Seems to me the sooner we +get London on to this case the better," said he. "White Mason is a +smart man. No local job has ever been too much for White Mason. It +won't be long now before he is here to help us. But I expect we'll have +to look to London before we are through. Anyhow, I'm not ashamed to say +that it is a deal too thick for the likes of me." +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0104"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +Chapter 4 +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +Darkness +</H4> + +<P> +At three in the morning the chief Sussex detective, obeying the urgent +call from Sergeant Wilson of Birlstone, arrived from headquarters in a +light dog-cart behind a breathless trotter. By the five-forty train in +the morning he had sent his message to Scotland Yard, and he was at the +Birlstone station at twelve o'clock to welcome us. White Mason was a +quiet, comfortable-looking person in a loose tweed suit, with a +clean-shaved, ruddy face, a stoutish body, and powerful bandy legs +adorned with gaiters, looking like a small farmer, a retired +gamekeeper, or anything upon earth except a very favourable specimen of +the provincial criminal officer. +</P> + +<P> +"A real downright snorter, Mr. MacDonald!" he kept repeating. "We'll +have the pressmen down like flies when they understand it. I'm hoping +we will get our work done before they get poking their noses into it +and messing up all the trails. There has been nothing like this that I +can remember. There are some bits that will come home to you, Mr. +Holmes, or I am mistaken. And you also, Dr. Watson; for the medicos +will have a word to say before we finish. Your room is at the Westville +Arms. There's no other place; but I hear that it is clean and good. The +man will carry your bags. This way, gentlemen, if you please." +</P> + +<P> +He was a very bustling and genial person, this Sussex detective. In ten +minutes we had all found our quarters. In ten more we were seated in +the parlour of the inn and being treated to a rapid sketch of those +events which have been outlined in the previous chapter. MacDonald made +an occasional note, while Holmes sat absorbed, with the expression of +surprised and reverent admiration with which the botanist surveys the +rare and precious bloom. +</P> + +<P> +"Remarkable!" he said, when the story was unfolded, "most remarkable! I +can hardly recall any case where the features have been more peculiar." +</P> + +<P> +"I thought you would say so, Mr. Holmes," said White Mason in great +delight. "We're well up with the times in Sussex. I've told you now how +matters were, up to the time when I took over from Sergeant Wilson +between three and four this morning. My word! I made the old mare go! +But I need not have been in such a hurry, as it turned out; for there +was nothing immediate that I could do. Sergeant Wilson had all the +facts. I checked them and considered them and maybe added a few of my +own." +</P> + +<P> +"What were they?" asked Holmes eagerly. +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I first had the hammer examined. There was Dr. Wood there to +help me. We found no signs of violence upon it. I was hoping that if +Mr. Douglas defended himself with the hammer, he might have left his +mark upon the murderer before he dropped it on the mat. But there was +no stain." +</P> + +<P> +"That, of course, proves nothing at all," remarked Inspector MacDonald. +"There has been many a hammer murder and no trace on the hammer." +</P> + +<P> +"Quite so. It doesn't prove it wasn't used. But there might have been +stains, and that would have helped us. As a matter of fact there were +none. Then I examined the gun. They were buckshot cartridges, and, as +Sergeant Wilson pointed out, the triggers were wired together so that, +if you pulled on the hinder one, both barrels were discharged. Whoever +fixed that up had made up his mind that he was going to take no chances +of missing his man. The sawed gun was not more than two foot long—one +could carry it easily under one's coat. There was no complete maker's +name; but the printed letters P-E-N were on the fluting between the +barrels, and the rest of the name had been cut off by the saw." +</P> + +<P> +"A big P with a flourish above it, E and N smaller?" asked Holmes. +</P> + +<P> +"Exactly." +</P> + +<P> +"Pennsylvania Small Arms Company—well-known American firm," said +Holmes. +</P> + +<P> +White Mason gazed at my friend as the little village practitioner looks +at the Harley Street specialist who by a word can solve the +difficulties that perplex him. +</P> + +<P> +"That is very helpful, Mr. Holmes. No doubt you are right. Wonderful! +Wonderful! Do you carry the names of all the gun makers in the world in +your memory?" +</P> + +<P> +Holmes dismissed the subject with a wave. +</P> + +<P> +"No doubt it is an American shotgun," White Mason continued. "I seem to +have read that a sawed-off shotgun is a weapon used in some parts of +America. Apart from the name upon the barrel, the idea had occurred to +me. There is some evidence then, that this man who entered the house +and killed its master was an American." +</P> + +<P> +MacDonald shook his head. "Man, you are surely travelling overfast," +said he. "I have heard no evidence yet that any stranger was ever in +the house at all." +</P> + +<P> +"The open window, the blood on the sill, the queer card, the marks of +boots in the corner, the gun!" +</P> + +<P> +"Nothing there that could not have been arranged. Mr. Douglas was an +American, or had lived long in America. So had Mr. Barker. You don't +need to import an American from outside in order to account for +American doings." +</P> + +<P> +"Ames, the butler—" +</P> + +<P> +"What about him? Is he reliable?" +</P> + +<P> +"Ten years with Sir Charles Chandos—as solid as a rock. He has been +with Douglas ever since he took the Manor House five years ago. He has +never seen a gun of this sort in the house." +</P> + +<P> +"The gun was made to conceal. That's why the barrels were sawed. It +would fit into any box. How could he swear there was no such gun in the +house?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, anyhow, he had never seen one." +</P> + +<P> +MacDonald shook his obstinate Scotch head. "I'm not convinced yet that +there was ever anyone in the house," said he. "I'm asking you to +conseedar" (his accent became more Aberdonian as he lost himself in his +argument) "I'm asking you to conseedar what it involves if you suppose +that this gun was ever brought into the house, and that all these +strange things were done by a person from outside. Oh, man, it's just +inconceivable! It's clean against common sense! I put it to you, Mr. +Holmes, judging it by what we have heard." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, state your case, Mr. Mac," said Holmes in his most judicial +style. +</P> + +<P> +"The man is not a burglar, supposing that he ever existed. The ring +business and the card point to premeditated murder for some private +reason. Very good. Here is a man who slips into a house with the +deliberate intention of committing murder. He knows, if he knows +anything, that he will have a deeficulty in making his escape, as the +house is surrounded with water. What weapon would he choose? You would +say the most silent in the world. Then he could hope when the deed was +done to slip quickly from the window, to wade the moat, and to get away +at his leisure. That's understandable. But is it understandable that he +should go out of his way to bring with him the most noisy weapon he +could select, knowing well that it will fetch every human being in the +house to the spot as quick as they can run, and that it is all odds +that he will be seen before he can get across the moat? Is that +credible, Mr. Holmes?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, you put the case strongly," my friend replied thoughtfully. "It +certainly needs a good deal of justification. May I ask, Mr. White +Mason, whether you examined the farther side of the moat at once to see +if there were any signs of the man having climbed out from the water?" +</P> + +<P> +"There were no signs, Mr. Holmes. But it is a stone ledge, and one +could hardly expect them." +</P> + +<P> +"No tracks or marks?" +</P> + +<P> +"None." +</P> + +<P> +"Ha! Would there be any objection, Mr. White Mason, to our going down +to the house at once? There may possibly be some small point which +might be suggestive." +</P> + +<P> +"I was going to propose it, Mr. Holmes; but I thought it well to put +you in touch with all the facts before we go. I suppose if anything +should strike you—" White Mason looked doubtfully at the amateur. +</P> + +<P> +"I have worked with Mr. Holmes before," said Inspector MacDonald. "He +plays the game." +</P> + +<P> +"My own idea of the game, at any rate," said Holmes, with a smile. "I +go into a case to help the ends of justice and the work of the police. +If I have ever separated myself from the official force, it is because +they have first separated themselves from me. I have no wish ever to +score at their expense. At the same time, Mr. White Mason, I claim the +right to work in my own way and give my results at my own +time—complete rather than in stages." +</P> + +<P> +"I am sure we are honoured by your presence and to show you all we +know," said White Mason cordially. "Come along, Dr. Watson, and when +the time comes we'll all hope for a place in your book." +</P> + +<P> +We walked down the quaint village street with a row of pollarded elms +on each side of it. Just beyond were two ancient stone pillars, +weather-stained and lichen-blotched bearing upon their summits a +shapeless something which had once been the rampant lion of Capus of +Birlstone. A short walk along the winding drive with such sward and +oaks around it as one only sees in rural England, then a sudden turn, +and the long, low Jacobean house of dingy, liver-coloured brick lay +before us, with an old-fashioned garden of cut yews on each side of it. +As we approached it, there was the wooden drawbridge and the beautiful +broad moat as still and luminous as quicksilver in the cold, winter +sunshine. +</P> + +<P> +Three centuries had flowed past the old Manor House, centuries of +births and of homecomings, of country dances and of the meetings of fox +hunters. Strange that now in its old age this dark business should have +cast its shadow upon the venerable walls! And yet those strange, peaked +roofs and quaint, overhung gables were a fitting covering to grim and +terrible intrigue. As I looked at the deep-set windows and the long +sweep of the dull-coloured, water-lapped front, I felt that no more +fitting scene could be set for such a tragedy. +</P> + +<P> +"That's the window," said White Mason, "that one on the immediate right +of the drawbridge. It's open just as it was found last night." +</P> + +<P> +"It looks rather narrow for a man to pass." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, it wasn't a fat man, anyhow. We don't need your deductions, Mr. +Holmes, to tell us that. But you or I could squeeze through all right." +</P> + +<P> +Holmes walked to the edge of the moat and looked across. Then he +examined the stone ledge and the grass border beyond it. +</P> + +<P> +"I've had a good look, Mr. Holmes," said White Mason. "There is nothing +there, no sign that anyone has landed—but why should he leave any +sign?" +</P> + +<P> +"Exactly. Why should he? Is the water always turbid?" +</P> + +<P> +"Generally about this colour. The stream brings down the clay." +</P> + +<P> +"How deep is it?" +</P> + +<P> +"About two feet at each side and three in the middle." +</P> + +<P> +"So we can put aside all idea of the man having been drowned in +crossing." +</P> + +<P> +"No, a child could not be drowned in it." +</P> + +<P> +We walked across the drawbridge, and were admitted by a quaint, +gnarled, dried-up person, who was the butler, Ames. The poor old fellow +was white and quivering from the shock. The village sergeant, a tall, +formal, melancholy man, still held his vigil in the room of Fate. The +doctor had departed. +</P> + +<P> +"Anything fresh, Sergeant Wilson?" asked White Mason. +</P> + +<P> +"No, sir." +</P> + +<P> +"Then you can go home. You've had enough. We can send for you if we +want you. The butler had better wait outside. Tell him to warn Mr. +Cecil Barker, Mrs. Douglas, and the housekeeper that we may want a word +with them presently. Now, gentlemen, perhaps you will allow me to give +you the views I have formed first, and then you will be able to arrive +at your own." +</P> + +<P> +He impressed me, this country specialist. He had a solid grip of fact +and a cool, clear, common-sense brain, which should take him some way +in his profession. Holmes listened to him intently, with no sign of +that impatience which the official exponent too often produced. +</P> + +<P> +"Is it suicide, or is it murder—that's our first question, gentlemen, +is it not? If it were suicide, then we have to believe that this man +began by taking off his wedding ring and concealing it; that he then +came down here in his dressing gown, trampled mud into a corner behind +the curtain in order to give the idea someone had waited for him, +opened the window, put blood on the—" +</P> + +<P> +"We can surely dismiss that," said MacDonald. +</P> + +<P> +"So I think. Suicide is out of the question. Then a murder has been +done. What we have to determine is, whether it was done by someone +outside or inside the house." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, let's hear the argument." +</P> + +<P> +"There are considerable difficulties both ways, and yet one or the +other it must be. We will suppose first that some person or persons +inside the house did the crime. They got this man down here at a time +when everything was still and yet no one was asleep. They then did the +deed with the queerest and noisiest weapon in the world so as to tell +everyone what had happened—a weapon that was never seen in the house +before. That does not seem a very likely start, does it?" +</P> + +<P> +"No, it does not." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, then, everyone is agreed that after the alarm was given only a +minute at the most had passed before the whole household—not Mr. Cecil +Barker alone, though he claims to have been the first, but Ames and all +of them were on the spot. Do you tell me that in that time the guilty +person managed to make footmarks in the corner, open the window, mark +the sill with blood, take the wedding ring off the dead man's finger, +and all the rest of it? It's impossible!" +</P> + +<P> +"You put it very clearly," said Holmes. "I am inclined to agree with +you." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, then, we are driven back to the theory that it was done by +someone from outside. We are still faced with some big difficulties; +but anyhow they have ceased to be impossibilities. The man got into the +house between four-thirty and six; that is to say, between dusk and the +time when the bridge was raised. There had been some visitors, and the +door was open; so there was nothing to prevent him. He may have been a +common burglar, or he may have had some private grudge against Mr. +Douglas. Since Mr. Douglas has spent most of his life in America, and +this shotgun seems to be an American weapon, it would seem that the +private grudge is the more likely theory. He slipped into this room +because it was the first he came to, and he hid behind the curtain. +There he remained until past eleven at night. At that time Mr. Douglas +entered the room. It was a short interview, if there were any interview +at all; for Mrs. Douglas declares that her husband had not left her +more than a few minutes when she heard the shot." +</P> + +<P> +"The candle shows that," said Holmes. +</P> + +<P> +"Exactly. The candle, which was a new one, is not burned more than half +an inch. He must have placed it on the table before he was attacked; +otherwise, of course, it would have fallen when he fell. This shows +that he was not attacked the instant that he entered the room. When Mr. +Barker arrived the candle was lit and the lamp was out." +</P> + +<P> +"That's all clear enough." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, now, we can reconstruct things on those lines. Mr. Douglas +enters the room. He puts down the candle. A man appears from behind the +curtain. He is armed with this gun. He demands the wedding ring—Heaven +only knows why, but so it must have been. Mr. Douglas gave it up. Then +either in cold blood or in the course of a struggle—Douglas may have +gripped the hammer that was found upon the mat—he shot Douglas in this +horrible way. He dropped his gun and also it would seem this queer +card—V. V. 341, whatever that may mean—and he made his escape through +the window and across the moat at the very moment when Cecil Barker was +discovering the crime. How's that, Mr. Holmes?" +</P> + +<P> +"Very interesting, but just a little unconvincing." +</P> + +<P> +"Man, it would be absolute nonsense if it wasn't that anything else is +even worse!" cried MacDonald. "Somebody killed the man, and whoever it +was I could clearly prove to you that he should have done it some other +way. What does he mean by allowing his retreat to be cut off like that? +What does he mean by using a shotgun when silence was his one chance of +escape? Come, Mr. Holmes, it's up to you to give us a lead, since you +say Mr. White Mason's theory is unconvincing." +</P> + +<P> +Holmes had sat intently observant during this long discussion, missing +no word that was said, with his keen eyes darting to right and to left, +and his forehead wrinkled with speculation. +</P> + +<P> +"I should like a few more facts before I get so far as a theory, Mr. +Mac," said he, kneeling down beside the body. "Dear me! these injuries +are really appalling. Can we have the butler in for a moment? . . . +Ames, I understand that you have often seen this very unusual mark—a +branded triangle inside a circle—upon Mr. Douglas's forearm?" +</P> + +<P> +"Frequently, sir." +</P> + +<P> +"You never heard any speculation as to what it meant?" +</P> + +<P> +"No, sir." +</P> + +<P> +"It must have caused great pain when it was inflicted. It is +undoubtedly a burn. Now, I observe, Ames, that there is a small piece +of plaster at the angle of Mr. Douglas's jaw. Did you observe that in +life?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, sir, he cut himself in shaving yesterday morning." +</P> + +<P> +"Did you ever know him to cut himself in shaving before?" +</P> + +<P> +"Not for a very long time, sir." +</P> + +<P> +"Suggestive!" said Holmes. "It may, of course, be a mere coincidence, +or it may point to some nervousness which would indicate that he had +reason to apprehend danger. Had you noticed anything unusual in his +conduct, yesterday, Ames?" +</P> + +<P> +"It struck me that he was a little restless and excited, sir." +</P> + +<P> +"Ha! The attack may not have been entirely unexpected. We do seem to +make a little progress, do we not? Perhaps you would rather do the +questioning, Mr. Mac?" +</P> + +<P> +"No, Mr. Holmes, it's in better hands than mine." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, then, we will pass to this card—V. V. 341. It is rough +cardboard. Have you any of the sort in the house?" +</P> + +<P> +"I don't think so." +</P> + +<P> +Holmes walked across to the desk and dabbed a little ink from each +bottle on to the blotting paper. "It was not printed in this room," he +said; "this is black ink and the other purplish. It was done by a thick +pen, and these are fine. No, it was done elsewhere, I should say. Can +you make anything of the inscription, Ames?" +</P> + +<P> +"No, sir, nothing." +</P> + +<P> +"What do you think, Mr. Mac?" +</P> + +<P> +"It gives me the impression of a secret society of some sort; the same +with his badge upon the forearm." +</P> + +<P> +"That's my idea, too," said White Mason. +</P> + +<P> +"Well, we can adopt it as a working hypothesis and then see how far our +difficulties disappear. An agent from such a society makes his way into +the house, waits for Mr. Douglas, blows his head nearly off with this +weapon, and escapes by wading the moat, after leaving a card beside the +dead man, which will when mentioned in the papers, tell other members +of the society that vengeance has been done. That all hangs together. +But why this gun, of all weapons?" +</P> + +<P> +"Exactly." +</P> + +<P> +"And why the missing ring?" +</P> + +<P> +"Quite so." +</P> + +<P> +"And why no arrest? It's past two now. I take it for granted that since +dawn every constable within forty miles has been looking out for a wet +stranger?" +</P> + +<P> +"That is so, Mr. Holmes." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, unless he has a burrow close by or a change of clothes ready, +they can hardly miss him. And yet they have missed him up to now!" +Holmes had gone to the window and was examining with his lens the blood +mark on the sill. "It is clearly the tread of a shoe. It is remarkably +broad; a splay-foot, one would say. Curious, because, so far as one can +trace any footmark in this mud-stained corner, one would say it was a +more shapely sole. However, they are certainly very indistinct. What's +this under the side table?" +</P> + +<P> +"Mr. Douglas's dumb-bells," said Ames. +</P> + +<P> +"Dumb-bell—there's only one. Where's the other?" +</P> + +<P> +"I don't know, Mr. Holmes. There may have been only one. I have not +noticed them for months." +</P> + +<P> +"One dumb-bell—" Holmes said seriously; but his remarks were +interrupted by a sharp knock at the door. +</P> + +<P> +A tall, sunburned, capable-looking, clean-shaved man looked in at us. I +had no difficulty in guessing that it was the Cecil Barker of whom I +had heard. His masterful eyes travelled quickly with a questioning +glance from face to face. +</P> + +<P> +"Sorry to interrupt your consultation," said he, "but you should hear +the latest news." +</P> + +<P> +"An arrest?" +</P> + +<P> +"No such luck. But they've found his bicycle. The fellow left his +bicycle behind him. Come and have a look. It is within a hundred yards +of the hall door." +</P> + +<P> +We found three or four grooms and idlers standing in the drive +inspecting a bicycle which had been drawn out from a clump of +evergreens in which it had been concealed. It was a well used +Rudge-Whitworth, splashed as from a considerable journey. There was a +saddlebag with spanner and oilcan, but no clue as to the owner. +</P> + +<P> +"It would be a grand help to the police," said the inspector, "if these +things were numbered and registered. But we must be thankful for what +we've got. If we can't find where he went to, at least we are likely to +get where he came from. But what in the name of all that is wonderful +made the fellow leave it behind? And how in the world has he got away +without it? We don't seem to get a gleam of light in the case, Mr. +Holmes." +</P> + +<P> +"Don't we?" my friend answered thoughtfully. "I wonder!" +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0105"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +Chapter 5 +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +The People Of the Drama +</H4> + +<P> +"Have you seen all you want of the study?" asked White Mason as we +reentered the house. +</P> + +<P> +"For the time," said the inspector, and Holmes nodded. +</P> + +<P> +"Then perhaps you would now like to hear the evidence of some of the +people in the house. We could use the dining-room, Ames. Please come +yourself first and tell us what you know." +</P> + +<P> +The butler's account was a simple and a clear one, and he gave a +convincing impression of sincerity. He had been engaged five years +before, when Douglas first came to Birlstone. He understood that Mr. +Douglas was a rich gentleman who had made his money in America. He had +been a kind and considerate employer—not quite what Ames was used to, +perhaps; but one can't have everything. He never saw any signs of +apprehension in Mr. Douglas: on the contrary, he was the most fearless +man he had ever known. He ordered the drawbridge to be pulled up every +night because it was the ancient custom of the old house, and he liked +to keep the old ways up. +</P> + +<P> +Mr. Douglas seldom went to London or left the village; but on the day +before the crime he had been shopping at Tunbridge Wells. He (Ames) had +observed some restlessness and excitement on the part of Mr. Douglas +that day; for he had seemed impatient and irritable, which was unusual +with him. He had not gone to bed that night; but was in the pantry at +the back of the house, putting away the silver, when he heard the bell +ring violently. He heard no shot; but it was hardly possible he would, +as the pantry and kitchens were at the very back of the house and there +were several closed doors and a long passage between. The housekeeper +had come out of her room, attracted by the violent ringing of the bell. +They had gone to the front of the house together. +</P> + +<P> +As they reached the bottom of the stair he had seen Mrs. Douglas coming +down it. No, she was not hurrying; it did not seem to him that she was +particularly agitated. Just as she reached the bottom of the stair Mr. +Barker had rushed out of the study. He had stopped Mrs. Douglas and +begged her to go back. +</P> + +<P> +"For God's sake, go back to your room!" he cried. "Poor Jack is dead! +You can do nothing. For God's sake, go back!" +</P> + +<P> +After some persuasion upon the stairs Mrs. Douglas had gone back. She +did not scream. She made no outcry whatever. Mrs. Allen, the +housekeeper, had taken her upstairs and stayed with her in the bedroom. +Ames and Mr. Barker had then returned to the study, where they had +found everything exactly as the police had seen it. The candle was not +lit at that time; but the lamp was burning. They had looked out of the +window; but the night was very dark and nothing could be seen or heard. +They had then rushed out into the hall, where Ames had turned the +windlass which lowered the drawbridge. Mr. Barker had then hurried off +to get the police. +</P> + +<P> +Such, in its essentials, was the evidence of the butler. +</P> + +<P> +The account of Mrs. Allen, the housekeeper, was, so far as it went, a +corroboration of that of her fellow servant. The housekeeper's room was +rather nearer to the front of the house than the pantry in which Ames +had been working. She was preparing to go to bed when the loud ringing +of the bell had attracted her attention. She was a little hard of +hearing. Perhaps that was why she had not heard the shot; but in any +case the study was a long way off. She remembered hearing some sound +which she imagined to be the slamming of a door. That was a good deal +earlier—half an hour at least before the ringing of the bell. When Mr. +Ames ran to the front she went with him. She saw Mr. Barker, very pale +and excited, come out of the study. He intercepted Mrs. Douglas, who +was coming down the stairs. He entreated her to go back, and she +answered him, but what she said could not be heard. +</P> + +<P> +"Take her up! Stay with her!" he had said to Mrs. Allen. +</P> + +<P> +She had therefore taken her to the bedroom, and endeavoured to soothe +her. She was greatly excited, trembling all over, but made no other +attempt to go downstairs. She just sat in her dressing gown by her +bedroom fire, with her head sunk in her hands. Mrs. Allen stayed with +her most of the night. As to the other servants, they had all gone to +bed, and the alarm did not reach them until just before the police +arrived. They slept at the extreme back of the house, and could not +possibly have heard anything. +</P> + +<P> +So far the housekeeper could add nothing on cross-examination save +lamentations and expressions of amazement. +</P> + +<P> +Cecil Barker succeeded Mrs. Allen as a witness. As to the occurrences +of the night before, he had very little to add to what he had already +told the police. Personally, he was convinced that the murderer had +escaped by the window. The bloodstain was conclusive, in his opinion, +on that point. Besides, as the bridge was up, there was no other +possible way of escaping. He could not explain what had become of the +assassin or why he had not taken his bicycle, if it were indeed his. He +could not possibly have been drowned in the moat, which was at no place +more than three feet deep. +</P> + +<P> +In his own mind he had a very definite theory about the murder. Douglas +was a reticent man, and there were some chapters in his life of which +he never spoke. He had emigrated to America when he was a very young +man. He had prospered well, and Barker had first met him in California, +where they had become partners in a successful mining claim at a place +called Benito Canyon. They had done very well; but Douglas had suddenly +sold out and started for England. He was a widower at that time. Barker +had afterwards realized his money and come to live in London. Thus they +had renewed their friendship. +</P> + +<P> +Douglas had given him the impression that some danger was hanging over +his head, and he had always looked upon his sudden departure from +California, and also his renting a house in so quiet a place in +England, as being connected with this peril. He imagined that some +secret society, some implacable organization, was on Douglas's track, +which would never rest until it killed him. Some remarks of his had +given him this idea; though he had never told him what the society was, +nor how he had come to offend it. He could only suppose that the legend +upon the placard had some reference to this secret society. +</P> + +<P> +"How long were you with Douglas in California?" asked Inspector +MacDonald. +</P> + +<P> +"Five years altogether." +</P> + +<P> +"He was a bachelor, you say?" +</P> + +<P> +"A widower." +</P> + +<P> +"Have you ever heard where his first wife came from?" +</P> + +<P> +"No, I remember his saying that she was of German extraction, and I +have seen her portrait. She was a very beautiful woman. She died of +typhoid the year before I met him." +</P> + +<P> +"You don't associate his past with any particular part of America?" +</P> + +<P> +"I have heard him talk of Chicago. He knew that city well and had +worked there. I have heard him talk of the coal and iron districts. He +had travelled a good deal in his time." +</P> + +<P> +"Was he a politician? Had this secret society to do with politics?" +</P> + +<P> +"No, he cared nothing about politics." +</P> + +<P> +"You have no reason to think it was criminal?" +</P> + +<P> +"On the contrary, I never met a straighter man in my life." +</P> + +<P> +"Was there anything curious about his life in California?" +</P> + +<P> +"He liked best to stay and to work at our claim in the mountains. He +would never go where other men were if he could help it. That's why I +first thought that someone was after him. Then when he left so suddenly +for Europe I made sure that it was so. I believe that he had a warning +of some sort. Within a week of his leaving half a dozen men were +inquiring for him." +</P> + +<P> +"What sort of men?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, they were a mighty hard-looking crowd. They came up to the claim +and wanted to know where he was. I told them that he was gone to Europe +and that I did not know where to find him. They meant him no good—it +was easy to see that." +</P> + +<P> +"Were these men Americans—Californians?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I don't know about Californians. They were Americans, all right. +But they were not miners. I don't know what they were, and was very +glad to see their backs." +</P> + +<P> +"That was six years ago?" +</P> + +<P> +"Nearer seven." +</P> + +<P> +"And then you were together five years in California, so that this +business dates back not less than eleven years at the least?" +</P> + +<P> +"That is so." +</P> + +<P> +"It must be a very serious feud that would be kept up with such +earnestness for as long as that. It would be no light thing that would +give rise to it." +</P> + +<P> +"I think it shadowed his whole life. It was never quite out of his +mind." +</P> + +<P> +"But if a man had a danger hanging over him, and knew what it was, +don't you think he would turn to the police for protection?" +</P> + +<P> +"Maybe it was some danger that he could not be protected against. +There's one thing you should know. He always went about armed. His +revolver was never out of his pocket. But, by bad luck, he was in his +dressing gown and had left it in the bedroom last night. Once the +bridge was up, I guess he thought he was safe." +</P> + +<P> +"I should like these dates a little clearer," said MacDonald. "It is +quite six years since Douglas left California. You followed him next +year, did you not?" +</P> + +<P> +"That is so." +</P> + +<P> +"And he had been married five years. You must have returned about the +time of his marriage." +</P> + +<P> +"About a month before. I was his best man." +</P> + +<P> +"Did you know Mrs. Douglas before her marriage?" +</P> + +<P> +"No, I did not. I had been away from England for ten years." +</P> + +<P> +"But you have seen a good deal of her since." +</P> + +<P> +Barker looked sternly at the detective. "I have seen a good deal of him +since," he answered. "If I have seen her, it is because you cannot +visit a man without knowing his wife. If you imagine there is any +connection—" +</P> + +<P> +"I imagine nothing, Mr. Barker. I am bound to make every inquiry which +can bear upon the case. But I mean no offense." +</P> + +<P> +"Some inquiries are offensive," Barker answered angrily. +</P> + +<P> +"It's only the facts that we want. It is in your interest and +everyone's interest that they should be cleared up. Did Mr. Douglas +entirely approve your friendship with his wife?" +</P> + +<P> +Barker grew paler, and his great, strong hands were clasped +convulsively together. "You have no right to ask such questions!" he +cried. "What has this to do with the matter you are investigating?" +</P> + +<P> +"I must repeat the question." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I refuse to answer." +</P> + +<P> +"You can refuse to answer; but you must be aware that your refusal is +in itself an answer, for you would not refuse if you had not something +to conceal." +</P> + +<P> +Barker stood for a moment with his face set grimly and his strong black +eyebrows drawn low in intense thought. Then he looked up with a smile. +"Well, I guess you gentlemen are only doing your clear duty after all, +and I have no right to stand in the way of it. I'd only ask you not to +worry Mrs. Douglas over this matter; for she has enough upon her just +now. I may tell you that poor Douglas had just one fault in the world, +and that was his jealousy. He was fond of me—no man could be fonder of +a friend. And he was devoted to his wife. He loved me to come here, and +was forever sending for me. And yet if his wife and I talked together +or there seemed any sympathy between us, a kind of wave of jealousy +would pass over him, and he would be off the handle and saying the +wildest things in a moment. More than once I've sworn off coming for +that reason, and then he would write me such penitent, imploring +letters that I just had to. But you can take it from me, gentlemen, if +it was my last word, that no man ever had a more loving, faithful +wife—and I can say also no friend could be more loyal than I!" +</P> + +<P> +It was spoken with fervour and feeling, and yet Inspector MacDonald +could not dismiss the subject. +</P> + +<P> +"You are aware," said he, "that the dead man's wedding ring has been +taken from his finger?" +</P> + +<P> +"So it appears," said Barker. +</P> + +<P> +"What do you mean by 'appears'? You know it as a fact." +</P> + +<P> +The man seemed confused and undecided. "When I said 'appears' I meant +that it was conceivable that he had himself taken off the ring." +</P> + +<P> +"The mere fact that the ring should be absent, whoever may have removed +it, would suggest to anyone's mind, would it not, that the marriage and +the tragedy were connected?" +</P> + +<P> +Barker shrugged his broad shoulders. "I can't profess to say what it +means." he answered. "But if you mean to hint that it could reflect in +any way upon this lady's honour"—his eyes blazed for an instant, and +then with an evident effort he got a grip upon his own emotions—"well, +you are on the wrong track, that's all." +</P> + +<P> +"I don't know that I've anything else to ask you at present," said +MacDonald, coldly. +</P> + +<P> +"There was one small point," remarked Sherlock Holmes. "When you +entered the room there was only a candle lighted on the table, was +there not?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, that was so." +</P> + +<P> +"By its light you saw that some terrible incident had occurred?" +</P> + +<P> +"Exactly." +</P> + +<P> +"You at once rang for help?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes." +</P> + +<P> +"And it arrived very speedily?" +</P> + +<P> +"Within a minute or so." +</P> + +<P> +"And yet when they arrived they found that the candle was out and that +the lamp had been lighted. That seems very remarkable." +</P> + +<P> +Again Barker showed some signs of indecision. "I don't see that it was +remarkable, Mr. Holmes," he answered after a pause. "The candle threw a +very bad light. My first thought was to get a better one. The lamp was +on the table; so I lit it." +</P> + +<P> +"And blew out the candle?" +</P> + +<P> +"Exactly." +</P> + +<P> +Holmes asked no further question, and Barker, with a deliberate look +from one to the other of us, which had, as it seemed to me, something +of defiance in it, turned and left the room. +</P> + +<P> +Inspector MacDonald had sent up a note to the effect that he would wait +upon Mrs. Douglas in her room; but she had replied that she would meet +us in the dining room. She entered now, a tall and beautiful woman of +thirty, reserved and self-possessed to a remarkable degree, very +different from the tragic and distracted figure I had pictured. It is +true that her face was pale and drawn, like that of one who has endured +a great shock; but her manner was composed, and the finely moulded hand +which she rested upon the edge of the table was as steady as my own. +Her sad, appealing eyes travelled from one to the other of us with a +curiously inquisitive expression. That questioning gaze transformed +itself suddenly into abrupt speech. +</P> + +<P> +"Have you found anything out yet?" she asked. +</P> + +<P> +Was it my imagination that there was an undertone of fear rather than +of hope in the question? +</P> + +<P> +"We have taken every possible step, Mrs. Douglas," said the inspector. +"You may rest assured that nothing will be neglected." +</P> + +<P> +"Spare no money," she said in a dead, even tone. "It is my desire that +every possible effort should be made." +</P> + +<P> +"Perhaps you can tell us something which may throw some light upon the +matter." +</P> + +<P> +"I fear not; but all I know is at your service." +</P> + +<P> +"We have heard from Mr. Cecil Barker that you did not actually +see—that you were never in the room where the tragedy occurred?" +</P> + +<P> +"No, he turned me back upon the stairs. He begged me to return to my +room." +</P> + +<P> +"Quite so. You had heard the shot, and you had at once come down." +</P> + +<P> +"I put on my dressing gown and then came down." +</P> + +<P> +"How long was it after hearing the shot that you were stopped on the +stair by Mr. Barker?" +</P> + +<P> +"It may have been a couple of minutes. It is so hard to reckon time at +such a moment. He implored me not to go on. He assured me that I could +do nothing. Then Mrs. Allen, the housekeeper, led me upstairs again. It +was all like some dreadful dream." +</P> + +<P> +"Can you give us any idea how long your husband had been downstairs +before you heard the shot?" +</P> + +<P> +"No, I cannot say. He went from his dressing room, and I did not hear +him go. He did the round of the house every night, for he was nervous +of fire. It is the only thing that I have ever known him nervous of." +</P> + +<P> +"That is just the point which I want to come to, Mrs. Douglas. You have +known your husband only in England, have you not?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, we have been married five years." +</P> + +<P> +"Have you heard him speak of anything which occurred in America and +might bring some danger upon him?" +</P> + +<P> +Mrs. Douglas thought earnestly before she answered. "Yes." she said at +last, "I have always felt that there was a danger hanging over him. He +refused to discuss it with me. It was not from want of confidence in +me—there was the most complete love and confidence between us—but it +was out of his desire to keep all alarm away from me. He thought I +should brood over it if I knew all, and so he was silent." +</P> + +<P> +"How did you know it, then?" +</P> + +<P> +Mrs. Douglas's face lit with a quick smile. "Can a husband ever carry +about a secret all his life and a woman who loves him have no suspicion +of it? I knew it by his refusal to talk about some episodes in his +American life. I knew it by certain precautions he took. I knew it by +certain words he let fall. I knew it by the way he looked at unexpected +strangers. I was perfectly certain that he had some powerful enemies, +that he believed they were on his track, and that he was always on his +guard against them. I was so sure of it that for years I have been +terrified if ever he came home later than was expected." +</P> + +<P> +"Might I ask," asked Holmes, "what the words were which attracted your +attention?" +</P> + +<P> +"The Valley of Fear," the lady answered. "That was an expression he has +used when I questioned him. 'I have been in the Valley of Fear. I am +not out of it yet.'—'Are we never to get out of the Valley of Fear?' I +have asked him when I have seen him more serious than usual. 'Sometimes +I think that we never shall,' he has answered." +</P> + +<P> +"Surely you asked him what he meant by the Valley of Fear?" +</P> + +<P> +"I did; but his face would become very grave and he would shake his +head. 'It is bad enough that one of us should have been in its shadow,' +he said. 'Please God it shall never fall upon you!' It was some real +valley in which he had lived and in which something terrible had +occurred to him, of that I am certain; but I can tell you no more." +</P> + +<P> +"And he never mentioned any names?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, he was delirious with fever once when he had his hunting accident +three years ago. Then I remember that there was a name that came +continually to his lips. He spoke it with anger and a sort of horror. +McGinty was the name—Bodymaster McGinty. I asked him when he recovered +who Bodymaster McGinty was, and whose body he was master of. 'Never of +mine, thank God!' he answered with a laugh, and that was all I could +get from him. But there is a connection between Bodymaster McGinty and +the Valley of Fear." +</P> + +<P> +"There is one other point," said Inspector MacDonald. "You met Mr. +Douglas in a boarding house in London, did you not, and became engaged +to him there? Was there any romance, anything secret or mysterious, +about the wedding?" +</P> + +<P> +"There was romance. There is always romance. There was nothing +mysterious." +</P> + +<P> +"He had no rival?" +</P> + +<P> +"No, I was quite free." +</P> + +<P> +"You have heard, no doubt, that his wedding ring has been taken. Does +that suggest anything to you? Suppose that some enemy of his old life +had tracked him down and committed this crime, what possible reason +could he have for taking his wedding ring?" +</P> + +<P> +For an instant I could have sworn that the faintest shadow of a smile +flickered over the woman's lips. +</P> + +<P> +"I really cannot tell," she answered. "It is certainly a most +extraordinary thing." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, we will not detain you any longer, and we are sorry to have put +you to this trouble at such a time," said the inspector. "There are +some other points, no doubt; but we can refer to you as they arise." +</P> + +<P> +She rose, and I was again conscious of that quick, questioning glance +with which she had just surveyed us. "What impression has my evidence +made upon you?" The question might as well have been spoken. Then, with +a bow, she swept from the room. +</P> + +<P> +"She's a beautiful woman—a very beautiful woman," said MacDonald +thoughtfully, after the door had closed behind her. "This man Barker +has certainly been down here a good deal. He is a man who might be +attractive to a woman. He admits that the dead man was jealous, and +maybe he knew best himself what cause he had for jealousy. Then there's +that wedding ring. You can't get past that. The man who tears a wedding +ring off a dead man's—What do you say to it, Mr. Holmes?" +</P> + +<P> +My friend had sat with his head upon his hands, sunk in the deepest +thought. Now he rose and rang the bell. "Ames," he said, when the +butler entered, "where is Mr. Cecil Barker now?" +</P> + +<P> +"I'll see, sir." +</P> + +<P> +He came back in a moment to say that Barker was in the garden. +</P> + +<P> +"Can you remember, Ames, what Mr. Barker had on his feet last night +when you joined him in the study?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, Mr. Holmes. He had a pair of bedroom slippers. I brought him his +boots when he went for the police." +</P> + +<P> +"Where are the slippers now?" +</P> + +<P> +"They are still under the chair in the hall." +</P> + +<P> +"Very good, Ames. It is, of course, important for us to know which +tracks may be Mr. Barker's and which from outside." +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, sir. I may say that I noticed that the slippers were stained with +blood—so indeed were my own." +</P> + +<P> +"That is natural enough, considering the condition of the room. Very +good, Ames. We will ring if we want you." +</P> + +<P> +A few minutes later we were in the study. Holmes had brought with him +the carpet slippers from the hall. As Ames had observed, the soles of +both were dark with blood. +</P> + +<P> +"Strange!" murmured Holmes, as he stood in the light of the window and +examined them minutely. "Very strange indeed!" +</P> + +<P> +Stooping with one of his quick feline pounces, he placed the slipper +upon the blood mark on the sill. It exactly corresponded. He smiled in +silence at his colleagues. +</P> + +<P> +The inspector was transfigured with excitement. His native accent +rattled like a stick upon railings. +</P> + +<P> +"Man," he cried, "there's not a doubt of it! Barker has just marked the +window himself. It's a good deal broader than any bootmark. I mind that +you said it was a splay-foot, and here's the explanation. But what's +the game, Mr. Holmes—what's the game?" +</P> + +<P> +"Ay, what's the game?" my friend repeated thoughtfully. +</P> + +<P> +White Mason chuckled and rubbed his fat hands together in his +professional satisfaction. "I said it was a snorter!" he cried. "And a +real snorter it is!" +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0106"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +Chapter 6 +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +A Dawning Light +</H4> + +<P> +The three detectives had many matters of detail into which to inquire; +so I returned alone to our modest quarters at the village inn. But +before doing so I took a stroll in the curious old-world garden which +flanked the house. Rows of very ancient yew trees cut into strange +designs girded it round. Inside was a beautiful stretch of lawn with an +old sundial in the middle, the whole effect so soothing and restful +that it was welcome to my somewhat jangled nerves. +</P> + +<P> +In that deeply peaceful atmosphere one could forget, or remember only +as some fantastic nightmare, that darkened study with the sprawling, +bloodstained figure on the floor. And yet, as I strolled round it and +tried to steep my soul in its gentle balm, a strange incident occurred, +which brought me back to the tragedy and left a sinister impression in +my mind. +</P> + +<P> +I have said that a decoration of yew trees circled the garden. At the +end farthest from the house they thickened into a continuous hedge. On +the other side of this hedge, concealed from the eyes of anyone +approaching from the direction of the house, there was a stone seat. As +I approached the spot I was aware of voices, some remark in the deep +tones of a man, answered by a little ripple of feminine laughter. +</P> + +<P> +An instant later I had come round the end of the hedge and my eyes lit +upon Mrs. Douglas and the man Barker before they were aware of my +presence. Her appearance gave me a shock. In the dining-room she had +been demure and discreet. Now all pretense of grief had passed away +from her. Her eyes shone with the joy of living, and her face still +quivered with amusement at some remark of her companion. He sat +forward, his hands clasped and his forearms on his knees, with an +answering smile upon his bold, handsome face. In an instant—but it was +just one instant too late—they resumed their solemn masks as my figure +came into view. A hurried word or two passed between them, and then +Barker rose and came towards me. +</P> + +<P> +"Excuse me, sir," said he, "but am I addressing Dr. Watson?" +</P> + +<P> +I bowed with a coldness which showed, I dare say, very plainly the +impression which had been produced upon my mind. +</P> + +<P> +"We thought that it was probably you, as your friendship with Mr. +Sherlock Holmes is so well known. Would you mind coming over and +speaking to Mrs. Douglas for one instant?" +</P> + +<P> +I followed him with a dour face. Very clearly I could see in my mind's +eye that shattered figure on the floor. Here within a few hours of the +tragedy were his wife and his nearest friend laughing together behind a +bush in the garden which had been his. I greeted the lady with reserve. +I had grieved with her grief in the dining-room. Now I met her +appealing gaze with an unresponsive eye. +</P> + +<P> +"I fear that you think me callous and hard-hearted." said she. +</P> + +<P> +I shrugged my shoulders. "It is no business of mine," said I. +</P> + +<P> +"Perhaps some day you will do me justice. If you only realized—" +</P> + +<P> +"There is no need why Dr. Watson should realize," said Barker quickly. +"As he has himself said, it is no possible business of his." +</P> + +<P> +"Exactly," said I, "and so I will beg leave to resume my walk." +</P> + +<P> +"One moment, Dr. Watson," cried the woman in a pleading voice. "There +is one question which you can answer with more authority than anyone +else in the world, and it may make a very great difference to me. You +know Mr. Holmes and his relations with the police better than anyone +else can. Supposing that a matter were brought confidentially to his +knowledge, is it absolutely necessary that he should pass it on to the +detectives?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, that's it," said Barker eagerly. "Is he on his own or is he +entirely in with them?" +</P> + +<P> +"I really don't know that I should be justified in discussing such a +point." +</P> + +<P> +"I beg—I implore that you will, Dr. Watson! I assure you that you will +be helping us—helping me greatly if you will guide us on that point." +</P> + +<P> +There was such a ring of sincerity in the woman's voice that for the +instant I forgot all about her levity and was moved only to do her will. +</P> + +<P> +"Mr. Holmes is an independent investigator," I said. "He is his own +master, and would act as his own judgment directed. At the same time, +he would naturally feel loyalty towards the officials who were working +on the same case, and he would not conceal from them anything which +would help them in bringing a criminal to justice. Beyond this I can +say nothing, and I would refer you to Mr. Holmes himself if you wanted +fuller information." +</P> + +<P> +So saying I raised my hat and went upon my way, leaving them still +seated behind that concealing hedge. I looked back as I rounded the far +end of it, and saw that they were still talking very earnestly +together, and, as they were gazing after me, it was clear that it was +our interview that was the subject of their debate. +</P> + +<P> +"I wish none of their confidences," said Holmes, when I reported to him +what had occurred. He had spent the whole afternoon at the Manor House +in consultation with his two colleagues, and returned about five with a +ravenous appetite for a high tea which I had ordered for him. "No +confidences, Watson; for they are mighty awkward if it comes to an +arrest for conspiracy and murder." +</P> + +<P> +"You think it will come to that?" +</P> + +<P> +He was in his most cheerful and debonair humour. "My dear Watson, when +I have exterminated that fourth egg I shall be ready to put you in +touch with the whole situation. I don't say that we have fathomed +it—far from it—but when we have traced the missing dumb-bell—" +</P> + +<P> +"The dumb-bell!" +</P> + +<P> +"Dear me, Watson, is it possible that you have not penetrated the fact +that the case hangs upon the missing dumb-bell? Well, well, you need +not be downcast; for between ourselves I don't think that either +Inspector Mac or the excellent local practitioner has grasped the +overwhelming importance of this incident. One dumb-bell, Watson! +Consider an athlete with one dumb-bell! Picture to yourself the +unilateral development, the imminent danger of a spinal curvature. +Shocking, Watson, shocking!" +</P> + +<P> +He sat with his mouth full of toast and his eyes sparkling with +mischief, watching my intellectual entanglement. The mere sight of his +excellent appetite was an assurance of success, for I had very clear +recollections of days and nights without a thought of food, when his +baffled mind had chafed before some problem while his thin, eager +features became more attenuated with the asceticism of complete mental +concentration. Finally he lit his pipe, and sitting in the inglenook of +the old village inn he talked slowly and at random about his case, +rather as one who thinks aloud than as one who makes a considered +statement. +</P> + +<P> +"A lie, Watson—a great, big, thumping, obtrusive, uncompromising +lie—that's what meets us on the threshold! There is our starting +point. The whole story told by Barker is a lie. But Barker's story is +corroborated by Mrs. Douglas. Therefore she is lying also. They are +both lying, and in a conspiracy. So now we have the clear problem. Why +are they lying, and what is the truth which they are trying so hard to +conceal? Let us try, Watson, you and I, if we can get behind the lie +and reconstruct the truth. +</P> + +<P> +"How do I know that they are lying? Because it is a clumsy fabrication +which simply could not be true. Consider! According to the story given +to us, the assassin had less than a minute after the murder had been +committed to take that ring, which was under another ring, from the +dead man's finger, to replace the other ring—a thing which he would +surely never have done—and to put that singular card beside his +victim. I say that this was obviously impossible. +</P> + +<P> +"You may argue—but I have too much respect for your judgment, Watson, +to think that you will do so—that the ring may have been taken before +the man was killed. The fact that the candle had been lit only a short +time shows that there had been no lengthy interview. Was Douglas, from +what we hear of his fearless character, a man who would be likely to +give up his wedding ring at such short notice, or could we conceive of +his giving it up at all? No, no, Watson, the assassin was alone with +the dead man for some time with the lamp lit. Of that I have no doubt +at all. +</P> + +<P> +"But the gunshot was apparently the cause of death. Therefore the shot +must have been fired some time earlier than we are told. But there +could be no mistake about such a matter as that. We are in the +presence, therefore, of a deliberate conspiracy upon the part of the +two people who heard the gunshot—of the man Barker and of the woman +Douglas. When on the top of this I am able to show that the blood mark +on the windowsill was deliberately placed there by Barker, in order to +give a false clue to the police, you will admit that the case grows +dark against him. +</P> + +<P> +"Now we have to ask ourselves at what hour the murder actually did +occur. Up to half-past ten the servants were moving about the house; so +it was certainly not before that time. At a quarter to eleven they had +all gone to their rooms with the exception of Ames, who was in the +pantry. I have been trying some experiments after you left us this +afternoon, and I find that no noise which MacDonald can make in the +study can penetrate to me in the pantry when the doors are all shut. +</P> + +<P> +"It is otherwise, however, from the housekeeper's room. It is not so +far down the corridor, and from it I could vaguely hear a voice when it +was very loudly raised. The sound from a shotgun is to some extent +muffled when the discharge is at very close range, as it undoubtedly +was in this instance. It would not be very loud, and yet in the silence +of the night it should have easily penetrated to Mrs. Allen's room. She +is, as she has told us, somewhat deaf; but none the less she mentioned +in her evidence that she did hear something like a door slamming half +an hour before the alarm was given. Half an hour before the alarm was +given would be a quarter to eleven. I have no doubt that what she heard +was the report of the gun, and that this was the real instant of the +murder. +</P> + +<P> +"If this is so, we have now to determine what Barker and Mrs. Douglas, +presuming that they are not the actual murderers, could have been doing +from quarter to eleven, when the sound of the shot brought them down, +until quarter past eleven, when they rang the bell and summoned the +servants. What were they doing, and why did they not instantly give the +alarm? That is the question which faces us, and when it has been +answered we shall surely have gone some way to solve our problem." +</P> + +<P> +"I am convinced myself," said I, "that there is an understanding +between those two people. She must be a heartless creature to sit +laughing at some jest within a few hours of her husband's murder." +</P> + +<P> +"Exactly. She does not shine as a wife even in her own account of what +occurred. I am not a whole-souled admirer of womankind, as you are +aware, Watson, but my experience of life has taught me that there are +few wives, having any regard for their husbands, who would let any +man's spoken word stand between them and that husband's dead body. +Should I ever marry, Watson, I should hope to inspire my wife with some +feeling which would prevent her from being walked off by a housekeeper +when my corpse was lying within a few yards of her. It was badly +stage-managed; for even the rawest investigators must be struck by the +absence of the usual feminine ululation. If there had been nothing +else, this incident alone would have suggested a prearranged conspiracy +to my mind." +</P> + +<P> +"You think then, definitely, that Barker and Mrs. Douglas are guilty of +the murder?" +</P> + +<P> +"There is an appalling directness about your questions, Watson," said +Holmes, shaking his pipe at me. "They come at me like bullets. If you +put it that Mrs. Douglas and Barker know the truth about the murder, +and are conspiring to conceal it, then I can give you a whole-souled +answer. I am sure they do. But your more deadly proposition is not so +clear. Let us for a moment consider the difficulties which stand in the +way. +</P> + +<P> +"We will suppose that this couple are united by the bonds of a guilty +love, and that they have determined to get rid of the man who stands +between them. It is a large supposition; for discreet inquiry among +servants and others has failed to corroborate it in any way. On the +contrary, there is a good deal of evidence that the Douglases were very +attached to each other." +</P> + +<P> +"That, I am sure, cannot be true." said I, thinking of the beautiful +smiling face in the garden. +</P> + +<P> +"Well at least they gave that impression. However, we will suppose that +they are an extraordinarily astute couple, who deceive everyone upon +this point, and conspire to murder the husband. He happens to be a man +over whose head some danger hangs—" +</P> + +<P> +"We have only their word for that." +</P> + +<P> +Holmes looked thoughtful. "I see, Watson. You are sketching out a +theory by which everything they say from the beginning is false. +According to your idea, there was never any hidden menace, or secret +society, or Valley of Fear, or Boss MacSomebody, or anything else. +Well, that is a good sweeping generalization. Let us see what that +brings us to. They invent this theory to account for the crime. They +then play up to the idea by leaving this bicycle in the park as proof +of the existence of some outsider. The stain on the windowsill conveys +the same idea. So does the card on the body, which might have been +prepared in the house. That all fits into your hypothesis, Watson. But +now we come on the nasty, angular, uncompromising bits which won't slip +into their places. Why a cut-off shotgun of all weapons—and an +American one at that? How could they be so sure that the sound of it +would not bring someone on to them? It's a mere chance as it is that +Mrs. Allen did not start out to inquire for the slamming door. Why did +your guilty couple do all this, Watson?" +</P> + +<P> +"I confess that I can't explain it." +</P> + +<P> +"Then again, if a woman and her lover conspire to murder a husband, are +they going to advertise their guilt by ostentatiously removing his +wedding ring after his death? Does that strike you as very probable, +Watson?" +</P> + +<P> +"No, it does not." +</P> + +<P> +"And once again, if the thought of leaving a bicycle concealed outside +had occurred to you, would it really have seemed worth doing when the +dullest detective would naturally say this is an obvious blind, as the +bicycle is the first thing which the fugitive needed in order to make +his escape." +</P> + +<P> +"I can conceive of no explanation." +</P> + +<P> +"And yet there should be no combination of events for which the wit of +man cannot conceive an explanation. Simply as a mental exercise, +without any assertion that it is true, let me indicate a possible line +of thought. It is, I admit, mere imagination; but how often is +imagination the mother of truth? +</P> + +<P> +"We will suppose that there was a guilty secret, a really shameful +secret in the life of this man Douglas. This leads to his murder by +someone who is, we will suppose, an avenger, someone from outside. This +avenger, for some reason which I confess I am still at a loss to +explain, took the dead man's wedding ring. The vendetta might +conceivably date back to the man's first marriage, and the ring be +taken for some such reason. +</P> + +<P> +"Before this avenger got away, Barker and the wife had reached the +room. The assassin convinced them that any attempt to arrest him would +lead to the publication of some hideous scandal. They were converted to +this idea, and preferred to let him go. For this purpose they probably +lowered the bridge, which can be done quite noiselessly, and then +raised it again. He made his escape, and for some reason thought that +he could do so more safely on foot than on the bicycle. He therefore +left his machine where it would not be discovered until he had got +safely away. So far we are within the bounds of possibility, are we +not?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, it is possible, no doubt," said I, with some reserve. +</P> + +<P> +"We have to remember, Watson, that whatever occurred is certainly +something very extraordinary. Well, now, to continue our supposititious +case, the couple—not necessarily a guilty couple—realize after the +murderer is gone that they have placed themselves in a position in +which it may be difficult for them to prove that they did not +themselves either do the deed or connive at it. They rapidly and rather +clumsily met the situation. The mark was put by Barker's bloodstained +slipper upon the window-sill to suggest how the fugitive got away. They +obviously were the two who must have heard the sound of the gun; so +they gave the alarm exactly as they would have done, but a good half +hour after the event." +</P> + +<P> +"And how do you propose to prove all this?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, if there were an outsider, he may be traced and taken. That +would be the most effective of all proofs. But if not—well, the +resources of science are far from being exhausted. I think that an +evening alone in that study would help me much." +</P> + +<P> +"An evening alone!" +</P> + +<P> +"I propose to go up there presently. I have arranged it with the +estimable Ames, who is by no means whole-hearted about Barker. I shall +sit in that room and see if its atmosphere brings me inspiration. I'm a +believer in the genius loci. You smile, Friend Watson. Well, we shall +see. By the way, you have that big umbrella of yours, have you not?" +</P> + +<P> +"It is here." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I'll borrow that if I may." +</P> + +<P> +"Certainly—but what a wretched weapon! If there is danger—" +</P> + +<P> +"Nothing serious, my dear Watson, or I should certainly ask for your +assistance. But I'll take the umbrella. At present I am only awaiting +the return of our colleagues from Tunbridge Wells, where they are at +present engaged in trying for a likely owner to the bicycle." +</P> + +<P> +It was nightfall before Inspector MacDonald and White Mason came back +from their expedition, and they arrived exultant, reporting a great +advance in our investigation. +</P> + +<P> +"Man, I'll admeet that I had my doubts if there was ever an outsider," +said MacDonald, "but that's all past now. We've had the bicycle +identified, and we have a description of our man; so that's a long step +on our journey." +</P> + +<P> +"It sounds to me like the beginning of the end," said Holmes. "I'm sure +I congratulate you both with all my heart." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I started from the fact that Mr. Douglas had seemed disturbed +since the day before, when he had been at Tunbridge Wells. It was at +Tunbridge Wells then that he had become conscious of some danger. It +was clear, therefore, that if a man had come over with a bicycle it was +from Tunbridge Wells that he might be expected to have come. We took +the bicycle over with us and showed it at the hotels. It was identified +at once by the manager of the Eagle Commercial as belonging to a man +named Hargrave, who had taken a room there two days before. This +bicycle and a small valise were his whole belongings. He had registered +his name as coming from London, but had given no address. The valise +was London made, and the contents were British; but the man himself was +undoubtedly an American." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, well," said Holmes gleefully, "you have indeed done some solid +work while I have been sitting spinning theories with my friend! It's a +lesson in being practical, Mr. Mac." +</P> + +<P> +"Ay, it's just that, Mr. Holmes," said the inspector with satisfaction. +</P> + +<P> +"But this may all fit in with your theories," I remarked. +</P> + +<P> +"That may or may not be. But let us hear the end, Mr. Mac. Was there +nothing to identify this man?" +</P> + +<P> +"So little that it was evident that he had carefully guarded himself +against identification. There were no papers or letters, and no marking +upon the clothes. A cycle map of the county lay on his bedroom table. +He had left the hotel after breakfast yesterday morning on his bicycle, +and no more was heard of him until our inquiries." +</P> + +<P> +"That's what puzzles me, Mr. Holmes," said White Mason. "If the fellow +did not want the hue and cry raised over him, one would imagine that he +would have returned and remained at the hotel as an inoffensive +tourist. As it is, he must know that he will be reported to the police +by the hotel manager and that his disappearance will be connected with +the murder." +</P> + +<P> +"So one would imagine. Still, he has been justified of his wisdom up to +date, at any rate, since he has not been taken. But his +description—what of that?" +</P> + +<P> +MacDonald referred to his notebook. "Here we have it so far as they +could give it. They don't seem to have taken any very particular stock +of him; but still the porter, the clerk, and the chambermaid are all +agreed that this about covers the points. He was a man about five foot +nine in height, fifty or so years of age, his hair slightly grizzled, a +grayish moustache, a curved nose, and a face which all of them +described as fierce and forbidding." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, bar the expression, that might almost be a description of +Douglas himself," said Holmes. "He is just over fifty, with grizzled +hair and moustache, and about the same height. Did you get anything +else?" +</P> + +<P> +"He was dressed in a heavy gray suit with a reefer jacket, and he wore +a short yellow overcoat and a soft cap." +</P> + +<P> +"What about the shotgun?" +</P> + +<P> +"It is less than two feet long. It could very well have fitted into his +valise. He could have carried it inside his overcoat without +difficulty." +</P> + +<P> +"And how do you consider that all this bears upon the general case?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, Mr. Holmes," said MacDonald, "when we have got our man—and you +may be sure that I had his description on the wires within five minutes +of hearing it—we shall be better able to judge. But, even as it +stands, we have surely gone a long way. We know that an American +calling himself Hargrave came to Tunbridge Wells two days ago with +bicycle and valise. In the latter was a sawed-off shotgun; so he came +with the deliberate purpose of crime. Yesterday morning he set off for +this place on his bicycle, with his gun concealed in his overcoat. No +one saw him arrive, so far as we can learn; but he need not pass +through the village to reach the park gates, and there are many +cyclists upon the road. Presumably he at once concealed his cycle among +the laurels where it was found, and possibly lurked there himself, with +his eye on the house, waiting for Mr. Douglas to come out. The shotgun +is a strange weapon to use inside a house; but he had intended to use +it outside, and there it has very obvious advantages, as it would be +impossible to miss with it, and the sound of shots is so common in an +English sporting neighbourhood that no particular notice would be +taken." +</P> + +<P> +"That is all very clear," said Holmes. +</P> + +<P> +"Well, Mr. Douglas did not appear. What was he to do next? He left his +bicycle and approached the house in the twilight. He found the bridge +down and no one about. He took his chance, intending, no doubt, to make +some excuse if he met anyone. He met no one. He slipped into the first +room that he saw, and concealed himself behind the curtain. Thence he +could see the drawbridge go up, and he knew that his only escape was +through the moat. He waited until quarter-past eleven, when Mr. Douglas +upon his usual nightly round came into the room. He shot him and +escaped, as arranged. He was aware that the bicycle would be described +by the hotel people and be a clue against him; so he left it there and +made his way by some other means to London or to some safe hiding place +which he had already arranged. How is that, Mr. Holmes?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, Mr. Mac, it is very good and very clear so far as it goes. That +is your end of the story. My end is that the crime was committed half +an hour earlier than reported; that Mrs. Douglas and Barker are both in +a conspiracy to conceal something; that they aided the murderer's +escape—or at least that they reached the room before he escaped—and +that they fabricated evidence of his escape through the window, whereas +in all probability they had themselves let him go by lowering the +bridge. That's my reading of the first half." +</P> + +<P> +The two detectives shook their heads. +</P> + +<P> +"Well, Mr. Holmes, if this is true, we only tumble out of one mystery +into another," said the London inspector. +</P> + +<P> +"And in some ways a worse one," added White Mason. "The lady has never +been in America in all her life. What possible connection could she +have with an American assassin which would cause her to shelter him?" +</P> + +<P> +"I freely admit the difficulties," said Holmes. "I propose to make a +little investigation of my own to-night, and it is just possible that +it may contribute something to the common cause." +</P> + +<P> +"Can we help you, Mr. Holmes?" +</P> + +<P> +"No, no! Darkness and Dr. Watson's umbrella—my wants are simple. And +Ames, the faithful Ames, no doubt he will stretch a point for me. All +my lines of thought lead me back invariably to the one basic +question—why should an athletic man develop his frame upon so +unnatural an instrument as a single dumb-bell?" +</P> + +<P> +It was late that night when Holmes returned from his solitary +excursion. We slept in a double-bedded room, which was the best that +the little country inn could do for us. I was already asleep when I was +partly awakened by his entrance. +</P> + +<P> +"Well, Holmes," I murmured, "have you found anything out?" +</P> + +<P> +He stood beside me in silence, his candle in his hand. Then the tall, +lean figure inclined towards me. "I say, Watson," he whispered, "would +you be afraid to sleep in the same room with a lunatic, a man with +softening of the brain, an idiot whose mind has lost its grip?" +</P> + +<P> +"Not in the least," I answered in astonishment. +</P> + +<P> +"Ah, that's lucky," he said, and not another word would he utter that +night. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0107"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +Chapter 7 +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +The Solution +</H4> + +<P> +Next morning, after breakfast, we found Inspector MacDonald and White +Mason seated in close consultation in the small parlour of the local +police sergeant. On the table in front of them were piled a number of +letters and telegrams, which they were carefully sorting and docketing. +Three had been placed on one side. +</P> + +<P> +"Still on the track of the elusive bicyclist?" Holmes asked cheerfully. +"What is the latest news of the ruffian?" +</P> + +<P> +MacDonald pointed ruefully to his heap of correspondence. +</P> + +<P> +"He is at present reported from Leicester, Nottingham, Southampton, +Derby, East Ham, Richmond, and fourteen other places. In three of +them—East Ham, Leicester, and Liverpool—there is a clear case against +him, and he has actually been arrested. The country seems to be full of +the fugitives with yellow coats." +</P> + +<P> +"Dear me!" said Holmes sympathetically. "Now, Mr. Mac and you, Mr. +White Mason, I wish to give you a very earnest piece of advice. When I +went into this case with you I bargained, as you will no doubt +remember, that I should not present you with half-proved theories, but +that I should retain and work out my own ideas until I had satisfied +myself that they were correct. For this reason I am not at the present +moment telling you all that is in my mind. On the other hand, I said +that I would play the game fairly by you, and I do not think it is a +fair game to allow you for one unnecessary moment to waste your +energies upon a profitless task. Therefore I am here to advise you this +morning, and my advice to you is summed up in three words—abandon the +case." +</P> + +<P> +MacDonald and White Mason stared in amazement at their celebrated +colleague. +</P> + +<P> +"You consider it hopeless!" cried the inspector. +</P> + +<P> +"I consider your case to be hopeless. I do not consider that it is +hopeless to arrive at the truth." +</P> + +<P> +"But this cyclist. He is not an invention. We have his description, his +valise, his bicycle. The fellow must be somewhere. Why should we not +get him?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, yes, no doubt he is somewhere, and no doubt we shall get him; but +I would not have you waste your energies in East Ham or Liverpool. I am +sure that we can find some shorter cut to a result." +</P> + +<P> +"You are holding something back. It's hardly fair of you, Mr. Holmes." +The inspector was annoyed. +</P> + +<P> +"You know my methods of work, Mr. Mac. But I will hold it back for the +shortest time possible. I only wish to verify my details in one way, +which can very readily be done, and then I make my bow and return to +London, leaving my results entirely at your service. I owe you too much +to act otherwise; for in all my experience I cannot recall any more +singular and interesting study." +</P> + +<P> +"This is clean beyond me, Mr. Holmes. We saw you when we returned from +Tunbridge Wells last night, and you were in general agreement with our +results. What has happened since then to give you a completely new idea +of the case?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, since you ask me, I spent, as I told you that I would, some +hours last night at the Manor House." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, what happened?" +</P> + +<P> +"Ah, I can only give you a very general answer to that for the moment. +By the way, I have been reading a short but clear and interesting +account of the old building, purchasable at the modest sum of one penny +from the local tobacconist." +</P> + +<P> +Here Holmes drew a small tract, embellished with a rude engraving of +the ancient Manor House, from his waistcoat pocket. +</P> + +<P> +"It immensely adds to the zest of an investigation, my dear Mr. Mac, +when one is in conscious sympathy with the historical atmosphere of +one's surroundings. Don't look so impatient; for I assure you that even +so bald an account as this raises some sort of picture of the past in +one's mind. Permit me to give you a sample. 'Erected in the fifth year +of the reign of James I, and standing upon the site of a much older +building, the Manor House of Birlstone presents one of the finest +surviving examples of the moated Jacobean residence—'" +</P> + +<P> +"You are making fools of us, Mr. Holmes!" +</P> + +<P> +"Tut, tut, Mr. Mac!—the first sign of temper I have detected in you. +Well, I won't read it verbatim, since you feel so strongly upon the +subject. But when I tell you that there is some account of the taking +of the place by a parliamentary colonel in 1644, of the concealment of +Charles for several days in the course of the Civil War, and finally of +a visit there by the second George, you will admit that there are +various associations of interest connected with this ancient house." +</P> + +<P> +"I don't doubt it, Mr. Holmes; but that is no business of ours." +</P> + +<P> +"Is it not? Is it not? Breadth of view, my dear Mr. Mac, is one of the +essentials of our profession. The interplay of ideas and the oblique +uses of knowledge are often of extraordinary interest. You will excuse +these remarks from one who, though a mere connoisseur of crime, is +still rather older and perhaps more experienced than yourself." +</P> + +<P> +"I'm the first to admit that," said the detective heartily. "You get to +your point, I admit; but you have such a deuced round-the-corner way of +doing it." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, well, I'll drop past history and get down to present-day facts. +I called last night, as I have already said, at the Manor House. I did +not see either Barker or Mrs. Douglas. I saw no necessity to disturb +them; but I was pleased to hear that the lady was not visibly pining +and that she had partaken of an excellent dinner. My visit was +specially made to the good Mr. Ames, with whom I exchanged some +amiabilities, which culminated in his allowing me, without reference to +anyone else, to sit alone for a time in the study." +</P> + +<P> +"What! With that?" I ejaculated. +</P> + +<P> +"No, no, everything is now in order. You gave permission for that, Mr. +Mac, as I am informed. The room was in its normal state, and in it I +passed an instructive quarter of an hour." +</P> + +<P> +"What were you doing?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, not to make a mystery of so simple a matter, I was looking for +the missing dumb-bell. It has always bulked rather large in my estimate +of the case. I ended by finding it." +</P> + +<P> +"Where?" +</P> + +<P> +"Ah, there we come to the edge of the unexplored. Let me go a little +further, a very little further, and I will promise that you shall share +everything that I know." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, we're bound to take you on your own terms," said the inspector; +"but when it comes to telling us to abandon the case—why in the name +of goodness should we abandon the case?" +</P> + +<P> +"For the simple reason, my dear Mr. Mac, that you have not got the +first idea what it is that you are investigating." +</P> + +<P> +"We are investigating the murder of Mr. John Douglas of Birlstone +Manor." +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, yes, so you are. But don't trouble to trace the mysterious +gentleman upon the bicycle. I assure you that it won't help you." +</P> + +<P> +"Then what do you suggest that we do?" +</P> + +<P> +"I will tell you exactly what to do, if you will do it." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I'm bound to say I've always found you had reason behind all +your queer ways. I'll do what you advise." +</P> + +<P> +"And you, Mr. White Mason?" +</P> + +<P> +The country detective looked helplessly from one to the other. Holmes +and his methods were new to him. "Well, if it is good enough for the +inspector, it is good enough for me," he said at last. +</P> + +<P> +"Capital!" said Holmes. "Well, then, I should recommend a nice, cheery +country walk for both of you. They tell me that the views from +Birlstone Ridge over the Weald are very remarkable. No doubt lunch +could be got at some suitable hostelry; though my ignorance of the +country prevents me from recommending one. In the evening, tired but +happy—" +</P> + +<P> +"Man, this is getting past a joke!" cried MacDonald, rising angrily +from his chair. +</P> + +<P> +"Well, well, spend the day as you like," said Holmes, patting him +cheerfully upon the shoulder. "Do what you like and go where you will, +but meet me here before dusk without fail—without fail, Mr. Mac." +</P> + +<P> +"That sounds more like sanity." +</P> + +<P> +"All of it was excellent advice; but I don't insist, so long as you are +here when I need you. But now, before we part, I want you to write a +note to Mr. Barker." +</P> + +<P> +"Well?" +</P> + +<P> +"I'll dictate it, if you like. Ready? +</P> + +<P CLASS="letter"> + "Dear Sir:<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="letter"> + "It has struck me that it is our duty to drain the moat, in<BR> + the hope that we may find some—"<BR> +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +"It's impossible," said the inspector. "I've made inquiry." +</P> + +<P> +"Tut, tut! My dear sir, please do what I ask you." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, go on." +</P> + +<BR> + +<P CLASS="letter"> + "—in the hope that we may find something which may bear<BR> + upon our investigation. I have made arrangements, and the<BR> + workmen will be at work early to-morrow morning diverting<BR> + the stream—"<BR> +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +"Impossible!" +</P> + +<BR> + +<P CLASS="letter"> + "—diverting the stream; so I thought it best to explain<BR> + matters beforehand.<BR> +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +"Now sign that, and send it by hand about four o'clock. At that hour we +shall meet again in this room. Until then we may each do what we like; +for I can assure you that this inquiry has come to a definite pause." +</P> + +<P> +Evening was drawing in when we reassembled. Holmes was very serious in +his manner, myself curious, and the detectives obviously critical and +annoyed. +</P> + +<P> +"Well, gentlemen," said my friend gravely, "I am asking you now to put +everything to the test with me, and you will judge for yourselves +whether the observations I have made justify the conclusions to which I +have come. It is a chill evening, and I do not know how long our +expedition may last; so I beg that you will wear your warmest coats. It +is of the first importance that we should be in our places before it +grows dark; so with your permission we shall get started at once." +</P> + +<P> +We passed along the outer bounds of the Manor House park until we came +to a place where there was a gap in the rails which fenced it. Through +this we slipped, and then in the gathering gloom we followed Holmes +until we had reached a shrubbery which lies nearly opposite to the main +door and the drawbridge. The latter had not been raised. Holmes +crouched down behind the screen of laurels, and we all three followed +his example. +</P> + +<P> +"Well, what are we to do now?" asked MacDonald with some gruffness. +</P> + +<P> +"Possess our souls in patience and make as little noise as possible," +Holmes answered. +</P> + +<P> +"What are we here for at all? I really think that you might treat us +with more frankness." +</P> + +<P> +Holmes laughed. "Watson insists that I am the dramatist in real life," +said he. "Some touch of the artist wells up within me, and calls +insistently for a well-staged performance. Surely our profession, Mr. +Mac, would be a drab and sordid one if we did not sometimes set the +scene so as to glorify our results. The blunt accusation, the brutal +tap upon the shoulder—what can one make of such a denouement? But the +quick inference, the subtle trap, the clever forecast of coming events, +the triumphant vindication of bold theories—are these not the pride +and the justification of our life's work? At the present moment you +thrill with the glamour of the situation and the anticipation of the +hunt. Where would be that thrill if I had been as definite as a +timetable? I only ask a little patience, Mr. Mac, and all will be clear +to you." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I hope the pride and justification and the rest of it will come +before we all get our death of cold," said the London detective with +comic resignation. +</P> + +<P> +We all had good reason to join in the aspiration; for our vigil was a +long and bitter one. Slowly the shadows darkened over the long, sombre +face of the old house. A cold, damp reek from the moat chilled us to +the bones and set our teeth chattering. There was a single lamp over +the gateway and a steady globe of light in the fatal study. Everything +else was dark and still. +</P> + +<P> +"How long is this to last?" asked the inspector finally. "And what is +it we are watching for?" +</P> + +<P> +"I have no more notion than you how long it is to last," Holmes +answered with some asperity. "If criminals would always schedule their +movements like railway trains, it would certainly be more convenient +for all of us. As to what it is we—Well, that's what we are watching +for!" +</P> + +<P> +As he spoke the bright, yellow light in the study was obscured by +somebody passing to and fro before it. The laurels among which we lay +were immediately opposite the window and not more than a hundred feet +from it. Presently it was thrown open with a whining of hinges, and we +could dimly see the dark outline of a man's head and shoulders looking +out into the gloom. For some minutes he peered forth in furtive, +stealthy fashion, as one who wishes to be assured that he is +unobserved. Then he leaned forward, and in the intense silence we were +aware of the soft lapping of agitated water. He seemed to be stirring +up the moat with something which he held in his hand. Then suddenly he +hauled something in as a fisherman lands a fish—some large, round +object which obscured the light as it was dragged through the open +casement. +</P> + +<P> +"Now!" cried Holmes. "Now!" +</P> + +<P> +We were all upon our feet, staggering after him with our stiffened +limbs, while he ran swiftly across the bridge and rang violently at the +bell. There was the rasping of bolts from the other side, and the +amazed Ames stood in the entrance. Holmes brushed him aside without a +word and, followed by all of us, rushed into the room which had been +occupied by the man whom we had been watching. +</P> + +<P> +The oil lamp on the table represented the glow which we had seen from +outside. It was now in the hand of Cecil Barker, who held it towards us +as we entered. Its light shone upon his strong, resolute, clean-shaved +face and his menacing eyes. +</P> + +<P> +"What the devil is the meaning of all this?" he cried. "What are you +after, anyhow?" +</P> + +<P> +Holmes took a swift glance round, and then pounced upon a sodden bundle +tied together with cord which lay where it had been thrust under the +writing table. +</P> + +<P> +"This is what we are after, Mr. Barker—this bundle, weighted with a +dumb-bell, which you have just raised from the bottom of the moat." +</P> + +<P> +Barker stared at Holmes with amazement in his face. "How in thunder +came you to know anything about it?" he asked. +</P> + +<P> +"Simply that I put it there." +</P> + +<P> +"You put it there! You!" +</P> + +<P> +"Perhaps I should have said 'replaced it there,'" said Holmes. "You +will remember, Inspector MacDonald, that I was somewhat struck by the +absence of a dumb-bell. I drew your attention to it; but with the +pressure of other events you had hardly the time to give it the +consideration which would have enabled you to draw deductions from it. +When water is near and a weight is missing it is not a very far-fetched +supposition that something has been sunk in the water. The idea was at +least worth testing; so with the help of Ames, who admitted me to the +room, and the crook of Dr. Watson's umbrella, I was able last night to +fish up and inspect this bundle. +</P> + +<P> +"It was of the first importance, however, that we should be able to +prove who placed it there. This we accomplished by the very obvious +device of announcing that the moat would be dried to-morrow, which had, +of course, the effect that whoever had hidden the bundle would most +certainly withdraw it the moment that darkness enabled him to do so. We +have no less than four witnesses as to who it was who took advantage of +the opportunity, and so, Mr. Barker, I think the word lies now with +you." +</P> + +<P> +Sherlock Holmes put the sopping bundle upon the table beside the lamp +and undid the cord which bound it. From within he extracted a +dumb-bell, which he tossed down to its fellow in the corner. Next he +drew forth a pair of boots. "American, as you perceive," he remarked, +pointing to the toes. Then he laid upon the table a long, deadly, +sheathed knife. Finally he unravelled a bundle of clothing, comprising +a complete set of underclothes, socks, a gray tweed suit, and a short +yellow overcoat. +</P> + +<P> +"The clothes are commonplace," remarked Holmes, "save only the +overcoat, which is full of suggestive touches." He held it tenderly +towards the light. "Here, as you perceive, is the inner pocket +prolonged into the lining in such fashion as to give ample space for +the truncated fowling piece. The tailor's tab is on the neck—'Neal, +Outfitter, Vermissa, U. S. A.' I have spent an instructive afternoon in +the rector's library, and have enlarged my knowledge by adding the fact +that Vermissa is a flourishing little town at the head of one of the +best known coal and iron valleys in the United States. I have some +recollection, Mr. Barker, that you associated the coal districts with +Mr. Douglas's first wife, and it would surely not be too far-fetched an +inference that the V. V. upon the card by the dead body might stand for +Vermissa Valley, or that this very valley which sends forth emissaries +of murder may be that Valley of Fear of which we have heard. So much is +fairly clear. And now, Mr. Barker, I seem to be standing rather in the +way of your explanation." +</P> + +<P> +It was a sight to see Cecil Barker's expressive face during this +exposition of the great detective. Anger, amazement, consternation, and +indecision swept over it in turn. Finally he took refuge in a somewhat +acrid irony. +</P> + +<P> +"You know such a lot, Mr. Holmes, perhaps you had better tell us some +more," he sneered. +</P> + +<P> +"I have no doubt that I could tell you a great deal more, Mr. Barker; +but it would come with a better grace from you." +</P> + +<P> +"Oh, you think so, do you? Well, all I can say is that if there's any +secret here it is not my secret, and I am not the man to give it away." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, if you take that line, Mr. Barker," said the inspector quietly, +"we must just keep you in sight until we have the warrant and can hold +you." +</P> + +<P> +"You can do what you damn please about that," said Barker defiantly. +</P> + +<P> +The proceedings seemed to have come to a definite end so far as he was +concerned; for one had only to look at that granite face to realize +that no peine forte et dure would ever force him to plead against his +will. The deadlock was broken, however, by a woman's voice. Mrs. +Douglas had been standing listening at the half opened door, and now +she entered the room. +</P> + +<P> +"You have done enough for now, Cecil," said she. "Whatever comes of it +in the future, you have done enough." +</P> + +<P> +"Enough and more than enough," remarked Sherlock Holmes gravely. "I +have every sympathy with you, madam, and should strongly urge you to +have some confidence in the common sense of our jurisdiction and to +take the police voluntarily into your complete confidence. It may be +that I am myself at fault for not following up the hint which you +conveyed to me through my friend, Dr. Watson; but, at that time I had +every reason to believe that you were directly concerned in the crime. +Now I am assured that this is not so. At the same time, there is much +that is unexplained, and I should strongly recommend that you ask Mr. +Douglas to tell us his own story." +</P> + +<P> +Mrs. Douglas gave a cry of astonishment at Holmes's words. The +detectives and I must have echoed it, when we were aware of a man who +seemed to have emerged from the wall, who advanced now from the gloom +of the corner in which he had appeared. Mrs. Douglas turned, and in an +instant her arms were round him. Barker had seized his outstretched +hand. +</P> + +<P> +"It's best this way, Jack," his wife repeated; "I am sure that it is +best." +</P> + +<P> +"Indeed, yes, Mr. Douglas," said Sherlock Holmes, "I am sure that you +will find it best." +</P> + +<P> +The man stood blinking at us with the dazed look of one who comes from +the dark into the light. It was a remarkable face, bold gray eyes, a +strong, short-clipped, grizzled moustache, a square, projecting chin, +and a humorous mouth. He took a good look at us all, and then to my +amazement he advanced to me and handed me a bundle of paper. +</P> + +<P> +"I've heard of you," said he in a voice which was not quite English and +not quite American, but was altogether mellow and pleasing. "You are +the historian of this bunch. Well, Dr. Watson, you've never had such a +story as that pass through your hands before, and I'll lay my last +dollar on that. Tell it your own way; but there are the facts, and you +can't miss the public so long as you have those. I've been cooped up +two days, and I've spent the daylight hours—as much daylight as I +could get in that rat trap—in putting the thing into words. You're +welcome to them—you and your public. There's the story of the Valley +of Fear." +</P> + +<P> +"That's the past, Mr. Douglas," said Sherlock Holmes quietly. "What we +desire now is to hear your story of the present." +</P> + +<P> +"You'll have it, sir," said Douglas. "May I smoke as I talk? Well, +thank you, Mr. Holmes. You're a smoker yourself, if I remember right, +and you'll guess what it is to be sitting for two days with tobacco in +your pocket and afraid that the smell will give you away." He leaned +against the mantelpiece and sucked at the cigar which Holmes had handed +him. "I've heard of you, Mr. Holmes. I never guessed that I should meet +you. But before you are through with that," he nodded at my papers, +"you will say I've brought you something fresh." +</P> + +<P> +Inspector MacDonald had been staring at the newcomer with the greatest +amazement. "Well, this fairly beats me!" he cried at last. "If you are +Mr. John Douglas of Birlstone Manor, then whose death have we been +investigating for these two days, and where in the world have you +sprung from now? You seemed to me to come out of the floor like a +jack-in-a-box." +</P> + +<P> +"Ah, Mr. Mac," said Holmes, shaking a reproving forefinger, "you would +not read that excellent local compilation which described the +concealment of King Charles. People did not hide in those days without +excellent hiding places, and the hiding place that has once been used +may be again. I had persuaded myself that we should find Mr. Douglas +under this roof." +</P> + +<P> +"And how long have you been playing this trick upon us, Mr. Holmes?" +said the inspector angrily. "How long have you allowed us to waste +ourselves upon a search that you knew to be an absurd one?" +</P> + +<P> +"Not one instant, my dear Mr. Mac. Only last night did I form my views +of the case. As they could not be put to the proof until this evening, +I invited you and your colleague to take a holiday for the day. Pray +what more could I do? When I found the suit of clothes in the moat, it +at once became apparent to me that the body we had found could not have +been the body of Mr. John Douglas at all, but must be that of the +bicyclist from Tunbridge Wells. No other conclusion was possible. +Therefore I had to determine where Mr. John Douglas himself could be, +and the balance of probability was that with the connivance of his wife +and his friend he was concealed in a house which had such conveniences +for a fugitive, and awaiting quieter times when he could make his final +escape." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, you figured it out about right," said Douglas approvingly. "I +thought I'd dodge your British law; for I was not sure how I stood +under it, and also I saw my chance to throw these hounds once for all +off my track. Mind you, from first to last I have done nothing to be +ashamed of, and nothing that I would not do again; but you'll judge +that for yourselves when I tell you my story. Never mind warning me, +Inspector: I'm ready to stand pat upon the truth. +</P> + +<P> +"I'm not going to begin at the beginning. That's all there," he +indicated my bundle of papers, "and a mighty queer yarn you'll find it. +It all comes down to this: That there are some men that have good cause +to hate me and would give their last dollar to know that they had got +me. So long as I am alive and they are alive, there is no safety in +this world for me. They hunted me from Chicago to California, then they +chased me out of America; but when I married and settled down in this +quiet spot I thought my last years were going to be peaceable. +</P> + +<P> +"I never explained to my wife how things were. Why should I pull her +into it? She would never have a quiet moment again; but would always be +imagining trouble. I fancy she knew something, for I may have dropped a +word here or a word there; but until yesterday, after you gentlemen had +seen her, she never knew the rights of the matter. She told you all she +knew, and so did Barker here; for on the night when this thing happened +there was mighty little time for explanations. She knows everything +now, and I would have been a wiser man if I had told her sooner. But it +was a hard question, dear," he took her hand for an instant in his own, +"and I acted for the best. +</P> + +<P> +"Well, gentlemen, the day before these happenings I was over in +Tunbridge Wells, and I got a glimpse of a man in the street. It was +only a glimpse; but I have a quick eye for these things, and I never +doubted who it was. It was the worst enemy I had among them all—one +who has been after me like a hungry wolf after a caribou all these +years. I knew there was trouble coming, and I came home and made ready +for it. I guessed I'd fight through it all right on my own, my luck was +a proverb in the States about '76. I never doubted that it would be +with me still. +</P> + +<P> +"I was on my guard all that next day, and never went out into the park. +It's as well, or he'd have had the drop on me with that buckshot gun of +his before ever I could draw on him. After the bridge was up—my mind +was always more restful when that bridge was up in the evenings—I put +the thing clear out of my head. I never dreamed of his getting into the +house and waiting for me. But when I made my round in my dressing gown, +as was my habit, I had no sooner entered the study than I scented +danger. I guess when a man has had dangers in his life—and I've had +more than most in my time—there is a kind of sixth sense that waves +the red flag. I saw the signal clear enough, and yet I couldn't tell +you why. Next instant I spotted a boot under the window curtain, and +then I saw why plain enough. +</P> + +<P> +"I'd just the one candle that was in my hand; but there was a good +light from the hall lamp through the open door. I put down the candle +and jumped for a hammer that I'd left on the mantel. At the same moment +he sprang at me. I saw the glint of a knife, and I lashed at him with +the hammer. I got him somewhere; for the knife tinkled down on the +floor. He dodged round the table as quick as an eel, and a moment later +he'd got his gun from under his coat. I heard him cock it; but I had +got hold of it before he could fire. I had it by the barrel, and we +wrestled for it all ends up for a minute or more. It was death to the +man that lost his grip. +</P> + +<P> +"He never lost his grip; but he got it butt downward for a moment too +long. Maybe it was I that pulled the trigger. Maybe we just jolted it +off between us. Anyhow, he got both barrels in the face, and there I +was, staring down at all that was left of Ted Baldwin. I'd recognized +him in the township, and again when he sprang for me; but his own +mother wouldn't recognize him as I saw him then. I'm used to rough +work; but I fairly turned sick at the sight of him. +</P> + +<P> +"I was hanging on the side of the table when Barker came hurrying down. +I heard my wife coming, and I ran to the door and stopped her. It was +no sight for a woman. I promised I'd come to her soon. I said a word or +two to Barker—he took it all in at a glance—and we waited for the +rest to come along. But there was no sign of them. Then we understood +that they could hear nothing, and that all that had happened was known +only to ourselves. +</P> + +<P> +"It was at that instant that the idea came to me. I was fairly dazzled +by the brilliance of it. The man's sleeve had slipped up and there was +the branded mark of the lodge upon his forearm. See here!" +</P> + +<P> +The man whom we had known as Douglas turned up his own coat and cuff to +show a brown triangle within a circle exactly like that which we had +seen upon the dead man. +</P> + +<P> +"It was the sight of that which started me on it. I seemed to see it +all clear at a glance. There were his height and hair and figure, about +the same as my own. No one could swear to his face, poor devil! I +brought down this suit of clothes, and in a quarter of an hour Barker +and I had put my dressing gown on him and he lay as you found him. We +tied all his things into a bundle, and I weighted them with the only +weight I could find and put them through the window. The card he had +meant to lay upon my body was lying beside his own. +</P> + +<P> +"My rings were put on his finger; but when it came to the wedding +ring," he held out his muscular hand, "you can see for yourselves that +I had struck the limit. I have not moved it since the day I was +married, and it would have taken a file to get it off. I don't know, +anyhow, that I should have cared to part with it; but if I had wanted +to I couldn't. So we just had to leave that detail to take care of +itself. On the other hand, I brought a bit of plaster down and put it +where I am wearing one myself at this instant. You slipped up there, +Mr. Holmes, clever as you are; for if you had chanced to take off that +plaster you would have found no cut underneath it. +</P> + +<P> +"Well, that was the situation. If I could lie low for a while and then +get away where I could be joined by my 'widow' we should have a chance +at last of living in peace for the rest of our lives. These devils +would give me no rest so long as I was above ground; but if they saw in +the papers that Baldwin had got his man, there would be an end of all +my troubles. I hadn't much time to make it all clear to Barker and to +my wife; but they understood enough to be able to help me. I knew all +about this hiding place, so did Ames; but it never entered his head to +connect it with the matter. I retired into it, and it was up to Barker +to do the rest. +</P> + +<P> +"I guess you can fill in for yourselves what he did. He opened the +window and made the mark on the sill to give an idea of how the +murderer escaped. It was a tall order, that; but as the bridge was up +there was no other way. Then, when everything was fixed, he rang the +bell for all he was worth. What happened afterward you know. And so, +gentlemen, you can do what you please; but I've told you the truth and +the whole truth, so help me God! What I ask you now is how do I stand +by the English law?" +</P> + +<P> +There was a silence which was broken by Sherlock Holmes. +</P> + +<P> +"The English law is in the main a just law. You will get no worse than +your deserts from that, Mr. Douglas. But I would ask you how did this +man know that you lived here, or how to get into your house, or where +to hide to get you?" +</P> + +<P> +"I know nothing of this." +</P> + +<P> +Holmes's face was very white and grave. "The story is not over yet, I +fear," said he. "You may find worse dangers than the English law, or +even than your enemies from America. I see trouble before you, Mr. +Douglas. You'll take my advice and still be on your guard." +</P> + +<P> +And now, my long-suffering readers, I will ask you to come away with me +for a time, far from the Sussex Manor House of Birlstone, and far also +from the year of grace in which we made our eventful journey which +ended with the strange story of the man who had been known as John +Douglas. I wish you to journey back some twenty years in time, and +westward some thousands of miles in space, that I may lay before you a +singular and terrible narrative—so singular and so terrible that you +may find it hard to believe that even as I tell it, even so did it +occur. +</P> + +<P> +Do not think that I intrude one story before another is finished. As +you read on you will find that this is not so. And when I have detailed +those distant events and you have solved this mystery of the past, we +shall meet once more in those rooms on Baker Street, where this, like +so many other wonderful happenings, will find its end. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0201"></A> +<H2 ALIGN="center"> +PART 2 +</H2> + +<H2 ALIGN="center"> +The Scowrers +</H2> + +<BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +Chapter 1 +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +The Man +</H4> + +<P> +It was the fourth of February in the year 1875. It had been a severe +winter, and the snow lay deep in the gorges of the Gilmerton Mountains. +The steam ploughs had, however, kept the railroad open, and the evening +train which connects the long line of coal-mining and iron-working +settlements was slowly groaning its way up the steep gradients which +lead from Stagville on the plain to Vermissa, the central township +which lies at the head of Vermissa Valley. From this point the track +sweeps downward to Bartons Crossing, Helmdale, and the purely +agricultural county of Merton. It was a single-track railroad; but at +every siding—and they were numerous—long lines of trucks piled with +coal and iron ore told of the hidden wealth which had brought a rude +population and a bustling life to this most desolate corner of the +United States of America. +</P> + +<P> +For desolate it was! Little could the first pioneer who had traversed +it have ever imagined that the fairest prairies and the most lush water +pastures were valueless compared to this gloomy land of black crag and +tangled forest. Above the dark and often scarcely penetrable woods upon +their flanks, the high, bare crowns of the mountains, white snow, and +jagged rock towered upon each flank, leaving a long, winding, tortuous +valley in the centre. Up this the little train was slowly crawling. +</P> + +<P> +The oil lamps had just been lit in the leading passenger car, a long, +bare carriage in which some twenty or thirty people were seated. The +greater number of these were workmen returning from their day's toil in +the lower part of the valley. At least a dozen, by their grimed faces +and the safety lanterns which they carried, proclaimed themselves +miners. These sat smoking in a group and conversed in low voices, +glancing occasionally at two men on the opposite side of the car, whose +uniforms and badges showed them to be policemen. +</P> + +<P> +Several women of the labouring class and one or two travellers who +might have been small local storekeepers made up the rest of the +company, with the exception of one young man in a corner by himself. It +is with this man that we are concerned. Take a good look at him, for he +is worth it. +</P> + +<P> +He is a fresh-complexioned, middle-sized young man, not far, one would +guess, from his thirtieth year. He has large, shrewd, humorous gray +eyes which twinkle inquiringly from time to time as he looks round +through his spectacles at the people about him. It is easy to see that +he is of a sociable and possibly simple disposition, anxious to be +friendly to all men. Anyone could pick him at once as gregarious in his +habits and communicative in his nature, with a quick wit and a ready +smile. And yet the man who studied him more closely might discern a +certain firmness of jaw and grim tightness about the lips which would +warn him that there were depths beyond, and that this pleasant, +brown-haired young Irishman might conceivably leave his mark for good +or evil upon any society to which he was introduced. +</P> + +<P> +Having made one or two tentative remarks to the nearest miner, and +receiving only short, gruff replies, the traveller resigned himself to +uncongenial silence, staring moodily out of the window at the fading +landscape. +</P> + +<P> +It was not a cheering prospect. Through the growing gloom there pulsed +the red glow of the furnaces on the sides of the hills. Great heaps of +slag and dumps of cinders loomed up on each side, with the high shafts +of the collieries towering above them. Huddled groups of mean, wooden +houses, the windows of which were beginning to outline themselves in +light, were scattered here and there along the line, and the frequent +halting places were crowded with their swarthy inhabitants. +</P> + +<P> +The iron and coal valleys of the Vermissa district were no resorts for +the leisured or the cultured. Everywhere there were stern signs of the +crudest battle of life, the rude work to be done, and the rude, strong +workers who did it. +</P> + +<P> +The young traveller gazed out into this dismal country with a face of +mingled repulsion and interest, which showed that the scene was new to +him. At intervals he drew from his pocket a bulky letter to which he +referred, and on the margins of which he scribbled some notes. Once +from the back of his waist he produced something which one would hardly +have expected to find in the possession of so mild-mannered a man. It +was a navy revolver of the largest size. As he turned it slantwise to +the light, the glint upon the rims of the copper shells within the drum +showed that it was fully loaded. He quickly restored it to his secret +pocket, but not before it had been observed by a working man who had +seated himself upon the adjoining bench. +</P> + +<P> +"Hullo, mate!" said he. "You seem heeled and ready." +</P> + +<P> +The young man smiled with an air of embarrassment. +</P> + +<P> +"Yes," said he, "we need them sometimes in the place I come from." +</P> + +<P> +"And where may that be?" +</P> + +<P> +"I'm last from Chicago." +</P> + +<P> +"A stranger in these parts?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes." +</P> + +<P> +"You may find you need it here," said the workman. +</P> + +<P> +"Ah! is that so?" The young man seemed interested. +</P> + +<P> +"Have you heard nothing of doings hereabouts?" +</P> + +<P> +"Nothing out of the way." +</P> + +<P> +"Why, I thought the country was full of it. You'll hear quick enough. +What made you come here?" +</P> + +<P> +"I heard there was always work for a willing man." +</P> + +<P> +"Are you a member of the union?" +</P> + +<P> +"Sure." +</P> + +<P> +"Then you'll get your job, I guess. Have you any friends?" +</P> + +<P> +"Not yet; but I have the means of making them." +</P> + +<P> +"How's that, then?" +</P> + +<P> +"I am one of the Eminent Order of Freemen. There's no town without a +lodge, and where there is a lodge I'll find my friends." +</P> + +<P> +The remark had a singular effect upon his companion. He glanced round +suspiciously at the others in the car. The miners were still whispering +among themselves. The two police officers were dozing. He came across, +seated himself close to the young traveller, and held out his hand. +</P> + +<P> +"Put it there," he said. +</P> + +<P> +A hand-grip passed between the two. +</P> + +<P> +"I see you speak the truth," said the workman. "But it's well to make +certain." He raised his right hand to his right eyebrow. The traveller +at once raised his left hand to his left eyebrow. +</P> + +<P> +"Dark nights are unpleasant," said the workman. +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, for strangers to travel," the other answered. +</P> + +<P> +"That's good enough. I'm Brother Scanlan, Lodge 341, Vermissa Valley. +Glad to see you in these parts." +</P> + +<P> +"Thank you. I'm Brother John McMurdo, Lodge 29, Chicago. Bodymaster J. +H. Scott. But I am in luck to meet a brother so early." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, there are plenty of us about. You won't find the order more +flourishing anywhere in the States than right here in Vermissa Valley. +But we could do with some lads like you. I can't understand a spry man +of the union finding no work to do in Chicago." +</P> + +<P> +"I found plenty of work to do," said McMurdo. +</P> + +<P> +"Then why did you leave?" +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo nodded towards the policemen and smiled. "I guess those chaps +would be glad to know," he said. +</P> + +<P> +Scanlan groaned sympathetically. "In trouble?" he asked in a whisper. +</P> + +<P> +"Deep." +</P> + +<P> +"A penitentiary job?" +</P> + +<P> +"And the rest." +</P> + +<P> +"Not a killing!" +</P> + +<P> +"It's early days to talk of such things," said McMurdo with the air of +a man who had been surprised into saying more than he intended. "I've +my own good reasons for leaving Chicago, and let that be enough for +you. Who are you that you should take it on yourself to ask such +things?" His gray eyes gleamed with sudden and dangerous anger from +behind his glasses. +</P> + +<P> +"All right, mate, no offense meant. The boys will think none the worse +of you, whatever you may have done. Where are you bound for now?" +</P> + +<P> +"Vermissa." +</P> + +<P> +"That's the third halt down the line. Where are you staying?" +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo took out an envelope and held it close to the murky oil lamp. +"Here is the address—Jacob Shafter, Sheridan Street. It's a boarding +house that was recommended by a man I knew in Chicago." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I don't know it; but Vermissa is out of my beat. I live at +Hobson's Patch, and that's here where we are drawing up. But, say, +there's one bit of advice I'll give you before we part: If you're in +trouble in Vermissa, go straight to the Union House and see Boss +McGinty. He is the Bodymaster of Vermissa Lodge, and nothing can happen +in these parts unless Black Jack McGinty wants it. So long, mate! Maybe +we'll meet in lodge one of these evenings. But mind my words: If you +are in trouble, go to Boss McGinty." +</P> + +<P> +Scanlan descended, and McMurdo was left once again to his thoughts. +Night had now fallen, and the flames of the frequent furnaces were +roaring and leaping in the darkness. Against their lurid background +dark figures were bending and straining, twisting and turning, with the +motion of winch or of windlass, to the rhythm of an eternal clank and +roar. +</P> + +<P> +"I guess hell must look something like that," said a voice. +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo turned and saw that one of the policemen had shifted in his +seat and was staring out into the fiery waste. +</P> + +<P> +"For that matter," said the other policeman, "I allow that hell must be +something like that. If there are worse devils down yonder than some we +could name, it's more than I'd expect. I guess you are new to this +part, young man?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, what if I am?" McMurdo answered in a surly voice. +</P> + +<P> +"Just this, mister, that I should advise you to be careful in choosing +your friends. I don't think I'd begin with Mike Scanlan or his gang if +I were you." +</P> + +<P> +"What the hell is it to you who are my friends?" roared McMurdo in a +voice which brought every head in the carriage round to witness the +altercation. "Did I ask you for your advice, or did you think me such a +sucker that I couldn't move without it? You speak when you are spoken +to, and by the Lord you'd have to wait a long time if it was me!" He +thrust out his face and grinned at the patrolmen like a snarling dog. +</P> + +<P> +The two policemen, heavy, good-natured men, were taken aback by the +extraordinary vehemence with which their friendly advances had been +rejected. +</P> + +<P> +"No offense, stranger," said one. "It was a warning for your own good, +seeing that you are, by your own showing, new to the place." +</P> + +<P> +"I'm new to the place; but I'm not new to you and your kind!" cried +McMurdo in cold fury. "I guess you're the same in all places, shoving +your advice in when nobody asks for it." +</P> + +<P> +"Maybe we'll see more of you before very long," said one of the +patrolmen with a grin. "You're a real hand-picked one, if I am a judge." +</P> + +<P> +"I was thinking the same," remarked the other. "I guess we may meet +again." +</P> + +<P> +"I'm not afraid of you, and don't you think it!" cried McMurdo. "My +name's Jack McMurdo—see? If you want me, you'll find me at Jacob +Shafter's on Sheridan Street, Vermissa; so I'm not hiding from you, am +I? Day or night I dare to look the like of you in the face—don't make +any mistake about that!" +</P> + +<P> +There was a murmur of sympathy and admiration from the miners at the +dauntless demeanour of the newcomer, while the two policemen shrugged +their shoulders and renewed a conversation between themselves. +</P> + +<P> +A few minutes later the train ran into the ill-lit station, and there +was a general clearing; for Vermissa was by far the largest town on the +line. McMurdo picked up his leather gripsack and was about to start off +into the darkness, when one of the miners accosted him. +</P> + +<P> +"By Gar, mate! you know how to speak to the cops," he said in a voice +of awe. "It was grand to hear you. Let me carry your grip and show you +the road. I'm passing Shafter's on the way to my own shack." +</P> + +<P> +There was a chorus of friendly "Good-nights" from the other miners as +they passed from the platform. Before ever he had set foot in it, +McMurdo the turbulent had become a character in Vermissa. +</P> + +<P> +The country had been a place of terror; but the town was in its way +even more depressing. Down that long valley there was at least a +certain gloomy grandeur in the huge fires and the clouds of drifting +smoke, while the strength and industry of man found fitting monuments +in the hills which he had spilled by the side of his monstrous +excavations. But the town showed a dead level of mean ugliness and +squalor. The broad street was churned up by the traffic into a horrible +rutted paste of muddy snow. The sidewalks were narrow and uneven. The +numerous gas-lamps served only to show more clearly a long line of +wooden houses, each with its veranda facing the street, unkempt and +dirty. +</P> + +<P> +As they approached the centre of the town the scene was brightened by a +row of well-lit stores, and even more by a cluster of saloons and +gaming houses, in which the miners spent their hard-earned but generous +wages. +</P> + +<P> +"That's the Union House," said the guide, pointing to one saloon which +rose almost to the dignity of being a hotel. "Jack McGinty is the boss +there." +</P> + +<P> +"What sort of a man is he?" McMurdo asked. +</P> + +<P> +"What! have you never heard of the boss?" +</P> + +<P> +"How could I have heard of him when you know that I am a stranger in +these parts?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I thought his name was known clear across the country. It's been +in the papers often enough." +</P> + +<P> +"What for?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well," the miner lowered his voice—"over the affairs." +</P> + +<P> +"What affairs?" +</P> + +<P> +"Good Lord, mister! you are queer, if I must say it without offense. +There's only one set of affairs that you'll hear of in these parts, and +that's the affairs of the Scowrers." +</P> + +<P> +"Why, I seem to have read of the Scowrers in Chicago. A gang of +murderers, are they not?" +</P> + +<P> +"Hush, on your life!" cried the miner, standing still in alarm, and +gazing in amazement at his companion. "Man, you won't live long in +these parts if you speak in the open street like that. Many a man has +had the life beaten out of him for less." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I know nothing about them. It's only what I have read." +</P> + +<P> +"And I'm not saying that you have not read the truth." The man looked +nervously round him as he spoke, peering into the shadows as if he +feared to see some lurking danger. "If killing is murder, then God +knows there is murder and to spare. But don't you dare to breathe the +name of Jack McGinty in connection with it, stranger; for every whisper +goes back to him, and he is not one that is likely to let it pass. Now, +that's the house you're after, that one standing back from the street. +You'll find old Jacob Shafter that runs it as honest a man as lives in +this township." +</P> + +<P> +"I thank you," said McMurdo, and shaking hands with his new +acquaintance he plodded, gripsack in hand, up the path which led to the +dwelling house, at the door of which he gave a resounding knock. +</P> + +<P> +It was opened at once by someone very different from what he had +expected. It was a woman, young and singularly beautiful. She was of +the German type, blonde and fair-haired, with the piquant contrast of a +pair of beautiful dark eyes with which she surveyed the stranger with +surprise and a pleasing embarrassment which brought a wave of colour +over her pale face. Framed in the bright light of the open doorway, it +seemed to McMurdo that he had never seen a more beautiful picture; the +more attractive for its contrast with the sordid and gloomy +surroundings. A lovely violet growing upon one of those black +slag-heaps of the mines would not have seemed more surprising. So +entranced was he that he stood staring without a word, and it was she +who broke the silence. +</P> + +<P> +"I thought it was father," said she with a pleasing little touch of a +German accent. "Did you come to see him? He is downtown. I expect him +back every minute." +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo continued to gaze at her in open admiration until her eyes +dropped in confusion before this masterful visitor. +</P> + +<P> +"No, miss," he said at last, "I'm in no hurry to see him. But your +house was recommended to me for board. I thought it might suit me—and +now I know it will." +</P> + +<P> +"You are quick to make up your mind," said she with a smile. +</P> + +<P> +"Anyone but a blind man could do as much," the other answered. +</P> + +<P> +She laughed at the compliment. "Come right in, sir," she said. "I'm +Miss Ettie Shafter, Mr. Shafter's daughter. My mother's dead, and I run +the house. You can sit down by the stove in the front room until father +comes along—Ah, here he is! So you can fix things with him right away." +</P> + +<P> +A heavy, elderly man came plodding up the path. In a few words McMurdo +explained his business. A man of the name of Murphy had given him the +address in Chicago. He in turn had had it from someone else. Old +Shafter was quite ready. The stranger made no bones about terms, agreed +at once to every condition, and was apparently fairly flush of money. +For seven dollars a week paid in advance he was to have board and +lodging. +</P> + +<P> +So it was that McMurdo, the self-confessed fugitive from justice, took +up his abode under the roof of the Shafters, the first step which was +to lead to so long and dark a train of events, ending in a far distant +land. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0202"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +Chapter 2 +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +The Bodymaster +</H4> + +<P> +McMurdo was a man who made his mark quickly. Wherever he was the folk +around soon knew it. Within a week he had become infinitely the most +important person at Shafter's. There were ten or a dozen boarders +there; but they were honest foremen or commonplace clerks from the +stores, of a very different calibre from the young Irishman. Of an +evening when they gathered together his joke was always the readiest, +his conversation the brightest, and his song the best. He was a born +boon companion, with a magnetism which drew good humour from all around +him. +</P> + +<P> +And yet he showed again and again, as he had shown in the railway +carriage, a capacity for sudden, fierce anger, which compelled the +respect and even the fear of those who met him. For the law, too, and +all who were connected with it, he exhibited a bitter contempt which +delighted some and alarmed others of his fellow boarders. +</P> + +<P> +From the first he made it evident, by his open admiration, that the +daughter of the house had won his heart from the instant that he had +set eyes upon her beauty and her grace. He was no backward suitor. On +the second day he told her that he loved her, and from then onward he +repeated the same story with an absolute disregard of what she might +say to discourage him. +</P> + +<P> +"Someone else?" he would cry. "Well, the worse luck for someone else! +Let him look out for himself! Am I to lose my life's chance and all my +heart's desire for someone else? You can keep on saying no, Ettie: the +day will come when you will say yes, and I'm young enough to wait." +</P> + +<P> +He was a dangerous suitor, with his glib Irish tongue, and his pretty, +coaxing ways. There was about him also that glamour of experience and +of mystery which attracts a woman's interest, and finally her love. He +could talk of the sweet valleys of County Monaghan from which he came, +of the lovely, distant island, the low hills and green meadows of which +seemed the more beautiful when imagination viewed them from this place +of grime and snow. +</P> + +<P> +Then he was versed in the life of the cities of the North, of Detroit, +and the lumber camps of Michigan, and finally of Chicago, where he had +worked in a planing mill. And afterwards came the hint of romance, the +feeling that strange things had happened to him in that great city, so +strange and so intimate that they might not be spoken of. He spoke +wistfully of a sudden leaving, a breaking of old ties, a flight into a +strange world, ending in this dreary valley, and Ettie listened, her +dark eyes gleaming with pity and with sympathy—those two qualities +which may turn so rapidly and so naturally to love. +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo had obtained a temporary job as bookkeeper; for he was a +well-educated man. This kept him out most of the day, and he had not +found occasion yet to report himself to the head of the lodge of the +Eminent Order of Freemen. He was reminded of his omission, however, by +a visit one evening from Mike Scanlan, the fellow member whom he had +met in the train. Scanlan, the small, sharp-faced, nervous, black-eyed +man, seemed glad to see him once more. After a glass or two of whisky +he broached the object of his visit. +</P> + +<P> +"Say, McMurdo," said he, "I remembered your address, so I made bold to +call. I'm surprised that you've not reported to the Bodymaster. Why +haven't you seen Boss McGinty yet?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I had to find a job. I have been busy." +</P> + +<P> +"You must find time for him if you have none for anything else. Good +Lord, man! you're a fool not to have been down to the Union House and +registered your name the first morning after you came here! If you run +against him—well, you mustn't, that's all!" +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo showed mild surprise. "I've been a member of the lodge for over +two years, Scanlan, but I never heard that duties were so pressing as +all that." +</P> + +<P> +"Maybe not in Chicago." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, it's the same society here." +</P> + +<P> +"Is it?" +</P> + +<P> +Scanlan looked at him long and fixedly. There was something sinister in +his eyes. +</P> + +<P> +"Isn't it?" +</P> + +<P> +"You'll tell me that in a month's time. I hear you had a talk with the +patrolmen after I left the train." +</P> + +<P> +"How did you know that?" +</P> + +<P> +"Oh, it got about—things do get about for good and for bad in this +district." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, yes. I told the hounds what I thought of them." +</P> + +<P> +"By the Lord, you'll be a man after McGinty's heart!" +</P> + +<P> +"What, does he hate the police too?" +</P> + +<P> +Scanlan burst out laughing. "You go and see him, my lad," said he as he +took his leave. "It's not the police but you that he'll hate if you +don't! Now, take a friend's advice and go at once!" +</P> + +<P> +It chanced that on the same evening McMurdo had another more pressing +interview which urged him in the same direction. It may have been that +his attentions to Ettie had been more evident than before, or that they +had gradually obtruded themselves into the slow mind of his good German +host; but, whatever the cause, the boarding-house keeper beckoned the +young man into his private room and started on the subject without any +circumlocution. +</P> + +<P> +"It seems to me, mister," said he, "that you are gettin' set on my +Ettie. Ain't that so, or am I wrong?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, that is so," the young man answered. +</P> + +<P> +"Vell, I vant to tell you right now that it ain't no manner of use. +There's someone slipped in afore you." +</P> + +<P> +"She told me so." +</P> + +<P> +"Vell, you can lay that she told you truth. But did she tell you who it +vas?" +</P> + +<P> +"No, I asked her; but she wouldn't tell." +</P> + +<P> +"I dare say not, the leetle baggage! Perhaps she did not vish to +frighten you avay." +</P> + +<P> +"Frighten!" McMurdo was on fire in a moment. +</P> + +<P> +"Ah, yes, my friend! You need not be ashamed to be frightened of him. +It is Teddy Baldwin." +</P> + +<P> +"And who the devil is he?" +</P> + +<P> +"He is a boss of Scowrers." +</P> + +<P> +"Scowrers! I've heard of them before. It's Scowrers here and Scowrers +there, and always in a whisper! What are you all afraid of? Who are the +Scowrers?" +</P> + +<P> +The boarding-house keeper instinctively sank his voice, as everyone did +who talked about that terrible society. "The Scowrers," said he, "are +the Eminent Order of Freemen!" +</P> + +<P> +The young man stared. "Why, I am a member of that order myself." +</P> + +<P> +"You! I vould never have had you in my house if I had known it—not if +you vere to pay me a hundred dollar a week." +</P> + +<P> +"What's wrong with the order? It's for charity and good fellowship. The +rules say so." +</P> + +<P> +"Maybe in some places. Not here!" +</P> + +<P> +"What is it here?" +</P> + +<P> +"It's a murder society, that's vat it is." +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo laughed incredulously. "How can you prove that?" he asked. +</P> + +<P> +"Prove it! Are there not fifty murders to prove it? Vat about Milman +and Van Shorst, and the Nicholson family, and old Mr. Hyam, and little +Billy James, and the others? Prove it! Is there a man or a voman in +this valley vat does not know it?" +</P> + +<P> +"See here!" said McMurdo earnestly. "I want you to take back what +you've said, or else make it good. One or the other you must do before +I quit this room. Put yourself in my place. Here am I, a stranger in +the town. I belong to a society that I know only as an innocent one. +You'll find it through the length and breadth of the States, but always +as an innocent one. Now, when I am counting upon joining it here, you +tell me that it is the same as a murder society called the Scowrers. I +guess you owe me either an apology or else an explanation, Mr. Shafter." +</P> + +<P> +"I can but tell you vat the whole vorld knows, mister. The bosses of +the one are the bosses of the other. If you offend the one, it is the +other vat vill strike you. We have proved it too often." +</P> + +<P> +"That's just gossip—I want proof!" said McMurdo. +</P> + +<P> +"If you live here long you vill get your proof. But I forget that you +are yourself one of them. You vill soon be as bad as the rest. But you +vill find other lodgings, mister. I cannot have you here. Is it not bad +enough that one of these people come courting my Ettie, and that I dare +not turn him down, but that I should have another for my boarder? Yes, +indeed, you shall not sleep here after to-night!" +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo found himself under sentence of banishment both from his +comfortable quarters and from the girl whom he loved. He found her +alone in the sitting-room that same evening, and he poured his troubles +into her ear. +</P> + +<P> +"Sure, your father is after giving me notice," he said. "It's little I +would care if it was just my room, but indeed, Ettie, though it's only +a week that I've known you, you are the very breath of life to me, and +I can't live without you!" +</P> + +<P> +"Oh, hush, Mr. McMurdo, don't speak so!" said the girl. "I have told +you, have I not, that you are too late? There is another, and if I have +not promised to marry him at once, at least I can promise no one else." +</P> + +<P> +"Suppose I had been first, Ettie, would I have had a chance?" +</P> + +<P> +The girl sank her face into her hands. "I wish to heaven that you had +been first!" she sobbed. +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo was down on his knees before her in an instant. "For God's +sake, Ettie, let it stand at that!" he cried. "Will you ruin your life +and my own for the sake of this promise? Follow your heart, acushla! +'Tis a safer guide than any promise before you knew what it was that +you were saying." +</P> + +<P> +He had seized Ettie's white hand between his own strong brown ones. +</P> + +<P> +"Say that you will be mine, and we will face it out together!" +</P> + +<P> +"Not here?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, here." +</P> + +<P> +"No, no, Jack!" His arms were round her now. "It could not be here. +Could you take me away?" +</P> + +<P> +A struggle passed for a moment over McMurdo's face; but it ended by +setting like granite. "No, here," he said. "I'll hold you against the +world, Ettie, right here where we are!" +</P> + +<P> +"Why should we not leave together?" +</P> + +<P> +"No, Ettie, I can't leave here." +</P> + +<P> +"But why?" +</P> + +<P> +"I'd never hold my head up again if I felt that I had been driven out. +Besides, what is there to be afraid of? Are we not free folks in a free +country? If you love me, and I you, who will dare to come between?" +</P> + +<P> +"You don't know, Jack. You've been here too short a time. You don't +know this Baldwin. You don't know McGinty and his Scowrers." +</P> + +<P> +"No, I don't know them, and I don't fear them, and I don't believe in +them!" said McMurdo. "I've lived among rough men, my darling, and +instead of fearing them it has always ended that they have feared +me—always, Ettie. It's mad on the face of it! If these men, as your +father says, have done crime after crime in the valley, and if everyone +knows them by name, how comes it that none are brought to justice? You +answer me that, Ettie!" +</P> + +<P> +"Because no witness dares to appear against them. He would not live a +month if he did. Also because they have always their own men to swear +that the accused one was far from the scene of the crime. But surely, +Jack, you must have read all this. I had understood that every paper in +the United States was writing about it." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I have read something, it is true; but I had thought it was a +story. Maybe these men have some reason in what they do. Maybe they are +wronged and have no other way to help themselves." +</P> + +<P> +"Oh, Jack, don't let me hear you speak so! That is how he speaks—the +other one!" +</P> + +<P> +"Baldwin—he speaks like that, does he?" +</P> + +<P> +"And that is why I loathe him so. Oh, Jack, now I can tell you the +truth. I loathe him with all my heart; but I fear him also. I fear him +for myself; but above all I fear him for father. I know that some great +sorrow would come upon us if I dared to say what I really felt. That is +why I have put him off with half-promises. It was in real truth our +only hope. But if you would fly with me, Jack, we could take father +with us and live forever far from the power of these wicked men." +</P> + +<P> +Again there was the struggle upon McMurdo's face, and again it set like +granite. "No harm shall come to you, Ettie—nor to your father either. +As to wicked men, I expect you may find that I am as bad as the worst +of them before we're through." +</P> + +<P> +"No, no, Jack! I would trust you anywhere." +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo laughed bitterly. "Good Lord! how little you know of me! Your +innocent soul, my darling, could not even guess what is passing in +mine. But, hullo, who's the visitor?" +</P> + +<P> +The door had opened suddenly, and a young fellow came swaggering in +with the air of one who is the master. He was a handsome, dashing young +man of about the same age and build as McMurdo himself. Under his +broad-brimmed black felt hat, which he had not troubled to remove, a +handsome face with fierce, domineering eyes and a curved hawk-bill of a +nose looked savagely at the pair who sat by the stove. +</P> + +<P> +Ettie had jumped to her feet full of confusion and alarm. "I'm glad to +see you, Mr. Baldwin," said she. "You're earlier than I had thought. +Come and sit down." +</P> + +<P> +Baldwin stood with his hands on his hips looking at McMurdo. "Who is +this?" he asked curtly. +</P> + +<P> +"It's a friend of mine, Mr. Baldwin, a new boarder here. Mr. McMurdo, +may I introduce you to Mr. Baldwin?" +</P> + +<P> +The young men nodded in surly fashion to each other. +</P> + +<P> +"Maybe Miss Ettie has told you how it is with us?" said Baldwin. +</P> + +<P> +"I didn't understand that there was any relation between you." +</P> + +<P> +"Didn't you? Well, you can understand it now. You can take it from me +that this young lady is mine, and you'll find it a very fine evening +for a walk." +</P> + +<P> +"Thank you, I am in no humour for a walk." +</P> + +<P> +"Aren't you?" The man's savage eyes were blazing with anger. "Maybe you +are in a humour for a fight, Mr. Boarder!" +</P> + +<P> +"That I am!" cried McMurdo, springing to his feet. "You never said a +more welcome word." +</P> + +<P> +"For God's sake, Jack! Oh, for God's sake!" cried poor, distracted +Ettie. "Oh, Jack, Jack, he will hurt you!" +</P> + +<P> +"Oh, it's Jack, is it?" said Baldwin with an oath. "You've come to that +already, have you?" +</P> + +<P> +"Oh, Ted, be reasonable—be kind! For my sake, Ted, if ever you loved +me, be big-hearted and forgiving!" +</P> + +<P> +"I think, Ettie, that if you were to leave us alone we could get this +thing settled," said McMurdo quietly. "Or maybe, Mr. Baldwin, you will +take a turn down the street with me. It's a fine evening, and there's +some open ground beyond the next block." +</P> + +<P> +"I'll get even with you without needing to dirty my hands," said his +enemy. "You'll wish you had never set foot in this house before I am +through with you!" +</P> + +<P> +"No time like the present," cried McMurdo. +</P> + +<P> +"I'll choose my own time, mister. You can leave the time to me. See +here!" He suddenly rolled up his sleeve and showed upon his forearm a +peculiar sign which appeared to have been branded there. It was a +circle with a triangle within it. "D'you know what that means?" +</P> + +<P> +"I neither know nor care!" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, you will know, I'll promise you that. You won't be much older, +either. Perhaps Miss Ettie can tell you something about it. As to you, +Ettie, you'll come back to me on your knees—d'ye hear, girl?—on your +knees—and then I'll tell you what your punishment may be. You've +sowed—and by the Lord, I'll see that you reap!" He glanced at them +both in fury. Then he turned upon his heel, and an instant later the +outer door had banged behind him. +</P> + +<P> +For a few moments McMurdo and the girl stood in silence. Then she threw +her arms around him. +</P> + +<P> +"Oh, Jack, how brave you were! But it is no use, you must fly! +To-night—Jack—to-night! It's your only hope. He will have your life. +I read it in his horrible eyes. What chance have you against a dozen of +them, with Boss McGinty and all the power of the lodge behind them?" +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo disengaged her hands, kissed her, and gently pushed her back +into a chair. "There, acushla, there! Don't be disturbed or fear for +me. I'm a Freeman myself. I'm after telling your father about it. Maybe +I am no better than the others; so don't make a saint of me. Perhaps +you hate me too, now that I've told you as much?" +</P> + +<P> +"Hate you, Jack? While life lasts I could never do that! I've heard +that there is no harm in being a Freeman anywhere but here; so why +should I think the worse of you for that? But if you are a Freeman, +Jack, why should you not go down and make a friend of Boss McGinty? Oh, +hurry, Jack, hurry! Get your word in first, or the hounds will be on +your trail." +</P> + +<P> +"I was thinking the same thing," said McMurdo. "I'll go right now and +fix it. You can tell your father that I'll sleep here to-night and find +some other quarters in the morning." +</P> + +<P> +The bar of McGinty's saloon was crowded as usual, for it was the +favourite loafing place of all the rougher elements of the town. The +man was popular; for he had a rough, jovial disposition which formed a +mask, covering a great deal which lay behind it. But apart from this +popularity, the fear in which he was held throughout the township, and +indeed down the whole thirty miles of the valley and past the mountains +on each side of it, was enough in itself to fill his bar; for none +could afford to neglect his good will. +</P> + +<P> +Besides those secret powers which it was universally believed that he +exercised in so pitiless a fashion, he was a high public official, a +municipal councillor, and a commissioner of roads, elected to the +office through the votes of the ruffians who in turn expected to +receive favours at his hands. Assessments and taxes were enormous; the +public works were notoriously neglected, the accounts were slurred over +by bribed auditors, and the decent citizen was terrorized into paying +public blackmail, and holding his tongue lest some worse thing befall +him. +</P> + +<P> +Thus it was that, year by year, Boss McGinty's diamond pins became more +obtrusive, his gold chains more weighty across a more gorgeous vest, +and his saloon stretched farther and farther, until it threatened to +absorb one whole side of the Market Square. +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo pushed open the swinging door of the saloon and made his way +amid the crowd of men within, through an atmosphere blurred with +tobacco smoke and heavy with the smell of spirits. The place was +brilliantly lighted, and the huge, heavily gilt mirrors upon every wall +reflected and multiplied the garish illumination. There were several +bartenders in their shirt sleeves, hard at work mixing drinks for the +loungers who fringed the broad, brass-trimmed counter. +</P> + +<P> +At the far end, with his body resting upon the bar and a cigar stuck at +an acute angle from the corner of his mouth, stood a tall, strong, +heavily built man who could be none other than the famous McGinty +himself. He was a black-maned giant, bearded to the cheek-bones, and +with a shock of raven hair which fell to his collar. His complexion was +as swarthy as that of an Italian, and his eyes were of a strange dead +black, which, combined with a slight squint, gave them a particularly +sinister appearance. +</P> + +<P> +All else in the man—his noble proportions, his fine features, and his +frank bearing—fitted in with that jovial, man-to-man manner which he +affected. Here, one would say, is a bluff, honest fellow, whose heart +would be sound however rude his outspoken words might seem. It was only +when those dead, dark eyes, deep and remorseless, were turned upon a +man that he shrank within himself, feeling that he was face to face +with an infinite possibility of latent evil, with a strength and +courage and cunning behind it which made it a thousand times more +deadly. +</P> + +<P> +Having had a good look at his man, McMurdo elbowed his way forward with +his usual careless audacity, and pushed himself through the little +group of courtiers who were fawning upon the powerful boss, laughing +uproariously at the smallest of his jokes. The young stranger's bold +gray eyes looked back fearlessly through their glasses at the deadly +black ones which turned sharply upon him. +</P> + +<P> +"Well, young man, I can't call your face to mind." +</P> + +<P> +"I'm new here, Mr. McGinty." +</P> + +<P> +"You are not so new that you can't give a gentleman his proper title." +</P> + +<P> +"He's Councillor McGinty, young man," said a voice from the group. +</P> + +<P> +"I'm sorry, Councillor. I'm strange to the ways of the place. But I was +advised to see you." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, you see me. This is all there is. What d'you think of me?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, it's early days. If your heart is as big as your body, and your +soul as fine as your face, then I'd ask for nothing better," said +McMurdo. +</P> + +<P> +"By Gar! you've got an Irish tongue in your head anyhow," cried the +saloon-keeper, not quite certain whether to humour this audacious +visitor or to stand upon his dignity. +</P> + +<P> +"So you are good enough to pass my appearance?" +</P> + +<P> +"Sure," said McMurdo. +</P> + +<P> +"And you were told to see me?" +</P> + +<P> +"I was." +</P> + +<P> +"And who told you?" +</P> + +<P> +"Brother Scanlan of Lodge 341, Vermissa. I drink your health +Councillor, and to our better acquaintance." He raised a glass with +which he had been served to his lips and elevated his little finger as +he drank it. +</P> + +<P> +McGinty, who had been watching him narrowly, raised his thick black +eyebrows. "Oh, it's like that, is it?" said he. "I'll have to look a +bit closer into this, Mister—" +</P> + +<P> +"McMurdo." +</P> + +<P> +"A bit closer, Mr. McMurdo; for we don't take folk on trust in these +parts, nor believe all we're told neither. Come in here for a moment, +behind the bar." +</P> + +<P> +There was a small room there, lined with barrels. McGinty carefully +closed the door, and then seated himself on one of them, biting +thoughtfully on his cigar and surveying his companion with those +disquieting eyes. For a couple of minutes he sat in complete silence. +McMurdo bore the inspection cheerfully, one hand in his coat pocket, +the other twisting his brown moustache. Suddenly McGinty stooped and +produced a wicked-looking revolver. +</P> + +<P> +"See here, my joker," said he, "if I thought you were playing any game +on us, it would be short work for you." +</P> + +<P> +"This is a strange welcome," McMurdo answered with some dignity, "for +the Bodymaster of a lodge of Freemen to give to a stranger brother." +</P> + +<P> +"Ay, but it's just that same that you have to prove," said McGinty, +"and God help you if you fail! Where were you made?" +</P> + +<P> +"Lodge 29, Chicago." +</P> + +<P> +"When?" +</P> + +<P> +"June 24, 1872." +</P> + +<P> +"What Bodymaster?" +</P> + +<P> +"James H. Scott." +</P> + +<P> +"Who is your district ruler?" +</P> + +<P> +"Bartholomew Wilson." +</P> + +<P> +"Hum! You seem glib enough in your tests. What are you doing here?" +</P> + +<P> +"Working, the same as you—but a poorer job." +</P> + +<P> +"You have your back answer quick enough." +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, I was always quick of speech." +</P> + +<P> +"Are you quick of action?" +</P> + +<P> +"I have had that name among those that knew me best." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, we may try you sooner than you think. Have you heard anything of +the lodge in these parts?" +</P> + +<P> +"I've heard that it takes a man to be a brother." +</P> + +<P> +"True for you, Mr. McMurdo. Why did you leave Chicago?" +</P> + +<P> +"I'm damned if I tell you that!" +</P> + +<P> +McGinty opened his eyes. He was not used to being answered in such +fashion, and it amused him. "Why won't you tell me?" +</P> + +<P> +"Because no brother may tell another a lie." +</P> + +<P> +"Then the truth is too bad to tell?" +</P> + +<P> +"You can put it that way if you like." +</P> + +<P> +"See here, mister, you can't expect me, as Bodymaster, to pass into the +lodge a man for whose past he can't answer." +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo looked puzzled. Then he took a worn newspaper cutting from an +inner pocket. +</P> + +<P> +"You wouldn't squeal on a fellow?" said he. +</P> + +<P> +"I'll wipe my hand across your face if you say such words to me!" cried +McGinty hotly. +</P> + +<P> +"You are right, Councillor," said McMurdo meekly. "I should apologize. +I spoke without thought. Well, I know that I am safe in your hands. +Look at that clipping." +</P> + +<P> +McGinty glanced his eyes over the account of the shooting of one Jonas +Pinto, in the Lake Saloon, Market Street, Chicago, in the New Year week +of 1874. +</P> + +<P> +"Your work?" he asked, as he handed back the paper. +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo nodded. +</P> + +<P> +"Why did you shoot him?" +</P> + +<P> +"I was helping Uncle Sam to make dollars. Maybe mine were not as good +gold as his, but they looked as well and were cheaper to make. This man +Pinto helped me to shove the queer—" +</P> + +<P> +"To do what?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, it means to pass the dollars out into circulation. Then he said +he would split. Maybe he did split. I didn't wait to see. I just killed +him and lighted out for the coal country." +</P> + +<P> +"Why the coal country?" +</P> + +<P> +"'Cause I'd read in the papers that they weren't too particular in +those parts." +</P> + +<P> +McGinty laughed. "You were first a coiner and then a murderer, and you +came to these parts because you thought you'd be welcome." +</P> + +<P> +"That's about the size of it," McMurdo answered. +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I guess you'll go far. Say, can you make those dollars yet?" +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo took half a dozen from his pocket. "Those never passed the +Philadelphia mint," said he. +</P> + +<P> +"You don't say!" McGinty held them to the light in his enormous hand, +which was hairy as a gorilla's. "I can see no difference. Gar! you'll +be a mighty useful brother, I'm thinking! We can do with a bad man or +two among us, Friend McMurdo: for there are times when we have to take +our own part. We'd soon be against the wall if we didn't shove back at +those that were pushing us." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I guess I'll do my share of shoving with the rest of the boys." +</P> + +<P> +"You seem to have a good nerve. You didn't squirm when I shoved this +gun at you." +</P> + +<P> +"It was not me that was in danger." +</P> + +<P> +"Who then?" +</P> + +<P> +"It was you, Councillor." McMurdo drew a cocked pistol from the side +pocket of his peajacket. "I was covering you all the time. I guess my +shot would have been as quick as yours." +</P> + +<P> +"By Gar!" McGinty flushed an angry red and then burst into a roar of +laughter. "Say, we've had no such holy terror come to hand this many a +year. I reckon the lodge will learn to be proud of you.... Well, what +the hell do you want? And can't I speak alone with a gentleman for five +minutes but you must butt in on us?" +</P> + +<P> +The bartender stood abashed. "I'm sorry, Councillor, but it's Ted +Baldwin. He says he must see you this very minute." +</P> + +<P> +The message was unnecessary; for the set, cruel face of the man himself +was looking over the servant's shoulder. He pushed the bartender out +and closed the door on him. +</P> + +<P> +"So," said he with a furious glance at McMurdo, "you got here first, +did you? I've a word to say to you, Councillor, about this man." +</P> + +<P> +"Then say it here and now before my face," cried McMurdo. +</P> + +<P> +"I'll say it at my own time, in my own way." +</P> + +<P> +"Tut! Tut!" said McGinty, getting off his barrel. "This will never do. +We have a new brother here, Baldwin, and it's not for us to greet him +in such fashion. Hold out your hand, man, and make it up!" +</P> + +<P> +"Never!" cried Baldwin in a fury. +</P> + +<P> +"I've offered to fight him if he thinks I have wronged him," said +McMurdo. "I'll fight him with fists, or, if that won't satisfy him, +I'll fight him any other way he chooses. Now, I'll leave it to you, +Councillor, to judge between us as a Bodymaster should." +</P> + +<P> +"What is it, then?" +</P> + +<P> +"A young lady. She's free to choose for herself." +</P> + +<P> +"Is she?" cried Baldwin. +</P> + +<P> +"As between two brothers of the lodge I should say that she was," said +the Boss. +</P> + +<P> +"Oh, that's your ruling, is it?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, it is, Ted Baldwin," said McGinty, with a wicked stare. "Is it +you that would dispute it?" +</P> + +<P> +"You would throw over one that has stood by you this five years in +favour of a man that you never saw before in your life? You're not +Bodymaster for life, Jack McGinty, and by God! when next it comes to a +vote—" +</P> + +<P> +The Councillor sprang at him like a tiger. His hand closed round the +other's neck, and he hurled him back across one of the barrels. In his +mad fury he would have squeezed the life out of him if McMurdo had not +interfered. +</P> + +<P> +"Easy, Councillor! For heaven's sake, go easy!" he cried, as he dragged +him back. +</P> + +<P> +McGinty released his hold, and Baldwin, cowed and shaken gasping for +breath, and shivering in every limb, as one who has looked over the +very edge of death, sat up on the barrel over which he had been hurled. +</P> + +<P> +"You've been asking for it this many a day, Ted Baldwin—now you've got +it!" cried McGinty, his huge chest rising and falling. "Maybe you think +if I was voted down from Bodymaster you would find yourself in my +shoes. It's for the lodge to say that. But so long as I am the chief +I'll have no man lift his voice against me or my rulings." +</P> + +<P> +"I have nothing against you," mumbled Baldwin, feeling his throat. +</P> + +<P> +"Well, then," cried the other, relapsing in a moment into a bluff +joviality, "we are all good friends again and there's an end of the +matter." +</P> + +<P> +He took a bottle of champagne down from the shelf and twisted out the +cork. +</P> + +<P> +"See now," he continued, as he filled three high glasses. "Let us drink +the quarrelling toast of the lodge. After that, as you know, there can +be no bad blood between us. Now, then the left hand on the apple of my +throat. I say to you, Ted Baldwin, what is the offense, sir?" +</P> + +<P> +"The clouds are heavy," answered Baldwin +</P> + +<P> +"But they will forever brighten." +</P> + +<P> +"And this I swear!" +</P> + +<P> +The men drank their glasses, and the same ceremony was performed +between Baldwin and McMurdo. +</P> + +<P> +"There!" cried McGinty, rubbing his hands. "That's the end of the black +blood. You come under lodge discipline if it goes further, and that's a +heavy hand in these parts, as Brother Baldwin knows—and as you will +damn soon find out, Brother McMurdo, if you ask for trouble!" +</P> + +<P> +"Faith, I'd be slow to do that," said McMurdo. He held out his hand to +Baldwin. "I'm quick to quarrel and quick to forgive. It's my hot Irish +blood, they tell me. But it's over for me, and I bear no grudge." +</P> + +<P> +Baldwin had to take the proffered hand, for the baleful eye of the +terrible Boss was upon him. But his sullen face showed how little the +words of the other had moved him. +</P> + +<P> +McGinty clapped them both on the shoulders. "Tut! These girls! These +girls!" he cried. "To think that the same petticoats should come +between two of my boys! It's the devil's own luck! Well, it's the +colleen inside of them that must settle the question for it's outside +the jurisdiction of a Bodymaster—and the Lord be praised for that! We +have enough on us, without the women as well. You'll have to be +affiliated to Lodge 341, Brother McMurdo. We have our own ways and +methods, different from Chicago. Saturday night is our meeting, and if +you come then, we'll make you free forever of the Vermissa Valley." +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0203"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +Chapter 3 +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +Lodge 341, Vermissa +</H4> + +<P> +On the day following the evening which had contained so many exciting +events, McMurdo moved his lodgings from old Jacob Shafter's and took up +his quarters at the Widow MacNamara's on the extreme outskirts of the +town. Scanlan, his original acquaintance aboard the train, had occasion +shortly afterwards to move into Vermissa, and the two lodged together. +There was no other boarder, and the hostess was an easy-going old +Irishwoman who left them to themselves; so that they had a freedom for +speech and action welcome to men who had secrets in common. +</P> + +<P> +Shafter had relented to the extent of letting McMurdo come to his meals +there when he liked; so that his intercourse with Ettie was by no means +broken. On the contrary, it drew closer and more intimate as the weeks +went by. +</P> + +<P> +In his bedroom at his new abode McMurdo felt it safe to take out the +coining moulds, and under many a pledge of secrecy a number of brothers +from the lodge were allowed to come in and see them, each carrying away +in his pocket some examples of the false money, so cunningly struck +that there was never the slightest difficulty or danger in passing it. +Why, with such a wonderful art at his command, McMurdo should +condescend to work at all was a perpetual mystery to his companions; +though he made it clear to anyone who asked him that if he lived +without any visible means it would very quickly bring the police upon +his track. +</P> + +<P> +One policeman was indeed after him already; but the incident, as luck +would have it, did the adventurer a great deal more good than harm. +After the first introduction there were few evenings when he did not +find his way to McGinty's saloon, there to make closer acquaintance +with "the boys," which was the jovial title by which the dangerous gang +who infested the place were known to one another. His dashing manner +and fearlessness of speech made him a favourite with them all; while +the rapid and scientific way in which he polished off his antagonist in +an "all in" bar-room scrap earned the respect of that rough community. +Another incident, however, raised him even higher in their estimation. +</P> + +<P> +Just at the crowded hour one night, the door opened and a man entered +with the quiet blue uniform and peaked cap of the mine police. This was +a special body raised by the railways and colliery owners to supplement +the efforts of the ordinary civil police, who were perfectly helpless +in the face of the organized ruffianism which terrorized the district. +There was a hush as he entered, and many a curious glance was cast at +him; but the relations between policemen and criminals are peculiar in +some parts of the States, and McGinty himself standing behind his +counter, showed no surprise when the policeman enrolled himself among +his customers. +</P> + +<P> +"A straight whisky, for the night is bitter," said the police officer. +"I don't think we have met before, Councillor?" +</P> + +<P> +"You'll be the new captain?" said McGinty. +</P> + +<P> +"That's so. We're looking to you, Councillor, and to the other leading +citizens, to help us in upholding law and order in this township. +Captain Marvin is my name." +</P> + +<P> +"We'd do better without you, Captain Marvin," said McGinty coldly; "for +we have our own police of the township, and no need for any imported +goods. What are you but the paid tool of the capitalists, hired by them +to club or shoot your poorer fellow citizen?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, well, we won't argue about that," said the police officer +good-humouredly. "I expect we all do our duty same as we see it; but we +can't all see it the same." He had drunk off his glass and had turned +to go, when his eyes fell upon the face of Jack McMurdo, who was +scowling at his elbow. "Hullo! Hullo!" he cried, looking him up and +down. "Here's an old acquaintance!" +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo shrank away from him. "I was never a friend to you nor any +other cursed copper in my life," said he. +</P> + +<P> +"An acquaintance isn't always a friend," said the police captain, +grinning. "You're Jack McMurdo of Chicago, right enough, and don't you +deny it!" +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo shrugged his shoulders. "I'm not denying it," said he. "D'ye +think I'm ashamed of my own name?" +</P> + +<P> +"You've got good cause to be, anyhow." +</P> + +<P> +"What the devil d'you mean by that?" he roared with his fists clenched. +</P> + +<P> +"No, no, Jack, bluster won't do with me. I was an officer in Chicago +before ever I came to this darned coal bunker, and I know a Chicago +crook when I see one." +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo's face fell. "Don't tell me that you're Marvin of the Chicago +Central!" he cried. +</P> + +<P> +"Just the same old Teddy Marvin, at your service. We haven't forgotten +the shooting of Jonas Pinto up there." +</P> + +<P> +"I never shot him." +</P> + +<P> +"Did you not? That's good impartial evidence, ain't it? Well, his death +came in uncommon handy for you, or they would have had you for shoving +the queer. Well, we can let that be bygones; for, between you and +me—and perhaps I'm going further than my duty in saying it—they could +get no clear case against you, and Chicago's open to you to-morrow." +</P> + +<P> +"I'm very well where I am." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I've given you the pointer, and you're a sulky dog not to thank +me for it." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I suppose you mean well, and I do thank you," said McMurdo in no +very gracious manner. +</P> + +<P> +"It's mum with me so long as I see you living on the straight," said +the captain. "But, by the Lord! if you get off after this, it's another +story! So good-night to you—and goodnight, Councillor." +</P> + +<P> +He left the bar-room; but not before he had created a local hero. +McMurdo's deeds in far Chicago had been whispered before. He had put +off all questions with a smile, as one who did not wish to have +greatness thrust upon him. But now the thing was officially confirmed. +The bar loafers crowded round him and shook him heartily by the hand. +He was free of the community from that time on. He could drink hard and +show little trace of it; but that evening, had his mate Scanlan not +been at hand to lead him home, the feted hero would surely have spent +his night under the bar. +</P> + +<P> +On a Saturday night McMurdo was introduced to the lodge. He had thought +to pass in without ceremony as being an initiate of Chicago; but there +were particular rites in Vermissa of which they were proud, and these +had to be undergone by every postulant. The assembly met in a large +room reserved for such purposes at the Union House. Some sixty members +assembled at Vermissa; but that by no means represented the full +strength of the organization, for there were several other lodges in +the valley, and others across the mountains on each side, who exchanged +members when any serious business was afoot, so that a crime might be +done by men who were strangers to the locality. Altogether there were +not less than five hundred scattered over the coal district. +</P> + +<P> +In the bare assembly room the men were gathered round a long table. At +the side was a second one laden with bottles and glasses, on which some +members of the company were already turning their eyes. McGinty sat at +the head with a flat black velvet cap upon his shock of tangled black +hair, and a coloured purple stole round his neck, so that he seemed to +be a priest presiding over some diabolical ritual. To right and left of +him were the higher lodge officials, the cruel, handsome face of Ted +Baldwin among them. Each of these wore some scarf or medallion as +emblem of his office. +</P> + +<P> +They were, for the most part, men of mature age; but the rest of the +company consisted of young fellows from eighteen to twenty-five, the +ready and capable agents who carried out the commands of their seniors. +Among the older men were many whose features showed the tigerish, +lawless souls within; but looking at the rank and file it was difficult +to believe that these eager and open-faced young fellows were in very +truth a dangerous gang of murderers, whose minds had suffered such +complete moral perversion that they took a horrible pride in their +proficiency at the business, and looked with deepest respect at the man +who had the reputation of making what they called "a clean job." +</P> + +<P> +To their contorted natures it had become a spirited and chivalrous +thing to volunteer for service against some man who had never injured +them, and whom in many cases they had never seen in their lives. The +crime committed, they quarrelled as to who had actually struck the +fatal blow, and amused one another and the company by describing the +cries and contortions of the murdered man. +</P> + +<P> +At first they had shown some secrecy in their arrangements; but at the +time which this narrative describes their proceedings were +extraordinarily open, for the repeated failures of the law had proved +to them that, on the one hand, no one would dare to witness against +them, and on the other they had an unlimited number of stanch witnesses +upon whom they could call, and a well-filled treasure chest from which +they could draw the funds to engage the best legal talent in the state. +In ten long years of outrage there had been no single conviction, and +the only danger that ever threatened the Scowrers lay in the victim +himself—who, however outnumbered and taken by surprise, might and +occasionally did leave his mark upon his assailants. +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo had been warned that some ordeal lay before him; but no one +would tell him in what it consisted. He was led now into an outer room +by two solemn brothers. Through the plank partition he could hear the +murmur of many voices from the assembly within. Once or twice he caught +the sound of his own name, and he knew that they were discussing his +candidacy. Then there entered an inner guard with a green and gold sash +across his chest. +</P> + +<P> +"The Bodymaster orders that he shall be trussed, blinded, and entered," +said he. +</P> + +<P> +The three of them removed his coat, turned up the sleeve of his right +arm, and finally passed a rope round above the elbows and made it fast. +They next placed a thick black cap right over his head and the upper +part of his face, so that he could see nothing. He was then led into +the assembly hall. +</P> + +<P> +It was pitch dark and very oppressive under his hood. He heard the +rustle and murmur of the people round him, and then the voice of +McGinty sounded dull and distant through the covering of his ears. +</P> + +<P> +"John McMurdo," said the voice, "are you already a member of the +Ancient Order of Freemen?" +</P> + +<P> +He bowed in assent. +</P> + +<P> +"Is your lodge No. 29, Chicago?" +</P> + +<P> +He bowed again. +</P> + +<P> +"Dark nights are unpleasant," said the voice. +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, for strangers to travel," he answered. +</P> + +<P> +"The clouds are heavy." +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, a storm is approaching." +</P> + +<P> +"Are the brethren satisfied?" asked the Bodymaster. +</P> + +<P> +There was a general murmur of assent. +</P> + +<P> +"We know, Brother, by your sign and by your countersign that you are +indeed one of us," said McGinty. "We would have you know, however, that +in this county and in other counties of these parts we have certain +rites, and also certain duties of our own which call for good men. Are +you ready to be tested?" +</P> + +<P> +"I am." +</P> + +<P> +"Are you of stout heart?" +</P> + +<P> +"I am." +</P> + +<P> +"Take a stride forward to prove it." +</P> + +<P> +As the words were said he felt two hard points in front of his eyes, +pressing upon them so that it appeared as if he could not move forward +without a danger of losing them. None the less, he nerved himself to +step resolutely out, and as he did so the pressure melted away. There +was a low murmur of applause. +</P> + +<P> +"He is of stout heart," said the voice. "Can you bear pain?" +</P> + +<P> +"As well as another," he answered. +</P> + +<P> +"Test him!" +</P> + +<P> +It was all he could do to keep himself from screaming out, for an +agonizing pain shot through his forearm. He nearly fainted at the +sudden shock of it; but he bit his lip and clenched his hands to hide +his agony. +</P> + +<P> +"I can take more than that," said he. +</P> + +<P> +This time there was loud applause. A finer first appearance had never +been made in the lodge. Hands clapped him on the back, and the hood was +plucked from his head. He stood blinking and smiling amid the +congratulations of the brothers. +</P> + +<P> +"One last word, Brother McMurdo," said McGinty. "You have already sworn +the oath of secrecy and fidelity, and you are aware that the punishment +for any breach of it is instant and inevitable death?" +</P> + +<P> +"I am," said McMurdo. +</P> + +<P> +"And you accept the rule of the Bodymaster for the time being under all +circumstances?" +</P> + +<P> +"I do." +</P> + +<P> +"Then in the name of Lodge 341, Vermissa, I welcome you to its +privileges and debates. You will put the liquor on the table, Brother +Scanlan, and we will drink to our worthy brother." +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo's coat had been brought to him; but before putting it on he +examined his right arm, which still smarted heavily. There on the flesh +of the forearm was a circle with a triangle within it, deep and red, as +the branding iron had left it. One or two of his neighbours pulled up +their sleeves and showed their own lodge marks. +</P> + +<P> +"We've all had it," said one; "but not all as brave as you over it." +</P> + +<P> +"Tut! It was nothing," said he; but it burned and ached all the same. +</P> + +<P> +When the drinks which followed the ceremony of initiation had all been +disposed of, the business of the lodge proceeded. McMurdo, accustomed +only to the prosaic performances of Chicago, listened with open ears +and more surprise than he ventured to show to what followed. +</P> + +<P> +"The first business on the agenda paper," said McGinty, "is to read the +following letter from Division Master Windle of Merton County Lodge +249. He says: +</P> + +<P CLASS="letter"> + "DEAR SIR: +</P> + +<P CLASS="letter"> + "There is a job to be done on Andrew Rae of Rae & + Sturmash, coal owners near this place. You will remember + that your lodge owes us a return, having had the service of + two brethren in the matter of the patrolman last fall. You + will send two good men, they will be taken charge of by + Treasurer Higgins of this lodge, whose address you know. + He will show them when to act and where. Yours in freedom, +<BR><BR> + "J. W. WINDLE D. M. A. O. F. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +"Windle has never refused us when we have had occasion to ask for the +loan of a man or two, and it is not for us to refuse him." McGinty +paused and looked round the room with his dull, malevolent eyes. "Who +will volunteer for the job?" +</P> + +<P> +Several young fellows held up their hands. The Bodymaster looked at +them with an approving smile. +</P> + +<P> +"You'll do, Tiger Cormac. If you handle it as well as you did the last, +you won't be wrong. And you, Wilson." +</P> + +<P> +"I've no pistol," said the volunteer, a mere boy in his teens. +</P> + +<P> +"It's your first, is it not? Well, you have to be blooded some time. It +will be a great start for you. As to the pistol, you'll find it waiting +for you, or I'm mistaken. If you report yourselves on Monday, it will +be time enough. You'll get a great welcome when you return." +</P> + +<P> +"Any reward this time?" asked Cormac, a thick-set, dark-faced, +brutal-looking young man, whose ferocity had earned him the nickname of +"Tiger." +</P> + +<P> +"Never mind the reward. You just do it for the honour of the thing. +Maybe when it is done there will be a few odd dollars at the bottom of +the box." +</P> + +<P> +"What has the man done?" asked young Wilson. +</P> + +<P> +"Sure, it's not for the likes of you to ask what the man has done. He +has been judged over there. That's no business of ours. All we have to +do is to carry it out for them, same as they would for us. Speaking of +that, two brothers from the Merton lodge are coming over to us next +week to do some business in this quarter." +</P> + +<P> +"Who are they?" asked someone. +</P> + +<P> +"Faith, it is wiser not to ask. If you know nothing, you can testify +nothing, and no trouble can come of it. But they are men who will make +a clean job when they are about it." +</P> + +<P> +"And time, too!" cried Ted Baldwin. "Folk are gettin' out of hand in +these parts. It was only last week that three of our men were turned +off by Foreman Blaker. It's been owing him a long time, and he'll get +it full and proper." +</P> + +<P> +"Get what?" McMurdo whispered to his neighbour. +</P> + +<P> +"The business end of a buckshot cartridge!" cried the man with a loud +laugh. "What think you of our ways, Brother?" +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo's criminal soul seemed to have already absorbed the spirit of +the vile association of which he was now a member. "I like it well," +said he. "'Tis a proper place for a lad of mettle." +</P> + +<P> +Several of those who sat around heard his words and applauded them. +</P> + +<P> +"What's that?" cried the black-maned Bodymaster from the end of the +table. +</P> + +<P> +"'Tis our new brother, sir, who finds our ways to his taste." +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo rose to his feet for an instant. "I would say, Eminent +Bodymaster, that if a man should be wanted I should take it as an +honour to be chosen to help the lodge." +</P> + +<P> +There was great applause at this. It was felt that a new sun was +pushing its rim above the horizon. To some of the elders it seemed that +the progress was a little too rapid. +</P> + +<P> +"I would move," said the secretary, Harraway, a vulture-faced old +graybeard who sat near the chairman, "that Brother McMurdo should wait +until it is the good pleasure of the lodge to employ him." +</P> + +<P> +"Sure, that was what I meant; I'm in your hands," said McMurdo. +</P> + +<P> +"Your time will come, Brother," said the chairman. "We have marked you +down as a willing man, and we believe that you will do good work in +these parts. There is a small matter to-night in which you may take a +hand if it so please you." +</P> + +<P> +"I will wait for something that is worth while." +</P> + +<P> +"You can come to-night, anyhow, and it will help you to know what we +stand for in this community. I will make the announcement later. +Meanwhile," he glanced at his agenda paper, "I have one or two more +points to bring before the meeting. First of all, I will ask the +treasurer as to our bank balance. There is the pension to Jim +Carnaway's widow. He was struck down doing the work of the lodge, and +it is for us to see that she is not the loser." +</P> + +<P> +"Jim was shot last month when they tried to kill Chester Wilcox of +Marley Creek," McMurdo's neighbour informed him. +</P> + +<P> +"The funds are good at the moment," said the treasurer, with the +bankbook in front of him. "The firms have been generous of late. Max +Linder & Co. paid five hundred to be left alone. Walker Brothers sent +in a hundred; but I took it on myself to return it and ask for five. If +I do not hear by Wednesday, their winding gear may get out of order. We +had to burn their breaker last year before they became reasonable. Then +the West Section Coaling Company has paid its annual contribution. We +have enough on hand to meet any obligations." +</P> + +<P> +"What about Archie Swindon?" asked a brother. +</P> + +<P> +"He has sold out and left the district. The old devil left a note for +us to say that he had rather be a free crossing sweeper in New York +than a large mine owner under the power of a ring of blackmailers. By +Gar! it was as well that he made a break for it before the note reached +us! I guess he won't show his face in this valley again." +</P> + +<P> +An elderly, clean-shaved man with a kindly face and a good brow rose +from the end of the table which faced the chairman. "Mr. Treasurer," he +asked, "may I ask who has bought the property of this man that we have +driven out of the district?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, Brother Morris. It has been bought by the State & Merton County +Railroad Company." +</P> + +<P> +"And who bought the mines of Todman and of Lee that came into the +market in the same way last year?" +</P> + +<P> +"The same company, Brother Morris." +</P> + +<P> +"And who bought the ironworks of Manson and of Shuman and of Van Deher +and of Atwood, which have all been given up of late?" +</P> + +<P> +"They were all bought by the West Gilmerton General Mining Company." +</P> + +<P> +"I don't see, Brother Morris," said the chairman, "that it matters to +us who buys them, since they can't carry them out of the district." +</P> + +<P> +"With all respect to you, Eminent Bodymaster, I think it may matter +very much to us. This process has been going on now for ten long years. +We are gradually driving all the small men out of trade. What is the +result? We find in their places great companies like the Railroad or +the General Iron, who have their directors in New York or Philadelphia, +and care nothing for our threats. We can take it out of their local +bosses, but it only means that others will be sent in their stead. And +we are making it dangerous for ourselves. The small men could not harm +us. They had not the money nor the power. So long as we did not squeeze +them too dry, they would stay on under our power. But if these big +companies find that we stand between them and their profits, they will +spare no pains and no expense to hunt us down and bring us to court." +</P> + +<P> +There was a hush at these ominous words, and every face darkened as +gloomy looks were exchanged. So omnipotent and unchallenged had they +been that the very thought that there was possible retribution in the +background had been banished from their minds. And yet the idea struck +a chill to the most reckless of them. +</P> + +<P> +"It is my advice," the speaker continued, "that we go easier upon the +small men. On the day that they have all been driven out the power of +this society will have been broken." +</P> + +<P> +Unwelcome truths are not popular. There were angry cries as the speaker +resumed his seat. McGinty rose with gloom upon his brow. +</P> + +<P> +"Brother Morris," said he, "you were always a croaker. So long as the +members of this lodge stand together there is no power in the United +States that can touch them. Sure, have we not tried it often enough in +the law courts? I expect the big companies will find it easier to pay +than to fight, same as the little companies do. And now, Brethren," +McGinty took off his black velvet cap and his stole as he spoke, "this +lodge has finished its business for the evening, save for one small +matter which may be mentioned when we are parting. The time has now +come for fraternal refreshment and for harmony." +</P> + +<P> +Strange indeed is human nature. Here were these men, to whom murder was +familiar, who again and again had struck down the father of the family, +some man against whom they had no personal feeling, without one thought +of compunction or of compassion for his weeping wife or helpless +children, and yet the tender or pathetic in music could move them to +tears. McMurdo had a fine tenor voice, and if he had failed to gain the +good will of the lodge before, it could no longer have been withheld +after he had thrilled them with "I'm Sitting on the Stile, Mary," and +"On the Banks of Allan Water." +</P> + +<P> +In his very first night the new recruit had made himself one of the +most popular of the brethren, marked already for advancement and high +office. There were other qualities needed, however, besides those of +good fellowship, to make a worthy Freeman, and of these he was given an +example before the evening was over. The whisky bottle had passed round +many times, and the men were flushed and ripe for mischief when their +Bodymaster rose once more to address them. +</P> + +<P> +"Boys," said he, "there's one man in this town that wants trimming up, +and it's for you to see that he gets it. I'm speaking of James Stanger +of the Herald. You've seen how he's been opening his mouth against us +again?" +</P> + +<P> +There was a murmur of assent, with many a muttered oath. McGinty took a +slip of paper from his waistcoat pocket. +</P> + +<P CLASS="letter"> + "LAW AND ORDER!<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +That's how he heads it. +</P> + +<P CLASS="letter"> + "REIGN OF TERROR IN THE COAL AND IRON DISTRICT<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="letter"> + "Twelve years have now elapsed since the first assassinations + which proved the existence of a criminal organization in our + midst. From that day these outrages have never ceased, until + now they have reached a pitch which makes us the opprobrium + of the civilized world. Is it for such results as this that + our great country welcomes to its bosom the alien who flies + from the despotisms of Europe? Is it that they shall + themselves become tyrants over the very men who have given + them shelter, and that a state of terrorism and lawlessness + should be established under the very shadow of the sacred + folds of the starry Flag of Freedom which would raise horror + in our minds if we read of it as existing under the most + effete monarchy of the East? The men are known. The organization + is patent and public. How long are we to endure it? Can we + forever live—" +</P> + +<P> +"Sure, I've read enough of the slush!" cried the chairman, tossing the +paper down upon the table. "That's what he says of us. The question I'm +asking you is what shall we say to him?" +</P> + +<P> +"Kill him!" cried a dozen fierce voices. +</P> + +<P> +"I protest against that," said Brother Morris, the man of the good brow +and shaved face. "I tell you, Brethren, that our hand is too heavy in +this valley, and that there will come a point where in self-defense +every man will unite to crush us out. James Stanger is an old man. He +is respected in the township and the district. His paper stands for all +that is solid in the valley. If that man is struck down, there will be +a stir through this state that will only end with our destruction." +</P> + +<P> +"And how would they bring about our destruction, Mr. Standback?" cried +McGinty. "Is it by the police? Sure, half of them are in our pay and +half of them afraid of us. Or is it by the law courts and the judge? +Haven't we tried that before now, and what ever came of it?" +</P> + +<P> +"There is a Judge Lynch that might try the case," said Brother Morris. +</P> + +<P> +A general shout of anger greeted the suggestion. +</P> + +<P> +"I have but to raise my finger," cried McGinty, "and I could put two +hundred men into this town that would clear it out from end to end." +Then suddenly raising his voice and bending his huge black brows into a +terrible frown, "See here, Brother Morris, I have my eye on you, and +have had for some time! You've no heart yourself, and you try to take +the heart out of others. It will be an ill day for you, Brother Morris, +when your own name comes on our agenda paper, and I'm thinking that +it's just there that I ought to place it." +</P> + +<P> +Morris had turned deadly pale, and his knees seemed to give way under +him as he fell back into his chair. He raised his glass in his +trembling hand and drank before he could answer. "I apologize, Eminent +Bodymaster, to you and to every brother in this lodge if I have said +more than I should. I am a faithful member—you all know that—and it +is my fear lest evil come to the lodge which makes me speak in anxious +words. But I have greater trust in your judgment than in my own, +Eminent Bodymaster, and I promise you that I will not offend again." +</P> + +<P> +The Bodymaster's scowl relaxed as he listened to the humble words. +"Very good, Brother Morris. It's myself that would be sorry if it were +needful to give you a lesson. But so long as I am in this chair we +shall be a united lodge in word and in deed. And now, boys," he +continued, looking round at the company, "I'll say this much, that if +Stanger got his full deserts there would be more trouble than we need +ask for. These editors hang together, and every journal in the state +would be crying out for police and troops. But I guess you can give him +a pretty severe warning. Will you fix it, Brother Baldwin?" +</P> + +<P> +"Sure!" said the young man eagerly. +</P> + +<P> +"How many will you take?" +</P> + +<P> +"Half a dozen, and two to guard the door. You'll come, Gower, and you, +Mansel, and you, Scanlan, and the two Willabys." +</P> + +<P> +"I promised the new brother he should go," said the chairman. +</P> + +<P> +Ted Baldwin looked at McMurdo with eyes which showed that he had not +forgotten nor forgiven. "Well, he can come if he wants," he said in a +surly voice. "That's enough. The sooner we get to work the better." +</P> + +<P> +The company broke up with shouts and yells and snatches of drunken +song. The bar was still crowded with revellers, and many of the +brethren remained there. The little band who had been told off for duty +passed out into the street, proceeding in twos and threes along the +sidewalk so as not to provoke attention. It was a bitterly cold night, +with a half-moon shining brilliantly in a frosty, star-spangled sky. +The men stopped and gathered in a yard which faced a high building. The +words "Vermissa Herald" were printed in gold lettering between the +brightly lit windows. From within came the clanking of the printing +press. +</P> + +<P> +"Here, you," said Baldwin to McMurdo, "you can stand below at the door +and see that the road is kept open for us. Arthur Willaby can stay with +you. You others come with me. Have no fears, boys; for we have a dozen +witnesses that we are in the Union Bar at this very moment." +</P> + +<P> +It was nearly midnight, and the street was deserted save for one or two +revellers upon their way home. The party crossed the road, and, pushing +open the door of the newspaper office, Baldwin and his men rushed in +and up the stair which faced them. McMurdo and another remained below. +From the room above came a shout, a cry for help, and then the sound of +trampling feet and of falling chairs. An instant later a gray-haired +man rushed out on the landing. +</P> + +<P> +He was seized before he could get farther, and his spectacles came +tinkling down to McMurdo's feet. There was a thud and a groan. He was +on his face, and half a dozen sticks were clattering together as they +fell upon him. He writhed, and his long, thin limbs quivered under the +blows. The others ceased at last; but Baldwin, his cruel face set in an +infernal smile, was hacking at the man's head, which he vainly +endeavoured to defend with his arms. His white hair was dabbled with +patches of blood. Baldwin was still stooping over his victim, putting +in a short, vicious blow whenever he could see a part exposed, when +McMurdo dashed up the stair and pushed him back. +</P> + +<P> +"You'll kill the man," said he. "Drop it!" +</P> + +<P> +Baldwin looked at him in amazement. "Curse you!" he cried. "Who are you +to interfere—you that are new to the lodge? Stand back!" He raised his +stick; but McMurdo had whipped his pistol out of his hip pocket. +</P> + +<P> +"Stand back yourself!" he cried. "I'll blow your face in if you lay a +hand on me. As to the lodge, wasn't it the order of the Bodymaster that +the man was not to be killed—and what are you doing but killing him?" +</P> + +<P> +"It's truth he says," remarked one of the men. +</P> + +<P> +"By Gar! you'd best hurry yourselves!" cried the man below. "The +windows are all lighting up, and you'll have the whole town here inside +of five minutes." +</P> + +<P> +There was indeed the sound of shouting in the street, and a little +group of compositors and pressmen was forming in the hall below and +nerving itself to action. Leaving the limp and motionless body of the +editor at the head of the stair, the criminals rushed down and made +their way swiftly along the street. Having reached the Union House, +some of them mixed with the crowd in McGinty's saloon, whispering +across the bar to the Boss that the job had been well carried through. +Others, and among them McMurdo, broke away into side streets, and so by +devious paths to their own homes. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0204"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +Chapter 4 +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +The Valley of Fear +</H4> + +<P> +When McMurdo awoke next morning he had good reason to remember his +initiation into the lodge. His head ached with the effect of the drink, +and his arm, where he had been branded, was hot and swollen. Having his +own peculiar source of income, he was irregular in his attendance at +his work; so he had a late breakfast, and remained at home for the +morning writing a long letter to a friend. Afterwards he read the Daily +Herald. In a special column put in at the last moment he read: +</P> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> + OUTRAGE AT THE HERALD OFFICE—EDITOR<BR> + SERIOUSLY INJURED.<BR> +</H4> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +It was a short account of the facts with which he was himself more +familiar than the writer could have been. It ended with the statement: +</P> + +<P CLASS="letter"> + The matter is now in the hands of the police; but it can + hardly be hoped that their exertions will be attended by any + better results than in the past. Some of the men were + recognized, and there is hope that a conviction may be + obtained. The source of the outrage was, it need hardly be + said, that infamous society which has held this community + in bondage for so long a period, and against which the + Herald has taken so uncompromising a stand. Mr. Stanger's + many friends will rejoice to hear that, though he has been + cruelly and brutally beaten, and though he has sustained + severe injuries about the head, there is no immediate danger + to his life. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +Below it stated that a guard of police, armed with Winchester rifles, +had been requisitioned for the defense of the office. +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo had laid down the paper, and was lighting his pipe with a hand +which was shaky from the excesses of the previous evening, when there +was a knock outside, and his landlady brought to him a note which had +just been handed in by a lad. It was unsigned, and ran thus: +</P> + +<P CLASS="letter"> + I should wish to speak to you, but would rather not do so + in your house. You will find me beside the flagstaff upon + Miller Hill. If you will come there now, I have something + which it is important for you to hear and for me to say. +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo read the note twice with the utmost surprise; for he could not +imagine what it meant or who was the author of it. Had it been in a +feminine hand, he might have imagined that it was the beginning of one +of those adventures which had been familiar enough in his past life. +But it was the writing of a man, and of a well educated one, too. +Finally, after some hesitation, he determined to see the matter through. +</P> + +<P> +Miller Hill is an ill-kept public park in the very centre of the town. +In summer it is a favourite resort of the people; but in winter it is +desolate enough. From the top of it one has a view not only of the +whole straggling, grimy town, but of the winding valley beneath, with +its scattered mines and factories blackening the snow on each side of +it, and of the wooded and white-capped ranges flanking it. +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo strolled up the winding path hedged in with evergreens until he +reached the deserted restaurant which forms the centre of summer +gaiety. Beside it was a bare flagstaff, and underneath it a man, his +hat drawn down and the collar of his overcoat turned up. When he turned +his face McMurdo saw that it was Brother Morris, he who had incurred +the anger of the Bodymaster the night before. The lodge sign was given +and exchanged as they met. +</P> + +<P> +"I wanted to have a word with you, Mr. McMurdo," said the older man, +speaking with a hesitation which showed that he was on delicate ground. +"It was kind of you to come." +</P> + +<P> +"Why did you not put your name to the note?" +</P> + +<P> +"One has to be cautious, mister. One never knows in times like these +how a thing may come back to one. One never knows either who to trust +or who not to trust." +</P> + +<P> +"Surely one may trust brothers of the lodge." +</P> + +<P> +"No, no, not always," cried Morris with vehemence. "Whatever we say, +even what we think, seems to go back to that man McGinty." +</P> + +<P> +"Look here!" said McMurdo sternly. "It was only last night, as you know +well, that I swore good faith to our Bodymaster. Would you be asking me +to break my oath?" +</P> + +<P> +"If that is the view you take," said Morris sadly, "I can only say that +I am sorry I gave you the trouble to come and meet me. Things have come +to a bad pass when two free citizens cannot speak their thoughts to +each other." +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo, who had been watching his companion very narrowly, relaxed +somewhat in his bearing. "Sure I spoke for myself only," said he. "I am +a newcomer, as you know, and I am strange to it all. It is not for me +to open my mouth, Mr. Morris, and if you think well to say anything to +me I am here to hear it." +</P> + +<P> +"And to take it back to Boss McGinty!" said Morris bitterly. +</P> + +<P> +"Indeed, then, you do me injustice there," cried McMurdo. "For myself I +am loyal to the lodge, and so I tell you straight; but I would be a +poor creature if I were to repeat to any other what you might say to me +in confidence. It will go no further than me; though I warn you that +you may get neither help nor sympathy." +</P> + +<P> +"I have given up looking for either the one or the other," said Morris. +"I may be putting my very life in your hands by what I say; but, bad as +you are—and it seemed to me last night that you were shaping to be as +bad as the worst—still you are new to it, and your conscience cannot +yet be as hardened as theirs. That was why I thought to speak with you." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, what have you to say?" +</P> + +<P> +"If you give me away, may a curse be on you!" +</P> + +<P> +"Sure, I said I would not." +</P> + +<P> +"I would ask you, then, when you joined the Freeman's society in +Chicago and swore vows of charity and fidelity, did ever it cross your +mind that you might find it would lead you to crime?" +</P> + +<P> +"If you call it crime," McMurdo answered. +</P> + +<P> +"Call it crime!" cried Morris, his voice vibrating with passion. "You +have seen little of it if you can call it anything else. Was it crime +last night when a man old enough to be your father was beaten till the +blood dripped from his white hairs? Was that crime—or what else would +you call it?" +</P> + +<P> +"There are some would say it was war," said McMurdo, "a war of two +classes with all in, so that each struck as best it could." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, did you think of such a thing when you joined the Freeman's +society at Chicago?" +</P> + +<P> +"No, I'm bound to say I did not." +</P> + +<P> +"Nor did I when I joined it at Philadelphia. It was just a benefit club +and a meeting place for one's fellows. Then I heard of this +place—curse the hour that the name first fell upon my ears!—and I +came to better myself! My God! to better myself! My wife and three +children came with me. I started a dry goods store on Market Square, +and I prospered well. The word had gone round that I was a Freeman, and +I was forced to join the local lodge, same as you did last night. I've +the badge of shame on my forearm and something worse branded on my +heart. I found that I was under the orders of a black villain and +caught in a meshwork of crime. What could I do? Every word I said to +make things better was taken as treason, same as it was last night. I +can't get away; for all I have in the world is in my store. If I leave +the society, I know well that it means murder to me, and God knows what +to my wife and children. Oh, man, it is awful—awful!" He put his hands +to his face, and his body shook with convulsive sobs. +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo shrugged his shoulders. "You were too soft for the job," said +he. "You are the wrong sort for such work." +</P> + +<P> +"I had a conscience and a religion; but they made me a criminal among +them. I was chosen for a job. If I backed down I knew well what would +come to me. Maybe I'm a coward. Maybe it's the thought of my poor +little woman and the children that makes me one. Anyhow I went. I guess +it will haunt me forever. +</P> + +<P> +"It was a lonely house, twenty miles from here, over the range yonder. +I was told off for the door, same as you were last night. They could +not trust me with the job. The others went in. When they came out their +hands were crimson to the wrists. As we turned away a child was +screaming out of the house behind us. It was a boy of five who had seen +his father murdered. I nearly fainted with the horror of it, and yet I +had to keep a bold and smiling face; for well I knew that if I did not +it would be out of my house that they would come next with their bloody +hands and it would be my little Fred that would be screaming for his +father. +</P> + +<P> +"But I was a criminal then, part sharer in a murder, lost forever in +this world, and lost also in the next. I am a good Catholic; but the +priest would have no word with me when he heard I was a Scowrer, and I +am excommunicated from my faith. That's how it stands with me. And I +see you going down the same road, and I ask you what the end is to be. +Are you ready to be a cold-blooded murderer also, or can we do anything +to stop it?" +</P> + +<P> +"What would you do?" asked McMurdo abruptly. "You would not inform?" +</P> + +<P> +"God forbid!" cried Morris. "Sure, the very thought would cost me my +life." +</P> + +<P> +"That's well," said McMurdo. "I'm thinking that you are a weak man and +that you make too much of the matter." +</P> + +<P> +"Too much! Wait till you have lived here longer. Look down the valley! +See the cloud of a hundred chimneys that overshadows it! I tell you +that the cloud of murder hangs thicker and lower than that over the +heads of the people. It is the Valley of Fear, the Valley of Death. The +terror is in the hearts of the people from the dusk to the dawn. Wait, +young man, and you will learn for yourself." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I'll let you know what I think when I have seen more," said +McMurdo carelessly. "What is very clear is that you are not the man for +the place, and that the sooner you sell out—if you only get a dime a +dollar for what the business is worth—the better it will be for you. +What you have said is safe with me; but, by Gar! if I thought you were +an informer—" +</P> + +<P> +"No, no!" cried Morris piteously. +</P> + +<P> +"Well, let it rest at that. I'll bear what you have said in mind, and +maybe some day I'll come back to it. I expect you meant kindly by +speaking to me like this. Now I'll be getting home." +</P> + +<P> +"One word before you go," said Morris. "We may have been seen together. +They may want to know what we have spoken about." +</P> + +<P> +"Ah! that's well thought of." +</P> + +<P> +"I offer you a clerkship in my store." +</P> + +<P> +"And I refuse it. That's our business. Well, so long, Brother Morris, +and may you find things go better with you in the future." +</P> + +<P> +That same afternoon, as McMurdo sat smoking, lost in thought beside the +stove of his sitting-room, the door swung open and its framework was +filled with the huge figure of Boss McGinty. He passed the sign, and +then seating himself opposite to the young man he looked at him +steadily for some time, a look which was as steadily returned. +</P> + +<P> +"I'm not much of a visitor, Brother McMurdo," he said at last. "I guess +I am too busy over the folk that visit me. But I thought I'd stretch a +point and drop down to see you in your own house." +</P> + +<P> +"I'm proud to see you here, Councillor," McMurdo answered heartily, +bringing his whisky bottle out of the cupboard. "It's an honour that I +had not expected." +</P> + +<P> +"How's the arm?" asked the Boss. +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo made a wry face. "Well, I'm not forgetting it," he said; "but +it's worth it." +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, it's worth it," the other answered, "to those that are loyal and +go through with it and are a help to the lodge. What were you speaking +to Brother Morris about on Miller Hill this morning?" +</P> + +<P> +The question came so suddenly that it was well that he had his answer +prepared. He burst into a hearty laugh. "Morris didn't know I could +earn a living here at home. He shan't know either; for he has got too +much conscience for the likes of me. But he's a good-hearted old chap. +It was his idea that I was at a loose end, and that he would do me a +good turn by offering me a clerkship in a dry goods store." +</P> + +<P> +"Oh, that was it?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, that was it." +</P> + +<P> +"And you refused it?" +</P> + +<P> +"Sure. Couldn't I earn ten times as much in my own bedroom with four +hours' work?" +</P> + +<P> +"That's so. But I wouldn't get about too much with Morris." +</P> + +<P> +"Why not?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I guess because I tell you not. That's enough for most folk in +these parts." +</P> + +<P> +"It may be enough for most folk; but it ain't enough for me, +Councillor," said McMurdo boldly. "If you are a judge of men, you'll +know that." +</P> + +<P> +The swarthy giant glared at him, and his hairy paw closed for an +instant round the glass as though he would hurl it at the head of his +companion. Then he laughed in his loud, boisterous, insincere fashion. +</P> + +<P> +"You're a queer card, for sure," said he. "Well, if you want reasons, +I'll give them. Did Morris say nothing to you against the lodge?" +</P> + +<P> +"No." +</P> + +<P> +"Nor against me?" +</P> + +<P> +"No." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, that's because he daren't trust you. But in his heart he is not +a loyal brother. We know that well. So we watch him and we wait for the +time to admonish him. I'm thinking that the time is drawing near. +There's no room for scabby sheep in our pen. But if you keep company +with a disloyal man, we might think that you were disloyal, too. See?" +</P> + +<P> +"There's no chance of my keeping company with him; for I dislike the +man," McMurdo answered. "As to being disloyal, if it was any man but +you he would not use the word to me twice." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, that's enough," said McGinty, draining off his glass. "I came +down to give you a word in season, and you've had it." +</P> + +<P> +"I'd like to know," said McMurdo, "how you ever came to learn that I +had spoken with Morris at all?" +</P> + +<P> +McGinty laughed. "It's my business to know what goes on in this +township," said he. "I guess you'd best reckon on my hearing all that +passes. Well, time's up, and I'll just say—" +</P> + +<P> +But his leavetaking was cut short in a very unexpected fashion. With a +sudden crash the door flew open, and three frowning, intent faces +glared in at them from under the peaks of police caps. McMurdo sprang +to his feet and half drew his revolver; but his arm stopped midway as +he became conscious that two Winchester rifles were levelled at his +head. A man in uniform advanced into the room, a six-shooter in his +hand. It was Captain Marvin, once of Chicago, and now of the Mine +Constabulary. He shook his head with a half-smile at McMurdo. +</P> + +<P> +"I thought you'd be getting into trouble, Mr. Crooked McMurdo of +Chicago," said he. "Can't keep out of it, can you? Take your hat and +come along with us." +</P> + +<P> +"I guess you'll pay for this, Captain Marvin," said McGinty. "Who are +you, I'd like to know, to break into a house in this fashion and molest +honest, law-abiding men?" +</P> + +<P> +"You're standing out in this deal, Councillor McGinty," said the police +captain. "We are not out after you, but after this man McMurdo. It is +for you to help, not to hinder us in our duty." +</P> + +<P> +"He is a friend of mine, and I'll answer for his conduct," said the +Boss. +</P> + +<P> +"By all accounts, Mr. McGinty, you may have to answer for your own +conduct some of these days," the captain answered. "This man McMurdo +was a crook before ever he came here, and he's a crook still. Cover +him, Patrolman, while I disarm him." +</P> + +<P> +"There's my pistol," said McMurdo coolly. "Maybe, Captain Marvin, if +you and I were alone and face to face you would not take me so easily." +</P> + +<P> +"Where's your warrant?" asked McGinty. "By Gar! a man might as well +live in Russia as in Vermissa while folk like you are running the +police. It's a capitalist outrage, and you'll hear more of it, I +reckon." +</P> + +<P> +"You do what you think is your duty the best way you can, Councillor. +We'll look after ours." +</P> + +<P> +"What am I accused of?" asked McMurdo. +</P> + +<P> +"Of being concerned in the beating of old Editor Stanger at the Herald +office. It wasn't your fault that it isn't a murder charge." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, if that's all you have against him," cried McGinty with a laugh, +"you can save yourself a deal of trouble by dropping it right now. This +man was with me in my saloon playing poker up to midnight, and I can +bring a dozen to prove it." +</P> + +<P> +"That's your affair, and I guess you can settle it in court to-morrow. +Meanwhile, come on, McMurdo, and come quietly if you don't want a gun +across your head. You stand wide, Mr. McGinty; for I warn you I will +stand no resistance when I am on duty!" +</P> + +<P> +So determined was the appearance of the captain that both McMurdo and +his boss were forced to accept the situation. The latter managed to +have a few whispered words with the prisoner before they parted. +</P> + +<P> +"What about—" he jerked his thumb upward to signify the coining plant. +</P> + +<P> +"All right," whispered McMurdo, who had devised a safe hiding place +under the floor. +</P> + +<P> +"I'll bid you good-bye," said the Boss, shaking hands. "I'll see Reilly +the lawyer and take the defense upon myself. Take my word for it that +they won't be able to hold you." +</P> + +<P> +"I wouldn't bet on that. Guard the prisoner, you two, and shoot him if +he tries any games. I'll search the house before I leave." +</P> + +<P> +He did so; but apparently found no trace of the concealed plant. When +he had descended he and his men escorted McMurdo to headquarters. +Darkness had fallen, and a keen blizzard was blowing so that the +streets were nearly deserted; but a few loiterers followed the group, +and emboldened by invisibility shouted imprecations at the prisoner. +</P> + +<P> +"Lynch the cursed Scowrer!" they cried. "Lynch him!" They laughed and +jeered as he was pushed into the police station. After a short, formal +examination from the inspector in charge he was put into the common +cell. Here he found Baldwin and three other criminals of the night +before, all arrested that afternoon and waiting their trial next +morning. +</P> + +<P> +But even within this inner fortress of the law the long arm of the +Freemen was able to extend. Late at night there came a jailer with a +straw bundle for their bedding, out of which he extracted two bottles +of whisky, some glasses, and a pack of cards. They spent a hilarious +night, without an anxious thought as to the ordeal of the morning. +</P> + +<P> +Nor had they cause, as the result was to show. The magistrate could not +possibly, on the evidence, have held them for a higher court. On the +one hand the compositors and pressmen were forced to admit that the +light was uncertain, that they were themselves much perturbed, and that +it was difficult for them to swear to the identity of the assailants; +although they believed that the accused were among them. Cross examined +by the clever attorney who had been engaged by McGinty, they were even +more nebulous in their evidence. +</P> + +<P> +The injured man had already deposed that he was so taken by surprise by +the suddenness of the attack that he could state nothing beyond the +fact that the first man who struck him wore a moustache. He added that +he knew them to be Scowrers, since no one else in the community could +possibly have any enmity to him, and he had long been threatened on +account of his outspoken editorials. On the other hand, it was clearly +shown by the united and unfaltering evidence of six citizens, including +that high municipal official, Councillor McGinty, that the men had been +at a card party at the Union House until an hour very much later than +the commission of the outrage. +</P> + +<P> +Needless to say that they were discharged with something very near to +an apology from the bench for the inconvenience to which they had been +put, together with an implied censure of Captain Marvin and the police +for their officious zeal. +</P> + +<P> +The verdict was greeted with loud applause by a court in which McMurdo +saw many familiar faces. Brothers of the lodge smiled and waved. But +there were others who sat with compressed lips and brooding eyes as the +men filed out of the dock. One of them, a little, dark-bearded, +resolute fellow, put the thoughts of himself and comrades into words as +the ex-prisoners passed him. +</P> + +<P> +"You damned murderers!" he said. "We'll fix you yet!" +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0205"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +Chapter 5 +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +The Darkest Hour +</H4> + +<P> +If anything had been needed to give an impetus to Jack McMurdo's +popularity among his fellows it would have been his arrest and +acquittal. That a man on the very night of joining the lodge should +have done something which brought him before the magistrate was a new +record in the annals of the society. Already he had earned the +reputation of a good boon companion, a cheery reveller, and withal a +man of high temper, who would not take an insult even from the +all-powerful Boss himself. But in addition to this he impressed his +comrades with the idea that among them all there was not one whose +brain was so ready to devise a bloodthirsty scheme, or whose hand would +be more capable of carrying it out. "He'll be the boy for the clean +job," said the oldsters to one another, and waited their time until +they could set him to his work. +</P> + +<P> +McGinty had instruments enough already; but he recognized that this was +a supremely able one. He felt like a man holding a fierce bloodhound in +leash. There were curs to do the smaller work; but some day he would +slip this creature upon its prey. A few members of the lodge, Ted +Baldwin among them, resented the rapid rise of the stranger and hated +him for it; but they kept clear of him, for he was as ready to fight as +to laugh. +</P> + +<P> +But if he gained favour with his fellows, there was another quarter, +one which had become even more vital to him, in which he lost it. Ettie +Shafter's father would have nothing more to do with him, nor would he +allow him to enter the house. Ettie herself was too deeply in love to +give him up altogether, and yet her own good sense warned her of what +would come from a marriage with a man who was regarded as a criminal. +</P> + +<P> +One morning after a sleepless night she determined to see him, possibly +for the last time, and make one strong endeavour to draw him from those +evil influences which were sucking him down. She went to his house, as +he had often begged her to do, and made her way into the room which he +used as his sitting-room. He was seated at a table, with his back +turned and a letter in front of him. A sudden spirit of girlish +mischief came over her—she was still only nineteen. He had not heard +her when she pushed open the door. Now she tiptoed forward and laid her +hand lightly upon his bended shoulders. +</P> + +<P> +If she had expected to startle him, she certainly succeeded; but only +in turn to be startled herself. With a tiger spring he turned on her, +and his right hand was feeling for her throat. At the same instant with +the other hand he crumpled up the paper that lay before him. For an +instant he stood glaring. Then astonishment and joy took the place of +the ferocity which had convulsed his features—a ferocity which had +sent her shrinking back in horror as from something which had never +before intruded into her gentle life. +</P> + +<P> +"It's you!" said he, mopping his brow. "And to think that you should +come to me, heart of my heart, and I should find nothing better to do +than to want to strangle you! Come then, darling," and he held out his +arms, "let me make it up to you." +</P> + +<P> +But she had not recovered from that sudden glimpse of guilty fear which +she had read in the man's face. All her woman's instinct told her that +it was not the mere fright of a man who is startled. Guilt—that was +it—guilt and fear! +</P> + +<P> +"What's come over you, Jack?" she cried. "Why were you so scared of me? +Oh, Jack, if your conscience was at ease, you would not have looked at +me like that!" +</P> + +<P> +"Sure, I was thinking of other things, and when you came tripping so +lightly on those fairy feet of yours—" +</P> + +<P> +"No, no, it was more than that, Jack." Then a sudden suspicion seized +her. "Let me see that letter you were writing." +</P> + +<P> +"Ah, Ettie, I couldn't do that." +</P> + +<P> +Her suspicions became certainties. "It's to another woman," she cried. +"I know it! Why else should you hold it from me? Was it to your wife +that you were writing? How am I to know that you are not a married +man—you, a stranger, that nobody knows?" +</P> + +<P> +"I am not married, Ettie. See now, I swear it! You're the only one +woman on earth to me. By the cross of Christ I swear it!" +</P> + +<P> +He was so white with passionate earnestness that she could not but +believe him. +</P> + +<P> +"Well, then," she cried, "why will you not show me the letter?" +</P> + +<P> +"I'll tell you, acushla," said he. "I'm under oath not to show it, and +just as I wouldn't break my word to you so I would keep it to those who +hold my promise. It's the business of the lodge, and even to you it's +secret. And if I was scared when a hand fell on me, can't you +understand it when it might have been the hand of a detective?" +</P> + +<P> +She felt that he was telling the truth. He gathered her into his arms +and kissed away her fears and doubts. +</P> + +<P> +"Sit here by me, then. It's a queer throne for such a queen; but it's +the best your poor lover can find. He'll do better for you some of +these days, I'm thinking. Now your mind is easy once again, is it not?" +</P> + +<P> +"How can it ever be at ease, Jack, when I know that you are a criminal +among criminals, when I never know the day that I may hear you are in +court for murder? 'McMurdo the Scowrer,' that's what one of our +boarders called you yesterday. It went through my heart like a knife." +</P> + +<P> +"Sure, hard words break no bones." +</P> + +<P> +"But they were true." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, dear, it's not so bad as you think. We are but poor men that are +trying in our own way to get our rights." +</P> + +<P> +Ettie threw her arms round her lover's neck. "Give it up, Jack! For my +sake, for God's sake, give it up! It was to ask you that I came here +to-day. Oh, Jack, see—I beg it of you on my bended knees! Kneeling +here before you I implore you to give it up!" +</P> + +<P> +He raised her and soothed her with her head against his breast. +</P> + +<P> +"Sure, my darlin', you don't know what it is you are asking. How could +I give it up when it would be to break my oath and to desert my +comrades? If you could see how things stand with me you could never ask +it of me. Besides, if I wanted to, how could I do it? You don't suppose +that the lodge would let a man go free with all its secrets?" +</P> + +<P> +"I've thought of that, Jack. I've planned it all. Father has saved some +money. He is weary of this place where the fear of these people darkens +our lives. He is ready to go. We would fly together to Philadelphia or +New York, where we would be safe from them." +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo laughed. "The lodge has a long arm. Do you think it could not +stretch from here to Philadelphia or New York?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, then, to the West, or to England, or to Germany, where father +came from—anywhere to get away from this Valley of Fear!" +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo thought of old Brother Morris. "Sure, it is the second time I +have heard the valley so named," said he. "The shadow does indeed seem +to lie heavy on some of you." +</P> + +<P> +"It darkens every moment of our lives. Do you suppose that Ted Baldwin +has ever forgiven us? If it were not that he fears you, what do you +suppose our chances would be? If you saw the look in those dark, hungry +eyes of his when they fall on me!" +</P> + +<P> +"By Gar! I'd teach him better manners if I caught him at it! But see +here, little girl. I can't leave here. I can't—take that from me once +and for all. But if you will leave me to find my own way, I will try to +prepare a way of getting honourably out of it." +</P> + +<P> +"There is no honour in such a matter." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, well, it's just how you look at it. But if you'll give me six +months, I'll work it so that I can leave without being ashamed to look +others in the face." +</P> + +<P> +The girl laughed with joy. "Six months!" she cried. "Is it a promise?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, it may be seven or eight. But within a year at the furthest we +will leave the valley behind us." +</P> + +<P> +It was the most that Ettie could obtain, and yet it was something. +There was this distant light to illuminate the gloom of the immediate +future. She returned to her father's house more light-hearted than she +had ever been since Jack McMurdo had come into her life. +</P> + +<P> +It might be thought that as a member, all the doings of the society +would be told to him; but he was soon to discover that the organization +was wider and more complex than the simple lodge. Even Boss McGinty was +ignorant as to many things; for there was an official named the County +Delegate, living at Hobson's Patch farther down the line, who had power +over several different lodges which he wielded in a sudden and +arbitrary way. Only once did McMurdo see him, a sly, little gray-haired +rat of a man, with a slinking gait and a sidelong glance which was +charged with malice. Evans Pott was his name, and even the great Boss +of Vermissa felt towards him something of the repulsion and fear which +the huge Danton may have felt for the puny but dangerous Robespierre. +</P> + +<P> +One day Scanlan, who was McMurdo's fellow boarder, received a note from +McGinty inclosing one from Evans Pott, which informed him that he was +sending over two good men, Lawler and Andrews, who had instructions to +act in the neighbourhood; though it was best for the cause that no +particulars as to their objects should be given. Would the Bodymaster +see to it that suitable arrangements be made for their lodgings and +comfort until the time for action should arrive? McGinty added that it +was impossible for anyone to remain secret at the Union House, and +that, therefore, he would be obliged if McMurdo and Scanlan would put +the strangers up for a few days in their boarding house. +</P> + +<P> +The same evening the two men arrived, each carrying his gripsack. +Lawler was an elderly man, shrewd, silent, and self-contained, clad in +an old black frock coat, which with his soft felt hat and ragged, +grizzled beard gave him a general resemblance to an itinerant preacher. +His companion Andrews was little more than a boy, frank-faced and +cheerful, with the breezy manner of one who is out for a holiday and +means to enjoy every minute of it. Both men were total abstainers, and +behaved in all ways as exemplary members of the society, with the one +simple exception that they were assassins who had often proved +themselves to be most capable instruments for this association of +murder. Lawler had already carried out fourteen commissions of the +kind, and Andrews three. +</P> + +<P> +They were, as McMurdo found, quite ready to converse about their deeds +in the past, which they recounted with the half-bashful pride of men +who had done good and unselfish service for the community. They were +reticent, however, as to the immediate job in hand. +</P> + +<P> +"They chose us because neither I nor the boy here drink," Lawler +explained. "They can count on us saying no more than we should. You +must not take it amiss, but it is the orders of the County Delegate +that we obey." +</P> + +<P> +"Sure, we are all in it together," said Scanlan, McMurdo's mate, as the +four sat together at supper. +</P> + +<P> +"That's true enough, and we'll talk till the cows come home of the +killing of Charlie Williams or of Simon Bird, or any other job in the +past. But till the work is done we say nothing." +</P> + +<P> +"There are half a dozen about here that I have a word to say to," said +McMurdo, with an oath. "I suppose it isn't Jack Knox of Ironhill that +you are after. I'd go some way to see him get his deserts." +</P> + +<P> +"No, it's not him yet." +</P> + +<P> +"Or Herman Strauss?" +</P> + +<P> +"No, nor him either." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, if you won't tell us we can't make you; but I'd be glad to know." +</P> + +<P> +Lawler smiled and shook his head. He was not to be drawn. +</P> + +<P> +In spite of the reticence of their guests, Scanlan and McMurdo were +quite determined to be present at what they called "the fun." When, +therefore, at an early hour one morning McMurdo heard them creeping +down the stairs he awakened Scanlan, and the two hurried on their +clothes. When they were dressed they found that the others had stolen +out, leaving the door open behind them. It was not yet dawn, and by the +light of the lamps they could see the two men some distance down the +street. They followed them warily, treading noiselessly in the deep +snow. +</P> + +<P> +The boarding house was near the edge of the town, and soon they were at +the crossroads which is beyond its boundary. Here three men were +waiting, with whom Lawler and Andrews held a short, eager conversation. +Then they all moved on together. It was clearly some notable job which +needed numbers. At this point there are several trails which lead to +various mines. The strangers took that which led to the Crow Hill, a +huge business which was in strong hands which had been able, thanks to +their energetic and fearless New England manager, Josiah H. Dunn, to +keep some order and discipline during the long reign of terror. +</P> + +<P> +Day was breaking now, and a line of workmen were slowly making their +way, singly and in groups, along the blackened path. +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo and Scanlan strolled on with the others, keeping in sight of +the men whom they followed. A thick mist lay over them, and from the +heart of it there came the sudden scream of a steam whistle. It was the +ten-minute signal before the cages descended and the day's labour began. +</P> + +<P> +When they reached the open space round the mine shaft there were a +hundred miners waiting, stamping their feet and blowing on their +fingers; for it was bitterly cold. The strangers stood in a little +group under the shadow of the engine house. Scanlan and McMurdo climbed +a heap of slag from which the whole scene lay before them. They saw the +mine engineer, a great bearded Scotchman named Menzies, come out of the +engine house and blow his whistle for the cages to be lowered. +</P> + +<P> +At the same instant a tall, loose-framed young man with a clean-shaved, +earnest face advanced eagerly towards the pit head. As he came forward +his eyes fell upon the group, silent and motionless, under the engine +house. The men had drawn down their hats and turned up their collars to +screen their faces. For a moment the presentiment of Death laid its +cold hand upon the manager's heart. At the next he had shaken it off +and saw only his duty towards intrusive strangers. +</P> + +<P> +"Who are you?" he asked as he advanced. "What are you loitering there +for?" +</P> + +<P> +There was no answer; but the lad Andrews stepped forward and shot him +in the stomach. The hundred waiting miners stood as motionless and +helpless as if they were paralyzed. The manager clapped his two hands +to the wound and doubled himself up. Then he staggered away; but +another of the assassins fired, and he went down sidewise, kicking and +clawing among a heap of clinkers. Menzies, the Scotchman, gave a roar +of rage at the sight and rushed with an iron spanner at the murderers; +but was met by two balls in the face which dropped him dead at their +very feet. +</P> + +<P> +There was a surge forward of some of the miners, and an inarticulate +cry of pity and of anger; but a couple of the strangers emptied their +six-shooters over the heads of the crowd, and they broke and scattered, +some of them rushing wildly back to their homes in Vermissa. +</P> + +<P> +When a few of the bravest had rallied, and there was a return to the +mine, the murderous gang had vanished in the mists of morning, without +a single witness being able to swear to the identity of these men who +in front of a hundred spectators had wrought this double crime. +</P> + +<P> +Scanlan and McMurdo made their way back; Scanlan somewhat subdued, for +it was the first murder job that he had seen with his own eyes, and it +appeared less funny than he had been led to believe. The horrible +screams of the dead manager's wife pursued them as they hurried to the +town. McMurdo was absorbed and silent; but he showed no sympathy for +the weakening of his companion. +</P> + +<P> +"Sure, it is like a war," he repeated. "What is it but a war between us +and them, and we hit back where we best can." +</P> + +<P> +There was high revel in the lodge room at the Union House that night, +not only over the killing of the manager and engineer of the Crow Hill +mine, which would bring this organization into line with the other +blackmailed and terror-stricken companies of the district, but also +over a distant triumph which had been wrought by the hands of the lodge +itself. +</P> + +<P> +It would appear that when the County Delegate had sent over five good +men to strike a blow in Vermissa, he had demanded that in return three +Vermissa men should be secretly selected and sent across to kill +William Hales of Stake Royal, one of the best known and most popular +mine owners in the Gilmerton district, a man who was believed not to +have an enemy in the world; for he was in all ways a model employer. He +had insisted, however, upon efficiency in the work, and had, therefore, +paid off certain drunken and idle employees who were members of the +all-powerful society. Coffin notices hung outside his door had not +weakened his resolution, and so in a free, civilized country he found +himself condemned to death. +</P> + +<P> +The execution had now been duly carried out. Ted Baldwin, who sprawled +now in the seat of honour beside the Bodymaster, had been chief of the +party. His flushed face and glazed, blood-shot eyes told of +sleeplessness and drink. He and his two comrades had spent the night +before among the mountains. They were unkempt and weather-stained. But +no heroes, returning from a forlorn hope, could have had a warmer +welcome from their comrades. +</P> + +<P> +The story was told and retold amid cries of delight and shouts of +laughter. They had waited for their man as he drove home at nightfall, +taking their station at the top of a steep hill, where his horse must +be at a walk. He was so furred to keep out the cold that he could not +lay his hand on his pistol. They had pulled him out and shot him again +and again. He had screamed for mercy. The screams were repeated for the +amusement of the lodge. +</P> + +<P> +"Let's hear again how he squealed," they cried. +</P> + +<P> +None of them knew the man; but there is eternal drama in a killing, and +they had shown the Scowrers of Gilmerton that the Vermissa men were to +be relied upon. +</P> + +<P> +There had been one contretemps; for a man and his wife had driven up +while they were still emptying their revolvers into the silent body. It +had been suggested that they should shoot them both; but they were +harmless folk who were not connected with the mines, so they were +sternly bidden to drive on and keep silent, lest a worse thing befall +them. And so the blood-mottled figure had been left as a warning to all +such hard-hearted employers, and the three noble avengers had hurried +off into the mountains where unbroken nature comes down to the very +edge of the furnaces and the slag heaps. Here they were, safe and +sound, their work well done, and the plaudits of their companions in +their ears. +</P> + +<P> +It had been a great day for the Scowrers. The shadow had fallen even +darker over the valley. But as the wise general chooses the moment of +victory in which to redouble his efforts, so that his foes may have no +time to steady themselves after disaster, so Boss McGinty, looking out +upon the scene of his operations with his brooding and malicious eyes, +had devised a new attack upon those who opposed him. That very night, +as the half-drunken company broke up, he touched McMurdo on the arm and +led him aside into that inner room where they had their first interview. +</P> + +<P> +"See here, my lad," said he, "I've got a job that's worthy of you at +last. You'll have the doing of it in your own hands." +</P> + +<P> +"Proud I am to hear it," McMurdo answered. +</P> + +<P> +"You can take two men with you—Manders and Reilly. They have been +warned for service. We'll never be right in this district until Chester +Wilcox has been settled, and you'll have the thanks of every lodge in +the coal fields if you can down him." +</P> + +<P> +"I'll do my best, anyhow. Who is he, and where shall I find him?" +</P> + +<P> +McGinty took his eternal half-chewed, half-smoked cigar from the corner +of his mouth, and proceeded to draw a rough diagram on a page torn from +his notebook. +</P> + +<P> +"He's the chief foreman of the Iron Dike Company. He's a hard citizen, +an old colour sergeant of the war, all scars and grizzle. We've had two +tries at him; but had no luck, and Jim Carnaway lost his life over it. +Now it's for you to take it over. That's the house—all alone at the +Iron Dike crossroad, same as you see here on the map—without another +within earshot. It's no good by day. He's armed and shoots quick and +straight, with no questions asked. But at night—well, there he is with +his wife, three children, and a hired help. You can't pick or choose. +It's all or none. If you could get a bag of blasting powder at the +front door with a slow match to it—" +</P> + +<P> +"What's the man done?" +</P> + +<P> +"Didn't I tell you he shot Jim Carnaway?" +</P> + +<P> +"Why did he shoot him?" +</P> + +<P> +"What in thunder has that to do with you? Carnaway was about his house +at night, and he shot him. That's enough for me and you. You've got to +settle the thing right." +</P> + +<P> +"There's these two women and the children. Do they go up too?" +</P> + +<P> +"They have to—else how can we get him?" +</P> + +<P> +"It seems hard on them; for they've done nothing." +</P> + +<P> +"What sort of fool's talk is this? Do you back out?" +</P> + +<P> +"Easy, Councillor, easy! What have I ever said or done that you should +think I would be after standing back from an order of the Bodymaster of +my own lodge? If it's right or if it's wrong, it's for you to decide." +</P> + +<P> +"You'll do it, then?" +</P> + +<P> +"Of course I will do it." +</P> + +<P> +"When?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, you had best give me a night or two that I may see the house and +make my plans. Then—" +</P> + +<P> +"Very good," said McGinty, shaking him by the hand. "I leave it with +you. It will be a great day when you bring us the news. It's just the +last stroke that will bring them all to their knees." +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo thought long and deeply over the commission which had been so +suddenly placed in his hands. The isolated house in which Chester +Wilcox lived was about five miles off in an adjacent valley. That very +night he started off all alone to prepare for the attempt. It was +daylight before he returned from his reconnaissance. Next day he +interviewed his two subordinates, Manders and Reilly, reckless +youngsters who were as elated as if it were a deer-hunt. +</P> + +<P> +Two nights later they met outside the town, all three armed, and one of +them carrying a sack stuffed with the powder which was used in the +quarries. It was two in the morning before they came to the lonely +house. The night was a windy one, with broken clouds drifting swiftly +across the face of a three-quarter moon. They had been warned to be on +their guard against bloodhounds; so they moved forward cautiously, with +their pistols cocked in their hands. But there was no sound save the +howling of the wind, and no movement but the swaying branches above +them. +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo listened at the door of the lonely house; but all was still +within. Then he leaned the powder bag against it, ripped a hole in it +with his knife, and attached the fuse. When it was well alight he and +his two companions took to their heels, and were some distance off, +safe and snug in a sheltering ditch, before the shattering roar of the +explosion, with the low, deep rumble of the collapsing building, told +them that their work was done. No cleaner job had ever been carried out +in the bloodstained annals of the society. +</P> + +<P> +But alas that work so well organized and boldly carried out should all +have gone for nothing! Warned by the fate of the various victims, and +knowing that he was marked down for destruction, Chester Wilcox had +moved himself and his family only the day before to some safer and less +known quarters, where a guard of police should watch over them. It was +an empty house which had been torn down by the gunpowder, and the grim +old colour sergeant of the war was still teaching discipline to the +miners of Iron Dike. +</P> + +<P> +"Leave him to me," said McMurdo. "He's my man, and I'll get him sure if +I have to wait a year for him." +</P> + +<P> +A vote of thanks and confidence was passed in full lodge, and so for +the time the matter ended. When a few weeks later it was reported in +the papers that Wilcox had been shot at from an ambuscade, it was an +open secret that McMurdo was still at work upon his unfinished job. +</P> + +<P> +Such were the methods of the Society of Freemen, and such were the +deeds of the Scowrers by which they spread their rule of fear over the +great and rich district which was for so long a period haunted by their +terrible presence. Why should these pages be stained by further crimes? +Have I not said enough to show the men and their methods? +</P> + +<P> +These deeds are written in history, and there are records wherein one +may read the details of them. There one may learn of the shooting of +Policemen Hunt and Evans because they had ventured to arrest two +members of the society—a double outrage planned at the Vermissa lodge +and carried out in cold blood upon two helpless and disarmed men. There +also one may read of the shooting of Mrs. Larbey when she was nursing +her husband, who had been beaten almost to death by orders of Boss +McGinty. The killing of the elder Jenkins, shortly followed by that of +his brother, the mutilation of James Murdoch, the blowing up of the +Staphouse family, and the murder of the Stendals all followed hard upon +one another in the same terrible winter. +</P> + +<P> +Darkly the shadow lay upon the Valley of Fear. The spring had come with +running brooks and blossoming trees. There was hope for all Nature +bound so long in an iron grip; but nowhere was there any hope for the +men and women who lived under the yoke of the terror. Never had the +cloud above them been so dark and hopeless as in the early summer of +the year 1875. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0206"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +Chapter 6 +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +Danger +</H4> + +<P> +It was the height of the reign of terror. McMurdo, who had already been +appointed Inner Deacon, with every prospect of some day succeeding +McGinty as Bodymaster, was now so necessary to the councils of his +comrades that nothing was done without his help and advice. The more +popular he became, however, with the Freemen, the blacker were the +scowls which greeted him as he passed along the streets of Vermissa. In +spite of their terror the citizens were taking heart to band themselves +together against their oppressors. Rumours had reached the lodge of +secret gatherings in the Herald office and of distribution of firearms +among the law-abiding people. But McGinty and his men were undisturbed +by such reports. They were numerous, resolute, and well armed. Their +opponents were scattered and powerless. It would all end, as it had +done in the past, in aimless talk and possibly in impotent arrests. So +said McGinty, McMurdo, and all the bolder spirits. +</P> + +<P> +It was a Saturday evening in May. Saturday was always the lodge night, +and McMurdo was leaving his house to attend it when Morris, the weaker +brother of the order, came to see him. His brow was creased with care, +and his kindly face was drawn and haggard. +</P> + +<P> +"Can I speak with you freely, Mr. McMurdo?" +</P> + +<P> +"Sure." +</P> + +<P> +"I can't forget that I spoke my heart to you once, and that you kept it +to yourself, even though the Boss himself came to ask you about it." +</P> + +<P> +"What else could I do if you trusted me? It wasn't that I agreed with +what you said." +</P> + +<P> +"I know that well. But you are the one that I can speak to and be safe. +I've a secret here," he put his hand to his breast, "and it is just +burning the life out of me. I wish it had come to any one of you but +me. If I tell it, it will mean murder, for sure. If I don't, it may +bring the end of us all. God help me, but I am near out of my wits over +it!" +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo looked at the man earnestly. He was trembling in every limb. He +poured some whisky into a glass and handed it to him. "That's the +physic for the likes of you," said he. "Now let me hear of it." +</P> + +<P> +Morris drank, and his white face took a tinge of colour. "I can tell it +to you all in one sentence," said he. "There's a detective on our +trail." +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo stared at him in astonishment. "Why, man, you're crazy," he +said. "Isn't the place full of police and detectives and what harm did +they ever do us?" +</P> + +<P> +"No, no, it's no man of the district. As you say, we know them, and it +is little that they can do. But you've heard of Pinkerton's?" +</P> + +<P> +"I've read of some folk of that name." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, you can take it from me you've no show when they are on your +trail. It's not a take-it-or-miss-it government concern. It's a dead +earnest business proposition that's out for results and keeps out till +by hook or crook it gets them. If a Pinkerton man is deep in this +business, we are all destroyed." +</P> + +<P> +"We must kill him." +</P> + +<P> +"Ah, it's the first thought that came to you! So it will be up at the +lodge. Didn't I say to you that it would end in murder?" +</P> + +<P> +"Sure, what is murder? Isn't it common enough in these parts?" +</P> + +<P> +"It is, indeed; but it's not for me to point out the man that is to be +murdered. I'd never rest easy again. And yet it's our own necks that +may be at stake. In God's name what shall I do?" He rocked to and fro +in his agony of indecision. +</P> + +<P> +But his words had moved McMurdo deeply. It was easy to see that he +shared the other's opinion as to the danger, and the need for meeting +it. He gripped Morris's shoulder and shook him in his earnestness. +</P> + +<P> +"See here, man," he cried, and he almost screeched the words in his +excitement, "you won't gain anything by sitting keening like an old +wife at a wake. Let's have the facts. Who is the fellow? Where is he? +How did you hear of him? Why did you come to me?" +</P> + +<P> +"I came to you; for you are the one man that would advise me. I told +you that I had a store in the East before I came here. I left good +friends behind me, and one of them is in the telegraph service. Here's +a letter that I had from him yesterday. It's this part from the top of +the page. You can read it yourself." +</P> + +<P> +This was what McMurdo read: +</P> + +<P CLASS="letter"> + How are the Scowrers getting on in your parts? We read + plenty of them in the papers. Between you and me I expect + to hear news from you before long. Five big corporations + and the two railroads have taken the thing up in dead + earnest. They mean it, and you can bet they'll get there! + They are right deep down into it. Pinkerton has taken hold + under their orders, and his best man, Birdy Edwards, is + operating. The thing has got to be stopped right now. +</P> + +<P> +"Now read the postscript." +</P> + +<P CLASS="letter"> + Of course, what I give you is what I learned in business; + so it goes no further. It's a queer cipher that you handle by + the yard every day and can get no meaning from. +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo sat in silence for some time, with the letter in his listless +hands. The mist had lifted for a moment, and there was the abyss before +him. +</P> + +<P> +"Does anyone else know of this?" he asked. +</P> + +<P> +"I have told no one else." +</P> + +<P> +"But this man—your friend—has he any other person that he would be +likely to write to?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I dare say he knows one or two more." +</P> + +<P> +"Of the lodge?" +</P> + +<P> +"It's likely enough." +</P> + +<P> +"I was asking because it is likely that he may have given some +description of this fellow Birdy Edwards—then we could get on his +trail." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, it's possible. But I should not think he knew him. He is just +telling me the news that came to him by way of business. How would he +know this Pinkerton man?" +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo gave a violent start. +</P> + +<P> +"By Gar!" he cried, "I've got him. What a fool I was not to know it. +Lord! but we're in luck! We will fix him before he can do any harm. See +here, Morris, will you leave this thing in my hands?" +</P> + +<P> +"Sure, if you will only take it off mine." +</P> + +<P> +"I'll do that. You can stand right back and let me run it. Even your +name need not be mentioned. I'll take it all on myself, as if it were +to me that this letter has come. Will that content you?" +</P> + +<P> +"It's just what I would ask." +</P> + +<P> +"Then leave it at that and keep your head shut. Now I'll get down to +the lodge, and we'll soon make old man Pinkerton sorry for himself." +</P> + +<P> +"You wouldn't kill this man?" +</P> + +<P> +"The less you know, Friend Morris, the easier your conscience will be, +and the better you will sleep. Ask no questions, and let these things +settle themselves. I have hold of it now." +</P> + +<P> +Morris shook his head sadly as he left. "I feel that his blood is on my +hands," he groaned. +</P> + +<P> +"Self-protection is no murder, anyhow," said McMurdo, smiling grimly. +"It's him or us. I guess this man would destroy us all if we left him +long in the valley. Why, Brother Morris, we'll have to elect you +Bodymaster yet; for you've surely saved the lodge." +</P> + +<P> +And yet it was clear from his actions that he thought more seriously of +this new intrusion than his words would show. It may have been his +guilty conscience, it may have been the reputation of the Pinkerton +organization, it may have been the knowledge that great, rich +corporations had set themselves the task of clearing out the Scowrers; +but, whatever his reason, his actions were those of a man who is +preparing for the worst. Every paper which would incriminate him was +destroyed before he left the house. After that he gave a long sigh of +satisfaction; for it seemed to him that he was safe. And yet the danger +must still have pressed somewhat upon him; for on his way to the lodge +he stopped at old man Shafter's. The house was forbidden him; but when +he tapped at the window Ettie came out to him. The dancing Irish +deviltry had gone from her lover's eyes. She read his danger in his +earnest face. +</P> + +<P> +"Something has happened!" she cried. "Oh, Jack, you are in danger!" +</P> + +<P> +"Sure, it is not very bad, my sweetheart. And yet it may be wise that +we make a move before it is worse." +</P> + +<P> +"Make a move?" +</P> + +<P> +"I promised you once that I would go some day. I think the time is +coming. I had news to-night, bad news, and I see trouble coming." +</P> + +<P> +"The police?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, a Pinkerton. But, sure, you wouldn't know what that is, acushla, +nor what it may mean to the likes of me. I'm too deep in this thing, +and I may have to get out of it quick. You said you would come with me +if I went." +</P> + +<P> +"Oh, Jack, it would be the saving of you!" +</P> + +<P> +"I'm an honest man in some things, Ettie. I wouldn't hurt a hair of +your bonny head for all that the world can give, nor ever pull you down +one inch from the golden throne above the clouds where I always see +you. Would you trust me?" +</P> + +<P> +She put her hand in his without a word. "Well, then, listen to what I +say, and do as I order you, for indeed it's the only way for us. Things +are going to happen in this valley. I feel it in my bones. There may be +many of us that will have to look out for ourselves. I'm one, anyhow. +If I go, by day or night, it's you that must come with me!" +</P> + +<P> +"I'd come after you, Jack." +</P> + +<P> +"No, no, you shall come with me. If this valley is closed to me and I +can never come back, how can I leave you behind, and me perhaps in +hiding from the police with never a chance of a message? It's with me +you must come. I know a good woman in the place I come from, and it's +there I'd leave you till we can get married. Will you come?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, Jack, I will come." +</P> + +<P> +"God bless you for your trust in me! It's a fiend out of hell that I +should be if I abused it. Now, mark you, Ettie, it will be just a word +to you, and when it reaches you, you will drop everything and come +right down to the waiting room at the depot and stay there till I come +for you." +</P> + +<P> +"Day or night, I'll come at the word, Jack." +</P> + +<P> +Somewhat eased in mind, now that his own preparations for escape had +been begun, McMurdo went on to the lodge. It had already assembled, and +only by complicated signs and counter-signs could he pass through the +outer guard and inner guard who close-tiled it. A buzz of pleasure and +welcome greeted him as he entered. The long room was crowded, and +through the haze of tobacco smoke he saw the tangled black mane of the +Bodymaster, the cruel, unfriendly features of Baldwin, the vulture face +of Harraway, the secretary, and a dozen more who were among the leaders +of the lodge. He rejoiced that they should all be there to take counsel +over his news. +</P> + +<P> +"Indeed, it's glad we are to see you, Brother!" cried the chairman. +"There's business here that wants a Solomon in judgment to set it +right." +</P> + +<P> +"It's Lander and Egan," explained his neighbour as he took his seat. +"They both claim the head money given by the lodge for the shooting of +old man Crabbe over at Stylestown, and who's to say which fired the +bullet?" +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo rose in his place and raised his hand. The expression of his +face froze the attention of the audience. There was a dead hush of +expectation. +</P> + +<P> +"Eminent Bodymaster," he said, in a solemn voice, "I claim urgency!" +</P> + +<P> +"Brother McMurdo claims urgency," said McGinty. "It's a claim that by +the rules of this lodge takes precedence. Now Brother, we attend you." +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo took the letter from his pocket. +</P> + +<P> +"Eminent Bodymaster and Brethren," he said, "I am the bearer of ill +news this day; but it is better that it should be known and discussed, +than that a blow should fall upon us without warning which would +destroy us all. I have information that the most powerful and richest +organizations in this state have bound themselves together for our +destruction, and that at this very moment there is a Pinkerton +detective, one Birdy Edwards, at work in the valley collecting the +evidence which may put a rope round the necks of many of us, and send +every man in this room into a felon's cell. That is the situation for +the discussion of which I have made a claim of urgency." +</P> + +<P> +There was a dead silence in the room. It was broken by the chairman. +</P> + +<P> +"What is your evidence for this, Brother McMurdo?" he asked. +</P> + +<P> +"It is in this letter which has come into my hands," said McMurdo. He +read the passage aloud. "It is a matter of honour with me that I can +give no further particulars about the letter, nor put it into your +hands; but I assure you that there is nothing else in it which can +affect the interests of the lodge. I put the case before you as it has +reached me." +</P> + +<P> +"Let me say, Mr. Chairman," said one of the older brethren, "that I +have heard of Birdy Edwards, and that he has the name of being the best +man in the Pinkerton service." +</P> + +<P> +"Does anyone know him by sight?" asked McGinty. +</P> + +<P> +"Yes," said McMurdo, "I do." +</P> + +<P> +There was a murmur of astonishment through the hall. +</P> + +<P> +"I believe we hold him in the hollow of our hands," he continued with +an exulting smile upon his face. "If we act quickly and wisely, we can +cut this thing short. If I have your confidence and your help, it is +little that we have to fear." +</P> + +<P> +"What have we to fear, anyhow? What can he know of our affairs?" +</P> + +<P> +"You might say so if all were as stanch as you, Councillor. But this +man has all the millions of the capitalists at his back. Do you think +there is no weaker brother among all our lodges that could not be +bought? He will get at our secrets—maybe has got them already. There's +only one sure cure." +</P> + +<P> +"That he never leaves the valley," said Baldwin. +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo nodded. "Good for you, Brother Baldwin," he said. "You and I +have had our differences, but you have said the true word to-night." +</P> + +<P> +"Where is he, then? Where shall we know him?" +</P> + +<P> +"Eminent Bodymaster," said McMurdo, earnestly, "I would put it to you +that this is too vital a thing for us to discuss in open lodge. God +forbid that I should throw a doubt on anyone here; but if so much as a +word of gossip got to the ears of this man, there would be an end of +any chance of our getting him. I would ask the lodge to choose a trusty +committee, Mr. Chairman—yourself, if I might suggest it, and Brother +Baldwin here, and five more. Then I can talk freely of what I know and +of what I advise should be done." +</P> + +<P> +The proposition was at once adopted, and the committee chosen. Besides +the chairman and Baldwin there were the vulture-faced secretary, +Harraway, Tiger Cormac, the brutal young assassin, Carter, the +treasurer, and the brothers Willaby, fearless and desperate men who +would stick at nothing. +</P> + +<P> +The usual revelry of the lodge was short and subdued: for there was a +cloud upon the men's spirits, and many there for the first time began +to see the cloud of avenging Law drifting up in that serene sky under +which they had dwelt so long. The horrors they had dealt out to others +had been so much a part of their settled lives that the thought of +retribution had become a remote one, and so seemed the more startling +now that it came so closely upon them. They broke up early and left +their leaders to their council. +</P> + +<P> +"Now, McMurdo!" said McGinty when they were alone. The seven men sat +frozen in their seats. +</P> + +<P> +"I said just now that I knew Birdy Edwards," McMurdo explained. "I need +not tell you that he is not here under that name. He's a brave man, but +not a crazy one. He passes under the name of Steve Wilson, and he is +lodging at Hobson's Patch." +</P> + +<P> +"How do you know this?" +</P> + +<P> +"Because I fell into talk with him. I thought little of it at the time, +nor would have given it a second thought but for this letter; but now +I'm sure it's the man. I met him on the cars when I went down the line +on Wednesday—a hard case if ever there was one. He said he was a +reporter. I believed it for the moment. Wanted to know all he could +about the Scowrers and what he called 'the outrages' for a New York +paper. Asked me every kind of question so as to get something. You bet +I was giving nothing away. 'I'd pay for it and pay well,' said he, 'if +I could get some stuff that would suit my editor.' I said what I +thought would please him best, and he handed me a twenty-dollar bill +for my information. 'There's ten times that for you,' said he, 'if you +can find me all that I want.'" +</P> + +<P> +"What did you tell him, then?" +</P> + +<P> +"Any stuff I could make up." +</P> + +<P> +"How do you know he wasn't a newspaper man?" +</P> + +<P> +"I'll tell you. He got out at Hobson's Patch, and so did I. I chanced +into the telegraph bureau, and he was leaving it. +</P> + +<P> +"'See here,' said the operator after he'd gone out, 'I guess we should +charge double rates for this.'—'I guess you should,' said I. He had +filled the form with stuff that might have been Chinese, for all we +could make of it. 'He fires a sheet of this off every day,' said the +clerk. 'Yes,' said I; 'it's special news for his paper, and he's scared +that the others should tap it.' That was what the operator thought and +what I thought at the time; but I think differently now." +</P> + +<P> +"By Gar! I believe you are right," said McGinty. "But what do you allow +that we should do about it?" +</P> + +<P> +"Why not go right down now and fix him?" someone suggested. +</P> + +<P> +"Ay, the sooner the better." +</P> + +<P> +"I'd start this next minute if I knew where we could find him," said +McMurdo. "He's in Hobson's Patch; but I don't know the house. I've got +a plan, though, if you'll only take my advice." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, what is it?" +</P> + +<P> +"I'll go to the Patch to-morrow morning. I'll find him through the +operator. He can locate him, I guess. Well, then I'll tell him that I'm +a Freeman myself. I'll offer him all the secrets of the lodge for a +price. You bet he'll tumble to it. I'll tell him the papers are at my +house, and that it's as much as my life would be worth to let him come +while folk were about. He'll see that that's horse sense. Let him come +at ten o'clock at night, and he shall see everything. That will fetch +him sure." +</P> + +<P> +"Well?" +</P> + +<P> +"You can plan the rest for yourselves. Widow MacNamara's is a lonely +house. She's as true as steel and as deaf as a post. There's only +Scanlan and me in the house. If I get his promise—and I'll let you +know if I do—I'd have the whole seven of you come to me by nine +o'clock. We'll get him in. If ever he gets out alive—well, he can talk +of Birdy Edwards's luck for the rest of his days!" +</P> + +<P> +"There's going to be a vacancy at Pinkerton's or I'm mistaken. Leave it +at that, McMurdo. At nine to-morrow we'll be with you. You once get the +door shut behind him, and you can leave the rest with us." +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0207"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +Chapter 7 +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +The Trapping of Birdy Edwards +</H4> + +<P> +As McMurdo had said, the house in which he lived was a lonely one and +very well suited for such a crime as they had planned. It was on the +extreme fringe of the town and stood well back from the road. In any +other case the conspirators would have simply called out their man, as +they had many a time before, and emptied their pistols into his body; +but in this instance it was very necessary to find out how much he +knew, how he knew it, and what had been passed on to his employers. +</P> + +<P> +It was possible that they were already too late and that the work had +been done. If that was indeed so, they could at least have their +revenge upon the man who had done it. But they were hopeful that +nothing of great importance had yet come to the detective's knowledge, +as otherwise, they argued, he would not have troubled to write down and +forward such trivial information as McMurdo claimed to have given him. +However, all this they would learn from his own lips. Once in their +power, they would find a way to make him speak. It was not the first +time that they had handled an unwilling witness. +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo went to Hobson's Patch as agreed. The police seemed to take +particular interest in him that morning, and Captain Marvin—he who had +claimed the old acquaintance with him at Chicago—actually addressed +him as he waited at the station. McMurdo turned away and refused to +speak with him. He was back from his mission in the afternoon, and saw +McGinty at the Union House. +</P> + +<P> +"He is coming," he said. +</P> + +<P> +"Good!" said McGinty. The giant was in his shirt sleeves, with chains +and seals gleaming athwart his ample waistcoat and a diamond twinkling +through the fringe of his bristling beard. Drink and politics had made +the Boss a very rich as well as powerful man. The more terrible, +therefore, seemed that glimpse of the prison or the gallows which had +risen before him the night before. +</P> + +<P> +"Do you reckon he knows much?" he asked anxiously. +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo shook his head gloomily. "He's been here some time—six weeks +at the least. I guess he didn't come into these parts to look at the +prospect. If he has been working among us all that time with the +railroad money at his back, I should expect that he has got results, +and that he has passed them on." +</P> + +<P> +"There's not a weak man in the lodge," cried McGinty. "True as steel, +every man of them. And yet, by the Lord! there is that skunk Morris. +What about him? If any man gives us away, it would be he. I've a mind +to send a couple of the boys round before evening to give him a beating +up and see what they can get from him." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, there would be no harm in that," McMurdo answered. "I won't deny +that I have a liking for Morris and would be sorry to see him come to +harm. He has spoken to me once or twice over lodge matters, and though +he may not see them the same as you or I, he never seemed the sort that +squeals. But still it is not for me to stand between him and you." +</P> + +<P> +"I'll fix the old devil!" said McGinty with an oath. "I've had my eye +on him this year past." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, you know best about that," McMurdo answered. "But whatever you +do must be to-morrow; for we must lie low until the Pinkerton affair is +settled up. We can't afford to set the police buzzing, to-day of all +days." +</P> + +<P> +"True for you," said McGinty. "And we'll learn from Birdy Edwards +himself where he got his news if we have to cut his heart out first. +Did he seem to scent a trap?" +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo laughed. "I guess I took him on his weak point," he said. "If +he could get on a good trail of the Scowrers, he's ready to follow it +into hell. I took his money," McMurdo grinned as he produced a wad of +dollar notes, "and as much more when he has seen all my papers." +</P> + +<P> +"What papers?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, there are no papers. But I filled him up about constitutions and +books of rules and forms of membership. He expects to get right down to +the end of everything before he leaves." +</P> + +<P> +"Faith, he's right there," said McGinty grimly. "Didn't he ask you why +you didn't bring him the papers?" +</P> + +<P> +"As if I would carry such things, and me a suspected man, and Captain +Marvin after speaking to me this very day at the depot!" +</P> + +<P> +"Ay, I heard of that," said McGinty. "I guess the heavy end of this +business is coming on to you. We could put him down an old shaft when +we've done with him; but however we work it we can't get past the man +living at Hobson's Patch and you being there to-day." +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo shrugged his shoulders. "If we handle it right, they can never +prove the killing," said he. "No one can see him come to the house +after dark, and I'll lay to it that no one will see him go. Now see +here, Councillor, I'll show you my plan and I'll ask you to fit the +others into it. You will all come in good time. Very well. He comes at +ten. He is to tap three times, and me to open the door for him. Then +I'll get behind him and shut it. He's our man then." +</P> + +<P> +"That's all easy and plain." +</P> + +<P> +"Yes; but the next step wants considering. He's a hard proposition. +He's heavily armed. I've fooled him proper, and yet he is likely to be +on his guard. Suppose I show him right into a room with seven men in it +where he expected to find me alone. There is going to be shooting, and +somebody is going to be hurt." +</P> + +<P> +"That's so." +</P> + +<P> +"And the noise is going to bring every damned copper in the township on +top of it." +</P> + +<P> +"I guess you are right." +</P> + +<P> +"This is how I should work it. You will all be in the big room—same as +you saw when you had a chat with me. I'll open the door for him, show +him into the parlour beside the door, and leave him there while I get +the papers. That will give me the chance of telling you how things are +shaping. Then I will go back to him with some faked papers. As he is +reading them I will jump for him and get my grip on his pistol arm. +You'll hear me call and in you will rush. The quicker the better; for +he is as strong a man as I, and I may have more than I can manage. But +I allow that I can hold him till you come." +</P> + +<P> +"It's a good plan," said McGinty. "The lodge will owe you a debt for +this. I guess when I move out of the chair I can put a name to the man +that's coming after me." +</P> + +<P> +"Sure, Councillor, I am little more than a recruit," said McMurdo; but +his face showed what he thought of the great man's compliment. +</P> + +<P> +When he had returned home he made his own preparations for the grim +evening in front of him. First he cleaned, oiled, and loaded his Smith +& Wesson revolver. Then he surveyed the room in which the detective was +to be trapped. It was a large apartment, with a long deal table in the +centre, and the big stove at one side. At each of the other sides were +windows. There were no shutters on these: only light curtains which +drew across. McMurdo examined these attentively. No doubt it must have +struck him that the apartment was very exposed for so secret a meeting. +Yet its distance from the road made it of less consequence. Finally he +discussed the matter with his fellow lodger. Scanlan, though a Scowrer, +was an inoffensive little man who was too weak to stand against the +opinion of his comrades, but was secretly horrified by the deeds of +blood at which he had sometimes been forced to assist. McMurdo told him +shortly what was intended. +</P> + +<P> +"And if I were you, Mike Scanlan, I would take a night off and keep +clear of it. There will be bloody work here before morning." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, indeed then, Mac," Scanlan answered. "It's not the will but the +nerve that is wanting in me. When I saw Manager Dunn go down at the +colliery yonder it was just more than I could stand. I'm not made for +it, same as you or McGinty. If the lodge will think none the worse of +me, I'll just do as you advise and leave you to yourselves for the +evening." +</P> + +<P> +The men came in good time as arranged. They were outwardly respectable +citizens, well clad and cleanly; but a judge of faces would have read +little hope for Birdy Edwards in those hard mouths and remorseless +eyes. There was not a man in the room whose hands had not been reddened +a dozen times before. They were as hardened to human murder as a +butcher to sheep. +</P> + +<P> +Foremost, of course, both in appearance and in guilt, was the +formidable Boss. Harraway, the secretary, was a lean, bitter man with a +long, scraggy neck and nervous, jerky limbs, a man of incorruptible +fidelity where the finances of the order were concerned, and with no +notion of justice or honesty to anyone beyond. The treasurer, Carter, +was a middle-aged man, with an impassive, rather sulky expression, and +a yellow parchment skin. He was a capable organizer, and the actual +details of nearly every outrage had sprung from his plotting brain. The +two Willabys were men of action, tall, lithe young fellows with +determined faces, while their companion, Tiger Cormac, a heavy, dark +youth, was feared even by his own comrades for the ferocity of his +disposition. These were the men who assembled that night under the roof +of McMurdo for the killing of the Pinkerton detective. +</P> + +<P> +Their host had placed whisky upon the table, and they had hastened to +prime themselves for the work before them. Baldwin and Cormac were +already half-drunk, and the liquor had brought out all their ferocity. +Cormac placed his hands on the stove for an instant—it had been +lighted, for the nights were still cold. +</P> + +<P> +"That will do," said he, with an oath. +</P> + +<P> +"Ay," said Baldwin, catching his meaning. "If he is strapped to that, +we will have the truth out of him." +</P> + +<P> +"We'll have the truth out of him, never fear," said McMurdo. He had +nerves of steel, this man; for though the whole weight of the affair +was on him his manner was as cool and unconcerned as ever. The others +marked it and applauded. +</P> + +<P> +"You are the one to handle him," said the Boss approvingly. "Not a +warning will he get till your hand is on his throat. It's a pity there +are no shutters to your windows." +</P> + +<P> +McMurdo went from one to the other and drew the curtains tighter. "Sure +no one can spy upon us now. It's close upon the hour." +</P> + +<P> +"Maybe he won't come. Maybe he'll get a sniff of danger," said the +secretary. +</P> + +<P> +"He'll come, never fear," McMurdo answered. "He is as eager to come as +you can be to see him. Hark to that!" +</P> + +<P> +They all sat like wax figures, some with their glasses arrested halfway +to their lips. Three loud knocks had sounded at the door. +</P> + +<P> +"Hush!" McMurdo raised his hand in caution. An exulting glance went +round the circle, and hands were laid upon hidden weapons. +</P> + +<P> +"Not a sound, for your lives!" McMurdo whispered, as he went from the +room, closing the door carefully behind him. +</P> + +<P> +With strained ears the murderers waited. They counted the steps of +their comrade down the passage. Then they heard him open the outer +door. There were a few words as of greeting. Then they were aware of a +strange step inside and of an unfamiliar voice. An instant later came +the slam of the door and the turning of the key in the lock. Their prey +was safe within the trap. Tiger Cormac laughed horribly, and Boss +McGinty clapped his great hand across his mouth. +</P> + +<P> +"Be quiet, you fool!" he whispered. "You'll be the undoing of us yet!" +</P> + +<P> +There was a mutter of conversation from the next room. It seemed +interminable. Then the door opened, and McMurdo appeared, his finger +upon his lip. +</P> + +<P> +He came to the end of the table and looked round at them. A subtle +change had come over him. His manner was as of one who has great work +to do. His face had set into granite firmness. His eyes shone with a +fierce excitement behind his spectacles. He had become a visible leader +of men. They stared at him with eager interest; but he said nothing. +Still with the same singular gaze he looked from man to man. +</P> + +<P> +"Well!" cried Boss McGinty at last. "Is he here? Is Birdy Edwards here?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes," McMurdo answered slowly. "Birdy Edwards is here. I am Birdy +Edwards!" +</P> + +<P> +There were ten seconds after that brief speech during which the room +might have been empty, so profound was the silence. The hissing of a +kettle upon the stove rose sharp and strident to the ear. Seven white +faces, all turned upward to this man who dominated them, were set +motionless with utter terror. Then, with a sudden shivering of glass, a +bristle of glistening rifle barrels broke through each window, while +the curtains were torn from their hangings. +</P> + +<P> +At the sight Boss McGinty gave the roar of a wounded bear and plunged +for the half-opened door. A levelled revolver met him there with the +stern blue eyes of Captain Marvin of the Mine Police gleaming behind +the sights. The Boss recoiled and fell back into his chair. +</P> + +<P> +"You're safer there, Councillor," said the man whom they had known as +McMurdo. "And you, Baldwin, if you don't take your hand off your +pistol, you'll cheat the hangman yet. Pull it out, or by the Lord that +made me—There, that will do. There are forty armed men round this +house, and you can figure it out for yourself what chance you have. +Take their pistols, Marvin!" +</P> + +<P> +There was no possible resistance under the menace of those rifles. The +men were disarmed. Sulky, sheepish, and amazed, they still sat round +the table. +</P> + +<P> +"I'd like to say a word to you before we separate," said the man who +had trapped them. "I guess we may not meet again until you see me on +the stand in the courthouse. I'll give you something to think over +between now and then. You know me now for what I am. At last I can put +my cards on the table. I am Birdy Edwards of Pinkerton's. I was chosen +to break up your gang. I had a hard and dangerous game to play. Not a +soul, not one soul, not my nearest and dearest, knew that I was playing +it. Only Captain Marvin here and my employers knew that. But it's over +to-night, thank God, and I am the winner!" +</P> + +<P> +The seven pale, rigid faces looked up at him. There was unappeasable +hatred in their eyes. He read the relentless threat. +</P> + +<P> +"Maybe you think that the game is not over yet. Well, I take my chance +of that. Anyhow, some of you will take no further hand, and there are +sixty more besides yourselves that will see a jail this night. I'll +tell you this, that when I was put upon this job I never believed there +was such a society as yours. I thought it was paper talk, and that I +would prove it so. They told me it was to do with the Freemen; so I +went to Chicago and was made one. Then I was surer than ever that it +was just paper talk; for I found no harm in the society, but a deal of +good. +</P> + +<P> +"Still, I had to carry out my job, and I came to the coal valleys. When +I reached this place I learned that I was wrong and that it wasn't a +dime novel after all. So I stayed to look after it. I never killed a +man in Chicago. I never minted a dollar in my life. Those I gave you +were as good as any others; but I never spent money better. But I knew +the way into your good wishes and so I pretended to you that the law +was after me. It all worked just as I thought. +</P> + +<P> +"So I joined your infernal lodge, and I took my share in your councils. +Maybe they will say that I was as bad as you. They can say what they +like, so long as I get you. But what is the truth? The night I joined +you beat up old man Stanger. I could not warn him, for there was no +time; but I held your hand, Baldwin, when you would have killed him. If +ever I have suggested things, so as to keep my place among you, they +were things which I knew I could prevent. I could not save Dunn and +Menzies, for I did not know enough; but I will see that their murderers +are hanged. I gave Chester Wilcox warning, so that when I blew his +house in he and his folk were in hiding. There was many a crime that I +could not stop; but if you look back and think how often your man came +home the other road, or was down in town when you went for him, or +stayed indoors when you thought he would come out, you'll see my work." +</P> + +<P> +"You blasted traitor!" hissed McGinty through his closed teeth. +</P> + +<P> +"Ay, John McGinty, you may call me that if it eases your smart. You and +your like have been the enemy of God and man in these parts. It took a +man to get between you and the poor devils of men and women that you +held under your grip. There was just one way of doing it, and I did it. +You call me a traitor; but I guess there's many a thousand will call me +a deliverer that went down into hell to save them. I've had three +months of it. I wouldn't have three such months again if they let me +loose in the treasury at Washington for it. I had to stay till I had it +all, every man and every secret right here in this hand. I'd have +waited a little longer if it hadn't come to my knowledge that my secret +was coming out. A letter had come into the town that would have set you +wise to it all. Then I had to act and act quickly. +</P> + +<P> +"I've nothing more to say to you, except that when my time comes I'll +die the easier when I think of the work I have done in this valley. +Now, Marvin, I'll keep you no more. Take them in and get it over." +</P> + +<P> +There is little more to tell. Scanlan had been given a sealed note to +be left at the address of Miss Ettie Shafter, a mission which he had +accepted with a wink and a knowing smile. In the early hours of the +morning a beautiful woman and a much muffled man boarded a special +train which had been sent by the railroad company, and made a swift, +unbroken journey out of the land of danger. It was the last time that +ever either Ettie or her lover set foot in the Valley of Fear. Ten days +later they were married in Chicago, with old Jacob Shafter as witness +of the wedding. +</P> + +<P> +The trial of the Scowrers was held far from the place where their +adherents might have terrified the guardians of the law. In vain they +struggled. In vain the money of the lodge—money squeezed by blackmail +out of the whole countryside—was spent like water in the attempt to +save them. That cold, clear, unimpassioned statement from one who knew +every detail of their lives, their organization, and their crimes was +unshaken by all the wiles of their defenders. At last after so many +years they were broken and scattered. The cloud was lifted forever from +the valley. +</P> + +<P> +McGinty met his fate upon the scaffold, cringing and whining when the +last hour came. Eight of his chief followers shared his fate. Fifty-odd +had various degrees of imprisonment. The work of Birdy Edwards was +complete. +</P> + +<P> +And yet, as he had guessed, the game was not over yet. There was +another hand to be played, and yet another and another. Ted Baldwin, +for one, had escaped the scaffold; so had the Willabys; so had several +others of the fiercest spirits of the gang. For ten years they were out +of the world, and then came a day when they were free once more—a day +which Edwards, who knew his men, was very sure would be an end of his +life of peace. They had sworn an oath on all that they thought holy to +have his blood as a vengeance for their comrades. And well they strove +to keep their vow! +</P> + +<P> +From Chicago he was chased, after two attempts so near success that it +was sure that the third would get him. From Chicago he went under a +changed name to California, and it was there that the light went for a +time out of his life when Ettie Edwards died. Once again he was nearly +killed, and once again under the name of Douglas he worked in a lonely +canyon, where with an English partner named Barker he amassed a +fortune. At last there came a warning to him that the bloodhounds were +on his track once more, and he cleared—only just in time—for England. +And thence came the John Douglas who for a second time married a worthy +mate, and lived for five years as a Sussex county gentleman, a life +which ended with the strange happenings of which we have heard. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="epilogue"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +Epilogue +</H3> + +<P> +The police trial had passed, in which the case of John Douglas was +referred to a higher court. So had the Quarter Sessions, at which he +was acquitted as having acted in self-defense. +</P> + +<P> +"Get him out of England at any cost," wrote Holmes to the wife. "There +are forces here which may be more dangerous than those he has escaped. +There is no safety for your husband in England." +</P> + +<P> +Two months had gone by, and the case had to some extent passed from our +minds. Then one morning there came an enigmatic note slipped into our +letter box. "Dear me, Mr. Holmes. Dear me!" said this singular epistle. +There was neither superscription nor signature. I laughed at the quaint +message; but Holmes showed unwonted seriousness. +</P> + +<P> +"Deviltry, Watson!" he remarked, and sat long with a clouded brow. +</P> + +<P> +Late last night Mrs. Hudson, our landlady, brought up a message that a +gentleman wished to see Holmes, and that the matter was of the utmost +importance. Close at the heels of his messenger came Cecil Barker, our +friend of the moated Manor House. His face was drawn and haggard. +</P> + +<P> +"I've had bad news—terrible news, Mr. Holmes," said he. +</P> + +<P> +"I feared as much," said Holmes. +</P> + +<P> +"You have not had a cable, have you?" +</P> + +<P> +"I have had a note from someone who has." +</P> + +<P> +"It's poor Douglas. They tell me his name is Edwards; but he will +always be Jack Douglas of Benito Canyon to me. I told you that they +started together for South Africa in the Palmyra three weeks ago." +</P> + +<P> +"Exactly." +</P> + +<P> +"The ship reached Cape Town last night. I received this cable from Mrs +Douglas this morning:— +</P> + +<P> +"Jack has been lost overboard in gale off St Helena. No one knows how +accident occurred.—Ivy Douglas." +</P> + +<P> +"Ha! It came like that, did it?" said Holmes, thoughtfully. "Well, I've +no doubt it was well stage-managed." +</P> + +<P> +"You mean that you think there was no accident?" +</P> + +<P> +"None in the world." +</P> + +<P> +"He was murdered?" +</P> + +<P> +"Surely!" +</P> + +<P> +"So I think also. These infernal Scowrers, this cursed vindictive nest +of criminals—" +</P> + +<P> +"No, no, my good sir," said Holmes. "There is a master hand here. It is +no case of sawed-off shot-guns and clumsy six-shooters. You can tell an +old master by the sweep of his brush. I can tell a Moriarty when I see +one. This crime is from London, not from America." +</P> + +<P> +"But for what motive?" +</P> + +<P> +"Because it is done by a man who cannot afford to fail—one whose whole +unique position depends upon the fact that all he does must succeed. A +great brain and a huge organization have been turned to the extinction +of one man. It is crushing the nut with the hammer—an absurd +extravagance of energy—but the nut is very effectually crushed all the +same." +</P> + +<P> +"How came this man to have anything to do with it?" +</P> + +<P> +"I can only say that the first word that ever came to us of the +business was from one of his lieutenants. These Americans were well +advised. Having an English job to do, they took into partnership, as +any foreign criminal could do, this great consultant in crime. From +that moment their man was doomed. At first he would content himself by +using his machinery in order to find their victim. Then he would +indicate how the matter might be treated. Finally, when he read in the +reports of the failure of this agent, he would step in himself with a +master touch. You heard me warn this man at Birlstone Manor House that +the coming danger was greater than the past. Was I right?" +</P> + +<P> +Barker beat his head with his clenched fist in his impotent anger. +</P> + +<P> +"Do you tell me that we have to sit down under this? Do you say that no +one can ever get level with this king-devil?" +</P> + +<P> +"No, I don't say that," said Holmes, and his eyes seemed to be looking +far into the future. "I don't say that he can't be beat. But you must +give me time—you must give me time!" +</P> + +<P> +We all sat in silence for some minutes, while those fateful eyes still +strained to pierce the veil. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR><BR> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's The Valley of Fear, by Arthur Conan Doyle + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE VALLEY OF FEAR *** + +***** This file should be named 3776-h.htm or 3776-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/7/3776/ + +Produced by Toby F. Charkin. HTML version by Al Haines. + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</BODY> + +</HTML> + + diff --git a/3776.txt b/3776.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..200d621 --- /dev/null +++ b/3776.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7256 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Valley of Fear, by Arthur Conan Doyle + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Valley of Fear + +Author: Arthur Conan Doyle + +Posting Date: May 15, 2009 [EBook #3776] +Release Date: February, 2003 +First Posted: September 3, 2001 +Last Updated: February 10, 2005 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE VALLEY OF FEAR *** + + + + +Produced by Toby F. Charkin. HTML version by Al Haines. + + + + + + + + + +The Valley Of Fear + + +by + +Sir Arthur Conan Doyle + + + + +CONTENTS + + +PART 1--The Tragedy of Birlstone + +Chapter + + 1 The Warning + 2 Sherlock Holmes Discourses + 3 The Tragedy of Birlstone + 4 Darkness + 5 The People Of the Drama + 6 A Dawning Light + 7 The Solution + + +PART 2--The Scowrers + + 1 The Man + 2 The Bodymaster + 3 Lodge 341, Vermissa + 4 The Valley of Fear + 5 The Darkest Hour + 6 Danger + 7 The Trapping of Birdy Edwards + + + + +PART 1 + +The Tragedy of Birlstone + + + +Chapter 1 + +The Warning + +"I am inclined to think--" said I. + +"I should do so," Sherlock Holmes remarked impatiently. + +I believe that I am one of the most long-suffering of mortals; but I'll +admit that I was annoyed at the sardonic interruption. + +"Really, Holmes," said I severely, "you are a little trying at times." + +He was too much absorbed with his own thoughts to give any immediate +answer to my remonstrance. He leaned upon his hand, with his untasted +breakfast before him, and he stared at the slip of paper which he had +just drawn from its envelope. Then he took the envelope itself, held it +up to the light, and very carefully studied both the exterior and the +flap. + +"It is Porlock's writing," said he thoughtfully. "I can hardly doubt +that it is Porlock's writing, though I have seen it only twice before. +The Greek e with the peculiar top flourish is distinctive. But if it is +Porlock, then it must be something of the very first importance." + +He was speaking to himself rather than to me; but my vexation +disappeared in the interest which the words awakened. + +"Who then is Porlock?" I asked. + +"Porlock, Watson, is a nom-de-plume, a mere identification mark; but +behind it lies a shifty and evasive personality. In a former letter he +frankly informed me that the name was not his own, and defied me ever +to trace him among the teeming millions of this great city. Porlock is +important, not for himself, but for the great man with whom he is in +touch. Picture to yourself the pilot fish with the shark, the jackal +with the lion--anything that is insignificant in companionship with +what is formidable: not only formidable, Watson, but sinister--in the +highest degree sinister. That is where he comes within my purview. You +have heard me speak of Professor Moriarty?" + +"The famous scientific criminal, as famous among crooks as--" + +"My blushes, Watson!" Holmes murmured in a deprecating voice. + +"I was about to say, as he is unknown to the public." + +"A touch! A distinct touch!" cried Holmes. "You are developing a +certain unexpected vein of pawky humour, Watson, against which I must +learn to guard myself. But in calling Moriarty a criminal you are +uttering libel in the eyes of the law--and there lie the glory and the +wonder of it! The greatest schemer of all time, the organizer of every +deviltry, the controlling brain of the underworld, a brain which might +have made or marred the destiny of nations--that's the man! But so +aloof is he from general suspicion, so immune from criticism, so +admirable in his management and self-effacement, that for those very +words that you have uttered he could hale you to a court and emerge +with your year's pension as a solatium for his wounded character. Is he +not the celebrated author of The Dynamics of an Asteroid, a book which +ascends to such rarefied heights of pure mathematics that it is said +that there was no man in the scientific press capable of criticizing +it? Is this a man to traduce? Foul-mouthed doctor and slandered +professor--such would be your respective roles! That's genius, Watson. +But if I am spared by lesser men, our day will surely come." + +"May I be there to see!" I exclaimed devoutly. "But you were speaking +of this man Porlock." + +"Ah, yes--the so-called Porlock is a link in the chain some little way +from its great attachment. Porlock is not quite a sound link--between +ourselves. He is the only flaw in that chain so far as I have been able +to test it." + +"But no chain is stronger than its weakest link." + +"Exactly, my dear Watson! Hence the extreme importance of Porlock. Led +on by some rudimentary aspirations towards right, and encouraged by the +judicious stimulation of an occasional ten-pound note sent to him by +devious methods, he has once or twice given me advance information +which has been of value--that highest value which anticipates and +prevents rather than avenges crime. I cannot doubt that, if we had the +cipher, we should find that this communication is of the nature that I +indicate." + +Again Holmes flattened out the paper upon his unused plate. I rose and, +leaning over him, stared down at the curious inscription, which ran as +follows: + + 534 C2 13 127 36 31 4 17 21 41 + + DOUGLAS 109 293 5 37 BIRLSTONE + + 26 BIRLSTONE 9 47 171 + + +"What do you make of it, Holmes?" + +"It is obviously an attempt to convey secret information." + +"But what is the use of a cipher message without the cipher?" + +"In this instance, none at all." + +"Why do you say 'in this instance'?" + +"Because there are many ciphers which I would read as easily as I do +the apocrypha of the agony column: such crude devices amuse the +intelligence without fatiguing it. But this is different. It is clearly +a reference to the words in a page of some book. Until I am told which +page and which book I am powerless." + +"But why 'Douglas' and 'Birlstone'?" + +"Clearly because those are words which were not contained in the page +in question." + +"Then why has he not indicated the book?" + +"Your native shrewdness, my dear Watson, that innate cunning which is +the delight of your friends, would surely prevent you from inclosing +cipher and message in the same envelope. Should it miscarry, you are +undone. As it is, both have to go wrong before any harm comes from it. +Our second post is now overdue, and I shall be surprised if it does not +bring us either a further letter of explanation, or, as is more +probable, the very volume to which these figures refer." + +Holmes's calculation was fulfilled within a very few minutes by the +appearance of Billy, the page, with the very letter which we were +expecting. + +"The same writing," remarked Holmes, as he opened the envelope, "and +actually signed," he added in an exultant voice as he unfolded the +epistle. "Come, we are getting on, Watson." His brow clouded, however, +as he glanced over the contents. + +"Dear me, this is very disappointing! I fear, Watson, that all our +expectations come to nothing. I trust that the man Porlock will come to +no harm. + + + "DEAR MR. HOLMES [he says]: + + "I will go no further in this matter. It is too dangerous--he + suspects me. I can see that he suspects me. He came to me + quite unexpectedly after I had actually addressed this envelope + with the intention of sending you the key to the cipher. + I was able to cover it up. If he had seen it, it would have + gone hard with me. But I read suspicion in his eyes. Please + burn the cipher message, which can now be of no use to you. + + FRED PORLOCK." + + +Holmes sat for some little time twisting this letter between his +fingers, and frowning, as he stared into the fire. + +"After all," he said at last, "there may be nothing in it. It may be +only his guilty conscience. Knowing himself to be a traitor, he may +have read the accusation in the other's eyes." + +"The other being, I presume, Professor Moriarty." + +"No less! When any of that party talk about 'He' you know whom they +mean. There is one predominant 'He' for all of them." + +"But what can he do?" + +"Hum! That's a large question. When you have one of the first brains of +Europe up against you, and all the powers of darkness at his back, +there are infinite possibilities. Anyhow, Friend Porlock is evidently +scared out of his senses--kindly compare the writing in the note to +that upon its envelope; which was done, he tells us, before this +ill-omened visit. The one is clear and firm. The other hardly legible." + +"Why did he write at all? Why did he not simply drop it?" + +"Because he feared I would make some inquiry after him in that case, +and possibly bring trouble on him." + +"No doubt," said I. "Of course." I had picked up the original cipher +message and was bending my brows over it. "It's pretty maddening to +think that an important secret may lie here on this slip of paper, and +that it is beyond human power to penetrate it." + +Sherlock Holmes had pushed away his untasted breakfast and lit the +unsavoury pipe which was the companion of his deepest meditations. "I +wonder!" said he, leaning back and staring at the ceiling. "Perhaps +there are points which have escaped your Machiavellian intellect. Let +us consider the problem in the light of pure reason. This man's +reference is to a book. That is our point of departure." + +"A somewhat vague one." + +"Let us see then if we can narrow it down. As I focus my mind upon it, +it seems rather less impenetrable. What indications have we as to this +book?" + +"None." + +"Well, well, it is surely not quite so bad as that. The cipher message +begins with a large 534, does it not? We may take it as a working +hypothesis that 534 is the particular page to which the cipher refers. +So our book has already become a large book which is surely something +gained. What other indications have we as to the nature of this large +book? The next sign is C2. What do you make of that, Watson?" + +"Chapter the second, no doubt." + +"Hardly that, Watson. You will, I am sure, agree with me that if the +page be given, the number of the chapter is immaterial. Also that if +page 534 finds us only in the second chapter, the length of the first +one must have been really intolerable." + +"Column!" I cried. + +"Brilliant, Watson. You are scintillating this morning. If it is not +column, then I am very much deceived. So now, you see, we begin to +visualize a large book printed in double columns which are each of a +considerable length, since one of the words is numbered in the document +as the two hundred and ninety-third. Have we reached the limits of what +reason can supply?" + +"I fear that we have." + +"Surely you do yourself an injustice. One more coruscation, my dear +Watson--yet another brain-wave! Had the volume been an unusual one, he +would have sent it to me. Instead of that, he had intended, before his +plans were nipped, to send me the clue in this envelope. He says so in +his note. This would seem to indicate that the book is one which he +thought I would have no difficulty in finding for myself. He had +it--and he imagined that I would have it, too. In short, Watson, it is +a very common book." + +"What you say certainly sounds plausible." + +"So we have contracted our field of search to a large book, printed in +double columns and in common use." + +"The Bible!" I cried triumphantly. + +"Good, Watson, good! But not, if I may say so, quite good enough! Even +if I accepted the compliment for myself I could hardly name any volume +which would be less likely to lie at the elbow of one of Moriarty's +associates. Besides, the editions of Holy Writ are so numerous that he +could hardly suppose that two copies would have the same pagination. +This is clearly a book which is standardized. He knows for certain that +his page 534 will exactly agree with my page 534." + +"But very few books would correspond with that." + +"Exactly. Therein lies our salvation. Our search is narrowed down to +standardized books which anyone may be supposed to possess." + +"Bradshaw!" + +"There are difficulties, Watson. The vocabulary of Bradshaw is nervous +and terse, but limited. The selection of words would hardly lend itself +to the sending of general messages. We will eliminate Bradshaw. The +dictionary is, I fear, inadmissible for the same reason. What then is +left?" + +"An almanac!" + +"Excellent, Watson! I am very much mistaken if you have not touched the +spot. An almanac! Let us consider the claims of Whitaker's Almanac. It +is in common use. It has the requisite number of pages. It is in double +column. Though reserved in its earlier vocabulary, it becomes, if I +remember right, quite garrulous towards the end." He picked the volume +from his desk. "Here is page 534, column two, a substantial block of +print dealing, I perceive, with the trade and resources of British +India. Jot down the words, Watson! Number thirteen is 'Mahratta.' Not, +I fear, a very auspicious beginning. Number one hundred and +twenty-seven is 'Government'; which at least makes sense, though +somewhat irrelevant to ourselves and Professor Moriarty. Now let us try +again. What does the Mahratta government do? Alas! the next word is +'pig's-bristles.' We are undone, my good Watson! It is finished!" + +He had spoken in jesting vein, but the twitching of his bushy eyebrows +bespoke his disappointment and irritation. I sat helpless and unhappy, +staring into the fire. A long silence was broken by a sudden +exclamation from Holmes, who dashed at a cupboard, from which he +emerged with a second yellow-covered volume in his hand. + +"We pay the price, Watson, for being too up-to-date!" he cried. "We are +before our time, and suffer the usual penalties. Being the seventh of +January, we have very properly laid in the new almanac. It is more than +likely that Porlock took his message from the old one. No doubt he +would have told us so had his letter of explanation been written. Now +let us see what page 534 has in store for us. Number thirteen is +'There,' which is much more promising. Number one hundred and +twenty-seven is 'is'--'There is'"--Holmes's eyes were gleaming with +excitement, and his thin, nervous fingers twitched as he counted the +words--"'danger.' Ha! Ha! Capital! Put that down, Watson. 'There is +danger--may--come--very--soon--one.' Then we have the name 'Douglas'-- +'rich--country--now--at--Birlstone--House--Birlstone--confidence--is-- +pressing.' There, Watson! What do you think of pure reason and its +fruit? If the greengrocer had such a thing as a laurel wreath, I +should send Billy round for it." + +I was staring at the strange message which I had scrawled, as he +deciphered it, upon a sheet of foolscap on my knee. + +"What a queer, scrambling way of expressing his meaning!" said I. + +"On the contrary, he has done quite remarkably well," said Holmes. +"When you search a single column for words with which to express your +meaning, you can hardly expect to get everything you want. You are +bound to leave something to the intelligence of your correspondent. The +purport is perfectly clear. Some deviltry is intended against one +Douglas, whoever he may be, residing as stated, a rich country +gentleman. He is sure--'confidence' was as near as he could get to +'confident'--that it is pressing. There is our result--and a very +workmanlike little bit of analysis it was!" + +Holmes had the impersonal joy of the true artist in his better work, +even as he mourned darkly when it fell below the high level to which he +aspired. He was still chuckling over his success when Billy swung open +the door and Inspector MacDonald of Scotland Yard was ushered into the +room. + +Those were the early days at the end of the '80's, when Alec MacDonald +was far from having attained the national fame which he has now +achieved. He was a young but trusted member of the detective force, who +had distinguished himself in several cases which had been entrusted to +him. His tall, bony figure gave promise of exceptional physical +strength, while his great cranium and deep-set, lustrous eyes spoke no +less clearly of the keen intelligence which twinkled out from behind +his bushy eyebrows. He was a silent, precise man with a dour nature and +a hard Aberdonian accent. + +Twice already in his career had Holmes helped him to attain success, +his own sole reward being the intellectual joy of the problem. For this +reason the affection and respect of the Scotchman for his amateur +colleague were profound, and he showed them by the frankness with which +he consulted Holmes in every difficulty. Mediocrity knows nothing +higher than itself; but talent instantly recognizes genius, and +MacDonald had talent enough for his profession to enable him to +perceive that there was no humiliation in seeking the assistance of one +who already stood alone in Europe, both in his gifts and in his +experience. Holmes was not prone to friendship, but he was tolerant of +the big Scotchman, and smiled at the sight of him. + +"You are an early bird, Mr. Mac," said he. "I wish you luck with your +worm. I fear this means that there is some mischief afoot." + +"If you said 'hope' instead of 'fear,' it would be nearer the truth, +I'm thinking, Mr. Holmes," the inspector answered, with a knowing grin. +"Well, maybe a wee nip would keep out the raw morning chill. No, I +won't smoke, I thank you. I'll have to be pushing on my way; for the +early hours of a case are the precious ones, as no man knows better +than your own self. But--but--" + +The inspector had stopped suddenly, and was staring with a look of +absolute amazement at a paper upon the table. It was the sheet upon +which I had scrawled the enigmatic message. + +"Douglas!" he stammered. "Birlstone! What's this, Mr. Holmes? Man, it's +witchcraft! Where in the name of all that is wonderful did you get +those names?" + +"It is a cipher that Dr. Watson and I have had occasion to solve. But +why--what's amiss with the names?" + +The inspector looked from one to the other of us in dazed astonishment. +"Just this," said he, "that Mr. Douglas of Birlstone Manor House was +horribly murdered last night!" + + + +Chapter 2 + +Sherlock Holmes Discourses + +It was one of those dramatic moments for which my friend existed. It +would be an overstatement to say that he was shocked or even excited by +the amazing announcement. Without having a tinge of cruelty in his +singular composition, he was undoubtedly callous from long +over-stimulation. Yet, if his emotions were dulled, his intellectual +perceptions were exceedingly active. There was no trace then of the +horror which I had myself felt at this curt declaration; but his face +showed rather the quiet and interested composure of the chemist who +sees the crystals falling into position from his oversaturated solution. + +"Remarkable!" said he. "Remarkable!" + +"You don't seem surprised." + +"Interested, Mr. Mac, but hardly surprised. Why should I be surprised? +I receive an anonymous communication from a quarter which I know to be +important, warning me that danger threatens a certain person. Within an +hour I learn that this danger has actually materialized and that the +person is dead. I am interested; but, as you observe, I am not +surprised." + +In a few short sentences he explained to the inspector the facts about +the letter and the cipher. MacDonald sat with his chin on his hands and +his great sandy eyebrows bunched into a yellow tangle. + +"I was going down to Birlstone this morning," said he. "I had come to +ask you if you cared to come with me--you and your friend here. But +from what you say we might perhaps be doing better work in London." + +"I rather think not," said Holmes. + +"Hang it all, Mr. Holmes!" cried the inspector. "The papers will be +full of the Birlstone mystery in a day or two; but where's the mystery +if there is a man in London who prophesied the crime before ever it +occurred? We have only to lay our hands on that man, and the rest will +follow." + +"No doubt, Mr. Mac. But how do you propose to lay your hands on the +so-called Porlock?" + +MacDonald turned over the letter which Holmes had handed him. "Posted +in Camberwell--that doesn't help us much. Name, you say, is assumed. +Not much to go on, certainly. Didn't you say that you have sent him +money?" + +"Twice." + +"And how?" + +"In notes to Camberwell post-office." + +"Did you ever trouble to see who called for them?" + +"No." + +The inspector looked surprised and a little shocked. "Why not?" + +"Because I always keep faith. I had promised when he first wrote that I +would not try to trace him." + +"You think there is someone behind him?" + +"I know there is." + +"This professor that I've heard you mention?" + +"Exactly!" + +Inspector MacDonald smiled, and his eyelid quivered as he glanced +towards me. "I won't conceal from you, Mr. Holmes, that we think in the +C. I. D. that you have a wee bit of a bee in your bonnet over this +professor. I made some inquiries myself about the matter. He seems to +be a very respectable, learned, and talented sort of man." + +"I'm glad you've got so far as to recognize the talent." + +"Man, you can't but recognize it! After I heard your view I made it my +business to see him. I had a chat with him on eclipses. How the talk +got that way I canna think; but he had out a reflector lantern and a +globe, and made it all clear in a minute. He lent me a book; but I +don't mind saying that it was a bit above my head, though I had a good +Aberdeen upbringing. He'd have made a grand meenister with his thin +face and gray hair and solemn-like way of talking. When he put his hand +on my shoulder as we were parting, it was like a father's blessing +before you go out into the cold, cruel world." + +Holmes chuckled and rubbed his hands. "Great!" he said. "Great! Tell +me, Friend MacDonald, this pleasing and touching interview was, I +suppose, in the professor's study?" + +"That's so." + +"A fine room, is it not?" + +"Very fine--very handsome indeed, Mr. Holmes." + +"You sat in front of his writing desk?" + +"Just so." + +"Sun in your eyes and his face in the shadow?" + +"Well, it was evening; but I mind that the lamp was turned on my face." + +"It would be. Did you happen to observe a picture over the professor's +head?" + +"I don't miss much, Mr. Holmes. Maybe I learned that from you. Yes, I +saw the picture--a young woman with her head on her hands, peeping at +you sideways." + +"That painting was by Jean Baptiste Greuze." + +The inspector endeavoured to look interested. + +"Jean Baptiste Greuze," Holmes continued, joining his finger tips and +leaning well back in his chair, "was a French artist who flourished +between the years 1750 and 1800. I allude, of course to his working +career. Modern criticism has more than indorsed the high opinion formed +of him by his contemporaries." + +The inspector's eyes grew abstracted. "Hadn't we better--" he said. + +"We are doing so," Holmes interrupted. "All that I am saying has a very +direct and vital bearing upon what you have called the Birlstone +Mystery. In fact, it may in a sense be called the very centre of it." + +MacDonald smiled feebly, and looked appealingly to me. "Your thoughts +move a bit too quick for me, Mr. Holmes. You leave out a link or two, +and I can't get over the gap. What in the whole wide world can be the +connection between this dead painting man and the affair at Birlstone?" + +"All knowledge comes useful to the detective," remarked Holmes. "Even +the trivial fact that in the year 1865 a picture by Greuze entitled La +Jeune Fille a l'Agneau fetched one million two hundred thousand +francs--more than forty thousand pounds--at the Portalis sale may start +a train of reflection in your mind." + +It was clear that it did. The inspector looked honestly interested. + +"I may remind you," Holmes continued, "that the professor's salary can +be ascertained in several trustworthy books of reference. It is seven +hundred a year." + +"Then how could he buy--" + +"Quite so! How could he?" + +"Ay, that's remarkable," said the inspector thoughtfully. "Talk away, +Mr. Holmes. I'm just loving it. It's fine!" + +Holmes smiled. He was always warmed by genuine admiration--the +characteristic of the real artist. "What about Birlstone?" he asked. + +"We've time yet," said the inspector, glancing at his watch. "I've a +cab at the door, and it won't take us twenty minutes to Victoria. But +about this picture: I thought you told me once, Mr. Holmes, that you +had never met Professor Moriarty." + +"No, I never have." + +"Then how do you know about his rooms?" + +"Ah, that's another matter. I have been three times in his rooms, twice +waiting for him under different pretexts and leaving before he came. +Once--well, I can hardly tell about the once to an official detective. +It was on the last occasion that I took the liberty of running over his +papers--with the most unexpected results." + +"You found something compromising?" + +"Absolutely nothing. That was what amazed me. However, you have now +seen the point of the picture. It shows him to be a very wealthy man. +How did he acquire wealth? He is unmarried. His younger brother is a +station master in the west of England. His chair is worth seven hundred +a year. And he owns a Greuze." + +"Well?" + +"Surely the inference is plain." + +"You mean that he has a great income and that he must earn it in an +illegal fashion?" + +"Exactly. Of course I have other reasons for thinking so--dozens of +exiguous threads which lead vaguely up towards the centre of the web +where the poisonous, motionless creature is lurking. I only mention the +Greuze because it brings the matter within the range of your own +observation." + +"Well, Mr. Holmes, I admit that what you say is interesting: it's more +than interesting--it's just wonderful. But let us have it a little +clearer if you can. Is it forgery, coining, burglary--where does the +money come from?" + +"Have you ever read of Jonathan Wild?" + +"Well, the name has a familiar sound. Someone in a novel, was he not? I +don't take much stock of detectives in novels--chaps that do things and +never let you see how they do them. That's just inspiration: not +business." + +"Jonathan Wild wasn't a detective, and he wasn't in a novel. He was a +master criminal, and he lived last century--1750 or thereabouts." + +"Then he's no use to me. I'm a practical man." + +"Mr. Mac, the most practical thing that you ever did in your life would +be to shut yourself up for three months and read twelve hours a day at +the annals of crime. Everything comes in circles--even Professor +Moriarty. Jonathan Wild was the hidden force of the London criminals, +to whom he sold his brains and his organization on a fifteen per cent +commission. The old wheel turns, and the same spoke comes up. It's all +been done before, and will be again. I'll tell you one or two things +about Moriarty which may interest you." + +"You'll interest me, right enough." + +"I happen to know who is the first link in his chain--a chain with this +Napoleon-gone-wrong at one end, and a hundred broken fighting men, +pickpockets, blackmailers, and card sharpers at the other, with every +sort of crime in between. His chief of staff is Colonel Sebastian +Moran, as aloof and guarded and inaccessible to the law as himself. +What do you think he pays him?" + +"I'd like to hear." + +"Six thousand a year. That's paying for brains, you see--the American +business principle. I learned that detail quite by chance. It's more +than the Prime Minister gets. That gives you an idea of Moriarty's +gains and of the scale on which he works. Another point: I made it my +business to hunt down some of Moriarty's checks lately--just common +innocent checks that he pays his household bills with. They were drawn +on six different banks. Does that make any impression on your mind?" + +"Queer, certainly! But what do you gather from it?" + +"That he wanted no gossip about his wealth. No single man should know +what he had. I have no doubt that he has twenty banking accounts; the +bulk of his fortune abroad in the Deutsche Bank or the Credit Lyonnais +as likely as not. Sometime when you have a year or two to spare I +commend to you the study of Professor Moriarty." + +Inspector MacDonald had grown steadily more impressed as the +conversation proceeded. He had lost himself in his interest. Now his +practical Scotch intelligence brought him back with a snap to the +matter in hand. + +"He can keep, anyhow," said he. "You've got us side-tracked with your +interesting anecdotes, Mr. Holmes. What really counts is your remark +that there is some connection between the professor and the crime. That +you get from the warning received through the man Porlock. Can we for +our present practical needs get any further than that?" + +"We may form some conception as to the motives of the crime. It is, as +I gather from your original remarks, an inexplicable, or at least an +unexplained, murder. Now, presuming that the source of the crime is as +we suspect it to be, there might be two different motives. In the first +place, I may tell you that Moriarty rules with a rod of iron over his +people. His discipline is tremendous. There is only one punishment in +his code. It is death. Now we might suppose that this murdered +man--this Douglas whose approaching fate was known by one of the +arch-criminal's subordinates--had in some way betrayed the chief. His +punishment followed, and would be known to all--if only to put the fear +of death into them." + +"Well, that is one suggestion, Mr. Holmes." + +"The other is that it has been engineered by Moriarty in the ordinary +course of business. Was there any robbery?" + +"I have not heard." + +"If so, it would, of course, be against the first hypothesis and in +favour of the second. Moriarty may have been engaged to engineer it on +a promise of part spoils, or he may have been paid so much down to +manage it. Either is possible. But whichever it may be, or if it is +some third combination, it is down at Birlstone that we must seek the +solution. I know our man too well to suppose that he has left anything +up here which may lead us to him." + +"Then to Birlstone we must go!" cried MacDonald, jumping from his +chair. "My word! it's later than I thought. I can give you, gentlemen, +five minutes for preparation, and that is all." + +"And ample for us both," said Holmes, as he sprang up and hastened to +change from his dressing gown to his coat. "While we are on our way, +Mr. Mac, I will ask you to be good enough to tell me all about it." + +"All about it" proved to be disappointingly little, and yet there was +enough to assure us that the case before us might well be worthy of the +expert's closest attention. He brightened and rubbed his thin hands +together as he listened to the meagre but remarkable details. A long +series of sterile weeks lay behind us, and here at last there was a +fitting object for those remarkable powers which, like all special +gifts, become irksome to their owner when they are not in use. That +razor brain blunted and rusted with inaction. + +Sherlock Holmes's eyes glistened, his pale cheeks took a warmer hue, +and his whole eager face shone with an inward light when the call for +work reached him. Leaning forward in the cab, he listened intently to +MacDonald's short sketch of the problem which awaited us in Sussex. The +inspector was himself dependent, as he explained to us, upon a +scribbled account forwarded to him by the milk train in the early hours +of the morning. White Mason, the local officer, was a personal friend, +and hence MacDonald had been notified much more promptly than is usual +at Scotland Yard when provincials need their assistance. It is a very +cold scent upon which the Metropolitan expert is generally asked to run. + + +"DEAR INSPECTOR MACDONALD [said the letter which he read to us]: + +"Official requisition for your services is in separate envelope. This +is for your private eye. Wire me what train in the morning you can get +for Birlstone, and I will meet it--or have it met if I am too +occupied. This case is a snorter. Don't waste a moment in getting +started. If you can bring Mr. Holmes, please do so; for he will find +something after his own heart. We would think the whole thing had been +fixed up for theatrical effect if there wasn't a dead man in the middle +of it. My word! it is a snorter." + + +"Your friend seems to be no fool," remarked Holmes. + +"No, sir, White Mason is a very live man, if I am any judge." + +"Well, have you anything more?" + +"Only that he will give us every detail when we meet." + +"Then how did you get at Mr. Douglas and the fact that he had been +horribly murdered?" + +"That was in the enclosed official report. It didn't say 'horrible': +that's not a recognized official term. It gave the name John Douglas. +It mentioned that his injuries had been in the head, from the discharge +of a shotgun. It also mentioned the hour of the alarm, which was close +on to midnight last night. It added that the case was undoubtedly one +of murder, but that no arrest had been made, and that the case was one +which presented some very perplexing and extraordinary features. That's +absolutely all we have at present, Mr. Holmes." + +"Then, with your permission, we will leave it at that, Mr. Mac. The +temptation to form premature theories upon insufficient data is the +bane of our profession. I can see only two things for certain at +present--a great brain in London, and a dead man in Sussex. It's the +chain between that we are going to trace." + + + +Chapter 3 + +The Tragedy of Birlstone + +Now for a moment I will ask leave to remove my own insignificant +personality and to describe events which occurred before we arrived +upon the scene by the light of knowledge which came to us afterwards. +Only in this way can I make the reader appreciate the people concerned +and the strange setting in which their fate was cast. + +The village of Birlstone is a small and very ancient cluster of +half-timbered cottages on the northern border of the county of Sussex. +For centuries it had remained unchanged; but within the last few years +its picturesque appearance and situation have attracted a number of +well-to-do residents, whose villas peep out from the woods around. +These woods are locally supposed to be the extreme fringe of the great +Weald forest, which thins away until it reaches the northern chalk +downs. A number of small shops have come into being to meet the wants +of the increased population; so there seems some prospect that +Birlstone may soon grow from an ancient village into a modern town. It +is the centre for a considerable area of country, since Tunbridge +Wells, the nearest place of importance, is ten or twelve miles to the +eastward, over the borders of Kent. + +About half a mile from the town, standing in an old park famous for its +huge beech trees, is the ancient Manor House of Birlstone. Part of this +venerable building dates back to the time of the first crusade, when +Hugo de Capus built a fortalice in the centre of the estate, which had +been granted to him by the Red King. This was destroyed by fire in +1543, and some of its smoke-blackened corner stones were used when, in +Jacobean times, a brick country house rose upon the ruins of the feudal +castle. + +The Manor House, with its many gables and its small diamond-paned +windows, was still much as the builder had left it in the early +seventeenth century. Of the double moats which had guarded its more +warlike predecessor, the outer had been allowed to dry up, and served +the humble function of a kitchen garden. The inner one was still there, +and lay forty feet in breadth, though now only a few feet in depth, +round the whole house. A small stream fed it and continued beyond it, +so that the sheet of water, though turbid, was never ditch-like or +unhealthy. The ground floor windows were within a foot of the surface +of the water. + +The only approach to the house was over a drawbridge, the chains and +windlass of which had long been rusted and broken. The latest tenants +of the Manor House had, however, with characteristic energy, set this +right, and the drawbridge was not only capable of being raised, but +actually was raised every evening and lowered every morning. By thus +renewing the custom of the old feudal days the Manor House was +converted into an island during the night--a fact which had a very +direct bearing upon the mystery which was soon to engage the attention +of all England. + +The house had been untenanted for some years and was threatening to +moulder into a picturesque decay when the Douglases took possession of +it. This family consisted of only two individuals--John Douglas and his +wife. Douglas was a remarkable man, both in character and in person. In +age he may have been about fifty, with a strong-jawed, rugged face, a +grizzling moustache, peculiarly keen gray eyes, and a wiry, vigorous +figure which had lost nothing of the strength and activity of youth. He +was cheery and genial to all, but somewhat offhand in his manners, +giving the impression that he had seen life in social strata on some +far lower horizon than the county society of Sussex. + +Yet, though looked at with some curiosity and reserve by his more +cultivated neighbours, he soon acquired a great popularity among the +villagers, subscribing handsomely to all local objects, and attending +their smoking concerts and other functions, where, having a remarkably +rich tenor voice, he was always ready to oblige with an excellent song. +He appeared to have plenty of money, which was said to have been gained +in the California gold fields, and it was clear from his own talk and +that of his wife that he had spent a part of his life in America. + +The good impression which had been produced by his generosity and by +his democratic manners was increased by a reputation gained for utter +indifference to danger. Though a wretched rider, he turned out at every +meet, and took the most amazing falls in his determination to hold his +own with the best. When the vicarage caught fire he distinguished +himself also by the fearlessness with which he reentered the building +to save property, after the local fire brigade had given it up as +impossible. Thus it came about that John Douglas of the Manor House had +within five years won himself quite a reputation in Birlstone. + +His wife, too, was popular with those who had made her acquaintance; +though, after the English fashion, the callers upon a stranger who +settled in the county without introductions were few and far between. +This mattered the less to her, as she was retiring by disposition, and +very much absorbed, to all appearance, in her husband and her domestic +duties. It was known that she was an English lady who had met Mr. +Douglas in London, he being at that time a widower. She was a beautiful +woman, tall, dark, and slender, some twenty years younger than her +husband, a disparity which seemed in no wise to mar the contentment of +their family life. + +It was remarked sometimes, however, by those who knew them best, that +the confidence between the two did not appear to be complete, since the +wife was either very reticent about her husband's past life, or else, +as seemed more likely, was imperfectly informed about it. It had also +been noted and commented upon by a few observant people that there were +signs sometimes of some nerve-strain upon the part of Mrs. Douglas, and +that she would display acute uneasiness if her absent husband should +ever be particularly late in his return. On a quiet countryside, where +all gossip is welcome, this weakness of the lady of the Manor House did +not pass without remark, and it bulked larger upon people's memory when +the events arose which gave it a very special significance. + +There was yet another individual whose residence under that roof was, +it is true, only an intermittent one, but whose presence at the time of +the strange happenings which will now be narrated brought his name +prominently before the public. This was Cecil James Barker, of Hales +Lodge, Hampstead. + +Cecil Barker's tall, loose-jointed figure was a familiar one in the +main street of Birlstone village; for he was a frequent and welcome +visitor at the Manor House. He was the more noticed as being the only +friend of the past unknown life of Mr. Douglas who was ever seen in his +new English surroundings. Barker was himself an undoubted Englishman; +but by his remarks it was clear that he had first known Douglas in +America and had there lived on intimate terms with him. He appeared to +be a man of considerable wealth, and was reputed to be a bachelor. + +In age he was rather younger than Douglas--forty-five at the most--a +tall, straight, broad-chested fellow with a clean-shaved, prize-fighter +face, thick, strong, black eyebrows, and a pair of masterful black eyes +which might, even without the aid of his very capable hands, clear a +way for him through a hostile crowd. He neither rode nor shot, but +spent his days in wandering round the old village with his pipe in his +mouth, or in driving with his host, or in his absence with his hostess, +over the beautiful countryside. "An easy-going, free-handed gentleman," +said Ames, the butler. "But, my word! I had rather not be the man that +crossed him!" He was cordial and intimate with Douglas, and he was no +less friendly with his wife--a friendship which more than once seemed +to cause some irritation to the husband, so that even the servants were +able to perceive his annoyance. Such was the third person who was one +of the family when the catastrophe occurred. + +As to the other denizens of the old building, it will suffice out of a +large household to mention the prim, respectable, and capable Ames, and +Mrs. Allen, a buxom and cheerful person, who relieved the lady of some +of her household cares. The other six servants in the house bear no +relation to the events of the night of January 6th. + +It was at eleven forty-five that the first alarm reached the small +local police station, in charge of Sergeant Wilson of the Sussex +Constabulary. Cecil Barker, much excited, had rushed up to the door and +pealed furiously upon the bell. A terrible tragedy had occurred at the +Manor House, and John Douglas had been murdered. That was the +breathless burden of his message. He had hurried back to the house, +followed within a few minutes by the police sergeant, who arrived at +the scene of the crime a little after twelve o'clock, after taking +prompt steps to warn the county authorities that something serious was +afoot. + +On reaching the Manor House, the sergeant had found the drawbridge +down, the windows lighted up, and the whole household in a state of +wild confusion and alarm. The white-faced servants were huddling +together in the hall, with the frightened butler wringing his hands in +the doorway. Only Cecil Barker seemed to be master of himself and his +emotions; he had opened the door which was nearest to the entrance and +he had beckoned to the sergeant to follow him. At that moment there +arrived Dr. Wood, a brisk and capable general practitioner from the +village. The three men entered the fatal room together, while the +horror-stricken butler followed at their heels, closing the door behind +him to shut out the terrible scene from the maid servants. + +The dead man lay on his back, sprawling with outstretched limbs in the +centre of the room. He was clad only in a pink dressing gown, which +covered his night clothes. There were carpet slippers on his bare feet. +The doctor knelt beside him and held down the hand lamp which had stood +on the table. One glance at the victim was enough to show the healer +that his presence could be dispensed with. The man had been horribly +injured. Lying across his chest was a curious weapon, a shotgun with +the barrel sawed off a foot in front of the triggers. It was clear that +this had been fired at close range and that he had received the whole +charge in the face, blowing his head almost to pieces. The triggers had +been wired together, so as to make the simultaneous discharge more +destructive. + +The country policeman was unnerved and troubled by the tremendous +responsibility which had come so suddenly upon him. "We will touch +nothing until my superiors arrive," he said in a hushed voice, staring +in horror at the dreadful head. + +"Nothing has been touched up to now," said Cecil Barker. "I'll answer +for that. You see it all exactly as I found it." + +"When was that?" The sergeant had drawn out his notebook. + +"It was just half-past eleven. I had not begun to undress, and I was +sitting by the fire in my bedroom when I heard the report. It was not +very loud--it seemed to be muffled. I rushed down--I don't suppose it +was thirty seconds before I was in the room." + +"Was the door open?" + +"Yes, it was open. Poor Douglas was lying as you see him. His bedroom +candle was burning on the table. It was I who lit the lamp some minutes +afterward." + +"Did you see no one?" + +"No. I heard Mrs. Douglas coming down the stair behind me, and I rushed +out to prevent her from seeing this dreadful sight. Mrs. Allen, the +housekeeper, came and took her away. Ames had arrived, and we ran back +into the room once more." + +"But surely I have heard that the drawbridge is kept up all night." + +"Yes, it was up until I lowered it." + +"Then how could any murderer have got away? It is out of the question! +Mr. Douglas must have shot himself." + +"That was our first idea. But see!" Barker drew aside the curtain, and +showed that the long, diamond-paned window was open to its full extent. +"And look at this!" He held the lamp down and illuminated a smudge of +blood like the mark of a boot-sole upon the wooden sill. "Someone has +stood there in getting out." + +"You mean that someone waded across the moat?" + +"Exactly!" + +"Then if you were in the room within half a minute of the crime, he +must have been in the water at that very moment." + +"I have not a doubt of it. I wish to heaven that I had rushed to the +window! But the curtain screened it, as you can see, and so it never +occurred to me. Then I heard the step of Mrs. Douglas, and I could not +let her enter the room. It would have been too horrible." + +"Horrible enough!" said the doctor, looking at the shattered head and +the terrible marks which surrounded it. "I've never seen such injuries +since the Birlstone railway smash." + +"But, I say," remarked the police sergeant, whose slow, bucolic common +sense was still pondering the open window. "It's all very well your +saying that a man escaped by wading this moat, but what I ask you is, +how did he ever get into the house at all if the bridge was up?" + +"Ah, that's the question," said Barker. + +"At what o'clock was it raised?" + +"It was nearly six o'clock," said Ames, the butler. + +"I've heard," said the sergeant, "that it was usually raised at sunset. +That would be nearer half-past four than six at this time of year." + +"Mrs. Douglas had visitors to tea," said Ames. "I couldn't raise it +until they went. Then I wound it up myself." + +"Then it comes to this," said the sergeant: "If anyone came from +outside--if they did--they must have got in across the bridge before +six and been in hiding ever since, until Mr. Douglas came into the room +after eleven." + +"That is so! Mr. Douglas went round the house every night the last +thing before he turned in to see that the lights were right. That +brought him in here. The man was waiting and shot him. Then he got away +through the window and left his gun behind him. That's how I read it; +for nothing else will fit the facts." + +The sergeant picked up a card which lay beside the dead man on the +floor. The initials V. V. and under them the number 341 were rudely +scrawled in ink upon it. + +"What's this?" he asked, holding it up. + +Barker looked at it with curiosity. "I never noticed it before," he +said. "The murderer must have left it behind him." + +"V. V.--341. I can make no sense of that." + +The sergeant kept turning it over in his big fingers. "What's V. V.? +Somebody's initials, maybe. What have you got there, Dr. Wood?" + +It was a good-sized hammer which had been lying on the rug in front of +the fireplace--a substantial, workmanlike hammer. Cecil Barker pointed +to a box of brass-headed nails upon the mantelpiece. + +"Mr. Douglas was altering the pictures yesterday," he said. "I saw him +myself, standing upon that chair and fixing the big picture above it. +That accounts for the hammer." + +"We'd best put it back on the rug where we found it," said the +sergeant, scratching his puzzled head in his perplexity. "It will want +the best brains in the force to get to the bottom of this thing. It +will be a London job before it is finished." He raised the hand lamp +and walked slowly round the room. "Hullo!" he cried, excitedly, drawing +the window curtain to one side. "What o'clock were those curtains +drawn?" + +"When the lamps were lit," said the butler. "It would be shortly after +four." + +"Someone had been hiding here, sure enough." He held down the light, +and the marks of muddy boots were very visible in the corner. "I'm +bound to say this bears out your theory, Mr. Barker. It looks as if the +man got into the house after four when the curtains were drawn and +before six when the bridge was raised. He slipped into this room, +because it was the first that he saw. There was no other place where he +could hide, so he popped in behind this curtain. That all seems clear +enough. It is likely that his main idea was to burgle the house; but +Mr. Douglas chanced to come upon him, so he murdered him and escaped." + +"That's how I read it," said Barker. "But, I say, aren't we wasting +precious time? Couldn't we start out and scour the country before the +fellow gets away?" + +The sergeant considered for a moment. + +"There are no trains before six in the morning; so he can't get away by +rail. If he goes by road with his legs all dripping, it's odds that +someone will notice him. Anyhow, I can't leave here myself until I am +relieved. But I think none of you should go until we see more clearly +how we all stand." + +The doctor had taken the lamp and was narrowly scrutinizing the body. +"What's this mark?" he asked. "Could this have any connection with the +crime?" + +The dead man's right arm was thrust out from his dressing gown, and +exposed as high as the elbow. About halfway up the forearm was a +curious brown design, a triangle inside a circle, standing out in vivid +relief upon the lard-coloured skin. + +"It's not tattooed," said the doctor, peering through his glasses. "I +never saw anything like it. The man has been branded at some time as +they brand cattle. What is the meaning of this?" + +"I don't profess to know the meaning of it," said Cecil Barker; "but I +have seen the mark on Douglas many times this last ten years." + +"And so have I," said the butler. "Many a time when the master has +rolled up his sleeves I have noticed that very mark. I've often +wondered what it could be." + +"Then it has nothing to do with the crime, anyhow," said the sergeant. +"But it's a rum thing all the same. Everything about this case is rum. +Well, what is it now?" + +The butler had given an exclamation of astonishment and was pointing at +the dead man's outstretched hand. + +"They've taken his wedding ring!" he gasped. + +"What!" + +"Yes, indeed. Master always wore his plain gold wedding ring on the +little finger of his left hand. That ring with the rough nugget on it +was above it, and the twisted snake ring on the third finger. There's +the nugget and there's the snake, but the wedding ring is gone." + +"He's right," said Barker. + +"Do you tell me," said the sergeant, "that the wedding ring was below +the other?" + +"Always!" + +"Then the murderer, or whoever it was, first took off this ring you +call the nugget ring, then the wedding ring, and afterwards put the +nugget ring back again." + +"That is so!" + +The worthy country policeman shook his head. "Seems to me the sooner we +get London on to this case the better," said he. "White Mason is a +smart man. No local job has ever been too much for White Mason. It +won't be long now before he is here to help us. But I expect we'll have +to look to London before we are through. Anyhow, I'm not ashamed to say +that it is a deal too thick for the likes of me." + + + +Chapter 4 + +Darkness + +At three in the morning the chief Sussex detective, obeying the urgent +call from Sergeant Wilson of Birlstone, arrived from headquarters in a +light dog-cart behind a breathless trotter. By the five-forty train in +the morning he had sent his message to Scotland Yard, and he was at the +Birlstone station at twelve o'clock to welcome us. White Mason was a +quiet, comfortable-looking person in a loose tweed suit, with a +clean-shaved, ruddy face, a stoutish body, and powerful bandy legs +adorned with gaiters, looking like a small farmer, a retired +gamekeeper, or anything upon earth except a very favourable specimen of +the provincial criminal officer. + +"A real downright snorter, Mr. MacDonald!" he kept repeating. "We'll +have the pressmen down like flies when they understand it. I'm hoping +we will get our work done before they get poking their noses into it +and messing up all the trails. There has been nothing like this that I +can remember. There are some bits that will come home to you, Mr. +Holmes, or I am mistaken. And you also, Dr. Watson; for the medicos +will have a word to say before we finish. Your room is at the Westville +Arms. There's no other place; but I hear that it is clean and good. The +man will carry your bags. This way, gentlemen, if you please." + +He was a very bustling and genial person, this Sussex detective. In ten +minutes we had all found our quarters. In ten more we were seated in +the parlour of the inn and being treated to a rapid sketch of those +events which have been outlined in the previous chapter. MacDonald made +an occasional note, while Holmes sat absorbed, with the expression of +surprised and reverent admiration with which the botanist surveys the +rare and precious bloom. + +"Remarkable!" he said, when the story was unfolded, "most remarkable! I +can hardly recall any case where the features have been more peculiar." + +"I thought you would say so, Mr. Holmes," said White Mason in great +delight. "We're well up with the times in Sussex. I've told you now how +matters were, up to the time when I took over from Sergeant Wilson +between three and four this morning. My word! I made the old mare go! +But I need not have been in such a hurry, as it turned out; for there +was nothing immediate that I could do. Sergeant Wilson had all the +facts. I checked them and considered them and maybe added a few of my +own." + +"What were they?" asked Holmes eagerly. + +"Well, I first had the hammer examined. There was Dr. Wood there to +help me. We found no signs of violence upon it. I was hoping that if +Mr. Douglas defended himself with the hammer, he might have left his +mark upon the murderer before he dropped it on the mat. But there was +no stain." + +"That, of course, proves nothing at all," remarked Inspector MacDonald. +"There has been many a hammer murder and no trace on the hammer." + +"Quite so. It doesn't prove it wasn't used. But there might have been +stains, and that would have helped us. As a matter of fact there were +none. Then I examined the gun. They were buckshot cartridges, and, as +Sergeant Wilson pointed out, the triggers were wired together so that, +if you pulled on the hinder one, both barrels were discharged. Whoever +fixed that up had made up his mind that he was going to take no chances +of missing his man. The sawed gun was not more than two foot long--one +could carry it easily under one's coat. There was no complete maker's +name; but the printed letters P-E-N were on the fluting between the +barrels, and the rest of the name had been cut off by the saw." + +"A big P with a flourish above it, E and N smaller?" asked Holmes. + +"Exactly." + +"Pennsylvania Small Arms Company--well-known American firm," said +Holmes. + +White Mason gazed at my friend as the little village practitioner looks +at the Harley Street specialist who by a word can solve the +difficulties that perplex him. + +"That is very helpful, Mr. Holmes. No doubt you are right. Wonderful! +Wonderful! Do you carry the names of all the gun makers in the world in +your memory?" + +Holmes dismissed the subject with a wave. + +"No doubt it is an American shotgun," White Mason continued. "I seem to +have read that a sawed-off shotgun is a weapon used in some parts of +America. Apart from the name upon the barrel, the idea had occurred to +me. There is some evidence then, that this man who entered the house +and killed its master was an American." + +MacDonald shook his head. "Man, you are surely travelling overfast," +said he. "I have heard no evidence yet that any stranger was ever in +the house at all." + +"The open window, the blood on the sill, the queer card, the marks of +boots in the corner, the gun!" + +"Nothing there that could not have been arranged. Mr. Douglas was an +American, or had lived long in America. So had Mr. Barker. You don't +need to import an American from outside in order to account for +American doings." + +"Ames, the butler--" + +"What about him? Is he reliable?" + +"Ten years with Sir Charles Chandos--as solid as a rock. He has been +with Douglas ever since he took the Manor House five years ago. He has +never seen a gun of this sort in the house." + +"The gun was made to conceal. That's why the barrels were sawed. It +would fit into any box. How could he swear there was no such gun in the +house?" + +"Well, anyhow, he had never seen one." + +MacDonald shook his obstinate Scotch head. "I'm not convinced yet that +there was ever anyone in the house," said he. "I'm asking you to +conseedar" (his accent became more Aberdonian as he lost himself in his +argument) "I'm asking you to conseedar what it involves if you suppose +that this gun was ever brought into the house, and that all these +strange things were done by a person from outside. Oh, man, it's just +inconceivable! It's clean against common sense! I put it to you, Mr. +Holmes, judging it by what we have heard." + +"Well, state your case, Mr. Mac," said Holmes in his most judicial +style. + +"The man is not a burglar, supposing that he ever existed. The ring +business and the card point to premeditated murder for some private +reason. Very good. Here is a man who slips into a house with the +deliberate intention of committing murder. He knows, if he knows +anything, that he will have a deeficulty in making his escape, as the +house is surrounded with water. What weapon would he choose? You would +say the most silent in the world. Then he could hope when the deed was +done to slip quickly from the window, to wade the moat, and to get away +at his leisure. That's understandable. But is it understandable that he +should go out of his way to bring with him the most noisy weapon he +could select, knowing well that it will fetch every human being in the +house to the spot as quick as they can run, and that it is all odds +that he will be seen before he can get across the moat? Is that +credible, Mr. Holmes?" + +"Well, you put the case strongly," my friend replied thoughtfully. "It +certainly needs a good deal of justification. May I ask, Mr. White +Mason, whether you examined the farther side of the moat at once to see +if there were any signs of the man having climbed out from the water?" + +"There were no signs, Mr. Holmes. But it is a stone ledge, and one +could hardly expect them." + +"No tracks or marks?" + +"None." + +"Ha! Would there be any objection, Mr. White Mason, to our going down +to the house at once? There may possibly be some small point which +might be suggestive." + +"I was going to propose it, Mr. Holmes; but I thought it well to put +you in touch with all the facts before we go. I suppose if anything +should strike you--" White Mason looked doubtfully at the amateur. + +"I have worked with Mr. Holmes before," said Inspector MacDonald. "He +plays the game." + +"My own idea of the game, at any rate," said Holmes, with a smile. "I +go into a case to help the ends of justice and the work of the police. +If I have ever separated myself from the official force, it is because +they have first separated themselves from me. I have no wish ever to +score at their expense. At the same time, Mr. White Mason, I claim the +right to work in my own way and give my results at my own +time--complete rather than in stages." + +"I am sure we are honoured by your presence and to show you all we +know," said White Mason cordially. "Come along, Dr. Watson, and when +the time comes we'll all hope for a place in your book." + +We walked down the quaint village street with a row of pollarded elms +on each side of it. Just beyond were two ancient stone pillars, +weather-stained and lichen-blotched bearing upon their summits a +shapeless something which had once been the rampant lion of Capus of +Birlstone. A short walk along the winding drive with such sward and +oaks around it as one only sees in rural England, then a sudden turn, +and the long, low Jacobean house of dingy, liver-coloured brick lay +before us, with an old-fashioned garden of cut yews on each side of it. +As we approached it, there was the wooden drawbridge and the beautiful +broad moat as still and luminous as quicksilver in the cold, winter +sunshine. + +Three centuries had flowed past the old Manor House, centuries of +births and of homecomings, of country dances and of the meetings of fox +hunters. Strange that now in its old age this dark business should have +cast its shadow upon the venerable walls! And yet those strange, peaked +roofs and quaint, overhung gables were a fitting covering to grim and +terrible intrigue. As I looked at the deep-set windows and the long +sweep of the dull-coloured, water-lapped front, I felt that no more +fitting scene could be set for such a tragedy. + +"That's the window," said White Mason, "that one on the immediate right +of the drawbridge. It's open just as it was found last night." + +"It looks rather narrow for a man to pass." + +"Well, it wasn't a fat man, anyhow. We don't need your deductions, Mr. +Holmes, to tell us that. But you or I could squeeze through all right." + +Holmes walked to the edge of the moat and looked across. Then he +examined the stone ledge and the grass border beyond it. + +"I've had a good look, Mr. Holmes," said White Mason. "There is nothing +there, no sign that anyone has landed--but why should he leave any +sign?" + +"Exactly. Why should he? Is the water always turbid?" + +"Generally about this colour. The stream brings down the clay." + +"How deep is it?" + +"About two feet at each side and three in the middle." + +"So we can put aside all idea of the man having been drowned in +crossing." + +"No, a child could not be drowned in it." + +We walked across the drawbridge, and were admitted by a quaint, +gnarled, dried-up person, who was the butler, Ames. The poor old fellow +was white and quivering from the shock. The village sergeant, a tall, +formal, melancholy man, still held his vigil in the room of Fate. The +doctor had departed. + +"Anything fresh, Sergeant Wilson?" asked White Mason. + +"No, sir." + +"Then you can go home. You've had enough. We can send for you if we +want you. The butler had better wait outside. Tell him to warn Mr. +Cecil Barker, Mrs. Douglas, and the housekeeper that we may want a word +with them presently. Now, gentlemen, perhaps you will allow me to give +you the views I have formed first, and then you will be able to arrive +at your own." + +He impressed me, this country specialist. He had a solid grip of fact +and a cool, clear, common-sense brain, which should take him some way +in his profession. Holmes listened to him intently, with no sign of +that impatience which the official exponent too often produced. + +"Is it suicide, or is it murder--that's our first question, gentlemen, +is it not? If it were suicide, then we have to believe that this man +began by taking off his wedding ring and concealing it; that he then +came down here in his dressing gown, trampled mud into a corner behind +the curtain in order to give the idea someone had waited for him, +opened the window, put blood on the--" + +"We can surely dismiss that," said MacDonald. + +"So I think. Suicide is out of the question. Then a murder has been +done. What we have to determine is, whether it was done by someone +outside or inside the house." + +"Well, let's hear the argument." + +"There are considerable difficulties both ways, and yet one or the +other it must be. We will suppose first that some person or persons +inside the house did the crime. They got this man down here at a time +when everything was still and yet no one was asleep. They then did the +deed with the queerest and noisiest weapon in the world so as to tell +everyone what had happened--a weapon that was never seen in the house +before. That does not seem a very likely start, does it?" + +"No, it does not." + +"Well, then, everyone is agreed that after the alarm was given only a +minute at the most had passed before the whole household--not Mr. Cecil +Barker alone, though he claims to have been the first, but Ames and all +of them were on the spot. Do you tell me that in that time the guilty +person managed to make footmarks in the corner, open the window, mark +the sill with blood, take the wedding ring off the dead man's finger, +and all the rest of it? It's impossible!" + +"You put it very clearly," said Holmes. "I am inclined to agree with +you." + +"Well, then, we are driven back to the theory that it was done by +someone from outside. We are still faced with some big difficulties; +but anyhow they have ceased to be impossibilities. The man got into the +house between four-thirty and six; that is to say, between dusk and the +time when the bridge was raised. There had been some visitors, and the +door was open; so there was nothing to prevent him. He may have been a +common burglar, or he may have had some private grudge against Mr. +Douglas. Since Mr. Douglas has spent most of his life in America, and +this shotgun seems to be an American weapon, it would seem that the +private grudge is the more likely theory. He slipped into this room +because it was the first he came to, and he hid behind the curtain. +There he remained until past eleven at night. At that time Mr. Douglas +entered the room. It was a short interview, if there were any interview +at all; for Mrs. Douglas declares that her husband had not left her +more than a few minutes when she heard the shot." + +"The candle shows that," said Holmes. + +"Exactly. The candle, which was a new one, is not burned more than half +an inch. He must have placed it on the table before he was attacked; +otherwise, of course, it would have fallen when he fell. This shows +that he was not attacked the instant that he entered the room. When Mr. +Barker arrived the candle was lit and the lamp was out." + +"That's all clear enough." + +"Well, now, we can reconstruct things on those lines. Mr. Douglas +enters the room. He puts down the candle. A man appears from behind the +curtain. He is armed with this gun. He demands the wedding ring--Heaven +only knows why, but so it must have been. Mr. Douglas gave it up. Then +either in cold blood or in the course of a struggle--Douglas may have +gripped the hammer that was found upon the mat--he shot Douglas in this +horrible way. He dropped his gun and also it would seem this queer +card--V. V. 341, whatever that may mean--and he made his escape through +the window and across the moat at the very moment when Cecil Barker was +discovering the crime. How's that, Mr. Holmes?" + +"Very interesting, but just a little unconvincing." + +"Man, it would be absolute nonsense if it wasn't that anything else is +even worse!" cried MacDonald. "Somebody killed the man, and whoever it +was I could clearly prove to you that he should have done it some other +way. What does he mean by allowing his retreat to be cut off like that? +What does he mean by using a shotgun when silence was his one chance of +escape? Come, Mr. Holmes, it's up to you to give us a lead, since you +say Mr. White Mason's theory is unconvincing." + +Holmes had sat intently observant during this long discussion, missing +no word that was said, with his keen eyes darting to right and to left, +and his forehead wrinkled with speculation. + +"I should like a few more facts before I get so far as a theory, Mr. +Mac," said he, kneeling down beside the body. "Dear me! these injuries +are really appalling. Can we have the butler in for a moment? . . . +Ames, I understand that you have often seen this very unusual mark--a +branded triangle inside a circle--upon Mr. Douglas's forearm?" + +"Frequently, sir." + +"You never heard any speculation as to what it meant?" + +"No, sir." + +"It must have caused great pain when it was inflicted. It is +undoubtedly a burn. Now, I observe, Ames, that there is a small piece +of plaster at the angle of Mr. Douglas's jaw. Did you observe that in +life?" + +"Yes, sir, he cut himself in shaving yesterday morning." + +"Did you ever know him to cut himself in shaving before?" + +"Not for a very long time, sir." + +"Suggestive!" said Holmes. "It may, of course, be a mere coincidence, +or it may point to some nervousness which would indicate that he had +reason to apprehend danger. Had you noticed anything unusual in his +conduct, yesterday, Ames?" + +"It struck me that he was a little restless and excited, sir." + +"Ha! The attack may not have been entirely unexpected. We do seem to +make a little progress, do we not? Perhaps you would rather do the +questioning, Mr. Mac?" + +"No, Mr. Holmes, it's in better hands than mine." + +"Well, then, we will pass to this card--V. V. 341. It is rough +cardboard. Have you any of the sort in the house?" + +"I don't think so." + +Holmes walked across to the desk and dabbed a little ink from each +bottle on to the blotting paper. "It was not printed in this room," he +said; "this is black ink and the other purplish. It was done by a thick +pen, and these are fine. No, it was done elsewhere, I should say. Can +you make anything of the inscription, Ames?" + +"No, sir, nothing." + +"What do you think, Mr. Mac?" + +"It gives me the impression of a secret society of some sort; the same +with his badge upon the forearm." + +"That's my idea, too," said White Mason. + +"Well, we can adopt it as a working hypothesis and then see how far our +difficulties disappear. An agent from such a society makes his way into +the house, waits for Mr. Douglas, blows his head nearly off with this +weapon, and escapes by wading the moat, after leaving a card beside the +dead man, which will when mentioned in the papers, tell other members +of the society that vengeance has been done. That all hangs together. +But why this gun, of all weapons?" + +"Exactly." + +"And why the missing ring?" + +"Quite so." + +"And why no arrest? It's past two now. I take it for granted that since +dawn every constable within forty miles has been looking out for a wet +stranger?" + +"That is so, Mr. Holmes." + +"Well, unless he has a burrow close by or a change of clothes ready, +they can hardly miss him. And yet they have missed him up to now!" +Holmes had gone to the window and was examining with his lens the blood +mark on the sill. "It is clearly the tread of a shoe. It is remarkably +broad; a splay-foot, one would say. Curious, because, so far as one can +trace any footmark in this mud-stained corner, one would say it was a +more shapely sole. However, they are certainly very indistinct. What's +this under the side table?" + +"Mr. Douglas's dumb-bells," said Ames. + +"Dumb-bell--there's only one. Where's the other?" + +"I don't know, Mr. Holmes. There may have been only one. I have not +noticed them for months." + +"One dumb-bell--" Holmes said seriously; but his remarks were +interrupted by a sharp knock at the door. + +A tall, sunburned, capable-looking, clean-shaved man looked in at us. I +had no difficulty in guessing that it was the Cecil Barker of whom I +had heard. His masterful eyes travelled quickly with a questioning +glance from face to face. + +"Sorry to interrupt your consultation," said he, "but you should hear +the latest news." + +"An arrest?" + +"No such luck. But they've found his bicycle. The fellow left his +bicycle behind him. Come and have a look. It is within a hundred yards +of the hall door." + +We found three or four grooms and idlers standing in the drive +inspecting a bicycle which had been drawn out from a clump of +evergreens in which it had been concealed. It was a well used +Rudge-Whitworth, splashed as from a considerable journey. There was a +saddlebag with spanner and oilcan, but no clue as to the owner. + +"It would be a grand help to the police," said the inspector, "if these +things were numbered and registered. But we must be thankful for what +we've got. If we can't find where he went to, at least we are likely to +get where he came from. But what in the name of all that is wonderful +made the fellow leave it behind? And how in the world has he got away +without it? We don't seem to get a gleam of light in the case, Mr. +Holmes." + +"Don't we?" my friend answered thoughtfully. "I wonder!" + + + +Chapter 5 + +The People Of the Drama + +"Have you seen all you want of the study?" asked White Mason as we +reentered the house. + +"For the time," said the inspector, and Holmes nodded. + +"Then perhaps you would now like to hear the evidence of some of the +people in the house. We could use the dining-room, Ames. Please come +yourself first and tell us what you know." + +The butler's account was a simple and a clear one, and he gave a +convincing impression of sincerity. He had been engaged five years +before, when Douglas first came to Birlstone. He understood that Mr. +Douglas was a rich gentleman who had made his money in America. He had +been a kind and considerate employer--not quite what Ames was used to, +perhaps; but one can't have everything. He never saw any signs of +apprehension in Mr. Douglas: on the contrary, he was the most fearless +man he had ever known. He ordered the drawbridge to be pulled up every +night because it was the ancient custom of the old house, and he liked +to keep the old ways up. + +Mr. Douglas seldom went to London or left the village; but on the day +before the crime he had been shopping at Tunbridge Wells. He (Ames) had +observed some restlessness and excitement on the part of Mr. Douglas +that day; for he had seemed impatient and irritable, which was unusual +with him. He had not gone to bed that night; but was in the pantry at +the back of the house, putting away the silver, when he heard the bell +ring violently. He heard no shot; but it was hardly possible he would, +as the pantry and kitchens were at the very back of the house and there +were several closed doors and a long passage between. The housekeeper +had come out of her room, attracted by the violent ringing of the bell. +They had gone to the front of the house together. + +As they reached the bottom of the stair he had seen Mrs. Douglas coming +down it. No, she was not hurrying; it did not seem to him that she was +particularly agitated. Just as she reached the bottom of the stair Mr. +Barker had rushed out of the study. He had stopped Mrs. Douglas and +begged her to go back. + +"For God's sake, go back to your room!" he cried. "Poor Jack is dead! +You can do nothing. For God's sake, go back!" + +After some persuasion upon the stairs Mrs. Douglas had gone back. She +did not scream. She made no outcry whatever. Mrs. Allen, the +housekeeper, had taken her upstairs and stayed with her in the bedroom. +Ames and Mr. Barker had then returned to the study, where they had +found everything exactly as the police had seen it. The candle was not +lit at that time; but the lamp was burning. They had looked out of the +window; but the night was very dark and nothing could be seen or heard. +They had then rushed out into the hall, where Ames had turned the +windlass which lowered the drawbridge. Mr. Barker had then hurried off +to get the police. + +Such, in its essentials, was the evidence of the butler. + +The account of Mrs. Allen, the housekeeper, was, so far as it went, a +corroboration of that of her fellow servant. The housekeeper's room was +rather nearer to the front of the house than the pantry in which Ames +had been working. She was preparing to go to bed when the loud ringing +of the bell had attracted her attention. She was a little hard of +hearing. Perhaps that was why she had not heard the shot; but in any +case the study was a long way off. She remembered hearing some sound +which she imagined to be the slamming of a door. That was a good deal +earlier--half an hour at least before the ringing of the bell. When Mr. +Ames ran to the front she went with him. She saw Mr. Barker, very pale +and excited, come out of the study. He intercepted Mrs. Douglas, who +was coming down the stairs. He entreated her to go back, and she +answered him, but what she said could not be heard. + +"Take her up! Stay with her!" he had said to Mrs. Allen. + +She had therefore taken her to the bedroom, and endeavoured to soothe +her. She was greatly excited, trembling all over, but made no other +attempt to go downstairs. She just sat in her dressing gown by her +bedroom fire, with her head sunk in her hands. Mrs. Allen stayed with +her most of the night. As to the other servants, they had all gone to +bed, and the alarm did not reach them until just before the police +arrived. They slept at the extreme back of the house, and could not +possibly have heard anything. + +So far the housekeeper could add nothing on cross-examination save +lamentations and expressions of amazement. + +Cecil Barker succeeded Mrs. Allen as a witness. As to the occurrences +of the night before, he had very little to add to what he had already +told the police. Personally, he was convinced that the murderer had +escaped by the window. The bloodstain was conclusive, in his opinion, +on that point. Besides, as the bridge was up, there was no other +possible way of escaping. He could not explain what had become of the +assassin or why he had not taken his bicycle, if it were indeed his. He +could not possibly have been drowned in the moat, which was at no place +more than three feet deep. + +In his own mind he had a very definite theory about the murder. Douglas +was a reticent man, and there were some chapters in his life of which +he never spoke. He had emigrated to America when he was a very young +man. He had prospered well, and Barker had first met him in California, +where they had become partners in a successful mining claim at a place +called Benito Canyon. They had done very well; but Douglas had suddenly +sold out and started for England. He was a widower at that time. Barker +had afterwards realized his money and come to live in London. Thus they +had renewed their friendship. + +Douglas had given him the impression that some danger was hanging over +his head, and he had always looked upon his sudden departure from +California, and also his renting a house in so quiet a place in +England, as being connected with this peril. He imagined that some +secret society, some implacable organization, was on Douglas's track, +which would never rest until it killed him. Some remarks of his had +given him this idea; though he had never told him what the society was, +nor how he had come to offend it. He could only suppose that the legend +upon the placard had some reference to this secret society. + +"How long were you with Douglas in California?" asked Inspector +MacDonald. + +"Five years altogether." + +"He was a bachelor, you say?" + +"A widower." + +"Have you ever heard where his first wife came from?" + +"No, I remember his saying that she was of German extraction, and I +have seen her portrait. She was a very beautiful woman. She died of +typhoid the year before I met him." + +"You don't associate his past with any particular part of America?" + +"I have heard him talk of Chicago. He knew that city well and had +worked there. I have heard him talk of the coal and iron districts. He +had travelled a good deal in his time." + +"Was he a politician? Had this secret society to do with politics?" + +"No, he cared nothing about politics." + +"You have no reason to think it was criminal?" + +"On the contrary, I never met a straighter man in my life." + +"Was there anything curious about his life in California?" + +"He liked best to stay and to work at our claim in the mountains. He +would never go where other men were if he could help it. That's why I +first thought that someone was after him. Then when he left so suddenly +for Europe I made sure that it was so. I believe that he had a warning +of some sort. Within a week of his leaving half a dozen men were +inquiring for him." + +"What sort of men?" + +"Well, they were a mighty hard-looking crowd. They came up to the claim +and wanted to know where he was. I told them that he was gone to Europe +and that I did not know where to find him. They meant him no good--it +was easy to see that." + +"Were these men Americans--Californians?" + +"Well, I don't know about Californians. They were Americans, all right. +But they were not miners. I don't know what they were, and was very +glad to see their backs." + +"That was six years ago?" + +"Nearer seven." + +"And then you were together five years in California, so that this +business dates back not less than eleven years at the least?" + +"That is so." + +"It must be a very serious feud that would be kept up with such +earnestness for as long as that. It would be no light thing that would +give rise to it." + +"I think it shadowed his whole life. It was never quite out of his +mind." + +"But if a man had a danger hanging over him, and knew what it was, +don't you think he would turn to the police for protection?" + +"Maybe it was some danger that he could not be protected against. +There's one thing you should know. He always went about armed. His +revolver was never out of his pocket. But, by bad luck, he was in his +dressing gown and had left it in the bedroom last night. Once the +bridge was up, I guess he thought he was safe." + +"I should like these dates a little clearer," said MacDonald. "It is +quite six years since Douglas left California. You followed him next +year, did you not?" + +"That is so." + +"And he had been married five years. You must have returned about the +time of his marriage." + +"About a month before. I was his best man." + +"Did you know Mrs. Douglas before her marriage?" + +"No, I did not. I had been away from England for ten years." + +"But you have seen a good deal of her since." + +Barker looked sternly at the detective. "I have seen a good deal of him +since," he answered. "If I have seen her, it is because you cannot +visit a man without knowing his wife. If you imagine there is any +connection--" + +"I imagine nothing, Mr. Barker. I am bound to make every inquiry which +can bear upon the case. But I mean no offense." + +"Some inquiries are offensive," Barker answered angrily. + +"It's only the facts that we want. It is in your interest and +everyone's interest that they should be cleared up. Did Mr. Douglas +entirely approve your friendship with his wife?" + +Barker grew paler, and his great, strong hands were clasped +convulsively together. "You have no right to ask such questions!" he +cried. "What has this to do with the matter you are investigating?" + +"I must repeat the question." + +"Well, I refuse to answer." + +"You can refuse to answer; but you must be aware that your refusal is +in itself an answer, for you would not refuse if you had not something +to conceal." + +Barker stood for a moment with his face set grimly and his strong black +eyebrows drawn low in intense thought. Then he looked up with a smile. +"Well, I guess you gentlemen are only doing your clear duty after all, +and I have no right to stand in the way of it. I'd only ask you not to +worry Mrs. Douglas over this matter; for she has enough upon her just +now. I may tell you that poor Douglas had just one fault in the world, +and that was his jealousy. He was fond of me--no man could be fonder of +a friend. And he was devoted to his wife. He loved me to come here, and +was forever sending for me. And yet if his wife and I talked together +or there seemed any sympathy between us, a kind of wave of jealousy +would pass over him, and he would be off the handle and saying the +wildest things in a moment. More than once I've sworn off coming for +that reason, and then he would write me such penitent, imploring +letters that I just had to. But you can take it from me, gentlemen, if +it was my last word, that no man ever had a more loving, faithful +wife--and I can say also no friend could be more loyal than I!" + +It was spoken with fervour and feeling, and yet Inspector MacDonald +could not dismiss the subject. + +"You are aware," said he, "that the dead man's wedding ring has been +taken from his finger?" + +"So it appears," said Barker. + +"What do you mean by 'appears'? You know it as a fact." + +The man seemed confused and undecided. "When I said 'appears' I meant +that it was conceivable that he had himself taken off the ring." + +"The mere fact that the ring should be absent, whoever may have removed +it, would suggest to anyone's mind, would it not, that the marriage and +the tragedy were connected?" + +Barker shrugged his broad shoulders. "I can't profess to say what it +means." he answered. "But if you mean to hint that it could reflect in +any way upon this lady's honour"--his eyes blazed for an instant, and +then with an evident effort he got a grip upon his own emotions--"well, +you are on the wrong track, that's all." + +"I don't know that I've anything else to ask you at present," said +MacDonald, coldly. + +"There was one small point," remarked Sherlock Holmes. "When you +entered the room there was only a candle lighted on the table, was +there not?" + +"Yes, that was so." + +"By its light you saw that some terrible incident had occurred?" + +"Exactly." + +"You at once rang for help?" + +"Yes." + +"And it arrived very speedily?" + +"Within a minute or so." + +"And yet when they arrived they found that the candle was out and that +the lamp had been lighted. That seems very remarkable." + +Again Barker showed some signs of indecision. "I don't see that it was +remarkable, Mr. Holmes," he answered after a pause. "The candle threw a +very bad light. My first thought was to get a better one. The lamp was +on the table; so I lit it." + +"And blew out the candle?" + +"Exactly." + +Holmes asked no further question, and Barker, with a deliberate look +from one to the other of us, which had, as it seemed to me, something +of defiance in it, turned and left the room. + +Inspector MacDonald had sent up a note to the effect that he would wait +upon Mrs. Douglas in her room; but she had replied that she would meet +us in the dining room. She entered now, a tall and beautiful woman of +thirty, reserved and self-possessed to a remarkable degree, very +different from the tragic and distracted figure I had pictured. It is +true that her face was pale and drawn, like that of one who has endured +a great shock; but her manner was composed, and the finely moulded hand +which she rested upon the edge of the table was as steady as my own. +Her sad, appealing eyes travelled from one to the other of us with a +curiously inquisitive expression. That questioning gaze transformed +itself suddenly into abrupt speech. + +"Have you found anything out yet?" she asked. + +Was it my imagination that there was an undertone of fear rather than +of hope in the question? + +"We have taken every possible step, Mrs. Douglas," said the inspector. +"You may rest assured that nothing will be neglected." + +"Spare no money," she said in a dead, even tone. "It is my desire that +every possible effort should be made." + +"Perhaps you can tell us something which may throw some light upon the +matter." + +"I fear not; but all I know is at your service." + +"We have heard from Mr. Cecil Barker that you did not actually +see--that you were never in the room where the tragedy occurred?" + +"No, he turned me back upon the stairs. He begged me to return to my +room." + +"Quite so. You had heard the shot, and you had at once come down." + +"I put on my dressing gown and then came down." + +"How long was it after hearing the shot that you were stopped on the +stair by Mr. Barker?" + +"It may have been a couple of minutes. It is so hard to reckon time at +such a moment. He implored me not to go on. He assured me that I could +do nothing. Then Mrs. Allen, the housekeeper, led me upstairs again. It +was all like some dreadful dream." + +"Can you give us any idea how long your husband had been downstairs +before you heard the shot?" + +"No, I cannot say. He went from his dressing room, and I did not hear +him go. He did the round of the house every night, for he was nervous +of fire. It is the only thing that I have ever known him nervous of." + +"That is just the point which I want to come to, Mrs. Douglas. You have +known your husband only in England, have you not?" + +"Yes, we have been married five years." + +"Have you heard him speak of anything which occurred in America and +might bring some danger upon him?" + +Mrs. Douglas thought earnestly before she answered. "Yes." she said at +last, "I have always felt that there was a danger hanging over him. He +refused to discuss it with me. It was not from want of confidence in +me--there was the most complete love and confidence between us--but it +was out of his desire to keep all alarm away from me. He thought I +should brood over it if I knew all, and so he was silent." + +"How did you know it, then?" + +Mrs. Douglas's face lit with a quick smile. "Can a husband ever carry +about a secret all his life and a woman who loves him have no suspicion +of it? I knew it by his refusal to talk about some episodes in his +American life. I knew it by certain precautions he took. I knew it by +certain words he let fall. I knew it by the way he looked at unexpected +strangers. I was perfectly certain that he had some powerful enemies, +that he believed they were on his track, and that he was always on his +guard against them. I was so sure of it that for years I have been +terrified if ever he came home later than was expected." + +"Might I ask," asked Holmes, "what the words were which attracted your +attention?" + +"The Valley of Fear," the lady answered. "That was an expression he has +used when I questioned him. 'I have been in the Valley of Fear. I am +not out of it yet.'--'Are we never to get out of the Valley of Fear?' I +have asked him when I have seen him more serious than usual. 'Sometimes +I think that we never shall,' he has answered." + +"Surely you asked him what he meant by the Valley of Fear?" + +"I did; but his face would become very grave and he would shake his +head. 'It is bad enough that one of us should have been in its shadow,' +he said. 'Please God it shall never fall upon you!' It was some real +valley in which he had lived and in which something terrible had +occurred to him, of that I am certain; but I can tell you no more." + +"And he never mentioned any names?" + +"Yes, he was delirious with fever once when he had his hunting accident +three years ago. Then I remember that there was a name that came +continually to his lips. He spoke it with anger and a sort of horror. +McGinty was the name--Bodymaster McGinty. I asked him when he recovered +who Bodymaster McGinty was, and whose body he was master of. 'Never of +mine, thank God!' he answered with a laugh, and that was all I could +get from him. But there is a connection between Bodymaster McGinty and +the Valley of Fear." + +"There is one other point," said Inspector MacDonald. "You met Mr. +Douglas in a boarding house in London, did you not, and became engaged +to him there? Was there any romance, anything secret or mysterious, +about the wedding?" + +"There was romance. There is always romance. There was nothing +mysterious." + +"He had no rival?" + +"No, I was quite free." + +"You have heard, no doubt, that his wedding ring has been taken. Does +that suggest anything to you? Suppose that some enemy of his old life +had tracked him down and committed this crime, what possible reason +could he have for taking his wedding ring?" + +For an instant I could have sworn that the faintest shadow of a smile +flickered over the woman's lips. + +"I really cannot tell," she answered. "It is certainly a most +extraordinary thing." + +"Well, we will not detain you any longer, and we are sorry to have put +you to this trouble at such a time," said the inspector. "There are +some other points, no doubt; but we can refer to you as they arise." + +She rose, and I was again conscious of that quick, questioning glance +with which she had just surveyed us. "What impression has my evidence +made upon you?" The question might as well have been spoken. Then, with +a bow, she swept from the room. + +"She's a beautiful woman--a very beautiful woman," said MacDonald +thoughtfully, after the door had closed behind her. "This man Barker +has certainly been down here a good deal. He is a man who might be +attractive to a woman. He admits that the dead man was jealous, and +maybe he knew best himself what cause he had for jealousy. Then there's +that wedding ring. You can't get past that. The man who tears a wedding +ring off a dead man's--What do you say to it, Mr. Holmes?" + +My friend had sat with his head upon his hands, sunk in the deepest +thought. Now he rose and rang the bell. "Ames," he said, when the +butler entered, "where is Mr. Cecil Barker now?" + +"I'll see, sir." + +He came back in a moment to say that Barker was in the garden. + +"Can you remember, Ames, what Mr. Barker had on his feet last night +when you joined him in the study?" + +"Yes, Mr. Holmes. He had a pair of bedroom slippers. I brought him his +boots when he went for the police." + +"Where are the slippers now?" + +"They are still under the chair in the hall." + +"Very good, Ames. It is, of course, important for us to know which +tracks may be Mr. Barker's and which from outside." + +"Yes, sir. I may say that I noticed that the slippers were stained with +blood--so indeed were my own." + +"That is natural enough, considering the condition of the room. Very +good, Ames. We will ring if we want you." + +A few minutes later we were in the study. Holmes had brought with him +the carpet slippers from the hall. As Ames had observed, the soles of +both were dark with blood. + +"Strange!" murmured Holmes, as he stood in the light of the window and +examined them minutely. "Very strange indeed!" + +Stooping with one of his quick feline pounces, he placed the slipper +upon the blood mark on the sill. It exactly corresponded. He smiled in +silence at his colleagues. + +The inspector was transfigured with excitement. His native accent +rattled like a stick upon railings. + +"Man," he cried, "there's not a doubt of it! Barker has just marked the +window himself. It's a good deal broader than any bootmark. I mind that +you said it was a splay-foot, and here's the explanation. But what's +the game, Mr. Holmes--what's the game?" + +"Ay, what's the game?" my friend repeated thoughtfully. + +White Mason chuckled and rubbed his fat hands together in his +professional satisfaction. "I said it was a snorter!" he cried. "And a +real snorter it is!" + + + +Chapter 6 + +A Dawning Light + +The three detectives had many matters of detail into which to inquire; +so I returned alone to our modest quarters at the village inn. But +before doing so I took a stroll in the curious old-world garden which +flanked the house. Rows of very ancient yew trees cut into strange +designs girded it round. Inside was a beautiful stretch of lawn with an +old sundial in the middle, the whole effect so soothing and restful +that it was welcome to my somewhat jangled nerves. + +In that deeply peaceful atmosphere one could forget, or remember only +as some fantastic nightmare, that darkened study with the sprawling, +bloodstained figure on the floor. And yet, as I strolled round it and +tried to steep my soul in its gentle balm, a strange incident occurred, +which brought me back to the tragedy and left a sinister impression in +my mind. + +I have said that a decoration of yew trees circled the garden. At the +end farthest from the house they thickened into a continuous hedge. On +the other side of this hedge, concealed from the eyes of anyone +approaching from the direction of the house, there was a stone seat. As +I approached the spot I was aware of voices, some remark in the deep +tones of a man, answered by a little ripple of feminine laughter. + +An instant later I had come round the end of the hedge and my eyes lit +upon Mrs. Douglas and the man Barker before they were aware of my +presence. Her appearance gave me a shock. In the dining-room she had +been demure and discreet. Now all pretense of grief had passed away +from her. Her eyes shone with the joy of living, and her face still +quivered with amusement at some remark of her companion. He sat +forward, his hands clasped and his forearms on his knees, with an +answering smile upon his bold, handsome face. In an instant--but it was +just one instant too late--they resumed their solemn masks as my figure +came into view. A hurried word or two passed between them, and then +Barker rose and came towards me. + +"Excuse me, sir," said he, "but am I addressing Dr. Watson?" + +I bowed with a coldness which showed, I dare say, very plainly the +impression which had been produced upon my mind. + +"We thought that it was probably you, as your friendship with Mr. +Sherlock Holmes is so well known. Would you mind coming over and +speaking to Mrs. Douglas for one instant?" + +I followed him with a dour face. Very clearly I could see in my mind's +eye that shattered figure on the floor. Here within a few hours of the +tragedy were his wife and his nearest friend laughing together behind a +bush in the garden which had been his. I greeted the lady with reserve. +I had grieved with her grief in the dining-room. Now I met her +appealing gaze with an unresponsive eye. + +"I fear that you think me callous and hard-hearted." said she. + +I shrugged my shoulders. "It is no business of mine," said I. + +"Perhaps some day you will do me justice. If you only realized--" + +"There is no need why Dr. Watson should realize," said Barker quickly. +"As he has himself said, it is no possible business of his." + +"Exactly," said I, "and so I will beg leave to resume my walk." + +"One moment, Dr. Watson," cried the woman in a pleading voice. "There +is one question which you can answer with more authority than anyone +else in the world, and it may make a very great difference to me. You +know Mr. Holmes and his relations with the police better than anyone +else can. Supposing that a matter were brought confidentially to his +knowledge, is it absolutely necessary that he should pass it on to the +detectives?" + +"Yes, that's it," said Barker eagerly. "Is he on his own or is he +entirely in with them?" + +"I really don't know that I should be justified in discussing such a +point." + +"I beg--I implore that you will, Dr. Watson! I assure you that you will +be helping us--helping me greatly if you will guide us on that point." + +There was such a ring of sincerity in the woman's voice that for the +instant I forgot all about her levity and was moved only to do her will. + +"Mr. Holmes is an independent investigator," I said. "He is his own +master, and would act as his own judgment directed. At the same time, +he would naturally feel loyalty towards the officials who were working +on the same case, and he would not conceal from them anything which +would help them in bringing a criminal to justice. Beyond this I can +say nothing, and I would refer you to Mr. Holmes himself if you wanted +fuller information." + +So saying I raised my hat and went upon my way, leaving them still +seated behind that concealing hedge. I looked back as I rounded the far +end of it, and saw that they were still talking very earnestly +together, and, as they were gazing after me, it was clear that it was +our interview that was the subject of their debate. + +"I wish none of their confidences," said Holmes, when I reported to him +what had occurred. He had spent the whole afternoon at the Manor House +in consultation with his two colleagues, and returned about five with a +ravenous appetite for a high tea which I had ordered for him. "No +confidences, Watson; for they are mighty awkward if it comes to an +arrest for conspiracy and murder." + +"You think it will come to that?" + +He was in his most cheerful and debonair humour. "My dear Watson, when +I have exterminated that fourth egg I shall be ready to put you in +touch with the whole situation. I don't say that we have fathomed +it--far from it--but when we have traced the missing dumb-bell--" + +"The dumb-bell!" + +"Dear me, Watson, is it possible that you have not penetrated the fact +that the case hangs upon the missing dumb-bell? Well, well, you need +not be downcast; for between ourselves I don't think that either +Inspector Mac or the excellent local practitioner has grasped the +overwhelming importance of this incident. One dumb-bell, Watson! +Consider an athlete with one dumb-bell! Picture to yourself the +unilateral development, the imminent danger of a spinal curvature. +Shocking, Watson, shocking!" + +He sat with his mouth full of toast and his eyes sparkling with +mischief, watching my intellectual entanglement. The mere sight of his +excellent appetite was an assurance of success, for I had very clear +recollections of days and nights without a thought of food, when his +baffled mind had chafed before some problem while his thin, eager +features became more attenuated with the asceticism of complete mental +concentration. Finally he lit his pipe, and sitting in the inglenook of +the old village inn he talked slowly and at random about his case, +rather as one who thinks aloud than as one who makes a considered +statement. + +"A lie, Watson--a great, big, thumping, obtrusive, uncompromising +lie--that's what meets us on the threshold! There is our starting +point. The whole story told by Barker is a lie. But Barker's story is +corroborated by Mrs. Douglas. Therefore she is lying also. They are +both lying, and in a conspiracy. So now we have the clear problem. Why +are they lying, and what is the truth which they are trying so hard to +conceal? Let us try, Watson, you and I, if we can get behind the lie +and reconstruct the truth. + +"How do I know that they are lying? Because it is a clumsy fabrication +which simply could not be true. Consider! According to the story given +to us, the assassin had less than a minute after the murder had been +committed to take that ring, which was under another ring, from the +dead man's finger, to replace the other ring--a thing which he would +surely never have done--and to put that singular card beside his +victim. I say that this was obviously impossible. + +"You may argue--but I have too much respect for your judgment, Watson, +to think that you will do so--that the ring may have been taken before +the man was killed. The fact that the candle had been lit only a short +time shows that there had been no lengthy interview. Was Douglas, from +what we hear of his fearless character, a man who would be likely to +give up his wedding ring at such short notice, or could we conceive of +his giving it up at all? No, no, Watson, the assassin was alone with +the dead man for some time with the lamp lit. Of that I have no doubt +at all. + +"But the gunshot was apparently the cause of death. Therefore the shot +must have been fired some time earlier than we are told. But there +could be no mistake about such a matter as that. We are in the +presence, therefore, of a deliberate conspiracy upon the part of the +two people who heard the gunshot--of the man Barker and of the woman +Douglas. When on the top of this I am able to show that the blood mark +on the windowsill was deliberately placed there by Barker, in order to +give a false clue to the police, you will admit that the case grows +dark against him. + +"Now we have to ask ourselves at what hour the murder actually did +occur. Up to half-past ten the servants were moving about the house; so +it was certainly not before that time. At a quarter to eleven they had +all gone to their rooms with the exception of Ames, who was in the +pantry. I have been trying some experiments after you left us this +afternoon, and I find that no noise which MacDonald can make in the +study can penetrate to me in the pantry when the doors are all shut. + +"It is otherwise, however, from the housekeeper's room. It is not so +far down the corridor, and from it I could vaguely hear a voice when it +was very loudly raised. The sound from a shotgun is to some extent +muffled when the discharge is at very close range, as it undoubtedly +was in this instance. It would not be very loud, and yet in the silence +of the night it should have easily penetrated to Mrs. Allen's room. She +is, as she has told us, somewhat deaf; but none the less she mentioned +in her evidence that she did hear something like a door slamming half +an hour before the alarm was given. Half an hour before the alarm was +given would be a quarter to eleven. I have no doubt that what she heard +was the report of the gun, and that this was the real instant of the +murder. + +"If this is so, we have now to determine what Barker and Mrs. Douglas, +presuming that they are not the actual murderers, could have been doing +from quarter to eleven, when the sound of the shot brought them down, +until quarter past eleven, when they rang the bell and summoned the +servants. What were they doing, and why did they not instantly give the +alarm? That is the question which faces us, and when it has been +answered we shall surely have gone some way to solve our problem." + +"I am convinced myself," said I, "that there is an understanding +between those two people. She must be a heartless creature to sit +laughing at some jest within a few hours of her husband's murder." + +"Exactly. She does not shine as a wife even in her own account of what +occurred. I am not a whole-souled admirer of womankind, as you are +aware, Watson, but my experience of life has taught me that there are +few wives, having any regard for their husbands, who would let any +man's spoken word stand between them and that husband's dead body. +Should I ever marry, Watson, I should hope to inspire my wife with some +feeling which would prevent her from being walked off by a housekeeper +when my corpse was lying within a few yards of her. It was badly +stage-managed; for even the rawest investigators must be struck by the +absence of the usual feminine ululation. If there had been nothing +else, this incident alone would have suggested a prearranged conspiracy +to my mind." + +"You think then, definitely, that Barker and Mrs. Douglas are guilty of +the murder?" + +"There is an appalling directness about your questions, Watson," said +Holmes, shaking his pipe at me. "They come at me like bullets. If you +put it that Mrs. Douglas and Barker know the truth about the murder, +and are conspiring to conceal it, then I can give you a whole-souled +answer. I am sure they do. But your more deadly proposition is not so +clear. Let us for a moment consider the difficulties which stand in the +way. + +"We will suppose that this couple are united by the bonds of a guilty +love, and that they have determined to get rid of the man who stands +between them. It is a large supposition; for discreet inquiry among +servants and others has failed to corroborate it in any way. On the +contrary, there is a good deal of evidence that the Douglases were very +attached to each other." + +"That, I am sure, cannot be true." said I, thinking of the beautiful +smiling face in the garden. + +"Well at least they gave that impression. However, we will suppose that +they are an extraordinarily astute couple, who deceive everyone upon +this point, and conspire to murder the husband. He happens to be a man +over whose head some danger hangs--" + +"We have only their word for that." + +Holmes looked thoughtful. "I see, Watson. You are sketching out a +theory by which everything they say from the beginning is false. +According to your idea, there was never any hidden menace, or secret +society, or Valley of Fear, or Boss MacSomebody, or anything else. +Well, that is a good sweeping generalization. Let us see what that +brings us to. They invent this theory to account for the crime. They +then play up to the idea by leaving this bicycle in the park as proof +of the existence of some outsider. The stain on the windowsill conveys +the same idea. So does the card on the body, which might have been +prepared in the house. That all fits into your hypothesis, Watson. But +now we come on the nasty, angular, uncompromising bits which won't slip +into their places. Why a cut-off shotgun of all weapons--and an +American one at that? How could they be so sure that the sound of it +would not bring someone on to them? It's a mere chance as it is that +Mrs. Allen did not start out to inquire for the slamming door. Why did +your guilty couple do all this, Watson?" + +"I confess that I can't explain it." + +"Then again, if a woman and her lover conspire to murder a husband, are +they going to advertise their guilt by ostentatiously removing his +wedding ring after his death? Does that strike you as very probable, +Watson?" + +"No, it does not." + +"And once again, if the thought of leaving a bicycle concealed outside +had occurred to you, would it really have seemed worth doing when the +dullest detective would naturally say this is an obvious blind, as the +bicycle is the first thing which the fugitive needed in order to make +his escape." + +"I can conceive of no explanation." + +"And yet there should be no combination of events for which the wit of +man cannot conceive an explanation. Simply as a mental exercise, +without any assertion that it is true, let me indicate a possible line +of thought. It is, I admit, mere imagination; but how often is +imagination the mother of truth? + +"We will suppose that there was a guilty secret, a really shameful +secret in the life of this man Douglas. This leads to his murder by +someone who is, we will suppose, an avenger, someone from outside. This +avenger, for some reason which I confess I am still at a loss to +explain, took the dead man's wedding ring. The vendetta might +conceivably date back to the man's first marriage, and the ring be +taken for some such reason. + +"Before this avenger got away, Barker and the wife had reached the +room. The assassin convinced them that any attempt to arrest him would +lead to the publication of some hideous scandal. They were converted to +this idea, and preferred to let him go. For this purpose they probably +lowered the bridge, which can be done quite noiselessly, and then +raised it again. He made his escape, and for some reason thought that +he could do so more safely on foot than on the bicycle. He therefore +left his machine where it would not be discovered until he had got +safely away. So far we are within the bounds of possibility, are we +not?" + +"Well, it is possible, no doubt," said I, with some reserve. + +"We have to remember, Watson, that whatever occurred is certainly +something very extraordinary. Well, now, to continue our supposititious +case, the couple--not necessarily a guilty couple--realize after the +murderer is gone that they have placed themselves in a position in +which it may be difficult for them to prove that they did not +themselves either do the deed or connive at it. They rapidly and rather +clumsily met the situation. The mark was put by Barker's bloodstained +slipper upon the window-sill to suggest how the fugitive got away. They +obviously were the two who must have heard the sound of the gun; so +they gave the alarm exactly as they would have done, but a good half +hour after the event." + +"And how do you propose to prove all this?" + +"Well, if there were an outsider, he may be traced and taken. That +would be the most effective of all proofs. But if not--well, the +resources of science are far from being exhausted. I think that an +evening alone in that study would help me much." + +"An evening alone!" + +"I propose to go up there presently. I have arranged it with the +estimable Ames, who is by no means whole-hearted about Barker. I shall +sit in that room and see if its atmosphere brings me inspiration. I'm a +believer in the genius loci. You smile, Friend Watson. Well, we shall +see. By the way, you have that big umbrella of yours, have you not?" + +"It is here." + +"Well, I'll borrow that if I may." + +"Certainly--but what a wretched weapon! If there is danger--" + +"Nothing serious, my dear Watson, or I should certainly ask for your +assistance. But I'll take the umbrella. At present I am only awaiting +the return of our colleagues from Tunbridge Wells, where they are at +present engaged in trying for a likely owner to the bicycle." + +It was nightfall before Inspector MacDonald and White Mason came back +from their expedition, and they arrived exultant, reporting a great +advance in our investigation. + +"Man, I'll admeet that I had my doubts if there was ever an outsider," +said MacDonald, "but that's all past now. We've had the bicycle +identified, and we have a description of our man; so that's a long step +on our journey." + +"It sounds to me like the beginning of the end," said Holmes. "I'm sure +I congratulate you both with all my heart." + +"Well, I started from the fact that Mr. Douglas had seemed disturbed +since the day before, when he had been at Tunbridge Wells. It was at +Tunbridge Wells then that he had become conscious of some danger. It +was clear, therefore, that if a man had come over with a bicycle it was +from Tunbridge Wells that he might be expected to have come. We took +the bicycle over with us and showed it at the hotels. It was identified +at once by the manager of the Eagle Commercial as belonging to a man +named Hargrave, who had taken a room there two days before. This +bicycle and a small valise were his whole belongings. He had registered +his name as coming from London, but had given no address. The valise +was London made, and the contents were British; but the man himself was +undoubtedly an American." + +"Well, well," said Holmes gleefully, "you have indeed done some solid +work while I have been sitting spinning theories with my friend! It's a +lesson in being practical, Mr. Mac." + +"Ay, it's just that, Mr. Holmes," said the inspector with satisfaction. + +"But this may all fit in with your theories," I remarked. + +"That may or may not be. But let us hear the end, Mr. Mac. Was there +nothing to identify this man?" + +"So little that it was evident that he had carefully guarded himself +against identification. There were no papers or letters, and no marking +upon the clothes. A cycle map of the county lay on his bedroom table. +He had left the hotel after breakfast yesterday morning on his bicycle, +and no more was heard of him until our inquiries." + +"That's what puzzles me, Mr. Holmes," said White Mason. "If the fellow +did not want the hue and cry raised over him, one would imagine that he +would have returned and remained at the hotel as an inoffensive +tourist. As it is, he must know that he will be reported to the police +by the hotel manager and that his disappearance will be connected with +the murder." + +"So one would imagine. Still, he has been justified of his wisdom up to +date, at any rate, since he has not been taken. But his +description--what of that?" + +MacDonald referred to his notebook. "Here we have it so far as they +could give it. They don't seem to have taken any very particular stock +of him; but still the porter, the clerk, and the chambermaid are all +agreed that this about covers the points. He was a man about five foot +nine in height, fifty or so years of age, his hair slightly grizzled, a +grayish moustache, a curved nose, and a face which all of them +described as fierce and forbidding." + +"Well, bar the expression, that might almost be a description of +Douglas himself," said Holmes. "He is just over fifty, with grizzled +hair and moustache, and about the same height. Did you get anything +else?" + +"He was dressed in a heavy gray suit with a reefer jacket, and he wore +a short yellow overcoat and a soft cap." + +"What about the shotgun?" + +"It is less than two feet long. It could very well have fitted into his +valise. He could have carried it inside his overcoat without +difficulty." + +"And how do you consider that all this bears upon the general case?" + +"Well, Mr. Holmes," said MacDonald, "when we have got our man--and you +may be sure that I had his description on the wires within five minutes +of hearing it--we shall be better able to judge. But, even as it +stands, we have surely gone a long way. We know that an American +calling himself Hargrave came to Tunbridge Wells two days ago with +bicycle and valise. In the latter was a sawed-off shotgun; so he came +with the deliberate purpose of crime. Yesterday morning he set off for +this place on his bicycle, with his gun concealed in his overcoat. No +one saw him arrive, so far as we can learn; but he need not pass +through the village to reach the park gates, and there are many +cyclists upon the road. Presumably he at once concealed his cycle among +the laurels where it was found, and possibly lurked there himself, with +his eye on the house, waiting for Mr. Douglas to come out. The shotgun +is a strange weapon to use inside a house; but he had intended to use +it outside, and there it has very obvious advantages, as it would be +impossible to miss with it, and the sound of shots is so common in an +English sporting neighbourhood that no particular notice would be +taken." + +"That is all very clear," said Holmes. + +"Well, Mr. Douglas did not appear. What was he to do next? He left his +bicycle and approached the house in the twilight. He found the bridge +down and no one about. He took his chance, intending, no doubt, to make +some excuse if he met anyone. He met no one. He slipped into the first +room that he saw, and concealed himself behind the curtain. Thence he +could see the drawbridge go up, and he knew that his only escape was +through the moat. He waited until quarter-past eleven, when Mr. Douglas +upon his usual nightly round came into the room. He shot him and +escaped, as arranged. He was aware that the bicycle would be described +by the hotel people and be a clue against him; so he left it there and +made his way by some other means to London or to some safe hiding place +which he had already arranged. How is that, Mr. Holmes?" + +"Well, Mr. Mac, it is very good and very clear so far as it goes. That +is your end of the story. My end is that the crime was committed half +an hour earlier than reported; that Mrs. Douglas and Barker are both in +a conspiracy to conceal something; that they aided the murderer's +escape--or at least that they reached the room before he escaped--and +that they fabricated evidence of his escape through the window, whereas +in all probability they had themselves let him go by lowering the +bridge. That's my reading of the first half." + +The two detectives shook their heads. + +"Well, Mr. Holmes, if this is true, we only tumble out of one mystery +into another," said the London inspector. + +"And in some ways a worse one," added White Mason. "The lady has never +been in America in all her life. What possible connection could she +have with an American assassin which would cause her to shelter him?" + +"I freely admit the difficulties," said Holmes. "I propose to make a +little investigation of my own to-night, and it is just possible that +it may contribute something to the common cause." + +"Can we help you, Mr. Holmes?" + +"No, no! Darkness and Dr. Watson's umbrella--my wants are simple. And +Ames, the faithful Ames, no doubt he will stretch a point for me. All +my lines of thought lead me back invariably to the one basic +question--why should an athletic man develop his frame upon so +unnatural an instrument as a single dumb-bell?" + +It was late that night when Holmes returned from his solitary +excursion. We slept in a double-bedded room, which was the best that +the little country inn could do for us. I was already asleep when I was +partly awakened by his entrance. + +"Well, Holmes," I murmured, "have you found anything out?" + +He stood beside me in silence, his candle in his hand. Then the tall, +lean figure inclined towards me. "I say, Watson," he whispered, "would +you be afraid to sleep in the same room with a lunatic, a man with +softening of the brain, an idiot whose mind has lost its grip?" + +"Not in the least," I answered in astonishment. + +"Ah, that's lucky," he said, and not another word would he utter that +night. + + + +Chapter 7 + +The Solution + +Next morning, after breakfast, we found Inspector MacDonald and White +Mason seated in close consultation in the small parlour of the local +police sergeant. On the table in front of them were piled a number of +letters and telegrams, which they were carefully sorting and docketing. +Three had been placed on one side. + +"Still on the track of the elusive bicyclist?" Holmes asked cheerfully. +"What is the latest news of the ruffian?" + +MacDonald pointed ruefully to his heap of correspondence. + +"He is at present reported from Leicester, Nottingham, Southampton, +Derby, East Ham, Richmond, and fourteen other places. In three of +them--East Ham, Leicester, and Liverpool--there is a clear case against +him, and he has actually been arrested. The country seems to be full of +the fugitives with yellow coats." + +"Dear me!" said Holmes sympathetically. "Now, Mr. Mac and you, Mr. +White Mason, I wish to give you a very earnest piece of advice. When I +went into this case with you I bargained, as you will no doubt +remember, that I should not present you with half-proved theories, but +that I should retain and work out my own ideas until I had satisfied +myself that they were correct. For this reason I am not at the present +moment telling you all that is in my mind. On the other hand, I said +that I would play the game fairly by you, and I do not think it is a +fair game to allow you for one unnecessary moment to waste your +energies upon a profitless task. Therefore I am here to advise you this +morning, and my advice to you is summed up in three words--abandon the +case." + +MacDonald and White Mason stared in amazement at their celebrated +colleague. + +"You consider it hopeless!" cried the inspector. + +"I consider your case to be hopeless. I do not consider that it is +hopeless to arrive at the truth." + +"But this cyclist. He is not an invention. We have his description, his +valise, his bicycle. The fellow must be somewhere. Why should we not +get him?" + +"Yes, yes, no doubt he is somewhere, and no doubt we shall get him; but +I would not have you waste your energies in East Ham or Liverpool. I am +sure that we can find some shorter cut to a result." + +"You are holding something back. It's hardly fair of you, Mr. Holmes." +The inspector was annoyed. + +"You know my methods of work, Mr. Mac. But I will hold it back for the +shortest time possible. I only wish to verify my details in one way, +which can very readily be done, and then I make my bow and return to +London, leaving my results entirely at your service. I owe you too much +to act otherwise; for in all my experience I cannot recall any more +singular and interesting study." + +"This is clean beyond me, Mr. Holmes. We saw you when we returned from +Tunbridge Wells last night, and you were in general agreement with our +results. What has happened since then to give you a completely new idea +of the case?" + +"Well, since you ask me, I spent, as I told you that I would, some +hours last night at the Manor House." + +"Well, what happened?" + +"Ah, I can only give you a very general answer to that for the moment. +By the way, I have been reading a short but clear and interesting +account of the old building, purchasable at the modest sum of one penny +from the local tobacconist." + +Here Holmes drew a small tract, embellished with a rude engraving of +the ancient Manor House, from his waistcoat pocket. + +"It immensely adds to the zest of an investigation, my dear Mr. Mac, +when one is in conscious sympathy with the historical atmosphere of +one's surroundings. Don't look so impatient; for I assure you that even +so bald an account as this raises some sort of picture of the past in +one's mind. Permit me to give you a sample. 'Erected in the fifth year +of the reign of James I, and standing upon the site of a much older +building, the Manor House of Birlstone presents one of the finest +surviving examples of the moated Jacobean residence--'" + +"You are making fools of us, Mr. Holmes!" + +"Tut, tut, Mr. Mac!--the first sign of temper I have detected in you. +Well, I won't read it verbatim, since you feel so strongly upon the +subject. But when I tell you that there is some account of the taking +of the place by a parliamentary colonel in 1644, of the concealment of +Charles for several days in the course of the Civil War, and finally of +a visit there by the second George, you will admit that there are +various associations of interest connected with this ancient house." + +"I don't doubt it, Mr. Holmes; but that is no business of ours." + +"Is it not? Is it not? Breadth of view, my dear Mr. Mac, is one of the +essentials of our profession. The interplay of ideas and the oblique +uses of knowledge are often of extraordinary interest. You will excuse +these remarks from one who, though a mere connoisseur of crime, is +still rather older and perhaps more experienced than yourself." + +"I'm the first to admit that," said the detective heartily. "You get to +your point, I admit; but you have such a deuced round-the-corner way of +doing it." + +"Well, well, I'll drop past history and get down to present-day facts. +I called last night, as I have already said, at the Manor House. I did +not see either Barker or Mrs. Douglas. I saw no necessity to disturb +them; but I was pleased to hear that the lady was not visibly pining +and that she had partaken of an excellent dinner. My visit was +specially made to the good Mr. Ames, with whom I exchanged some +amiabilities, which culminated in his allowing me, without reference to +anyone else, to sit alone for a time in the study." + +"What! With that?" I ejaculated. + +"No, no, everything is now in order. You gave permission for that, Mr. +Mac, as I am informed. The room was in its normal state, and in it I +passed an instructive quarter of an hour." + +"What were you doing?" + +"Well, not to make a mystery of so simple a matter, I was looking for +the missing dumb-bell. It has always bulked rather large in my estimate +of the case. I ended by finding it." + +"Where?" + +"Ah, there we come to the edge of the unexplored. Let me go a little +further, a very little further, and I will promise that you shall share +everything that I know." + +"Well, we're bound to take you on your own terms," said the inspector; +"but when it comes to telling us to abandon the case--why in the name +of goodness should we abandon the case?" + +"For the simple reason, my dear Mr. Mac, that you have not got the +first idea what it is that you are investigating." + +"We are investigating the murder of Mr. John Douglas of Birlstone +Manor." + +"Yes, yes, so you are. But don't trouble to trace the mysterious +gentleman upon the bicycle. I assure you that it won't help you." + +"Then what do you suggest that we do?" + +"I will tell you exactly what to do, if you will do it." + +"Well, I'm bound to say I've always found you had reason behind all +your queer ways. I'll do what you advise." + +"And you, Mr. White Mason?" + +The country detective looked helplessly from one to the other. Holmes +and his methods were new to him. "Well, if it is good enough for the +inspector, it is good enough for me," he said at last. + +"Capital!" said Holmes. "Well, then, I should recommend a nice, cheery +country walk for both of you. They tell me that the views from +Birlstone Ridge over the Weald are very remarkable. No doubt lunch +could be got at some suitable hostelry; though my ignorance of the +country prevents me from recommending one. In the evening, tired but +happy--" + +"Man, this is getting past a joke!" cried MacDonald, rising angrily +from his chair. + +"Well, well, spend the day as you like," said Holmes, patting him +cheerfully upon the shoulder. "Do what you like and go where you will, +but meet me here before dusk without fail--without fail, Mr. Mac." + +"That sounds more like sanity." + +"All of it was excellent advice; but I don't insist, so long as you are +here when I need you. But now, before we part, I want you to write a +note to Mr. Barker." + +"Well?" + +"I'll dictate it, if you like. Ready? + + "Dear Sir: + + "It has struck me that it is our duty to drain the moat, in + the hope that we may find some--" + + +"It's impossible," said the inspector. "I've made inquiry." + +"Tut, tut! My dear sir, please do what I ask you." + +"Well, go on." + + + "--in the hope that we may find something which may bear + upon our investigation. I have made arrangements, and the + workmen will be at work early to-morrow morning diverting + the stream--" + + +"Impossible!" + + + "--diverting the stream; so I thought it best to explain + matters beforehand. + + +"Now sign that, and send it by hand about four o'clock. At that hour we +shall meet again in this room. Until then we may each do what we like; +for I can assure you that this inquiry has come to a definite pause." + +Evening was drawing in when we reassembled. Holmes was very serious in +his manner, myself curious, and the detectives obviously critical and +annoyed. + +"Well, gentlemen," said my friend gravely, "I am asking you now to put +everything to the test with me, and you will judge for yourselves +whether the observations I have made justify the conclusions to which I +have come. It is a chill evening, and I do not know how long our +expedition may last; so I beg that you will wear your warmest coats. It +is of the first importance that we should be in our places before it +grows dark; so with your permission we shall get started at once." + +We passed along the outer bounds of the Manor House park until we came +to a place where there was a gap in the rails which fenced it. Through +this we slipped, and then in the gathering gloom we followed Holmes +until we had reached a shrubbery which lies nearly opposite to the main +door and the drawbridge. The latter had not been raised. Holmes +crouched down behind the screen of laurels, and we all three followed +his example. + +"Well, what are we to do now?" asked MacDonald with some gruffness. + +"Possess our souls in patience and make as little noise as possible," +Holmes answered. + +"What are we here for at all? I really think that you might treat us +with more frankness." + +Holmes laughed. "Watson insists that I am the dramatist in real life," +said he. "Some touch of the artist wells up within me, and calls +insistently for a well-staged performance. Surely our profession, Mr. +Mac, would be a drab and sordid one if we did not sometimes set the +scene so as to glorify our results. The blunt accusation, the brutal +tap upon the shoulder--what can one make of such a denouement? But the +quick inference, the subtle trap, the clever forecast of coming events, +the triumphant vindication of bold theories--are these not the pride +and the justification of our life's work? At the present moment you +thrill with the glamour of the situation and the anticipation of the +hunt. Where would be that thrill if I had been as definite as a +timetable? I only ask a little patience, Mr. Mac, and all will be clear +to you." + +"Well, I hope the pride and justification and the rest of it will come +before we all get our death of cold," said the London detective with +comic resignation. + +We all had good reason to join in the aspiration; for our vigil was a +long and bitter one. Slowly the shadows darkened over the long, sombre +face of the old house. A cold, damp reek from the moat chilled us to +the bones and set our teeth chattering. There was a single lamp over +the gateway and a steady globe of light in the fatal study. Everything +else was dark and still. + +"How long is this to last?" asked the inspector finally. "And what is +it we are watching for?" + +"I have no more notion than you how long it is to last," Holmes +answered with some asperity. "If criminals would always schedule their +movements like railway trains, it would certainly be more convenient +for all of us. As to what it is we--Well, that's what we are watching +for!" + +As he spoke the bright, yellow light in the study was obscured by +somebody passing to and fro before it. The laurels among which we lay +were immediately opposite the window and not more than a hundred feet +from it. Presently it was thrown open with a whining of hinges, and we +could dimly see the dark outline of a man's head and shoulders looking +out into the gloom. For some minutes he peered forth in furtive, +stealthy fashion, as one who wishes to be assured that he is +unobserved. Then he leaned forward, and in the intense silence we were +aware of the soft lapping of agitated water. He seemed to be stirring +up the moat with something which he held in his hand. Then suddenly he +hauled something in as a fisherman lands a fish--some large, round +object which obscured the light as it was dragged through the open +casement. + +"Now!" cried Holmes. "Now!" + +We were all upon our feet, staggering after him with our stiffened +limbs, while he ran swiftly across the bridge and rang violently at the +bell. There was the rasping of bolts from the other side, and the +amazed Ames stood in the entrance. Holmes brushed him aside without a +word and, followed by all of us, rushed into the room which had been +occupied by the man whom we had been watching. + +The oil lamp on the table represented the glow which we had seen from +outside. It was now in the hand of Cecil Barker, who held it towards us +as we entered. Its light shone upon his strong, resolute, clean-shaved +face and his menacing eyes. + +"What the devil is the meaning of all this?" he cried. "What are you +after, anyhow?" + +Holmes took a swift glance round, and then pounced upon a sodden bundle +tied together with cord which lay where it had been thrust under the +writing table. + +"This is what we are after, Mr. Barker--this bundle, weighted with a +dumb-bell, which you have just raised from the bottom of the moat." + +Barker stared at Holmes with amazement in his face. "How in thunder +came you to know anything about it?" he asked. + +"Simply that I put it there." + +"You put it there! You!" + +"Perhaps I should have said 'replaced it there,'" said Holmes. "You +will remember, Inspector MacDonald, that I was somewhat struck by the +absence of a dumb-bell. I drew your attention to it; but with the +pressure of other events you had hardly the time to give it the +consideration which would have enabled you to draw deductions from it. +When water is near and a weight is missing it is not a very far-fetched +supposition that something has been sunk in the water. The idea was at +least worth testing; so with the help of Ames, who admitted me to the +room, and the crook of Dr. Watson's umbrella, I was able last night to +fish up and inspect this bundle. + +"It was of the first importance, however, that we should be able to +prove who placed it there. This we accomplished by the very obvious +device of announcing that the moat would be dried to-morrow, which had, +of course, the effect that whoever had hidden the bundle would most +certainly withdraw it the moment that darkness enabled him to do so. We +have no less than four witnesses as to who it was who took advantage of +the opportunity, and so, Mr. Barker, I think the word lies now with +you." + +Sherlock Holmes put the sopping bundle upon the table beside the lamp +and undid the cord which bound it. From within he extracted a +dumb-bell, which he tossed down to its fellow in the corner. Next he +drew forth a pair of boots. "American, as you perceive," he remarked, +pointing to the toes. Then he laid upon the table a long, deadly, +sheathed knife. Finally he unravelled a bundle of clothing, comprising +a complete set of underclothes, socks, a gray tweed suit, and a short +yellow overcoat. + +"The clothes are commonplace," remarked Holmes, "save only the +overcoat, which is full of suggestive touches." He held it tenderly +towards the light. "Here, as you perceive, is the inner pocket +prolonged into the lining in such fashion as to give ample space for +the truncated fowling piece. The tailor's tab is on the neck--'Neal, +Outfitter, Vermissa, U. S. A.' I have spent an instructive afternoon in +the rector's library, and have enlarged my knowledge by adding the fact +that Vermissa is a flourishing little town at the head of one of the +best known coal and iron valleys in the United States. I have some +recollection, Mr. Barker, that you associated the coal districts with +Mr. Douglas's first wife, and it would surely not be too far-fetched an +inference that the V. V. upon the card by the dead body might stand for +Vermissa Valley, or that this very valley which sends forth emissaries +of murder may be that Valley of Fear of which we have heard. So much is +fairly clear. And now, Mr. Barker, I seem to be standing rather in the +way of your explanation." + +It was a sight to see Cecil Barker's expressive face during this +exposition of the great detective. Anger, amazement, consternation, and +indecision swept over it in turn. Finally he took refuge in a somewhat +acrid irony. + +"You know such a lot, Mr. Holmes, perhaps you had better tell us some +more," he sneered. + +"I have no doubt that I could tell you a great deal more, Mr. Barker; +but it would come with a better grace from you." + +"Oh, you think so, do you? Well, all I can say is that if there's any +secret here it is not my secret, and I am not the man to give it away." + +"Well, if you take that line, Mr. Barker," said the inspector quietly, +"we must just keep you in sight until we have the warrant and can hold +you." + +"You can do what you damn please about that," said Barker defiantly. + +The proceedings seemed to have come to a definite end so far as he was +concerned; for one had only to look at that granite face to realize +that no peine forte et dure would ever force him to plead against his +will. The deadlock was broken, however, by a woman's voice. Mrs. +Douglas had been standing listening at the half opened door, and now +she entered the room. + +"You have done enough for now, Cecil," said she. "Whatever comes of it +in the future, you have done enough." + +"Enough and more than enough," remarked Sherlock Holmes gravely. "I +have every sympathy with you, madam, and should strongly urge you to +have some confidence in the common sense of our jurisdiction and to +take the police voluntarily into your complete confidence. It may be +that I am myself at fault for not following up the hint which you +conveyed to me through my friend, Dr. Watson; but, at that time I had +every reason to believe that you were directly concerned in the crime. +Now I am assured that this is not so. At the same time, there is much +that is unexplained, and I should strongly recommend that you ask Mr. +Douglas to tell us his own story." + +Mrs. Douglas gave a cry of astonishment at Holmes's words. The +detectives and I must have echoed it, when we were aware of a man who +seemed to have emerged from the wall, who advanced now from the gloom +of the corner in which he had appeared. Mrs. Douglas turned, and in an +instant her arms were round him. Barker had seized his outstretched +hand. + +"It's best this way, Jack," his wife repeated; "I am sure that it is +best." + +"Indeed, yes, Mr. Douglas," said Sherlock Holmes, "I am sure that you +will find it best." + +The man stood blinking at us with the dazed look of one who comes from +the dark into the light. It was a remarkable face, bold gray eyes, a +strong, short-clipped, grizzled moustache, a square, projecting chin, +and a humorous mouth. He took a good look at us all, and then to my +amazement he advanced to me and handed me a bundle of paper. + +"I've heard of you," said he in a voice which was not quite English and +not quite American, but was altogether mellow and pleasing. "You are +the historian of this bunch. Well, Dr. Watson, you've never had such a +story as that pass through your hands before, and I'll lay my last +dollar on that. Tell it your own way; but there are the facts, and you +can't miss the public so long as you have those. I've been cooped up +two days, and I've spent the daylight hours--as much daylight as I +could get in that rat trap--in putting the thing into words. You're +welcome to them--you and your public. There's the story of the Valley +of Fear." + +"That's the past, Mr. Douglas," said Sherlock Holmes quietly. "What we +desire now is to hear your story of the present." + +"You'll have it, sir," said Douglas. "May I smoke as I talk? Well, +thank you, Mr. Holmes. You're a smoker yourself, if I remember right, +and you'll guess what it is to be sitting for two days with tobacco in +your pocket and afraid that the smell will give you away." He leaned +against the mantelpiece and sucked at the cigar which Holmes had handed +him. "I've heard of you, Mr. Holmes. I never guessed that I should meet +you. But before you are through with that," he nodded at my papers, +"you will say I've brought you something fresh." + +Inspector MacDonald had been staring at the newcomer with the greatest +amazement. "Well, this fairly beats me!" he cried at last. "If you are +Mr. John Douglas of Birlstone Manor, then whose death have we been +investigating for these two days, and where in the world have you +sprung from now? You seemed to me to come out of the floor like a +jack-in-a-box." + +"Ah, Mr. Mac," said Holmes, shaking a reproving forefinger, "you would +not read that excellent local compilation which described the +concealment of King Charles. People did not hide in those days without +excellent hiding places, and the hiding place that has once been used +may be again. I had persuaded myself that we should find Mr. Douglas +under this roof." + +"And how long have you been playing this trick upon us, Mr. Holmes?" +said the inspector angrily. "How long have you allowed us to waste +ourselves upon a search that you knew to be an absurd one?" + +"Not one instant, my dear Mr. Mac. Only last night did I form my views +of the case. As they could not be put to the proof until this evening, +I invited you and your colleague to take a holiday for the day. Pray +what more could I do? When I found the suit of clothes in the moat, it +at once became apparent to me that the body we had found could not have +been the body of Mr. John Douglas at all, but must be that of the +bicyclist from Tunbridge Wells. No other conclusion was possible. +Therefore I had to determine where Mr. John Douglas himself could be, +and the balance of probability was that with the connivance of his wife +and his friend he was concealed in a house which had such conveniences +for a fugitive, and awaiting quieter times when he could make his final +escape." + +"Well, you figured it out about right," said Douglas approvingly. "I +thought I'd dodge your British law; for I was not sure how I stood +under it, and also I saw my chance to throw these hounds once for all +off my track. Mind you, from first to last I have done nothing to be +ashamed of, and nothing that I would not do again; but you'll judge +that for yourselves when I tell you my story. Never mind warning me, +Inspector: I'm ready to stand pat upon the truth. + +"I'm not going to begin at the beginning. That's all there," he +indicated my bundle of papers, "and a mighty queer yarn you'll find it. +It all comes down to this: That there are some men that have good cause +to hate me and would give their last dollar to know that they had got +me. So long as I am alive and they are alive, there is no safety in +this world for me. They hunted me from Chicago to California, then they +chased me out of America; but when I married and settled down in this +quiet spot I thought my last years were going to be peaceable. + +"I never explained to my wife how things were. Why should I pull her +into it? She would never have a quiet moment again; but would always be +imagining trouble. I fancy she knew something, for I may have dropped a +word here or a word there; but until yesterday, after you gentlemen had +seen her, she never knew the rights of the matter. She told you all she +knew, and so did Barker here; for on the night when this thing happened +there was mighty little time for explanations. She knows everything +now, and I would have been a wiser man if I had told her sooner. But it +was a hard question, dear," he took her hand for an instant in his own, +"and I acted for the best. + +"Well, gentlemen, the day before these happenings I was over in +Tunbridge Wells, and I got a glimpse of a man in the street. It was +only a glimpse; but I have a quick eye for these things, and I never +doubted who it was. It was the worst enemy I had among them all--one +who has been after me like a hungry wolf after a caribou all these +years. I knew there was trouble coming, and I came home and made ready +for it. I guessed I'd fight through it all right on my own, my luck was +a proverb in the States about '76. I never doubted that it would be +with me still. + +"I was on my guard all that next day, and never went out into the park. +It's as well, or he'd have had the drop on me with that buckshot gun of +his before ever I could draw on him. After the bridge was up--my mind +was always more restful when that bridge was up in the evenings--I put +the thing clear out of my head. I never dreamed of his getting into the +house and waiting for me. But when I made my round in my dressing gown, +as was my habit, I had no sooner entered the study than I scented +danger. I guess when a man has had dangers in his life--and I've had +more than most in my time--there is a kind of sixth sense that waves +the red flag. I saw the signal clear enough, and yet I couldn't tell +you why. Next instant I spotted a boot under the window curtain, and +then I saw why plain enough. + +"I'd just the one candle that was in my hand; but there was a good +light from the hall lamp through the open door. I put down the candle +and jumped for a hammer that I'd left on the mantel. At the same moment +he sprang at me. I saw the glint of a knife, and I lashed at him with +the hammer. I got him somewhere; for the knife tinkled down on the +floor. He dodged round the table as quick as an eel, and a moment later +he'd got his gun from under his coat. I heard him cock it; but I had +got hold of it before he could fire. I had it by the barrel, and we +wrestled for it all ends up for a minute or more. It was death to the +man that lost his grip. + +"He never lost his grip; but he got it butt downward for a moment too +long. Maybe it was I that pulled the trigger. Maybe we just jolted it +off between us. Anyhow, he got both barrels in the face, and there I +was, staring down at all that was left of Ted Baldwin. I'd recognized +him in the township, and again when he sprang for me; but his own +mother wouldn't recognize him as I saw him then. I'm used to rough +work; but I fairly turned sick at the sight of him. + +"I was hanging on the side of the table when Barker came hurrying down. +I heard my wife coming, and I ran to the door and stopped her. It was +no sight for a woman. I promised I'd come to her soon. I said a word or +two to Barker--he took it all in at a glance--and we waited for the +rest to come along. But there was no sign of them. Then we understood +that they could hear nothing, and that all that had happened was known +only to ourselves. + +"It was at that instant that the idea came to me. I was fairly dazzled +by the brilliance of it. The man's sleeve had slipped up and there was +the branded mark of the lodge upon his forearm. See here!" + +The man whom we had known as Douglas turned up his own coat and cuff to +show a brown triangle within a circle exactly like that which we had +seen upon the dead man. + +"It was the sight of that which started me on it. I seemed to see it +all clear at a glance. There were his height and hair and figure, about +the same as my own. No one could swear to his face, poor devil! I +brought down this suit of clothes, and in a quarter of an hour Barker +and I had put my dressing gown on him and he lay as you found him. We +tied all his things into a bundle, and I weighted them with the only +weight I could find and put them through the window. The card he had +meant to lay upon my body was lying beside his own. + +"My rings were put on his finger; but when it came to the wedding +ring," he held out his muscular hand, "you can see for yourselves that +I had struck the limit. I have not moved it since the day I was +married, and it would have taken a file to get it off. I don't know, +anyhow, that I should have cared to part with it; but if I had wanted +to I couldn't. So we just had to leave that detail to take care of +itself. On the other hand, I brought a bit of plaster down and put it +where I am wearing one myself at this instant. You slipped up there, +Mr. Holmes, clever as you are; for if you had chanced to take off that +plaster you would have found no cut underneath it. + +"Well, that was the situation. If I could lie low for a while and then +get away where I could be joined by my 'widow' we should have a chance +at last of living in peace for the rest of our lives. These devils +would give me no rest so long as I was above ground; but if they saw in +the papers that Baldwin had got his man, there would be an end of all +my troubles. I hadn't much time to make it all clear to Barker and to +my wife; but they understood enough to be able to help me. I knew all +about this hiding place, so did Ames; but it never entered his head to +connect it with the matter. I retired into it, and it was up to Barker +to do the rest. + +"I guess you can fill in for yourselves what he did. He opened the +window and made the mark on the sill to give an idea of how the +murderer escaped. It was a tall order, that; but as the bridge was up +there was no other way. Then, when everything was fixed, he rang the +bell for all he was worth. What happened afterward you know. And so, +gentlemen, you can do what you please; but I've told you the truth and +the whole truth, so help me God! What I ask you now is how do I stand +by the English law?" + +There was a silence which was broken by Sherlock Holmes. + +"The English law is in the main a just law. You will get no worse than +your deserts from that, Mr. Douglas. But I would ask you how did this +man know that you lived here, or how to get into your house, or where +to hide to get you?" + +"I know nothing of this." + +Holmes's face was very white and grave. "The story is not over yet, I +fear," said he. "You may find worse dangers than the English law, or +even than your enemies from America. I see trouble before you, Mr. +Douglas. You'll take my advice and still be on your guard." + +And now, my long-suffering readers, I will ask you to come away with me +for a time, far from the Sussex Manor House of Birlstone, and far also +from the year of grace in which we made our eventful journey which +ended with the strange story of the man who had been known as John +Douglas. I wish you to journey back some twenty years in time, and +westward some thousands of miles in space, that I may lay before you a +singular and terrible narrative--so singular and so terrible that you +may find it hard to believe that even as I tell it, even so did it +occur. + +Do not think that I intrude one story before another is finished. As +you read on you will find that this is not so. And when I have detailed +those distant events and you have solved this mystery of the past, we +shall meet once more in those rooms on Baker Street, where this, like +so many other wonderful happenings, will find its end. + + + + +PART 2 + +The Scowrers + + + +Chapter 1 + +The Man + +It was the fourth of February in the year 1875. It had been a severe +winter, and the snow lay deep in the gorges of the Gilmerton Mountains. +The steam ploughs had, however, kept the railroad open, and the evening +train which connects the long line of coal-mining and iron-working +settlements was slowly groaning its way up the steep gradients which +lead from Stagville on the plain to Vermissa, the central township +which lies at the head of Vermissa Valley. From this point the track +sweeps downward to Bartons Crossing, Helmdale, and the purely +agricultural county of Merton. It was a single-track railroad; but at +every siding--and they were numerous--long lines of trucks piled with +coal and iron ore told of the hidden wealth which had brought a rude +population and a bustling life to this most desolate corner of the +United States of America. + +For desolate it was! Little could the first pioneer who had traversed +it have ever imagined that the fairest prairies and the most lush water +pastures were valueless compared to this gloomy land of black crag and +tangled forest. Above the dark and often scarcely penetrable woods upon +their flanks, the high, bare crowns of the mountains, white snow, and +jagged rock towered upon each flank, leaving a long, winding, tortuous +valley in the centre. Up this the little train was slowly crawling. + +The oil lamps had just been lit in the leading passenger car, a long, +bare carriage in which some twenty or thirty people were seated. The +greater number of these were workmen returning from their day's toil in +the lower part of the valley. At least a dozen, by their grimed faces +and the safety lanterns which they carried, proclaimed themselves +miners. These sat smoking in a group and conversed in low voices, +glancing occasionally at two men on the opposite side of the car, whose +uniforms and badges showed them to be policemen. + +Several women of the labouring class and one or two travellers who +might have been small local storekeepers made up the rest of the +company, with the exception of one young man in a corner by himself. It +is with this man that we are concerned. Take a good look at him, for he +is worth it. + +He is a fresh-complexioned, middle-sized young man, not far, one would +guess, from his thirtieth year. He has large, shrewd, humorous gray +eyes which twinkle inquiringly from time to time as he looks round +through his spectacles at the people about him. It is easy to see that +he is of a sociable and possibly simple disposition, anxious to be +friendly to all men. Anyone could pick him at once as gregarious in his +habits and communicative in his nature, with a quick wit and a ready +smile. And yet the man who studied him more closely might discern a +certain firmness of jaw and grim tightness about the lips which would +warn him that there were depths beyond, and that this pleasant, +brown-haired young Irishman might conceivably leave his mark for good +or evil upon any society to which he was introduced. + +Having made one or two tentative remarks to the nearest miner, and +receiving only short, gruff replies, the traveller resigned himself to +uncongenial silence, staring moodily out of the window at the fading +landscape. + +It was not a cheering prospect. Through the growing gloom there pulsed +the red glow of the furnaces on the sides of the hills. Great heaps of +slag and dumps of cinders loomed up on each side, with the high shafts +of the collieries towering above them. Huddled groups of mean, wooden +houses, the windows of which were beginning to outline themselves in +light, were scattered here and there along the line, and the frequent +halting places were crowded with their swarthy inhabitants. + +The iron and coal valleys of the Vermissa district were no resorts for +the leisured or the cultured. Everywhere there were stern signs of the +crudest battle of life, the rude work to be done, and the rude, strong +workers who did it. + +The young traveller gazed out into this dismal country with a face of +mingled repulsion and interest, which showed that the scene was new to +him. At intervals he drew from his pocket a bulky letter to which he +referred, and on the margins of which he scribbled some notes. Once +from the back of his waist he produced something which one would hardly +have expected to find in the possession of so mild-mannered a man. It +was a navy revolver of the largest size. As he turned it slantwise to +the light, the glint upon the rims of the copper shells within the drum +showed that it was fully loaded. He quickly restored it to his secret +pocket, but not before it had been observed by a working man who had +seated himself upon the adjoining bench. + +"Hullo, mate!" said he. "You seem heeled and ready." + +The young man smiled with an air of embarrassment. + +"Yes," said he, "we need them sometimes in the place I come from." + +"And where may that be?" + +"I'm last from Chicago." + +"A stranger in these parts?" + +"Yes." + +"You may find you need it here," said the workman. + +"Ah! is that so?" The young man seemed interested. + +"Have you heard nothing of doings hereabouts?" + +"Nothing out of the way." + +"Why, I thought the country was full of it. You'll hear quick enough. +What made you come here?" + +"I heard there was always work for a willing man." + +"Are you a member of the union?" + +"Sure." + +"Then you'll get your job, I guess. Have you any friends?" + +"Not yet; but I have the means of making them." + +"How's that, then?" + +"I am one of the Eminent Order of Freemen. There's no town without a +lodge, and where there is a lodge I'll find my friends." + +The remark had a singular effect upon his companion. He glanced round +suspiciously at the others in the car. The miners were still whispering +among themselves. The two police officers were dozing. He came across, +seated himself close to the young traveller, and held out his hand. + +"Put it there," he said. + +A hand-grip passed between the two. + +"I see you speak the truth," said the workman. "But it's well to make +certain." He raised his right hand to his right eyebrow. The traveller +at once raised his left hand to his left eyebrow. + +"Dark nights are unpleasant," said the workman. + +"Yes, for strangers to travel," the other answered. + +"That's good enough. I'm Brother Scanlan, Lodge 341, Vermissa Valley. +Glad to see you in these parts." + +"Thank you. I'm Brother John McMurdo, Lodge 29, Chicago. Bodymaster J. +H. Scott. But I am in luck to meet a brother so early." + +"Well, there are plenty of us about. You won't find the order more +flourishing anywhere in the States than right here in Vermissa Valley. +But we could do with some lads like you. I can't understand a spry man +of the union finding no work to do in Chicago." + +"I found plenty of work to do," said McMurdo. + +"Then why did you leave?" + +McMurdo nodded towards the policemen and smiled. "I guess those chaps +would be glad to know," he said. + +Scanlan groaned sympathetically. "In trouble?" he asked in a whisper. + +"Deep." + +"A penitentiary job?" + +"And the rest." + +"Not a killing!" + +"It's early days to talk of such things," said McMurdo with the air of +a man who had been surprised into saying more than he intended. "I've +my own good reasons for leaving Chicago, and let that be enough for +you. Who are you that you should take it on yourself to ask such +things?" His gray eyes gleamed with sudden and dangerous anger from +behind his glasses. + +"All right, mate, no offense meant. The boys will think none the worse +of you, whatever you may have done. Where are you bound for now?" + +"Vermissa." + +"That's the third halt down the line. Where are you staying?" + +McMurdo took out an envelope and held it close to the murky oil lamp. +"Here is the address--Jacob Shafter, Sheridan Street. It's a boarding +house that was recommended by a man I knew in Chicago." + +"Well, I don't know it; but Vermissa is out of my beat. I live at +Hobson's Patch, and that's here where we are drawing up. But, say, +there's one bit of advice I'll give you before we part: If you're in +trouble in Vermissa, go straight to the Union House and see Boss +McGinty. He is the Bodymaster of Vermissa Lodge, and nothing can happen +in these parts unless Black Jack McGinty wants it. So long, mate! Maybe +we'll meet in lodge one of these evenings. But mind my words: If you +are in trouble, go to Boss McGinty." + +Scanlan descended, and McMurdo was left once again to his thoughts. +Night had now fallen, and the flames of the frequent furnaces were +roaring and leaping in the darkness. Against their lurid background +dark figures were bending and straining, twisting and turning, with the +motion of winch or of windlass, to the rhythm of an eternal clank and +roar. + +"I guess hell must look something like that," said a voice. + +McMurdo turned and saw that one of the policemen had shifted in his +seat and was staring out into the fiery waste. + +"For that matter," said the other policeman, "I allow that hell must be +something like that. If there are worse devils down yonder than some we +could name, it's more than I'd expect. I guess you are new to this +part, young man?" + +"Well, what if I am?" McMurdo answered in a surly voice. + +"Just this, mister, that I should advise you to be careful in choosing +your friends. I don't think I'd begin with Mike Scanlan or his gang if +I were you." + +"What the hell is it to you who are my friends?" roared McMurdo in a +voice which brought every head in the carriage round to witness the +altercation. "Did I ask you for your advice, or did you think me such a +sucker that I couldn't move without it? You speak when you are spoken +to, and by the Lord you'd have to wait a long time if it was me!" He +thrust out his face and grinned at the patrolmen like a snarling dog. + +The two policemen, heavy, good-natured men, were taken aback by the +extraordinary vehemence with which their friendly advances had been +rejected. + +"No offense, stranger," said one. "It was a warning for your own good, +seeing that you are, by your own showing, new to the place." + +"I'm new to the place; but I'm not new to you and your kind!" cried +McMurdo in cold fury. "I guess you're the same in all places, shoving +your advice in when nobody asks for it." + +"Maybe we'll see more of you before very long," said one of the +patrolmen with a grin. "You're a real hand-picked one, if I am a judge." + +"I was thinking the same," remarked the other. "I guess we may meet +again." + +"I'm not afraid of you, and don't you think it!" cried McMurdo. "My +name's Jack McMurdo--see? If you want me, you'll find me at Jacob +Shafter's on Sheridan Street, Vermissa; so I'm not hiding from you, am +I? Day or night I dare to look the like of you in the face--don't make +any mistake about that!" + +There was a murmur of sympathy and admiration from the miners at the +dauntless demeanour of the newcomer, while the two policemen shrugged +their shoulders and renewed a conversation between themselves. + +A few minutes later the train ran into the ill-lit station, and there +was a general clearing; for Vermissa was by far the largest town on the +line. McMurdo picked up his leather gripsack and was about to start off +into the darkness, when one of the miners accosted him. + +"By Gar, mate! you know how to speak to the cops," he said in a voice +of awe. "It was grand to hear you. Let me carry your grip and show you +the road. I'm passing Shafter's on the way to my own shack." + +There was a chorus of friendly "Good-nights" from the other miners as +they passed from the platform. Before ever he had set foot in it, +McMurdo the turbulent had become a character in Vermissa. + +The country had been a place of terror; but the town was in its way +even more depressing. Down that long valley there was at least a +certain gloomy grandeur in the huge fires and the clouds of drifting +smoke, while the strength and industry of man found fitting monuments +in the hills which he had spilled by the side of his monstrous +excavations. But the town showed a dead level of mean ugliness and +squalor. The broad street was churned up by the traffic into a horrible +rutted paste of muddy snow. The sidewalks were narrow and uneven. The +numerous gas-lamps served only to show more clearly a long line of +wooden houses, each with its veranda facing the street, unkempt and +dirty. + +As they approached the centre of the town the scene was brightened by a +row of well-lit stores, and even more by a cluster of saloons and +gaming houses, in which the miners spent their hard-earned but generous +wages. + +"That's the Union House," said the guide, pointing to one saloon which +rose almost to the dignity of being a hotel. "Jack McGinty is the boss +there." + +"What sort of a man is he?" McMurdo asked. + +"What! have you never heard of the boss?" + +"How could I have heard of him when you know that I am a stranger in +these parts?" + +"Well, I thought his name was known clear across the country. It's been +in the papers often enough." + +"What for?" + +"Well," the miner lowered his voice--"over the affairs." + +"What affairs?" + +"Good Lord, mister! you are queer, if I must say it without offense. +There's only one set of affairs that you'll hear of in these parts, and +that's the affairs of the Scowrers." + +"Why, I seem to have read of the Scowrers in Chicago. A gang of +murderers, are they not?" + +"Hush, on your life!" cried the miner, standing still in alarm, and +gazing in amazement at his companion. "Man, you won't live long in +these parts if you speak in the open street like that. Many a man has +had the life beaten out of him for less." + +"Well, I know nothing about them. It's only what I have read." + +"And I'm not saying that you have not read the truth." The man looked +nervously round him as he spoke, peering into the shadows as if he +feared to see some lurking danger. "If killing is murder, then God +knows there is murder and to spare. But don't you dare to breathe the +name of Jack McGinty in connection with it, stranger; for every whisper +goes back to him, and he is not one that is likely to let it pass. Now, +that's the house you're after, that one standing back from the street. +You'll find old Jacob Shafter that runs it as honest a man as lives in +this township." + +"I thank you," said McMurdo, and shaking hands with his new +acquaintance he plodded, gripsack in hand, up the path which led to the +dwelling house, at the door of which he gave a resounding knock. + +It was opened at once by someone very different from what he had +expected. It was a woman, young and singularly beautiful. She was of +the German type, blonde and fair-haired, with the piquant contrast of a +pair of beautiful dark eyes with which she surveyed the stranger with +surprise and a pleasing embarrassment which brought a wave of colour +over her pale face. Framed in the bright light of the open doorway, it +seemed to McMurdo that he had never seen a more beautiful picture; the +more attractive for its contrast with the sordid and gloomy +surroundings. A lovely violet growing upon one of those black +slag-heaps of the mines would not have seemed more surprising. So +entranced was he that he stood staring without a word, and it was she +who broke the silence. + +"I thought it was father," said she with a pleasing little touch of a +German accent. "Did you come to see him? He is downtown. I expect him +back every minute." + +McMurdo continued to gaze at her in open admiration until her eyes +dropped in confusion before this masterful visitor. + +"No, miss," he said at last, "I'm in no hurry to see him. But your +house was recommended to me for board. I thought it might suit me--and +now I know it will." + +"You are quick to make up your mind," said she with a smile. + +"Anyone but a blind man could do as much," the other answered. + +She laughed at the compliment. "Come right in, sir," she said. "I'm +Miss Ettie Shafter, Mr. Shafter's daughter. My mother's dead, and I run +the house. You can sit down by the stove in the front room until father +comes along--Ah, here he is! So you can fix things with him right away." + +A heavy, elderly man came plodding up the path. In a few words McMurdo +explained his business. A man of the name of Murphy had given him the +address in Chicago. He in turn had had it from someone else. Old +Shafter was quite ready. The stranger made no bones about terms, agreed +at once to every condition, and was apparently fairly flush of money. +For seven dollars a week paid in advance he was to have board and +lodging. + +So it was that McMurdo, the self-confessed fugitive from justice, took +up his abode under the roof of the Shafters, the first step which was +to lead to so long and dark a train of events, ending in a far distant +land. + + + +Chapter 2 + +The Bodymaster + +McMurdo was a man who made his mark quickly. Wherever he was the folk +around soon knew it. Within a week he had become infinitely the most +important person at Shafter's. There were ten or a dozen boarders +there; but they were honest foremen or commonplace clerks from the +stores, of a very different calibre from the young Irishman. Of an +evening when they gathered together his joke was always the readiest, +his conversation the brightest, and his song the best. He was a born +boon companion, with a magnetism which drew good humour from all around +him. + +And yet he showed again and again, as he had shown in the railway +carriage, a capacity for sudden, fierce anger, which compelled the +respect and even the fear of those who met him. For the law, too, and +all who were connected with it, he exhibited a bitter contempt which +delighted some and alarmed others of his fellow boarders. + +From the first he made it evident, by his open admiration, that the +daughter of the house had won his heart from the instant that he had +set eyes upon her beauty and her grace. He was no backward suitor. On +the second day he told her that he loved her, and from then onward he +repeated the same story with an absolute disregard of what she might +say to discourage him. + +"Someone else?" he would cry. "Well, the worse luck for someone else! +Let him look out for himself! Am I to lose my life's chance and all my +heart's desire for someone else? You can keep on saying no, Ettie: the +day will come when you will say yes, and I'm young enough to wait." + +He was a dangerous suitor, with his glib Irish tongue, and his pretty, +coaxing ways. There was about him also that glamour of experience and +of mystery which attracts a woman's interest, and finally her love. He +could talk of the sweet valleys of County Monaghan from which he came, +of the lovely, distant island, the low hills and green meadows of which +seemed the more beautiful when imagination viewed them from this place +of grime and snow. + +Then he was versed in the life of the cities of the North, of Detroit, +and the lumber camps of Michigan, and finally of Chicago, where he had +worked in a planing mill. And afterwards came the hint of romance, the +feeling that strange things had happened to him in that great city, so +strange and so intimate that they might not be spoken of. He spoke +wistfully of a sudden leaving, a breaking of old ties, a flight into a +strange world, ending in this dreary valley, and Ettie listened, her +dark eyes gleaming with pity and with sympathy--those two qualities +which may turn so rapidly and so naturally to love. + +McMurdo had obtained a temporary job as bookkeeper; for he was a +well-educated man. This kept him out most of the day, and he had not +found occasion yet to report himself to the head of the lodge of the +Eminent Order of Freemen. He was reminded of his omission, however, by +a visit one evening from Mike Scanlan, the fellow member whom he had +met in the train. Scanlan, the small, sharp-faced, nervous, black-eyed +man, seemed glad to see him once more. After a glass or two of whisky +he broached the object of his visit. + +"Say, McMurdo," said he, "I remembered your address, so I made bold to +call. I'm surprised that you've not reported to the Bodymaster. Why +haven't you seen Boss McGinty yet?" + +"Well, I had to find a job. I have been busy." + +"You must find time for him if you have none for anything else. Good +Lord, man! you're a fool not to have been down to the Union House and +registered your name the first morning after you came here! If you run +against him--well, you mustn't, that's all!" + +McMurdo showed mild surprise. "I've been a member of the lodge for over +two years, Scanlan, but I never heard that duties were so pressing as +all that." + +"Maybe not in Chicago." + +"Well, it's the same society here." + +"Is it?" + +Scanlan looked at him long and fixedly. There was something sinister in +his eyes. + +"Isn't it?" + +"You'll tell me that in a month's time. I hear you had a talk with the +patrolmen after I left the train." + +"How did you know that?" + +"Oh, it got about--things do get about for good and for bad in this +district." + +"Well, yes. I told the hounds what I thought of them." + +"By the Lord, you'll be a man after McGinty's heart!" + +"What, does he hate the police too?" + +Scanlan burst out laughing. "You go and see him, my lad," said he as he +took his leave. "It's not the police but you that he'll hate if you +don't! Now, take a friend's advice and go at once!" + +It chanced that on the same evening McMurdo had another more pressing +interview which urged him in the same direction. It may have been that +his attentions to Ettie had been more evident than before, or that they +had gradually obtruded themselves into the slow mind of his good German +host; but, whatever the cause, the boarding-house keeper beckoned the +young man into his private room and started on the subject without any +circumlocution. + +"It seems to me, mister," said he, "that you are gettin' set on my +Ettie. Ain't that so, or am I wrong?" + +"Yes, that is so," the young man answered. + +"Vell, I vant to tell you right now that it ain't no manner of use. +There's someone slipped in afore you." + +"She told me so." + +"Vell, you can lay that she told you truth. But did she tell you who it +vas?" + +"No, I asked her; but she wouldn't tell." + +"I dare say not, the leetle baggage! Perhaps she did not vish to +frighten you avay." + +"Frighten!" McMurdo was on fire in a moment. + +"Ah, yes, my friend! You need not be ashamed to be frightened of him. +It is Teddy Baldwin." + +"And who the devil is he?" + +"He is a boss of Scowrers." + +"Scowrers! I've heard of them before. It's Scowrers here and Scowrers +there, and always in a whisper! What are you all afraid of? Who are the +Scowrers?" + +The boarding-house keeper instinctively sank his voice, as everyone did +who talked about that terrible society. "The Scowrers," said he, "are +the Eminent Order of Freemen!" + +The young man stared. "Why, I am a member of that order myself." + +"You! I vould never have had you in my house if I had known it--not if +you vere to pay me a hundred dollar a week." + +"What's wrong with the order? It's for charity and good fellowship. The +rules say so." + +"Maybe in some places. Not here!" + +"What is it here?" + +"It's a murder society, that's vat it is." + +McMurdo laughed incredulously. "How can you prove that?" he asked. + +"Prove it! Are there not fifty murders to prove it? Vat about Milman +and Van Shorst, and the Nicholson family, and old Mr. Hyam, and little +Billy James, and the others? Prove it! Is there a man or a voman in +this valley vat does not know it?" + +"See here!" said McMurdo earnestly. "I want you to take back what +you've said, or else make it good. One or the other you must do before +I quit this room. Put yourself in my place. Here am I, a stranger in +the town. I belong to a society that I know only as an innocent one. +You'll find it through the length and breadth of the States, but always +as an innocent one. Now, when I am counting upon joining it here, you +tell me that it is the same as a murder society called the Scowrers. I +guess you owe me either an apology or else an explanation, Mr. Shafter." + +"I can but tell you vat the whole vorld knows, mister. The bosses of +the one are the bosses of the other. If you offend the one, it is the +other vat vill strike you. We have proved it too often." + +"That's just gossip--I want proof!" said McMurdo. + +"If you live here long you vill get your proof. But I forget that you +are yourself one of them. You vill soon be as bad as the rest. But you +vill find other lodgings, mister. I cannot have you here. Is it not bad +enough that one of these people come courting my Ettie, and that I dare +not turn him down, but that I should have another for my boarder? Yes, +indeed, you shall not sleep here after to-night!" + +McMurdo found himself under sentence of banishment both from his +comfortable quarters and from the girl whom he loved. He found her +alone in the sitting-room that same evening, and he poured his troubles +into her ear. + +"Sure, your father is after giving me notice," he said. "It's little I +would care if it was just my room, but indeed, Ettie, though it's only +a week that I've known you, you are the very breath of life to me, and +I can't live without you!" + +"Oh, hush, Mr. McMurdo, don't speak so!" said the girl. "I have told +you, have I not, that you are too late? There is another, and if I have +not promised to marry him at once, at least I can promise no one else." + +"Suppose I had been first, Ettie, would I have had a chance?" + +The girl sank her face into her hands. "I wish to heaven that you had +been first!" she sobbed. + +McMurdo was down on his knees before her in an instant. "For God's +sake, Ettie, let it stand at that!" he cried. "Will you ruin your life +and my own for the sake of this promise? Follow your heart, acushla! +'Tis a safer guide than any promise before you knew what it was that +you were saying." + +He had seized Ettie's white hand between his own strong brown ones. + +"Say that you will be mine, and we will face it out together!" + +"Not here?" + +"Yes, here." + +"No, no, Jack!" His arms were round her now. "It could not be here. +Could you take me away?" + +A struggle passed for a moment over McMurdo's face; but it ended by +setting like granite. "No, here," he said. "I'll hold you against the +world, Ettie, right here where we are!" + +"Why should we not leave together?" + +"No, Ettie, I can't leave here." + +"But why?" + +"I'd never hold my head up again if I felt that I had been driven out. +Besides, what is there to be afraid of? Are we not free folks in a free +country? If you love me, and I you, who will dare to come between?" + +"You don't know, Jack. You've been here too short a time. You don't +know this Baldwin. You don't know McGinty and his Scowrers." + +"No, I don't know them, and I don't fear them, and I don't believe in +them!" said McMurdo. "I've lived among rough men, my darling, and +instead of fearing them it has always ended that they have feared +me--always, Ettie. It's mad on the face of it! If these men, as your +father says, have done crime after crime in the valley, and if everyone +knows them by name, how comes it that none are brought to justice? You +answer me that, Ettie!" + +"Because no witness dares to appear against them. He would not live a +month if he did. Also because they have always their own men to swear +that the accused one was far from the scene of the crime. But surely, +Jack, you must have read all this. I had understood that every paper in +the United States was writing about it." + +"Well, I have read something, it is true; but I had thought it was a +story. Maybe these men have some reason in what they do. Maybe they are +wronged and have no other way to help themselves." + +"Oh, Jack, don't let me hear you speak so! That is how he speaks--the +other one!" + +"Baldwin--he speaks like that, does he?" + +"And that is why I loathe him so. Oh, Jack, now I can tell you the +truth. I loathe him with all my heart; but I fear him also. I fear him +for myself; but above all I fear him for father. I know that some great +sorrow would come upon us if I dared to say what I really felt. That is +why I have put him off with half-promises. It was in real truth our +only hope. But if you would fly with me, Jack, we could take father +with us and live forever far from the power of these wicked men." + +Again there was the struggle upon McMurdo's face, and again it set like +granite. "No harm shall come to you, Ettie--nor to your father either. +As to wicked men, I expect you may find that I am as bad as the worst +of them before we're through." + +"No, no, Jack! I would trust you anywhere." + +McMurdo laughed bitterly. "Good Lord! how little you know of me! Your +innocent soul, my darling, could not even guess what is passing in +mine. But, hullo, who's the visitor?" + +The door had opened suddenly, and a young fellow came swaggering in +with the air of one who is the master. He was a handsome, dashing young +man of about the same age and build as McMurdo himself. Under his +broad-brimmed black felt hat, which he had not troubled to remove, a +handsome face with fierce, domineering eyes and a curved hawk-bill of a +nose looked savagely at the pair who sat by the stove. + +Ettie had jumped to her feet full of confusion and alarm. "I'm glad to +see you, Mr. Baldwin," said she. "You're earlier than I had thought. +Come and sit down." + +Baldwin stood with his hands on his hips looking at McMurdo. "Who is +this?" he asked curtly. + +"It's a friend of mine, Mr. Baldwin, a new boarder here. Mr. McMurdo, +may I introduce you to Mr. Baldwin?" + +The young men nodded in surly fashion to each other. + +"Maybe Miss Ettie has told you how it is with us?" said Baldwin. + +"I didn't understand that there was any relation between you." + +"Didn't you? Well, you can understand it now. You can take it from me +that this young lady is mine, and you'll find it a very fine evening +for a walk." + +"Thank you, I am in no humour for a walk." + +"Aren't you?" The man's savage eyes were blazing with anger. "Maybe you +are in a humour for a fight, Mr. Boarder!" + +"That I am!" cried McMurdo, springing to his feet. "You never said a +more welcome word." + +"For God's sake, Jack! Oh, for God's sake!" cried poor, distracted +Ettie. "Oh, Jack, Jack, he will hurt you!" + +"Oh, it's Jack, is it?" said Baldwin with an oath. "You've come to that +already, have you?" + +"Oh, Ted, be reasonable--be kind! For my sake, Ted, if ever you loved +me, be big-hearted and forgiving!" + +"I think, Ettie, that if you were to leave us alone we could get this +thing settled," said McMurdo quietly. "Or maybe, Mr. Baldwin, you will +take a turn down the street with me. It's a fine evening, and there's +some open ground beyond the next block." + +"I'll get even with you without needing to dirty my hands," said his +enemy. "You'll wish you had never set foot in this house before I am +through with you!" + +"No time like the present," cried McMurdo. + +"I'll choose my own time, mister. You can leave the time to me. See +here!" He suddenly rolled up his sleeve and showed upon his forearm a +peculiar sign which appeared to have been branded there. It was a +circle with a triangle within it. "D'you know what that means?" + +"I neither know nor care!" + +"Well, you will know, I'll promise you that. You won't be much older, +either. Perhaps Miss Ettie can tell you something about it. As to you, +Ettie, you'll come back to me on your knees--d'ye hear, girl?--on your +knees--and then I'll tell you what your punishment may be. You've +sowed--and by the Lord, I'll see that you reap!" He glanced at them +both in fury. Then he turned upon his heel, and an instant later the +outer door had banged behind him. + +For a few moments McMurdo and the girl stood in silence. Then she threw +her arms around him. + +"Oh, Jack, how brave you were! But it is no use, you must fly! +To-night--Jack--to-night! It's your only hope. He will have your life. +I read it in his horrible eyes. What chance have you against a dozen of +them, with Boss McGinty and all the power of the lodge behind them?" + +McMurdo disengaged her hands, kissed her, and gently pushed her back +into a chair. "There, acushla, there! Don't be disturbed or fear for +me. I'm a Freeman myself. I'm after telling your father about it. Maybe +I am no better than the others; so don't make a saint of me. Perhaps +you hate me too, now that I've told you as much?" + +"Hate you, Jack? While life lasts I could never do that! I've heard +that there is no harm in being a Freeman anywhere but here; so why +should I think the worse of you for that? But if you are a Freeman, +Jack, why should you not go down and make a friend of Boss McGinty? Oh, +hurry, Jack, hurry! Get your word in first, or the hounds will be on +your trail." + +"I was thinking the same thing," said McMurdo. "I'll go right now and +fix it. You can tell your father that I'll sleep here to-night and find +some other quarters in the morning." + +The bar of McGinty's saloon was crowded as usual, for it was the +favourite loafing place of all the rougher elements of the town. The +man was popular; for he had a rough, jovial disposition which formed a +mask, covering a great deal which lay behind it. But apart from this +popularity, the fear in which he was held throughout the township, and +indeed down the whole thirty miles of the valley and past the mountains +on each side of it, was enough in itself to fill his bar; for none +could afford to neglect his good will. + +Besides those secret powers which it was universally believed that he +exercised in so pitiless a fashion, he was a high public official, a +municipal councillor, and a commissioner of roads, elected to the +office through the votes of the ruffians who in turn expected to +receive favours at his hands. Assessments and taxes were enormous; the +public works were notoriously neglected, the accounts were slurred over +by bribed auditors, and the decent citizen was terrorized into paying +public blackmail, and holding his tongue lest some worse thing befall +him. + +Thus it was that, year by year, Boss McGinty's diamond pins became more +obtrusive, his gold chains more weighty across a more gorgeous vest, +and his saloon stretched farther and farther, until it threatened to +absorb one whole side of the Market Square. + +McMurdo pushed open the swinging door of the saloon and made his way +amid the crowd of men within, through an atmosphere blurred with +tobacco smoke and heavy with the smell of spirits. The place was +brilliantly lighted, and the huge, heavily gilt mirrors upon every wall +reflected and multiplied the garish illumination. There were several +bartenders in their shirt sleeves, hard at work mixing drinks for the +loungers who fringed the broad, brass-trimmed counter. + +At the far end, with his body resting upon the bar and a cigar stuck at +an acute angle from the corner of his mouth, stood a tall, strong, +heavily built man who could be none other than the famous McGinty +himself. He was a black-maned giant, bearded to the cheek-bones, and +with a shock of raven hair which fell to his collar. His complexion was +as swarthy as that of an Italian, and his eyes were of a strange dead +black, which, combined with a slight squint, gave them a particularly +sinister appearance. + +All else in the man--his noble proportions, his fine features, and his +frank bearing--fitted in with that jovial, man-to-man manner which he +affected. Here, one would say, is a bluff, honest fellow, whose heart +would be sound however rude his outspoken words might seem. It was only +when those dead, dark eyes, deep and remorseless, were turned upon a +man that he shrank within himself, feeling that he was face to face +with an infinite possibility of latent evil, with a strength and +courage and cunning behind it which made it a thousand times more +deadly. + +Having had a good look at his man, McMurdo elbowed his way forward with +his usual careless audacity, and pushed himself through the little +group of courtiers who were fawning upon the powerful boss, laughing +uproariously at the smallest of his jokes. The young stranger's bold +gray eyes looked back fearlessly through their glasses at the deadly +black ones which turned sharply upon him. + +"Well, young man, I can't call your face to mind." + +"I'm new here, Mr. McGinty." + +"You are not so new that you can't give a gentleman his proper title." + +"He's Councillor McGinty, young man," said a voice from the group. + +"I'm sorry, Councillor. I'm strange to the ways of the place. But I was +advised to see you." + +"Well, you see me. This is all there is. What d'you think of me?" + +"Well, it's early days. If your heart is as big as your body, and your +soul as fine as your face, then I'd ask for nothing better," said +McMurdo. + +"By Gar! you've got an Irish tongue in your head anyhow," cried the +saloon-keeper, not quite certain whether to humour this audacious +visitor or to stand upon his dignity. + +"So you are good enough to pass my appearance?" + +"Sure," said McMurdo. + +"And you were told to see me?" + +"I was." + +"And who told you?" + +"Brother Scanlan of Lodge 341, Vermissa. I drink your health +Councillor, and to our better acquaintance." He raised a glass with +which he had been served to his lips and elevated his little finger as +he drank it. + +McGinty, who had been watching him narrowly, raised his thick black +eyebrows. "Oh, it's like that, is it?" said he. "I'll have to look a +bit closer into this, Mister--" + +"McMurdo." + +"A bit closer, Mr. McMurdo; for we don't take folk on trust in these +parts, nor believe all we're told neither. Come in here for a moment, +behind the bar." + +There was a small room there, lined with barrels. McGinty carefully +closed the door, and then seated himself on one of them, biting +thoughtfully on his cigar and surveying his companion with those +disquieting eyes. For a couple of minutes he sat in complete silence. +McMurdo bore the inspection cheerfully, one hand in his coat pocket, +the other twisting his brown moustache. Suddenly McGinty stooped and +produced a wicked-looking revolver. + +"See here, my joker," said he, "if I thought you were playing any game +on us, it would be short work for you." + +"This is a strange welcome," McMurdo answered with some dignity, "for +the Bodymaster of a lodge of Freemen to give to a stranger brother." + +"Ay, but it's just that same that you have to prove," said McGinty, +"and God help you if you fail! Where were you made?" + +"Lodge 29, Chicago." + +"When?" + +"June 24, 1872." + +"What Bodymaster?" + +"James H. Scott." + +"Who is your district ruler?" + +"Bartholomew Wilson." + +"Hum! You seem glib enough in your tests. What are you doing here?" + +"Working, the same as you--but a poorer job." + +"You have your back answer quick enough." + +"Yes, I was always quick of speech." + +"Are you quick of action?" + +"I have had that name among those that knew me best." + +"Well, we may try you sooner than you think. Have you heard anything of +the lodge in these parts?" + +"I've heard that it takes a man to be a brother." + +"True for you, Mr. McMurdo. Why did you leave Chicago?" + +"I'm damned if I tell you that!" + +McGinty opened his eyes. He was not used to being answered in such +fashion, and it amused him. "Why won't you tell me?" + +"Because no brother may tell another a lie." + +"Then the truth is too bad to tell?" + +"You can put it that way if you like." + +"See here, mister, you can't expect me, as Bodymaster, to pass into the +lodge a man for whose past he can't answer." + +McMurdo looked puzzled. Then he took a worn newspaper cutting from an +inner pocket. + +"You wouldn't squeal on a fellow?" said he. + +"I'll wipe my hand across your face if you say such words to me!" cried +McGinty hotly. + +"You are right, Councillor," said McMurdo meekly. "I should apologize. +I spoke without thought. Well, I know that I am safe in your hands. +Look at that clipping." + +McGinty glanced his eyes over the account of the shooting of one Jonas +Pinto, in the Lake Saloon, Market Street, Chicago, in the New Year week +of 1874. + +"Your work?" he asked, as he handed back the paper. + +McMurdo nodded. + +"Why did you shoot him?" + +"I was helping Uncle Sam to make dollars. Maybe mine were not as good +gold as his, but they looked as well and were cheaper to make. This man +Pinto helped me to shove the queer--" + +"To do what?" + +"Well, it means to pass the dollars out into circulation. Then he said +he would split. Maybe he did split. I didn't wait to see. I just killed +him and lighted out for the coal country." + +"Why the coal country?" + +"'Cause I'd read in the papers that they weren't too particular in +those parts." + +McGinty laughed. "You were first a coiner and then a murderer, and you +came to these parts because you thought you'd be welcome." + +"That's about the size of it," McMurdo answered. + +"Well, I guess you'll go far. Say, can you make those dollars yet?" + +McMurdo took half a dozen from his pocket. "Those never passed the +Philadelphia mint," said he. + +"You don't say!" McGinty held them to the light in his enormous hand, +which was hairy as a gorilla's. "I can see no difference. Gar! you'll +be a mighty useful brother, I'm thinking! We can do with a bad man or +two among us, Friend McMurdo: for there are times when we have to take +our own part. We'd soon be against the wall if we didn't shove back at +those that were pushing us." + +"Well, I guess I'll do my share of shoving with the rest of the boys." + +"You seem to have a good nerve. You didn't squirm when I shoved this +gun at you." + +"It was not me that was in danger." + +"Who then?" + +"It was you, Councillor." McMurdo drew a cocked pistol from the side +pocket of his peajacket. "I was covering you all the time. I guess my +shot would have been as quick as yours." + +"By Gar!" McGinty flushed an angry red and then burst into a roar of +laughter. "Say, we've had no such holy terror come to hand this many a +year. I reckon the lodge will learn to be proud of you.... Well, what +the hell do you want? And can't I speak alone with a gentleman for five +minutes but you must butt in on us?" + +The bartender stood abashed. "I'm sorry, Councillor, but it's Ted +Baldwin. He says he must see you this very minute." + +The message was unnecessary; for the set, cruel face of the man himself +was looking over the servant's shoulder. He pushed the bartender out +and closed the door on him. + +"So," said he with a furious glance at McMurdo, "you got here first, +did you? I've a word to say to you, Councillor, about this man." + +"Then say it here and now before my face," cried McMurdo. + +"I'll say it at my own time, in my own way." + +"Tut! Tut!" said McGinty, getting off his barrel. "This will never do. +We have a new brother here, Baldwin, and it's not for us to greet him +in such fashion. Hold out your hand, man, and make it up!" + +"Never!" cried Baldwin in a fury. + +"I've offered to fight him if he thinks I have wronged him," said +McMurdo. "I'll fight him with fists, or, if that won't satisfy him, +I'll fight him any other way he chooses. Now, I'll leave it to you, +Councillor, to judge between us as a Bodymaster should." + +"What is it, then?" + +"A young lady. She's free to choose for herself." + +"Is she?" cried Baldwin. + +"As between two brothers of the lodge I should say that she was," said +the Boss. + +"Oh, that's your ruling, is it?" + +"Yes, it is, Ted Baldwin," said McGinty, with a wicked stare. "Is it +you that would dispute it?" + +"You would throw over one that has stood by you this five years in +favour of a man that you never saw before in your life? You're not +Bodymaster for life, Jack McGinty, and by God! when next it comes to a +vote--" + +The Councillor sprang at him like a tiger. His hand closed round the +other's neck, and he hurled him back across one of the barrels. In his +mad fury he would have squeezed the life out of him if McMurdo had not +interfered. + +"Easy, Councillor! For heaven's sake, go easy!" he cried, as he dragged +him back. + +McGinty released his hold, and Baldwin, cowed and shaken gasping for +breath, and shivering in every limb, as one who has looked over the +very edge of death, sat up on the barrel over which he had been hurled. + +"You've been asking for it this many a day, Ted Baldwin--now you've got +it!" cried McGinty, his huge chest rising and falling. "Maybe you think +if I was voted down from Bodymaster you would find yourself in my +shoes. It's for the lodge to say that. But so long as I am the chief +I'll have no man lift his voice against me or my rulings." + +"I have nothing against you," mumbled Baldwin, feeling his throat. + +"Well, then," cried the other, relapsing in a moment into a bluff +joviality, "we are all good friends again and there's an end of the +matter." + +He took a bottle of champagne down from the shelf and twisted out the +cork. + +"See now," he continued, as he filled three high glasses. "Let us drink +the quarrelling toast of the lodge. After that, as you know, there can +be no bad blood between us. Now, then the left hand on the apple of my +throat. I say to you, Ted Baldwin, what is the offense, sir?" + +"The clouds are heavy," answered Baldwin + +"But they will forever brighten." + +"And this I swear!" + +The men drank their glasses, and the same ceremony was performed +between Baldwin and McMurdo. + +"There!" cried McGinty, rubbing his hands. "That's the end of the black +blood. You come under lodge discipline if it goes further, and that's a +heavy hand in these parts, as Brother Baldwin knows--and as you will +damn soon find out, Brother McMurdo, if you ask for trouble!" + +"Faith, I'd be slow to do that," said McMurdo. He held out his hand to +Baldwin. "I'm quick to quarrel and quick to forgive. It's my hot Irish +blood, they tell me. But it's over for me, and I bear no grudge." + +Baldwin had to take the proffered hand, for the baleful eye of the +terrible Boss was upon him. But his sullen face showed how little the +words of the other had moved him. + +McGinty clapped them both on the shoulders. "Tut! These girls! These +girls!" he cried. "To think that the same petticoats should come +between two of my boys! It's the devil's own luck! Well, it's the +colleen inside of them that must settle the question for it's outside +the jurisdiction of a Bodymaster--and the Lord be praised for that! We +have enough on us, without the women as well. You'll have to be +affiliated to Lodge 341, Brother McMurdo. We have our own ways and +methods, different from Chicago. Saturday night is our meeting, and if +you come then, we'll make you free forever of the Vermissa Valley." + + + +Chapter 3 + +Lodge 341, Vermissa + +On the day following the evening which had contained so many exciting +events, McMurdo moved his lodgings from old Jacob Shafter's and took up +his quarters at the Widow MacNamara's on the extreme outskirts of the +town. Scanlan, his original acquaintance aboard the train, had occasion +shortly afterwards to move into Vermissa, and the two lodged together. +There was no other boarder, and the hostess was an easy-going old +Irishwoman who left them to themselves; so that they had a freedom for +speech and action welcome to men who had secrets in common. + +Shafter had relented to the extent of letting McMurdo come to his meals +there when he liked; so that his intercourse with Ettie was by no means +broken. On the contrary, it drew closer and more intimate as the weeks +went by. + +In his bedroom at his new abode McMurdo felt it safe to take out the +coining moulds, and under many a pledge of secrecy a number of brothers +from the lodge were allowed to come in and see them, each carrying away +in his pocket some examples of the false money, so cunningly struck +that there was never the slightest difficulty or danger in passing it. +Why, with such a wonderful art at his command, McMurdo should +condescend to work at all was a perpetual mystery to his companions; +though he made it clear to anyone who asked him that if he lived +without any visible means it would very quickly bring the police upon +his track. + +One policeman was indeed after him already; but the incident, as luck +would have it, did the adventurer a great deal more good than harm. +After the first introduction there were few evenings when he did not +find his way to McGinty's saloon, there to make closer acquaintance +with "the boys," which was the jovial title by which the dangerous gang +who infested the place were known to one another. His dashing manner +and fearlessness of speech made him a favourite with them all; while +the rapid and scientific way in which he polished off his antagonist in +an "all in" bar-room scrap earned the respect of that rough community. +Another incident, however, raised him even higher in their estimation. + +Just at the crowded hour one night, the door opened and a man entered +with the quiet blue uniform and peaked cap of the mine police. This was +a special body raised by the railways and colliery owners to supplement +the efforts of the ordinary civil police, who were perfectly helpless +in the face of the organized ruffianism which terrorized the district. +There was a hush as he entered, and many a curious glance was cast at +him; but the relations between policemen and criminals are peculiar in +some parts of the States, and McGinty himself standing behind his +counter, showed no surprise when the policeman enrolled himself among +his customers. + +"A straight whisky, for the night is bitter," said the police officer. +"I don't think we have met before, Councillor?" + +"You'll be the new captain?" said McGinty. + +"That's so. We're looking to you, Councillor, and to the other leading +citizens, to help us in upholding law and order in this township. +Captain Marvin is my name." + +"We'd do better without you, Captain Marvin," said McGinty coldly; "for +we have our own police of the township, and no need for any imported +goods. What are you but the paid tool of the capitalists, hired by them +to club or shoot your poorer fellow citizen?" + +"Well, well, we won't argue about that," said the police officer +good-humouredly. "I expect we all do our duty same as we see it; but we +can't all see it the same." He had drunk off his glass and had turned +to go, when his eyes fell upon the face of Jack McMurdo, who was +scowling at his elbow. "Hullo! Hullo!" he cried, looking him up and +down. "Here's an old acquaintance!" + +McMurdo shrank away from him. "I was never a friend to you nor any +other cursed copper in my life," said he. + +"An acquaintance isn't always a friend," said the police captain, +grinning. "You're Jack McMurdo of Chicago, right enough, and don't you +deny it!" + +McMurdo shrugged his shoulders. "I'm not denying it," said he. "D'ye +think I'm ashamed of my own name?" + +"You've got good cause to be, anyhow." + +"What the devil d'you mean by that?" he roared with his fists clenched. + +"No, no, Jack, bluster won't do with me. I was an officer in Chicago +before ever I came to this darned coal bunker, and I know a Chicago +crook when I see one." + +McMurdo's face fell. "Don't tell me that you're Marvin of the Chicago +Central!" he cried. + +"Just the same old Teddy Marvin, at your service. We haven't forgotten +the shooting of Jonas Pinto up there." + +"I never shot him." + +"Did you not? That's good impartial evidence, ain't it? Well, his death +came in uncommon handy for you, or they would have had you for shoving +the queer. Well, we can let that be bygones; for, between you and +me--and perhaps I'm going further than my duty in saying it--they could +get no clear case against you, and Chicago's open to you to-morrow." + +"I'm very well where I am." + +"Well, I've given you the pointer, and you're a sulky dog not to thank +me for it." + +"Well, I suppose you mean well, and I do thank you," said McMurdo in no +very gracious manner. + +"It's mum with me so long as I see you living on the straight," said +the captain. "But, by the Lord! if you get off after this, it's another +story! So good-night to you--and goodnight, Councillor." + +He left the bar-room; but not before he had created a local hero. +McMurdo's deeds in far Chicago had been whispered before. He had put +off all questions with a smile, as one who did not wish to have +greatness thrust upon him. But now the thing was officially confirmed. +The bar loafers crowded round him and shook him heartily by the hand. +He was free of the community from that time on. He could drink hard and +show little trace of it; but that evening, had his mate Scanlan not +been at hand to lead him home, the feted hero would surely have spent +his night under the bar. + +On a Saturday night McMurdo was introduced to the lodge. He had thought +to pass in without ceremony as being an initiate of Chicago; but there +were particular rites in Vermissa of which they were proud, and these +had to be undergone by every postulant. The assembly met in a large +room reserved for such purposes at the Union House. Some sixty members +assembled at Vermissa; but that by no means represented the full +strength of the organization, for there were several other lodges in +the valley, and others across the mountains on each side, who exchanged +members when any serious business was afoot, so that a crime might be +done by men who were strangers to the locality. Altogether there were +not less than five hundred scattered over the coal district. + +In the bare assembly room the men were gathered round a long table. At +the side was a second one laden with bottles and glasses, on which some +members of the company were already turning their eyes. McGinty sat at +the head with a flat black velvet cap upon his shock of tangled black +hair, and a coloured purple stole round his neck, so that he seemed to +be a priest presiding over some diabolical ritual. To right and left of +him were the higher lodge officials, the cruel, handsome face of Ted +Baldwin among them. Each of these wore some scarf or medallion as +emblem of his office. + +They were, for the most part, men of mature age; but the rest of the +company consisted of young fellows from eighteen to twenty-five, the +ready and capable agents who carried out the commands of their seniors. +Among the older men were many whose features showed the tigerish, +lawless souls within; but looking at the rank and file it was difficult +to believe that these eager and open-faced young fellows were in very +truth a dangerous gang of murderers, whose minds had suffered such +complete moral perversion that they took a horrible pride in their +proficiency at the business, and looked with deepest respect at the man +who had the reputation of making what they called "a clean job." + +To their contorted natures it had become a spirited and chivalrous +thing to volunteer for service against some man who had never injured +them, and whom in many cases they had never seen in their lives. The +crime committed, they quarrelled as to who had actually struck the +fatal blow, and amused one another and the company by describing the +cries and contortions of the murdered man. + +At first they had shown some secrecy in their arrangements; but at the +time which this narrative describes their proceedings were +extraordinarily open, for the repeated failures of the law had proved +to them that, on the one hand, no one would dare to witness against +them, and on the other they had an unlimited number of stanch witnesses +upon whom they could call, and a well-filled treasure chest from which +they could draw the funds to engage the best legal talent in the state. +In ten long years of outrage there had been no single conviction, and +the only danger that ever threatened the Scowrers lay in the victim +himself--who, however outnumbered and taken by surprise, might and +occasionally did leave his mark upon his assailants. + +McMurdo had been warned that some ordeal lay before him; but no one +would tell him in what it consisted. He was led now into an outer room +by two solemn brothers. Through the plank partition he could hear the +murmur of many voices from the assembly within. Once or twice he caught +the sound of his own name, and he knew that they were discussing his +candidacy. Then there entered an inner guard with a green and gold sash +across his chest. + +"The Bodymaster orders that he shall be trussed, blinded, and entered," +said he. + +The three of them removed his coat, turned up the sleeve of his right +arm, and finally passed a rope round above the elbows and made it fast. +They next placed a thick black cap right over his head and the upper +part of his face, so that he could see nothing. He was then led into +the assembly hall. + +It was pitch dark and very oppressive under his hood. He heard the +rustle and murmur of the people round him, and then the voice of +McGinty sounded dull and distant through the covering of his ears. + +"John McMurdo," said the voice, "are you already a member of the +Ancient Order of Freemen?" + +He bowed in assent. + +"Is your lodge No. 29, Chicago?" + +He bowed again. + +"Dark nights are unpleasant," said the voice. + +"Yes, for strangers to travel," he answered. + +"The clouds are heavy." + +"Yes, a storm is approaching." + +"Are the brethren satisfied?" asked the Bodymaster. + +There was a general murmur of assent. + +"We know, Brother, by your sign and by your countersign that you are +indeed one of us," said McGinty. "We would have you know, however, that +in this county and in other counties of these parts we have certain +rites, and also certain duties of our own which call for good men. Are +you ready to be tested?" + +"I am." + +"Are you of stout heart?" + +"I am." + +"Take a stride forward to prove it." + +As the words were said he felt two hard points in front of his eyes, +pressing upon them so that it appeared as if he could not move forward +without a danger of losing them. None the less, he nerved himself to +step resolutely out, and as he did so the pressure melted away. There +was a low murmur of applause. + +"He is of stout heart," said the voice. "Can you bear pain?" + +"As well as another," he answered. + +"Test him!" + +It was all he could do to keep himself from screaming out, for an +agonizing pain shot through his forearm. He nearly fainted at the +sudden shock of it; but he bit his lip and clenched his hands to hide +his agony. + +"I can take more than that," said he. + +This time there was loud applause. A finer first appearance had never +been made in the lodge. Hands clapped him on the back, and the hood was +plucked from his head. He stood blinking and smiling amid the +congratulations of the brothers. + +"One last word, Brother McMurdo," said McGinty. "You have already sworn +the oath of secrecy and fidelity, and you are aware that the punishment +for any breach of it is instant and inevitable death?" + +"I am," said McMurdo. + +"And you accept the rule of the Bodymaster for the time being under all +circumstances?" + +"I do." + +"Then in the name of Lodge 341, Vermissa, I welcome you to its +privileges and debates. You will put the liquor on the table, Brother +Scanlan, and we will drink to our worthy brother." + +McMurdo's coat had been brought to him; but before putting it on he +examined his right arm, which still smarted heavily. There on the flesh +of the forearm was a circle with a triangle within it, deep and red, as +the branding iron had left it. One or two of his neighbours pulled up +their sleeves and showed their own lodge marks. + +"We've all had it," said one; "but not all as brave as you over it." + +"Tut! It was nothing," said he; but it burned and ached all the same. + +When the drinks which followed the ceremony of initiation had all been +disposed of, the business of the lodge proceeded. McMurdo, accustomed +only to the prosaic performances of Chicago, listened with open ears +and more surprise than he ventured to show to what followed. + +"The first business on the agenda paper," said McGinty, "is to read the +following letter from Division Master Windle of Merton County Lodge +249. He says: + + "DEAR SIR: + + "There is a job to be done on Andrew Rae of Rae & + Sturmash, coal owners near this place. You will remember + that your lodge owes us a return, having had the service of + two brethren in the matter of the patrolman last fall. You + will send two good men, they will be taken charge of by + Treasurer Higgins of this lodge, whose address you know. + He will show them when to act and where. Yours in freedom, + + "J. W. WINDLE D. M. A. O. F. + + +"Windle has never refused us when we have had occasion to ask for the +loan of a man or two, and it is not for us to refuse him." McGinty +paused and looked round the room with his dull, malevolent eyes. "Who +will volunteer for the job?" + +Several young fellows held up their hands. The Bodymaster looked at +them with an approving smile. + +"You'll do, Tiger Cormac. If you handle it as well as you did the last, +you won't be wrong. And you, Wilson." + +"I've no pistol," said the volunteer, a mere boy in his teens. + +"It's your first, is it not? Well, you have to be blooded some time. It +will be a great start for you. As to the pistol, you'll find it waiting +for you, or I'm mistaken. If you report yourselves on Monday, it will +be time enough. You'll get a great welcome when you return." + +"Any reward this time?" asked Cormac, a thick-set, dark-faced, +brutal-looking young man, whose ferocity had earned him the nickname of +"Tiger." + +"Never mind the reward. You just do it for the honour of the thing. +Maybe when it is done there will be a few odd dollars at the bottom of +the box." + +"What has the man done?" asked young Wilson. + +"Sure, it's not for the likes of you to ask what the man has done. He +has been judged over there. That's no business of ours. All we have to +do is to carry it out for them, same as they would for us. Speaking of +that, two brothers from the Merton lodge are coming over to us next +week to do some business in this quarter." + +"Who are they?" asked someone. + +"Faith, it is wiser not to ask. If you know nothing, you can testify +nothing, and no trouble can come of it. But they are men who will make +a clean job when they are about it." + +"And time, too!" cried Ted Baldwin. "Folk are gettin' out of hand in +these parts. It was only last week that three of our men were turned +off by Foreman Blaker. It's been owing him a long time, and he'll get +it full and proper." + +"Get what?" McMurdo whispered to his neighbour. + +"The business end of a buckshot cartridge!" cried the man with a loud +laugh. "What think you of our ways, Brother?" + +McMurdo's criminal soul seemed to have already absorbed the spirit of +the vile association of which he was now a member. "I like it well," +said he. "'Tis a proper place for a lad of mettle." + +Several of those who sat around heard his words and applauded them. + +"What's that?" cried the black-maned Bodymaster from the end of the +table. + +"'Tis our new brother, sir, who finds our ways to his taste." + +McMurdo rose to his feet for an instant. "I would say, Eminent +Bodymaster, that if a man should be wanted I should take it as an +honour to be chosen to help the lodge." + +There was great applause at this. It was felt that a new sun was +pushing its rim above the horizon. To some of the elders it seemed that +the progress was a little too rapid. + +"I would move," said the secretary, Harraway, a vulture-faced old +graybeard who sat near the chairman, "that Brother McMurdo should wait +until it is the good pleasure of the lodge to employ him." + +"Sure, that was what I meant; I'm in your hands," said McMurdo. + +"Your time will come, Brother," said the chairman. "We have marked you +down as a willing man, and we believe that you will do good work in +these parts. There is a small matter to-night in which you may take a +hand if it so please you." + +"I will wait for something that is worth while." + +"You can come to-night, anyhow, and it will help you to know what we +stand for in this community. I will make the announcement later. +Meanwhile," he glanced at his agenda paper, "I have one or two more +points to bring before the meeting. First of all, I will ask the +treasurer as to our bank balance. There is the pension to Jim +Carnaway's widow. He was struck down doing the work of the lodge, and +it is for us to see that she is not the loser." + +"Jim was shot last month when they tried to kill Chester Wilcox of +Marley Creek," McMurdo's neighbour informed him. + +"The funds are good at the moment," said the treasurer, with the +bankbook in front of him. "The firms have been generous of late. Max +Linder & Co. paid five hundred to be left alone. Walker Brothers sent +in a hundred; but I took it on myself to return it and ask for five. If +I do not hear by Wednesday, their winding gear may get out of order. We +had to burn their breaker last year before they became reasonable. Then +the West Section Coaling Company has paid its annual contribution. We +have enough on hand to meet any obligations." + +"What about Archie Swindon?" asked a brother. + +"He has sold out and left the district. The old devil left a note for +us to say that he had rather be a free crossing sweeper in New York +than a large mine owner under the power of a ring of blackmailers. By +Gar! it was as well that he made a break for it before the note reached +us! I guess he won't show his face in this valley again." + +An elderly, clean-shaved man with a kindly face and a good brow rose +from the end of the table which faced the chairman. "Mr. Treasurer," he +asked, "may I ask who has bought the property of this man that we have +driven out of the district?" + +"Yes, Brother Morris. It has been bought by the State & Merton County +Railroad Company." + +"And who bought the mines of Todman and of Lee that came into the +market in the same way last year?" + +"The same company, Brother Morris." + +"And who bought the ironworks of Manson and of Shuman and of Van Deher +and of Atwood, which have all been given up of late?" + +"They were all bought by the West Gilmerton General Mining Company." + +"I don't see, Brother Morris," said the chairman, "that it matters to +us who buys them, since they can't carry them out of the district." + +"With all respect to you, Eminent Bodymaster, I think it may matter +very much to us. This process has been going on now for ten long years. +We are gradually driving all the small men out of trade. What is the +result? We find in their places great companies like the Railroad or +the General Iron, who have their directors in New York or Philadelphia, +and care nothing for our threats. We can take it out of their local +bosses, but it only means that others will be sent in their stead. And +we are making it dangerous for ourselves. The small men could not harm +us. They had not the money nor the power. So long as we did not squeeze +them too dry, they would stay on under our power. But if these big +companies find that we stand between them and their profits, they will +spare no pains and no expense to hunt us down and bring us to court." + +There was a hush at these ominous words, and every face darkened as +gloomy looks were exchanged. So omnipotent and unchallenged had they +been that the very thought that there was possible retribution in the +background had been banished from their minds. And yet the idea struck +a chill to the most reckless of them. + +"It is my advice," the speaker continued, "that we go easier upon the +small men. On the day that they have all been driven out the power of +this society will have been broken." + +Unwelcome truths are not popular. There were angry cries as the speaker +resumed his seat. McGinty rose with gloom upon his brow. + +"Brother Morris," said he, "you were always a croaker. So long as the +members of this lodge stand together there is no power in the United +States that can touch them. Sure, have we not tried it often enough in +the law courts? I expect the big companies will find it easier to pay +than to fight, same as the little companies do. And now, Brethren," +McGinty took off his black velvet cap and his stole as he spoke, "this +lodge has finished its business for the evening, save for one small +matter which may be mentioned when we are parting. The time has now +come for fraternal refreshment and for harmony." + +Strange indeed is human nature. Here were these men, to whom murder was +familiar, who again and again had struck down the father of the family, +some man against whom they had no personal feeling, without one thought +of compunction or of compassion for his weeping wife or helpless +children, and yet the tender or pathetic in music could move them to +tears. McMurdo had a fine tenor voice, and if he had failed to gain the +good will of the lodge before, it could no longer have been withheld +after he had thrilled them with "I'm Sitting on the Stile, Mary," and +"On the Banks of Allan Water." + +In his very first night the new recruit had made himself one of the +most popular of the brethren, marked already for advancement and high +office. There were other qualities needed, however, besides those of +good fellowship, to make a worthy Freeman, and of these he was given an +example before the evening was over. The whisky bottle had passed round +many times, and the men were flushed and ripe for mischief when their +Bodymaster rose once more to address them. + +"Boys," said he, "there's one man in this town that wants trimming up, +and it's for you to see that he gets it. I'm speaking of James Stanger +of the Herald. You've seen how he's been opening his mouth against us +again?" + +There was a murmur of assent, with many a muttered oath. McGinty took a +slip of paper from his waistcoat pocket. + + "LAW AND ORDER! + +That's how he heads it. + + "REIGN OF TERROR IN THE COAL AND IRON DISTRICT + + "Twelve years have now elapsed since the first assassinations + which proved the existence of a criminal organization in our + midst. From that day these outrages have never ceased, until + now they have reached a pitch which makes us the opprobrium + of the civilized world. Is it for such results as this that + our great country welcomes to its bosom the alien who flies + from the despotisms of Europe? Is it that they shall + themselves become tyrants over the very men who have given + them shelter, and that a state of terrorism and lawlessness + should be established under the very shadow of the sacred + folds of the starry Flag of Freedom which would raise horror + in our minds if we read of it as existing under the most + effete monarchy of the East? The men are known. The organization + is patent and public. How long are we to endure it? Can we + forever live--" + +"Sure, I've read enough of the slush!" cried the chairman, tossing the +paper down upon the table. "That's what he says of us. The question I'm +asking you is what shall we say to him?" + +"Kill him!" cried a dozen fierce voices. + +"I protest against that," said Brother Morris, the man of the good brow +and shaved face. "I tell you, Brethren, that our hand is too heavy in +this valley, and that there will come a point where in self-defense +every man will unite to crush us out. James Stanger is an old man. He +is respected in the township and the district. His paper stands for all +that is solid in the valley. If that man is struck down, there will be +a stir through this state that will only end with our destruction." + +"And how would they bring about our destruction, Mr. Standback?" cried +McGinty. "Is it by the police? Sure, half of them are in our pay and +half of them afraid of us. Or is it by the law courts and the judge? +Haven't we tried that before now, and what ever came of it?" + +"There is a Judge Lynch that might try the case," said Brother Morris. + +A general shout of anger greeted the suggestion. + +"I have but to raise my finger," cried McGinty, "and I could put two +hundred men into this town that would clear it out from end to end." +Then suddenly raising his voice and bending his huge black brows into a +terrible frown, "See here, Brother Morris, I have my eye on you, and +have had for some time! You've no heart yourself, and you try to take +the heart out of others. It will be an ill day for you, Brother Morris, +when your own name comes on our agenda paper, and I'm thinking that +it's just there that I ought to place it." + +Morris had turned deadly pale, and his knees seemed to give way under +him as he fell back into his chair. He raised his glass in his +trembling hand and drank before he could answer. "I apologize, Eminent +Bodymaster, to you and to every brother in this lodge if I have said +more than I should. I am a faithful member--you all know that--and it +is my fear lest evil come to the lodge which makes me speak in anxious +words. But I have greater trust in your judgment than in my own, +Eminent Bodymaster, and I promise you that I will not offend again." + +The Bodymaster's scowl relaxed as he listened to the humble words. +"Very good, Brother Morris. It's myself that would be sorry if it were +needful to give you a lesson. But so long as I am in this chair we +shall be a united lodge in word and in deed. And now, boys," he +continued, looking round at the company, "I'll say this much, that if +Stanger got his full deserts there would be more trouble than we need +ask for. These editors hang together, and every journal in the state +would be crying out for police and troops. But I guess you can give him +a pretty severe warning. Will you fix it, Brother Baldwin?" + +"Sure!" said the young man eagerly. + +"How many will you take?" + +"Half a dozen, and two to guard the door. You'll come, Gower, and you, +Mansel, and you, Scanlan, and the two Willabys." + +"I promised the new brother he should go," said the chairman. + +Ted Baldwin looked at McMurdo with eyes which showed that he had not +forgotten nor forgiven. "Well, he can come if he wants," he said in a +surly voice. "That's enough. The sooner we get to work the better." + +The company broke up with shouts and yells and snatches of drunken +song. The bar was still crowded with revellers, and many of the +brethren remained there. The little band who had been told off for duty +passed out into the street, proceeding in twos and threes along the +sidewalk so as not to provoke attention. It was a bitterly cold night, +with a half-moon shining brilliantly in a frosty, star-spangled sky. +The men stopped and gathered in a yard which faced a high building. The +words "Vermissa Herald" were printed in gold lettering between the +brightly lit windows. From within came the clanking of the printing +press. + +"Here, you," said Baldwin to McMurdo, "you can stand below at the door +and see that the road is kept open for us. Arthur Willaby can stay with +you. You others come with me. Have no fears, boys; for we have a dozen +witnesses that we are in the Union Bar at this very moment." + +It was nearly midnight, and the street was deserted save for one or two +revellers upon their way home. The party crossed the road, and, pushing +open the door of the newspaper office, Baldwin and his men rushed in +and up the stair which faced them. McMurdo and another remained below. +From the room above came a shout, a cry for help, and then the sound of +trampling feet and of falling chairs. An instant later a gray-haired +man rushed out on the landing. + +He was seized before he could get farther, and his spectacles came +tinkling down to McMurdo's feet. There was a thud and a groan. He was +on his face, and half a dozen sticks were clattering together as they +fell upon him. He writhed, and his long, thin limbs quivered under the +blows. The others ceased at last; but Baldwin, his cruel face set in an +infernal smile, was hacking at the man's head, which he vainly +endeavoured to defend with his arms. His white hair was dabbled with +patches of blood. Baldwin was still stooping over his victim, putting +in a short, vicious blow whenever he could see a part exposed, when +McMurdo dashed up the stair and pushed him back. + +"You'll kill the man," said he. "Drop it!" + +Baldwin looked at him in amazement. "Curse you!" he cried. "Who are you +to interfere--you that are new to the lodge? Stand back!" He raised his +stick; but McMurdo had whipped his pistol out of his hip pocket. + +"Stand back yourself!" he cried. "I'll blow your face in if you lay a +hand on me. As to the lodge, wasn't it the order of the Bodymaster that +the man was not to be killed--and what are you doing but killing him?" + +"It's truth he says," remarked one of the men. + +"By Gar! you'd best hurry yourselves!" cried the man below. "The +windows are all lighting up, and you'll have the whole town here inside +of five minutes." + +There was indeed the sound of shouting in the street, and a little +group of compositors and pressmen was forming in the hall below and +nerving itself to action. Leaving the limp and motionless body of the +editor at the head of the stair, the criminals rushed down and made +their way swiftly along the street. Having reached the Union House, +some of them mixed with the crowd in McGinty's saloon, whispering +across the bar to the Boss that the job had been well carried through. +Others, and among them McMurdo, broke away into side streets, and so by +devious paths to their own homes. + + + +Chapter 4 + +The Valley of Fear + +When McMurdo awoke next morning he had good reason to remember his +initiation into the lodge. His head ached with the effect of the drink, +and his arm, where he had been branded, was hot and swollen. Having his +own peculiar source of income, he was irregular in his attendance at +his work; so he had a late breakfast, and remained at home for the +morning writing a long letter to a friend. Afterwards he read the Daily +Herald. In a special column put in at the last moment he read: + + OUTRAGE AT THE HERALD OFFICE--EDITOR + SERIOUSLY INJURED. + +It was a short account of the facts with which he was himself more +familiar than the writer could have been. It ended with the statement: + + The matter is now in the hands of the police; but it can + hardly be hoped that their exertions will be attended by any + better results than in the past. Some of the men were + recognized, and there is hope that a conviction may be + obtained. The source of the outrage was, it need hardly be + said, that infamous society which has held this community + in bondage for so long a period, and against which the + Herald has taken so uncompromising a stand. Mr. Stanger's + many friends will rejoice to hear that, though he has been + cruelly and brutally beaten, and though he has sustained + severe injuries about the head, there is no immediate danger + to his life. + +Below it stated that a guard of police, armed with Winchester rifles, +had been requisitioned for the defense of the office. + +McMurdo had laid down the paper, and was lighting his pipe with a hand +which was shaky from the excesses of the previous evening, when there +was a knock outside, and his landlady brought to him a note which had +just been handed in by a lad. It was unsigned, and ran thus: + + I should wish to speak to you, but would rather not do so + in your house. You will find me beside the flagstaff upon + Miller Hill. If you will come there now, I have something + which it is important for you to hear and for me to say. + +McMurdo read the note twice with the utmost surprise; for he could not +imagine what it meant or who was the author of it. Had it been in a +feminine hand, he might have imagined that it was the beginning of one +of those adventures which had been familiar enough in his past life. +But it was the writing of a man, and of a well educated one, too. +Finally, after some hesitation, he determined to see the matter through. + +Miller Hill is an ill-kept public park in the very centre of the town. +In summer it is a favourite resort of the people; but in winter it is +desolate enough. From the top of it one has a view not only of the +whole straggling, grimy town, but of the winding valley beneath, with +its scattered mines and factories blackening the snow on each side of +it, and of the wooded and white-capped ranges flanking it. + +McMurdo strolled up the winding path hedged in with evergreens until he +reached the deserted restaurant which forms the centre of summer +gaiety. Beside it was a bare flagstaff, and underneath it a man, his +hat drawn down and the collar of his overcoat turned up. When he turned +his face McMurdo saw that it was Brother Morris, he who had incurred +the anger of the Bodymaster the night before. The lodge sign was given +and exchanged as they met. + +"I wanted to have a word with you, Mr. McMurdo," said the older man, +speaking with a hesitation which showed that he was on delicate ground. +"It was kind of you to come." + +"Why did you not put your name to the note?" + +"One has to be cautious, mister. One never knows in times like these +how a thing may come back to one. One never knows either who to trust +or who not to trust." + +"Surely one may trust brothers of the lodge." + +"No, no, not always," cried Morris with vehemence. "Whatever we say, +even what we think, seems to go back to that man McGinty." + +"Look here!" said McMurdo sternly. "It was only last night, as you know +well, that I swore good faith to our Bodymaster. Would you be asking me +to break my oath?" + +"If that is the view you take," said Morris sadly, "I can only say that +I am sorry I gave you the trouble to come and meet me. Things have come +to a bad pass when two free citizens cannot speak their thoughts to +each other." + +McMurdo, who had been watching his companion very narrowly, relaxed +somewhat in his bearing. "Sure I spoke for myself only," said he. "I am +a newcomer, as you know, and I am strange to it all. It is not for me +to open my mouth, Mr. Morris, and if you think well to say anything to +me I am here to hear it." + +"And to take it back to Boss McGinty!" said Morris bitterly. + +"Indeed, then, you do me injustice there," cried McMurdo. "For myself I +am loyal to the lodge, and so I tell you straight; but I would be a +poor creature if I were to repeat to any other what you might say to me +in confidence. It will go no further than me; though I warn you that +you may get neither help nor sympathy." + +"I have given up looking for either the one or the other," said Morris. +"I may be putting my very life in your hands by what I say; but, bad as +you are--and it seemed to me last night that you were shaping to be as +bad as the worst--still you are new to it, and your conscience cannot +yet be as hardened as theirs. That was why I thought to speak with you." + +"Well, what have you to say?" + +"If you give me away, may a curse be on you!" + +"Sure, I said I would not." + +"I would ask you, then, when you joined the Freeman's society in +Chicago and swore vows of charity and fidelity, did ever it cross your +mind that you might find it would lead you to crime?" + +"If you call it crime," McMurdo answered. + +"Call it crime!" cried Morris, his voice vibrating with passion. "You +have seen little of it if you can call it anything else. Was it crime +last night when a man old enough to be your father was beaten till the +blood dripped from his white hairs? Was that crime--or what else would +you call it?" + +"There are some would say it was war," said McMurdo, "a war of two +classes with all in, so that each struck as best it could." + +"Well, did you think of such a thing when you joined the Freeman's +society at Chicago?" + +"No, I'm bound to say I did not." + +"Nor did I when I joined it at Philadelphia. It was just a benefit club +and a meeting place for one's fellows. Then I heard of this +place--curse the hour that the name first fell upon my ears!--and I +came to better myself! My God! to better myself! My wife and three +children came with me. I started a dry goods store on Market Square, +and I prospered well. The word had gone round that I was a Freeman, and +I was forced to join the local lodge, same as you did last night. I've +the badge of shame on my forearm and something worse branded on my +heart. I found that I was under the orders of a black villain and +caught in a meshwork of crime. What could I do? Every word I said to +make things better was taken as treason, same as it was last night. I +can't get away; for all I have in the world is in my store. If I leave +the society, I know well that it means murder to me, and God knows what +to my wife and children. Oh, man, it is awful--awful!" He put his hands +to his face, and his body shook with convulsive sobs. + +McMurdo shrugged his shoulders. "You were too soft for the job," said +he. "You are the wrong sort for such work." + +"I had a conscience and a religion; but they made me a criminal among +them. I was chosen for a job. If I backed down I knew well what would +come to me. Maybe I'm a coward. Maybe it's the thought of my poor +little woman and the children that makes me one. Anyhow I went. I guess +it will haunt me forever. + +"It was a lonely house, twenty miles from here, over the range yonder. +I was told off for the door, same as you were last night. They could +not trust me with the job. The others went in. When they came out their +hands were crimson to the wrists. As we turned away a child was +screaming out of the house behind us. It was a boy of five who had seen +his father murdered. I nearly fainted with the horror of it, and yet I +had to keep a bold and smiling face; for well I knew that if I did not +it would be out of my house that they would come next with their bloody +hands and it would be my little Fred that would be screaming for his +father. + +"But I was a criminal then, part sharer in a murder, lost forever in +this world, and lost also in the next. I am a good Catholic; but the +priest would have no word with me when he heard I was a Scowrer, and I +am excommunicated from my faith. That's how it stands with me. And I +see you going down the same road, and I ask you what the end is to be. +Are you ready to be a cold-blooded murderer also, or can we do anything +to stop it?" + +"What would you do?" asked McMurdo abruptly. "You would not inform?" + +"God forbid!" cried Morris. "Sure, the very thought would cost me my +life." + +"That's well," said McMurdo. "I'm thinking that you are a weak man and +that you make too much of the matter." + +"Too much! Wait till you have lived here longer. Look down the valley! +See the cloud of a hundred chimneys that overshadows it! I tell you +that the cloud of murder hangs thicker and lower than that over the +heads of the people. It is the Valley of Fear, the Valley of Death. The +terror is in the hearts of the people from the dusk to the dawn. Wait, +young man, and you will learn for yourself." + +"Well, I'll let you know what I think when I have seen more," said +McMurdo carelessly. "What is very clear is that you are not the man for +the place, and that the sooner you sell out--if you only get a dime a +dollar for what the business is worth--the better it will be for you. +What you have said is safe with me; but, by Gar! if I thought you were +an informer--" + +"No, no!" cried Morris piteously. + +"Well, let it rest at that. I'll bear what you have said in mind, and +maybe some day I'll come back to it. I expect you meant kindly by +speaking to me like this. Now I'll be getting home." + +"One word before you go," said Morris. "We may have been seen together. +They may want to know what we have spoken about." + +"Ah! that's well thought of." + +"I offer you a clerkship in my store." + +"And I refuse it. That's our business. Well, so long, Brother Morris, +and may you find things go better with you in the future." + +That same afternoon, as McMurdo sat smoking, lost in thought beside the +stove of his sitting-room, the door swung open and its framework was +filled with the huge figure of Boss McGinty. He passed the sign, and +then seating himself opposite to the young man he looked at him +steadily for some time, a look which was as steadily returned. + +"I'm not much of a visitor, Brother McMurdo," he said at last. "I guess +I am too busy over the folk that visit me. But I thought I'd stretch a +point and drop down to see you in your own house." + +"I'm proud to see you here, Councillor," McMurdo answered heartily, +bringing his whisky bottle out of the cupboard. "It's an honour that I +had not expected." + +"How's the arm?" asked the Boss. + +McMurdo made a wry face. "Well, I'm not forgetting it," he said; "but +it's worth it." + +"Yes, it's worth it," the other answered, "to those that are loyal and +go through with it and are a help to the lodge. What were you speaking +to Brother Morris about on Miller Hill this morning?" + +The question came so suddenly that it was well that he had his answer +prepared. He burst into a hearty laugh. "Morris didn't know I could +earn a living here at home. He shan't know either; for he has got too +much conscience for the likes of me. But he's a good-hearted old chap. +It was his idea that I was at a loose end, and that he would do me a +good turn by offering me a clerkship in a dry goods store." + +"Oh, that was it?" + +"Yes, that was it." + +"And you refused it?" + +"Sure. Couldn't I earn ten times as much in my own bedroom with four +hours' work?" + +"That's so. But I wouldn't get about too much with Morris." + +"Why not?" + +"Well, I guess because I tell you not. That's enough for most folk in +these parts." + +"It may be enough for most folk; but it ain't enough for me, +Councillor," said McMurdo boldly. "If you are a judge of men, you'll +know that." + +The swarthy giant glared at him, and his hairy paw closed for an +instant round the glass as though he would hurl it at the head of his +companion. Then he laughed in his loud, boisterous, insincere fashion. + +"You're a queer card, for sure," said he. "Well, if you want reasons, +I'll give them. Did Morris say nothing to you against the lodge?" + +"No." + +"Nor against me?" + +"No." + +"Well, that's because he daren't trust you. But in his heart he is not +a loyal brother. We know that well. So we watch him and we wait for the +time to admonish him. I'm thinking that the time is drawing near. +There's no room for scabby sheep in our pen. But if you keep company +with a disloyal man, we might think that you were disloyal, too. See?" + +"There's no chance of my keeping company with him; for I dislike the +man," McMurdo answered. "As to being disloyal, if it was any man but +you he would not use the word to me twice." + +"Well, that's enough," said McGinty, draining off his glass. "I came +down to give you a word in season, and you've had it." + +"I'd like to know," said McMurdo, "how you ever came to learn that I +had spoken with Morris at all?" + +McGinty laughed. "It's my business to know what goes on in this +township," said he. "I guess you'd best reckon on my hearing all that +passes. Well, time's up, and I'll just say--" + +But his leavetaking was cut short in a very unexpected fashion. With a +sudden crash the door flew open, and three frowning, intent faces +glared in at them from under the peaks of police caps. McMurdo sprang +to his feet and half drew his revolver; but his arm stopped midway as +he became conscious that two Winchester rifles were levelled at his +head. A man in uniform advanced into the room, a six-shooter in his +hand. It was Captain Marvin, once of Chicago, and now of the Mine +Constabulary. He shook his head with a half-smile at McMurdo. + +"I thought you'd be getting into trouble, Mr. Crooked McMurdo of +Chicago," said he. "Can't keep out of it, can you? Take your hat and +come along with us." + +"I guess you'll pay for this, Captain Marvin," said McGinty. "Who are +you, I'd like to know, to break into a house in this fashion and molest +honest, law-abiding men?" + +"You're standing out in this deal, Councillor McGinty," said the police +captain. "We are not out after you, but after this man McMurdo. It is +for you to help, not to hinder us in our duty." + +"He is a friend of mine, and I'll answer for his conduct," said the +Boss. + +"By all accounts, Mr. McGinty, you may have to answer for your own +conduct some of these days," the captain answered. "This man McMurdo +was a crook before ever he came here, and he's a crook still. Cover +him, Patrolman, while I disarm him." + +"There's my pistol," said McMurdo coolly. "Maybe, Captain Marvin, if +you and I were alone and face to face you would not take me so easily." + +"Where's your warrant?" asked McGinty. "By Gar! a man might as well +live in Russia as in Vermissa while folk like you are running the +police. It's a capitalist outrage, and you'll hear more of it, I +reckon." + +"You do what you think is your duty the best way you can, Councillor. +We'll look after ours." + +"What am I accused of?" asked McMurdo. + +"Of being concerned in the beating of old Editor Stanger at the Herald +office. It wasn't your fault that it isn't a murder charge." + +"Well, if that's all you have against him," cried McGinty with a laugh, +"you can save yourself a deal of trouble by dropping it right now. This +man was with me in my saloon playing poker up to midnight, and I can +bring a dozen to prove it." + +"That's your affair, and I guess you can settle it in court to-morrow. +Meanwhile, come on, McMurdo, and come quietly if you don't want a gun +across your head. You stand wide, Mr. McGinty; for I warn you I will +stand no resistance when I am on duty!" + +So determined was the appearance of the captain that both McMurdo and +his boss were forced to accept the situation. The latter managed to +have a few whispered words with the prisoner before they parted. + +"What about--" he jerked his thumb upward to signify the coining plant. + +"All right," whispered McMurdo, who had devised a safe hiding place +under the floor. + +"I'll bid you good-bye," said the Boss, shaking hands. "I'll see Reilly +the lawyer and take the defense upon myself. Take my word for it that +they won't be able to hold you." + +"I wouldn't bet on that. Guard the prisoner, you two, and shoot him if +he tries any games. I'll search the house before I leave." + +He did so; but apparently found no trace of the concealed plant. When +he had descended he and his men escorted McMurdo to headquarters. +Darkness had fallen, and a keen blizzard was blowing so that the +streets were nearly deserted; but a few loiterers followed the group, +and emboldened by invisibility shouted imprecations at the prisoner. + +"Lynch the cursed Scowrer!" they cried. "Lynch him!" They laughed and +jeered as he was pushed into the police station. After a short, formal +examination from the inspector in charge he was put into the common +cell. Here he found Baldwin and three other criminals of the night +before, all arrested that afternoon and waiting their trial next +morning. + +But even within this inner fortress of the law the long arm of the +Freemen was able to extend. Late at night there came a jailer with a +straw bundle for their bedding, out of which he extracted two bottles +of whisky, some glasses, and a pack of cards. They spent a hilarious +night, without an anxious thought as to the ordeal of the morning. + +Nor had they cause, as the result was to show. The magistrate could not +possibly, on the evidence, have held them for a higher court. On the +one hand the compositors and pressmen were forced to admit that the +light was uncertain, that they were themselves much perturbed, and that +it was difficult for them to swear to the identity of the assailants; +although they believed that the accused were among them. Cross examined +by the clever attorney who had been engaged by McGinty, they were even +more nebulous in their evidence. + +The injured man had already deposed that he was so taken by surprise by +the suddenness of the attack that he could state nothing beyond the +fact that the first man who struck him wore a moustache. He added that +he knew them to be Scowrers, since no one else in the community could +possibly have any enmity to him, and he had long been threatened on +account of his outspoken editorials. On the other hand, it was clearly +shown by the united and unfaltering evidence of six citizens, including +that high municipal official, Councillor McGinty, that the men had been +at a card party at the Union House until an hour very much later than +the commission of the outrage. + +Needless to say that they were discharged with something very near to +an apology from the bench for the inconvenience to which they had been +put, together with an implied censure of Captain Marvin and the police +for their officious zeal. + +The verdict was greeted with loud applause by a court in which McMurdo +saw many familiar faces. Brothers of the lodge smiled and waved. But +there were others who sat with compressed lips and brooding eyes as the +men filed out of the dock. One of them, a little, dark-bearded, +resolute fellow, put the thoughts of himself and comrades into words as +the ex-prisoners passed him. + +"You damned murderers!" he said. "We'll fix you yet!" + + + +Chapter 5 + +The Darkest Hour + +If anything had been needed to give an impetus to Jack McMurdo's +popularity among his fellows it would have been his arrest and +acquittal. That a man on the very night of joining the lodge should +have done something which brought him before the magistrate was a new +record in the annals of the society. Already he had earned the +reputation of a good boon companion, a cheery reveller, and withal a +man of high temper, who would not take an insult even from the +all-powerful Boss himself. But in addition to this he impressed his +comrades with the idea that among them all there was not one whose +brain was so ready to devise a bloodthirsty scheme, or whose hand would +be more capable of carrying it out. "He'll be the boy for the clean +job," said the oldsters to one another, and waited their time until +they could set him to his work. + +McGinty had instruments enough already; but he recognized that this was +a supremely able one. He felt like a man holding a fierce bloodhound in +leash. There were curs to do the smaller work; but some day he would +slip this creature upon its prey. A few members of the lodge, Ted +Baldwin among them, resented the rapid rise of the stranger and hated +him for it; but they kept clear of him, for he was as ready to fight as +to laugh. + +But if he gained favour with his fellows, there was another quarter, +one which had become even more vital to him, in which he lost it. Ettie +Shafter's father would have nothing more to do with him, nor would he +allow him to enter the house. Ettie herself was too deeply in love to +give him up altogether, and yet her own good sense warned her of what +would come from a marriage with a man who was regarded as a criminal. + +One morning after a sleepless night she determined to see him, possibly +for the last time, and make one strong endeavour to draw him from those +evil influences which were sucking him down. She went to his house, as +he had often begged her to do, and made her way into the room which he +used as his sitting-room. He was seated at a table, with his back +turned and a letter in front of him. A sudden spirit of girlish +mischief came over her--she was still only nineteen. He had not heard +her when she pushed open the door. Now she tiptoed forward and laid her +hand lightly upon his bended shoulders. + +If she had expected to startle him, she certainly succeeded; but only +in turn to be startled herself. With a tiger spring he turned on her, +and his right hand was feeling for her throat. At the same instant with +the other hand he crumpled up the paper that lay before him. For an +instant he stood glaring. Then astonishment and joy took the place of +the ferocity which had convulsed his features--a ferocity which had +sent her shrinking back in horror as from something which had never +before intruded into her gentle life. + +"It's you!" said he, mopping his brow. "And to think that you should +come to me, heart of my heart, and I should find nothing better to do +than to want to strangle you! Come then, darling," and he held out his +arms, "let me make it up to you." + +But she had not recovered from that sudden glimpse of guilty fear which +she had read in the man's face. All her woman's instinct told her that +it was not the mere fright of a man who is startled. Guilt--that was +it--guilt and fear! + +"What's come over you, Jack?" she cried. "Why were you so scared of me? +Oh, Jack, if your conscience was at ease, you would not have looked at +me like that!" + +"Sure, I was thinking of other things, and when you came tripping so +lightly on those fairy feet of yours--" + +"No, no, it was more than that, Jack." Then a sudden suspicion seized +her. "Let me see that letter you were writing." + +"Ah, Ettie, I couldn't do that." + +Her suspicions became certainties. "It's to another woman," she cried. +"I know it! Why else should you hold it from me? Was it to your wife +that you were writing? How am I to know that you are not a married +man--you, a stranger, that nobody knows?" + +"I am not married, Ettie. See now, I swear it! You're the only one +woman on earth to me. By the cross of Christ I swear it!" + +He was so white with passionate earnestness that she could not but +believe him. + +"Well, then," she cried, "why will you not show me the letter?" + +"I'll tell you, acushla," said he. "I'm under oath not to show it, and +just as I wouldn't break my word to you so I would keep it to those who +hold my promise. It's the business of the lodge, and even to you it's +secret. And if I was scared when a hand fell on me, can't you +understand it when it might have been the hand of a detective?" + +She felt that he was telling the truth. He gathered her into his arms +and kissed away her fears and doubts. + +"Sit here by me, then. It's a queer throne for such a queen; but it's +the best your poor lover can find. He'll do better for you some of +these days, I'm thinking. Now your mind is easy once again, is it not?" + +"How can it ever be at ease, Jack, when I know that you are a criminal +among criminals, when I never know the day that I may hear you are in +court for murder? 'McMurdo the Scowrer,' that's what one of our +boarders called you yesterday. It went through my heart like a knife." + +"Sure, hard words break no bones." + +"But they were true." + +"Well, dear, it's not so bad as you think. We are but poor men that are +trying in our own way to get our rights." + +Ettie threw her arms round her lover's neck. "Give it up, Jack! For my +sake, for God's sake, give it up! It was to ask you that I came here +to-day. Oh, Jack, see--I beg it of you on my bended knees! Kneeling +here before you I implore you to give it up!" + +He raised her and soothed her with her head against his breast. + +"Sure, my darlin', you don't know what it is you are asking. How could +I give it up when it would be to break my oath and to desert my +comrades? If you could see how things stand with me you could never ask +it of me. Besides, if I wanted to, how could I do it? You don't suppose +that the lodge would let a man go free with all its secrets?" + +"I've thought of that, Jack. I've planned it all. Father has saved some +money. He is weary of this place where the fear of these people darkens +our lives. He is ready to go. We would fly together to Philadelphia or +New York, where we would be safe from them." + +McMurdo laughed. "The lodge has a long arm. Do you think it could not +stretch from here to Philadelphia or New York?" + +"Well, then, to the West, or to England, or to Germany, where father +came from--anywhere to get away from this Valley of Fear!" + +McMurdo thought of old Brother Morris. "Sure, it is the second time I +have heard the valley so named," said he. "The shadow does indeed seem +to lie heavy on some of you." + +"It darkens every moment of our lives. Do you suppose that Ted Baldwin +has ever forgiven us? If it were not that he fears you, what do you +suppose our chances would be? If you saw the look in those dark, hungry +eyes of his when they fall on me!" + +"By Gar! I'd teach him better manners if I caught him at it! But see +here, little girl. I can't leave here. I can't--take that from me once +and for all. But if you will leave me to find my own way, I will try to +prepare a way of getting honourably out of it." + +"There is no honour in such a matter." + +"Well, well, it's just how you look at it. But if you'll give me six +months, I'll work it so that I can leave without being ashamed to look +others in the face." + +The girl laughed with joy. "Six months!" she cried. "Is it a promise?" + +"Well, it may be seven or eight. But within a year at the furthest we +will leave the valley behind us." + +It was the most that Ettie could obtain, and yet it was something. +There was this distant light to illuminate the gloom of the immediate +future. She returned to her father's house more light-hearted than she +had ever been since Jack McMurdo had come into her life. + +It might be thought that as a member, all the doings of the society +would be told to him; but he was soon to discover that the organization +was wider and more complex than the simple lodge. Even Boss McGinty was +ignorant as to many things; for there was an official named the County +Delegate, living at Hobson's Patch farther down the line, who had power +over several different lodges which he wielded in a sudden and +arbitrary way. Only once did McMurdo see him, a sly, little gray-haired +rat of a man, with a slinking gait and a sidelong glance which was +charged with malice. Evans Pott was his name, and even the great Boss +of Vermissa felt towards him something of the repulsion and fear which +the huge Danton may have felt for the puny but dangerous Robespierre. + +One day Scanlan, who was McMurdo's fellow boarder, received a note from +McGinty inclosing one from Evans Pott, which informed him that he was +sending over two good men, Lawler and Andrews, who had instructions to +act in the neighbourhood; though it was best for the cause that no +particulars as to their objects should be given. Would the Bodymaster +see to it that suitable arrangements be made for their lodgings and +comfort until the time for action should arrive? McGinty added that it +was impossible for anyone to remain secret at the Union House, and +that, therefore, he would be obliged if McMurdo and Scanlan would put +the strangers up for a few days in their boarding house. + +The same evening the two men arrived, each carrying his gripsack. +Lawler was an elderly man, shrewd, silent, and self-contained, clad in +an old black frock coat, which with his soft felt hat and ragged, +grizzled beard gave him a general resemblance to an itinerant preacher. +His companion Andrews was little more than a boy, frank-faced and +cheerful, with the breezy manner of one who is out for a holiday and +means to enjoy every minute of it. Both men were total abstainers, and +behaved in all ways as exemplary members of the society, with the one +simple exception that they were assassins who had often proved +themselves to be most capable instruments for this association of +murder. Lawler had already carried out fourteen commissions of the +kind, and Andrews three. + +They were, as McMurdo found, quite ready to converse about their deeds +in the past, which they recounted with the half-bashful pride of men +who had done good and unselfish service for the community. They were +reticent, however, as to the immediate job in hand. + +"They chose us because neither I nor the boy here drink," Lawler +explained. "They can count on us saying no more than we should. You +must not take it amiss, but it is the orders of the County Delegate +that we obey." + +"Sure, we are all in it together," said Scanlan, McMurdo's mate, as the +four sat together at supper. + +"That's true enough, and we'll talk till the cows come home of the +killing of Charlie Williams or of Simon Bird, or any other job in the +past. But till the work is done we say nothing." + +"There are half a dozen about here that I have a word to say to," said +McMurdo, with an oath. "I suppose it isn't Jack Knox of Ironhill that +you are after. I'd go some way to see him get his deserts." + +"No, it's not him yet." + +"Or Herman Strauss?" + +"No, nor him either." + +"Well, if you won't tell us we can't make you; but I'd be glad to know." + +Lawler smiled and shook his head. He was not to be drawn. + +In spite of the reticence of their guests, Scanlan and McMurdo were +quite determined to be present at what they called "the fun." When, +therefore, at an early hour one morning McMurdo heard them creeping +down the stairs he awakened Scanlan, and the two hurried on their +clothes. When they were dressed they found that the others had stolen +out, leaving the door open behind them. It was not yet dawn, and by the +light of the lamps they could see the two men some distance down the +street. They followed them warily, treading noiselessly in the deep +snow. + +The boarding house was near the edge of the town, and soon they were at +the crossroads which is beyond its boundary. Here three men were +waiting, with whom Lawler and Andrews held a short, eager conversation. +Then they all moved on together. It was clearly some notable job which +needed numbers. At this point there are several trails which lead to +various mines. The strangers took that which led to the Crow Hill, a +huge business which was in strong hands which had been able, thanks to +their energetic and fearless New England manager, Josiah H. Dunn, to +keep some order and discipline during the long reign of terror. + +Day was breaking now, and a line of workmen were slowly making their +way, singly and in groups, along the blackened path. + +McMurdo and Scanlan strolled on with the others, keeping in sight of +the men whom they followed. A thick mist lay over them, and from the +heart of it there came the sudden scream of a steam whistle. It was the +ten-minute signal before the cages descended and the day's labour began. + +When they reached the open space round the mine shaft there were a +hundred miners waiting, stamping their feet and blowing on their +fingers; for it was bitterly cold. The strangers stood in a little +group under the shadow of the engine house. Scanlan and McMurdo climbed +a heap of slag from which the whole scene lay before them. They saw the +mine engineer, a great bearded Scotchman named Menzies, come out of the +engine house and blow his whistle for the cages to be lowered. + +At the same instant a tall, loose-framed young man with a clean-shaved, +earnest face advanced eagerly towards the pit head. As he came forward +his eyes fell upon the group, silent and motionless, under the engine +house. The men had drawn down their hats and turned up their collars to +screen their faces. For a moment the presentiment of Death laid its +cold hand upon the manager's heart. At the next he had shaken it off +and saw only his duty towards intrusive strangers. + +"Who are you?" he asked as he advanced. "What are you loitering there +for?" + +There was no answer; but the lad Andrews stepped forward and shot him +in the stomach. The hundred waiting miners stood as motionless and +helpless as if they were paralyzed. The manager clapped his two hands +to the wound and doubled himself up. Then he staggered away; but +another of the assassins fired, and he went down sidewise, kicking and +clawing among a heap of clinkers. Menzies, the Scotchman, gave a roar +of rage at the sight and rushed with an iron spanner at the murderers; +but was met by two balls in the face which dropped him dead at their +very feet. + +There was a surge forward of some of the miners, and an inarticulate +cry of pity and of anger; but a couple of the strangers emptied their +six-shooters over the heads of the crowd, and they broke and scattered, +some of them rushing wildly back to their homes in Vermissa. + +When a few of the bravest had rallied, and there was a return to the +mine, the murderous gang had vanished in the mists of morning, without +a single witness being able to swear to the identity of these men who +in front of a hundred spectators had wrought this double crime. + +Scanlan and McMurdo made their way back; Scanlan somewhat subdued, for +it was the first murder job that he had seen with his own eyes, and it +appeared less funny than he had been led to believe. The horrible +screams of the dead manager's wife pursued them as they hurried to the +town. McMurdo was absorbed and silent; but he showed no sympathy for +the weakening of his companion. + +"Sure, it is like a war," he repeated. "What is it but a war between us +and them, and we hit back where we best can." + +There was high revel in the lodge room at the Union House that night, +not only over the killing of the manager and engineer of the Crow Hill +mine, which would bring this organization into line with the other +blackmailed and terror-stricken companies of the district, but also +over a distant triumph which had been wrought by the hands of the lodge +itself. + +It would appear that when the County Delegate had sent over five good +men to strike a blow in Vermissa, he had demanded that in return three +Vermissa men should be secretly selected and sent across to kill +William Hales of Stake Royal, one of the best known and most popular +mine owners in the Gilmerton district, a man who was believed not to +have an enemy in the world; for he was in all ways a model employer. He +had insisted, however, upon efficiency in the work, and had, therefore, +paid off certain drunken and idle employees who were members of the +all-powerful society. Coffin notices hung outside his door had not +weakened his resolution, and so in a free, civilized country he found +himself condemned to death. + +The execution had now been duly carried out. Ted Baldwin, who sprawled +now in the seat of honour beside the Bodymaster, had been chief of the +party. His flushed face and glazed, blood-shot eyes told of +sleeplessness and drink. He and his two comrades had spent the night +before among the mountains. They were unkempt and weather-stained. But +no heroes, returning from a forlorn hope, could have had a warmer +welcome from their comrades. + +The story was told and retold amid cries of delight and shouts of +laughter. They had waited for their man as he drove home at nightfall, +taking their station at the top of a steep hill, where his horse must +be at a walk. He was so furred to keep out the cold that he could not +lay his hand on his pistol. They had pulled him out and shot him again +and again. He had screamed for mercy. The screams were repeated for the +amusement of the lodge. + +"Let's hear again how he squealed," they cried. + +None of them knew the man; but there is eternal drama in a killing, and +they had shown the Scowrers of Gilmerton that the Vermissa men were to +be relied upon. + +There had been one contretemps; for a man and his wife had driven up +while they were still emptying their revolvers into the silent body. It +had been suggested that they should shoot them both; but they were +harmless folk who were not connected with the mines, so they were +sternly bidden to drive on and keep silent, lest a worse thing befall +them. And so the blood-mottled figure had been left as a warning to all +such hard-hearted employers, and the three noble avengers had hurried +off into the mountains where unbroken nature comes down to the very +edge of the furnaces and the slag heaps. Here they were, safe and +sound, their work well done, and the plaudits of their companions in +their ears. + +It had been a great day for the Scowrers. The shadow had fallen even +darker over the valley. But as the wise general chooses the moment of +victory in which to redouble his efforts, so that his foes may have no +time to steady themselves after disaster, so Boss McGinty, looking out +upon the scene of his operations with his brooding and malicious eyes, +had devised a new attack upon those who opposed him. That very night, +as the half-drunken company broke up, he touched McMurdo on the arm and +led him aside into that inner room where they had their first interview. + +"See here, my lad," said he, "I've got a job that's worthy of you at +last. You'll have the doing of it in your own hands." + +"Proud I am to hear it," McMurdo answered. + +"You can take two men with you--Manders and Reilly. They have been +warned for service. We'll never be right in this district until Chester +Wilcox has been settled, and you'll have the thanks of every lodge in +the coal fields if you can down him." + +"I'll do my best, anyhow. Who is he, and where shall I find him?" + +McGinty took his eternal half-chewed, half-smoked cigar from the corner +of his mouth, and proceeded to draw a rough diagram on a page torn from +his notebook. + +"He's the chief foreman of the Iron Dike Company. He's a hard citizen, +an old colour sergeant of the war, all scars and grizzle. We've had two +tries at him; but had no luck, and Jim Carnaway lost his life over it. +Now it's for you to take it over. That's the house--all alone at the +Iron Dike crossroad, same as you see here on the map--without another +within earshot. It's no good by day. He's armed and shoots quick and +straight, with no questions asked. But at night--well, there he is with +his wife, three children, and a hired help. You can't pick or choose. +It's all or none. If you could get a bag of blasting powder at the +front door with a slow match to it--" + +"What's the man done?" + +"Didn't I tell you he shot Jim Carnaway?" + +"Why did he shoot him?" + +"What in thunder has that to do with you? Carnaway was about his house +at night, and he shot him. That's enough for me and you. You've got to +settle the thing right." + +"There's these two women and the children. Do they go up too?" + +"They have to--else how can we get him?" + +"It seems hard on them; for they've done nothing." + +"What sort of fool's talk is this? Do you back out?" + +"Easy, Councillor, easy! What have I ever said or done that you should +think I would be after standing back from an order of the Bodymaster of +my own lodge? If it's right or if it's wrong, it's for you to decide." + +"You'll do it, then?" + +"Of course I will do it." + +"When?" + +"Well, you had best give me a night or two that I may see the house and +make my plans. Then--" + +"Very good," said McGinty, shaking him by the hand. "I leave it with +you. It will be a great day when you bring us the news. It's just the +last stroke that will bring them all to their knees." + +McMurdo thought long and deeply over the commission which had been so +suddenly placed in his hands. The isolated house in which Chester +Wilcox lived was about five miles off in an adjacent valley. That very +night he started off all alone to prepare for the attempt. It was +daylight before he returned from his reconnaissance. Next day he +interviewed his two subordinates, Manders and Reilly, reckless +youngsters who were as elated as if it were a deer-hunt. + +Two nights later they met outside the town, all three armed, and one of +them carrying a sack stuffed with the powder which was used in the +quarries. It was two in the morning before they came to the lonely +house. The night was a windy one, with broken clouds drifting swiftly +across the face of a three-quarter moon. They had been warned to be on +their guard against bloodhounds; so they moved forward cautiously, with +their pistols cocked in their hands. But there was no sound save the +howling of the wind, and no movement but the swaying branches above +them. + +McMurdo listened at the door of the lonely house; but all was still +within. Then he leaned the powder bag against it, ripped a hole in it +with his knife, and attached the fuse. When it was well alight he and +his two companions took to their heels, and were some distance off, +safe and snug in a sheltering ditch, before the shattering roar of the +explosion, with the low, deep rumble of the collapsing building, told +them that their work was done. No cleaner job had ever been carried out +in the bloodstained annals of the society. + +But alas that work so well organized and boldly carried out should all +have gone for nothing! Warned by the fate of the various victims, and +knowing that he was marked down for destruction, Chester Wilcox had +moved himself and his family only the day before to some safer and less +known quarters, where a guard of police should watch over them. It was +an empty house which had been torn down by the gunpowder, and the grim +old colour sergeant of the war was still teaching discipline to the +miners of Iron Dike. + +"Leave him to me," said McMurdo. "He's my man, and I'll get him sure if +I have to wait a year for him." + +A vote of thanks and confidence was passed in full lodge, and so for +the time the matter ended. When a few weeks later it was reported in +the papers that Wilcox had been shot at from an ambuscade, it was an +open secret that McMurdo was still at work upon his unfinished job. + +Such were the methods of the Society of Freemen, and such were the +deeds of the Scowrers by which they spread their rule of fear over the +great and rich district which was for so long a period haunted by their +terrible presence. Why should these pages be stained by further crimes? +Have I not said enough to show the men and their methods? + +These deeds are written in history, and there are records wherein one +may read the details of them. There one may learn of the shooting of +Policemen Hunt and Evans because they had ventured to arrest two +members of the society--a double outrage planned at the Vermissa lodge +and carried out in cold blood upon two helpless and disarmed men. There +also one may read of the shooting of Mrs. Larbey when she was nursing +her husband, who had been beaten almost to death by orders of Boss +McGinty. The killing of the elder Jenkins, shortly followed by that of +his brother, the mutilation of James Murdoch, the blowing up of the +Staphouse family, and the murder of the Stendals all followed hard upon +one another in the same terrible winter. + +Darkly the shadow lay upon the Valley of Fear. The spring had come with +running brooks and blossoming trees. There was hope for all Nature +bound so long in an iron grip; but nowhere was there any hope for the +men and women who lived under the yoke of the terror. Never had the +cloud above them been so dark and hopeless as in the early summer of +the year 1875. + + + +Chapter 6 + +Danger + +It was the height of the reign of terror. McMurdo, who had already been +appointed Inner Deacon, with every prospect of some day succeeding +McGinty as Bodymaster, was now so necessary to the councils of his +comrades that nothing was done without his help and advice. The more +popular he became, however, with the Freemen, the blacker were the +scowls which greeted him as he passed along the streets of Vermissa. In +spite of their terror the citizens were taking heart to band themselves +together against their oppressors. Rumours had reached the lodge of +secret gatherings in the Herald office and of distribution of firearms +among the law-abiding people. But McGinty and his men were undisturbed +by such reports. They were numerous, resolute, and well armed. Their +opponents were scattered and powerless. It would all end, as it had +done in the past, in aimless talk and possibly in impotent arrests. So +said McGinty, McMurdo, and all the bolder spirits. + +It was a Saturday evening in May. Saturday was always the lodge night, +and McMurdo was leaving his house to attend it when Morris, the weaker +brother of the order, came to see him. His brow was creased with care, +and his kindly face was drawn and haggard. + +"Can I speak with you freely, Mr. McMurdo?" + +"Sure." + +"I can't forget that I spoke my heart to you once, and that you kept it +to yourself, even though the Boss himself came to ask you about it." + +"What else could I do if you trusted me? It wasn't that I agreed with +what you said." + +"I know that well. But you are the one that I can speak to and be safe. +I've a secret here," he put his hand to his breast, "and it is just +burning the life out of me. I wish it had come to any one of you but +me. If I tell it, it will mean murder, for sure. If I don't, it may +bring the end of us all. God help me, but I am near out of my wits over +it!" + +McMurdo looked at the man earnestly. He was trembling in every limb. He +poured some whisky into a glass and handed it to him. "That's the +physic for the likes of you," said he. "Now let me hear of it." + +Morris drank, and his white face took a tinge of colour. "I can tell it +to you all in one sentence," said he. "There's a detective on our +trail." + +McMurdo stared at him in astonishment. "Why, man, you're crazy," he +said. "Isn't the place full of police and detectives and what harm did +they ever do us?" + +"No, no, it's no man of the district. As you say, we know them, and it +is little that they can do. But you've heard of Pinkerton's?" + +"I've read of some folk of that name." + +"Well, you can take it from me you've no show when they are on your +trail. It's not a take-it-or-miss-it government concern. It's a dead +earnest business proposition that's out for results and keeps out till +by hook or crook it gets them. If a Pinkerton man is deep in this +business, we are all destroyed." + +"We must kill him." + +"Ah, it's the first thought that came to you! So it will be up at the +lodge. Didn't I say to you that it would end in murder?" + +"Sure, what is murder? Isn't it common enough in these parts?" + +"It is, indeed; but it's not for me to point out the man that is to be +murdered. I'd never rest easy again. And yet it's our own necks that +may be at stake. In God's name what shall I do?" He rocked to and fro +in his agony of indecision. + +But his words had moved McMurdo deeply. It was easy to see that he +shared the other's opinion as to the danger, and the need for meeting +it. He gripped Morris's shoulder and shook him in his earnestness. + +"See here, man," he cried, and he almost screeched the words in his +excitement, "you won't gain anything by sitting keening like an old +wife at a wake. Let's have the facts. Who is the fellow? Where is he? +How did you hear of him? Why did you come to me?" + +"I came to you; for you are the one man that would advise me. I told +you that I had a store in the East before I came here. I left good +friends behind me, and one of them is in the telegraph service. Here's +a letter that I had from him yesterday. It's this part from the top of +the page. You can read it yourself." + +This was what McMurdo read: + + How are the Scowrers getting on in your parts? We read + plenty of them in the papers. Between you and me I expect + to hear news from you before long. Five big corporations + and the two railroads have taken the thing up in dead + earnest. They mean it, and you can bet they'll get there! + They are right deep down into it. Pinkerton has taken hold + under their orders, and his best man, Birdy Edwards, is + operating. The thing has got to be stopped right now. + +"Now read the postscript." + + Of course, what I give you is what I learned in business; + so it goes no further. It's a queer cipher that you handle by + the yard every day and can get no meaning from. + +McMurdo sat in silence for some time, with the letter in his listless +hands. The mist had lifted for a moment, and there was the abyss before +him. + +"Does anyone else know of this?" he asked. + +"I have told no one else." + +"But this man--your friend--has he any other person that he would be +likely to write to?" + +"Well, I dare say he knows one or two more." + +"Of the lodge?" + +"It's likely enough." + +"I was asking because it is likely that he may have given some +description of this fellow Birdy Edwards--then we could get on his +trail." + +"Well, it's possible. But I should not think he knew him. He is just +telling me the news that came to him by way of business. How would he +know this Pinkerton man?" + +McMurdo gave a violent start. + +"By Gar!" he cried, "I've got him. What a fool I was not to know it. +Lord! but we're in luck! We will fix him before he can do any harm. See +here, Morris, will you leave this thing in my hands?" + +"Sure, if you will only take it off mine." + +"I'll do that. You can stand right back and let me run it. Even your +name need not be mentioned. I'll take it all on myself, as if it were +to me that this letter has come. Will that content you?" + +"It's just what I would ask." + +"Then leave it at that and keep your head shut. Now I'll get down to +the lodge, and we'll soon make old man Pinkerton sorry for himself." + +"You wouldn't kill this man?" + +"The less you know, Friend Morris, the easier your conscience will be, +and the better you will sleep. Ask no questions, and let these things +settle themselves. I have hold of it now." + +Morris shook his head sadly as he left. "I feel that his blood is on my +hands," he groaned. + +"Self-protection is no murder, anyhow," said McMurdo, smiling grimly. +"It's him or us. I guess this man would destroy us all if we left him +long in the valley. Why, Brother Morris, we'll have to elect you +Bodymaster yet; for you've surely saved the lodge." + +And yet it was clear from his actions that he thought more seriously of +this new intrusion than his words would show. It may have been his +guilty conscience, it may have been the reputation of the Pinkerton +organization, it may have been the knowledge that great, rich +corporations had set themselves the task of clearing out the Scowrers; +but, whatever his reason, his actions were those of a man who is +preparing for the worst. Every paper which would incriminate him was +destroyed before he left the house. After that he gave a long sigh of +satisfaction; for it seemed to him that he was safe. And yet the danger +must still have pressed somewhat upon him; for on his way to the lodge +he stopped at old man Shafter's. The house was forbidden him; but when +he tapped at the window Ettie came out to him. The dancing Irish +deviltry had gone from her lover's eyes. She read his danger in his +earnest face. + +"Something has happened!" she cried. "Oh, Jack, you are in danger!" + +"Sure, it is not very bad, my sweetheart. And yet it may be wise that +we make a move before it is worse." + +"Make a move?" + +"I promised you once that I would go some day. I think the time is +coming. I had news to-night, bad news, and I see trouble coming." + +"The police?" + +"Well, a Pinkerton. But, sure, you wouldn't know what that is, acushla, +nor what it may mean to the likes of me. I'm too deep in this thing, +and I may have to get out of it quick. You said you would come with me +if I went." + +"Oh, Jack, it would be the saving of you!" + +"I'm an honest man in some things, Ettie. I wouldn't hurt a hair of +your bonny head for all that the world can give, nor ever pull you down +one inch from the golden throne above the clouds where I always see +you. Would you trust me?" + +She put her hand in his without a word. "Well, then, listen to what I +say, and do as I order you, for indeed it's the only way for us. Things +are going to happen in this valley. I feel it in my bones. There may be +many of us that will have to look out for ourselves. I'm one, anyhow. +If I go, by day or night, it's you that must come with me!" + +"I'd come after you, Jack." + +"No, no, you shall come with me. If this valley is closed to me and I +can never come back, how can I leave you behind, and me perhaps in +hiding from the police with never a chance of a message? It's with me +you must come. I know a good woman in the place I come from, and it's +there I'd leave you till we can get married. Will you come?" + +"Yes, Jack, I will come." + +"God bless you for your trust in me! It's a fiend out of hell that I +should be if I abused it. Now, mark you, Ettie, it will be just a word +to you, and when it reaches you, you will drop everything and come +right down to the waiting room at the depot and stay there till I come +for you." + +"Day or night, I'll come at the word, Jack." + +Somewhat eased in mind, now that his own preparations for escape had +been begun, McMurdo went on to the lodge. It had already assembled, and +only by complicated signs and counter-signs could he pass through the +outer guard and inner guard who close-tiled it. A buzz of pleasure and +welcome greeted him as he entered. The long room was crowded, and +through the haze of tobacco smoke he saw the tangled black mane of the +Bodymaster, the cruel, unfriendly features of Baldwin, the vulture face +of Harraway, the secretary, and a dozen more who were among the leaders +of the lodge. He rejoiced that they should all be there to take counsel +over his news. + +"Indeed, it's glad we are to see you, Brother!" cried the chairman. +"There's business here that wants a Solomon in judgment to set it +right." + +"It's Lander and Egan," explained his neighbour as he took his seat. +"They both claim the head money given by the lodge for the shooting of +old man Crabbe over at Stylestown, and who's to say which fired the +bullet?" + +McMurdo rose in his place and raised his hand. The expression of his +face froze the attention of the audience. There was a dead hush of +expectation. + +"Eminent Bodymaster," he said, in a solemn voice, "I claim urgency!" + +"Brother McMurdo claims urgency," said McGinty. "It's a claim that by +the rules of this lodge takes precedence. Now Brother, we attend you." + +McMurdo took the letter from his pocket. + +"Eminent Bodymaster and Brethren," he said, "I am the bearer of ill +news this day; but it is better that it should be known and discussed, +than that a blow should fall upon us without warning which would +destroy us all. I have information that the most powerful and richest +organizations in this state have bound themselves together for our +destruction, and that at this very moment there is a Pinkerton +detective, one Birdy Edwards, at work in the valley collecting the +evidence which may put a rope round the necks of many of us, and send +every man in this room into a felon's cell. That is the situation for +the discussion of which I have made a claim of urgency." + +There was a dead silence in the room. It was broken by the chairman. + +"What is your evidence for this, Brother McMurdo?" he asked. + +"It is in this letter which has come into my hands," said McMurdo. He +read the passage aloud. "It is a matter of honour with me that I can +give no further particulars about the letter, nor put it into your +hands; but I assure you that there is nothing else in it which can +affect the interests of the lodge. I put the case before you as it has +reached me." + +"Let me say, Mr. Chairman," said one of the older brethren, "that I +have heard of Birdy Edwards, and that he has the name of being the best +man in the Pinkerton service." + +"Does anyone know him by sight?" asked McGinty. + +"Yes," said McMurdo, "I do." + +There was a murmur of astonishment through the hall. + +"I believe we hold him in the hollow of our hands," he continued with +an exulting smile upon his face. "If we act quickly and wisely, we can +cut this thing short. If I have your confidence and your help, it is +little that we have to fear." + +"What have we to fear, anyhow? What can he know of our affairs?" + +"You might say so if all were as stanch as you, Councillor. But this +man has all the millions of the capitalists at his back. Do you think +there is no weaker brother among all our lodges that could not be +bought? He will get at our secrets--maybe has got them already. There's +only one sure cure." + +"That he never leaves the valley," said Baldwin. + +McMurdo nodded. "Good for you, Brother Baldwin," he said. "You and I +have had our differences, but you have said the true word to-night." + +"Where is he, then? Where shall we know him?" + +"Eminent Bodymaster," said McMurdo, earnestly, "I would put it to you +that this is too vital a thing for us to discuss in open lodge. God +forbid that I should throw a doubt on anyone here; but if so much as a +word of gossip got to the ears of this man, there would be an end of +any chance of our getting him. I would ask the lodge to choose a trusty +committee, Mr. Chairman--yourself, if I might suggest it, and Brother +Baldwin here, and five more. Then I can talk freely of what I know and +of what I advise should be done." + +The proposition was at once adopted, and the committee chosen. Besides +the chairman and Baldwin there were the vulture-faced secretary, +Harraway, Tiger Cormac, the brutal young assassin, Carter, the +treasurer, and the brothers Willaby, fearless and desperate men who +would stick at nothing. + +The usual revelry of the lodge was short and subdued: for there was a +cloud upon the men's spirits, and many there for the first time began +to see the cloud of avenging Law drifting up in that serene sky under +which they had dwelt so long. The horrors they had dealt out to others +had been so much a part of their settled lives that the thought of +retribution had become a remote one, and so seemed the more startling +now that it came so closely upon them. They broke up early and left +their leaders to their council. + +"Now, McMurdo!" said McGinty when they were alone. The seven men sat +frozen in their seats. + +"I said just now that I knew Birdy Edwards," McMurdo explained. "I need +not tell you that he is not here under that name. He's a brave man, but +not a crazy one. He passes under the name of Steve Wilson, and he is +lodging at Hobson's Patch." + +"How do you know this?" + +"Because I fell into talk with him. I thought little of it at the time, +nor would have given it a second thought but for this letter; but now +I'm sure it's the man. I met him on the cars when I went down the line +on Wednesday--a hard case if ever there was one. He said he was a +reporter. I believed it for the moment. Wanted to know all he could +about the Scowrers and what he called 'the outrages' for a New York +paper. Asked me every kind of question so as to get something. You bet +I was giving nothing away. 'I'd pay for it and pay well,' said he, 'if +I could get some stuff that would suit my editor.' I said what I +thought would please him best, and he handed me a twenty-dollar bill +for my information. 'There's ten times that for you,' said he, 'if you +can find me all that I want.'" + +"What did you tell him, then?" + +"Any stuff I could make up." + +"How do you know he wasn't a newspaper man?" + +"I'll tell you. He got out at Hobson's Patch, and so did I. I chanced +into the telegraph bureau, and he was leaving it. + +"'See here,' said the operator after he'd gone out, 'I guess we should +charge double rates for this.'--'I guess you should,' said I. He had +filled the form with stuff that might have been Chinese, for all we +could make of it. 'He fires a sheet of this off every day,' said the +clerk. 'Yes,' said I; 'it's special news for his paper, and he's scared +that the others should tap it.' That was what the operator thought and +what I thought at the time; but I think differently now." + +"By Gar! I believe you are right," said McGinty. "But what do you allow +that we should do about it?" + +"Why not go right down now and fix him?" someone suggested. + +"Ay, the sooner the better." + +"I'd start this next minute if I knew where we could find him," said +McMurdo. "He's in Hobson's Patch; but I don't know the house. I've got +a plan, though, if you'll only take my advice." + +"Well, what is it?" + +"I'll go to the Patch to-morrow morning. I'll find him through the +operator. He can locate him, I guess. Well, then I'll tell him that I'm +a Freeman myself. I'll offer him all the secrets of the lodge for a +price. You bet he'll tumble to it. I'll tell him the papers are at my +house, and that it's as much as my life would be worth to let him come +while folk were about. He'll see that that's horse sense. Let him come +at ten o'clock at night, and he shall see everything. That will fetch +him sure." + +"Well?" + +"You can plan the rest for yourselves. Widow MacNamara's is a lonely +house. She's as true as steel and as deaf as a post. There's only +Scanlan and me in the house. If I get his promise--and I'll let you +know if I do--I'd have the whole seven of you come to me by nine +o'clock. We'll get him in. If ever he gets out alive--well, he can talk +of Birdy Edwards's luck for the rest of his days!" + +"There's going to be a vacancy at Pinkerton's or I'm mistaken. Leave it +at that, McMurdo. At nine to-morrow we'll be with you. You once get the +door shut behind him, and you can leave the rest with us." + + + +Chapter 7 + +The Trapping of Birdy Edwards + +As McMurdo had said, the house in which he lived was a lonely one and +very well suited for such a crime as they had planned. It was on the +extreme fringe of the town and stood well back from the road. In any +other case the conspirators would have simply called out their man, as +they had many a time before, and emptied their pistols into his body; +but in this instance it was very necessary to find out how much he +knew, how he knew it, and what had been passed on to his employers. + +It was possible that they were already too late and that the work had +been done. If that was indeed so, they could at least have their +revenge upon the man who had done it. But they were hopeful that +nothing of great importance had yet come to the detective's knowledge, +as otherwise, they argued, he would not have troubled to write down and +forward such trivial information as McMurdo claimed to have given him. +However, all this they would learn from his own lips. Once in their +power, they would find a way to make him speak. It was not the first +time that they had handled an unwilling witness. + +McMurdo went to Hobson's Patch as agreed. The police seemed to take +particular interest in him that morning, and Captain Marvin--he who had +claimed the old acquaintance with him at Chicago--actually addressed +him as he waited at the station. McMurdo turned away and refused to +speak with him. He was back from his mission in the afternoon, and saw +McGinty at the Union House. + +"He is coming," he said. + +"Good!" said McGinty. The giant was in his shirt sleeves, with chains +and seals gleaming athwart his ample waistcoat and a diamond twinkling +through the fringe of his bristling beard. Drink and politics had made +the Boss a very rich as well as powerful man. The more terrible, +therefore, seemed that glimpse of the prison or the gallows which had +risen before him the night before. + +"Do you reckon he knows much?" he asked anxiously. + +McMurdo shook his head gloomily. "He's been here some time--six weeks +at the least. I guess he didn't come into these parts to look at the +prospect. If he has been working among us all that time with the +railroad money at his back, I should expect that he has got results, +and that he has passed them on." + +"There's not a weak man in the lodge," cried McGinty. "True as steel, +every man of them. And yet, by the Lord! there is that skunk Morris. +What about him? If any man gives us away, it would be he. I've a mind +to send a couple of the boys round before evening to give him a beating +up and see what they can get from him." + +"Well, there would be no harm in that," McMurdo answered. "I won't deny +that I have a liking for Morris and would be sorry to see him come to +harm. He has spoken to me once or twice over lodge matters, and though +he may not see them the same as you or I, he never seemed the sort that +squeals. But still it is not for me to stand between him and you." + +"I'll fix the old devil!" said McGinty with an oath. "I've had my eye +on him this year past." + +"Well, you know best about that," McMurdo answered. "But whatever you +do must be to-morrow; for we must lie low until the Pinkerton affair is +settled up. We can't afford to set the police buzzing, to-day of all +days." + +"True for you," said McGinty. "And we'll learn from Birdy Edwards +himself where he got his news if we have to cut his heart out first. +Did he seem to scent a trap?" + +McMurdo laughed. "I guess I took him on his weak point," he said. "If +he could get on a good trail of the Scowrers, he's ready to follow it +into hell. I took his money," McMurdo grinned as he produced a wad of +dollar notes, "and as much more when he has seen all my papers." + +"What papers?" + +"Well, there are no papers. But I filled him up about constitutions and +books of rules and forms of membership. He expects to get right down to +the end of everything before he leaves." + +"Faith, he's right there," said McGinty grimly. "Didn't he ask you why +you didn't bring him the papers?" + +"As if I would carry such things, and me a suspected man, and Captain +Marvin after speaking to me this very day at the depot!" + +"Ay, I heard of that," said McGinty. "I guess the heavy end of this +business is coming on to you. We could put him down an old shaft when +we've done with him; but however we work it we can't get past the man +living at Hobson's Patch and you being there to-day." + +McMurdo shrugged his shoulders. "If we handle it right, they can never +prove the killing," said he. "No one can see him come to the house +after dark, and I'll lay to it that no one will see him go. Now see +here, Councillor, I'll show you my plan and I'll ask you to fit the +others into it. You will all come in good time. Very well. He comes at +ten. He is to tap three times, and me to open the door for him. Then +I'll get behind him and shut it. He's our man then." + +"That's all easy and plain." + +"Yes; but the next step wants considering. He's a hard proposition. +He's heavily armed. I've fooled him proper, and yet he is likely to be +on his guard. Suppose I show him right into a room with seven men in it +where he expected to find me alone. There is going to be shooting, and +somebody is going to be hurt." + +"That's so." + +"And the noise is going to bring every damned copper in the township on +top of it." + +"I guess you are right." + +"This is how I should work it. You will all be in the big room--same as +you saw when you had a chat with me. I'll open the door for him, show +him into the parlour beside the door, and leave him there while I get +the papers. That will give me the chance of telling you how things are +shaping. Then I will go back to him with some faked papers. As he is +reading them I will jump for him and get my grip on his pistol arm. +You'll hear me call and in you will rush. The quicker the better; for +he is as strong a man as I, and I may have more than I can manage. But +I allow that I can hold him till you come." + +"It's a good plan," said McGinty. "The lodge will owe you a debt for +this. I guess when I move out of the chair I can put a name to the man +that's coming after me." + +"Sure, Councillor, I am little more than a recruit," said McMurdo; but +his face showed what he thought of the great man's compliment. + +When he had returned home he made his own preparations for the grim +evening in front of him. First he cleaned, oiled, and loaded his Smith +& Wesson revolver. Then he surveyed the room in which the detective was +to be trapped. It was a large apartment, with a long deal table in the +centre, and the big stove at one side. At each of the other sides were +windows. There were no shutters on these: only light curtains which +drew across. McMurdo examined these attentively. No doubt it must have +struck him that the apartment was very exposed for so secret a meeting. +Yet its distance from the road made it of less consequence. Finally he +discussed the matter with his fellow lodger. Scanlan, though a Scowrer, +was an inoffensive little man who was too weak to stand against the +opinion of his comrades, but was secretly horrified by the deeds of +blood at which he had sometimes been forced to assist. McMurdo told him +shortly what was intended. + +"And if I were you, Mike Scanlan, I would take a night off and keep +clear of it. There will be bloody work here before morning." + +"Well, indeed then, Mac," Scanlan answered. "It's not the will but the +nerve that is wanting in me. When I saw Manager Dunn go down at the +colliery yonder it was just more than I could stand. I'm not made for +it, same as you or McGinty. If the lodge will think none the worse of +me, I'll just do as you advise and leave you to yourselves for the +evening." + +The men came in good time as arranged. They were outwardly respectable +citizens, well clad and cleanly; but a judge of faces would have read +little hope for Birdy Edwards in those hard mouths and remorseless +eyes. There was not a man in the room whose hands had not been reddened +a dozen times before. They were as hardened to human murder as a +butcher to sheep. + +Foremost, of course, both in appearance and in guilt, was the +formidable Boss. Harraway, the secretary, was a lean, bitter man with a +long, scraggy neck and nervous, jerky limbs, a man of incorruptible +fidelity where the finances of the order were concerned, and with no +notion of justice or honesty to anyone beyond. The treasurer, Carter, +was a middle-aged man, with an impassive, rather sulky expression, and +a yellow parchment skin. He was a capable organizer, and the actual +details of nearly every outrage had sprung from his plotting brain. The +two Willabys were men of action, tall, lithe young fellows with +determined faces, while their companion, Tiger Cormac, a heavy, dark +youth, was feared even by his own comrades for the ferocity of his +disposition. These were the men who assembled that night under the roof +of McMurdo for the killing of the Pinkerton detective. + +Their host had placed whisky upon the table, and they had hastened to +prime themselves for the work before them. Baldwin and Cormac were +already half-drunk, and the liquor had brought out all their ferocity. +Cormac placed his hands on the stove for an instant--it had been +lighted, for the nights were still cold. + +"That will do," said he, with an oath. + +"Ay," said Baldwin, catching his meaning. "If he is strapped to that, +we will have the truth out of him." + +"We'll have the truth out of him, never fear," said McMurdo. He had +nerves of steel, this man; for though the whole weight of the affair +was on him his manner was as cool and unconcerned as ever. The others +marked it and applauded. + +"You are the one to handle him," said the Boss approvingly. "Not a +warning will he get till your hand is on his throat. It's a pity there +are no shutters to your windows." + +McMurdo went from one to the other and drew the curtains tighter. "Sure +no one can spy upon us now. It's close upon the hour." + +"Maybe he won't come. Maybe he'll get a sniff of danger," said the +secretary. + +"He'll come, never fear," McMurdo answered. "He is as eager to come as +you can be to see him. Hark to that!" + +They all sat like wax figures, some with their glasses arrested halfway +to their lips. Three loud knocks had sounded at the door. + +"Hush!" McMurdo raised his hand in caution. An exulting glance went +round the circle, and hands were laid upon hidden weapons. + +"Not a sound, for your lives!" McMurdo whispered, as he went from the +room, closing the door carefully behind him. + +With strained ears the murderers waited. They counted the steps of +their comrade down the passage. Then they heard him open the outer +door. There were a few words as of greeting. Then they were aware of a +strange step inside and of an unfamiliar voice. An instant later came +the slam of the door and the turning of the key in the lock. Their prey +was safe within the trap. Tiger Cormac laughed horribly, and Boss +McGinty clapped his great hand across his mouth. + +"Be quiet, you fool!" he whispered. "You'll be the undoing of us yet!" + +There was a mutter of conversation from the next room. It seemed +interminable. Then the door opened, and McMurdo appeared, his finger +upon his lip. + +He came to the end of the table and looked round at them. A subtle +change had come over him. His manner was as of one who has great work +to do. His face had set into granite firmness. His eyes shone with a +fierce excitement behind his spectacles. He had become a visible leader +of men. They stared at him with eager interest; but he said nothing. +Still with the same singular gaze he looked from man to man. + +"Well!" cried Boss McGinty at last. "Is he here? Is Birdy Edwards here?" + +"Yes," McMurdo answered slowly. "Birdy Edwards is here. I am Birdy +Edwards!" + +There were ten seconds after that brief speech during which the room +might have been empty, so profound was the silence. The hissing of a +kettle upon the stove rose sharp and strident to the ear. Seven white +faces, all turned upward to this man who dominated them, were set +motionless with utter terror. Then, with a sudden shivering of glass, a +bristle of glistening rifle barrels broke through each window, while +the curtains were torn from their hangings. + +At the sight Boss McGinty gave the roar of a wounded bear and plunged +for the half-opened door. A levelled revolver met him there with the +stern blue eyes of Captain Marvin of the Mine Police gleaming behind +the sights. The Boss recoiled and fell back into his chair. + +"You're safer there, Councillor," said the man whom they had known as +McMurdo. "And you, Baldwin, if you don't take your hand off your +pistol, you'll cheat the hangman yet. Pull it out, or by the Lord that +made me--There, that will do. There are forty armed men round this +house, and you can figure it out for yourself what chance you have. +Take their pistols, Marvin!" + +There was no possible resistance under the menace of those rifles. The +men were disarmed. Sulky, sheepish, and amazed, they still sat round +the table. + +"I'd like to say a word to you before we separate," said the man who +had trapped them. "I guess we may not meet again until you see me on +the stand in the courthouse. I'll give you something to think over +between now and then. You know me now for what I am. At last I can put +my cards on the table. I am Birdy Edwards of Pinkerton's. I was chosen +to break up your gang. I had a hard and dangerous game to play. Not a +soul, not one soul, not my nearest and dearest, knew that I was playing +it. Only Captain Marvin here and my employers knew that. But it's over +to-night, thank God, and I am the winner!" + +The seven pale, rigid faces looked up at him. There was unappeasable +hatred in their eyes. He read the relentless threat. + +"Maybe you think that the game is not over yet. Well, I take my chance +of that. Anyhow, some of you will take no further hand, and there are +sixty more besides yourselves that will see a jail this night. I'll +tell you this, that when I was put upon this job I never believed there +was such a society as yours. I thought it was paper talk, and that I +would prove it so. They told me it was to do with the Freemen; so I +went to Chicago and was made one. Then I was surer than ever that it +was just paper talk; for I found no harm in the society, but a deal of +good. + +"Still, I had to carry out my job, and I came to the coal valleys. When +I reached this place I learned that I was wrong and that it wasn't a +dime novel after all. So I stayed to look after it. I never killed a +man in Chicago. I never minted a dollar in my life. Those I gave you +were as good as any others; but I never spent money better. But I knew +the way into your good wishes and so I pretended to you that the law +was after me. It all worked just as I thought. + +"So I joined your infernal lodge, and I took my share in your councils. +Maybe they will say that I was as bad as you. They can say what they +like, so long as I get you. But what is the truth? The night I joined +you beat up old man Stanger. I could not warn him, for there was no +time; but I held your hand, Baldwin, when you would have killed him. If +ever I have suggested things, so as to keep my place among you, they +were things which I knew I could prevent. I could not save Dunn and +Menzies, for I did not know enough; but I will see that their murderers +are hanged. I gave Chester Wilcox warning, so that when I blew his +house in he and his folk were in hiding. There was many a crime that I +could not stop; but if you look back and think how often your man came +home the other road, or was down in town when you went for him, or +stayed indoors when you thought he would come out, you'll see my work." + +"You blasted traitor!" hissed McGinty through his closed teeth. + +"Ay, John McGinty, you may call me that if it eases your smart. You and +your like have been the enemy of God and man in these parts. It took a +man to get between you and the poor devils of men and women that you +held under your grip. There was just one way of doing it, and I did it. +You call me a traitor; but I guess there's many a thousand will call me +a deliverer that went down into hell to save them. I've had three +months of it. I wouldn't have three such months again if they let me +loose in the treasury at Washington for it. I had to stay till I had it +all, every man and every secret right here in this hand. I'd have +waited a little longer if it hadn't come to my knowledge that my secret +was coming out. A letter had come into the town that would have set you +wise to it all. Then I had to act and act quickly. + +"I've nothing more to say to you, except that when my time comes I'll +die the easier when I think of the work I have done in this valley. +Now, Marvin, I'll keep you no more. Take them in and get it over." + +There is little more to tell. Scanlan had been given a sealed note to +be left at the address of Miss Ettie Shafter, a mission which he had +accepted with a wink and a knowing smile. In the early hours of the +morning a beautiful woman and a much muffled man boarded a special +train which had been sent by the railroad company, and made a swift, +unbroken journey out of the land of danger. It was the last time that +ever either Ettie or her lover set foot in the Valley of Fear. Ten days +later they were married in Chicago, with old Jacob Shafter as witness +of the wedding. + +The trial of the Scowrers was held far from the place where their +adherents might have terrified the guardians of the law. In vain they +struggled. In vain the money of the lodge--money squeezed by blackmail +out of the whole countryside--was spent like water in the attempt to +save them. That cold, clear, unimpassioned statement from one who knew +every detail of their lives, their organization, and their crimes was +unshaken by all the wiles of their defenders. At last after so many +years they were broken and scattered. The cloud was lifted forever from +the valley. + +McGinty met his fate upon the scaffold, cringing and whining when the +last hour came. Eight of his chief followers shared his fate. Fifty-odd +had various degrees of imprisonment. The work of Birdy Edwards was +complete. + +And yet, as he had guessed, the game was not over yet. There was +another hand to be played, and yet another and another. Ted Baldwin, +for one, had escaped the scaffold; so had the Willabys; so had several +others of the fiercest spirits of the gang. For ten years they were out +of the world, and then came a day when they were free once more--a day +which Edwards, who knew his men, was very sure would be an end of his +life of peace. They had sworn an oath on all that they thought holy to +have his blood as a vengeance for their comrades. And well they strove +to keep their vow! + +From Chicago he was chased, after two attempts so near success that it +was sure that the third would get him. From Chicago he went under a +changed name to California, and it was there that the light went for a +time out of his life when Ettie Edwards died. Once again he was nearly +killed, and once again under the name of Douglas he worked in a lonely +canyon, where with an English partner named Barker he amassed a +fortune. At last there came a warning to him that the bloodhounds were +on his track once more, and he cleared--only just in time--for England. +And thence came the John Douglas who for a second time married a worthy +mate, and lived for five years as a Sussex county gentleman, a life +which ended with the strange happenings of which we have heard. + + + + +Epilogue + + +The police trial had passed, in which the case of John Douglas was +referred to a higher court. So had the Quarter Sessions, at which he +was acquitted as having acted in self-defense. + +"Get him out of England at any cost," wrote Holmes to the wife. "There +are forces here which may be more dangerous than those he has escaped. +There is no safety for your husband in England." + +Two months had gone by, and the case had to some extent passed from our +minds. Then one morning there came an enigmatic note slipped into our +letter box. "Dear me, Mr. Holmes. Dear me!" said this singular epistle. +There was neither superscription nor signature. I laughed at the quaint +message; but Holmes showed unwonted seriousness. + +"Deviltry, Watson!" he remarked, and sat long with a clouded brow. + +Late last night Mrs. Hudson, our landlady, brought up a message that a +gentleman wished to see Holmes, and that the matter was of the utmost +importance. Close at the heels of his messenger came Cecil Barker, our +friend of the moated Manor House. His face was drawn and haggard. + +"I've had bad news--terrible news, Mr. Holmes," said he. + +"I feared as much," said Holmes. + +"You have not had a cable, have you?" + +"I have had a note from someone who has." + +"It's poor Douglas. They tell me his name is Edwards; but he will +always be Jack Douglas of Benito Canyon to me. I told you that they +started together for South Africa in the Palmyra three weeks ago." + +"Exactly." + +"The ship reached Cape Town last night. I received this cable from Mrs +Douglas this morning:-- + +"Jack has been lost overboard in gale off St Helena. No one knows how +accident occurred.--Ivy Douglas." + +"Ha! It came like that, did it?" said Holmes, thoughtfully. "Well, I've +no doubt it was well stage-managed." + +"You mean that you think there was no accident?" + +"None in the world." + +"He was murdered?" + +"Surely!" + +"So I think also. These infernal Scowrers, this cursed vindictive nest +of criminals--" + +"No, no, my good sir," said Holmes. "There is a master hand here. It is +no case of sawed-off shot-guns and clumsy six-shooters. You can tell an +old master by the sweep of his brush. I can tell a Moriarty when I see +one. This crime is from London, not from America." + +"But for what motive?" + +"Because it is done by a man who cannot afford to fail--one whose whole +unique position depends upon the fact that all he does must succeed. A +great brain and a huge organization have been turned to the extinction +of one man. It is crushing the nut with the hammer--an absurd +extravagance of energy--but the nut is very effectually crushed all the +same." + +"How came this man to have anything to do with it?" + +"I can only say that the first word that ever came to us of the +business was from one of his lieutenants. These Americans were well +advised. Having an English job to do, they took into partnership, as +any foreign criminal could do, this great consultant in crime. From +that moment their man was doomed. At first he would content himself by +using his machinery in order to find their victim. Then he would +indicate how the matter might be treated. Finally, when he read in the +reports of the failure of this agent, he would step in himself with a +master touch. You heard me warn this man at Birlstone Manor House that +the coming danger was greater than the past. Was I right?" + +Barker beat his head with his clenched fist in his impotent anger. + +"Do you tell me that we have to sit down under this? Do you say that no +one can ever get level with this king-devil?" + +"No, I don't say that," said Holmes, and his eyes seemed to be looking +far into the future. "I don't say that he can't be beat. But you must +give me time--you must give me time!" + +We all sat in silence for some minutes, while those fateful eyes still +strained to pierce the veil. + + + + + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's The Valley of Fear, by Arthur Conan Doyle + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE VALLEY OF FEAR *** + +***** This file should be named 3776.txt or 3776.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/7/3776/ + +Produced by Toby F. Charkin. HTML version by Al Haines. + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/3776.zip b/3776.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a8d99b --- /dev/null +++ b/3776.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b7f7b80 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #3776 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/3776) diff --git a/old/vfear10a.txt b/old/vfear10a.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..93f570c --- /dev/null +++ b/old/vfear10a.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7711 @@ +Project Gutenberg Etext The Valley of Fear, by Arthur Conan Doyle + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check +the laws for your country before redistributing these files!!! + +Please take a look at the important information in this header. +We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an +electronic path open for the next readers. + +Please do not remove this. + +This should be the first thing seen when anyone opens the book. +Do not change or edit it without written permission. The words +are carefully chosen to provide users with the information they +need about what they can legally do with the texts. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These Etexts Are Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + +Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and +further information is included below, including for donations. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541 + + + +Title: The Valley of Fear + +Author: Arthur Conan Doyle + +Release Date: February, 2003 [Etext #3776] +[Yes, we are about one year ahead of schedule] +[The actual date this file first posted = 09/03/01] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Project Gutenberg Etext The Valley of Fear, by Arthur Conan Doyle +******This file should be named vfear10a.txt or vfear10a.zip***** + +Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, vfear10a.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, vlyfr10b.txt + +This etext was produced by Toby F. Charkin (t_charkin@yahoo.com) + +Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions, +all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a +copyright notice is included. Therefore, we usually do NOT keep any +of these books in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our books one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to send us error messages even years after +the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our sites at: +http://gutenberg.net +http://promo.net/pg + + +Those of you who want to download any Etext before announcement +can surf to them as follows, and just download by date; this is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 +or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03 + +Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour this year as we release fifty new Etext +files per month, or 500 more Etexts in 2000 for a total of 3000+ +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +should reach over 300 billion Etexts given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext +Files by December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion] +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third +of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 4,000 Etexts unless we +manage to get some real funding. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of July 12, 2001 contributions are only being solicited from people +in: +Arkansas, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, +Idaho, +Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, +Minnesota, +Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, New Mexico, Nevada, New Jersey, New York, +North +Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South +Dakota, +Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, +Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +We have filed in about 45 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, +additions to this list will be made and fund raising +will begin in the additional states. Please feel +free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork +to legally request donations in all 50 states. If +your state is not listed and you would like to know +if we have added it since the list you have, just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in +states where we are not yet registered, we know +of no prohibition against accepting donations +from donors in these states who approach us with +an offer to donate. + + +International donations are accepted, +but we don't know ANYTHING about how +to make them tax-deductible, or +even if they CAN be made deductible, +and don't have the staff to handle it +even if there are ways. + +All donations should be made to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541, +and has been approved as a 501(c)(3) organization by the US Internal +Revenue Service (IRS). Donations are tax-deductible to the maximum +extent permitted by law. As the requirements for other states are met, +additions to this list will be made and fund raising will begin in the +additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +hart@pobox.com forwards to hart@prairienet.org and archive.org +if your mail bounces from archive.org, I will still see it, if +it bounces from prairienet.org, better resend later on. . . . + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +*** + + +Example command-line FTP session: + +ftp ftp.ibiblio.org +login: anonymous +password: your@login +cd pub/docs/books/gutenberg +cd etext90 through etext99 or etext00 through etext02, etc. +dir [to see files] +get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files] +GET GUTINDEX.?? [to get a year's listing of books, e.g., GUTINDEX.99] +GET GUTINDEX.ALL [to get a listing of ALL books] + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this etext if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etexts, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States +copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this etext, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the etext, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the etext (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this header are copyright (C) 2001 by Michael S. Hart +and may be reprinted only when these Etexts are free of all fees.] +[Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be used in any sales +of Project Gutenberg Etexts or other materials be they hardware or +software or any other related product without express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.02/09/01*END* + + + + + +This etext was produced by Toby F. Charkin (t_charkin@yahoo.com) + + + + + +The Valley Of Fear by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle + +PART 1 +The Tragedy of Birlstone + +Chapter 1 +The Warning + + + +"I am inclined to think -- " said I. + +"I should do so," Sherlock Holmes remarked impatiently. + +I believe that I am one of the most long-suffering of mortals; +but I'll admit that I was annoyed at the sardonic interruption. + +"Really, Holmes," said I severely, "you are a little trying at times." + +He was too much absorbed with his own thoughts to give any +immediate answer to my remonstrance. He leaned upon his +hand, with his untasted breakfast before him, and he stared at the +slip of paper which he had just drawn from its envelope. Then he +took the envelope itself, held it up to the light, and very carefully +studied both the exterior and the flap. + +"It is Porlock's writing," said he thoughtfully. "I can hardly +doubt that it is Porlock's writing, though I have seen it only +twice before. The Greek e with the peculiar top flourish is +distinctive. But if it is Porlock, then it must be something of the +very first importance." + +He was speaking to himself rather than to me; but my vexation +disappeared in the interest which the words awakened. + +"Who then is Porlock?" I asked. + +"Porlock, Watson, is a nom-de-plume, a mere identification +mark; but behind it lies a shifty and evasive personality. In a +former letter he frankly informed me that the name was not his +own, and defied me ever to trace him among the teeming millions +of this great city. Porlock is important, not for himself, but +for the great man with whom he is in touch. Picture to yourself +the pilot fish with the shark, the jackal with the lion -- anything +that is insignificant in companionship with what is formidable: +not only formidable, Watson, but sinister -- in the highest degree +sinister. That is where he comes within my purview. You have +heard me speak of Professor Moriarty?" + +"The famous scientific criminal, as famous among crooks as --" + +"My blushes, Watson!" Holmes murmured in a deprecating voice. + +"I was about to say, as he is unknown to the public." + +"A touch! A distinct touch!" cried Holmes. "You are developing +a certain unexpected vein of pawky humour, Watson, against +which I must learn to guard myself. But in calling Moriarty a +criminal you are uttering libel in the eyes of the law -- and +there lie the glory and the wonder of it! The greatest schemer +of all time, the organizer of every deviltry, the controlling +brain of the underworld, a brain which might have made or +marred the destiny of nations -- that's the man! But so aloof is he +from general suspicion, so immune from criticism, so admirable +in his management and self-effacement, that for those very words +that you have uttered he could hale you to a court and emerge +with your year's pension as a solatium for his wounded character. +Is he not the celebrated author of The Dynamics of an Asteroid, +a book which ascends to such rarefied heights of pure mathematics +that it is said that there was no man in the scientific +press capable of criticizing it? Is this a man to traduce? Foul- +mouthed doctor and slandered professor -- such would be your +respective roles! That's genius, Watson. But if I am spared by +lesser men, our day will surely come." + +"May I be there to see!" I exclaimed devoutly. "But you +were speaking of this man Porlock." + +"Ah, yes -- the so-called Porlock is a link in the chain some +little way from its great attachment. Porlock is not quite a sound +link -- between ourselves. He is the only flaw in that chain so far +as I have been able to test it." + +"But no chain is stronger than its weakest link." + +"Exactly, my dear Watson! Hence the extreme importance of Porlock. +Led on by some rudimentary aspirations towards right, and encouraged +by the judicious stimulation of an occasional ten-pound note sent to +him by devious methods, he has once or twice given me advance +information which has been of value -- that highest value which +anticipates and prevents rather than avenges crime. I cannot doubt +that, if we had the cipher, we should find that this communication +is of the nature that I indicate." + +Again Holmes flattened out the paper upon his unused plate. I rose +and, leaning over him, stared down at the curious inscription, +which ran as follows: + + 534 C2 13 127 36 31 4 17 21 41 + + DOUGLAS 109 293 5 37 BIRLSTONE + + 26 BIRLSTONE 9 47 171 + +"What do you make of it, Holmes?" + +"It is obviously an attempt to convey secret information." + +"But what is the use of a cipher message without the cipher?" + +"In this instance, none at all." + +"Why do you say 'in this instance'?" + +"Because there are many ciphers which I would read as easily +as I do the apocrypha of the agony column: such crude devices +amuse the intelligence without fatiguing it. But this is different. +It is clearly a reference to the words in a page of some book. +Until I am told which page and which book I am powerless." + +"But why 'Douglas' and 'Birlstone'?" + +"Clearly because those are words which were not contained in +the page in question." + +"Then why has he not indicated the book?" + +"Your native shrewdness, my dear Watson, that innate cunning +which is the delight of your friends, would surely prevent +you from inclosing cipher and message in the same envelope. +Should it miscarry, you are undone. As it is, both have to go +wrong before any harm comes from it. Our second post is now +overdue, and I shall be surprised if it does not bring us either a +further letter of explanation, or, as is more probable, the very +volume to which these figures refer." + +Holmes's calculation was fulfilled within a very few minutes +by the appearance of Billy, the page, with the very letter which +we were expecting. + +"The same writing," remarked Holmes, as he opened the +envelope, "and actually signed," he added in an exultant voice +as he unfolded the epistle. "Come, we are getting on, Watson." +His brow clouded, however, as he glanced over the contents. + +"Dear me, this is very disappointing! I fear, Watson, that all +our expectations come to nothing. I trust that the man Porlock +will come to no harm. + + "DEAR MR. HOLMES [he says]: + + "I will go no further in this matter. It is too dangerous -- he + + suspects me. I can see that he suspects me. He came to me + + quite unexpectedly after I had actually addressed this envelope + + with the intention of sending you the key to the cipher. + + I was able to cover it up. If he had seen it, it would have + + gone hard with me. But I read suspicion in his eyes. Please + + burn the cipher message, which can now be of no use to you. + + FRED PORLOCK." + +Holmes sat for some little time twisting this letter between his +fingers, and frowning, as he stared into the fire. + +"After all," he said at last, "there may be nothing in it. It +may be only his guilty conscience. Knowing himself to be a +traitor, he may have read the accusation in the other's eyes." + +"The other being, I presume, Professor Moriarty." + +"No less! When any of that party talk about 'He' you know whom +they mean. There is one predominant 'He' for all of them." + +"But what can he do?" + +"Hum! That's a large question. When you have one of the +first brains of Europe up against you, and all the powers of +darkness at his back, there are infinite possibilities. Anyhow, +Friend Porlock is evidently scared out of his senses -- kindly +compare the writing in the note to that upon its envelope; which +was done, he tells us, before this ill-omened visit. The one is +clear and firm. The other hardly legible." + +"Why did he write at all? Why did he not simply drop it?" + +"Because he feared I would make some inquiry after him in +that case, and possibly bring trouble on him." + +"No doubt," said I. "Of course." I had picked up the original +cipher message and was bending my brows over it. "It's pretty +maddening to think that an important secret may lie here on this +slip of paper, and that it is beyond human power to penetrate it." + +Sherlock Holmes had pushed away his untasted breakfast and +lit the unsavoury pipe which was the companion of his deepest +meditations. "I wonder!" said he, leaning back and staring at +the ceiling. "Perhaps there are points which have escaped your +Machiavellian intellect. Let us consider the problem in the light +of pure reason. This man's reference is to a book. That is our +point of departure." + +"A somewhat vague one." + +"Let us see then if we can narrow it down. As I focus my +mind upon it, it seems rather less impenetrable. What indications +have we as to this book?" + +"None." + +"Well, well, it is surely not quite so bad as that. The cipher +message begins with a large 534, does it not? We may take it as +a working hypothesis that 534 is the particular page to which the +cipher refers. So our book has already become a large book +which is surely something gained. What other indications have +we as to the nature of this large book? The next sign is C2. +What do you make of that, Watson?" + +"Chapter the second, no doubt." + +"Hardly that, Watson. You will, I am sure, agree with me +that if the page be given, the number of the chapter is immaterial. +Also that if page 534 finds us only in the second chapter, +the length of the first one must have been really intolerable." + +"Column!" I cried. + +"Brilliant, Watson. You are scintillating this morning. If it is +not column, then I am very much deceived. So now, you see, we +begin to visualize a large book printed in double columns +which are each of a considerable length, since one of the words +is numbered in the document as the two hundred and ninety- +third. Have we reached the limits of what reason can supply?" + +"I fear that we have." + +"Surely you do yourself an injustice. One more coruscation, +my dear Watson -- yet another brain-wave! Had the volume been +an unusual one, he would have sent it to me. Instead of that, he +had intended, before his plans were nipped, to send me the clue +in this envelope. He says so in his note. This would seem to +indicate that the book is one which he thought I would have no +difficulty in finding for myself. He had it -- and he imagined that +I would have it, too. In short, Watson, it is a very common book." + +"What you say certainly sounds plausible." + +"So we have contracted our field of search to a large book, +printed in double columns and in common use." + +"The Bible!" I cried triumphantly. + +"Good, Watson, good! But not, if I may say so, quite good enough! +Even if I accepted the compliment for myself I could hardly name +any volume which would be less likely to lie at the elbow of one +of Moriarty's associates. Besides, the editions of Holy Writ are +so numerous that he could hardly suppose that two copies would have +the same pagination. This is clearly a book which is standardized. +He knows for certain that his page 534 will exactly agree with my +page 534." + +"But very few books would correspond with that." + +"Exactly. Therein lies our salvation. Our search is narrowed down +to standardized books which anyone may be supposed to possess." + +"Bradshaw!" + +"There are difficulties, Watson. The vocabulary of Bradshaw is +nervous and terse, but limited. The selection of words would +hardly lend itself to the sending of general messages. We will +eliminate Bradshaw. The dictionary is, I fear, inadmissible for +the same reason. What then is left?" + +"An almanac!" + +"Excellent, Watson! I am very much mistaken if you have not +touched the spot. An almanac! Let us consider the claims of +Whitaker's Almanac. It is in common use. It has the requisite +number of pages. It is in double column. Though reserved in its +earlier vocabulary, it becomes, if I remember right, quite +garrulous towards the end." He picked the volume from his desk. +"Here is page 534, column two, a substantial block of print +dealing, I perceive, with the trade and resources of British India. +Jot down the words, Watson! Number thirteen is 'Mahratta.' +Not, I fear, a very auspicious beginning. Number one hundred +and twenty-seven is 'Government'; which at least makes sense, +though somewhat irrelevant to ourselves and Professor Moriarty. +Now let us try again. What does the Mahratta government do? +Alas! the next word is 'pig's-bristles.' We are undone, my good +Watson! It is finished!" + +He had spoken in jesting vein, but the twitching of his bushy +eyebrows bespoke his disappointment and irritation. I sat helpless +and unhappy, staring into the fire. A long silence was broken by +a sudden exclamation from Holmes, who dashed at a cupboard, from +which he emerged with a second yellow-covered volume in his hand. + +"We pay the price, Watson, for being too up-to-date!" he +cried. "We are before our time, and suffer the usual penalties. +Being the seventh of January, we have very properly laid in the +new almanac. It is more than likely that Porlock took his message +from the old one. No doubt he would have told us so had his +letter of explanation been written. Now let us see what page +534 has in store for us. Number thirteen is 'There,' which is +much more promising. Number one hundred and twenty-seven is +'is' -- 'There is' " -- Holmes's eyes were gleaming with excitement, +and his thin, nervous fingers twitched as he counted the +words -- " 'danger.' Ha! Ha! Capital! Put that down, Watson. +'There is danger -- may -- come -- very -- soon -- one.' Then we have +the name 'Douglas' -- 'rich -- country -- now -- at -- Birlstone -- +House -- Birlstone -- confidence -- is -- pressing.' There, Watson! +What do you think of pure reason and its fruit? If the greengrocer +had such a thing as a laurel wreath, I should send Billy round for +it." + +I was staring at the strange message which I had scrawled, +as he deciphered it, upon a sheet of foolscap on my knee. + +"What a queer, scrambling way of expressing his meaning!" said I. + +"On the contrary, he has done quite remarkably well," said Holmes. +"When you search a single column for words with which to express +your meaning, you can hardly expect to get everything you want. +You are bound to leave something to the intelligence of your +correspondent. The purport is perfectly clear. Some deviltry is +intended against one Douglas, whoever he may be, residing as stated, +a rich country gentleman. He is sure -- 'confidence' was as near as +he could get to 'confident' -- that it is pressing. There is our +result -- and a very workmanlike little bit of analysis it was!" + +Holmes had the impersonal joy of the true artist in his better +work, even as he mourned darkly when it fell below the high +level to which he aspired. He was still chuckling over his +success when Billy swung open the door and Inspector MacDonald +of Scotland Yard was ushered into the room. + +Those were the early days at the end of the '80's, when Alec +MacDonald was far from having attained the national fame +which he has now achieved. He was a young but trusted member +of the detective force, who had distinguished himself in several +cases which had been entrusted to him. His tall, bony figure gave +promise of exceptional physical strength, while his great cranium +and deep-set, lustrous eyes spoke no less clearly of the keen +intelligence which twinkled out from behind his bushy eyebrows. +He was a silent, precise man with a dour nature and a hard +Aberdonian accent. + +Twice already in his career had Holmes helped him to attain +success, his own sole reward being the intellectual joy of the +problem. For this reason the affection and respect of the +Scotchman for his amateur colleague were profound, and he showed +them by the frankness with which he consulted Holmes in every +difficulty. Mediocrity knows nothing higher than itself; but talent +instantly recognizes genius, and MacDonald had talent enough +for his profession to enable him to perceive that there was no +humiliation in seeking the assistance of one who already stood +alone in Europe, both in his gifts and in his experience. Holmes +was not prone to friendship, but he was tolerant of the big +Scotchman, and smiled at the sight of him. + +"You are an early bird, Mr. Mac," said he. "I wish you luck with +your worm. I fear this means that there is some mischief afoot." + +"If you said 'hope' instead of 'fear,' it would be nearer the +truth, I'm thinking, Mr. Holmes," the inspector answered, with a +knowing grin. "Well, maybe a wee nip would keep out the raw +morning chill. No, I won't smoke, I thank you. I'll have to be +pushing on my way; for the early hours of a case are the precious +ones, as no man knows better than your own self. But -- but --" + +The inspector had stopped suddenly, and was staring with a +look of absolute amazement at a paper upon the table. It was the +sheet upon which I had scrawled the enigmatic message. + +"Douglas!" he stammered. "Birlstone! What's this, Mr. Holmes? +Man, it's witchcraft! Where in the name of all that is wonderful +did you get those names?" + +"It is a cipher that Dr. Watson and I have had occasion to +solve. But why -- what's amiss with the names?" + +The inspector looked from one to the other of us in dazed astonishment. +"Just this," said he, "that Mr. Douglas of Birlstone Manor House was +horribly murdered last night!" + + +Chapter 2 +Sherlock Holmes Discourses + + + +It was one of those dramatic moments for which my friend existed. +It would be an overstatement to say that he was shocked or even +excited by the amazing announcement. Without having a tinge of +cruelty in his singular composition, he was undoubtedly callous +from long over-stimulation. Yet, if his emotions were dulled, +his intellectual perceptions were exceedingly active. There was +no trace then of the horror which I had myself felt at this curt +declaration; but his face showed rather the quiet and interested +composure of the chemist who sees the crystals falling into position +from his oversaturated solution. + +"Remarkable!" said he. "Remarkable!" + +"You don't seem surprised." + +"Interested, Mr. Mac, but hardly surprised. Why should I be +surprised? I receive an anonymous communication from a quarter +which I know to be important, warning me that danger threatens +a certain person. Within an hour I learn that this danger has +actually materialized and that the person is dead. I am interested; +but, as you observe, I am not surprised." + +In a few short sentences he explained to the inspector the facts +about the letter and the cipher. MacDonald sat with his chin on +his hands and his great sandy eyebrows bunched into a yellow +tangle. + +"I was going down to Birlstone this morning," said he. "I +had come to ask you if you cared to come with me -- you and +your friend here. But from what you say we might perhaps be +doing better work in London." + +"I rather think not," said Holmes. + +"Hang it all, Mr. Holmes!" cried the inspector. "The papers +will be full of the Birlstone mystery in a day or two; but where's +the mystery if there is a man in London who prophesied the +crime before ever it occurred? We have only to lay our hands on +that man, and the rest will follow." + +"No doubt, Mr. Mac. But how do you propose to lay your +hands on the so-called Porlock?" + +MacDonald turned over the letter which Holmes had handed +him. "Posted in Camberwell -- that doesn't help us much. Name, +you say, is assumed. Not much to go on, certainly. Didn't you +say that you have sent him money?" + +"Twice." + +"And how?" + +"In notes to Camberwell post-office." + +"Did you ever trouble to see who called for them?" + +"No." + +The inspector looked surprised and a little shocked. "Why not?" + +"Because I always keep faith. I had promised when he first +wrote that I would not try to trace him." + +"You think there is someone behind him?" + +"I know there is." + +"This professor that I've heard you mention?" + +"Exactly!" + +Inspector MacDonald smiled, and his eyelid quivered as he +glanced towards me. "I won't conceal from you, Mr. Holmes, +that we think in the C. I. D. that you have a wee bit of a bee in +your bonnet over this professor. I made some inquiries myself +about the matter. He seems to be a very respectable, learned, and +talented sort of man." + +"I'm glad you've got so far as to recognize the talent." + +"Man, you can't but recognize it! After I heard your view I +made it my business to see him. I had a chat with him on +eclipses. How the talk got that way I canna think; but he had out +a reflector lantern and a globe, and made it all clear in a minute. +He lent me a book; but I don't mind saying that it was a bit +above my head, though I had a good Aberdeen upbringing. He'd +have made a grand meenister with his thin face and gray hair and +solemn-like way of talking. When he put his hand on my shoulder +as we were parting, it was like a father's blessing before you +go out into the cold, cruel world." + +Holmes chuckled and rubbed his hands. "Great!" he said. +"Great! Tell me, Friend MacDonald, this pleasing and touching +interview was, I suppose, in the professor's study?" + +"That's so." + +"A fine room, is it not?" + +"Very fine -- very handsome indeed, Mr. Holmes." + +"You sat in front of his writing desk?" + +"Just so." + +"Sun in your eyes and his face in the shadow?" + +"Well, it was evening; but I mind that the lamp was turned on +my face." + +"It would be. Did you happen to observe a picture over the +professor's head?" + +"I don't miss much, Mr. Holmes. Maybe I learned that from +you. Yes, I saw the picture -- a young woman with her head on +her hands, peeping at you sideways." + +"That painting was by Jean Baptiste Greuze." + +The inspector endeavoured to look interested. + +"Jean Baptiste Greuze," Holmes continued, joining his finger +tips and leaning well back in his chair, "was a French artist who +flourished between the years 1750 and 1800. I allude, of course +to his working career. Modern criticism has more than indorsed +the high opinion formed of him by his contemporaries." + +The inspector's eyes grew abstracted. "Hadn't we better --" +he said. + +"We are doing so," Holmes interrupted. "All that I am +saying has a very direct and vital bearing upon what you have +called the Birlstone Mystery. In fact, it may in a sense be called +the very centre of it." + +MacDonald smiled feebly, and looked appealingly to me. +"Your thoughts move a bit too quick for me, Mr. Holmes. You +leave out a link or two, and I can't get over the gap. What in the +whole wide world can be the connection between this dead +painting man and the affair at Birlstone?" + +"All knowledge comes useful to the detective," remarked +Holmes. "Even the trivial fact that in the year 1865 a picture by +Greuze entitled La Jeune Fille a l'Agneau fetched one million +two hundred thousand francs -- more than forty thousand pounds -- +at the Portalis sale may start a train of reflection in your mind." + +It was clear that it did. The inspector looked honestly interested. + +"I may remind you," Holmes continued, "that the professor's +salary can be ascertained in several trustworthy books of reference. +It is seven hundred a year." + +"Then how could he buy --" + +"Quite so! How could he?" + +"Ay, that's remarkable," said the inspector thoughtfully. "Talk +away, Mr. Holmes. I'm just loving it. It's fine!" + +Holmes smiled. He was always warmed by genuine admiration -- +the characteristic of the real artist. "What about Birlstone?" he +asked. + +"We've time yet," said the inspector, glancing at his watch. +"I've a cab at the door, and it won't take us twenty minutes to +Victoria. But about this picture: I thought you told me once, Mr. +Holmes, that you had never met Professor Moriarty." + +"No, I never have." + +"Then how do you know about his rooms?" + +"Ah, that's another matter. I have been three times in his +rooms, twice waiting for him under different pretexts and leaving +before he came. Once -- well, I can hardly tell about the once to +an official detective. It was on the last occasion that I took the +liberty of running over his papers -- with the most unexpected +results." + +"You found something compromising?" + +"Absolutely nothing. That was what amazed me. However, +you have now seen the point of the picture. It shows him to be a +very wealthy man. How did he acquire wealth? He is unmarried. +His younger brother is a station master in the west of England. +His chair is worth seven hundred a year. And he owns a Greuze." + +"Well?" + +"Surely the inference is plain." + +"You mean that he has a great income and that he must earn it +in an illegal fashion?" + +"Exactly. Of course I have other reasons for thinking so -- +dozens of exiguous threads which lead vaguely up towards the +centre of the web where the poisonous, motionless creature is +lurking. I only mention the Greuze because it brings the matter +within the range of your own observation." + +"Well, Mr. Holmes, I admit that what you say is interesting: +it's more than interesting -- it's just wonderful. But let us have it +a little clearer if you can. Is it forgery, coining, burglary -- where +does the money come from?" + +"Have you ever read of Jonathan Wild?" + +"Well, the name has a familiar sound. Someone in a novel, +was he not? I don't take much stock of detectives in novels -- +chaps that do things and never let you see how they do them. +That's just inspiration: not business." + +"Jonathan Wild wasn't a detective, and he wasn't in a novel. +He was a master criminal, and he lived last century -- 1750 or +thereabouts." + +"Then he's no use to me. I'm a practical man." + +"Mr. Mac, the most practical thing that you ever did in your +life would be to shut yourself up for three months and read +twelve hours a day at the annals of crime. Everything comes in +circles -- even Professor Moriarty. Jonathan Wild was the hidden +force of the London criminals, to whom he sold his brains and +his organization on a fifteen per cent commission. The old +wheel turns, and the same spoke comes up. It's all been done +before, and will be again. I'll tell you one or two things about +Moriarty which may interest you." + +"You'll interest me, right enough." + +"I happen to know who is the first link in his chain -- a chain +with this Napoleon-gone-wrong at one end, and a hundred broken +fighting men, pickpockets, blackmailers, and card sharpers at the +other, with every sort of crime in between. His chief of staff is +Colonel Sebastian Moran, as aloof and guarded and inaccessible +to the law as himself. What do you think he pays him?" + +"I'd like to hear." + +"Six thousand a year. That's paying for brains, you see -- the +American business principle. I learned that detail quite by chance. +It's more than the Prime Minister gets. That gives you an idea of +Moriarty's gains and of the scale on which he works. Another +point: I made it my business to hunt down some of Moriarty's +checks lately -- just common innocent checks that he pays his +household bills with. They were drawn on six different banks. +Does that make any impression on your mind?" + +"Queer, certainly! But what do you gather from it?" + +"That he wanted no gossip about his wealth. No single man +should know what he had. I have no doubt that he has twenty +banking accounts; the bulk of his fortune abroad in the Deutsche +Bank or the Credit Lyonnais as likely as not. Sometime when +you have a year or two to spare I commend to you the study of +Professor Moriarty." + +Inspector MacDonald had grown steadily more impressed as +the conversation proceeded. He had lost himself in his interest. +Now his practical Scotch intelligence brought him back with a +snap to the matter in hand. + +"He can keep, anyhow," said he. "You've got us side-tracked +with your interesting anecdotes, Mr. Holmes. What really counts +is your remark that there is some connection between the professor +and the crime. That you get from the warning received through the +man Porlock. Can we for our present practical needs get any further +than that?" + +"We may form some conception as to the motives of the crime. +It is, as I gather from your original remarks, an inexplicable, +or at least an unexplained, murder. Now, presuming that the +source of the crime is as we suspect it to be, there might be two +different motives. In the first place, I may tell you that Moriarty +rules with a rod of iron over his people. His discipline is +tremendous. There is only one punishment in his code. It is +death. Now we might suppose that this murdered man -- this +Douglas whose approaching fate was known by one of the +arch-criminal's subordinates -- had in some way betrayed the chief. +His punishment followed, and would be known to all -- if only to +put the fear of death into them." + +"Well, that is one suggestion, Mr. Holmes." + +"The other is that it has been engineered by Moriarty in the +ordinary course of business. Was there any robbery?" + +"I have not heard." + +"If so, it would, of course, be against the first hypothesis and +in favour of the second. Moriarty may have been engaged to +engineer it on a promise of part spoils, or he may have been paid +so much down to manage it. Either is possible. But whichever it +may be, or if it is some third combination, it is down at Birlstone +that we must seek the solution. I know our man too well to +suppose that he has left anything up here which may lead us to +him." + +"Then to Birlstone we must go!" cried MacDonald, jumping +from his chair. "My word! it's later than I thought. I can give +you, gentlemen, five minutes for preparation, and that is all." + +"And ample for us both," said Holmes, as he sprang up and +hastened to change from his dressing gown to his coat. "While +we are on our way, Mr. Mac, I will ask you to be good enough +to tell me all about it." + +"All about it" proved to be disappointingly little, and yet +there was enough to assure us that the case before us might well +be worthy of the expert's closest attention. He brightened and +rubbed his thin hands together as he listened to the meagre but +remarkable details. A long series of sterile weeks lay behind us, +and here at last there was a fitting object for those remarkable +powers which, like all special gifts, become irksome to their +owner when they are not in use. That razor brain blunted and +rusted with inaction. + +Sherlock Holmes's eyes glistened, his pale cheeks took a +warmer hue, and his whole eager face shone with an inward light +when the call for work reached him. Leaning forward in the cab, +he listened intently to MacDonald's short sketch of the problem +which awaited us in Sussex. The inspector was himself dependent, +as he explained to us, upon a scribbled account forwarded to him +by the milk train in the early hours of the morning. White +Mason, the local officer, was a personal friend, and hence +MacDonald had been notified much more promptly than is usual +at Scotland Yard when provincials need their assistance. It is a +very cold scent upon which the Metropolitan expert is generally +asked to run. + + +"DEAR INSPECTOR MACDONALD [said the letter which he read to us]: + +"Official requisition for your services is in separate + +envelope.This is for your private eye. Wire me what train in + +the morning you can get for Birlstone, and I will meet it -- + +or have it met if I am too occupied. This case is a snorter. + +Don't waste a moment in getting started. If you can bring + +Mr. Holmes, please do so; for he will find something after + +his own heart. We would think the whole thing had been + +fixed up for theatrical effect if there wasn't a dead man in + +the middle of it. My word! it is a snorter." + + +"Your friend seems to be no fool," remarked Holmes. + +"No, sir, White Mason is a very live man, if I am any +judge." + +"Well, have you anything more?" + +"Only that he will give us every detail when we meet." + +"Then how did you get at Mr. Douglas and the fact that he +had been horribly murdered?" + +"That was in the enclosed official report. It didn't say +'horrible': that's not a recognized official term. It gave the name +John Douglas. It mentioned that his injuries had been in the head, +from the discharge of a shotgun. It also mentioned the hour of +the alarm, which was close on to midnight last night. It added +that the case was undoubtedly one of murder, but that no arrest +had been made, and that the case was one which presented some +very perplexing and extraordinary features. That's absolutely all +we have at present, Mr. Holmes." + +"Then, with your permission, we will leave it at that, Mr. +Mac. The temptation to form premature theories upon insufficient +data is the bane of our profession. I can see only two things +for certain at present -- a great brain in London, and a dead man +in Sussex. It's the chain between that we are going to trace." + + +Chapter 3 +The Tragedy of Birlstone + + + +Now for a moment I will ask leave to remove my own insignificant +personality and to describe events which occurred before we +arrived upon the scene by the light of knowledge which came to +us afterwards. Only in this way can I make the reader appreciate +the people concerned and the strange setting in which their fate +was cast. + +The village of Birlstone is a small and very ancient cluster of +half-timbered cottages on the northern border of the county of +Sussex. For centuries it had remained unchanged; but within the +last few years its picturesque appearance and situation have +attracted a number of well-to-do residents, whose villas peep out +from the woods around. These woods are locally supposed to be +the extreme fringe of the great Weald forest, which thins away +until it reaches the northern chalk downs. A number of small +shops have come into being to meet the wants of the increased +population; so there seems some prospect that Birlstone may +soon grow from an ancient village into a modern town. It is the +centre for a considerable area of country, since Tunbridge Wells, +the nearest place of importance, is ten or twelve miles to the +eastward, over the borders of Kent. + +About half a mile from the town, standing in an old park +famous for its huge beech trees, is the ancient Manor House of +Birlstone. Part of this venerable building dates back to the time +of the first crusade, when Hugo de Capus built a fortalice in the +centre of the estate, which had been granted to him by the Red +King. This was destroyed by fire in 1543, and some of its +smoke-blackened corner stones were used when, in Jacobean +times, a brick country house rose upon the ruins of the feudal +castle. + +The Manor House, with its many gables and its small diamond- +paned windows, was still much as the builder had left it in the +early seventeenth century. Of the double moats which had guarded +its more warlike predecessor, the outer had been allowed to dry +up, and served the humble function of a kitchen garden. The +inner one was still there, and lay forty feet in breadth, though +now only a few feet in depth, round the whole house. A small +stream fed it and continued beyond it, so that the sheet of water +though turbid, was never ditch-like or unhealthy. The ground +floor windows were within a foot of the surface of the water. + +The only approach to the house was over a drawbridge, the +chains and windlass of which had long been rusted and broken. +The latest tenants of the Manor House had, however, with +characteristic energy, set this right, and the drawbridge was not +only capable of being raised, but actually was raised every +evening and lowered every morning. By thus renewing the custom +of the old feudal days the Manor House was converted into +an island during the night -- a fact which had a very direct +bearing upon the mystery which was soon to engage the attention +of all England. + +The house had been untenanted for some years and was +threatening to moulder into a picturesque decay when the +Douglases took possession of it. This family consisted of only +two individuals -- John Douglas and his wife. Douglas was a +remarkable man, both in character and in person. In age he may +have been about fifty, with a strong-jawed, rugged face, a +grizzling moustache, peculiarly keen gray eyes, and a wiry, +vigorous figure which had lost nothing of the strength and +activity of youth. He was cheery and genial to all, but somewhat +offhand in his manners, giving the impression that he had seen +life in social strata on some far lower horizon than the county +society of Sussex. + +Yet, though looked at with some curiosity and reserve by his +more cultivated neighbours, he soon acquired a great popularity +among the villagers, subscribing handsomely to all local objects, +and attending their smoking concerts and other functions, where, +having a remarkably rich tenor voice, he was always ready to +oblige with an excellent song. He appeared to have plenty of +money, which was said to have been gained in the California +gold fields, and it was clear from his own talk and that of his +wife that he had spent a part of his life in America. + +The good impression which had been produced by his generosity +and by his democratic manners was increased by a reputation +gained for utter indifference to danger. Though a wretched +rider, he turned out at every meet, and took the most amazing +falls in his determination to hold his own with the best. When +the vicarage caught fire he distinguished himself also by the +fearlessness with which he reentered the building to save property, +after the local fire brigade had given it up as impossible. +Thus it came about that John Douglas of the Manor House had +within five years won himself quite a reputation in Birlstone. + +His wife, too, was popular with those who had made her +acquaintance; though, after the English fashion, the callers upon +a stranger who settled in the county without introductions were +few and far between. This mattered the less to her, as she was +retiring by disposition, and very much absorbed, to all appearance, +in her husband and her domestic duties. It was known that +she was an English lady who had met Mr. Douglas in London, +he being at that time a widower. She was a beautiful woman, +tall, dark, and slender, some twenty years younger than her +husband, a disparity which seemed in no wise to mar the +contentment of their family life. + +It was remarked sometimes, however, by those who knew +them best, that the confidence between the two did not appear to +be complete, since the wife was either very reticent about her +husband's past life, or else, as seemed more likely, was imperfectly +informed about it. It had also been noted and commented upon by a +few observant people that there were signs sometimes of some +nerve-strain upon the part of Mrs. Douglas, and that she would +display acute uneasiness if her absent husband should ever be +particularly late in his return. On a quiet countryside, where +all gossip is welcome, this weakness of the lady of the Manor +House did not pass without remark, and it bulked larger upon +people's memory when the events arose which gave it a very +special significance. + +There was yet another individual whose residence under that +roof was, it is true, only an intermittent one, but whose presence +at the time of the strange happenings which will now be narrated +brought his name prominently before the public. This was Cecil +James Barker, of Hales Lodge, Hampstead. + +Cecil Barker's tall, loose-jointed figure was a familiar one in +the main street of Birlstone village; for he was a frequent and +welcome visitor at the Manor House. He was the more noticed as +being the only friend of the past unknown life of Mr. Douglas +who was ever seen in his new English surroundings. Barker was +himself an undoubted Englishman; but by his remarks it was +clear that he had first known Douglas in America and had there +lived on intimate terms with him. He appeared to be a man of +considerable wealth, and was reputed to be a bachelor. + +In age he was rather younger than Douglas -- forty-five at the +most -- a tall, straight, broad-chested fellow with a clean-shaved, +prize-fighter face, thick, strong, black eyebrows, and a pair of +masterful black eyes which might, even without the aid of his +very capable hands, clear a way for him through a hostile crowd. +He neither rode nor shot, but spent his days in wandering round +the old village with his pipe in his mouth, or in driving with his +host, or in his absence with his hostess, over the beautiful +countryside. "An easy-going, free-handed gentleman," said Ames, +the butler. "But, my word! I had rather not be the man that +crossed him!" He was cordial and intimate with Douglas, and he +was no less friendly with his wife -- a friendship which more than +once seemed to cause some irritation to the husband, so that even +the servants were able to perceive his annoyance. Such was the +third person who was one of the family when the catastrophe +occurred. + +As to the other denizens of the old building, it will suffice out +of a large household to mention the prim, respectable, and +capable Ames, and Mrs. Allen, a buxom and cheerful person, +who relieved the lady of some of her household cares. The other +six servants in the house bear no relation to the events of the +night of January 6th. + +It was at eleven forty-five that the first alarm reached the small +local police station, in charge of Sergeant Wilson of the Sussex +Constabulary. Cecil Barker, much excited, had rushed up to the +door and pealed furiously upon the bell. A terrible tragedy had +occurred at the Manor House, and John Douglas had been murdered. +That was the breathless burden of his message. He had hurried back +to the house, followed within a few minutes by the police sergeant, +who arrived at the scene of the crime a little after twelve o'clock, +after taking prompt steps to warn the county authorities that +something serious was afoot. + +On reaching the Manor House, the sergeant had found the +drawbridge down, the windows lighted up, and the whole household +in a state of wild confusion and alarm. The white-faced servants +were huddling together in the hall, with the frightened butler +wringing his hands in the doorway. Only Cecil Barker seemed to +be master of himself and his emotions; he had opened the door +which was nearest to the entrance and he had beckoned to the +sergeant to follow him. At that moment there arrived Dr. Wood, +a brisk and capable general practitioner from the village. The +three men entered the fatal room together, while the horror- +stricken butler followed at their heels, closing the door behind +him to shut out the terrible scene from the maid servants. + +The dead man lay on his back, sprawling with outstretched +limbs in the centre of the room. He was clad only in a pink +dressing gown, which covered his night clothes. There were +carpet slippers on his bare feet. The doctor knelt beside him and +held down the hand lamp which had stood on the table. One +glance at the victim was enough to show the healer that his +presence could be dispensed with. The man had been horribly +injured. Lying across his chest was a curious weapon, a shotgun +with the barrel sawed off a foot in front of the triggers. It was +clear that this had been fired at close range and that he had +received the whole charge in the face, blowing his head almost +to pieces. The triggers had been wired together, so as to make +the simultaneous discharge more destructive. + +The country policeman was unnerved and troubled by the +tremendous responsibility which had come so suddenly upon +him. "We will touch nothing until my superiors arrive," he said +in a hushed voice, staring in horror at the dreadful head. + +"Nothing has been touched up to now," said Cecil Barker. +"I'll answer for that. You see it all exactly as I found it." + +"When was that?" The sergeant had drawn out his notebook. + +"It was just half-past eleven. I had not begun to undress, and I +was sitting by the fire in my bedroom when I heard the report. It +was not very loud -- it seemed to be muffled. I rushed down -- I +don't suppose it was thirty seconds before I was in the room." + +"Was the door open?" + +"Yes, it was open. Poor Douglas was lying as you see him. +His bedroom candle was burning on the table. It was I who lit +the lamp some minutes afterward." + +"Did you see no one?" + +"No. I heard Mrs. Douglas coming down the stair behind me, +and I rushed out to prevent her from seeing this dreadful sight. +Mrs. Allen, the housekeeper, came and took her away. Ames +had arrived, and we ran back into the room once more." + +"But surely I have heard that the drawbridge is kept up all +night.~ + +"Yes, it was up until I lowered it." + +"Then how could any murderer have got away? It is out of the +question! Mr. Douglas must have shot himself." + +"That was our first idea. But see!" Barker drew aside the +curtain, and showed that the long, diamond-paned window was +open to its full extent. "And look at this!" He held the lamp +down and illuminated a smudge of blood like the mark of a +boot-sole upon the wooden sill. "Someone has stood there in +getting out." + +"You mean that someone waded across the moat?" + +"Exactly!" + +"Then if you were in the room within half a minute of the +crime, he must have been in the water at that very moment." + +"I have not a doubt of it. I wish to heaven that I had rushed to +the window! But the curtain screened it, as you can see, and so it +never occurred to me. Then I heard the step of Mrs. Douglas, +and I could not let her enter the room. It would have been too +horrible." + +"Horrible enough!" said the doctor, looking at the shattered +head and the terrible marks which surrounded it. "I've never +seen such injuries since the Birlstone railway smash." + +"But, I say," remarked the police sergeant, whose slow, +bucolic common sense was still pondering the open window. +"It's all very well your saying that a man escaped by wading this +moat, but what I ask you is, how did he ever get into the house +at all if the bridge was up?" + +"Ah, that's the question," said Barker. + +"At what o'clock was it raised?" + +"It was nearly six o'clock," said Ames, the butler. + +"I've heard," said the sergeant, "that it was usually raised at +sunset. That would be nearer half-past four than six at this time +of year." + +"Mrs. Douglas had visitors to tea," said Ames. "I couldn't +raise it until they went. Then I wound it up myself." + +"Then it comes to this," said the sergeant: "If anyone came +from outside -- if they did -- they must have got in across the +bridge before six and been in hiding ever since, until Mr. +Douglas came into the room after eleven." + +"That is so! Mr. Douglas went round the house every night +the last thing before he turned in to see that the lights were right. +That brought him in here. The man was waiting and shot him. +Then he got away through the window and left his gun behind +him. That's how I read it; for nothing else will fit the facts." + +The sergeant picked up a card which lay beside the dead man +on the floor. The initials V. V. and under them the number 341 +were rudely scrawled in ink upon it. + +"What's this?" he asked, holding it up. + +Barker looked at it with curiosity. "I never noticed it before," +he said. "The murderer must have left it behind him." + +"V. V. -- 341. I can make no sense of that." + +The sergeant kept turning it over in his big fingers. "What's +V. V.? Somebody's initials, maybe. What have you got there, +Dr. Wood?" + +It was a good-sized hammer which had been lying on the rug +in front of the fireplace -- a substantial, workmanlike hammer. +Cecil Barker pointed to a box of brass-headed nails upon the +mantelpiece. + +"Mr. Douglas was altering the pictures yesterday," he said. +"I saw him myself, standing upon that chair and fixing the big +picture above it. That accounts for the hammer." + +"We'd best put it back on the rug where we found it," said +the sergeant, scratching his puzzled head in his perplexity. "It +will want the best brains in the force to get to the bottom of this +thing. It will be a London job before it is finished." He raised +the hand lamp and walked slowly round the room. "Hullo!" he +cried, excitedly, drawing the window curtain to one side. "What +o'clock were those curtains drawn?" + +"When the lamps were lit," said the butler. "It would be +shortly after four." + +"Someone had been hiding here, sure enough." He held down +the light, and the marks of muddy boots were very visible in the +corner. "I'm bound to say this bears out your theory, Mr. +Barker. It looks as if the man got into the house after four when +the curtains were drawn and before six when the bridge was +raised. He slipped into this room, because it was the first that he +saw. There was no other place where he could hide, so he +popped in behind this curtain. That all seems clear enough. It is +likely that his main idea was to burgle the house; but Mr. +Douglas chanced to come upon him, so he murdered him and +escaped." + +"That's how I read it," said Barker. "But, I say, aren't we +wasting precious time? Couldn't we start out and scour the +country before the fellow gets away?" + +The sergeant considered for a moment. + +"There are no trains before six in the morning; so he can't get +away by rail. If he goes by road with his legs all dripping, it's +odds that someone will notice him. Anyhow, I can't leave here +myself until I am relieved. But I think none of you should go +until we see more clearly how we all stand." + +The doctor had taken the lamp and was narrowly scrutinizing +the body. "What's this mark?" he asked. "Could this have any +connection with the crime?" + +The dead man's right arm was thrust out from his dressing +gown, and exposed as high as the elbow. About halfway up the +forearm was a curious brown design, a triangle inside a circle, +standing out in vivid relief upon the lard-coloured skin. + +"It's not tattooed," said the doctor, peering through his glasses. +"I never saw anything like it. The man has been branded at +some time as they brand cattle. What is the meaning of this?" + +"I don't profess to know the meaning of it," said Cecil +Barker; "but I have seen the mark on Douglas many times this +last ten years." + +"And so have I," said the butler. "Many a time when the +master has rolled up his sleeves I have noticed that very mark. +I've often wondered what it could be." + +"Then it has nothing to do with the crime, anyhow," said the +sergeant. "But it's a rum thing all the same. Everything about +this case is rum. Well, what is it now?" + +The butler had given an exclamation of astonishment and was +pointing at the dead man's outstretched hand. + +"They've taken his wedding ring!" he gasped. + +"What!" + +"Yes, indeed. Master always wore his plain gold wedding ring +on the little finger of his left hand. That ring with the rough +nugget on it was above it, and the twisted snake ring on the third +finger. There's the nugget and there's the snake, but the wedding +ring is gone." + +"He's right," said Barker. + +"Do you tell me," said the sergeant, "that the wedding ring +was below the other?" + +"Always!" + +"Then the murderer, or whoever it was, first took off this ring +you call the nugget ring, then the wedding ring, and afterwards +put the nugget ring back again." + +"That is so!" + +The worthy country policeman shook his head. "Seems to me +the sooner we get London on to this case the better," said he. +"White Mason is a smart man. No local job has ever been too +much for White Mason. It won't be long now before he is here +to help us. But I expect we'll have to look to London before we +are through. Anyhow, I'm not ashamed to say that it is a deal too +thick for the likes of me." + + +Chapter 4 +Darkness + + + +At three in the morning the chief Sussex detective, obeying +the urgent call from Sergeant Wilson of Birlstone, arrived from +headquarters in a light dog-cart behind a breathless trotter. By +the five-forty train in the morning he had sent his message to +Scotland Yard, and he was at the Birlstone station at twelve +o'clock to welcome us. White Mason was a quiet, comfortable- +looking person in a loose tweed suit, with a clean-shaved, ruddy +face, a stoutish body, and powerful bandy legs adorned with +gaiters, looking like a small farmer, a retired gamekeeper, or +anything upon earth except a very favourable specimen of the +provincial criminal officer. + +"A real downright snorter, Mr. MacDonald!" he kept repeating. +"We'll have the pressmen down like flies when they understand it. +I'm hoping we will get our work done before they get poking their +noses into it and messing up all the trails. There has been +nothing like this that I can remember. There are some bits +that will come home to you, Mr. Holmes, or I am mistaken. And +you also, Dr. Watson; for the medicos will have a word to say +before we finish. Your room is at the Westville Arms. There's +no other place; but I hear that it is clean and good. The man will +carry your bags. This way, gentlemen, if you please." + +He was a very bustling and genial person, this Sussex detective. +In ten minutes we had all found our quarters. In ten more we were +seated in the parlour of the inn and being treated to a rapid +sketch of those events which have been outlined in the previous +chapter. MacDonald made an occasional note, while Holmes sat +absorbed, with the expression of surprised and reverent admiration +with which the botanist surveys the rare and precious bloom. + +"Remarkable!" he said, when the story was unfolded, "most +remarkable! I can hardly recall any case where the features have +been more peculiar." + +"I thought you would say so, Mr. Holmes," said White +Mason in great delight. "We're well up with the times in +Sussex. I've told you now how matters were, up to the time +when I took over from Sergeant Wilson between three and four +this morning. My word! I made the old mare go! But I need not +have been in such a hurry, as it turned out; for there was nothing +immediate that I could do. Sergeant Wilson had all the facts. I +checked them and considered them and maybe added a few of +my own." + +"What were they?" asked Holmes eagerly. + +"Well, I first had the hammer examined. There was Dr. +Wood there to help me. We found no signs of violence upon it. I +was hoping that if Mr. Douglas defended himself with the hammer, +he might have left his mark upon the murderer before he dropped +it on the mat. But there was no stain." + +"That, of course, proves nothing at all," remarked Inspector +MacDonald. "There has been many a hammer murder and no +trace on the hammer." + +"Quite so. It doesn't prove it wasn't used. But there might +have been stains, and that would have helped us. As a matter of +fact there were none. Then I examined the gun. They were +buckshot cartridges, and, as Sergeant Wilson pointed out, the +triggers were wired together so that, if you pulled on the hinder +one, both barrels were discharged. Whoever fixed that up had +made up his mind that he was going to take no chances of +missing his man. The sawed gun was not more than two foot +long -- one could carry it easily under one's coat. There was no +complete maker's name; but the printed letters P-E-N were on the +fluting between the barrels, and the rest of the name had been cut +off by the saw." + +"A big P with a flourish above it, E and N smaller?" asked +Holmes. + +"Exactly." + +"Pennsylvania Small Arms Company -- well-known American +firm," said Holmes. + +White Mason gazed at my friend as the little village +practitioner looks at the Harley Street specialist who by +a word can solve the difficulties that perplex him. + +"That is very helpful, Mr. Holmes. No doubt you are right. +Wonderful! Wonderful! Do you carry the names of all the gun +makers in the world in your memory?" + +Holmes dismissed the subject with a wave. + +"No doubt it is an American shotgun," White Mason continued. +"I seem to have read that a sawed-off shotgun is a weapon +used in some parts of America. Apart from the name upon the +barrel, the idea had occurred to me. There is some evidence +then, that this man who entered the house and killed its master +was an American." + +MacDonald shook his head. "Man, you are surely travelling +overfast," said he. "I have heard no evidence yet that any +stranger was ever in the house at all." + +"The open window, the blood on the sill, the queer card, the +marks of boots in the corner, the gun!" + +"Nothing there that could not have been arranged. Mr. Douglas +was an American, or had lived long in America. So had Mr. +Barker. You don't need to import an American from outside in +order to account for American doings." + +"Ames, the butler --" + +"What about him? Is he reliable?" + +"Ten years with Sir Charles Chandos -- as solid as a rock. He +has been with Douglas ever since he took the Manor House five +years ago. He has never seen a gun of this sort in the house." + +"The gun was made to conceal. That's why the barrels were +sawed. It would fit into any box. How could he swear there was +no such gun in the house?" + +"Well, anyhow, he had never seen one." + +MacDonald shook his obstinate Scotch head. "I'm not +convinced yet that there was ever anyone in the house," said he. +"I'm asking you to conseedar" (his accent became more +Aberdonian as he lost himself in his argument) "I'm asking you +to conseedar what it involves if you suppose that this gun was +ever brought into the house, and that all these strange things +were done by a person from outside. Oh, man, it's just +inconceivable! It's clean against common sense! I put it to you, +Mr. Holmes, judging it by what we have heard." + +"Well, state your case, Mr. Mac," said Holmes in his most +judicial style. + +"The man is not a burglar, supposing that he ever existed. +The ring business and the card point to premeditated murder for +some private reason. Very good. Here is a man who slips into a +house with the deliberate intention of committing murder. He +knows, if he knows anything, that he will have a deeficulty in +making his escape, as the house is surrounded with water. What +weapon would he choose? You would say the most silent in the +world. Then he could hope when the deed was done to slip +quickly from the window, to wade the moat, and to get away at +his leisure. That's understandable. But is it understandable that +he should go out of his way to bring with him the most noisy +weapon he could select, knowing well that it will fetch every +human being in the house to the spot as quick as they can run, +and that it is all odds that he will be seen before he can get +across the moat? Is that credible, Mr. Holmes?" + +"Well, you put the case strongly," my friend replied +thoughtfully. "It certainly needs a good deal of justification. +May I ask, Mr. White Mason, whether you examined the farther side +of the moat at once to see if there were any signs of the man +having climbed out from the water?" + +"There were no signs, Mr. Holmes. But it is a stone ledge, +and one could hardly expect them." + +"No tracks or marks?" + +"None." + +"Ha! Would there be any objection, Mr. White Mason, to +our going down to the house at once? There may possibly be some +small point which might be suggestive." + +"I was going to propose it, Mr. Holmes; but I thought it well +to put you in touch with all the facts before we go. I suppose if +anything should strike you --" White Mason looked doubtfully +at the amateur. + +"I have worked with Mr. Holmes before," said Inspector +MacDonald. "He plays the game." + +"My own idea of the game, at any rate," said Holmes, with a +smile. "I go into a case to help the ends of justice and the work +of the police. If I have ever separated myself from the official +force, it is because they have first separated themselves from me. +I have no wish ever to score at their expense. At the same time, +Mr. White Mason, I claim the right to work in my own way and +give my results at my own time -- complete rather than in stages." + +"I am sure we are honoured by your presence and to show +you all we know," said White Mason cordially. "Come along, +Dr. Watson, and when the time comes we'll all hope for a place +in your book." + +We walked down the quaint village street with a row of +pollarded elms on each side of it. Just beyond were two ancient +stone pillars, weather-stained and lichen-blotched bearing upon +their summits a shapeless something which had once been the +rampant lion of Capus of Birlstone. A short walk along the +winding drive with such sward and oaks around it as one only +sees in rural England, then a sudden turn, and the long, low +Jacobean house of dingy, liver-coloured brick lay before us, with +an old-fashioned garden of cut yews on each side of it. As we +approached it, there was the wooden drawbridge and the beautiful +broad moat as still and luminous as quicksilver in the cold, +winter sunshine. + +Three centuries had flowed past the old Manor House, centuries +of births and of homecomings, of country dances and of the meetings +of fox hunters. Strange that now in its old age this dark business +should have cast its shadow upon the venerable walls! And yet +those strange, peaked roofs and quaint, overhung gables were a +fitting covering to grim and terrible intrigue. As I looked +at the deep-set windows and the long sweep of the dull-coloured, +water-lapped front, I felt that no more fitting scene could be set +for such a tragedy. + +"That's the window," said White Mason, "that one on the +immediate right of the drawbridge. It's open just as it was found +last night." + +"It looks rather narrow for a man to pass." + +"Well, it wasn't a fat man, anyhow. We don't need your +deductions, Mr. Holmes, to tell us that. But you or I could +squeeze through all right." + +Holmes walked to the edge of the moat and looked across. +Then he examined the stone ledge and the grass border beyond +it." + +"I've had a good look, Mr. Holmes," said White Mason. +"There is nothing there, no sign that anyone has landed -- but +why should he leave any sign?" + +"Exactly. Why should he? Is the water always turbid?" + +"Generally about this colour. The stream brings down the +clay." + +"How deep is it?" + +"About two feet at each side and three in the middle." + +"So we can put aside all idea of the man having been drowned +in crossing." + +"No, a child could not be drowned in it." + +We walked across the drawbridge, and were admitted by a +quaint, gnarled, dried-up person, who was the butler, Ames. The +poor old fellow was white and quivering from the shock. The +village sergeant, a tall, formal, melancholy man, still held his +vigil in the room of Fate. The doctor had departed. + +"Anything fresh, Sergeant Wilson?" asked White Mason. + +"No, sir." + +"Then you can go home. You've had enough. We can send +for you if we want you. The butler had better wait outside. Tell +him to warn Mr. Cecil Barker, Mrs. Douglas, and the housekeeper +that we may want a word with them presently. Now, gentlemen, +perhaps you will allow me to give you the views I have formed +first, and then you will be able to arrive at your own." + +He impressed me, this country specialist. He had a solid grip +of fact and a cool, clear, common-sense brain, which should take +him some way in his profession. Holmes listened to him intently, +with no sign of that impatience which the official exponent too +often produced. + +"Is it suicide, or is it murder -- that's our first question, +gentlemen, is it not? If it were suicide, then we have to believe +that this man began by taking off his wedding ring and concealing +it; that he then came down here in his dressing gown, trampled mud +into a corner behind the curtain in order to give the idea someone +had waited for him, opened the window, put blood on the --" + +"We can surely dismiss that," said MacDonald. + +"So I think. Suicide is out of the question. Then a murder has +been done. What we have to determine is, whether it was done +by someone outside or inside the house." + +"Well, let's hear the argument." + +"There are considerable difficulties both ways, and yet one or +the other it must be. We will suppose first that some person or +persons inside the house did the crime. They got this man down +here at a time when everything was still and yet no one was +asleep. They then did the deed with the queerest and noisiest +weapon in the world so as to tell everyone what had happened -- a +weapon that was never seen in the house before. That does not +seem a very likely start, does it?" + +"No, it does not." + +"Well, then, everyone is agreed that after the alarm was given +only a minute at the most had passed before the whole household -- +not Mr. Cecil Barker alone, though he claims to have been the +first, but Ames and all of them were on the spot. Do you tell me +that in that time the guilty person managed to make footmarks in +the corner, open the window, mark the sill with blood, take the +wedding ring off the dead man's finger, and all the rest of it? It's +impossible!" + +"You put it very clearly," said Holmes. "I am inclined to +agree with you." + +"Well, then, we are driven back to the theory that it was done +by someone from outside. We are still faced with some big +difficulties; but anyhow they have ceased to be impossibilities. +The man got into the house between four-thirty and six; that is to +say, between dusk and the time when the bridge was raised. +There had been some visitors, and the door was open; so there +was nothing to prevent him. He may have been a common +burglar, or he may have had some private grudge against Mr. +Douglas. Since Mr. Douglas has spent most of his life in America, +and this shotgun seems to be an American weapon, it would +seem that the private grudge is the more likely theory. He +slipped into this room because it was the first he came to, and he +hid behind the curtain. There he remained until past eleven at +night. At that time Mr. Douglas entered the room. It was a short +interview, if there were any interview at all; for Mrs. Douglas +declares that her husband had not left her more than a few +minutes when she heard the shot." + +"The candle shows that," said Holmes. + +"Exactly. The candle, which was a new one, is not burned +more than half an inch. He must have placed it on the table +before he was attacked; otherwise, of course, it would have +fallen when he fell. This shows that he was not attacked the +instant that he entered the room. When Mr. Barker arrived the +candle was lit and the lamp was out." + +"That's all clear enough." + +"Well, now, we can reconstruct things on those lines. Mr. +Douglas enters the room. He puts down the candle. A man +appears from behind the curtain. He is armed with this gun. He +demands the wedding ring -- Heaven only knows why, but so it +must have been. Mr. Douglas gave it up. Then either in cold +blood or in the course of a struggle -- Douglas may have gripped +the hammer that was found upon the mat -- he shot Douglas in +this horrible way. He dropped his gun and also it would seem +this queer card -- V. V. 341, whatever that may mean -- and he +made his escape through the window and across the moat at the +very moment when Cecil Barker was discovering the crime. +How's that, Mr. Holmes?" + +"Very interesting, but just a little unconvincing." + +"Man, it would be absolute nonsense if it wasn't that anything +else is even worse!" cried MacDonald. "Somebody killed the +man, and whoever it was I could clearly prove to you that he +should have done it some other way. What does he mean by +allowing his retreat to be cut off like that? What does he mean by +using a shotgun when silence was his one chance of escape? +Come, Mr. Holmes, it's up to you to give us a lead, since you +say Mr. White Mason's theory is unconvincing." + +Holmes had sat intently observant during this long discussion, +missing no word that was said, with his keen eyes darting to +right and to left, and his forehead wrinkled with speculation. + +"I should like a few more facts before I get so far as a theory, +Mr. Mac," said he, kneeling down beside the body. "Dear me! +these injuries are really appalling. Can we have the butler in for +a moment? . . . Ames, I understand that you have often seen this +very unusual mark -- a branded triangle inside a circle -- upon Mr. +Douglas's forearm?" + +"Frequently, sir." + +"You never heard any speculation as to what it meant?" + +"No, sir." + +"It must have caused great pain when it was inflicted. It is +undoubtedly a burn. Now, I observe, Ames, that there is a small +piece of plaster at the angle of Mr. Douglas's jaw. Did you +observe that in life?" + +"Yes, sir, he cut himself in shaving yesterday morning." + +"Did you ever know him to cut himself in shaving before?" + +"Not for a very long time, sir." + +"Suggestive!" said Holmes. "It may, of course, be a mere +coincidence, or it may point to some nervousness which would +indicate that he had reason to apprehend danger. Had you +noticed anything unusual in his conduct, yesterday, Ames?" + +"It struck me that he was a little restless and excited, sir." + +"Ha! The attack may not have been entirely unexpected. We +do seem to make a little progress, do we not? Perhaps you would +rather do the questioning, Mr. Mac?" + +"No, Mr. Holmes, it's in better hands than mine." + +"Well, then, we will pass to this card -- V. V. 341. It is rough +cardboard. Have you any of the sort in the house?" + +"l don't think so." + +Holmes walked across to the desk and dabbed a little ink from +each bottle on to the blotting paper. "It was not printed in this +room," he said; "this is black ink and the other purplish. It was +done by a thick pen, and these are fine. No, it was done +elsewhere, I should say. Can you make anything of the inscription, +Ames?" + +"No, sir, nothing." + +"What do you think, Mr. Mac?" + +"It gives me the impression of a secret society of some sort; +the same with his badge upon the forearm." + +"That's my idea, too," said White Mason. + +"Well, we can adopt it as a working hypothesis and then see +how far our difficulties disappear. An agent from such a society +makes his way into the house, waits for Mr. Douglas, blows his +head nearly off with this weapon, and escapes by wading the +moat, after leaving a card beside the dead man, which will +when mentioned in the papers, tell other members of the society +that vengeance has been done. That all hangs together. But why +this gun, of all weapons?" + +"Exactly." + +"And why the missing ring?" + +"Quite so." + +"And why no arrest? It's past two now. I take it for granted +that since dawn every constable within forty miles has been +looking out for a wet stranger?" + +"That is so, Mr. Holmes." + +"Well, unless he has a burrow close by or a change of clothes +ready, they can hardly miss him. And yet they have missed him +up to now!" Holmes had gone to the window and was examining +with his lens the blood mark on the sill. "It is clearly the tread of +a shoe. It is remarkably broad; a splay-foot, one would say. +Curious, because, so far as one can trace any footmark in this +mud-stained corner, one would say it was a more shapely sole. +However, they are certainly very indistinct. What's this under +the side table?" + +"Mr. Douglas's dumb-bells," said Ames. + +"Dumb-bell -- there's only one. Where's the other?" + +"I don't know, Mr. Holmes. There may have been only one. I +have not noticed them for months." + +"One dumb-bell " Holmes said seriously; but his remarks +were interrupted by a sharp knock at the door. + +A tall, sunburned, capable-looking, clean-shaved man looked +in at us. I had no difficulty in guessing that it was the Cecil +Barker of whom I had heard. His masterful eyes travelled quickly +with a questioning glance from face to face. + +"Sorry to interrupt your consultation," said he, "but you +should hear the latest news." + +"An arrest?" + +"No such luck. But they've found his bicycle. The fellow left +his bicycle behind him. Come and have a look. It is within a +hundred yards of the hall door." + +We found three or four grooms and idlers standing in the drive +inspecting a bicycle which had been drawn out from a clump of +evergreens in which it had been concealed. It was a well used +Rudge-Whitworth, splashed as from a considerable journey. There +was a saddlebag with spanner and oilcan, but no clue as to the +owner. + +"It would be a grand help to the police," said the inspector, +"if these things were numbered and registered. But we must be +thankful for what we've got. If we can't find where he went to, +at least we are likely to get where he came from. But what in the +name of all that is wonderful made the fellow leave it behind? +And how in the world has he got away without it? We don't +seem to get a gleam of light in the case, Mr. Holmes." + +"Don't we?" my friend answered thoughtfully. "I wonder!" + + +Chapter 5 +The People Of the Drama + + + +"Have you seen all you want of the study?" asked White Mason +as we reentered the house. + +"For the time," said the inspector, and Holmes nodded. + +"Then perhaps you would now like to hear the evidence of +some of the people in the house. We could use the dining-room, +Ames. Please come yourself first and tell us what you know." + +The butler's account was a simple and a clear one, and he +gave a convincing impression of sincerity. He had been engaged +five years before, when Douglas first came to Birlstone. He +understood that Mr. Douglas was a rich gentleman who had +made his money in America. He had been a kind and considerate +employer -- not quite what Ames was used to, perhaps; but one +can't have everything. He never saw any signs of apprehension +in Mr. Douglas: on the contrary, he was the most fearless man +he had ever known. He ordered the drawbridge to be pulled up +every night because it was the ancient custom of the old house, +and he liked to keep the old ways up. + +Mr. Douglas seldom went to London or left the village; but on +the day before the crime he had been shopping at Tunbridge +Wells. He (Ames) had observed some restlessness and excitement +on the part of Mr. Douglas that day; for he had seemed +impatient and irritable, which was unusual with him. He had not +gone to bed that night; but was in the pantry at the back of the +house, putting away the silver, when he heard the bell ring +violently. He heard no shot; but it was hardly possible he would, +as the pantry and kitchens were at the very back of the house and +there were several closed doors and a long passage between. The +housekeeper had come out of her room, attracted by the violent +ringing of the bell. They had gone to the front of the house +together. + +As they reached the bottom of the stair he had seen Mrs. +Douglas coming down it. No, she was not hurrying; it did not +seem to him that she was particularly agitated. Just as she +reached the bottom of the stair Mr. Barker had rushed out of the +study. He had stopped Mrs. Douglas and begged her to go back. + +"For God's sake, go back to your room!" he cried. "Poor +Jack is dead! You can do nothing. For God's sake, go back!" + +After some persuasion upon the stairs Mrs. Douglas had gone +back. She did not scream. She made no outcry whatever. Mrs. +Allen, the housekeeper, had taken her upstairs and stayed with +her in the bedroom. Ames and Mr. Barker had then returned to +the study, where they had found everything exactly as the police +had seen it. The candle was not lit at that time; but the lamp was +burning. They had looked out of the window; but the night was +very dark and nothing could be seen or heard. They had then +rushed out into the hall, where Ames had turned the windlass +which lowered the drawbridge. Mr. Barker had then hurried off +to get the police. + +Such, in its essentials, was the evidence of the butler. + +The account of Mrs. Allen, the housekeeper, was, so far as it +went, a corroboration of that of her fellow servant. The +housekeeper's room was rather nearer to the front of the house +than the pantry in which Ames had been working. She was preparing +to go to bed when the loud ringing of the bell had attracted her +attention. She was a little hard of hearing. Perhaps that was why +she had not heard the shot; but in any case the study was a long +way off. She remembered hearing some sound which she imagined to +be the slamming of a door. That was a good deal earlier -- half +an hour at least before the ringing of the bell. When Mr. Ames +ran to the front she went with him. She saw Mr. Barker, very +pale and excited, come out of the study. He intercepted Mrs. +Douglas, who was coming down the stairs. He entreated her to go +back, and she answered him, but what she said could not be heard. + +"Take her up! Stay with her!" he had said to Mrs. Allen. + +She had therefore taken her to the bedroom, and endeavoured +to soothe her. She was greatly excited, trembling all over, but +made no other attempt to go downstairs. She just sat in her +dressing gown by her bedroom fire, with her head sunk in her +hands. Mrs. Allen stayed with her most of the night. As to the +other servants, they had all gone to bed, and the alarm did not +reach them until just before the police arrived. They slept at the +extreme back of the house, and could not possibly have heard +anything. + +So far the housekeeper could add nothing on cross-examination +save lamentations and expressions of amazement. + +Cecil Barker succeeded Mrs. Allen as a witness. As to the +occurrences of the night before, he had very little to add to what +he had already told the police. Personally, he was convinced that +the murderer had escaped by the window. The bloodstain was +conclusive, in his opinion, on that point. Besides, as the bridge +was up, there was no other possible way of escaping. He could +not explain what had become of the assassin or why he had not +taken his bicycle, if it were indeed his. He could not possibly +have been drowned in the moat, which was at no place more +than three feet deep. + +In his own mind he had a very definite theory about the +murder. Douglas was a reticent man, and there were some +chapters in his life of which he never spoke. He had emigrated to +America when he was a very young man. He had prospered +well, and Barker had first met him in California, where they had +become partners in a successful mining claim at a place called +Benito Canyon. They had done very well; but Douglas had +suddenly sold out and started for England. He was a widower at +that time. Barker had afterwards realized his money and come to +live in London. Thus they had renewed their friendship. + +Douglas had given him the impression that some danger was +hanging over his head, and he had always looked upon his +sudden departure from California, and also his renting a house in +so quiet a place in England, as being connected with this peril. +He imagined that some secret society, some implacable organization, +was on Douglas's track, which would never rest until it killed him. +Some remarks of his had given him this idea; though he had never +told him what the society was, nor how he had come to offend it. +He could only suppose that the legend upon the placard had some +reference to this secret society. + +"How long were you with Douglas in California?" asked +Inspector MacDonald. + +"Five years altogether." + +"He was a bachelor, you say?" + +"A widower." + +"Have you ever heard where his first wife came from?" + +"No, I remember his saying that she was of German extraction, +and I have seen her portrait. She was a very beautiful woman. +She died of typhoid the year before I met him." + +"You don't associate his past with any particular part of +America?" + +"I have heard him talk of Chicago. He knew that city well and +had worked there. I have heard him talk of the coal and iron +districts. He had travelled a good deal in his time." + +"Was he a politician? Had this secret society to do with +politics?" + +"No, he cared nothing about politics." + +"You have no reason to think it was criminal?" + +"On the contrary, I never met a straighter man in my life." + +"Was there anything curious about his life in California?" + +"He liked best to stay and to work at our claim in the +mountains. He would never go where other men were if he could +help it. That's why I first thought that someone was after him. +Then when he left so suddenly for Europe I made sure that it was +so. I believe that he had a warning of some sort. Within a week +of his leaving half a dozen men were inquiring for him." + +"What sort of men?" + +"Well, they were a mighty hard-looking crowd. They came +up to the claim and wanted to know where he was. I told them +that he was gone to Europe and that I did not know where to find +him. They meant him no good -- it was easy to see that." + +"Were these men Americans -- Californians?" + +"Well, I don't know about Californians. They were Americans, +all right. But they were not miners. I don't know what they +were, and was very glad to see their backs." + +"That was six years ago?" + +"Nearer seven." + +"And then you were together five years in California, so that +this business dates back not less than eleven years at the least?" + +"That is so." + +"It must be a very serious feud that would be kept up with +such earnestness for as long as that. It would be no light thing +that would give rise to it." + +"I think it shadowed his whole life. It was never quite out of +his mind." + +"But if a man had a danger hanging over him, and knew what +it was, don't you think he would turn to the police for protection?" + +"Maybe it was some danger that he could not be protected +against. There's one thing you should know. He always went +about armed. His revolver was never out of his pocket. But, by +bad luck, he was in his dressing gown and had left it in the +bedroom last night. Once the bridge was up, I guess he thought +he was safe." + +"I should like these dates a little clearer," said MacDonald. +"It is quite six years since Douglas left California. You followed +him next year, did you not?" + +"That is so." + +"And he had been married five years. You must have returned +about the time of his marriage." + +"About a month before. I was his best man." + +"Did you know Mrs. Douglas before her marriage?" + +"No, I did not. I had been away from England for ten years." + +"But you have seen a good deal of her since." + +Barker looked sternly at the detective. "I have seen a good +deal of him since," he answered. "If I have seen her, it is +because you cannot visit a man without knowing his wife. If you +imagine there is any connection --" + +"I imagine nothing, Mr. Barker. I am bound to make every +inquiry which can bear upon the case. But I mean no offense." + +"Some inquiries are offensive," Barker answered angrily. + +"It's only the facts that we want. It is in your interest and +everyone's interest that they should be cleared up. Did Mr. +Douglas entirely approve your friendship with his wife?" + +Barker grew paler, and his great, strong hands were clasped +convulsively together. "You have no right to ask such +questions!" he cried. "What has this to do with the matter you +are investigating?" + +"I must repeat the question." + +"Well, I refuse to answer." + +"You can refuse to answer; but you must be aware that your +refusal is in itself an answer, for you would not refuse if you had +not something to conceal." + +Barker stood for a moment with his face set grimly and his +strong black eyebrows drawn low in intense thought. Then he +looked up with a smile. "Well, I guess you gentlemen are only +doing your clear duty after all, and I have no right to stand in the +way of it. I'd only ask you not to worry Mrs. Douglas over this +matter; for she has enough upon her just now. I may tell you that +poor Douglas had just one fault in the world, and that was his +jealousy. He was fond of me -- no man could be fonder of a +friend. And he was devoted to his wife. He loved me to come +here, and was forever sending for me. And yet if his wife and I +talked together or there seemed any sympathy between us, a kind +of wave of jealousy would pass over him, and he would be off +the handle and saying the wildest things in a moment. More than +once I've sworn off coming for that reason, and then he would +write me such penitent, imploring letters that I just had to. But +you can take it from me, gentlemen, if it was my last word, that +no man ever had a more loving, faithful wife -- and I can say also +no friend could be more loyal than I!" + +It was spoken with fervour and feeling, and yet Inspector +MacDonald could not dismiss the subject. + +"You are aware," said he, "that the dead man's wedding ring +has been taken from his finger?" + +"So it appears," said Barker. + +"What do you mean by 'appears'? You know it as a fact." + +The man seemed confused and undecided . "When I said +'appears' I meant that it was conceivable that he had himself +taken off the ring." + +"The mere fact that the ring should be absent, whoever may +have removed it, would suggest to anyone's mind, would it not, +that the marriage and the tragedy were connected?" + +Barker shrugged his broad shoulders. "I can't profess to say +what it means." he answered. "But if you mean to hint that it +could reflect in any way upon this lady's honour" -- his eyes +blazed for an instant, and then with an evident effort he got a +grip upon his own emotions "well, you are on the wrong track. +that's all." + +"I don't know that I've anything else to ask you at present," +said MacDonald, coldly. + +"There was one small point," remarked Sherlock Holmes. +"When you entered the room there was only a candle lighted on +the table, was there not?" + +"Yes, that was so." + +"By its light you saw that some terrible incident had occurred?" + +"Exactly." + +"You at once rang for help?" + +"Yes." + +"And it arrived very speedily?" + +"Within a minute or so." + +"And yet when they arrived they found that the candle was +out and that the lamp had been lighted. That seems very +remarkable." + +Again Barker showed some signs of indecision. "I don't see +that it was remarkable, Mr. Holmes," he answered after a pause. +"The candle threw a very bad light. My first thought was to get +a better one. The lamp was on the table; so I lit it." + +"And blew out the candle?" + +"Exactly." + +Holmes asked no further question, and Barker, with a deliberate +look from one to the other of us, which had, as it seemed to me, +something of defiance in it, turned and left the room. + +Inspector MacDonald had sent up a note to the effect that he +would wait upon Mrs. Douglas in her room; but she had replied +that she would meet us in the dining room. She entered now, a +tall and beautiful woman of thirty, reserved and self-possessed to +a remarkable degree, very different from the tragic and distracted +figure I had pictured. It is true that her face was pale and drawn, +like that of one who has endured a great shock; but her manner +was composed, and the finely moulded hand which she rested +upon the edge of the table was as steady as my own. Her sad, +appealing eyes travelled from one to the other of us with a +curiously inquisitive expression. That questioning gaze +transformed itself suddenly into abrupt speech. + +"Have you found anything out yet?" she asked. + +Was it my imagination that there was an undertone of fear +rather than of hope in the question? + +"We have taken every possible step, Mrs. Douglas," said the +inspector. "You may rest assured that nothing will be neglected." + +"Spare no money," she said in a dead, even tone. "It is my +desire that every possible effort should be made." + +"Perhaps you can tell us something which may throw some +light upon the matter." + +"I fear not; but all I know is at your service." + +"We have heard from Mr. Cecil Barker that you did not +actually see -- that you were never in the room where the tragedy +occurred?" + +"No, he turned me back upon the stairs. He begged me to +return to my room." + +"Quite so. You had heard the shot, and you had at once come +down." + +"I put on my dressing gown and then came down." + +"How long was it after hearing the shot that you were stopped +on the stair by Mr. Barker?" + +"It may have been a couple of minutes. It is so hard to reckon +time at such a moment. He implored me not to go on. He +assured me that I could do nothing. Then Mrs. Allen, the +housekeeper, led me upstairs again. It was all like some dreadful +dream." + +"Can you give us any idea how long your husband had been +downstairs before you heard the shot?" + +"No, I cannot say. He went from his dressing room, and I did +not hear him go. He did the round of the house every night, for +he was nervous of fire. It is the only thing that I have ever +known him nervous of." + +"That is just the point which I want to come to, Mrs. Douglas. +You have known your husband only in England, have you not?" + +"Yes, we have been married five years." + +"Have you heard him speak of anything which occurred in +America and might bring some danger upon him?" + +Mrs. Douglas thought earnestly before she answered. "Yes." +she said at last, "I have always felt that there was a danger +hanging over him. He refused to discuss it with me. It was not +from want of confidence in me -- there was the most complete +love and confidence between us -- but it was out of his desire to +keep all alarm away from me. He thought I should brood over it +if I knew all, and so he was silent." + +"How did you know it, then?" + +Mrs. Douglas's face lit with a quick smile. "Can a husband +ever carry about a secret all his life and a woman who loves him +have no suspicion of it? I knew it by his refusal to talk about +some episodes in his American life. I knew it by certain precautions +he took. I knew it by certain words he let fall. I knew it by the +way he looked at unexpected strangers. I was perfectly certain that +he had some powerful enemies, that he believed they were on his +track, and that he was always on his guard against them. I was so +sure of it that for years I have been terrified if ever he came +home later than was expected." + +"Might I ask," asked Holmes, "what the words were which +attracted your attention?" + +"The Valley of Fear," the lady answered. "That was an +expression he has used when I questioned him. 'I have been in +the Valley of Fear. I am not out of it yet.' -- 'Are we never to get +out of the Valley of Fear?' I have asked him when I have seen +him more serious than usual. 'Sometimes I think that we never +shall,' he has answered." + +"Surely you asked him what he meant by the Valley of +Fear?" + +"I did; but his face would become very grave and he would +shake his head. 'It is bad enough that one of us should have been +in its shadow,' he said. 'Please God it shall never fall upon you!' +It was some real valley in which he had lived and in which +something terrible had occurred to him, of that I am certain; but I +can tell you no more." + +"And he never mentioned any names?" + +"Yes, he was delirious with fever once when he had his +hunting accident three years ago. Then I remember that there +was a name that came continually to his lips. He spoke it with +anger and a sort of horror. McGinty was the name -- Bodymaster +McGinty. I asked him when he recovered who Bodymaster +McGinty was, and whose body he was master of. 'Never of +mine, thank God!' he answered with a laugh, and that was all I +could get from him. But there is a connection between Bodymaster +McGinty and the Valley of Fear." + +"There is one other point," said Inspector MacDonald. "You +met Mr. Douglas in a boarding house in London, did you not, +and became engaged to him there? Was there any romance, +anything secret or mysterious, about the wedding?" + +"There was romance. There is always romance. There was +nothing mysterious." + +"He had no rival?" + +"No, I was quite free." + +"You have heard, no doubt, that his wedding ring has been +taken. Does that suggest anything to you? Suppose that some +enemy of his old life had tracked him down and committed this +crime, what possible reason could he have for taking his +wedding ring?" + +For an instant I could have sworn that the faintest shadow of a +smile flickered over the woman's lips. + +"I really cannot tell," she answered. "It is certainly a most +extraordinary thing." + +"Well, we will not detain you any longer, and we are sorry to +have put you to this trouble at such a time," said the inspector. +"There are some other points, no doubt; but we can refer to you +as they arise." + +She rose, and I was again conscious of that quick, questioning +glance with which she had just surveyed us. "What impression +has my evidence made upon you?" The question might as well +have been spoken. Then, with a bow, she swept from the room. + +"She's a beautiful woman -- a very beautiful woman," said +MacDonald thoughtfully, after the door had closed behind her. +"This man Barker has certainly been down here a good deal. He +is a man who might be attractive to a woman. He admits that the +dead man was jealous, and maybe he knew best himself what +cause he had for jealousy. Then there's that wedding ring. You +can't get past that. The man who tears a wedding ring off a dead +man's -- What do you say to it, Mr. Holmes?" + +My friend had sat with his head upon his hands, sunk in the +deepest thought. Now he rose and rang the bell. "Ames," he +said, when the butler entered, "where is Mr. Cecil Barker +now?" + +"I'll see, sir." + +He came back in a moment to say that Barker was in the +garden. + +"Can you remember, Ames, what Mr. Barker had on his feet +last night when you joined him in the study?" + +"Yes, Mr. Holmes. He had a pair of bedroom slippers. I +brought him his boots when he went for the police." + +"Where are the slippers now?" + +"They are still under the chair in the hall." + +"Very good, Ames. It is, of course, important for us to know +which tracks may be Mr. Barker's and which from outside." + +"Yes, sir. I may say that I noticed that the slippers were +stained with blood -- so indeed were my own." + +"That is natural enough, considering the condition of the +room. Very good, Ames. We will ring if we want you." + +A few minutes later we were in the study. Holmes had brought +with him the carpet slippers from the hall. As Ames had observed, +the soles of both were dark with blood. + +"Strange!" murmured Holmes, as he stood in the light of the +window and examined them minutely. "Very strange indeed!" + +Stooping with one of his quick feline pounces, he placed the +slipper upon the blood mark on the sill. It exactly corresponded. +He smiled in silence at his colleagues. + +The inspector was transfigured with excitement. His native +accent rattled like a stick upon railings. + +"Man," he cried, "there's not a doubt of it! Barker has just +marked the window himself. It's a good deal broader than any +bootmark. I mind that you said it was a splay-foot, and here's +the explanation. But what's the game, Mr. Holmes -- what's the +game?" + +"Ay, what's the game?" my friend repeated thoughtfully. + +White Mason chuckled and rubbed his fat hands together in +his professional satisfaction. "I said it was a snorter!" he cried. +"And a real snorter it is!" + + +Chapter 6 +A Dawning Light + + + +The three detectives had many matters of detail into which to +inquire; so I returned alone to our modest quarters at the village +inn. But before doing so I took a stroll in the curious old-world +garden which flanked the house. Rows of very ancient yew trees +cut into strange designs girded it round. Inside was a beautiful +stretch of lawn with an old sundial in the middle, the whole +effect so soothing and restful that it was welcome to my somewhat +jangled nerves. + +In that deeply peaceful atmosphere one could forget, or remember +only as some fantastic nightmare, that darkened study with the +sprawling, bloodstained figure on the floor. And yet, as I strolled +round it and tried to steep my soul in its gentle balm, a strange +incident occurred, which brought me back to the tragedy and left a +sinister impression in my mind. + +I have said that a decoration of yew trees circled the garden. +At the end farthest from the house they thickened into a continuous +hedge. On the other side of this hedge, concealed from the eyes of +anyone approaching from the direction of the house, there was a +stone seat. As I approached the spot I was aware of voices, some +remark in the deep tones of a man, answered by a little ripple of +feminine laughter. + +An instant later I had come round the end of the hedge and my +eyes lit upon Mrs. Douglas and the man Barker before they were +aware of my presence. Her appearance gave me a shock. In the +dining-room she had been demure and discreet. Now all pretense +of grief had passed away from her. Her eyes shone with the joy +of living, and her face still quivered with amusement at some +remark of her companion. He sat forward, his hands clasped and +his forearms on his knees, with an answering smile upon his +bold, handsome face. In an instant -- but it was just one instant +too late -- they resumed their solemn masks as my figure came +into view. A hurried word or two passed between them, and then +Barker rose and came towards me. + +"Excuse me, sir," said he, "but am I addressing Dr. Watson?" + +I bowed with a coldness which showed, I dare say, very +plainly the impression which had been produced upon my mind. + +"We thought that it was probably you, as your friendship with +Mr. Sherlock Holmes is so well known. Would you mind coming over +and speaking to Mrs. Douglas for one instant?" + +I followed him with a dour face. Very clearly I could see in +my mind's eye that shattered figure on the floor. Here within a +few hours of the tragedy were his wife and his nearest friend +laughing together behind a bush in the garden which had been his. +I greeted the lady with reserve. I had grieved with her grief in +the dining-room. Now I met her appealing gaze with an unresponsive +eye. + +"I fear that you think me callous and hard-hearted." said she. + +I shrugged my shoulders. ''It is no business of mine," said I. + +"Perhaps some day you will do me justice. If you only +realized --" + +"There is no need why Dr. Watson should realize," said +Barker quickly. "As he has himself said, it is no possible +business of his." + +"Exactly," said I, "and so I will beg leave to resume my +walk." + +"One moment, Dr. Watson," cried the woman in a pleading +voice. "There is one question which you can answer with more +authority than anyone else in the world, and it may make a very +great difference to me. You know Mr. Holmes and his relations +with the police better than anyone else can. Supposing that a +matter were brought confidentially to his knowledge, is it +absolutely necessary that he should pass it on to the detectives?" + +"Yes, that's it," said Barker eagerly. "Is he on his own or is +he entirely in with them?" + +"I really don't know that I should be justified in discussing +such a point." + +"I beg -- I implore that you will, Dr. Watson! I assure you that +you will be helping us -- helping me greatly if you will guide us +on that point." + +There was such a ring of sincerity in the woman's voice that +for the instant I forgot all about her levity and was moved only to +do her will. + +"Mr. Holmes is an independent investigator," I said. "He is +his own master, and would act as his own judgment directed. At +the same time, he would naturally feel loyalty towards the +officials who were working on the same case, and he would not +conceal from them anything which would help them in bringing +a criminal to justice. Beyond this I can say nothing, and I would +refer you to Mr. Holmes himself if you wanted fuller information." + +So saying I raised my hat and went upon my way, leaving +them still seated behind that concealing hedge. I looked back as I +rounded the far end of it, and saw that they were still talking +very earnestly together, and, as they were gazing after me, it was +clear that it was our interview that was the subject of their +debate. + +"I wish none of their confidences," said Holmes, when I +reported to him what had occurred. He had spent the whole +afternoon at the Manor House in consultation with his two +colleagues, and returned about five with a ravenous appetite for a +high tea which I had ordered for him. "No confidences, Watson; +for they are mighty awkward if it comes to an arrest for +conspiracy and murder." + +"You think it will come to that?" + +He was in his most cheerful and debonair humour. "My dear +Watson, when I have exterminated that fourth egg I shall be +ready to put you in touch with the whole situation. I don't say +that we have fathomed it -- far from it -- but when we have traced +the missing dumb-bell --" + +"The dumb-bell!" + +"Dear me, Watson, is it possible that you have not penetrated +the fact that the case hangs upon the missing dumb-bell? Well, +well, you need not be downcast; for between ourselves I don't +think that either Inspector Mac or the excellent local practitioner +has grasped the overwhelming importance of this incident. One +dumb-bell, Watson! Consider an athlete with one dumb-bell! +Picture to yourself the unilateral development, the imminent +danger of a spinal curvature. Shocking, Watson, shocking!" + +He sat with his mouth full of toast and his eyes sparkling with +mischief, watching my intellectual entanglement. The mere sight +of his excellent appetite was an assurance of success, for I had +very clear recollections of days and nights without a thought of +food, when his baffled mind had chafed before some problem +while his thin, eager features became more attenuated with the +asceticism of complete mental concentration. Finally he lit his +pipe, and sitting in the inglenook of the old village inn he talked +slowly and at random about his case, rather as one who thinks +aloud than as one who makes a considered statement. + +"A lie, Watson -- a great, big, thumping, obtrusive, +uncompromising lie -- that's what meets us on the threshold! There +is our starting point. The whole story told by Barker is a lie. +But Barker's story is corroborated by Mrs. Douglas. Therefore she +is lying also. They are both lying, and in a conspiracy. So now we +have the clear problem. Why are they lying, and what is the truth +which they are trying so hard to conceal? Let us try, Watson, +you and I, if we can get behind the lie and reconstruct the truth. + +"How do I know that they are lying? Because it is a clumsy +fabrication which simply could not be true. Consider! According +to the story given to us, the assassin had less than a minute after +the murder had been committed to take that ring, which was under +another ring, from the dead man's finger, to replace the other +ring -- a thing which he would surely never have done -- and to +put that singular card beside his victim. I say that this was +obviously impossible. + + "You may argue -- but I have too much respect for your +judgment, Watson, to think that you will do so -- that the ring +may have been taken before the man was killed. The fact that the +candle had been lit only a short time shows that there had been +no lengthy interview. Was Douglas, from what we hear of his +fearless character, a man who would be likely to give up his +wedding ring at such short notice, or could we conceive of his +giving it up at all? No, no, Watson, the assassin was alone with +the dead man for some time with the lamp lit. Of that I have no +doubt at all. + +"But the gunshot was apparently the cause of death. Therefore +the shot must have been fired some time earlier than we are told. +But there could be no mistake about such a matter as that. We +are in the presence, therefore, of a deliberate conspiracy upon +the part of the two people who heard the gunshot -- of the man +Barker and of the woman Douglas. When on the top of this I am +able to show that the blood mark on the windowsill was deliberately +placed there by Barker, in order to give a false clue to the police, +you will admit that the case grows dark against him. + + "Now we have to ask ourselves at what hour the murder +actually did occur. Up to half-past ten the servants were moving +about the house; so it was certainly not before that time. At a +quarter to eleven they had all gone to their rooms with the +exception of Ames, who was in the pantry. I have been trying +some experiments after you left us this afternoon, and I find that +no noise which MacDonald can make in the study can penetrate +to me in the pantry when the doors are all shut. + + "It is otherwise, however, from the housekeeper's room. It is +not so far down the corridor, and from it I could vaguely hear a +voice when it was very loudly raised. The sound from a shotgun +is to some extent muffled when the discharge is at very close +range, as it undoubtedly was in this instance. It would not be +very loud, and yet in the silence of the night it should have easily +penetrated to Mrs. Allen's room. She is, as she has told us, +somewhat deaf; but none the less she mentioned in her evidence +that she did hear something like a door slamming half an hour +before the alarm was given. Half an hour before the alarm was +given would be a quarter to eleven. I have no doubt that what +she heard was the report of the gun, and that this was the real +instant of the murder. + +"If this is so, we have now to determine what Barker and +Mrs. Douglas, presuming that they are not the actual murderers, +could have been doing from quarter to eleven, when the sound of +the shot brought them down, until quarter past eleven, when they +rang the bell and summoned the servants. What were they doing, +and why did they not instantly give the alarm? That is the +question which faces us, and when it has been answered we shall +surely have gone some way to solve our problem." + +"I am convinced myself," said I, "that there is an understanding +between those two people. She must be a heartless creature to sit +laughing at some jest within a few hours of her husband's murder." + +"Exactly. She does not shine as a wife even in her own +account of what occurred. I am not a whole-souled admirer of +womankind, as you are aware, Watson, but my experience of +life has taught me that there are few wives, having any regard for +their husbands, who would let any man's spoken word stand +between them and that husband's dead body. Should I ever +marry, Watson, I should hope to inspire my wife with some +feeling which would prevent her from being walked off by a +housekeeper when my corpse was lying within a few yards of +her. It was badly stage-managed; for even the rawest investigators +must be struck by the absence of the usual feminine ululation. +If there had been nothing else, this incident alone would have +suggested a prearranged conspiracy to my mind." + +"You think then, definitely, that Barker and Mrs. Douglas are +guilty of the murder?" + +"There is an appalling directness about your questions, Watson," +said Holmes, shaking his pipe at me. "They come at me like bullets. +If you put it that Mrs. Douglas and Barker know the truth about +the murder, and are conspiring to conceal it, then I can give you +a whole-souled answer. I am sure they do. But your more deadly +proposition is not so clear. Let us for a moment consider the +difficulties which stand in the way. + +"We will suppose that this couple are united by the bonds of a +guilty love, and that they have determined to get rid of the man +who stands between them. It is a large supposition; for discreet +inquiry among servants and others has failed to corroborate it in +any way. On the contrary, there is a good deal of evidence that +the Douglases were very attached to each other." + +"That, I am sure, cannot he true." said I, thinking of the +beautiful smiling face in the garden. + +"Well at least they gave that impression. However, we will +suppose that they are an extraordinarily astute couple, who +deceive everyone upon this point, and conspire to murder the +husband. He happens to be a man over whose head some danger +hangs --" + +"We have only their word for that." + +Holmes looked thoughtful. "I see. Watson. You are sketching +out a theory by which everything they say from the beginning is +false. According to your idea, there was never any hidden menace, +or secret society, or Valley of Fear, or Boss MacSomebody, or +anything else. Well, that is a good sweeping generalization. +Let us see what that brings us to. They invent this theory to +account for the crime. They then play up to the idea by leaving +this bicycle in the park as proof of the existence of some +outsider. The stain on the windowsill conveys the same idea. So +does the card on the body, which might have been prepared in +the house. That all fits into your hypothesis, Watson. But now +we come on the nasty, angular, uncompromising bits which +won't slip into their places. Why a cut-off shotgun of all weapons +-- and an American one at that? How could they be so sure that the +sound of it would not bring someone on to them? It's a mere chance +as it is that Mrs. Allen did not start out to inquire for the +slamming door. Why did your guilty couple do all this, Watson?" + +"I confess that I can't explain it." + +"Then again, if a woman and her lover conspire to murder a +husband, are they going to advertise their guilt by ostentatiously +removing his wedding ring after his death? Does that strike you +as very probable, Watson?" + +"No, it does not." + +"And once again, if the thought of leaving a bicycle concealed +outside had occurred to you, would it really have seemed worth +doing when the dullest detective would naturally say this is an +obvious blind, as the bicycle is the first thing which the fugitive +needed in order to make his escape." + +"I can conceive of no explanation." + +"And yet there should be no combination of events for which +the wit of man cannot conceive an explanation. Simply as a +mental exercise, without any assertion that it is true. Let me +indicate a possible line of thought. It is, I admit, mere +imagination; but how often is imagination the mother of truth? + +"We will suppose that there was a guilty secret, a really +shameful secret in the life of this man Douglas. This leads to his +murder by someone who is, we will suppose, an avenger, someone from +outside. This avenger, for some reason which I confess I am still +at a loss to explain, took the dead man's wedding ring. The vendetta +might conceivably date back to the man's first marriage, and the +ring be taken for some such reason. + +"Before this avenger got away, Barker and the wife had +reached the room. The assassin convinced them that any attempt +to arrest him would lead to the publication of some hideous +scandal. They were converted to this idea, and preferred to let +him go. For this purpose they probably lowered the bridge, +which can be done quite noiselessly, and then raised it again. He +made his escape, and for some reason thought that he could do +so more safely on foot than on the bicycle. He therefore left his +machine where it would not be discovered until he had got safely +away. So far we are within the bounds of possibility, are we +not?" + +"Well, it is possible, no doubt," said I, with some reserve. + +"We have to remember, Watson, that whatever occurred is +certainly something very extraordinary. Well, now, to continue +our supposititious case, the couple -- not necessarily a guilty +couple -- realize after the murderer is gone that they have placed +themselves in a position in which it may be difficult for them to +prove that they did not themselves either do the deed or connive +at it. They rapidly and rather clumsily met the situation. The +mark was put by Barker's bloodstained slipper upon the window- +sill to suggest how the fugitive got away. They obviously were +the two who must have heard the sound of the gun; so they gave +the alarm exactly as they would have done, but a good half hour +after the event." + +"And how do you propose to prove all this?" + +"Well, if there were an outsider, he may be traced and taken. +That would be the most effective of all proofs. But if not -- well, +the resources of science are far from being exhausted. I think +that an evening alone in that study would help me much." + +"An evening alone!" + +"I propose to go up there presently. I have arranged it with +the estimable Ames, who is by no means whole-hearted about +Barker. I shall sit in that room and see if its atmosphere brings +me inspiration. I'm a believer in the genius loci. You smile, +Friend Watson. Well, we shall see. By the way, you have that +big umbrella of yours, have you not?" + +"It is here." + +"Well, I'll borrow that if I may." + +"Certainly -- but what a wretched weapon! If there is +danger --" + +"Nothing serious, my dear Watson, or I should certainly ask +for your assistance. But I'll take the umbrella. At present I am +only awaiting the return of our colleagues from Tunbridge Wells, +where they are at present engaged in trying for a likely owner to +the bicycle." + +It was nightfall before Inspector MacDonald and White Mason +came back from their expedition, and they arrived exultant, +reporting a great advance in our investigation. + +"Man, I'll admeet that I had my doubts if there was ever an +outsider," said MacDonald, "but that's all past now. We've had +the bicycle identified, and we have a description of our man; so +that's a long step on our journey." + +"It sounds to me like the beginning of the end," said Holmes. +"I'm sure I congratulate you both with all my heart." + +"Well, I started from the fact that Mr. Douglas had seemed +disturbed since the day before, when he had been at Tunbridge +Wells. It was at Tunbridge Wells then that he had become +conscious of some danger. It was clear, therefore, that if a man +had come over with a bicycle it was from Tunbridge Wells that +he might be expected to have come. We took the bicycle over +with us and showed it at the hotels. It was identified at once by +the manager of the Eagle Commercial as belonging to a man +named Hargrave, who had taken a room there two days before. +This bicycle and a small valise were his whole belongings. 'He +had registered his name as coming from London, but had given +no address. The valise was London made, and the contents were +British; but the man himself was undoubtedly an American." + +"Well, well," said Holmes gleefully, "you have indeed done +some solid work while I have been sitting spinning theories with +my friend! It's a lesson in being practical, Mr. Mac." + +"Ay, it's just that, Mr. Holmes," said the inspector with +satisfaction. + +"But this may all fit in with your theories," I remarked. + +"That may or may not be. But let us hear the end, Mr. Mac. +Was there nothing to identify this man?" + +"So little that it was evident that he had carefully guarded +himself against identification. There were no papers or letters, +and no marking upon the clothes. A cycle map of the county lay +on his bedroom table. He had left the hotel after breakfast +yesterday morning on his bicycle, and no more was heard of him +until our inquiries." + +"That's what puzzles me, Mr. Holmes," said White Mason. +"If the fellow did not want the hue and cry raised over him, one +would imagine that he would have returned and remained at the +hotel as an inoffensive tourist. As it is, he must know that he +will be reported to the police by the hotel manager and that his +disappearance will be connected with the murder." + +"So one would imagine. Still, he has been justified of his +wisdom up to date, at any rate, since he has not been taken. But +his description -- what of that?" + +MacDonald referred to his notebook. "Here we have it so far +as they could give it. They don't seem to have taken any very +particular stock of him; but still the porter, the clerk, and the +chambermaid are all agreed that this about covers the points. He +was a man about five foot nine in height, fifty or so years of age, +his hair slightly grizzled, a grayish moustache, a curved nose, +and a face which all of them described as fierce and forbidding." + +"Well, bar the expression, that might almost be a description +of Douglas himself," said Holmes. "He is just over fifty, with +grizzled hair and moustache, and about the same height. Did you +get anything else?" + +"He was dressed in a heavy gray suit with a reefer jacket, and +he wore a short yellow overcoat and a soft cap." + +"What about the shotgun?" + +"It is less than two feet long. It could very well have fitted +into his valise. He could have carried it inside his overcoat +without difficulty." + +"And how do you consider that all this bears upon the general +case?" + +"Well, Mr. Holmes," said MacDonald, "when we have got +our man -- and you may be sure that I had his description on the +wires within five minutes of hearing it -- we shall be better able +to judge. But, even as it stands, we have surely gone a long way. +We know that an American calling himself Hargrave came to +Tunbridge Wells two days ago with bicycle and valise. In the +latter was a sawed-off shotgun; so he came with the deliberate +purpose of crime. Yesterday morning he set off for this place on +his bicycle, with his gun concealed in his overcoat. No one saw +him arrive, so far as we can learn; but he need not pass through +the village to reach the park gates, and there are many cyclists +upon the road. Presumably he at once concealed his cycle among +the laurels where it was found, and possibly lurked there himself, +with his eye on the house, waiting for Mr. Douglas to come out. +The shotgun is a strange weapon to use inside a house; but he had +intended to use it outside, and there it has very obvious advantages, +as it would be impossible to miss with it, and the sound of shots +is so common in an English sporting neighbourhood that no particular +notice would be taken." + +"That is all very clear," said Holmes. + +"Well, Mr. Douglas did not appear. What was he to do next? +He left his bicycle and approached the house in the twilight. He +found the bridge down and no one about. He took his chance, +intending, no doubt, to make some excuse if he met anyone. He +met no one. He slipped into the first room that he saw, and +concealed himself behind the curtain. Thence he could see the +drawbridge go up, and he knew that his only escape was through +the moat. He waited until quarter-past eleven, when Mr. Douglas +upon his usual nightly round came into the room. He shot him +and escaped, as arranged. He was aware that the bicycle would +be described by the hotel people and be a clue against him; so he +left it there and made his way by some other means to London or +to some safe hiding place which he had already arranged. How is +that, Mr. Holmes?" + +"Well, Mr. Mac, it is very good and very clear so far as it +goes. That is your end of the story. My end is that the crime was +committed half an hour earlier than reported; that Mrs. Douglas +and Barker are both in a conspiracy to conceal something; that +they aided the murderer's escape -- or at least that they reached +the room before he escaped -- and that they fabricated evidence +of his escape through the window, whereas in all probability they +had themselves let him go by lowering the bridge. That's my +reading of the first half." + +The two detectives shook their heads. + +"Well, Mr. Holmes, if this is true, we only tumble out of one +mystery into another," said the London inspector. + +"And in some ways a worse one," added White Mason. "The +lady has never been in America in all her life. What possible +connection could she have with an American assassin which +would cause her to shelter him?" + +"I freely admit the difficulties," said Holmes. "I propose to +make a little investigation of my own to-night, and it is just +possible that it may contribute something to the common cause." + +"Can we help you, Mr. Holmes?" + +"No, no! Darkness and Dr. Watson's umbrella -- my wants are +simple. And Ames, the faithful Ames, no doubt he will stretch a +point for me. All my lines of thought lead me back invariably +to the one basic question -- why should an athletic man develop +his frame upon so unnatural an instrument as a single dumb-bell?" + +It was late that night when Holmes returned from his solitary +excursion. We slept in a double-bedded room, which was the +best that the little country inn could do for us. I was already +asleep when I was partly awakened by his entrance. + +"Well, Holmes," I murmured, "have you found anything +out?" + +He stood beside me in silence, his candle in his hand. Then +the tall, lean figure inclined towards me. "I say, Watson," he +whispered, "would you be afraid to sleep in the same room with +a lunatic, a man with softening of the brain, an idiot whose mind +has lost its grip?" + +"Not in the least," I answered in astonishment. + +"Ah, that's lucky," he said, and not another word would he +utter that night. + + +Chapter 7 +The Solution + + + +Next morning, after breakfast, we found Inspector MacDonald +and White Mason seated in close consultation in the small parlour +of the local police sergeant. On the table in front of them +were piled a number of letters and telegrams, which they were +carefully sorting and docketing. Three had been placed on one +side. + +"Still on the track of the elusive bicyclist?" Holmes asked +cheerfully. "What is the latest news of the ruffian?" + +MacDonald pointed ruefully to his heap of correspondence. + +"He is at present reported from Leicester, Nottingham, +Southampton, Derby, East Ham, Richmond, and fourteen other places. +In three of them -- East Ham, Leicester, and Liverpool -- there is +a clear case against him, and he has actually been arrested. The +country seems to be full of the fugitives with yellow coats." + +"Dear me!" said Holmes sympathetically. "Now, Mr. Mac +and you, Mr. White Mason, I wish to give you a very earnest +piece of advice. When I went into this case with you I bargained, +as you will no doubt remember, that I should not present you +with half-proved theories, but that I should retain and work out +my own ideas until I had satisfied myself that they were correct. +For this reason I am not at the present moment telling you all +that is in my mind. On the other hand, I said that I would play +the game fairly by you, and I do not think it is a fair game to +allow you for one unnecessary moment to waste your energies +upon a profitless task. Therefore I am here to advise you this +morning, and my advice to you is summed up in three words -- +abandon the case." + +MacDonald and White Mason stared in amazement at their +celebrated colleague. + +"You consider it hopeless!" cried the inspector. + +"I consider your case to be hopeless. I do not consider that it +is hopeless to arrive at the truth." + +"But this cyclist. He is not an invention. We have his description, +his valise, his bicycle. The fellow must be somewhere. Why should we +not get him?" + +"Yes, yes, no doubt he is somewhere, and no doubt we shall +get him; but I would not have you waste your energies in East +Ham or Liverpool. I am sure that we can find some shorter cut to +a result." + +"You are holding something back. It's hardly fair of you, Mr. +Holmes." The inspector was annoyed. + +"You know my methods of work, Mr. Mac. But I will hold it +back for the shortest time possible. I only wish to verify my +details in one way, which can very readily be done, and then I +make my bow and return to London, leaving my results entirely +at your service. I owe you too much to act otherwise; for in all +my experience I cannot recall any more singular and interesting +study." + +"This is clean beyond me, Mr. Holmes. We saw you when +we returned from Tunbridge Wells last night, and you were in +general agreement with our results. What has happened since +then to give you a completely new idea of the case?" + +"Well, since you ask me, I spent, as I told you that I would, +some hours last night at the Manor House." + +"Well, what happened?" + +"Ah, I can only give you a very general answer to that for the +moment. By the way, I have been reading a short but clear and +interesting account of the old building, purchasable at the modest +sum of one penny from the local tobacconist." + +Here Holmes drew a small tract, embellished with a rude +engraving of the ancient Manor House, from his waistcoat pocket. + +"It immensely adds to the zest of an investigation, my dear +Mr. Mac, when one is in conscious sympathy with the historical +atmosphere of one's surroundings. Don't look so impatient; for I +assure you that even so bald an account as this raises some sort +of picture of the past in one's mind. Permit me to give you a +sample. 'Erected in the fifth year of the reign of James 1, and +standing upon the site of a much older building, the Manor +House of Birlstone presents one of the finest surviving examples +of the moated Jacobean residence --' " + +"You are making fools of us, Mr. Holmes!" + +"Tut, tut, Mr. Mac! -- the first sign of temper I have detected +in you. Well, I won't read it verbatim, since you feel so strongly +upon the subject. But when I tell you that there is some account +of the taking of the place by a parliamentary colonel in 1644, of +the concealment of Charles for several days in the course of the +Civil War, and finally of a visit there by the second George, you +will admit that there are various associations of interest connected +with this ancient house." + +"I don't doubt it, Mr. Holmes; but that is no business of +ours." + +"Is it not? Is it not? Breadth of view, my dear Mr. Mac, is +one of the essentials of our profession. The interplay of ideas and +the oblique uses of knowledge are often of extraordinary interest. +You will excuse these remarks from one who, though a mere +connoisseur of crime, is still rather older and perhaps more +experienced than yourself." + +"I'm the first to admit that," said the detective heartily. "You +get to your point, I admit; but you have such a deuced round-the- +corner way of doing it." + +"Well, well, I'll drop past history and get down to present- +day facts. I called last night, as I have already said, at the +Manor House. I did not see either Barker or Mrs. Douglas. I saw +no necessity to disturb them; but I was pleased to hear that the +lady was not visibly pining and that she had partaken of an +excellent dinner. My visit was specially made to the good Mr. +Ames, with whom I exchanged some amiabilities, which culminated +in his allowing me, without reference to anyone else, to sit +alone for a time in the study." + +"What! With that?" I ejaculated. + +"No, no, everything is now in order. You gave permission for +that, Mr. Mac, as I am informed. The room was in its normal +state, and in it I passed an instructive quarter of an hour." + +"What were you doing?" + +"Well, not to make a mystery of so simple a matter, I was +looking for the missing dumb-bell. It has always bulked rather +large in my estimate of the case. I ended by finding it." + +"Where?" + +"Ah, there we come to the edge of the unexplored. Let me go +a little further, a very little further, and I will promise that you +shall share everything that I know." + +"Well, we're bound to take you on your own terms," said the +inspector; "but when it comes to telling us to abandon the +case -- why in the name of goodness should we abandon the +case?" + +"For the simple reason, my dear Mr. Mac, that you have not +got the first idea what it is that you are investigating." + +"We are investigating the murder of Mr. John Douglas of +Birlstone Manor." + +"Yes, yes, so you are. But don't trouble to trace the mysterious +gentleman upon the bicycle. I assure you that it won't help you." + +"Then what do you suggest that we do?" + +"I will tell you exactly what to do, if you will do it." + +"Well, I'm bound to say I've always found you had reason +behind all your queer ways. I'll do what you advise." + +"And you, Mr. White Mason?" + +The country detective looked helplessly from one to the other. +Holmes and his methods were new to him. "Well, if it is good +enough for the inspector, it is good enough for me," he said at +last. + +"Capital!" said Holmes. "Well, then, I should recommend a +nice, cheery country walk for both of you. They tell me that the +views from Birlstone Ridge over the Weald are very remarkable. +No doubt lunch could be got at some suitable hostelry; though +my ignorance of the country prevents me from recommending +one. In the evening, tired but happy --" + +"Man, this is getting past a joke!" cried MacDonald, rising +angrily from his chair. + +"Well, well, spend the day as you like," said Holmes, patting +him cheerfully upon the shoulder. "Do what you like and go +where you will, but meet me here before dusk without fail -- +without fail, Mr. Mac." + +"That sounds more like sanity." + + "All of it was excellent advice; but I don't insist, so long as +you are here when I need you. But now, before we part, I want +you to write a note to Mr. Barker." + +"Well?" + +"I'll dictate it, if you like. Ready? + + "Dear Sir: + + "It has struck me that it is our duty to drain the moat, in + + the hope that we may find some --" + +"It's impossible," said the inspector. "I've made inquiry." + +"Tut, tut! My dear sir, please do what I ask you." + +"Well, go on." + + "-- in the hope that we may find something which may bear + + upon our investigation. I have made arrangements, and the + + workmen will be at work early to-morrow morning diverting + + the stream --" + +"Impossible!" + + "-- diverting the stream; so I thought it best to explain +matters beforehand. + +Now sign that, and send it by hand about four o'clock. At that +hour we shall meet again in this room. Until then we may each +do what we like; for I can assure you that this inquiry has come +to a definite pause." + +Evening was drawing in when we reassembled. Holmes was +very serious in his manner, myself curious, and the detectives +obviously critical and annoyed. + +"Well, gentlemen," said my friend gravely, "I am asking +you now to put everything to the test with me, and you will +judge for yourselves whether the observations I have made justify +the conclusions to which I have come. It is a chill evening, +and I do not know how long our expedition may last; so I beg +that you will wear your warmest coats. It is of the first +importance that we should be in our places before it grows dark; +so with your permission we shall get started at once." + +We passed along the outer bounds of the Manor House park +until we came to a place where there was a gap in the rails which +fenced it. Through this we slipped, and then in the gathering +gloom we followed Holmes until we had reached a shrubbery +which lies nearly opposite to the main door and the drawbridge. +The latter had not been raised. Holmes crouched down behind +the screen of laurels, and we all three followed his example. + +"Well, what are we to do now?" asked MacDonald with +some gruffness. + +"Possess our souls in patience and make as little noise as +possible," Holmes answered. + +"What are we here for at all? I really think that you might +treat us with more frankness." + +Holmes laughed. "Watson insists that I am the dramatist in +real life," said he. "Some touch of the artist wells up within me, +and calls insistently for a well-staged performance. Surely our +profession, Mr. Mac, would be a drab and sordid one if we did +not sometimes set the scene so as to glorify our results. The +blunt accusation, the brutal tap upon the shoulder -- what can one +make of such a denouement? But the quick inference, the subtle +trap, the clever forecast of coming events, the triumphant vindication +of bold theories -- are these not the pride and the justification of +our life's work? At the present moment you thrill with the glamour of +the situation and the anticipation of the hunt. Where would be that +thrill if I had been as definite as a timetable? I only ask a little +patience, Mr. Mac, and all will be clear to you." + +"Well, I hope the pride and justification and the rest of it will +come before we all get our death of cold," said the London +detective with comic resignation. + +We all had good reason to join in the aspiration; for our vigil +was a long and bitter one. Slowly the shadows darkened over the +long, sombre face of the old house. A cold, damp reek from the +moat chilled us to the bones and set our teeth chattering. There +was a single lamp over the gateway and a steady globe of light in +the fatal study. Everything else was dark and still. + +"How long is this to last?" asked the inspector finally. "And +what is it we are watching for?" + +"I have no more notion than you how long it is to last," +Holmes answered with some asperity. "If criminals would always +schedule their movements like railway trains, it would certainly +be more convenient for all of us. As to what it is we -- Well, +that's what we are watching for!" + +As he spoke the bright, yellow light in the study was obscured +by somebody passing to and fro before it. The laurels among +which we lay were immediately opposite the window and not +more than a hundred feet from it. Presently it was thrown open +with a whining of hinges, and we could dimly see the dark +outline of a man's head and shoulders looking out into the +gloom. For some minutes he peered forth in furtive, stealthy +fashion, as one who wishes to be assured that he is unobserved. +Then he leaned forward, and in the intense silence we were +aware of the soft lapping of agitated water. He seemed to be +stirring up the moat with something which he held in his hand. +Then suddenly he hauled something in as a fisherman lands a +fish -- some large, round object which obscured the light as it +was dragged through the open casement. + +"Now!" cried Holmes. "Now!" + +We were all upon our feet, staggering after him with our +stiffened limbs, while he ran swiftly across the bridge and rang +violently at the bell. There was the rasping of bolts from the +other side, and the amazed Ames stood in the entrance. Holmes +brushed him aside without a word and, followed by all of us, +rushed into the room which had been occupied by the man whom +we had been watching. + +The oil lamp on the table represented the glow which we had +seen from outside. It was now in the hand of Cecil Barker, who +held it towards us as we entered. Its light shone upon his strong, +resolute, clean-shaved face and his menacing eyes. + +"What the devil is the meaning of all this?" he cried. "What +are you after, anyhow?" + +Holmes took a swift glance round, and then pounced upon a +sodden bundle tied together with cord which lay where it had +been thrust under the writing table. + +"This is what we are after, Mr. Barker -- this bundle, weighted +with a dumb-bell, which you have just raised from the bottom of +the moat." + +Barker stared at Holmes with amazement in his face. "How in +thunder came you to know anything about it?" he asked. + +"Simply that I put it there." + +"You put it there! You!" + +"Perhaps I should have said 'replaced it there,' " said Holmes. +"You will remember, Inspector MacDonald, that I was somewhat +struck by the absence of a dumb-bell. I drew your attention +to it; but with the pressure of other events you had hardly the +time to give it the consideration which would have enabled you +to draw deductions from it. When water is near and a weight is +missing it is not a very far-fetched supposition that something +has been sunk in the water. The idea was at least worth testing; +so with the help of Ames, who admitted me to the room, and the +crook of Dr. Watson's umbrella, I was able last night to fish up +and inspect this bundle. + +"It was of the first importance, however, that we should be +able to prove who placed it there. This we accomplished by the +very obvious device of announcing that the moat would be dried +to-morrow, which had, of course, the effect that whoever had +hidden the bundle would most certainly withdraw it the moment +that darkness enabled him to do so. We have no less than four +witnesses as to who it was who took advantage of the opportunity, +and so, Mr. Barker, I think the word lies now with you." + +Sherlock Holmes put the sopping bundle upon the table beside +the lamp and undid the cord which bound it. From within he +extracted a dumb-bell, which he tossed down to its fellow in the +corner. Next he drew forth a pair of boots. "American, as you +perceive," he remarked, pointing to the toes. Then he laid upon +the table a long, deadly, sheathed knife. Finally he unravelled a +bundle of clothing, comprising a complete set of underclothes, +socks, a gray tweed suit, and a short yellow overcoat. + +"The clothes are commonplace," remarked Holmes, "save +only the overcoat, which is full of suggestive touches." He held +it tenderly towards the light. "Here, as you perceive, is the inner +pocket prolonged into the lining in such fashion as to give ample +space for the truncated fowling piece. The tailor's tab is on the +neck -- 'Neal, Outfitter, Vermissa, U. S. A.' I have spent an +instructive afternoon in the rector's library, and have enlarged +my knowledge by adding the fact that Vermissa is a flourishing +little town at the head of one of the best known coal and iron +valleys in the United States. I have some recollection, Mr. +Barker, that you associated the coal districts with Mr. Douglas's +first wife, and it would surely not be too far-fetched an inference +that the V. V. upon the card by the dead body might stand for +Vermissa Valley, or that this very valley which sends forth +emissaries of murder may be that Valley of Fear of which we +have heard. So much is fairly clear. And now, Mr. Barker, I +seem to be standing rather in the way of your explanation." + +It was a sight to see Cecil Barker's expressive face during this +exposition of the great detective. Anger, amazement, consternation, +and indecision swept over it in turn. Finally he took refuge in a +somewhat acrid irony. + +"You know such a lot, Mr. Holmes, perhaps you had better +tell us some more," he sneered. + +"I have no doubt that I could tell you a great deal more, Mr. +Barker; but it would come with a better grace from you." + +"Oh, you think so, do you? Well, all I can say is that if +there's any secret here it is not my secret, and I am not the man +to give it away." + +"Well, if you take that line, Mr. Barker," said the inspector +quietly, "we must just keep you in sight until we have the +warrant and can hold you." + +"You can do what you damn please about that," said Barker +defiantly. + +The proceedings seemed to have come to a definite end so far +as he was concerned; for one had only to look at that granite face +to realize that no peine forte et dure would ever force him to +plead against his will. The deadlock was broken, however, by a +woman's voice. Mrs. Douglas had been standing listening at the +half opened door, and now she entered the room. + +"You have done enough for now, Cecil," said she. "Whatever +comes of it in the future, you have done enough." + +"Enough and more than enough," remarked Sherlock Holmes +gravely. "I have every sympathy with you, madam, and +should strongly urge you to have some confidence in the common +sense of our jurisdiction and to take the police voluntarily into +your complete confidence. It may be that I am myself at fault for +not following up the hint which you conveyed to me through my +friend, Dr. Watson; but, at that time I had every reason to +believe that you were directly concerned in the crime. Now I am +assured that this is not so. At the same time, there is much that is +unexplained, and I should strongly recommend that you ask Mr. +Douglas to tell us his own story." + +Mrs. Douglas gave a cry of astonishment at Holmes's words. +The detectives and I must have echoed it, when we were aware +of a man who seemed to have emerged from the wall, who +advanced now from the gloom of the corner in which he had +appeared. Mrs. Douglas turned, and in an instant her arms were +round him. Barker had seized his outstretched hand. + +"It's best this way, Jack," his wife repeated; "I am sure that +it is best." + +"Indeed, yes, Mr. Douglas," said Sherlock Holmes, "I am +sure that you will find it best." + +The man stood blinking at us with the dazed look of one who +comes from the dark into the light. It was a remarkable face, +bold gray eyes, a strong, short-clipped, grizzled moustache, a +square, projecting chin, and a humorous mouth. He took a good +look at us all, and then to my amazement he advanced to me and +handed me a bundle of paper. + +"I've heard of you," said he in a voice which was not quite +English and not quite American, but was altogether mellow and +pleasing. "You are the historian of this bunch. Well, Dr. Watson, +you've never had such a story as that pass through your hands +before, and I'll lay my last dollar on that. Tell it your own +way; but there are the facts, and you can't miss the public so +long as you have those. I've been cooped up two days, and I've +spent the daylight hours -- as much daylight as I could get in that +rat trap -- in putting the thing into words. You're welcome to +them -- you and your public. There's the story of the Valley of +Fear." + +"That's the past, Mr. Douglas," said Sherlock Holmes quietly. +"What we desire now is to hear your story of the present." + +"You'll have it, sir," said Douglas. "May I smoke as I talk? +Well, thank you, Mr. Holmes. You're a smoker yourself, if I +remember right, and you'll guess what it is to be sitting for two +days with tobacco in your pocket and afraid that the smell will +give you away." He leaned against the mantelpiece and sucked +at the cigar which Holmes had handed him. "I've heard of you +Mr. Holmes. I never guessed that I should meet you. But before +you are through with that," he nodded at my papers, "you will +say I've brought you something fresh." + +Inspector MacDonald had been staring at the newcomer with +the greatest amazement. "Well, this fairly beats me!" he cried at +last. "If you are Mr. John Douglas of Birlstone Manor, then +whose death have we been investigating for these two days, and +where in the world have you sprung from now? You seemed to +me to come out of the floor like a jack-in-a-box." + +"Ah, Mr. Mac," said Holmes, shaking a reproving forefinger, +"you would not read that excellent local compilation which +described the concealment of King Charles. People did not hide +in those days without excellent hiding places, and the hiding +place that has once been used may be again. I had persuaded +myself that we should find Mr. Douglas under this roof." + +"And how long have you been playing this trick upon us, Mr. +Holmes?" said the inspector angrily. "How long have you +allowed us to waste ourselves upon a search that you knew to be +an absurd one?" + +"Not one instant, my dear Mr. Mac. Only last night did I +form my views of the case. As they could not be put to the proof +until this evening, I invited you and your colleague to take a +holiday for the day. Pray what more could I do? When I found +the suit of clothes in the moat, it at once became apparent to me +that the body we had found could not have been the body of Mr. +John Douglas at all, but must be that of the bicyclist from +Tunbridge Wells. No other conclusion was possible. Therefore I +had to determine where Mr. John Douglas himself could be, and +the balance of probability was that with the connivance of his +wife and his friend he was concealed in a house which had such +conveniences for a fugitive, and awaiting quieter times when he +could make his final escape." + +"Well, you figured it out about right," said Douglas approvingly. +"I thought I'd dodge your British law; for I was not sure how I +stood under it, and also I saw my chance to throw these hounds +once for all off my track. Mind you, from first to last I have +done nothing to be ashamed of, and nothing that I would not do +again; but you'll judge that for yourselves when I tell you my +story. Never mind warning me, Inspector: I'm ready to stand pat +upon the truth. + +"I'm not going to begin at the beginning. That's all there," he +indicated my bundle of papers, "and a mighty queer yarn you'll +find it. It all comes down to this: That there are some men that +have good cause to hate me and would give their last dollar to +know that they had got me. So long as I am alive and they are +alive, there is no safety in this world for me. They hunted me +from Chicago to California, then they chased me out of America; +but when I married and settled down in this quiet spot I thought +my last years were going to be peaceable. + +"I never explained to my wife how things were. Why should I +pull her into it? She would never have a quiet moment again; but +would always be imagining trouble. I fancy she knew something, +for I may have dropped a word here or a word there; but until +yesterday, after you gentlemen had seen her, she never knew the +rights of the matter. She told you all she knew, and so did +Barker here; for on the night when this thing happened there was +mighty little time for explanations. She knows everything now, +and I would have been a wiser man if I had told her sooner. But +it was a hard question, dear," he took her hand for an instant in +his own, "and I acted for the best. + +"Well, gentlemen, the day before these happenings I was over +in Tunbridge Wells, and I got a glimpse of a man in the street. It +was only a glimpse; but I have a quick eye for these things, and I +never doubted who it was. It was the worst enemy I had among +them all -- one who has been after me like a hungry wolf after a +caribou all these years. I knew there was trouble coming, and I +came home and made ready for it. I guessed I'd fight through it +all right on my own, my luck was a proverb in the States about +'76. I never doubted that it would be with me still. + +"I was on my guard all that next day, and never went out into +the park. It's as well, or he'd have had the drop on me with that +buckshot gun of his before ever I could draw on him. After the +bridge was up -- my mind was always more restful when that +bridge was up in the evenings -- I put the thing clear out of my +head. I never dreamed of his getting into the house and waiting +for me. But when I made my round in my dressing gown, as was +my habit, I had no sooner entered the study than I scented +danger. I guess when a man has had dangers in his life -- and I've +had more than most in my time -- there is a kind of sixth sense +that waves the red flag. I saw the signal clear enough, and yet I +couldn't tell you why. Next instant I spotted a boot under the +window curtain, and then I saw why plain enough. + +"I'd just the one candle that was in my hand; but there was a +good light from the hall lamp through the open door. I put down +the candle and jumped for a hammer that I'd left on the mantel. +At the same moment he sprang at me. I saw the glint of a knife, +and I lashed at him with the hammer. I got him somewhere; for +the knife tinkled down on the floor. He dodged round the table +as quick as an eel, and a moment later he'd got his gun from +under his coat. I heard him cock it; but I had got hold of it before +he could fire. I had it by the barrel, and we wrestled for it all +ends up for a minute or more. It was death to the man that lost +his grip. + +"He never lost his grip; but he got it butt downward for a +moment too long. Maybe it was I that pulled the trigger. Maybe +we just jolted it off between us. Anyhow, he got both barrels in +the face, and there I was, staring down at all that was left of Ted +Baldwin. I'd recognized him in the township, and again when he +sprang for me; but his own mother wouldn't recognize him as I +saw him then. I'm used to rough work; but I fairly turned sick at +the sight of him. + +"I was hanging on the side of the table when Barker came +hurrying down. I heard my wife coming, and I ran to the door +and stopped her. It was no sight for a woman. I promised I'd +come to her soon. I said a word or two to Barker -- he took it all +in at a glance -- and we waited for the rest to come along. But +there was no sign of them. Then we understood that they could +hear nothing, and that all that had happened was known only to +ourselves. + +"It was at that instant that the idea came to me. I was fairly +dazzled by the brilliance of it. The man's sleeve had slipped up +and there was the branded mark of the lodge upon his forearm. +See here!" + +The man whom we had known as Douglas turned up his own +coat and cuff to show a brown triangle within a circle exactly +like that which we had seen upon the dead man. + +"It was the sight of that which started me on it. I seemed to +see it all clear at a glance. There were his height and hair and +figure, about the same as my own. No one could swear to his +face, poor devil! I brought down this suit of clothes, and in a +quarter of an hour Barker and I had put my dressing gown on +him and he lay as you found him. We tied all his things into a +bundle, and I weighted them with the only weight I could find +and put them through the window. The card he had meant to lay +upon my body was lying beside his own. + +"My rings were put on his finger; but when it came to the +wedding ring," he held out his muscular hand, "you can see for +yourselves that I had struck the limit. I have not moved it since +the day I was married, and it would have taken a file to get it +off. I don't know, anyhow, that I should have cared to part with +it; but if I had wanted to I couldn't. So we just had to leave that +detail to take care of itself. On the other hand, I brought a bit of +plaster down and put it where I am wearing one myself at this +instant. You slipped up there, Mr. Holmes, clever as you are; for +if you had chanced to take off that plaster you would have found +no cut underneath it. + +"Well, that was the situation. If I could lie low for a while +and then get away where I could be joined by my 'widow' we +should have a chance at last of living in peace for the rest of our +lives. These devils would give me no rest so long as I was above +ground; but if they saw in the papers that Baldwin had got his +man, there would be an end of all my troubles. I hadn't much +time to make it all clear to Barker and to my wife; but they +understood enough to be able to help me. I knew all about this +hiding place, so did Ames; but it never entered his head to +connect it with the matter. I retired into it, and it was up to +Barker to do the rest. + +"I guess you can fill in for yourselves what he did. He opened +the window and made the mark on the sill to give an idea of how +the murderer escaped. It was a tall order, that; but as the bridge +was up there was no other way. Then, when everything was +fixed, he rang the bell for all he was worth. What happened +afterward you know. And so, gentlemen, you can do what you +please; but I've told you the truth and the whole truth, so help +me God! What I ask you now is how do I stand by the English +law?" + +There was a silence which was broken by Sherlock Holmes. + +"The English law is in the main a just law. You will get no +worse than your deserts from that, Mr. Douglas. But I would ask +you how did this man know that you lived here, or how to get +into your house, or where to hide to get you?" + +"I know nothing of this." + +Holmes's face was very white and grave. "The story is not +over yet, I fear," said he. "You may find worse dangers than +the English law, or even than your enemies from America. I see +trouble before you, Mr. Douglas. You'll take my advice and still +be on your guard." + +And now, my long-suffering readers, I will ask you to come +away with me for a time, far from the Sussex Manor House of +Birlstone, and far also from the year of grace in which we made +our eventful journey which ended with the strange story of the +man who had been known as John Douglas. I wish you to +journey back some twenty years in time, and westward some +thousands of miles in space, that I may lay before you a singular +and terrible narrative -- so singular and so terrible that you may +find it hard to believe that even as I tell it, even so did it occur. + +Do not think that I intrude one story before another is finished. +As you read on you will find that this is not so. And when I have +detailed those distant events and you have solved this mystery of +the past, we shall meet once more in those rooms on Baker +Street, where this, like so many other wonderful happenings, +will find its end. + + +PART 2 +The Scowrers + +Chapter 1 +The Man + + + +It was the fourth of February in the year 1875. It had been a +severe winter, and the snow lay deep in the gorges of the +Gilmerton Mountains. The steam ploughs had, however, kept the +railroad open, and the evening train which connects the long line +of coal-mining and iron-working settlements was slowly groaning +its way up the steep gradients which lead from Stagville on the +plain to Vermissa, the central township which lies at the head of +Vermissa Valley. From this point the track sweeps downward to +Bartons Crossing, Helmdale, and the purely agricultural county of +Merton. It was a single-track railroad; but at every siding -- +and they were numerous -- long lines of trucks piled with coal +and iron ore told of the hidden wealth which had brought a rude +population and a bustling life to this most desolate corner of the +United States of America. + +For desolate it was! Little could the first pioneer who had +traversed it have ever imagined that the fairest prairies and the +most lush water pastures were valueless compared to this gloomy +land of black crag and tangled forest. Above the dark and often +scarcely penetrable woods upon their flanks, the high, bare +crowns of the mountains, white snow, and jagged rock towered +upon each flank, leaving a long, winding, tortuous valley in the +centre. Up this the little train was slowly crawling. + +The oil lamps had just been lit in the leading passenger car, a +long, bare carriage in which some twenty or thirty people were +seated. The greater number of these were workmen returning +from their day's toil in the lower part of the valley. At least a +dozen, by their grimed faces and the safety lanterns which they +carried, proclaimed themselves miners. These sat smoking in a +group and conversed in low voices, glancing occasionally at two +men on the opposite side of the car, whose uniforms and badges +showed them to be policemen. + +Several women of the labouring class and one or two travellers +who might have been small local storekeepers made up the rest +of the company, with the exception of one young man in a +corner by himself. It is with this man that we are concerned. +Take a good look at him, for he is worth it. + +He is a fresh-complexioned, middle-sized young man, not far +one would guess, from his thirtieth year. He has large, shrewd, +humorous gray eyes which twinkle inquiringly from time to time +as he looks round through his spectacles at the people about him. +It is easy to see that he is of a sociable and possibly simple +disposition, anxious to be friendly to all men. Anyone could pick +him at once as gregarious in his habits and communicative in his +nature, with a quick wit and a ready smile. And yet the man who +studied him more closely might discern a certain firmness of jaw +and grim tightness about the lips which would warn him that +there were depths beyond, and that this pleasant, brown-haired +young Irishman might conceivably leave his mark for good or +evil upon any society to which he was introduced. + +Having made one or two tentative remarks to the nearest +miner, and receiving only short, gruff replies, the traveller +resigned himself to uncongenial silence, staring moodily out +of the window at the fading landscape. + +It was not a cheering prospect. Through the growing gloom +there pulsed the red glow of the furnaces on the sides of the hills. +Great heaps of slag and dumps of cinders loomed up on each +side, with the high shafts of the collieries towering above them. +Huddled groups of mean, wooden houses, the windows of which +were beginning to outline themselves in light, were scattered +here and there along the line, and the frequent halting places +were crowded with their swarthy inhabitants. + +The iron and coal valleys of the Vermissa district were no +resorts for the leisured or the cultured. Everywhere there were +stern signs of the crudest battle of life, the rude work to be +done, and the rude, strong workers who did it. + +The young traveller gazed out into this dismal country with a +face of mingled repulsion and interest, which showed that the +scene was new to him. At intervals he drew from his pocket a +bulky letter to which he referred, and on the margins of which +he scribbled some notes. Once from the back of his waist he +produced something which one would hardly have expected to +find in the possession of so mild-mannered a man. It was a navy +revolver of the largest size. As he turned it slantwise to the +light, the glint upon the rims of the copper shells within the +drum showed that it was fully loaded. He quickly restored it to +his secret pocket, but not before it had been observed by a +working man who had seated himself upon the adjoining bench. + +"Hullo, mate!" said he. "You seem heeled and ready." + +The young man smiled with an air of embarrassment. + +"Yes," said he, "we need them sometimes in the place I +come from." + +"And where may that be?" + +"I'm last from Chicago." + +"A stranger in these parts?" + +"Yes." + +"You may find you need it here," said the workman. + +"Ah! is that so?" The young man seemed interested. + +"Have you heard nothing of doings hereabouts?" + +"Nothing out of the way." + +"Why, I thought the country was full of it. You'll hear quick +enough. What made you come here?" + +"I heard there was always work for a willing man." + +"Are you a member of the union?" + +"Sure." + +"Then you'll get your job, I guess. Have you any friends?" + +"Not yet; but I have the means of making them." + +"How's that, then?" + +"I am one of the Eminent Order of Freemen. There's no town +without a lodge, and where there is a lodge I'll find my friends." + +The remark had a singular effect upon his companion. He +glanced round suspiciously at the others in the car. The miners +were still whispering among themselves. The two police officers +were dozing. He came across, seated himself close to the young +traveller, and held out his hand. + +"Put it there," he said. + +A hand-grip passed between the two. + +"I see you speak the truth," said the workman. "But it's well +to make certain." He raised his right hand to his right eyebrow. +The traveller at once raised his left hand to his left eyebrow. + +"Dark nights are unpleasant," said the workman. + +"Yes, for strangers to travel," the other answered. + +"That's good enough. I'm Brother Scanlan, Lodge 341, +Vermissa Valley. Glad to see you in these parts." + +"Thank you. I'm Brother John McMurdo, Lodge 29, Chicago. +Bodymaster J. H. Scott. But I am in luck to meet a brother +so early." + +"Well, there are plenty of us about. You won't find the order +more flourishing anywhere in the States than right here in Vermissa +Valley. But we could do with some lads like you. I can't +understand a spry man of the union finding no work to do in +Chicago." + +"I found plenty of work to do," said McMurdo. + +"Then why did you leave?" + +McMurdo nodded towards the policemen and smiled. "I guess +those chaps would be glad to know," he said. + +Scanlan groaned sympathetically. "In trouble?" he asked in a +whisper. + +"Deep." + +"A penitentiary job?" + +"And the rest." + +"Not a killing!" + +"It's early days to talk of such things," said McMurdo with +the air of a man who had been surprised into saying more than he +intended. "I've my own good reasons for leaving Chicago, and +let that be enough for you. Who are you that you should take it +on yourself to ask such things?" His gray eyes gleamed with +sudden and dangerous anger from behind his glasses. + +"All right, mate, no offense meant. The boys will think none +the worse of you, whatever you may have done. Where are you +bound for now?" + +"Vermissa." + +"That's the third halt down the line. Where are you staying?" + +McMurdo took out an envelope and held it close to the murky +oil lamp. "Here is the address -- Jacob Shafter, Sheridan Street. +It's a boarding house that was recommended by a man I knew in +Chicago." + +"Well, I don't know it; but Vermissa is out of my beat. I live +at Hobson's Patch, and that's here where we are drawing up. +But, say, there's one bit of advice I'll give you before we part: If +you're in trouble in Vermissa, go straight to the Union House +and see Boss McGinty. He is the Bodymaster of Vermissa +Lodge, and nothing can happen in these parts unless Black Jack +McGinty wants it. So long, mate! Maybe we'll meet in lodge +one of these evenings. But mind my words: If you are in trouble, +go to Boss McGinty." + +Scanlan descended, and McMurdo was left once again to his +thoughts. Night had now fallen, and the flames of the frequent +furnaces were roaring and leaping in the darkness. Against their +lurid background dark figures were bending and straining, twisting +and turning, with the motion of winch or of windlass, to the +rhythm of an eternal clank and roar. + +"I guess hell must look something like that," said a voice. + +McMurdo turned and saw that one of the policemen had +shifted in his seat and was staring out into the fiery waste. + +"For that matter," said the other policeman, "I allow that hell +must be something like that. If there are worse devils down +yonder than some we could name, it's more than I'd expect. I +guess you are new to this part, young man?" + +"Well, what if I am?" McMurdo answered in a surly voice. + +"Just this, mister, that I should advise you to be careful in +choosing your friends. I don't think I'd begin with Mike Scanlan +or his gang if I were you." + +"What the hell is it to you who are my friends?" roared +McMurdo in a voice which brought every head in the carriage +round to witness the altercation. "Did I ask you for your advice, +or did you think me such a sucker that I couldn't move without +it? You speak when you are spoken to, and by the Lord you'd +have to wait a long time if it was me!" He thrust out his face and +grinned at the patrolmen like a snarling dog. + +The two policemen, heavy, good-natured men, were taken +aback by the extraordinary vehemence with which their friendly +advances had been rejected. + +"No offense, stranger," said one. "It was a warning for your +own good, seeing that you are, by your own showing, new to the +place." + +"I'm new to the place; but I'm not new to you and your +kind!" cried McMurdo in cold fury. "I guess you're the same in +all places, shoving your advice in when nobody asks for it." + +"Maybe we'll see more of you before very long," said one of +the patrolmen with a grin. "You're a real hand-picked one, if I +am a judge." + +"I was thinking the same," remarked the other. "I guess we +may meet again." + +"I'm not afraid of you, and don't you think it!" cried McMurdo. +"My name's Jack McMurdo -- see? If you want me, you'll find +me at Jacob Shafter's on Sheridan Street, Vermissa; so I'm not +hiding from you, am l? Day or night I dare to look the like of +you in the face -- don't make any mistake about that!" + +There was a murmur of sympathy and admiration from the +miners at the dauntless demeanour of the newcomer, while the +two policemen shrugged their shoulders and renewed a +conversation between themselves. + +A few minutes later the train ran into the ill-lit station, and +there was a general clearing; for Vermissa was by far the largest +town on the line. McMurdo picked up his leather gripsack and +was about to start off into the darkness, when one of the miners +accosted him. + +"By Gar, mate! you know how to speak to the cops," he said +in a voice of awe. "It was grand to hear you. Let me carry your +grip and show you the road. I'm passing Shafter's on the way to +my own shack." + +There was a chorus of friendly "Good-nights" from the other +miners as they passed from the platform. Before ever he had set +foot in it, McMurdo the turbulent had become a character in +Vermissa. + +The country had been a place of terror; but the town was in its +way even more depressing. Down that long valley there was at +least a certain gloomy grandeur in the huge fires and the clouds +of drifting smoke, while the strength and industry of man found +fitting monuments in the hills which he had spilled by the side of +his monstrous excavations. But the town showed a dead level of +mean ugliness and squalor. The broad street was churned up by +the traffic into a horrible rutted paste of muddy snow. The +sidewalks were narrow and uneven. The numerous gas-lamps +served only to show more clearly a long line of wooden houses, +each with its veranda facing the street, unkempt and dirty. + +As they approached the centre of the town the scene was +brightened by a row of well-lit stores, and even more by a cluster +of saloons and gaming houses, in which the miners spent their +hard-earned but generous wages. + +"That's the Union House," said the guide, pointing to one +saloon which rose almost to the dignity of being a hotel. "Jack +McGinty is the boss there." + +"What sort of a man is he?" McMurdo asked. + +"What! have you never heard of the boss?" + +"How could I have heard of him when you know that I am a +stranger in these parts?" + +"Well, I thought his name was known clear across the country. +It's been in the papers often enough." + +"What for?" + +"Well," the miner lowered his voice -- "over the affairs." + +"What affairs?" + +"Good Lord, mister! you are queer, if I must say it without +offense. There's only one set of affairs that you'll hear of in +these parts, and that's the affairs of the Scowrers." + +"Why, I seem to have read of the Scowrers in Chicago. A +gang of murderers, are they not?" + +"Hush, on your life!" cried the miner, standing still in alarm, +and gazing in amazement at his companion. "Man, you won't +live long in these parts if you speak in the open street like that. +Many a man has had the life beaten out of him for less." + +"Well, I know nothing about them. It's only what I have +read." + +"And I'm not saying that you have not read the truth." The +man looked nervously round him as he spoke, peering into the +shadows as if he feared to see some lurking danger. "If killing is +murder, then God knows there is murder and to spare. But don't +you dare to breathe the name of Jack McGinty in connection +with it, stranger; for every whisper goes back to him, and he is +not one that is likely to let it pass. Now, that's the house you're +after, that one standing back from the street. You'll find old +Jacob Shafter that runs it as honest a man as lives in this +township." + +"I thank you," said McMurdo, and shaking hands with his +new acquaintance he plodded, gripsack in hand, up the path +which led to the dwelling house, at the door of which he gave a +resounding knock. + +It was opened at once by someone very different from what he +had expected. It was a woman, young and singularly beautiful. +She was of the German type, blonde and fair-haired, with the +piquant contrast of a pair of beautiful dark eyes with which she +surveyed the stranger with surprise and a pleasing embarrassment +which brought a wave of colour over her pale face. Framed in +the bright light of the open doorway, it seemed to McMurdo that +he had never seen a more beautiful picture; the more attractive +for its contrast with the sordid and gloomy surroundings. A +lovely violet growing upon one of those black slag-heaps of the +mines would not have seemed more surprising. So entranced was +he that he stood staring without a word, and it was she who +broke the silence. + +"I thought it was father," said she with a pleasing little touch +of a German accent. "Did you come to see him? He is downtown. +I expect him back every minute." + +McMurdo continued to gaze at her in open admiration until +her eyes dropped in confusion before this masterful visitor. + +"No, miss," he said at last, "I'm in no hurry to see him. But +your house was recommended to me for board. I thought it might +suit me -- and now I know it will." + +"You are quick to make up your mind," said she with a +smile. + +"Anyone but a blind man could do as much," the other +answered. + +She laughed at the compliment. "Come right in, sir," she +said. "I'm Miss Ettie Shafter, Mr. Shafter's daughter. My mother's +dead, and I run the house. You can sit down by the stove in the +front room until father comes along -- Ah, here he is! So you can +fix things with him right away." + + A heavy, elderly man came plodding up the path. In a few +words McMurdo explained his business. A man of the name of +Murphy had given him the address in Chicago. He in turn had +had it from someone else. Old Shafter was quite ready. The +stranger made no bones about terms, agreed at once to every +condition, and was apparently fairly flush of money. For seven +dollars a week paid in advance he was to have board and +lodging. + + So it was that McMurdo, the self-confessed fugitive from +justice, took up his abode under the roof of the Shafters, the first +step which was to lead to so long and dark a train of events, +ending in a far distant land. + + +Chapter 2 +The Bodymaster + + + +McMurdo was a man who made his mark quickly. Wherever he +was the folk around soon knew it. Within a week he had become +infinitely the most important person at Shafter's. There were ten +or a dozen boarders there; but they were honest foremen or +commonplace clerks from the stores, of a very different calibre +from the young Irishman. Of an evening when they gathered +together his joke was always the readiest, his conversation the +brightest, and his song the best. He was a born boon companion, +with a magnetism which drew good humour from all around +him. + +And yet he showed again and again, as he had shown in the +railway carriage, a capacity for sudden, fierce anger, which +compelled the respect and even the fear of those who met him. +For the law, too, and all who were connected with it, he +exhibited a bitter contempt which delighted some and alarmed +others of his fellow boarders. + +From the first he made it evident, by his open admiration, that +the daughter of the house had won his heart from the instant that +he had set eyes upon her beauty and her grace. He was no +backward suitor. On the second day he told her that he loved +her, and from then onward he repeated the same story with an +absolute disregard of what she might say to discourage him. + +"Someone else?" he would cry. "Well, the worse luck for +someone else! Let him look out for himself! Am I to lose my +life's chance and all my heart's desire for someone else? You +can keep on saying no, Ettie: the day will come when you will +say yes, and I'm young enough to wait." + +He was a dangerous suitor, with his glib Irish tongue, and his +pretty, coaxing ways. There was about him also that glamour of +experience and of mystery which attracts a woman's interest, and +finally her love. He could talk of the sweet valleys of County +Monaghan from which he came, of the lovely, distant island, the +low hills and green meadows of which seemed the more beautiful +when imagination viewed them from this place of grime and snow. + +Then he was versed in the life of the cities of the North, of +Detroit, and the lumber camps of Michigan, and finally of +Chicago, where he had worked in a planing mill. And afterwards +came the hint of romance, the feeling that strange things had +happened to him in that great city, so strange and so intimate that +they might not be spoken of. He spoke wistfully of a sudden +leaving, a breaking of old ties, a flight into a strange world, +ending in this dreary valley, and Ettie listened, her dark eyes +gleaming with pity and with sympathy -- those two qualities which +may turn so rapidly and so naturally to love. + +McMurdo had obtained a temporary job as bookkeeper; for he +was a well-educated man. This kept him out most of the day, and +he had not found occasion yet to report himself to the head of the +lodge of the Eminent Order of Freemen. He was reminded of his +omission, however, by a visit one evening from Mike Scanlan, +the fellow member whom he had met in the train. Scanlan, the +small, sharp-faced, nervous, black-eyed man, seemed glad to see +him once more. After a glass or two of whisky he broached the +object of his visit. + +"Say, McMurdo," said he, "I remembered your address, so l +made bold to call. I'm surprised that you've not reported to the +Bodymaster. Why haven't you seen Boss McGinty yet?" + +"Well, I had to find a job. I have been busy." + +"You must find time for him if you have none for anything +else. Good Lord, man! you're a fool not to have been down to +the Union House and registered your name the first morning after +you came here! If you run against him -- well, you mustn't, that's +all!" + +McMurdo showed mild surprise. "I've been a member of the +lodge for over two years, Scanlan, but I never heard that duties +were so pressing as all that." + +"Maybe not in Chicago." + +"Well, it's the same society here." + +"Is it?" + +Scanlan looked at him long and fixedly. There was something +sinister in his eyes. + +"Isn't it?" + +"You'll tell me that in a month's time. I hear you had a talk +with the patrolmen after I left the train." + +"How did you know that?" + +"Oh, it got about -- things do get about for good and for bad in +this district." + +"Well, yes. I told the hounds what I thought of them." + +"By the Lord, you'll be a man after McGinty's heart!" + +"What, does he hate the police too?" + +Scanlan burst out laughing. "You go and see him, my lad," +said he as he took his leave. "It's not the police but you that +he'll hate if you don't! Now, take a friend's advice and go at +once!" + +It chanced that on the same evening McMurdo had another +more pressing interview which urged him in the same direction. +It may have been that his attentions to Ettie had been more +evident than before, or that they had gradually obtruded +themselves into the slow mind of his good German host; but, +whatever the cause, the boarding-house keeper beckoned the young +man into his private room and started on the subject without any +circumlocution . + +"It seems to me, mister," said he, "that you are gettin' set on +my Ettie. Ain't that so, or am I wrong?" + +"Yes, that is so," the young man answered. + +"Vell, I vant to tell you right now that it ain't no manner of +use. There's someone slipped in afore you." + +"She told me so." + +"Vell, you can lay that she told you truth. But did she tell you +who it vas?" + +"No, I asked her; but she wouldn't tell." + +"I dare say not, the leetle baggage! Perhaps she did not vish +to frighten you avay." + +"Frighten!" McMurdo was on fire in a moment. + +"Ah, yes, my friend! You need not be ashamed to be frightened +of him. It is Teddy Baldwin." + +"And who the devil is he?" + +"He is a boss of Scowrers." + +"Scowrers! I've heard of them before. It's Scowrers here and +Scowrers there, and always in a whisper! What are you all afraid +of? Who are the Scowrers?" + +The boarding-house keeper instinctively sank his voice, as +everyone did who talked about that terrible society. "The +Scowrers," said he, "are the Eminent Order of Freemen!" + +The young man stared. "Why, I am a member of that order +myself." + +"You! I vould never have had you in my house if I had known +it -- not if you vere to pay me a hundred dollar a week." + +"What's wrong with the order? It's for charity and good +fellowship. The rules say so." + +"Maybe in some places. Not here!" + +"What is it here?" + +"It's a murder society, that's vat it is." + +McMurdo laughed incredulously. "How can you prove that?" +he asked. + +"Prove it! Are there not fifty murders to prove it? Vat about +Milman and Van Shorst, and the Nicholson family, and old Mr. +Hyam, and little Billy James, and the others? Prove it! Is there a +man or a voman in this valley vat does not know it?" + +"See here!" said McMurdo earnestly. "I want you to take +back what you've said, or else make it good. One or the other +you must do before I quit this room. Put yourself in my place. +Here am I, a stranger in the town. I belong to a society that I +know only as an innocent one. You'll find it through the length +and breadth of the States, but always as an innocent one. Now +when I am counting upon joining it here, you tell me that it is the +same as a murder society called the Scowrers. I guess you owe +me either an apology or else an explanation, Mr. Shafter." + +"I can but tell you vat the whole vorld knows, mister. The +bosses of the one are the bosses of the other. If you offend the +one, it is the other vat vill strike you. We have proved it too +often." + +"That's just gossip -- I want proof!" said McMurdo. + +"If you live here long you vill get your proof. But I forget that +you are yourself one of them. You vill soon be as bad as the rest. +But you vill find other lodgings, mister. I cannot have you here. +Is it not bad enough that one of these people come courting my +Ettie, and that I dare not turn him down, but that I should have +another for my boarder? Yes, indeed, you shall not sleep here +after to-night!" + +McMurdo found himself under sentence of banishment both +from his comfortable quarters and from the girl whom he loved. +He found her alone in the sitting-room that same evening, and he +poured his troubles into her ear. + +"Sure, your father is after giving me notice," he said. "It's +little I would care if it was just my room, but indeed, Ettie, +though it's only a week that I've known you, you are the very +breath of life to me, and I can't live without you!" + +"Oh, hush, Mr. McMurdo, don't speak so!" said the girl. "I +have told you, have I not, that you are too late? There is another, +and if I have not promised to marry him at once, at least I can +promise no one else." + +"Suppose I had been first, Ettie, would I have had a chance?" + +The girl sank her face into her hands. "I wish to heaven that +you had been first!" she sobbed. + +McMurdo was down on his knees before her in an instant. +"For God's sake, Ettie, let it stand at that!" he cried. "Will you +ruin your life and my own for the sake of this promise? Follow +your heart, acushla! 'Tis a safer guide than any promise before +you knew what it was that you were saying." + +He had seized Ettie's white hand between his own strong +brown ones. + +"Say that you will be mine, and we will face it out together!" + +"Not here?" + +"Yes, here." + +"No, no, Jack!" His arms were round her now. "It could not +be here. Could you take me away?" + +A struggle passed for a moment over McMurdo's face; but it +ended by setting like granite. "No, here," he said. "I'll hold +you against the world, Ettie, right here where we are!" + +"Why should we not leave together?" + +"No, Ettie, I can't leave here." + +"But why?" + +"I'd never hold my head up again if I felt that I had been +driven out. Besides, what is there to be afraid of? Are we not +free folks in a free country? If you love me, and I you, who will +dare to come between?" + +"You don't know, Jack. You've been here too short a time. +You don't know this Baldwin. You don't know McGinty and his +Scowrers." + +"No, I don't know them, and I don't fear them, and I don't +believe in them!" said McMurdo. "I've lived among rough +men, my darling, and instead of fearing them it has always +ended that they have feared me -- always, Ettie. It's mad on the +face of it! If these men, as your father says, have done crime +after crime in the valley, and if everyone knows them by name, +how comes it that none are brought to justice? You answer me +that, Ettie!" + +"Because no witness dares to appear against them. He would +not live a month if he did. Also because they have always their +own men to swear that the accused one was far from the scene of +the crime. But surely, Jack, you must have read all this. I had +understood that every paper in the United States was writing +about it." + +"Well, I have read something, it is true; but I had thought it +was a story. Maybe these men have some reason in what they +do. Maybe they are wronged and have no other way to help +themselves." + +"Oh, Jack, don't let me hear you speak so! That is how he +speaks -- the other one!" + +"Baldwin -- he speaks like that, does he?" + +"And that is why I loathe him so. Oh, Jack, now I can tell +you the truth. I loathe him with all my heart; but I fear him also. +I fear him for myself; but above all I fear him for father. I know +that some great sorrow would come upon us if I dared to say +what I really felt. That is why I have put him off with half- +promises. It was in real truth our only hope. But if you would fly +with me, Jack, we could take father with us and live forever far +from the power of these wicked men." + +Again there was the struggle upon McMurdo's face, and again +it set like granite. "No harm shall come to you, Ettie -- nor to +your father either. As to wicked men, I expect you may find that +I am as bad as the worst of them before we're through." + +"No, no, Jack! I would trust you anywhere." + +McMurdo laughed bitterly. "Good Lord! how little you know +of me! Your innocent soul, my darling, could not even guess +what is passing in mine. But, hullo, who's the visitor?" + +The door had opened suddenly, and a young fellow came +swaggering in with the air of one who is the master. He was a +handsome, dashing young man of about the same age and build as +McMurdo himself. Under his broad-brimmed black felt hat, +which he had not troubled to remove, a handsome face with +fierce, domineering eyes and a curved hawk-bill of a nose looked +savagely at the pair who sat by the stove. + +Ettie had jumped to her feet full of confusion and alarm. "I'm +glad to see you, Mr. Baldwin," said she. "You're earlier than I +had thought. Come and sit down." + +Baldwin stood with his hands on his hips looking at McMurdo. +"Who is this?" he asked curtly. + +"It's a friend of mine, Mr. Baldwin, a new boarder here. Mr. +McMurdo, may I introduce you to Mr. Baldwin?'' + +The young men nodded in surly fashion to each other. + +"Maybe Miss Ettie has told you how it is with us?" said +Baldwin. + +"I didn't understand that there was any relation between +you." + +"Didn't you? Well, you can understand it now. You can take +it from me that this young lady is mine, and you'll find it a very +fine evening for a walk." + +"Thank you, I am in no humour for a walk." + +"Aren't you?" The man's savage eyes were blazing with +anger. "Maybe you are in a humour for a fight, Mr. Boarder!" + +"That I am!" cried McMurdo, springing to his feet. "You +never said a more welcome word." + +"For God's sake, Jack! Oh, for God's sake!" cried poor +distracted Ettie. "Oh, Jack, Jack, he will hurt you!" + +"Oh, it's Jack, is it?" said Baldwin with an oath. "You've +come to that already, have you?" + +"Oh, Ted, be reasonable -- be kind! For my sake, Ted, if ever +you loved me, be big-hearted and forgiving!" + +"I think, Ettie, that if you were to leave us alone we could get +this thing settled," said McMurdo quietly. "Or maybe, Mr. +Baldwin, you will take a turn down the street with me. It's a fine +evening, and there's some open ground beyond the next block." + +"I'll get even with you without needing to dirty my hands," +said his enemy. "You'll wish you had never set foot in this +house before I am through with you!" + +"No time like the present," cried McMurdo. + +"I'll choose my own time, mister. You can leave the time to +me. See here!" He suddenly rolled up his sleeve and showed +upon his forearm a peculiar sign which appeared to have been +branded there. It was a circle with a triangle within it. "D'you +know what that means?" + +"I neither know nor care!" + +"Well, you will know, I'll promise you that. You won't be +much older, either. Perhaps Miss Ettie can tell you something +about it. As to you, Ettie, you'll come back to me on your +knees -- d'ye hear, girl? -- on your knees -- and then I'll tell you +what your punishment may be. You've sowed -- and by the Lord, +I'll see that you reap!" He glanced at them both in fury. Then he +turned upon his heel, and an instant later the outer door had +banged behind him. + +For a few moments McMurdo and the girl stood in silence. +Then she threw her arms around him. + +"Oh, Jack, how brave you were! But it is no use, you must +fly! To-night -- Jack -- to-night! It's your only hope. He will have +your life. I read it in his horrible eyes. What chance have you +against a dozen of them, with Boss McGinty and all the power of +the lodge behind them?" + +McMurdo disengaged her hands, kissed her, and gently pushed +her back into a chair. "There, acushla, there! Don't be disturbed +or fear for me. I'm a Freeman myself. I'm after telling your +father about it. Maybe I am no better than the others; so don't +make a saint of me. Perhaps you hate me too, now that I've told +you as much?" + +"Hate you, Jack? While life lasts I could never do that! I've +heard that there is no harm in being a Freeman anywhere but +here; so why should I think the worse of you for that? But if you +are a Freeman, Jack, why should you not go down and make a +friend of Boss McGinty? Oh, hurry, Jack, hurry! Get your word +in first, or the hounds will be on your trail." + +"I was thinking the same thing," said McMurdo. "I'll go +right now and fix it. You can tell your father that I'll sleep here +to-night and find some other quarters in the morning." + +The bar of McGinty's saloon was crowded as usual, for it was +the favourite loafing place of all the rougher elements of the +town. The man was popular; for he had a rough, jovial disposition +which formed a mask, covering a great deal which lay behind it. +But apart from this popularity, the fear in which he was held +throughout the township, and indeed down the whole thirty miles +of the valley and past the mountains on each side of it, was +enough in itself to fill his bar; for none could afford to neglect +his good will. + +Besides those secret powers which it was universally believed +that he exercised in so pitiless a fashion, he was a high public +official, a municipal councillor, and a commissioner of roads, +elected to the office through the votes of the ruffians who in turn +expected to receive favours at his hands. Assessments and taxes +were enormous; the public works were notoriously neglected, the +accounts were slurred over by bribed auditors, and the decent +citizen was terrorized into paying public blackmail, and holding +his tongue lest some worse thing befall him. + +Thus it was that, year by year, Boss McGinty's diamond pins +became more obtrusive, his gold chains more weighty across a +more gorgeous vest, and his saloon stretched farther and farther, +until it threatened to absorb one whole side of the Market Square. + +McMurdo pushed open the swinging door of the saloon and made his way +amid the crowd of men within, through an atmosphere blurred with +tobacco smoke and heavy with the smell of spirits. The place was +brilliantly lighted, and the huge, heavily gilt mirrors upon every +wall reflected and multiplied the garish illumination. There were +several bartenders in their shirt sleeves, hard at work mixing drinks +for the loungers who fringed the broad, brass-trimmed counter. + +At the far end, with his body resting upon the bar and a cigar +stuck at an acute angle from the corner of his mouth, stood a tall, +strong, heavily built man who could be none other than the +famous McGinty himself. He was a black-maned giant, bearded +to the cheek-bones, and with a shock of raven hair which fell to +his collar. His complexion was as swarthy as that of an Italian, +and his eyes were of a strange dead black, which, combined with +a slight squint, gave them a particularly sinister appearance. + +All else in the man -- his noble proportions, his fine features, +and his frank bearing -- fitted in with that jovial, man-to-man +manner which he affected. Here, one would say, is a bluff, +honest fellow, whose heart would be sound however rude his +outspoken words might seem. It was only when those dead, dark +eyes, deep and remorseless, were turned upon a man that he +shrank within himself, feeling that he was face to face with an +infinite possibility of latent evil, with a strength and courage and +cunning behind it which made it a thousand times more deadly. + +Having had a good look at his man, McMurdo elbowed his way forward +with his usual careless audacity, and pushed himself through the +little group of courtiers who were fawning upon the powerful boss, +laughing uproariously at the smallest of his jokes. The young +stranger's bold gray eyes looked back fearlessly through their +glasses at the deadly black ones which turned sharply upon him. + +"Well, young man, I can't call your face to mind." + +"I'm new here, Mr. McGinty." + +"You are not so new that you can't give a gentleman his +proper title." + +"He's Councillor McGinty, young man," said a voice from +the group. + +"I'm sorry, Councillor. I'm strange to the ways of the place. +But I was advised to see you." + +"Well, you see me. This is all there is. What d'you think of +me?" + +"Well, it's early days. If your heart is as big as your body, and +your soul as fine as your face, then I'd ask for nothing better," +said McMurdo. + +"By Gar! you've got an Irish tongue in your head anyhow," +cried the saloon-keeper, not quite certain whether to humour this +audacious visitor or to stand upon his dignity. + +"So you are good enough to pass my appearance?" + +"Sure," said McMurdo. + +"And you were told to see me?" + +"I was." + +"And who told you?" + +"Brother Scanlan of Lodge 341, Vermissa. I drink your health +Councillor, and to our better acquaintance." He raised a glass +with which he had been served to his lips and elevated his little +finger as he drank it. + +McGinty, who had been watching him narrowly, raised his +thick black eyebrows. "Oh, it's like that, is it?" said he. "I'll +have to look a bit closer into this, Mister --" + +"McMurdo." + +"A bit closer, Mr. McMurdo; for we don't take folk on trust +in these parts, nor believe all we're told neither. Come in here +for a moment, behind the bar." + +There was a small room there, lined with barrels. McGinty +carefully closed the door, and then seated himself on one of +them, biting thoughtfully on his cigar and surveying his companion +with those disquieting eyes. For a couple of minutes he sat in +complete silence. McMurdo bore the inspection cheerfully, one +hand in his coat pocket, the other twisting his brown moustache. +Suddenly McGinty stooped and produced a wicked-looking revolver. + +"See here, my joker," said he, "if I thought you were +playing any game on us, it would be short work for you." + +"This is a strange welcome," McMurdo answered with some +dignity, "for the Bodymaster of a lodge of Freemen to give to a +stranger brother." + +"Ay, but it's just that same that you have to prove," said +McGinty, "and God help you if you fail! Where were you +made?" + +"Lodge 29, Chicago." + +"When?" + +"June 24, 1872." + +"What Bodymaster?" + +"James H. Scott." + +"Who is your district ruler?" + +"Bartholomew Wilson." + +"Hum! You seem glib enough in your tests. What are you +doing here?" + +"Working, the same as you -- but a poorer job." + +"You have your back answer quick enough." + +"Yes, I was always quick of speech." + +"Are you quick of action?" + +"I have had that name among those that knew me best." + +"Well, we may try you sooner than you think. Have you +heard anything of the lodge in these parts?" + +"I've heard that it takes a man to be a brother." + +"True for you, Mr. McMurdo. Why did you leave Chicago?" + +"I'm damned if I tell you that!" + +McGinty opened his eyes. He was not used to being answered +in such fashion, and it amused him. "Why won't you tell me?" + +"Because no brother may tell another a lie." + +"Then the truth is too bad to tell?" + +"You can put it that way if you like." + +"See here, mister, you can't expect me, as Bodymaster, to +pass into the lodge a man for whose past he can't answer." + +McMurdo looked puzzled. Then he took a worn newspaper +cutting from an inner pocket. + +"You wouldn't squeal on a fellow?" said he. + +"I'll wipe my hand across your face if you say such words to +me!" cried McGinty hotly. + +"You are right, Councillor," said McMurdo meekly. "I should +apologize. I spoke without thought. Well, I know that I am safe +in your hands. Look at that clipping." + +McGinty glanced his eyes over the account of the shooting of +one Jonas Pinto, in the Lake Saloon, Market Street, Chicago, in +the New Year week of 1874. + +"Your work?" he asked, as he handed back the paper. + +McMurdo nodded. + +"Why did you shoot him?" + +"I was helping Uncle Sam to make dollars. Maybe mine were +not as good gold as his, but they looked as well and were cheaper +to make. This man Pinto helped me to shove the queer --" + +"To do what?" + +"Well, it means to pass the dollars out into circulation. Then +he said he would split. Maybe he did split. I didn't wait to see. I +just killed him and lighted out for the coal country." + +"Why the coal country?" + +" 'Cause I'd read in the papers that they weren't too particular +in those parts." + +McGinty laughed. "You were first a coiner and then a murderer, +and you came to these parts because you thought you'd be welcome." + +"That's about the size of it," McMurdo answered. + +"Well, I guess you'll go far. Say, can you make those dollars +yet?" + +McMurdo took half a dozen from his pocket. "Those never +passed the Philadelphia mint," said he. + +"You don't say!" McGinty held them to the light in his +enormous hand, which was hairy as a gorilla's. "I can see no +difference. Gar! you'll be a mighty useful brother, I'm thinking! +We can do with a bad man or two among us, Friend McMurdo: +for there are times when we have to take our own part. We'd +soon be against the wall if we didn't shove back at those that +were pushing us." + +"Well, I guess I'll do my share of shoving with the rest of the +boys." + +"You seem to have a good nerve. You didn't squirm when I +shoved this gun at you." + +"It was not me that was in danger." + +"Who then?" + +"It was you, Councillor." McMurdo drew a cocked pistol +from the side pocket of his peajacket. "I was covering you all +the time. I guess my shot would have been as quick as yours." + +"By Gar!" McGinty flushed an angry red and then burst into +a roar of laughter. "Say, we've had no such holy terror come to +hand this many a year. I reckon the lodge will learn to be proud +of you.... Well, what the hell do you want? And can't I speak +alone with a gentleman for five minutes but you must butt in on +us?" + +The bartender stood abashed. "I'm sorry, Councillor, but it's +Ted Baldwin. He says he must see you this very minute." + +The message was unnecessary; for the set, cruel face of the +man himself was looking over the servant's shoulder. He pushed +the bartender out and closed the door on him. + +"So," said he with a furious glance at McMurdo, "you got +here first, did you? I've a word to say to you, Councillor, about +this man." + +"Then say it here and now before my face," cried McMurdo. + +"I'll say it at my own time, in my own way." + +"Tut! Tut!" said McGinty, getting off his barrel. "This will +never do. We have a new brother here, Baldwin, and it's not for +us to greet him in such fashion. Hold out your hand, man, and +make it up!" + +"Never!" cried Baldwin in a fury. + +"I've offered to fight him if he thinks I have wronged him," +said McMurdo. "I'll fight him with fists, or, if that won't satisfy +him, I'll fight him any other way he chooses. Now, I'll leave it +to you, Councillor, to judge between us as a Bodymaster should." + +"What is it, then?" + +"A young lady. She's free to choose for herself." + +"Is she?" cried Baldwin. + +"As between two brothers of the lodge I should say that she +was," said the Boss. + +"Oh, that's your ruling, is it?" + +"Yes, it is, Ted Baldwin," said McGinty, with a wicked +stare. "Is it you that would dispute it?" + +"You would throw over one that has stood by you this five +years in favour of a man that you never saw before in your life? +You're not Bodymaster for life, Jack McGinty, and by God! +when next it comes to a vote --" + +The Councillor sprang at him like a tiger. His hand closed +round the other's neck, and he hurled him back across one of the +barrels. In his mad fury he would have squeezed the life out of +him if McMurdo had not interfered. + +"Easy, Councillor! For heaven's sake, go easy!" he cried, as +he dragged him back. + +McGinty released his hold, and Baldwin, cowed and shaken +gasping for breath, and shivering in every limb, as one who has +looked over the very edge of death, sat up on the barrel over +which he had been hurled. + +"You've been asking for it this many a day, Ted Baldwin -- +now you've got it!" cried McGinty, his huge chest rising and +falling. "Maybe you think if I was voted down from Bodymaster +you would find yourself in my shoes. It's for the lodge to say +that. But so long as I am the chief I'll have no man lift his voice +against me or my rulings." + +"I have nothing against you," mumbled Baldwin, feeling his +throat. + +"Well, then," cried the other, relapsing in a moment into a +bluff joviality, "we are all good friends again and there's an end +of the matter." + +He took a bottle of champagne down from the shelf and +twisted out the cork. + +"See now," he continued, as he filled three high glasses +"Let us drink the quarrelling toast of the lodge. After that, as +you know, there can be no bad blood between us. Now, then +the left hand on the apple of my throat. I say to you, Ted +Baldwin, what is the offense, sir?" + +"The clouds are heavy," answered Baldwin + +"But they will forever brighten." + +"And this I swear!" + +The men drank their glasses, and the same ceremony was +performed between Baldwin and McMurdo + +"There!" cried McGinty, rubbing his hands. "That's the end +of the black blood. You come under lodge discipline if it goes +further, and that's a heavy hand in these parts, as Brother +Baldwin knows -- and as you will damn soon find out, Brother +McMurdo, if you ask for trouble!" + +"Faith, I'd be slow to do that," said McMurdo. He held out +his hand to Baldwin. "I'm quick to quarrel and quick to forgive. +It's my hot Irish blood, they tell me. But it's over for me, and I +bear no grudge." + +Baldwin had to take the proffered hand, for the baleful eye of +the terrible Boss was upon him. But his sullen face showed how +little the words of the other had moved him. + +McGinty clapped them both on the shoulders. "Tut! These +girls! These girls!" he cried. "To think that the same petticoats +should come between two of my boys! It's the devil's own luck! +Well, it's the colleen inside of them that must settle the question +for it's outside the jurisdiction of a Bodymaster -- and the Lord +be praised for that! We have enough on us, without the women +as well. You'll have to be affiliated to Lodge 341, Brother +McMurdo. We have our own ways and methods, different from +Chicago. Saturday night is our meeting, and if you come then, +we'll make you free forever of the Vermissa Valley." + + +Chapter 3 +Lodge 341, Vermissa + + + +On the day following the evening which had contained so many +exciting events, McMurdo moved his lodgings from old Jacob +Shafter's and took up his quarters at the Widow MacNamara's +on the extreme outskirts of the town. Scanlan, his original +acquaintance aboard the train, had occasion shortly afterwards to +move into Vermissa, and the two lodged together. There was no +other boarder, and the hostess was an easy-going old Irishwoman +who left them to themselves; so that they had a freedom for +speech and action welcome to men who had secrets in common. + +Shafter had relented to the extent of letting McMurdo come to +his meals there when he liked; so that his intercourse with Ettie +was by no means broken. On the contrary, it drew closer and +more intimate as the weeks went by. + +In his bedroom at his new abode McMurdo felt it safe to take +out the coining moulds, and under many a pledge of secrecy a +number of brothers from the lodge were allowed to come in and +see them, each carrying away in his pocket some examples of the +false money, so cunningly struck that there was never the slightest +difficulty or danger in passing it. Why, with such a wonderful art +at his command, McMurdo should condescend to work at all was a +perpetual mystery to his companions; though he made it clear to +anyone who asked him that if he lived without any visible means it +would very quickly bring the police upon his track. + +One policeman was indeed after him already; but the incident, +as luck would have it, did the adventurer a great deal more good +than harm. After the first introduction there were few evenings +when he did not find his way to McGinty's saloon, there to make +closer acquaintance with "the boys," which was the jovial title +by which the dangerous gang who infested the place were known +to one another. His dashing manner and fearlessness of speech +made him a favourite with them all; while the rapid and scientific +way in which he polished off his antagonist in an "all in" +bar-room scrap earned the respect of that rough community. +Another incident, however, raised him even higher in their +estimation. + +Just at the crowded hour one night, the door opened and a man +entered with the quiet blue uniform and peaked cap of the mine +police. This was a special body raised by the railways and +colliery owners to supplement the efforts of the ordinary civil +police, who were perfectly helpless in the face of the organized +ruffianism which terrorized the district. There was a hush as he +entered, and many a curious glance was cast at him; but the +relations between policemen and criminals are peculiar in some +parts of the States, and McGinty himself standing behind his +counter, showed no surprise when the policeman enrolled himself +among his customers. + +"A straight whisky, for the night is bitter," said the police +officer. "I don't think we have met before, Councillor?" + +"You'll be the new captain?" said McGinty. + +"That's so. We're looking to you, Councillor, and to the other +leading citizens, to help us in upholding law and order in this +township. Captain Marvin is my name." + +"We'd do better without you, Captain Marvin," said McGinty +coldly; "for we have our own police of the township, and no +need for any imported goods. What are you but the paid tool of +the capitalists, hired by them to club or shoot your poorer fellow +citizen?" + +"Well, well, we won't argue about that," said the police +officer good-humouredly. "I expect we all do our duty same as +we see it; but we can't all see it the same." He had drunk off his +glass and had turned to go, when his eyes fell upon the face of +Jack McMurdo, who was scowling at his elbow. "Hullo! Hullo!" +he cried, looking him up and down. "Here's an old acquaintance!" + +McMurdo shrank away from him. "I was never a friend to +you nor any other cursed copper in my life," said he. + +"An acquaintance isn't always a friend," said the police +captain, grinning. "You're Jack McMurdo of Chicago, right +enough, and don't you deny it!" + +McMurdo shrugged his shoulders. "I'm not denying it," said +he. "D'ye think I'm ashamed of my own name?" + +"You've got good cause to be, anyhow." + +"What the devil d'you mean by that?" he roared with his fists +clenched. + +"No, no, Jack, bluster won't do with me. I was an officer in +Chicago before ever I came to this darned coal bunker, and I +know a Chicago crook when I see one." + +McMurdo's face fell. "Don't tell me that you're Marvin of the +Chicago Central!" he cried. + +"Just the same old Teddy Marvin, at your service. We haven't +forgotten the shooting of Jonas Pinto up there." + +"I never shot him." + +"Did you not? That's good impartial evidence, ain't it? Well, +his death came in uncommon handy for you, or they would have +had you for shoving the queer. Well, we can let that be bygones; +for, between you and me -- and perhaps I'm going further than +my duty in saying it -- they could get no clear case against you, +and Chicago's open to you to-morrow." + +"I'm very well where I am." + +"Well, I've given you the pointer, and you're a sulky dog not +to thank me for it." + +"Well, I suppose you mean well, and I do thank you," said +McMurdo in no very gracious manner. + +"It's mum with me so long as I see you living on the +straight," said the captain. "But, by the Lord! if you get off +after this, it's another story! So good-night to you -- and +goodnight, Councillor." + +He left the bar-room; but not before he had created a local +hero. McMurdo's deeds in far Chicago had been whispered +before. He had put off all questions with a smile, as one who did +not wish to have greatness thrust upon him. But now the thing +was officially confirmed. The bar loafers crowded round him and +shook him heartily by the hand. He was free of the community +from that time on. He could drink hard and show little trace of it; +but that evening, had his mate Scanlan not been at hand to lead +him home, the feted hero would surely have spent his night +under the bar. + +On a Saturday night McMurdo was introduced to the lodge. +He had thought to pass in without ceremony as being an initiate +of Chicago; but there were particular rites in Vermissa of which +they were proud, and these had to be undergone by every +postulant. The assembly met in a large room reserved for such +purposes at the Union House. Some sixty members assembled at +Vermissa; but that by no means represented the full strength of +the organization, for there were several other lodges in the +valley, and others across the mountains on each side, who +exchanged members when any serious business was afoot, so that +a crime might be done by men who were strangers to the +locality. Altogether there were not less than five hundred +scattered over the coal district. + +In the bare assembly room the men were gathered round a +long table. At the side was a second one laden with bottles and +glasses, on which some members of the company were already +turning their eyes. McGinty sat at the head with a flat black +velvet cap upon his shock of tangled black hair, and a coloured +purple stole round his neck, so that he seemed to be a priest +presiding over some diabolical ritual. To right and left of him +were the higher lodge officials, the cruel, handsome face of Ted +Baldwin among them. Each of these wore some scarf or medallion +as emblem of his office. + +They were, for the most part, men of mature age; but the rest of +the company consisted of young fellows from eighteen to twenty- +five, the ready and capable agents who carried out the commands +of their seniors. Among the older men were many whose features +showed the tigerish, lawless souls within; but looking at the rank +and file it was difficult to believe that these eager and open-faced +young fellows were in very truth a dangerous gang of murderers, +whose minds had suffered such complete moral perversion that +they took a horrible pride in their proficiency at the business, and +looked with deepest respect at the man who had the reputation of +making what they called "a clean job." + +To their contorted natures it had become a spirited and chivalrous +thing to volunteer for service against some man who had never +injured them, and whom in many cases they had never seen in their +lives. The crime committed, they quarrelled as to who had actually +struck the fatal blow, and amused one another and the company by +describing the cries and contortions of the murdered man. + +At first they had shown some secrecy in their arrangements; +but at the time which this narrative describes their proceedings +were extraordinarily open, for the repeated failures of the law +had proved to them that, on the one hand, no one would dare to +witness against them, and on the other they had an unlimited +number of stanch witnesses upon whom they could call, and a +well-filled treasure chest from which they could draw the funds +to engage the best legal talent in the state. In ten long years of +outrage there had been no single conviction, and the only danger +that ever threatened the Scowrers lay in the victim himself -- +who, however outnumbered and taken by surprise, might and +occasionally did leave his mark upon his assailants. + +McMurdo had been warned that some ordeal lay before him; +but no one would tell him in what it consisted. He was led now +into an outer room by two solemn brothers. Through the plank +partition he could hear the murmur of many voices from the +assembly within. Once or twice he caught the sound of his own +name, and he knew that they were discussing his candidacy. +Then there entered an inner guard with a green and gold sash +across his chest. + +"The Bodymaster orders that he shall be trussed, blinded, and +entered," said he. + +The three of them removed his coat, turned up the sleeve of +his right arm, and finally passed a rope round above the elbows +and made it fast. They next placed a thick black cap right over +his head and the upper part of his face, so that he could see +nothing. He was then led into the assembly hall. + +It was pitch dark and very oppressive under his hood. He +heard the rustle and murmur of the people round him, and then +the voice of McGinty sounded dull and distant through the +covering of his ears. + +"John McMurdo," said the voice, "are you already a member +of the Ancient Order of Freemen?" + +He bowed in assent. + +"Is your lodge No. 29, Chicago?" + +He bowed again. + +"Dark nights are unpleasant," said the voice. + +"Yes, for strangers to travel," he answered. + +"The clouds are heavy." + +"Yes, a storm is approaching." + +"Are the brethren satisfied?" asked the Bodymaster. + +There was a general murmur of assent. + +"We know, Brother, by your sign and by your countersign +that you are indeed one of us," said McGinty. "We would have +you know, however, that in this county and in other counties of +these parts we have certain rites, and also certain duties of our +own which call for good men. Are you ready to be tested?" + +"I am." + +"Are you of stout heart?" + +"I am." + +"Take a stride forward to prove it." + +As the words were said he felt two hard points in front of his +eyes, pressing upon them so that it appeared as if he could not +move forward without a danger of losing them. None the less, he +nerved himself to step resolutely out, and as he did so the +pressure melted away. There was a low murmur of applause. + +"He is of stout heart," said the voice. "Can you bear pain?" + +"As well as another," he answered. + +"Test him!" + +It was all he could do to keep himself from screaming out, for +an agonizing pain shot through his forearm. He nearly fainted at +the sudden shock of it; but he bit his lip and clenched his hands +to hide his agony. + +"I can take more than that," said he. + +This time there was loud applause. A finer first appearance +had never been made in the lodge. Hands clapped him on the +back, and the hood was plucked from his head. He stood blinking +and smiling amid the congratulations of the brothers. + +"One last word, Brother McMurdo," said McGinty. "You +have already sworn the oath of secrecy and fidelity, and you are +aware that the punishment for any breach of it is instant and +inevitable death?" + +"I am," said McMurdo. + +"And you accept the rule of the Bodymaster for the time +being under all circumstances?" + +"I do." + +"Then in the name of Lodge 341, Vermissa, I welcome you to +its privileges and debates. You will put the liquor on the table, +Brother Scanlan, and we will drink to our worthy brother." + +McMurdo's coat had been brought to him; but before putting it +on he examined his right arm, which still smarted heavily. There +on the flesh of the forearm was a circle with a triangle within it, +deep and red, as the branding iron had left it. One or two of his +neighbours pulled up their sleeves and showed their own lodge +marks. + +"We've all had it," said one; "but not all as brave as you +over it." + +"Tut! It was nothing," said he; but it burned and ached all the +same. + +When the drinks which followed the ceremony of initiation +had all been disposed of, the business of the lodge proceeded. +McMurdo, accustomed only to the prosaic performances of Chicago, +listened with open ears and more surprise than he ventured to +show to what followed. + +"The first business on the agenda paper," said McGinty, "is +to read the following letter from Division Master Windle of +Merton County Lodge 249. He says: + + "DEAR SIR: + + "There is a job to be done on Andrew Rae of Rae & + + Sturmash, coal owners near this place. You will remember + + that your lodge owes us a return, having had the service of + + two brethren in the matter of the patrolman last fall. You + + will send two good men, they will be taken charge of by + + Treasurer Higgins of this lodge, whose address you know. + + He will show them when to act and where. Yours in freedom, + + "J. W. WINDLE D. M. A. 0. F. + +"Windle has never refused us when we have had occasion to +ask for the loan of a man or two, and it is not for us to refuse +him." McGinty paused and looked round the room with his dull, +malevolent eyes. "Who will volunteer for the job?" + +Several young fellows held up their hands. The Bodymaster +looked at them with an approving smile. + +"You'll do, Tiger Cormac. If you handle it as well as you did +the last, you won't be wrong. And you, Wilson." + +"I've no pistol," said the volunteer, a mere boy in his teens. + +"It's your first, is it not? Well, you have to be blooded some +time. It will be a great start for you. As to the pistol, you'll find +it waiting for you, or I'm mistaken. If you report yourselves on +Monday, it will be time enough. You'll get a great welcome +when you return." + +"Any reward this time?" asked Cormac, a thick-set, dark- +faced, brutal-looking young man, whose ferocity had earned him +the nickname of "Tiger." + +"Never mind the reward. You just do it for the honour of the +thing. Maybe when it is done there will be a few odd dollars at +the bottom of the box." + +"What has the man done?" asked young Wilson. + +"Sure, it's not for the likes of you to ask what the man has +done. He has been judged over there. That's no business of ours. +All we have to do is to carry it out for them, same as they would +for us. Speaking of that, two brothers from the Merton lodge are +coming over to us next week to do some business in this quarter." + +"Who are they?" asked someone. + +"Faith, it is wiser not to ask. If you know nothing, you can +testify nothing, and no trouble can come of it. But they are men +who will make a clean job when they are about it." + +"And time, too!" cried Ted Baldwin. " Folk are gettin' out of +hand in these parts. It was only last week that three of our men +were turned off by Foreman Blaker. It's been owing him a long +time, and he'll get it full and proper." + +"Get what?" McMurdo whispered to his neighbour. + +"The business end of a buckshot cartridge!" cried the man +with a loud laugh. "What think you of our ways, Brother?" + +McMurdo's criminal soul seemed to have already absorbed the +spirit of the vile association of which he was now a member. "I +like it well," said he. " 'Tis a proper place for a lad of mettle." + +Several of those who sat around heard his words and applauded +them. + +"What's that?" cried the black-maned Bodymaster from the +end of the table. + +" 'Tis our new brother, sir, who finds our ways to his taste." + +McMurdo rose to his feet for an instant. "I would say, +Eminent Bodymaster, that if a man should be wanted I should +take it as an honour to be chosen to help the lodge." + +There was great applause at this. It was felt that a new sun +was pushing its rim above the horizon. To some of the elders it +seemed that the progress was a little too rapid. + +"I would move," said the secretary, Harraway, a vulture- +faced old graybeard who sat near the chairman, "that Brother +McMurdo should wait until it is the good pleasure of the lodge to +employ him." + +"Sure, that was what I meant; I'm in your hands," said +McMurdo. + +"Your time will come, Brother," said the chairman. "We +have marked you down as a willing man, and we believe that +you will do good work in these parts. There is a small matter +to-night in which you may take a hand if it so please you." + +"I will wait for something that is worth while." + +"You can come to-night, anyhow, and it will help you to know what +we stand for in this community. I will make the announcement later. +Meanwhile," he glanced at his agenda paper, "I have one or two more +points to bring before the meeting. First of all, I will ask the +treasurer as to our bank balance. There is the pension to Jim +Carnaway's widow. He was struck down doing the work of the lodge, +and it is for us to see that she is not the loser." + +"Jim was shot last month when they tried to kill Chester +Wilcox of Marley Creek," McMurdo's neighbour informed him. + +"The funds are good at the moment," said the treasurer, with +the bankbook in front of him. "The firms have been generous of +late. Max Linder & Co. paid five hundred to be left alone. +Walker Brothers sent in a hundred; but I took it on myself to +return it and ask for five. If I do not hear by Wednesday, their +winding gear may get out of order. We had to burn their breaker +last year before they became reasonable. Then the West Section +Coaling Company has paid its annual contribution. We have +enough on hand to meet any obligations." + +"What about Archie Swindon?" asked a brother. + +"He has sold out and left the district. The old devil left a note +for us to say that he had rather be a free crossing sweeper in New +York than a large mine owner under the power of a ring of blackmailers. +By Gar! it was as well that he made a break for it before the note +reached us! I guess he won't show his face in this valley again." + +An elderly, clean-shaved man with a kindly face and a good +brow rose from the end of the table which faced the chairman. +"Mr. Treasurer," he asked, "may I ask who has bought the +property of this man that we have driven out of the district?" + +"Yes, Brother Morris. It has been bought by the State & Merton +County Railroad Company." + +"And who bought the mines of Todman and of Lee that came +into the market in the same way last year?" + +"The same company, Brother Morris." + +"And who bought the ironworks of Manson and of Shuman and of +Van Deher and of Atwood, which have all been given up of late?" + +"They were all bought by the West Gilmerton General Mining Company." + +"I don't see, Brother Morris," said the chairman, "that it matters to +us who buys them, since they can't carry them out of the district." + +"With all respect to you, Eminent Bodymaster, I think it may +matter very much to us. This process has been going on now for +ten long years. We are gradually driving all the small men out of +trade. What is the result? We find in their places great companies +like the Railroad or the General Iron, who have their directors in +New York or Philadelphia, and care nothing for our threats. We +can take it out of their local bosses, but it only means that others +will be sent in their stead. And we are making it dangerous for +ourselves. The small men could not harm us. They had not the money +nor the power. So long as we did not squeeze them too dry, they +would stay on under our power. But if these big companies find +that we stand between them and their profits, they will spare +no pains and no expense to hunt us down and bring us to court." + +There was a hush at these ominous words, and every face darkened +as gloomy looks were exchanged. So omnipotent and unchallenged +had they been that the very thought that there was possible +retribution in the background had been banished from their minds. +And yet the idea struck a chill to the most reckless of them. + +"It is my advice," the speaker continued, "that we go easier +upon the small men. On the day that they have all been driven +out the power of this society will have been broken." + +Unwelcome truths are not popular. There were angry cries as the +speaker resumed his seat. McGinty rose with gloom upon his brow. + +"Brother Morris," said he, "you were always a croaker. So +long as the members of this lodge stand together there is no +power in the United States that can touch them. Sure, have we +not tried it often enough in the law courts? I expect the big +companies will find it easier to pay than to fight, same as the +little companies do. And now, Brethren," McGinty took off his +black velvet cap and his stole as he spoke, "this lodge has +finished its business for the evening, save for one small matter +which may be mentioned when we are parting. The time has now +come for fraternal refreshment and for harmony." + +Strange indeed is human nature. Here were these men, to +whom murder was familiar, who again and again had struck +down the father of the family, some man against whom they had +no personal feeling, without one thought of compunction or of +compassion for his weeping wife or helpless children, and yet +the tender or pathetic in music could move them to tears. McMurdo +had a fine tenor voice, and if he had failed to gain the good +will of the lodge before, it could no longer have been withheld +after he had thrilled them with "I'm Sitting on the Stile, Mary," +and "On the Banks of Allan Water." + +In his very first night the new recruit had made himself one of +the most popular of the brethren, marked already for advancement +and high office. There were other qualities needed, however, +besides those of good fellowship, to make a worthy Freeman, +and of these he was given an example before the evening was +over. The whisky bottle had passed round many times, and the +men were flushed and ripe for mischief when their Bodymaster +rose once more to address them. + +"Boys," said he, "there's one man in this town that wants +trimming up, and it's for you to see that he gets it. I'm speaking +of James Stanger of the Herald. You've seen how he's been +opening his mouth against us again?" + +There was a murmur of assent, with many a muttered oath. +McGinty took a slip of paper from his waistcoat pocket. + + "LAW AND ORDER! + +That's how he heads it. + + "REIGN OF TERROR IN THE COAL AND IRON DISTRICT + + "Twelve years have now elapsed since the first assassinations + + which proved the existence of a criminal organization in our + + midst. From that day these outrages have never ceased, until + + now they have reached a pitch which makes us the opprobrium + + of the civilized world. Is it for such results as this that + + our great country welcomes to its bosom the alien who flies + + from the despotisms of Europe? Is it that they shall + + themselves become tyrants over the very men who have given + + them shelter, and that a state of terrorism and lawlessness + + should be established under the very shadow of the sacred + + folds of the starry Flag of Freedom which would raise horror + + in our minds if we read of it as existing under the most + + effete monarchy of the East? The men are known. The organization + + is patent and public. How long are we to endure it? Can we + + forever live -- + +Sure, I've read enough of the slush!" cried the chairman, +tossing the paper down upon the table. "That's what he says of us. +The question I'm asking you is what shall we say to him?" + +"Kill him!" cried a dozen fierce voices. + +"I protest against that," said Brother Morris, the man of the +good brow and shaved face. "I tell you, Brethren, that our hand +is too heavy in this valley, and that there will come a point +where in self-defense every man will unite to crush us out. James +Stanger is an old man. He is respected in the township and the +district. His paper stands for all that is solid in the valley. +If that man is struck down, there will be a stir through this +state that will only end with our destruction." + +"And how would they bring about our destruction, Mr. Standback?" +cried McGinty. "Is it by the police? Sure, half of them are in our +pay and half of them afraid of us. Or is it by the law courts and +the judge? Haven't we tried that before now, and what ever came of it?" + +"There is a Judge Lynch that might try the case," said Brother Morris. + +A general shout of anger greeted the suggestion. + +"I have but to raise my finger," cried McGinty, "and I could +put two hundred men into this town that would clear it out from +end to end." Then suddenly raising his voice and bending his +huge black brows into a terrible frown, "See here, Brother +Morris, I have my eye on you, and have had for some time! +You've no heart yourself, and you try to take the heart out of +others. It will be an ill day for you, Brother Morris, when your +own name comes on our agenda paper, and I'm thinking that it's +just there that I ought to place it." + +Morris had turned deadly pale, and his knees seemed to give +way under him as he fell back into his chair. He raised his glass +in his trembling hand and drank before he could answer. "I +apologize, Eminent Bodymaster, to you and to every brother in +this lodge if I have said more than I should. I am a faithful +member -- you all know that -- and it is my fear lest evil come to +the lodge which makes me speak in anxious words. But I have +greater trust in your judgment than in my own, Eminent +Bodymaster, and I promise you that I will not offend again." + +The Bodymaster's scowl relaxed as he listened to the humble words. +"Very good, Brother Morris. It's myself that would be sorry if it +were needful to give you a lesson. But so long as I am in this +chair we shall be a united lodge in word and in deed. And now, boys," +he continued, looking round at the company, "I'll say this much, that +if Stanger got his full deserts there would be more trouble than we +need ask for. These editors hang together, and every journal in the +state would be crying out for police and troops. But I guess you can +give him a pretty severe warning. Will you fix it, Brother Baldwin?" + +"Sure!" said the young man eagerly. + +"How many will you take?" + +"Half a dozen, and two to guard the door. You'll come, Gower, +and you, Mansel, and you, Scanlan, and the two Willabys." + +"I promised the new brother he should go," said the chairman. + +Ted Baldwin looked at McMurdo with eyes which showed that +he had not forgotten nor forgiven. "Well, he can come if he +wants," he said in a surly voice. "That's enough. The sooner +we get to work the better." + +The company broke up with shouts and yells and snatches of +drunken song. The bar was still crowded with revellers, and +many of the brethren remained there. The little band who had +been told off for duty passed out into the street, proceeding in +twos and threes along the sidewalk so as not to provoke attention. +It was a bitterly cold night, with a half-moon shining brilliantly +in a frosty, star-spangled sky. The men stopped and gathered in a +yard which faced a high building. The words "Vermissa Herald" were +printed in gold lettering between the brightly lit windows. From +within came the clanking of the printing press. + +"Here, you," said Baldwin to McMurdo, "you can stand +below at the door and see that the road is kept open for us. +Arthur Willaby can stay with you. You others come with me. +Have no fears, boys; for we have a dozen witnesses that we are +in the Union Bar at this very moment." + +It was nearly midnight, and the street was deserted save for +one or two revellers upon their way home. The party crossed the +road, and, pushing open the door of the newspaper office, +Baldwin and his men rushed in and up the stair which faced +them. McMurdo and another remained below. From the room +above came a shout, a cry for help, and then the sound of +trampling feet and of falling chairs. An instant later a gray-haired +man rushed out on the landing. + +He was seized before he could get farther, and his spectacles +came tinkling down to McMurdo's feet. There was a thud and a +groan. He was on his face, and half a dozen sticks were clattering +together as they fell upon him. He writhed, and his long, thin +limbs quivered under the blows. The others ceased at last; but +Baldwin, his cruel face set in an infernal smile, was hacking at +the man's head, which he vainly endeavoured to defend with his +arms. His white hair was dabbled with patches of blood. Baldwin +was still stooping over his victim, putting in a short, vicious +blow whenever he could see a part exposed, when McMurdo dashed +up the stair and pushed him back. + +"You'll kill the man," said he. "Drop it!" + +Baldwin looked at him in amazement. "Curse you!" he cried. +"Who are you to interfere -- you that are new to the lodge? Stand +back!" He raised his stick; but McMurdo had whipped his pistol +out of his hip pocket. + +"Stand back yourself!" he cried. "I'll blow your face in if +you lay a hand on me. As to the lodge, wasn't it the order of the +Bodymaster that the man was not to be killed -- and what are you +doing but killing him?" + +"It's truth he says," remarked one of the men. + +"By Gar! you'd best hurry yourselves!" cried the man below. +"The windows are all lighting up, and you'll have the whole +town here inside of five minutes." + +There was indeed the sound of shouting in the street, and a +little group of compositors and pressmen was forming in the hall +below and nerving itself to action. Leaving the limp and motionless +body of the editor at the head of the stair, the criminals rushed +down and made their way swiftly along the street. Having reached +the Union House, some of them mixed with the crowd in McGinty's +saloon, whispering across the bar to the Boss that the job had +been well carried through. Others, and among them McMurdo, broke +away into side streets, and so by devious paths to their own homes. + + +Chapter 4 +The Valley of Fear + + + +When McMurdo awoke next morning he had good reason to +remember his initiation into the lodge. His head ached with the +effect of the drink, and his arm, where he had been branded, was +hot and swollen. Having his own peculiar source of income, he +was irregular in his attendance at his work; so he had a late +breakfast, and remained at home for the morning writing a long +letter to a friend. Afterwards he read the Daily Herald. In a +special column put in at the last moment he read: + + OUTRAGE AT THE HERALD OFFICE -- EDITOR + + SERIOUSLY INJURED. + +It was a short account of the facts with which he was himself more +familiar than the writer could have been. It ended with the statement: + + The matter is now in the hands of the police; but it can + + hardly be hoped that their exertions will be attended by any + + better results than in the past. Some of the men were + + recognized, and there is hope that a conviction may be + + obtained. The source of the outrage was, it need hardly be + + said, that infamous society which has held this community + + in bondage for so long a period, and against which the + + Herald has taken so uncompromising a stand. Mr. Stanger's + + many friends will rejoice to hear that, though he has been + + cruelly and brutally beaten, and though he has sustained + + severe injuries about the head, there is no immediate danger + + to his life. + +Below it stated that a guard of police, armed with Winchester +rifles, had been requisitioned for the defense of the office. + +McMurdo had laid down the paper, and was lighting his pipe with +a hand which was shaky from the excesses of the previous evening, +when there was a knock outside, and his landlady brought to him +a note which had just been handed in by a lad. It was unsigned, +and ran thus: + + I should wish to speak to you, but would rather not do so + + in your house. You will find me beside the flagstaff upon + + Miller Hill. If you will come there now, I have something + + which it is important for you to hear and for me to say. + +McMurdo read the note twice with the utmost surprise; for he +could not imagine what it meant or who was the author of it. +Had it been in a feminine hand, he might have imagined that it +was the beginning of one of those adventures which had been +familiar enough in his past life. But it was the writing of a man, +and of a well educated one, too. Finally, after some hesitation, +he determined to see the matter through. + +Miller Hill is an ill-kept public park in the very centre of the +town. In summer it is a favourite resort of the people; but in +winter it is desolate enough. From the top of it one has a view +not only of the whole straggling, grimy town, but of the winding +valley beneath, with its scattered mines and factories blackening +the snow on each side of it, and of the wooded and white-capped +ranges flanking it. + +McMurdo strolled up the winding path hedged in with evergreens +until he reached the deserted restaurant which forms the centre +of summer gaiety. Beside it was a bare flagstaff, and underneath +it a man, his hat drawn down and the collar of his overcoat +turned up. When he turned his face McMurdo saw that it was Brother +Morris, he who had incurred the anger of the Bodymaster the night +before. The lodge sign was given and exchanged as they met. + +"I wanted to have a word with you, Mr. McMurdo," said the +older man, speaking with a hesitation which showed that he was +on delicate ground. "It was kind of you to come." + +"Why did you not put your name to the note?" + +"One has to be cautious, mister. One never knows in times +like these how a thing may come back to one. One never knows +either who to trust or who not to trust." + +"Surely one may trust brothers of the lodge." + +"No, no, not always," cried Morris with vehemence. "Whatever +we say, even what we think, seems to go back to that man McGinty." + +"Look here!" said McMurdo sternly. "It was only last night, +as you know well, that I swore good faith to our Bodymaster. +Would you be asking me to break my oath?" + +"If that is the view you take," said Morris sadly, "I can only +say that I am sorry I gave you the trouble to come and meet me. +Things have come to a bad pass when two free citizens cannot +speak their thoughts to each other." + +McMurdo, who had been watching his companion very narrowly, +relaxed somewhat in his bearing. "Sure I spoke for myself +only," said he. "I am a newcomer, as you know, and I am +strange to it all. It is not for me to open my mouth, Mr. +Morris, and if you think well to say anything to me I am +here to hear it." + +"And to take it back to Boss McGinty!" said Morris bitterly. + +"Indeed, then, you do me injustice there," cried McMurdo. +"For myself I am loyal to the lodge, and so l tell you straight; +but I would be a poor creature if I were to repeat to any other +what you might say to me in confidence. It will go no further +than me; though I warn you that you may get neither help nor +sympathy." + +"I have given up looking for either the one or the other," said +Morris. "I may be putting my very life in your hands by what I +say; but, bad as you are -- and it seemed to me last night that you +were shaping to be as bad as the worst -- still you are new to it, +and your conscience cannot yet be as hardened as theirs. That +was why I thought to speak with you." + +"Well, what have you to say?" + +"If you give me away, may a curse be on you!" + +"Sure, I said I would not." + +"I would ask you, then, when you joined the Freeman's society +in Chicago and swore vows of charity and fidelity, did ever it +cross your mind that you might find it would lead you to crime?" + +"If you call it crime," McMurdo answered. + +"Call it crime!" cried Morris, his voice vibrating with passion. +"You have seen little of it if you can call it anything else. Was +it crime last night when a man old enough to be your father was +beaten till the blood dripped from his white hairs? Was that crime -- +or what else would you call it?" + +"There are some would say it was war," said McMurdo, "a war of +two classes with all in, so that each struck as best it could." + +"Well, did you think of such a thing when you joined the +Freeman's society at Chicago?" + +"No, I'm bound to say I did not." + +"Nor did I when I joined it at Philadelphia. It was just a +benefit club and a meeting place for one's fellows. Then I heard +of this place -- curse the hour that the name first fell upon my +ears! -- and I came to better myself! My God! to better myself! +My wife and three children came with me. I started a dry goods +store on Market Square, and I prospered well. The word had +gone round that I was a Freeman, and I was forced to join the +local lodge, same as you did last night. I've the badge of shame +on my forearm and something worse branded on my heart. I +found that I was under the orders of a black villain and caught in +a meshwork of crime. What could I do? Every word I said to +make things better was taken as treason, same as it was last +night. I can't get away; for all I have in the world is in my store. +If I leave the society, I know well that it means murder to me, +and God knows what to my wife and children. Oh, man, it is +awful -- awful!" He put his hands to his face, and his body shook +with convulsive sobs. + +McMurdo shrugged his shoulders. "You were too soft for the job," +said he. "You are the wrong sort for such work." + +"I had a conscience and a religion; but they made me a +criminal among them. I was chosen for a job. If I backed down +I knew well what would come to me. Maybe I'm a coward. +Maybe it's the thought of my poor little woman and the children +that makes me one. Anyhow I went. I guess it will haunt me forever. + +"It was a lonely house, twenty miles from here, over the +range yonder. I was told off for the door, same as you were last +night. They could not trust me with the job. The others went in. +When they came out their hands were crimson to the wrists. As +we turned away a child was screaming out of the house behind +us. It was a boy of five who had seen his father murdered. I +nearly fainted with the horror of it, and yet I had to keep a bold +and smiling face; for well I knew that if I did not it would be out +of my house that they would come next with their bloody hands and it +would be my little Fred that would be screaming for his father. + +"But I was a criminal then, part sharer in a murder, lost +forever in this world, and lost also in the next. I am a good +Catholic; but the priest would have no word with me when he +heard I was a Scowrer, and I am excommunicated from my faith. +That's how it stands with me. And T see you going down the same +road, and I ask you what the end is to be. Are you ready to be +a cold-blooded murderer also, or can we do anything to stop it?" + +"What would you do?" asked McMurdo abruptly. "You would not inform?" + +"God forbid!" cried Morris. "Sure, the very thought would +cost me my life." + +"That's well," said McMurdo. "I'm thinking that you are a +weak man and that you make too much of the matter." + +"Too much! Wait till you have lived here longer. Look down the valley! +See the cloud of a hundred chimneys that overshadows it! I tell you +that the cloud of murder hangs thicker and lower than that over the +heads of the people. It is the Valley of Fear, the Valley of Death. +The terror is in the hearts of the people from the dusk to the dawn. +Wait, young man, and you will learn for yourself." + +"Well, I'll let you know what I think when I have seen more," +said McMurdo carelessly. "What is very clear is that you are +not the man for the place, and that the sooner you sell out -- +if you only get a dime a dollar for what the business is worth -- +the better it will be for you. What you have said is safe with me; +but, by Gar! if I thought you were an informer --" + +"No, no!" cried Morris piteously. + +"Well, let it rest at that. I'll bear what you have said in mind, +and maybe some day I'll come back to it. I expect you meant +kindly by speaking to me like this. Now I'll be getting home." + +"One word before you go," said Morris. "We may have been seen +together. They may want to know what we have spoken about." + +"Ah! that's well thought of." + +"I offer you a clerkship in my store." + +"And I refuse it. That's our business. Well, so long, Brother Morris, +and may you find things go better with you in the future." + +That same afternoon, as McMurdo sat smoking, lost in thought +beside the stove of his sitting-room, the door swung open and its +framework was filled with the huge figure of Boss McGinty. He +passed the sign, and then seating himself opposite to the young +man he looked at him steadily for some time, a look which was +as steadily returned. + +"I'm not much of a visitor, Brother McMurdo," he said at last. +"I guess I am too busy over the folk that visit me. But I thought +I'd stretch a point and drop down to see you in your own house." + +"I'm proud to see you here, Councillor," McMurdo answered heartily, +bringing his whisky bottle out of the cupboard. "It's an honour +that I had not expected." + +"How's the arm?" asked the Boss. + +McMurdo made a wry face. "Well, I'm not forgetting it," he said; +"but it's worth it." + +"Yes, it's worth it," the other answered, "to those that are loyal +and go through with it and are a help to the lodge. What were you +speaking to Brother Morris about on Miller Hill this morning?" + +The question came so suddenly that it was well that he had his +answer prepared. He burst into a hearty laugh. "Morris didn't +know I could earn a living here at home. He shan't know either; +for he has got too much conscience for the likes of me. But he's +a good-hearted old chap. It was his idea that I was at a loose +end, and that he would do me a good turn by offering me a +clerkship in a dry goods store." + +"Oh, that was it?" + +"Yes, that was it." + +"And you refused it?" + +"Sure. Couldn't I earn ten times as much in my own bedroom +with four hours' work?" + +"That's so. But I wouldn't get about too much with Morris." + +"Why not?" + +"Well, I guess because I tell you not. That's enough for most +folk in these parts." + +"It may be enough for most folk; but it ain't enough for me, +Councillor," said McMurdo boldly. "If you are a judge of men, +you'll know that." + +The swarthy giant glared at him, and his hairy paw closed for an +instant round the glass as though he would hurl it at the head +of his companion. Then he laughed in his loud, boisterous, +insincere fashion. + +"You're a queer card, for sure," said he. "Well, if you want reasons, +I'll give them. Did Morris say nothing to you against the lodge?" + +"No." + +"Nor against me?" + +"No." + +"Well, that's because he daren't trust you. But in his heart he +is not a loyal brother. We know that well. So we watch him and +we wait for the time to admonish him. I'm thinking that the time +is drawing near. There's no room for scabby sheep in our pen. +But if you keep company with a disloyal man, we might think +that you were disloyal, too. See?" + +"There's no chance of my keeping company with him; for I +dislike the man," McMurdo answered. "As to being disloyal, if +it was any man but you he would not use the word to me twice." + +"Well, that's enough," said McGinty, draining off his glass. +"I came down to give you a word in season, and you've had it." + +"I'd like to know," said McMurdo, "how you ever came to +learn that I had spoken with Morris at all?" + +McGinty laughed. "It's my business to know what goes on in +this township," said he. "I guess you'd best reckon on my +hearing all that passes. Well, time's up, and I'll just say --" + +But his leavetaking was cut short in a very unexpected fashion. +With a sudden crash the door flew open, and three frowning, +intent faces glared in at them from under the peaks of police +caps. McMurdo sprang to his feet and half drew his revolver; but +his arm stopped midway as he became conscious that two +Winchester rifles were levelled at his head. A man in uniform +advanced into the room, a six-shooter in his hand. It was Captain +Marvin, once of Chicago, and now of the Mine Constabulary. +He shook his head with a half-smile at McMurdo. + +"I thought you'd be getting into trouble, Mr. Crooked +McMurdo of Chicago," said he. "Can't keep out of it, can you? +Take your hat and come along with us." + +"I guess you'll pay for this, Captain Marvin," said McGinty. +"Who are you, I'd like to know, to break into a house in this +fashion and molest honest, law-abiding men?" + +"You're standing out in this deal, Councillor McGinty," said +the police captain. "We are not out after you, but after this man +McMurdo. It is for you to help, not to hinder us in our duty," + +"He is a friend of mine, and I'll answer for his conduct," said +the Boss. + +"By all accounts, Mr. McGinty, you may have to answer for +your own conduct some of these days," the captain answered. +"This man McMurdo was a crook before ever he came here, and +he's a crook still. Cover him, Patrolman, while I disarm him." + +"There's my pistol," said McMurdo coolly. "Maybe, Captain +Marvin, if you and I were alone and face to face you would not +take me so easily." + +"Where's your warrant?" asked McGinty. "By Gar! a man +might as well live in Russia as in Vermissa while folk like you +are running the police. It's a capitalist outrage, and you'll hear +more of it, I reckon." + +"You do what you think is your duty the best way you can, +Councillor. We'll look after ours." + +"What am I accused of?" asked McMurdo. + +"Of being concerned in the beating of old Editor Stanger at +the Herald office. It wasn't your fault that it isn't a murder +charge." + +"Well, if that's all you have against him," cried McGinty +with a laugh, "you can save yourself a deal of trouble by +dropping it right now. This man was with me in my saloon +playing poker up to midnight, and I can bring a dozen to prove +it." + +"That's your affair, and I guess you can settle it in court +to-morrow. Meanwhile, come on, McMurdo, and come quietly +if you don't want a gun across your head. You stand wide, +Mr. McGinty; for I warn you I will stand no resistance when +I am on duty!" + +So determined was the appearance of the captain that both +McMurdo and his boss were forced to accept the situation. The +latter managed to have a few whispered words with the prisoner +before they parted. + +"What about --" he jerked his thumb upward to signify the +coining plant. + +"All right," whispered McMurdo, who had devised a safe +hiding place under the floor. + +"I'll bid you good-bye," said the Boss, shaking hands. "I'll +see Reilly the lawyer and take the defense upon myself. Take my +word for it that they won't be able to hold you." + +"I wouldn't bet on that. Guard the prisoner, you two, and shoot +him if he tries any games. I'll search the house before I leave." + +He did so; but apparently found no trace of the concealed +plant. When he had descended he and his men escorted McMurdo +to headquarters. Darkness had fallen, and a keen blizzard +was blowing so that the streets were nearly deserted; but a few +loiterers followed the group, and emboldened by invisibility +shouted imprecations at the prisoner. + +"Lynch the cursed Scowrer!" they cried. "Lynch him!" They +laughed and jeered as he was pushed into the police station. +After a short, formal examination from the inspector in charge he +was put into the common cell. Here he found Baldwin and three +other criminals of the night before, all arrested that afternoon and +waiting their trial next morning. + +But even within this inner fortress of the law the long arm of +the Freemen was able to extend. Late at night there came a jailer +with a straw bundle for their bedding, out of which he extracted +two bottles of whisky, some glasses, and a pack of cards. They +spent a hilarious night, without an anxious thought as to the +ordeal of the morning. + +Nor had they cause, as the result was to show. The magistrate +could not possibly, on the evidence, have held them for a higher +court. On the one hand the compositors and pressmen were forced +to admit that the light was uncertain, that they were themselves +much perturbed, and that it was difficult for them to swear to the +identity of the assailants; although they believed that the accused +were among them. Cross examined by the clever attorney who +had been engaged by McGinty, they were even more nebulous in +their evidence. + +The injured man had already deposed that he was so taken by +surprise by the suddenness of the attack that he could state +nothing beyond the fact that the first man who struck him wore a +moustache. He added that he knew them to be Scowrers, since +no one else in the community could possibly have any enmity to +him, and he had long been threatened on account of his outspoken +editorials. On the other hand, it was clearly shown by the +united and unfaltering evidence of six citizens, including that +high municipal official, Councillor McGinty, that the men had +been at a card party at the Union House until an hour very much +later than the commission of the outrage. + +Needless to say that they were discharged with something very +near to an apology from the bench for the inconvenience to +which they had been put, together with an implied censure of +Captain Marvin and the police for their officious zeal. + +The verdict was greeted with loud applause by a court in +which McMurdo saw many familiar faces. Brothers of the lodge +smiled and waved. But there were others who sat with compressed +lips and brooding eyes as the men filed out of the dock. One of +them, a little, dark-bearded, resolute fellow, put the thoughts +of himself and comrades into words as the ex-prisoners passed him. + +"You damned murderers!" he said. "We'll fix you yet!" + + +Chapter 5 +The Darkest Hour + + + +If anything had been needed to give an impetus to Jack McMurdo's +popularity among his fellows it would have been his arrest and +acquittal. That a man on the very night of joining the lodge should +have done something which brought him before the magistrate was a +new record in the annals of the society. Already he had earned +the reputation of a good boon companion, a cheery reveller, and +withal a man of high temper, who would not take an insult even +from the all-powerful Boss himself. But in addition to this he +impressed his comrades with the idea that among them all there +was not one whose brain was so ready to devise a bloodthirsty +scheme, or whose hand would be more capable of carrying it out. +"He'll be the boy for the clean job," said the oldsters to one +another, and waited their time until they could set him to his work. + +McGinty had instruments enough already; but he recognized +that this was a supremely able one. He felt like a man holding a +fierce bloodhound in leash. There were curs to do the smaller +work; but some day he would slip this creature upon its prey. A +few members of the lodge, Ted Baldwin among them, resented +the rapid rise of the stranger and hated him for it; but they kept +clear of him, for he was as ready to fight as to laugh. + +But if he gained favour with his fellows, there was another +quarter, one which had become even more vital to him, in which +he lost it. Ettie Shafter's father would have nothing more to do +with him, nor would he allow him to enter the house. Ettie +herself was too deeply in love to give him up altogether, and yet +her own good sense warned her of what would come from a +marriage with a man who was regarded as a criminal. + +One morning after a sleepless night she determined to see him, +possibly for the last time, and make one strong endeavour to +draw him from those evil influences which were sucking him +down. She went to his house, as he had often begged her to do, +and made her way into the room which he used as his sitting- +room. He was seated at a table, with his back turned and a letter +in front of him. A sudden spirit of girlish mischief came over +her -- she was still only nineteen. He had not heard her when she +pushed open the door. Now she tiptoed forward and laid her +hand lightly upon his bended shoulders. + +If she had expected to startle him, she certainly succeeded; but +only in turn to be startled herself. With a tiger spring he turned +on her, and his right hand was feeling for her throat. At the same +instant with the other hand he crumpled up the paper that lay before him. +For an instant he stood glaring. Then astonishment and joy took the +place of the ferocity which had convulsed his features -- a ferocity +which had sent her shrinking back in horror as from something which +had never before intruded into her gentle life. + +"It's you!" said he, mopping his brow. "And to think that +you should come to me, heart of my heart, and I should find +nothing better to do than to want to strangle you! Come then, +darling," and he held out his arms, "let me make it up to you." + +But she had not recovered from that sudden glimpse of guilty +fear which she had read in the man's face. All her woman's +instinct told her that it was not the mere fright of a man who is +startled. Guilt -- that was it -- guilt and fear! + +"What's come over you, lack?" she cried. "Why were you +so scared of me? Oh, Jack, if your conscience was at ease, you +would not have looked at me like that!" + +"Sure, I was thinking of other things, and when you came +tripping so lightly on those fairy feet of yours --" + +"No, no, it was more than that, Jack." Then a sudden +suspicion seized her. "Let me see that letter you were writing." + +"Ah, Ettie, I couldn't do that." + +Her suspicions became certainties. "It's to another woman," +she cried. "I know it! Why else should you hold it from me? +Was it to your wife that you were writing? How am I to know +that you are not a married man -- you, a stranger, that nobody +knows?" + +"I am not married, Ettie. See now, I swear it! You're the only +one woman on earth to me. By the cross of Christ I swear it!" + +He was so white with passionate earnestness that she could not +but believe him. + +"Well, then," she cried, "why will you not show me the letter?" + +"I'll tell you, acushla," said he. "I'm under oath not to show +it, and just as I wouldn't break my word to you so I would keep +it to those who hold my promise. It's the business of the lodge, +and even to you it's secret. And if I was scared when a hand fell +on me, can't you understand it when it might have been the hand +of a detective?" + +She felt that he was telling the truth. He gathered her into his +arms and kissed away her fears and doubts. + +"Sit here by me, then. It's a queer throne for such a queen; +but it's the best your poor lover can find. He'll do better for you +some of these days, I'm thinking. Now your mind is easy once +again, is it not?" + +"How can it ever be at ease, Jack, when I know that you are a +criminal among criminals, when I never know the day that I may +hear you are in court for murder? 'McMurdo the Scowrer,' that's +what one of our boarders called you yesterday. It went through +my heart like a knife." + +"Sure, hard words break no bones." + +"But they were true." + +"Well, dear, it's not so bad as you think. We are but poor +men that are trying in our own way to get our rights." + +Ettie threw her arms round her lover's neck. "Give it up, Jack! +For my sake, for God's sake, give it up! It was to ask you that +I came here to-day. Oh, Jack, see -- I beg it of you on my bended knees! +Kneeling here before you I implore you to give it up!" + +He raised her and soothed her with her head against his breast. + +"Sure, my darlin', you don't know what it is you are asking. +How could I give it up when it would be to break my oath and to +desert my comrades? If you could see how things stand with me +you could never ask it of me. Besides, if I wanted to, how could +I do it? You don't suppose that the lodge would let a man go free +with all its secrets?" + +"I've thought of that, Jack. I've planned it all. Father has +saved some money. He is weary of this place where the fear of +these people darkens our lives. He is ready to go. We would fly +together to Philadelphia or New York, where we would be safe +from them." + +McMurdo laughed. "The lodge has a long arm. Do you think +it could not stretch from here to Philadelphia or New York?" + +"Well, then, to the West, or to England, or to Germany, +where father came from -- anywhere to get away from this +Valley of Fear!" + +McMurdo thought of old Brother Morris. "Sure, it is the second +time I have heard the valley so named," said he. "The shadow +does indeed seem to lie heavy on some of you." + +"It darkens every moment of our lives. Do you suppose that +Ted Baldwin has ever forgiven us? If it were not that he fears +you, what do you suppose our chances would be? If you saw the +look in those dark, hungry eyes of his when they fall on me!" + +"By Gar! I'd teach him better manners if I caught him at it! +But see here, little girl. I can't leave here. I can't -- take that +from me once and for all. But if you will leave me to find my own +way, I will try to prepare a way of getting honourably out of it." + +"There is no honour in such a matter." + +"Well, well, it's just how you look at it. But if you'll give me +six months, I'll work it so that I can leave without being ashamed +to look others in the face." + +The girl laughed with joy. "Six months!" she cried. "Is it a promise?" + +"Well, it may be seven or eight. But within a year at the +furthest we will leave the valley behind us." + +It was the most that Ettie could obtain, and yet it was something. +There was this distant light to illuminate the gloom of the +immediate future. She returned to her father's house more light- +hearted than she had ever been since Jack McMurdo had come +into her life. + +It might be thought that as a member, all the doings of the +society would be told to him; but he was soon to discover that +the organization was wider and more complex than the simple +lodge. Even Boss McGinty was ignorant as to many things; for +there was an official named the County Delegate, living at +Hobson's Patch farther down the line, who had power over +several different lodges which he wielded in a sudden and +arbitrary way. Only once did McMurdo see him, a sly, little gray- +haired rat of a man, with a slinking gait and a sidelong glance +which was charged with malice. Evans Pott was his name, and +even the great Boss of Vermissa felt towards him something of +the repulsion and fear which the huge Danton may have felt for +the puny but dangerous Robespierre. + +One day Scanlan, who was McMurdo's fellow boarder, received +a note from McGinty inclosing one from Evans Pott, which +informed him that he was sending over two good men Lawler +and Andrews, who had instructions to act in the neighbourhood; +though it was best for the cause that no particulars as to +their objects should be given. Would the Bodymaster see to it +that suitable arrangements be made for their lodgings and +comfort until the time for action should arrive? McGinty added +that it was impossible for anyone to remain secret at the +Union House, and that, therefore, he would be obliged if +McMurdo and Scanlan would put the strangers up for a few days in +their boarding house. + +The same evening the two men arrived, each carrying his +gripsack. Lawler was an elderly man, shrewd, silent, and self- +contained, clad in an old black frock coat, which with his soft +felt hat and ragged, grizzled beard gave him a general +resemblance to an itinerant preacher. His companion Andrews was +little more than a boy, frank-faced and cheerful, with the breezy +manner of one who is out for a holiday and means to enjoy every +minute of it. Both men were total abstainers, and behaved in all +ways as exemplary members of the society, with the one simple +exception that they were assassins who had often proved themselves +to be most capable instruments for this association of murder. +Lawler had already carried out fourteen commissions of the kind, +and Andrews three. + +They were, as McMurdo found, quite ready to converse about +their deeds in the past, which they recounted with the half- +bashful pride of men who had done good and unselfish service +for the community. They were reticent, however, as to the +immediate job in hand. + +"They chose us because neither I nor the boy here drink," +Lawler explained. "They can count on us saying no more than +we should. You must not take it amiss, but it is the orders +of the County Delegate that we obey." + +"Sure, we are all in it together," said Scanlan, McMurdo's +mate, as the four sat together at supper. + +"That's true enough, and we'll talk till the cows come home +of the killing of Charlie Williams or of Simon Bird, or any other +job in the past. But till the work is done we say nothing." + +"There are half a dozen about here that I have a word to say to," +said McMurdo, with an oath. "I suppose it isn't Jack Knox of Ironhill +that you are after. I'd go some way to see him get his deserts." + +"No, it's not him yet." + +"Or Herman Strauss?" + +"No, nor him either." + +"Well, if you won't tell us we can't make you; but I'd be glad to know." + +Lawler smiled and shook his head. He was not to be drawn. + +In spite of the reticence of their guests, Scanlan and McMurdo +were quite determined to be present at what they called "the +fun." When, therefore, at an early hour one morning McMurdo +heard them creeping down the stairs he awakened Scanlan, and +the two hurried on their clothes. When they were dressed they +found that the others had stolen out, leaving the door open +behind them. It was not yet dawn, and by the light of the lamps +they could see the two men some distance down the street. They +followed them warily, treading noiselessly in the deep snow. + +The boarding house was near the edge of the town, and soon +they were at the crossroads which is beyond its boundary. Here +three men were waiting, with whom Lawler and Andrews held a +short, eager conversation. Then they all moved on together. It +was clearly some notable job which needed numbers. At this +point there are several trails which lead to various mines. The +strangers took that which led to the Crow Hill, a huge business +which was in strong hands which had been able, thanks to their +energetic and fearless New England manager, Josiah H. Dunn, +to keep some order and discipline during the long reign of terror. + +Day was breaking now, and a line of workmen were slowly making +their way, singly and in groups, along the blackened path. + +McMurdo and Scanlan strolled on with the others, keeping in +sight of the men whom they followed. A thick mist lay over +them, and from the heart of it there came the sudden scream of a +steam whistle. It was the ten-minute signal before the cages +descended and the day's labour began. + +When they reached the open space round the mine shaft there +were a hundred miners waiting, stamping their feet and blowing +on their fingers; for it was bitterly cold. The strangers stood in a +little group under the shadow of the engine house. Scanlan and +McMurdo climbed a heap of slag from which the whole scene +lay before them. They saw the mine engineer, a great bearded +Scotchman named Menzies, come out of the engine house and +blow his whistle for the cages to be lowered. + +At the same instant a tall, loose-framed young man with a +clean-shaved, earnest face advanced eagerly towards the pit head. +As he came forward his eyes fell upon the group, silent and +motionless, under the engine house. The men had drawn down +their hats and turned up their collars to screen their faces. For a +moment the presentiment of Death laid its cold hand upon the +manager's heart. At the next he had shaken it off and saw only +his duty towards intrusive strangers. + +"Who are you?" he asked as he advanced. "What are you +loitering there for?" + +There was no answer; but the lad Andrews stepped forward and shot +him in the stomach. The hundred waiting miners stood as motionless +and helpless as if they were paralyzed. The manager clapped his +two hands to the wound and doubled himself up. Then he staggered +away; but another of the assassins fired, and he went down sidewise, +kicking and clawing among a heap of clinkers. Menzies, the Scotchman, +gave a roar of rage at the sight and rushed with an iron spanner at +the murderers; but was met by two balls in the face which dropped +him dead at their very feet. + +There was a surge forward of some of the miners, and an inarticulate +cry of pity and of anger; but a couple of the strangers emptied their +six-shooters over the heads of the crowd, and they broke and scattered, +some of them rushing wildly back to their homes in Vermissa. + +When a few of the bravest had rallied, and there was a return +to the mine, the murderous gang had vanished in the mists of +morning, without a single witness being able to swear to the +identity of these men who in front of a hundred spectators had +wrought this double crime. + +Scanlan and McMurdo made their way back; Scanlan somewhat +subdued, for it was the first murder job that he had seen +with his own eyes, and it appeared less funny than he had been +led to believe. The horrible screams of the dead manager's +wife pursued them as they hurried to the town. McMurdo was +absorbed and silent; but he showed no sympathy for the +weakening of his companion. + +"Sure, it is like a war," he repeated. "What is it but a war +between us and them, and we hit back where we best can." + +There was high revel in the lodge room at the Union House +that night, not only over the killing of the manager and engineer +of the Crow Hill mine, which would bring this organization into +line with the other blackmailed and terror-stricken companies of +the district, but also over a distant triumph which had been +wrought by the hands of the lodge itself. + +It would appear that when the County Delegate had sent over +five good men to strike a blow in Vermissa, he had demanded +that in return three Vermissa men should be secretly selected and +sent across to kill William Hales of Stake Royal, one of the best +known and most popular mine owners in the Gilmerton district, a +man who was believed not to have an enemy in the world; for he +was in all ways a model employer. He had insisted, however, +upon efficiency in the work, and had, therefore, paid off certain +drunken and idle employees who were members of the all- +powerful society. Coffin notices hung outside his door had not +weakened his resolution, and so in a free, civilized country he +found himself condemned to death. + +The execution had now been duly carried out. Ted Baldwin, who +sprawled now in the seat of honour beside the Bodymaster, had +been chief of the party. His flushed face and glazed, blood-shot +eyes told of sleeplessness and drink. He and his two comrades +had spent the night before among the mountains. They were unkempt +and weather-stained. But no heroes, returning from a forlorn hope, +could have had a warmer welcome from their comrades. + +The story was told and retold amid cries of delight and shouts +of laughter. They had waited for their man as he drove home at +nightfall, taking their station at the top of a steep hill, where his +horse must be at a walk. He was so furred to keep out the cold +that he could not lay his hand on his pistol. They had pulled him +out and shot him again and again. He had screamed for mercy. +The screams were repeated for the amusement of the lodge. + +"Let's hear again how he squealed," they cried. + +None of them knew the man; but there is eternal drama in a +killing, and they had shown the Scowrers of Gilmerton that the +Vermissa men were to be relied upon. + +There had been one contretemps; for a man and his wife had +driven up while they were still emptying their revolvers into the +silent body. It had been suggested that they should shoot them +both; but they were harmless folk who were not connected with +the mines, so they were sternly bidden to drive on and keep +silent, lest a worse thing befall them. And so the blood-mottled +figure had been left as a warning to all such hard-hearted +employers, and the three noble avengers had hurried off into the +mountains where unbroken nature comes down to the very edge +of the furnaces and the slag heaps. Here they were, safe and +sound, their work well done, and the plaudits of their companions +in their ears. + +It had been a great day for the Scowrers. The shadow had +fallen even darker over the valley. But as the wise general +chooses the moment of victory in which to redouble his efforts, +so that his foes may have no time to steady themselves after +disaster, so Boss McGinty, looking out upon the scene of his +operations with his brooding and malicious eyes, had devised a +new attack upon those who opposed him. That very night, as the +half-drunken company broke up, he touched McMurdo on the +arm and led him aside into that inner room where they had their +first interview. + +"See here, my lad," said he, "I've got a job that's worthy of +you at last. You'll have the doing of it in your own hands." + +"Proud I am to hear it," McMurdo answered. + +"You can take two men with you -- Manders and Reilly. They +have been warned for service. We'll never be right in this district +until Chester Wilcox has been settled, and you'll have the thanks +of every lodge in the coal fields if you can down him." + +"I'll do my best, anyhow. Who is he, and where shall I find him?" + +McGinty took his eternal half-chewed, half-smoked cigar from +the corner of his mouth, and proceeded to draw a rough diagram +on a page torn from his notebook. + +"He's the chief foreman of the Iron Dike Company. He's a +hard citizen, an old colour sergeant of the war, all scars and +grizzle. We've had two tries at him; but had no luck, and Jim +Carnaway lost his life over it. Now it's for you to take it over. +That's the house -- all alone at the Iron Dike crossroad, same as +you see here on the map -- without another within earshot. It's no +good by day. He's armed and shoots quick and straight, with no +questions asked. But at night -- well, there he is with his wife +three children, and a hired help. You can't pick or choose. It's +all or none. If you could get a bag of blasting powder at the front +door with a slow match to it " + +"What's the man done?" + +"Didn't I tell you he shot Jim Carnaway?" + +"Why did he shoot him?" + +"What in thunder has that to do with you? Carnaway was +about his house at night, and he shot him. That's enough for me +and you. You've got to settle the thing right." + +"There's these two women and the children. Do they go up too?" + +"They have to -- else how can we get him?" + +"It seems hard on them; for they've done nothing." + +"What sort of fool's talk is this? Do you back out?" + +"Easy, Councillor, easy! What have I ever said or done that you +should think I would be after standing back from an order of the +Bodymaster of my own lodge? If it's right or if it's wrong, +it's for you to decide." + +"You'll do it, then?" + +"Of course I will do it." + +"When?" + +"Well, you had best give me a night or two that I may see the +house and make my plans. Then --" + +"Very good," said McGinty, shaking him by the hand. "I leave it with you. +It will be a great day when you bring us the news. It's just the last +stroke that will bring them all to their knees." + +McMurdo thought long and deeply over the commission which +had been so suddenly placed in his hands. The isolated house in +which Chester Wilcox lived was about five miles off in an +adjacent valley. That very night he started off all alone to +prepare for the attempt. It was daylight before he returned from +his reconnaissance. Next day he interviewed his two subordinates, +Manders and Reilly, reckless youngsters who were as elated as if +it were a deer-hunt. + +Two nights later they met outside the town, all three armed, +and one of them carrying a sack stuffed with the powder which +was used in the quarries. It was two in the morning before they +came to the lonely house. The night was a windy one, with +broken clouds drifting swiftly across the face of a three-quarter +moon. They had been warned to be on their guard against +bloodhounds; so they moved forward cautiously, with their pistols +cocked in their hands. But there was no sound save the howling of +the wind, and no movement but the swaying branches above them. + +McMurdo listened at the door of the lonely house; but all was +still within. Then he leaned the powder bag against it, ripped a +hole in it with his knife, and attached the fuse. When it was well +alight he and his two companions took to their heels, and were +some distance off, safe and snug in a sheltering ditch, before the +shattering roar of the explosion, with the low, deep rumble of the +collapsing building, told them that their work was done. No +cleaner job had ever been carried out in the bloodstained annals +of the society. + +But alas that work so well organized and boldly carried out +should all have gone for nothing! Warned by the fate of the +various victims, and knowing that he was marked down for +destruction, Chester Wilcox had moved himself and his family +only the day before to some safer and less known quarters, +where a guard of police should watch over them. It was an empty +house which had been torn down by the gunpowder, and the +grim old colour sergeant of the war was still teaching discipline +to the miners of Iron Dike. + +"Leave him to me," said McMurdo. "He's my man, and I'll +get him sure if I have to wait a year for him." + +A vote of thanks and confidence was passed in full lodge, and +so for the time the matter ended. When a few weeks later it was +reported in the papers that Wilcox had been shot at from an +ambuscade, it was an open secret that McMurdo was still at +work upon his unfinished job. + +Such were the methods of the Society of Freemen, and such +were the deeds of the Scowrers by which they spread their rule +of fear over the great and rich district which was for so long a +period haunted by their terrible presence. Why should these +pages be stained by further crimes? Have I not said enough to +show the men and their methods? + +These deeds are written in history, and there are records +wherein one may read the details of them. There one may learn +of the shooting of Policemen Hunt and Evans because they +had ventured to arrest two members of the society -- a double +outrage planned at the Vermissa lodge and carried out in cold +blood upon two helpless and disarmed men. There also one may +read of the shooting of Mrs. Larbey when she was nursing her +husband, who had been beaten almost to death by orders of +Boss McGinty. The killing of the elder Jenkins, shortly followed +by that of his brother, the mutilation of James Murdoch, the +blowing up of the Staphouse family, and the murder of the +Stendals all followed hard upon one another in the same terrible +winter. + +Darkly the shadow lay upon the Valley of Fear. The spring +had come with running brooks and blossoming trees. There was +hope for all Nature bound so long in an iron grip; but nowhere +was there any hope for the men and women who lived under the +yoke of the terror. Never had the cloud above them been so dark +and hopeless as in the early summer of the year 1875. + + +Chapter 6 +Danger + + + +It was the height of the reign of terror. McMurdo, who had +already been appointed Inner Deacon, with every prospect of +some day succeeding McGinty as Bodymaster, was now so +necessary to the councils of his comrades that nothing was done +without his help and advice. The more popular he became, +however, with the Freemen, the blacker were the scowls which +greeted him as he passed along the streets of Vermissa. In spite +of their terror the citizens were taking heart to band themselves +together against their oppressors. Rumours had reached the lodge +of secret gatherings in the Herald office and of distribution of +firearms among the law-abiding people. But McGinty and his +men were undisturbed by such reports. They were numerous, +resolute, and well armed. Their opponents were scattered and +powerless. It would all end, as it had done in the past, in +aimless talk and possibly in impotent arrests. So said McGinty, +McMurdo, and all the bolder spirits. + +It was a Saturday evening in May. Saturday was always the +lodge night, and McMurdo was leaving his house to attend it +when Morris, the weaker brother of the order, came to see him. +His brow was creased with care, and his kindly face was drawn +and haggard. + +"Can I speak with you freely, Mr. McMurdo?" + +"Sure." + +"I can't forget that I spoke my heart to you once, and that you +kept it to yourself, even though the Boss himself came to ask +you about it." + +"What else could I do if you trusted me? It wasn't that I +agreed with what you said." + +"I know that well. But you are the one that I can speak to and +be safe. I've a secret here," he put his hand to his breast, "and +it is just burning the life out of me. I wish it had come to any one +of you but me. If I tell it, it will mean murder, for sure. If I +don't, it may bring the end of us all. God help me, but I am near +out of my wits over it!" + +McMurdo looked at the man earnestly. He was trembling in +every limb. He poured some whisky into a glass and handed it to +him. "That's the physic for the likes of you," said he. "Now let +me hear of it." + +Morris drank, and his white face took a tinge of colour. "I can +tell it to you all in one sentence," said he. "There's a detective +on our trail." + +McMurdo stared at him in astonishment. "Why, man, you're +crazy," he said. "Isn't the place full of police and detectives +and what harm did they ever do us?" + +"No, no, it's no man of the district. As you say, we know +them, and it is little that they can do. But you've heard of +Pinkerton's?" + +"I've read of some folk of that name." + +"Well, you can take it from me you've no show when they +are on your trail. It's not a take-it-or-miss-it government +concern. It's a dead earnest business proposition that's out for +results and keeps out till by hook or crook it gets them. If a +Pinkerton man is deep in this business, we are all destroyed." + +"We must kill him." + +"Ah, it's the first thought that came to you! So it will be up at +the lodge. Didn't I say to you that it would end in murder?" + +"Sure, what is murder? Isn't it common enough in these +parts?" + +"It is, indeed; but it's not for me to point out the man that is +to be murdered. I'd never rest easy again. And yet it's our own +necks that may be at stake. In God's name what shall I do?" He +rocked to and fro in his agony of indecision. + +But his words had moved McMurdo deeply. It was easy to see +that he shared the other's opinion as to the danger, and the need +for meeting it. He gripped Morris's shoulder and shook him in +his earnestness. + +"See here, man," he cried, and he almost screeched the +words in his excitement, "you won't gain anything by sitting +keening like an old wife at a wake. Let's have the facts. Who is +the fellow? Where is he? How did you hear of him? Why did +you come to me?" + +"I came to you; for you are the one man that would advise me. +I told you that I had a store in the East before I came here. I left +good friends behind me, and one of them is in the telegraph +service. Here's a letter that I had from him yesterday. It's this +part from the top of the page. You can read it yourself." + +This was what McMurdo read: + + How are the Scowrers getting on in your parts? We read + + plenty of them in the papers. Between you and me I expect + + to hear news from you before long. Five big corporations + + and the two railroads have taken the thing up in dead + + earnest. They mean it, and you can bet they'll get there! + + They are right deep down into it. Pinkerton has taken hold + + under their orders, and his best man, Birdy Edwards, is + + operating. The thing has got to be stopped right now. + +"Now read the postscript." + + Of course, what I give you is what I learned in business; + + so it goes no further. It's a queer cipher that you handle by + + the yard every day and can get no meaning from. + +McMurdo sat in silence for some time, with the letter in his +listless hands. The mist had lifted for a moment, and there was +the abyss before him. + +"Does anyone else know of this?" he asked. + +"I have told no one else." + +"But this man -- your friend -- has he any other person that he +would be likely to write to?" + +"Well, I dare say he knows one or two more." + +"Of the lodge?" + +"It's likely enough." + +"I was asking because it is likely that he may have given +some description of this fellow Birdy Edwards -- then we could +get on his trail." + +"Well, it's possible. But I should not think he knew him. He +is just telling me the news that came to him by way of business. +How would he know this Pinkerton man?" + +McMurdo gave a violent start. + +"By Gar!" he cried, "I've got him. What a fool I was not to +know it. Lord! but we're in luck! We will fix him before he can +do any harm. See here, Morris, will you leave this thing in my +hands?" + +"Sure, if you will only take it off mine." + +"I'll do that. You can stand right back and let me run it. Even +your name need not be mentioned. I'll take it all on myself, as if +it were to me that this letter has come. Will that content you?" + +"lt's just what I would ask." + +"Then leave it at that and keep your head shut. Now I'll get +down to the lodge, and we'll soon make old man Pinkerton sorry +for himself." + +"You wouldn't kill this man?" + +"The less you know, Friend Morris, the easier your conscience +will be, and the better you will sleep. Ask no questions, and +let these things settle themselves. I have hold of it now." + +Morris shook his head sadly as he left. "I feel that his blood is +on my hands," he groaned. + +"Self-protection is no murder, anyhow," said McMurdo, smiling +grimly. "It's him or us. I guess this man would destroy us all +if we left him long in the valley. Why, Brother Morris, we'll +have to elect you Bodymaster yet; for you've surely saved the +lodge." + +And yet it was clear from his actions that he thought more +seriously of this new intrusion than his words would show. It +may have been his guilty conscience, it may have been the +reputation of the Pinkerton organization, it may have been the +knowledge that great, rich corporations had set themselves the +task of clearing out the Scowrers; but, whatever his reason, his +actions were those of a man who is preparing for the worst. +Every paper which would incriminate him was destroyed before +he left the house. After that he gave a long sigh of satisfaction; +for it seemed to him that he was safe. And yet the danger must +still have pressed somewhat upon him; for on his way to the +lodge he stopped at old man Shafter's. The house was forbidden +him; but when he tapped at the window Ettie came out to him. +The dancing Irish deviltry had gone from her lover's eyes. She +read his danger in his earnest face. + +"Something has happened!" she cried. "Oh, Jack, you are in +danger!" + +"Sure, it is not very bad, my sweetheart. And yet it may be +wise that we make a move before it is worse." + +"Make a move?" + +"I promised you once that I would go some day. I think the +time is coming. I had news to-night, bad news, and I see trouble +coming." + +"The police?" + +"Well, a Pinkerton. But, sure, you wouldn't know what that +is, acushla, nor what it may mean to the likes of me. I'm too +deep in this thing, and I may have to get out of it quick. You +said you would come with me if I went." + +"Oh, Jack, it would be the saving of you!" + +"I'm an honest man in some things, Ettie. I wouldn't hurt a +hair of your bonny head for all that the world can give, nor ever +pull you down one inch from the golden throne above the clouds +where I always see you. Would you trust me?" + +She put her hand in his without a word. "Well, then, listen to +what I say, and do as I order you, for indeed it's the only way +for us. Things are going to happen in this valley. I feel it in my +bones. There may be many of us that will have to look out for +ourselves. I'm one, anyhow. If I go, by day or night, it's you +that must come with me!" + +"I'd come after you, Jack." + +"No, no, you shall come with me. If this valley is closed to +me and I can never come back, how can I leave you behind, and +me perhaps in hiding from the police with never a chance of a +message? It's with me you must come. I know a good woman in +the place I come from, and it's there I'd leave you till we can get +married. Will you come?" + +"Yes, Jack, I will come." + +"God bless you for your trust in me! It's a fiend out of hell +that I should be if I abused it. Now, mark you, Ettie, it will be +just a word to you, and when it reaches you, you will drop +everything and come right down to the waiting room at the depot +and stay there till I come for you." + +"Day or night, I'll come at the word, Jack." + +Somewhat eased in mind, now that his own preparations for +escape had been begun, McMurdo went on to the lodge. It had +already assembled, and only by complicated signs and counter- +signs could he pass through the outer guard and inner guard who +close-tiled it. A buzz of pleasure and welcome greeted him as he +entered. The long room was crowded, and through the haze of +tobacco smoke he saw the tangled black mane of the Bodymaster +the cruel, unfriendly features of Baldwin, the vulture face of +Harraway, the secretary, and a dozen more who were among the +leaders of the lodge. He rejoiced that they should all be there to +take counsel over his news. + +"Indeed, it's glad we are to see you, Brother!" cried the +chairman. "There's business here that wants a Solomon in judgment +to set it right." + +"It's Lander and Egan," explained his neighbour as he took +his seat. "They both claim the head money given by the lodge +for the shooting of old man Crabbe over at Stylestown, and +who's to say which fired the bullet?" + +McMurdo rose in his place and raised his hand. The expression +of his face froze the attention of the audience. There was a +dead hush of expectation. + +"Eminent Bodymaster," he said, in a solemn voice, "I claim +urgency!" + +"Brother McMurdo claims urgency," said McGinty. "It's a +claim that by the rules of this lodge takes precedence. Now +Brother, we attend you." + +McMurdo took the letter from his pocket. + +"Eminent Bodymaster and Brethren," he said, "I am the +bearer of ill news this day; but it is better that it should be known +and discussed, than that a blow should fall upon us without +warning which would destroy us all. I have information that the +most powerful and richest organizations in this state have bound +themselves together for our destruction, and that at this very +moment there is a Pinkerton detective, one Birdy Edwards, at +work in the valley collecting the evidence which may put a rope +round the necks of many of us, and send every man in this room +into a felon's cell. That is the situation for the discussion of +which I have made a claim of urgency." + +There was a dead silence in the room. It was broken by the +chairman. + +"What is your evidence for this, Brother McMurdo?" he +asked. + +"It is in this letter which has come into my hands," said +McMurdo. Me read the passage aloud. "It is a matter of honour +with me that I can give no further particulars about the letter, nor +put it into your hands; but I assure you that there is nothing else +in it which can affect the interests of the lodge. I put the case +before you as it has reached me." + +"Let me say, Mr. Chairman," said one of the older brethren, +"that I have heard of Birdy Edwards, and that he has the name +of being the best man in the Pinkerton service." + +"Does anyone know him by sight?" asked McGinty. + +"Yes," said McMurdo, "I do." + +There was a murmur of astonishment through the hall. + +"I believe we hold him in the hollow of our hands," he +continued with an exulting smile upon his face. "If we act +quickly and wisely, we can cut this thing short. If I have your +confidence and your help, it is little that we have to fear." + +"What have we to fear, anyhow? What can he know of our +affairs?" + +"You might say so if all were as stanch as you, Councillor. +But this man has all the millions of the capitalists at his back. Do +you think there is no weaker brother among all our lodges that +could not be bought? He will get at our secrets -- maybe has got +them already. There's only one sure cure." + +"That he never leaves the valley," said Baldwin. + +McMurdo nodded. "Good for you, Brother Baldwin," he +said. "You and I have had our differences, but you have said the +true word to-night." + +"Where is he, then? Where shall we know him?" + +"Eminent Bodymaster," said McMurdo, earnestly, "I would +put it to you that this is too vital a thing for us to discuss in open +lodge. God forbid that I should throw a doubt on anyone here; +but if so much as a word of gossip got to the ears of this man, +there would be an end of any chance of our getting him. I would +ask the lodge to choose a trusty committee, Mr. Chairman -- +yourself, if I might suggest it, and Brother Baldwin here, and +five more. Then I can talk freely of what I know and of what I +advise should be done." + +The proposition was at once adopted, and the committee +chosen. Besides the chairman and Baldwin there were the vulture- +faced secretary, Harraway, Tiger Cormac, the brutal young +assassin, Carter, the treasurer, and the brothers Willaby, +fearless and desperate men who would stick at nothing. + +The usual revelry of the lodge was short and subdued: for +there was a cloud upon the men's spirits, and many there for the +first time began to see the cloud of avenging Law drifting up in +that serene sky under which they had dwelt so long. The horrors +they had dealt out to others had been so much a part of their +settled lives that the thought of retribution had become a remote +one, and so seemed the more startling now that it came so +closely upon them. They broke up early and left their leaders to +their council. + +"Now, McMurdo!" said McGinty when they were alone. The +seven men sat frozen in their seats. + +"I said just now that I knew Birdy Edwards," McMurdo +explained. "I need not tell you that he is not here under that +name. He's a brave man, but not a crazy one. He passes under +the name of Steve Wilson, and he is lodging at Hobson's Patch." + +"How do you know this?" + +"Because I fell into talk with him. I thought little of it at the +time, nor would have given it a second thought but for this letter; +but now I'm sure it's the man. I met him on the cars when I went +down the line on Wednesday -- a hard case if ever there was one. +He said he was a reporter. I believed it for the moment. Wanted +to know all he could about the Scowrers and what he called 'the +outrages' for a New York paper. Asked me every kind of +question so as to get something. You bet I was giving nothing +away. 'I'd pay for it and pay well,' said he, 'if I could get some +stuff that would suit my editor.' I said what I thought would +please him best, and he handed me a twenty-dollar bill for my +information. 'There's ten times that for you,' said he, 'if you can +find me all that I want.' " + +"What did you tell him, then?" + +"Any stuff I could make up." + +"How do you know he wasn't a newspaper man?" + +"I'll tell you. He got out at Hobson's Patch, and so did I. I +chanced into the telegraph bureau, and he was leaving it. + +" 'See here,' said the operator after he'd gone out, 'I guess +we should charge double rates for this.' -- 'I guess you should,' +said I. He had filled the form with stuff that might have been +Chinese, for all we could make of it. 'He fires a sheet of this off +every day,' said the clerk. 'Yes,' said I; 'it's special news for his +paper, and he's scared that the others should tap it.' That was +what the operator thought and what I thought at the time; but I +think differently now." + +"By Gar! I believe you are right," said McGinty. "But what +do you allow that we should do about it?" + +"Why not go right down now and fix him?" someone suggested. + +"Ay, the sooner the better." + +"I'd start this next minute if I knew where we could find +him," said McMurdo. "He's in Hobson's Patch; but I don't +know the house. I've got a plan, though, if you'll only take my +advice." + +"Well, what is it?" + +"I'll go to the Patch to-morrow morning. I'll find him through +the operator. He can locate him, I guess. Well, then I'll tell him +that I'm a Freeman myself. I'll offer him all the secrets of the +lodge for a price. You bet he'll tumble to it. I'll tell him the +papers are at my house, and that it's as much as my life would +be worth to let him come while folk were about. He'll see that +that's horse sense. Let him come at ten o'clock at night, and he +shall see everything. That will fetch him sure." + +"Well?" + +"You can plan the rest for yourselves. Widow MacNamara's +is a lonely house. She's as true as steel and as deaf as a post. +There's only Scanlan and me in the house. If I get his promise -- +and I'll let you know if I do -- I'd have the whole seven of you +come to me by nine o'clock. We'll get him in. If ever he gets out +alive -- well, he can talk of Birdy Edwards's luck for the rest of +his days!" + +"There's going to be a vacancy at Pinkerton's or I'm mistaken. +Leave it at that, McMurdo. At nine to-morrow we'll be with you. +You once get the door shut behind him, and you can leave the rest +with us." + + +Chapter 7 +The Trapping of Birdy Edwards + + + +As McMurdo had said, the house in which he lived was a +lonely one and very well suited for such a crime as they had +planned. It was on the extreme fringe of the town and stood well +back from the road. In any other case the conspirators would +have simply called out their man, as they had many a time +before, and emptied their pistols into his body; but in this +instance it was very necessary to find out how much he knew +how he knew it, and what had been passed on to his employers. + +It was possible that they were already too late and that the +work had been done. If that was indeed so, they could at least +have their revenge upon the man who had done it. But they were +hopeful that nothing of great importance had yet come to the +detective's knowledge, as otherwise, they argued, he would not +have troubled to write down and forward such trivial information +as McMurdo claimed to have given him. However, all this they +would learn from his own lips. Once in their power, they would +find a way to make him speak. It was not the first time that they +had handled an unwilling witness. + +McMurdo went to Hobson's Patch as agreed. The police +seemed to take particular interest in him that morning, and +Captain Marvin -- he who had claimed the old acquaintance with +him at Chicago -- actually addressed him as he waited at the +station. McMurdo turned away and refused to speak with him. +He was back from his mission in the afternoon, and saw McGinty +at the Union House. + +"He is coming," he said. + +"Good!" said McGinty. The giant was in his shirt sleeves, +with chains and seals gleaming athwart his ample waistcoat and a +diamond twinkling through the fringe of his bristling beard. +Drink and politics had made the Boss a very rich as well as +powerful man. The more terrible, therefore, seemed that glimpse +of the prison or the gallows which had risen before him the night +before. + +"Do you reckon he knows much?" he asked anxiously. + +McMurdo shook his head gloomily. "He's been here some +time -- six weeks at the least. I guess he didn't come into these +parts to look at the prospect. If he has been working among us +all that time with the railroad money at his back, I should expect +that he has got results, and that he has passed them on." + +"There's not a weak man in the lodge," cried McGinty. +"True as steel, every man of them. And yet, by the Lord! there +is that skunk Morris. What about him? If any man gives us +away, it would be he. I've a mind to send a couple of the boys +round before evening to give him a beating up and see what they +can get from him." + +"Well, there would be no harm in that," McMurdo answered. +"I won't deny that I have a liking for Morris and would be sorry +to see him come to harm. He has spoken to me once or twice +over lodge matters, and though he may not see them the same as +you or I, he never seemed the sort that squeals. But still it is not +for me to stand between him and you." + +"I'll fix the old devil!" said McGinty with an oath. "I've had +my eye on him this year past." + +"Well, you know best about that," McMurdo answered. "But +whatever you do must be to-morrow; for we must lie low until +the Pinkerton affair is settled up. We can't afford to set the +police buzzing, to-day of all days." + +"True for you," said McGinty. "And we'll learn from Birdy +Edwards himself where he got his news if we have to cut his +heart out first. Did he seem to scent a trap?" + +McMurdo laughed. "I guess I took him on his weak point," +he said. "If he could get on a good trail of the Scowrers, he's +ready to follow it into hell. I took his money," McMurdo +grinned as he produced a wad of dollar notes, "and as much +more when he has seen all my papers." + +"What papers?" + +"Well, there are no papers. But I filled him up about +constitutions and books of rules and forms of membership. +He expects to get right down to the end of everything +before he leaves." + +"Faith, he's right there," said McGinty grimly. "Didn't he +ask you why you didn't bring him the papers?" + +"As if I would carry such things, and me a suspected man, +and Captain Marvin after speaking to me this very day at the +depot!" + +"Ay, I heard of that," said McGinty. "I guess the heavy end +of this business is coming on to you. We could put him down an +old shaft when we've done with him; but however we work it we +can't get past the man living at Hobson's Patch and you being +there to-day." + +McMurdo shrugged his shoulders. "If we handle it right, they +can never prove the killing," said he. "No one can see him +come to the house after dark, and I'll lay to it that no one will +see him go. Now see here, Councillor, I'll show you my plan +and I'll ask you to fit the others into it. You will all come in +good time. Very well. He comes at ten. He is to tap three times, +and me to open the door for him. Then I'll get behind him and +shut it. He's our man then." + +"That's all easy and plain." + +"Yes; but the next step wants considering. He's a hard +proposition. He's heavily armed. I've fooled him proper, and yet +he is likely to be on his guard. Suppose I show him right into a +room with seven men in it where he expected to find me alone. +There is going to be shooting, and somebody is going to be hurt." + +"That's so." + +"And the noise is going to bring every damned copper in the +township on top of it." + +"I guess you are right." + +"This is how I should work it. You will all be in the big +room -- same as you saw when you had a chat with me. I'll open +the door for him, show him into the parlour beside the door, and +leave him there while I get the papers. That will give me the +chance of telling you how things are shaping. Then I will go +back to him with some faked papers. As he is reading them I will +jump for him and get my grip on his pistol arm. You'll hear me +call and in you will rush. The quicker the better; for he is as +strong a man as I, and I may have more than I can manage. But I +allow that I can hold him till you come." + +"It's a good plan," said McGinty. "The lodge will owe you a +debt for this. I guess when I move out of the chair I can put a +name to the man that's coming after me." + +"Sure, Councillor, I am little more than a recruit," said +McMurdo; but his face showed what he thought of the great +man's compliment. + +When he had returned home he made his own preparations for +the grim evening in front of him. First he cleaned, oiled, and +loaded his Smith & Wesson revolver. Then he surveyed the +room in which the detective was to be trapped. It was a large +apartment, with a long deal table in the centre, and the big stove +at one side. At each of the other sides were windows. There +were no shutters on these: only light curtains which drew across. +McMurdo examined these attentively. No doubt it must have +struck him that the apartment was very exposed for so secret a +meeting. Yet its distance from the road made it of less consequence. +Finally he discussed the matter with his fellow lodger. Scanlan, +though a Scowrer, was an inoffensive little man who was too weak +to stand against the opinion of his comrades, but was secretly +horrified by the deeds of blood at which he had sometimes been +forced to assist. McMurdo told him shortly what was intended. + +"And if I were you, Mike Scanlan, I would take a night off +and keep clear of it. There will be bloody work here before +morning." + +"Well, indeed then, Mac," Scanlan answered. "It's not the +will but the nerve that is wanting in me. When I saw Manager +Dunn go down at the colliery yonder it was just more than I +could stand. I'm not made for it, same as you or McGinty. If the +lodge will think none the worse of me, I'll just do as you advise +and leave you to yourselves for the evening." + +The men came in good time as arranged. They were outwardly +respectable citizens, well clad and cleanly; but a judge of +faces would have read little hope for Birdy Edwards in those +hard mouths and remorseless eyes. There was not a man in the +room whose hands had not been reddened a dozen times before. +They were as hardened to human murder as a butcher to sheep. + +Foremost, of course, both in appearance and in guilt, was the +formidable Boss. Harraway, the secretary, was a lean, bitter man +with a long, scraggy neck and nervous, jerky limbs, a man of +incorruptible fidelity where the finances of the order were +concerned, and with no notion of justice or honesty to anyone +beyond. The treasurer, Carter, was a middle-aged man, with an +impassive, rather sulky expression, and a yellow parchment skin. +He was a capable organizer, and the actual details of nearly +every outrage had sprung from his plotting brain. The two +Willabys were men of action, tall, lithe young fellows with +determined faces, while their companion, Tiger Cormac, a heavy, +dark youth, was feared even by his own comrades for the +ferocity of his disposition. These were the men who assembled +that night under the roof of McMurdo for the killing of the +Pinkerton detective. + +Their host had placed whisky upon the table, and they had +hastened to prime themselves for the work before them. Baldwin +and Cormac were already half-drunk, and the liquor had brought +out all their ferocity. Cormac placed his hands on the stove for +an instant -- it had been lighted, for the nights were still cold. + +"That will do," said he, with an oath. + +"Ay," said Baldwin, catching his meaning. "If he is strapped +to that, we will have the truth out of him." + +"We'll have the truth out of him, never fear," said McMurdo. +He had nerves of steel, this man; for though the whole weight of +the affair was on him his manner was as cool and unconcerned as +ever. The others marked it and applauded. + +"You are the one to handle him," said the Boss approvingly. +"Not a warning will he get till your hand is on his throat. It's a +pity there are no shutters to your windows." + +McMurdo went from one to the other and drew the curtains +tighter. "Sure no one can spy upon us now. It's close upon the +hour." + +"Maybe he won't come. Maybe he'll get a sniff of danger," +said the secretary. + +"He'll come, never fear," McMurdo answered. "He is as +eager to come as you can be to see him. Hark to that!" + +They all sat like wax figures, some with their glasses arrested +halfway to their lips. Three loud knocks had sounded at the door. + +"Hush!" McMurdo raised his hand in caution. An exulting +glance went round the circle, and hands were laid upon hidden +weapons. + +"Not a sound, for your lives!" McMurdo whispered, as he +went from the room, closing the door carefully behind him. + +With strained ears the murderers waited. They counted the +steps of their comrade down the passage. Then they heard him +open the outer door. There were a few words as of greeting. +Then they were aware of a strange step inside and of an +unfamiliar voice. An instant later came the slam of the door +and the turning of the key in the lock. Their prey was safe +within the trap. Tiger Cormac laughed horribly, and Boss +McGinty clapped his great hand across his mouth. + +"Be quiet, you fool!" he whispered. "You'll be the undoing +of us yet!" + +There was a mutter of conversation from the next room. It +seemed interminable. Then the door opened, and McMurdo +appeared, his finger upon his lip. + +He came to the end of the table and looked round at them. A +subtle change had come over him. His manner was as of one +who has great work to do. His face had set into granite firmness. +His eyes shone with a fierce excitement behind his spectacles. +He had become a visible leader of men. They stared at him with +eager interest; but he said nothing. Still with the same singular +gaze he looked from man to man. + +"Well!" cried Boss McGinty at last. "Is he here? Is Birdy +Edwards here?" + +"Yes," McMurdo answered slowly. "Birdy Edwards is here. +I am Birdy Edwards!" + +There were ten seconds after that brief speech during which +the room might have been empty, so profound was the silence. +The hissing of a kettle upon the stove rose sharp and strident to +the ear. Seven white faces, all turned upward to this man who +dominated them, were set motionless with utter terror. Then, +with a sudden shivering of glass, a bristle of glistening rifle +barrels broke through each window, while the curtains were torn +from their hangings. + +At the sight Boss McGinty gave the roar of a wounded bear +and plunged for the half-opened door. A levelled revolver met +him there with the stern blue eyes of Captain Marvin of the Mine +Police gleaming behind the sights. The Boss recoiled and fell +back into his chair. + +"You're safer there, Councillor," said the man whom they +had known as McMurdo. "And you, Baldwin, if you don't take +your hand off your pistol, you'll cheat the hangman yet. Pull it +out, or by the Lord that made me -- There, that will do. There are +forty armed men round this house, and you can figure it out for +yourself what chance you have. Take their pistols, Marvin!" + +There was no possible resistance under the menace of those +rifles. The men were disarmed. Sulky, sheepish, and amazed, +they still sat round the table. + +"I'd like to say a word to you before we separate," said the +man who had trapped them. "I guess we may not meet again +until you see me on the stand in the courthouse. I'll give you +something to think over between now and then. You know me +now for what I am. At last I can put my cards on the table. I am +Birdy Edwards of Pinkerton's. I was chosen to break up your +gang. I had a hard and dangerous game to play. Not a soul, not +one soul, not my nearest and dearest, knew that I was playing it. +Only Captain Marvin here and my employers knew that. But it's +over to-night, thank God, and I am the winner!" + +The seven pale, rigid faces looked up at him. There was +unappeasable hatred in their eyes. He read the relentless threat. + +"Maybe you think that the game is not over yet. Well, I take +my chance of that. Anyhow, some of you will take no further +hand, and there are sixty more besides yourselves that will see a +jail this night. I'll tell you this, that when I was put upon this job +I never believed there was such a society as yours. I thought it +was paper talk, and that I would prove it so. They told me it was +to do with the Freemen; so I went to Chicago and was made one. +Then I was surer than ever that it was just paper talk; for I found +no harm in the society, but a deal of good. + +"Still, I had to carry out my job, and I came to the coal +valleys. When I reached this place I learned that I was wrong +and that it wasn't a dime novel after all. So I stayed to look after +it. I never killed a man in Chicago. I never minted a dollar in my +life. Those I gave you were as good as any others; but I never +spent money better. But I knew the way into your good wishes +and so l pretended to you that the law was after me. It all worked +just as I thought. + +"So I joined your infernal lodge, and I took my share in your +councils. Maybe they will say that I was as bad as you. They can +say what they like, so long as I get you. But what is the truth? +The night I joined you beat up old man Stanger. I could not warn +him, for there was no time; but I held your hand, Baldwin, when +you would have killed him. If ever I have suggested things, so as +to keep my place among you, they were things which I knew I +could prevent. I could not save Dunn and Menzies, for I did not +know enough; but I will see that their murderers are hanged. I +gave Chester Wilcox warning, so that when I blew his house in +he and his folk were in hiding. There was many a crime that I +could not stop; but if you look back and think how often your +man came home the other road, or was down in town when you +went for him, or stayed indoors when you thought he would +come out, you'll see my work." + +"You blasted traitor!" hissed McGinty through his closed +teeth. + +"Ay, John McGinty, you may call me that if it eases your +smart. You and your like have been the enemy of God and man +in these parts. It took a man to get between you and the poor +devils of men and women that you held under your grip. There +was just one way of doing it, and I did it. You call me a traitor; +but I guess there's many a thousand will call me a deliverer that +went down into hell to save them. I've had three months of it. I +wouldn't have three such months again if they let me loose in the +treasury at Washington for it. I had to stay till I had it all, every +man and every secret right here in this hand. I'd have waited a +little longer if it hadn't come to my knowledge that my secret +was coming out. A letter had come into the town that would +have set you wise to it all. Then I had to act and act quickly. + +"I've nothing more to say to you, except that when my time +comes I'll die the easier when I think of the work I have done in +this valley. Now, Marvin, I'll keep you no more. Take them in +and get it over." + +There is little more to tell. Scanlan had been given a sealed +note to be left at the address of Miss Ettie Shafter, a mission +which he had accepted with a wink and a knowing smile. In the +early hours of the morning a beautiful woman and a much +muffled man boarded a special train which had been sent by the +railroad company, and made a swift, unbroken journey out of the +land of danger. It was the last time that ever either Ettie or her +lover set foot in the Valley of Fear. Ten days later they were +married in Chicago, with old Jacob Shafter as witness of the +wedding. + +The trial of the Scowrers was held far from the place where +their adherents might have terrified the guardians of the law. +In vain they struggled. In vain the money of the lodge -- money +squeezed by blackmail out of the whole countryside -- was spent +like water in the attempt to save them. That cold, clear, +unimpassioned statement from one who knew every detail of their +lives, their organization, and their crimes was unshaken by all +the wiles of their defenders. At last after so many years they +were broken and scattered. The cloud was lifted forever from the +valley. + +McGinty met his fate upon the scaffold, cringing and whining +when the last hour came. Eight of his chief followers shared his +fate. Fifty-odd had various degrees of imprisonment. The work +of Birdy Edwards was complete. + +And yet, as he had guessed, the game was not over yet. There +was another hand to be played, and yet another and another. +Ted Baldwin, for one, had escaped the scaffold; so had the Willabys; +so had several others of the fiercest spirits of the gang. For ten +years they were out of the world, and then came a day when they +were free once more -- a day which Edwards, who knew his men, +was very sure would be an end of his life of peace. They had +sworn an oath on all that they thought holy to have his blood as a +vengeance for their comrades. And well they strove to keep their +vow! + +From Chicago he was chased, after two attempts so near +success that it was sure that the third would get him. From Chicago +he went under a changed name to California, and it was there +that the light went for a time out of his life when Ettie Edwards +died. Once again he was nearly killed, and once again under the +name of Douglas he worked in a lonely canyon, where with an +English partner named Barker he amassed a fortune. At last there +came a warning to him that the bloodhounds were on his track +once more, and he cleared -- only just in time -- for England. And +thence came the John Douglas who for a second time married a worthy +mate, and lived for five years as a Sussex county gentleman, a life +which ended with the strange happenings of which we have heard. + + +Epilogue + + + +The police trial had passed, in which the case of John Douglas +was referred to a higher court. So had the Quarter Sessions, at +which he was acquitted as having acted in self-defense. + +"Get him out of England at any cost," wrote Holmes to the +wife. "There are forces here which may be more dangerous than +those he has escaped. There is no safety for your husband in +England." + +Two months had gone by, and the case had to some extent +passed from our minds. Then one morning there came an enigmatic +note slipped into our letter box. "Dear me, Mr. Holmes. +Dear me!" said this singular epistle. There was neither +superscription nor signature. I laughed at the quaint message; +but Holmes showed unwonted seriousness. + +"Deviltry, Watson!" he remarked, and sat long with a clouded +brow. + +Late last night Mrs. Hudson, our landlady, brought up a +message that a gentleman wished to see Holmes, and that the +matter was of the utmost importance. Close at the heels of his +messenger came Cecil Barker, our friend of the moated Manor +House. His face was drawn and haggard. + +"I've had bad news -- terrible news, Mr. Holmes," said he. + +"I feared as much," said Holmes. + +"You have not had a cable, have you?" + +"I have had a note from someone who has." + +"It's poor Douglas. They tell me his name is Edwards; but he +will always be Jack Douglas of Benito Canyon to me. I told you +that they started together for South Africa in the Palmyra three +weeks ago." + +"Exactly." + +"The ship reached Cape Town last night.I received this cable from Mrs +Douglas this morning: -- + +"Jack has been lost overboard in gale off St Helena.No one knows how +accident occurred. -- Ivy Douglas." + +"Ha!It came like that, did it?" said Holmes, thoughtfully. "Well, I've +no doubt it was well stage-managed." + +"You mean that you think there was no accident?" + +"None in the world." + +"He was murdered?" + +"Surely!" + +"So I think also.These infernal Scowrers, this cursed vindictive nest of +criminals --" + + "No, no, my good sir," said Holmes. "There is a master hand here. It is no +case of sawed-off shot-guns and clumsy six-shooters. You can tell an old +master by the sweep of his brush. I can tell a Moriarty when I see one. This +crime is from London, not from America." + +"But for what motive?" + +"Because it is done by a man who cannot afford to fail -- one whose whole +unique position depends upon the fact that all he does must succeed. A +great brain and a huge organization have been turned to the extinction of +one man. It is crushing the nut with the hammer -- an absurd extravagance +of energy -- but the nut is very effectually crushed all the same." + +"How came this man to have anything to do with it?" + +"I can only say that the first word that ever came to us of the business was +from one of his lieutenants.These Americans were well advised.Having an +English job to do, they took into partnership, as any foreign criminal +could do, this great consultant in crime.From that moment their man was +doomed. At first he would content himself by using his machinery in order +to find their victim. Then he would indicate how the matter might be +treated. Finally, when he read in the reports of the failure of this agent, he +would step in himself with a master touch. You heard me warn this man at +Birlstone Manor House that the coming danger was greater than the past. +Was I right?" + +Barker beat his head with his clenched fist in his impotent anger. + +"Do you tell me that we have to sit down under this? Do you say that +no one can ever get level with this king-devil?" + +"No, I don't say that," said Holmes, and his eyes seemed to be looking far +into the future. "I don't say that he can't be beat. But you must give me +time -- you must give me time!" + +We all sat in silence for some minutes, while those fateful eyes still +strained to pierce the veil. + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg Etext The Valley of Fear, by Arthur Conan Doyle + diff --git a/old/vfear10a.zip b/old/vfear10a.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f537ab5 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/vfear10a.zip diff --git a/old/vfear11a.txt b/old/vfear11a.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7780d94 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/vfear11a.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7703 @@ +Project Gutenberg Etext The Valley of Fear, by Arthur Conan Doyle + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check +the laws for your country before redistributing these files!!! + +Please take a look at the important information in this header. +We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an +electronic path open for the next readers. + +Please do not remove this. + +This should be the first thing seen when anyone opens the book. +Do not change or edit it without written permission. The words +are carefully chosen to provide users with the information they +need about what they can legally do with the texts. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These Etexts Are Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + +Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and +further information is included below, including for donations. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541 + + + +Title: The Valley of Fear + +Author: Arthur Conan Doyle + +Release Date: February, 2003 [Etext #3776] +[Yes, we are about one year ahead of schedule] +[The actual date this file first posted = 09/03/01] +[Date last updated: February 10, 2005] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Project Gutenberg Etext The Valley of Fear, by Arthur Conan Doyle +******This file should be named vfear10a.txt or vfear10a.zip***** + +Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, vfear10a.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, vfear10b.txt + +This etext was produced by Toby F. Charkin (t_charkin@yahoo.com) + +Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions, +all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a +copyright notice is included. Therefore, we usually do NOT keep any +of these books in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our books one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to send us error messages even years after +the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our sites at: +http://gutenberg.net +http://promo.net/pg + + +Those of you who want to download any Etext before announcement +can surf to them as follows, and just download by date; this is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 +or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03 + +Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour this year as we release fifty new Etext +files per month, or 500 more Etexts in 2000 for a total of 3000+ +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +should reach over 300 billion Etexts given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext +Files by December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion] +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third +of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 4,000 Etexts unless we +manage to get some real funding. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of July 12, 2001 contributions are only being solicited from people +in: +Arkansas, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, +Idaho, +Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, +Minnesota, +Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, New Mexico, Nevada, New Jersey, New York, +North +Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South +Dakota, +Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, +Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +We have filed in about 45 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, +additions to this list will be made and fund raising +will begin in the additional states. Please feel +free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork +to legally request donations in all 50 states. If +your state is not listed and you would like to know +if we have added it since the list you have, just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in +states where we are not yet registered, we know +of no prohibition against accepting donations +from donors in these states who approach us with +an offer to donate. + + +International donations are accepted, +but we don't know ANYTHING about how +to make them tax-deductible, or +even if they CAN be made deductible, +and don't have the staff to handle it +even if there are ways. + +All donations should be made to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541, +and has been approved as a 501(c)(3) organization by the US Internal +Revenue Service (IRS). Donations are tax-deductible to the maximum +extent permitted by law. As the requirements for other states are met, +additions to this list will be made and fund raising will begin in the +additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +hart@pobox.com forwards to hart@prairienet.org and archive.org +if your mail bounces from archive.org, I will still see it, if +it bounces from prairienet.org, better resend later on. . . . + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +*** + + +Example command-line FTP session: + +ftp ftp.ibiblio.org +login: anonymous +password: your@login +cd pub/docs/books/gutenberg +cd etext90 through etext99 or etext00 through etext02, etc. +dir [to see files] +get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files] +GET GUTINDEX.?? [to get a year's listing of books, e.g., GUTINDEX.99] +GET GUTINDEX.ALL [to get a listing of ALL books] + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this etext if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etexts, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States +copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this etext, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the etext, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the etext (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this header are copyright (C) 2001 by Michael S. Hart +and may be reprinted only when these Etexts are free of all fees.] +[Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be used in any sales +of Project Gutenberg Etexts or other materials be they hardware or +software or any other related product without express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.02/09/01*END* + + + + + +This etext was produced by Toby F. Charkin (t_charkin@yahoo.com) + + + + + +The Valley Of Fear by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle + + + +PART 1 +The Tragedy of Birlstone + + + +Chapter 1 +The Warning + +"I am inclined to think -- " said I. + +"I should do so," Sherlock Holmes remarked impatiently. + +I believe that I am one of the most long-suffering of mortals; +but I'll admit that I was annoyed at the sardonic interruption. + +"Really, Holmes," said I severely, "you are a little trying at times." + +He was too much absorbed with his own thoughts to give any +immediate answer to my remonstrance. He leaned upon his +hand, with his untasted breakfast before him, and he stared at the +slip of paper which he had just drawn from its envelope. Then he +took the envelope itself, held it up to the light, and very carefully +studied both the exterior and the flap. + +"It is Porlock's writing," said he thoughtfully. "I can hardly +doubt that it is Porlock's writing, though I have seen it only +twice before. The Greek e with the peculiar top flourish is +distinctive. But if it is Porlock, then it must be something of the +very first importance." + +He was speaking to himself rather than to me; but my vexation +disappeared in the interest which the words awakened. + +"Who then is Porlock?" I asked. + +"Porlock, Watson, is a nom-de-plume, a mere identification +mark; but behind it lies a shifty and evasive personality. In a +former letter he frankly informed me that the name was not his +own, and defied me ever to trace him among the teeming millions +of this great city. Porlock is important, not for himself, but +for the great man with whom he is in touch. Picture to yourself +the pilot fish with the shark, the jackal with the lion -- anything +that is insignificant in companionship with what is formidable: +not only formidable, Watson, but sinister -- in the highest degree +sinister. That is where he comes within my purview. You have +heard me speak of Professor Moriarty?" + +"The famous scientific criminal, as famous among crooks as --" + +"My blushes, Watson!" Holmes murmured in a deprecating voice. + +"I was about to say, as he is unknown to the public." + +"A touch! A distinct touch!" cried Holmes. "You are developing +a certain unexpected vein of pawky humour, Watson, against +which I must learn to guard myself. But in calling Moriarty a +criminal you are uttering libel in the eyes of the law -- and +there lie the glory and the wonder of it! The greatest schemer +of all time, the organizer of every deviltry, the controlling +brain of the underworld, a brain which might have made or +marred the destiny of nations -- that's the man! But so aloof is he +from general suspicion, so immune from criticism, so admirable +in his management and self-effacement, that for those very words +that you have uttered he could hale you to a court and emerge +with your year's pension as a solatium for his wounded character. +Is he not the celebrated author of The Dynamics of an Asteroid, +a book which ascends to such rarefied heights of pure mathematics +that it is said that there was no man in the scientific +press capable of criticizing it? Is this a man to traduce? Foul- +mouthed doctor and slandered professor -- such would be your +respective roles! That's genius, Watson. But if I am spared by +lesser men, our day will surely come." + +"May I be there to see!" I exclaimed devoutly. "But you +were speaking of this man Porlock." + +"Ah, yes -- the so-called Porlock is a link in the chain some +little way from its great attachment. Porlock is not quite a sound +link -- between ourselves. He is the only flaw in that chain so far +as I have been able to test it." + +"But no chain is stronger than its weakest link." + +"Exactly, my dear Watson! Hence the extreme importance of Porlock. +Led on by some rudimentary aspirations towards right, and encouraged +by the judicious stimulation of an occasional ten-pound note sent to +him by devious methods, he has once or twice given me advance +information which has been of value -- that highest value which +anticipates and prevents rather than avenges crime. I cannot doubt +that, if we had the cipher, we should find that this communication +is of the nature that I indicate." + +Again Holmes flattened out the paper upon his unused plate. I rose +and, leaning over him, stared down at the curious inscription, +which ran as follows: + + 534 C2 13 127 36 31 4 17 21 41 + + DOUGLAS 109 293 5 37 BIRLSTONE + + 26 BIRLSTONE 9 47 171 + +"What do you make of it, Holmes?" + +"It is obviously an attempt to convey secret information." + +"But what is the use of a cipher message without the cipher?" + +"In this instance, none at all." + +"Why do you say 'in this instance'?" + +"Because there are many ciphers which I would read as easily +as I do the apocrypha of the agony column: such crude devices +amuse the intelligence without fatiguing it. But this is different. +It is clearly a reference to the words in a page of some book. +Until I am told which page and which book I am powerless." + +"But why 'Douglas' and 'Birlstone'?" + +"Clearly because those are words which were not contained in +the page in question." + +"Then why has he not indicated the book?" + +"Your native shrewdness, my dear Watson, that innate cunning +which is the delight of your friends, would surely prevent +you from inclosing cipher and message in the same envelope. +Should it miscarry, you are undone. As it is, both have to go +wrong before any harm comes from it. Our second post is now +overdue, and I shall be surprised if it does not bring us either a +further letter of explanation, or, as is more probable, the very +volume to which these figures refer." + +Holmes's calculation was fulfilled within a very few minutes +by the appearance of Billy, the page, with the very letter which +we were expecting. + +"The same writing," remarked Holmes, as he opened the +envelope, "and actually signed," he added in an exultant voice +as he unfolded the epistle. "Come, we are getting on, Watson." +His brow clouded, however, as he glanced over the contents. + +"Dear me, this is very disappointing! I fear, Watson, that all +our expectations come to nothing. I trust that the man Porlock +will come to no harm. + + "DEAR MR. HOLMES [he says]: + + "I will go no further in this matter. It is too dangerous -- he + + suspects me. I can see that he suspects me. He came to me + + quite unexpectedly after I had actually addressed this envelope + + with the intention of sending you the key to the cipher. + + I was able to cover it up. If he had seen it, it would have + + gone hard with me. But I read suspicion in his eyes. Please + + burn the cipher message, which can now be of no use to you. + + FRED PORLOCK." + +Holmes sat for some little time twisting this letter between his +fingers, and frowning, as he stared into the fire. + +"After all," he said at last, "there may be nothing in it. It +may be only his guilty conscience. Knowing himself to be a +traitor, he may have read the accusation in the other's eyes." + +"The other being, I presume, Professor Moriarty." + +"No less! When any of that party talk about 'He' you know whom +they mean. There is one predominant 'He' for all of them." + +"But what can he do?" + +"Hum! That's a large question. When you have one of the +first brains of Europe up against you, and all the powers of +darkness at his back, there are infinite possibilities. Anyhow, +Friend Porlock is evidently scared out of his senses -- kindly +compare the writing in the note to that upon its envelope; which +was done, he tells us, before this ill-omened visit. The one is +clear and firm. The other hardly legible." + +"Why did he write at all? Why did he not simply drop it?" + +"Because he feared I would make some inquiry after him in +that case, and possibly bring trouble on him." + +"No doubt," said I. "Of course." I had picked up the original +cipher message and was bending my brows over it. "It's pretty +maddening to think that an important secret may lie here on this +slip of paper, and that it is beyond human power to penetrate it." + +Sherlock Holmes had pushed away his untasted breakfast and +lit the unsavoury pipe which was the companion of his deepest +meditations. "I wonder!" said he, leaning back and staring at +the ceiling. "Perhaps there are points which have escaped your +Machiavellian intellect. Let us consider the problem in the light +of pure reason. This man's reference is to a book. That is our +point of departure." + +"A somewhat vague one." + +"Let us see then if we can narrow it down. As I focus my +mind upon it, it seems rather less impenetrable. What indications +have we as to this book?" + +"None." + +"Well, well, it is surely not quite so bad as that. The cipher +message begins with a large 534, does it not? We may take it as +a working hypothesis that 534 is the particular page to which the +cipher refers. So our book has already become a large book +which is surely something gained. What other indications have +we as to the nature of this large book? The next sign is C2. +What do you make of that, Watson?" + +"Chapter the second, no doubt." + +"Hardly that, Watson. You will, I am sure, agree with me +that if the page be given, the number of the chapter is immaterial. +Also that if page 534 finds us only in the second chapter, +the length of the first one must have been really intolerable." + +"Column!" I cried. + +"Brilliant, Watson. You are scintillating this morning. If it is +not column, then I am very much deceived. So now, you see, we +begin to visualize a large book printed in double columns +which are each of a considerable length, since one of the words +is numbered in the document as the two hundred and ninety- +third. Have we reached the limits of what reason can supply?" + +"I fear that we have." + +"Surely you do yourself an injustice. One more coruscation, +my dear Watson -- yet another brain-wave! Had the volume been +an unusual one, he would have sent it to me. Instead of that, he +had intended, before his plans were nipped, to send me the clue +in this envelope. He says so in his note. This would seem to +indicate that the book is one which he thought I would have no +difficulty in finding for myself. He had it -- and he imagined that +I would have it, too. In short, Watson, it is a very common book." + +"What you say certainly sounds plausible." + +"So we have contracted our field of search to a large book, +printed in double columns and in common use." + +"The Bible!" I cried triumphantly. + +"Good, Watson, good! But not, if I may say so, quite good enough! +Even if I accepted the compliment for myself I could hardly name +any volume which would be less likely to lie at the elbow of one +of Moriarty's associates. Besides, the editions of Holy Writ are +so numerous that he could hardly suppose that two copies would have +the same pagination. This is clearly a book which is standardized. +He knows for certain that his page 534 will exactly agree with my +page 534." + +"But very few books would correspond with that." + +"Exactly. Therein lies our salvation. Our search is narrowed down +to standardized books which anyone may be supposed to possess." + +"Bradshaw!" + +"There are difficulties, Watson. The vocabulary of Bradshaw is +nervous and terse, but limited. The selection of words would +hardly lend itself to the sending of general messages. We will +eliminate Bradshaw. The dictionary is, I fear, inadmissible for +the same reason. What then is left?" + +"An almanac!" + +"Excellent, Watson! I am very much mistaken if you have not +touched the spot. An almanac! Let us consider the claims of +Whitaker's Almanac. It is in common use. It has the requisite +number of pages. It is in double column. Though reserved in its +earlier vocabulary, it becomes, if I remember right, quite +garrulous towards the end." He picked the volume from his desk. +"Here is page 534, column two, a substantial block of print +dealing, I perceive, with the trade and resources of British India. +Jot down the words, Watson! Number thirteen is 'Mahratta.' +Not, I fear, a very auspicious beginning. Number one hundred +and twenty-seven is 'Government'; which at least makes sense, +though somewhat irrelevant to ourselves and Professor Moriarty. +Now let us try again. What does the Mahratta government do? +Alas! the next word is 'pig's-bristles.' We are undone, my good +Watson! It is finished!" + +He had spoken in jesting vein, but the twitching of his bushy +eyebrows bespoke his disappointment and irritation. I sat helpless +and unhappy, staring into the fire. A long silence was broken by +a sudden exclamation from Holmes, who dashed at a cupboard, from +which he emerged with a second yellow-covered volume in his hand. + +"We pay the price, Watson, for being too up-to-date!" he +cried. "We are before our time, and suffer the usual penalties. +Being the seventh of January, we have very properly laid in the +new almanac. It is more than likely that Porlock took his message +from the old one. No doubt he would have told us so had his +letter of explanation been written. Now let us see what page +534 has in store for us. Number thirteen is 'There,' which is +much more promising. Number one hundred and twenty-seven is +'is' -- 'There is'" -- Holmes's eyes were gleaming with excitement, +and his thin, nervous fingers twitched as he counted the +words -- "'danger.' Ha! Ha! Capital! Put that down, Watson. +'There is danger -- may -- come -- very -- soon -- one.' Then we have +the name 'Douglas' -- 'rich -- country -- now -- at -- Birlstone -- +House -- Birlstone -- confidence -- is -- pressing.' There, Watson! +What do you think of pure reason and its fruit? If the greengrocer +had such a thing as a laurel wreath, I should send Billy round for +it." + +I was staring at the strange message which I had scrawled, +as he deciphered it, upon a sheet of foolscap on my knee. + +"What a queer, scrambling way of expressing his meaning!" said I. + +"On the contrary, he has done quite remarkably well," said Holmes. +"When you search a single column for words with which to express +your meaning, you can hardly expect to get everything you want. +You are bound to leave something to the intelligence of your +correspondent. The purport is perfectly clear. Some deviltry is +intended against one Douglas, whoever he may be, residing as stated, +a rich country gentleman. He is sure -- 'confidence' was as near as +he could get to 'confident' -- that it is pressing. There is our +result -- and a very workmanlike little bit of analysis it was!" + +Holmes had the impersonal joy of the true artist in his better +work, even as he mourned darkly when it fell below the high +level to which he aspired. He was still chuckling over his +success when Billy swung open the door and Inspector MacDonald +of Scotland Yard was ushered into the room. + +Those were the early days at the end of the '80's, when Alec +MacDonald was far from having attained the national fame +which he has now achieved. He was a young but trusted member +of the detective force, who had distinguished himself in several +cases which had been entrusted to him. His tall, bony figure gave +promise of exceptional physical strength, while his great cranium +and deep-set, lustrous eyes spoke no less clearly of the keen +intelligence which twinkled out from behind his bushy eyebrows. +He was a silent, precise man with a dour nature and a hard +Aberdonian accent. + +Twice already in his career had Holmes helped him to attain +success, his own sole reward being the intellectual joy of the +problem. For this reason the affection and respect of the +Scotchman for his amateur colleague were profound, and he showed +them by the frankness with which he consulted Holmes in every +difficulty. Mediocrity knows nothing higher than itself; but talent +instantly recognizes genius, and MacDonald had talent enough +for his profession to enable him to perceive that there was no +humiliation in seeking the assistance of one who already stood +alone in Europe, both in his gifts and in his experience. Holmes +was not prone to friendship, but he was tolerant of the big +Scotchman, and smiled at the sight of him. + +"You are an early bird, Mr. Mac," said he. "I wish you luck with +your worm. I fear this means that there is some mischief afoot." + +"If you said 'hope' instead of 'fear,' it would be nearer the +truth, I'm thinking, Mr. Holmes," the inspector answered, with a +knowing grin. "Well, maybe a wee nip would keep out the raw +morning chill. No, I won't smoke, I thank you. I'll have to be +pushing on my way; for the early hours of a case are the precious +ones, as no man knows better than your own self. But -- but --" + +The inspector had stopped suddenly, and was staring with a +look of absolute amazement at a paper upon the table. It was the +sheet upon which I had scrawled the enigmatic message. + +"Douglas!" he stammered. "Birlstone! What's this, Mr. Holmes? +Man, it's witchcraft! Where in the name of all that is wonderful +did you get those names?" + +"It is a cipher that Dr. Watson and I have had occasion to +solve. But why -- what's amiss with the names?" + +The inspector looked from one to the other of us in dazed astonishment. +"Just this," said he, "that Mr. Douglas of Birlstone Manor House was +horribly murdered last night!" + + + +Chapter 2 +Sherlock Holmes Discourses + +It was one of those dramatic moments for which my friend existed. +It would be an overstatement to say that he was shocked or even +excited by the amazing announcement. Without having a tinge of +cruelty in his singular composition, he was undoubtedly callous +from long over-stimulation. Yet, if his emotions were dulled, +his intellectual perceptions were exceedingly active. There was +no trace then of the horror which I had myself felt at this curt +declaration; but his face showed rather the quiet and interested +composure of the chemist who sees the crystals falling into position +from his oversaturated solution. + +"Remarkable!" said he. "Remarkable!" + +"You don't seem surprised." + +"Interested, Mr. Mac, but hardly surprised. Why should I be +surprised? I receive an anonymous communication from a quarter +which I know to be important, warning me that danger threatens +a certain person. Within an hour I learn that this danger has +actually materialized and that the person is dead. I am interested; +but, as you observe, I am not surprised." + +In a few short sentences he explained to the inspector the facts +about the letter and the cipher. MacDonald sat with his chin on +his hands and his great sandy eyebrows bunched into a yellow +tangle. + +"I was going down to Birlstone this morning," said he. "I +had come to ask you if you cared to come with me -- you and +your friend here. But from what you say we might perhaps be +doing better work in London." + +"I rather think not," said Holmes. + +"Hang it all, Mr. Holmes!" cried the inspector. "The papers +will be full of the Birlstone mystery in a day or two; but where's +the mystery if there is a man in London who prophesied the +crime before ever it occurred? We have only to lay our hands on +that man, and the rest will follow." + +"No doubt, Mr. Mac. But how do you propose to lay your +hands on the so-called Porlock?" + +MacDonald turned over the letter which Holmes had handed +him. "Posted in Camberwell -- that doesn't help us much. Name, +you say, is assumed. Not much to go on, certainly. Didn't you +say that you have sent him money?" + +"Twice." + +"And how?" + +"In notes to Camberwell post-office." + +"Did you ever trouble to see who called for them?" + +"No." + +The inspector looked surprised and a little shocked. "Why not?" + +"Because I always keep faith. I had promised when he first +wrote that I would not try to trace him." + +"You think there is someone behind him?" + +"I know there is." + +"This professor that I've heard you mention?" + +"Exactly!" + +Inspector MacDonald smiled, and his eyelid quivered as he +glanced towards me. "I won't conceal from you, Mr. Holmes, +that we think in the C. I. D. that you have a wee bit of a bee in +your bonnet over this professor. I made some inquiries myself +about the matter. He seems to be a very respectable, learned, and +talented sort of man." + +"I'm glad you've got so far as to recognize the talent." + +"Man, you can't but recognize it! After I heard your view I +made it my business to see him. I had a chat with him on +eclipses. How the talk got that way I canna think; but he had out +a reflector lantern and a globe, and made it all clear in a minute. +He lent me a book; but I don't mind saying that it was a bit +above my head, though I had a good Aberdeen upbringing. He'd +have made a grand meenister with his thin face and gray hair and +solemn-like way of talking. When he put his hand on my shoulder +as we were parting, it was like a father's blessing before you +go out into the cold, cruel world." + +Holmes chuckled and rubbed his hands. "Great!" he said. +"Great! Tell me, Friend MacDonald, this pleasing and touching +interview was, I suppose, in the professor's study?" + +"That's so." + +"A fine room, is it not?" + +"Very fine -- very handsome indeed, Mr. Holmes." + +"You sat in front of his writing desk?" + +"Just so." + +"Sun in your eyes and his face in the shadow?" + +"Well, it was evening; but I mind that the lamp was turned on +my face." + +"It would be. Did you happen to observe a picture over the +professor's head?" + +"I don't miss much, Mr. Holmes. Maybe I learned that from +you. Yes, I saw the picture -- a young woman with her head on +her hands, peeping at you sideways." + +"That painting was by Jean Baptiste Greuze." + +The inspector endeavoured to look interested. + +"Jean Baptiste Greuze," Holmes continued, joining his finger +tips and leaning well back in his chair, "was a French artist who +flourished between the years 1750 and 1800. I allude, of course +to his working career. Modern criticism has more than indorsed +the high opinion formed of him by his contemporaries." + +The inspector's eyes grew abstracted. "Hadn't we better --" +he said. + +"We are doing so," Holmes interrupted. "All that I am +saying has a very direct and vital bearing upon what you have +called the Birlstone Mystery. In fact, it may in a sense be called +the very centre of it." + +MacDonald smiled feebly, and looked appealingly to me. +"Your thoughts move a bit too quick for me, Mr. Holmes. You +leave out a link or two, and I can't get over the gap. What in the +whole wide world can be the connection between this dead +painting man and the affair at Birlstone?" + +"All knowledge comes useful to the detective," remarked +Holmes. "Even the trivial fact that in the year 1865 a picture by +Greuze entitled La Jeune Fille a l'Agneau fetched one million +two hundred thousand francs -- more than forty thousand pounds -- +at the Portalis sale may start a train of reflection in your mind." + +It was clear that it did. The inspector looked honestly interested. + +"I may remind you," Holmes continued, "that the professor's +salary can be ascertained in several trustworthy books of reference. +It is seven hundred a year." + +"Then how could he buy --" + +"Quite so! How could he?" + +"Ay, that's remarkable," said the inspector thoughtfully. "Talk +away, Mr. Holmes. I'm just loving it. It's fine!" + +Holmes smiled. He was always warmed by genuine admiration -- +the characteristic of the real artist. "What about Birlstone?" he +asked. + +"We've time yet," said the inspector, glancing at his watch. +"I've a cab at the door, and it won't take us twenty minutes to +Victoria. But about this picture: I thought you told me once, Mr. +Holmes, that you had never met Professor Moriarty." + +"No, I never have." + +"Then how do you know about his rooms?" + +"Ah, that's another matter. I have been three times in his +rooms, twice waiting for him under different pretexts and leaving +before he came. Once -- well, I can hardly tell about the once to +an official detective. It was on the last occasion that I took the +liberty of running over his papers -- with the most unexpected +results." + +"You found something compromising?" + +"Absolutely nothing. That was what amazed me. However, +you have now seen the point of the picture. It shows him to be a +very wealthy man. How did he acquire wealth? He is unmarried. +His younger brother is a station master in the west of England. +His chair is worth seven hundred a year. And he owns a Greuze." + +"Well?" + +"Surely the inference is plain." + +"You mean that he has a great income and that he must earn it +in an illegal fashion?" + +"Exactly. Of course I have other reasons for thinking so -- +dozens of exiguous threads which lead vaguely up towards the +centre of the web where the poisonous, motionless creature is +lurking. I only mention the Greuze because it brings the matter +within the range of your own observation." + +"Well, Mr. Holmes, I admit that what you say is interesting: +it's more than interesting -- it's just wonderful. But let us have it +a little clearer if you can. Is it forgery, coining, burglary -- where +does the money come from?" + +"Have you ever read of Jonathan Wild?" + +"Well, the name has a familiar sound. Someone in a novel, +was he not? I don't take much stock of detectives in novels -- +chaps that do things and never let you see how they do them. +That's just inspiration: not business." + +"Jonathan Wild wasn't a detective, and he wasn't in a novel. +He was a master criminal, and he lived last century -- 1750 or +thereabouts." + +"Then he's no use to me. I'm a practical man." + +"Mr. Mac, the most practical thing that you ever did in your +life would be to shut yourself up for three months and read +twelve hours a day at the annals of crime. Everything comes in +circles -- even Professor Moriarty. Jonathan Wild was the hidden +force of the London criminals, to whom he sold his brains and +his organization on a fifteen per cent commission. The old +wheel turns, and the same spoke comes up. It's all been done +before, and will be again. I'll tell you one or two things about +Moriarty which may interest you." + +"You'll interest me, right enough." + +"I happen to know who is the first link in his chain -- a chain +with this Napoleon-gone-wrong at one end, and a hundred broken +fighting men, pickpockets, blackmailers, and card sharpers at the +other, with every sort of crime in between. His chief of staff is +Colonel Sebastian Moran, as aloof and guarded and inaccessible +to the law as himself. What do you think he pays him?" + +"I'd like to hear." + +"Six thousand a year. That's paying for brains, you see -- the +American business principle. I learned that detail quite by chance. +It's more than the Prime Minister gets. That gives you an idea of +Moriarty's gains and of the scale on which he works. Another +point: I made it my business to hunt down some of Moriarty's +checks lately -- just common innocent checks that he pays his +household bills with. They were drawn on six different banks. +Does that make any impression on your mind?" + +"Queer, certainly! But what do you gather from it?" + +"That he wanted no gossip about his wealth. No single man +should know what he had. I have no doubt that he has twenty +banking accounts; the bulk of his fortune abroad in the Deutsche +Bank or the Credit Lyonnais as likely as not. Sometime when +you have a year or two to spare I commend to you the study of +Professor Moriarty." + +Inspector MacDonald had grown steadily more impressed as +the conversation proceeded. He had lost himself in his interest. +Now his practical Scotch intelligence brought him back with a +snap to the matter in hand. + +"He can keep, anyhow," said he. "You've got us side-tracked +with your interesting anecdotes, Mr. Holmes. What really counts +is your remark that there is some connection between the professor +and the crime. That you get from the warning received through the +man Porlock. Can we for our present practical needs get any further +than that?" + +"We may form some conception as to the motives of the crime. +It is, as I gather from your original remarks, an inexplicable, +or at least an unexplained, murder. Now, presuming that the +source of the crime is as we suspect it to be, there might be two +different motives. In the first place, I may tell you that Moriarty +rules with a rod of iron over his people. His discipline is +tremendous. There is only one punishment in his code. It is +death. Now we might suppose that this murdered man -- this +Douglas whose approaching fate was known by one of the +arch-criminal's subordinates -- had in some way betrayed the chief. +His punishment followed, and would be known to all -- if only to +put the fear of death into them." + +"Well, that is one suggestion, Mr. Holmes." + +"The other is that it has been engineered by Moriarty in the +ordinary course of business. Was there any robbery?" + +"I have not heard." + +"If so, it would, of course, be against the first hypothesis and +in favour of the second. Moriarty may have been engaged to +engineer it on a promise of part spoils, or he may have been paid +so much down to manage it. Either is possible. But whichever it +may be, or if it is some third combination, it is down at Birlstone +that we must seek the solution. I know our man too well to +suppose that he has left anything up here which may lead us to +him." + +"Then to Birlstone we must go!" cried MacDonald, jumping +from his chair. "My word! it's later than I thought. I can give +you, gentlemen, five minutes for preparation, and that is all." + +"And ample for us both," said Holmes, as he sprang up and +hastened to change from his dressing gown to his coat. "While +we are on our way, Mr. Mac, I will ask you to be good enough +to tell me all about it." + +"All about it" proved to be disappointingly little, and yet +there was enough to assure us that the case before us might well +be worthy of the expert's closest attention. He brightened and +rubbed his thin hands together as he listened to the meagre but +remarkable details. A long series of sterile weeks lay behind us, +and here at last there was a fitting object for those remarkable +powers which, like all special gifts, become irksome to their +owner when they are not in use. That razor brain blunted and +rusted with inaction. + +Sherlock Holmes's eyes glistened, his pale cheeks took a +warmer hue, and his whole eager face shone with an inward light +when the call for work reached him. Leaning forward in the cab, +he listened intently to MacDonald's short sketch of the problem +which awaited us in Sussex. The inspector was himself dependent, +as he explained to us, upon a scribbled account forwarded to him +by the milk train in the early hours of the morning. White +Mason, the local officer, was a personal friend, and hence +MacDonald had been notified much more promptly than is usual +at Scotland Yard when provincials need their assistance. It is a +very cold scent upon which the Metropolitan expert is generally +asked to run. + + +"DEAR INSPECTOR MACDONALD [said the letter which he read to us]: + +"Official requisition for your services is in separate + +envelope. This is for your private eye. Wire me what train in + +the morning you can get for Birlstone, and I will meet it -- + +or have it met if I am too occupied. This case is a snorter. + +Don't waste a moment in getting started. If you can bring + +Mr. Holmes, please do so; for he will find something after + +his own heart. We would think the whole thing had been + +fixed up for theatrical effect if there wasn't a dead man in + +the middle of it. My word! it is a snorter." + + +"Your friend seems to be no fool," remarked Holmes. + +"No, sir, White Mason is a very live man, if I am any judge." + +"Well, have you anything more?" + +"Only that he will give us every detail when we meet." + +"Then how did you get at Mr. Douglas and the fact that he +had been horribly murdered?" + +"That was in the enclosed official report. It didn't say +'horrible': that's not a recognized official term. It gave the name +John Douglas. It mentioned that his injuries had been in the head, +from the discharge of a shotgun. It also mentioned the hour of +the alarm, which was close on to midnight last night. It added +that the case was undoubtedly one of murder, but that no arrest +had been made, and that the case was one which presented some +very perplexing and extraordinary features. That's absolutely all +we have at present, Mr. Holmes." + +"Then, with your permission, we will leave it at that, Mr. +Mac. The temptation to form premature theories upon insufficient +data is the bane of our profession. I can see only two things +for certain at present -- a great brain in London, and a dead man +in Sussex. It's the chain between that we are going to trace." + + + +Chapter 3 +The Tragedy of Birlstone + +Now for a moment I will ask leave to remove my own insignificant +personality and to describe events which occurred before we +arrived upon the scene by the light of knowledge which came to +us afterwards. Only in this way can I make the reader appreciate +the people concerned and the strange setting in which their fate +was cast. + +The village of Birlstone is a small and very ancient cluster of +half-timbered cottages on the northern border of the county of +Sussex. For centuries it had remained unchanged; but within the +last few years its picturesque appearance and situation have +attracted a number of well-to-do residents, whose villas peep out +from the woods around. These woods are locally supposed to be +the extreme fringe of the great Weald forest, which thins away +until it reaches the northern chalk downs. A number of small +shops have come into being to meet the wants of the increased +population; so there seems some prospect that Birlstone may +soon grow from an ancient village into a modern town. It is the +centre for a considerable area of country, since Tunbridge Wells, +the nearest place of importance, is ten or twelve miles to the +eastward, over the borders of Kent. + +About half a mile from the town, standing in an old park +famous for its huge beech trees, is the ancient Manor House of +Birlstone. Part of this venerable building dates back to the time +of the first crusade, when Hugo de Capus built a fortalice in the +centre of the estate, which had been granted to him by the Red +King. This was destroyed by fire in 1543, and some of its +smoke-blackened corner stones were used when, in Jacobean +times, a brick country house rose upon the ruins of the feudal +castle. + +The Manor House, with its many gables and its small diamond- +paned windows, was still much as the builder had left it in the +early seventeenth century. Of the double moats which had guarded +its more warlike predecessor, the outer had been allowed to dry +up, and served the humble function of a kitchen garden. The +inner one was still there, and lay forty feet in breadth, though +now only a few feet in depth, round the whole house. A small +stream fed it and continued beyond it, so that the sheet of water, +though turbid, was never ditch-like or unhealthy. The ground +floor windows were within a foot of the surface of the water. + +The only approach to the house was over a drawbridge, the +chains and windlass of which had long been rusted and broken. +The latest tenants of the Manor House had, however, with +characteristic energy, set this right, and the drawbridge was not +only capable of being raised, but actually was raised every +evening and lowered every morning. By thus renewing the custom +of the old feudal days the Manor House was converted into +an island during the night -- a fact which had a very direct +bearing upon the mystery which was soon to engage the attention +of all England. + +The house had been untenanted for some years and was +threatening to moulder into a picturesque decay when the +Douglases took possession of it. This family consisted of only +two individuals -- John Douglas and his wife. Douglas was a +remarkable man, both in character and in person. In age he may +have been about fifty, with a strong-jawed, rugged face, a +grizzling moustache, peculiarly keen gray eyes, and a wiry, +vigorous figure which had lost nothing of the strength and +activity of youth. He was cheery and genial to all, but somewhat +offhand in his manners, giving the impression that he had seen +life in social strata on some far lower horizon than the county +society of Sussex. + +Yet, though looked at with some curiosity and reserve by his +more cultivated neighbours, he soon acquired a great popularity +among the villagers, subscribing handsomely to all local objects, +and attending their smoking concerts and other functions, where, +having a remarkably rich tenor voice, he was always ready to +oblige with an excellent song. He appeared to have plenty of +money, which was said to have been gained in the California +gold fields, and it was clear from his own talk and that of his +wife that he had spent a part of his life in America. + +The good impression which had been produced by his generosity +and by his democratic manners was increased by a reputation +gained for utter indifference to danger. Though a wretched +rider, he turned out at every meet, and took the most amazing +falls in his determination to hold his own with the best. When +the vicarage caught fire he distinguished himself also by the +fearlessness with which he reentered the building to save property, +after the local fire brigade had given it up as impossible. +Thus it came about that John Douglas of the Manor House had +within five years won himself quite a reputation in Birlstone. + +His wife, too, was popular with those who had made her +acquaintance; though, after the English fashion, the callers upon +a stranger who settled in the county without introductions were +few and far between. This mattered the less to her, as she was +retiring by disposition, and very much absorbed, to all appearance, +in her husband and her domestic duties. It was known that +she was an English lady who had met Mr. Douglas in London, +he being at that time a widower. She was a beautiful woman, +tall, dark, and slender, some twenty years younger than her +husband, a disparity which seemed in no wise to mar the +contentment of their family life. + +It was remarked sometimes, however, by those who knew +them best, that the confidence between the two did not appear to +be complete, since the wife was either very reticent about her +husband's past life, or else, as seemed more likely, was imperfectly +informed about it. It had also been noted and commented upon by a +few observant people that there were signs sometimes of some +nerve-strain upon the part of Mrs. Douglas, and that she would +display acute uneasiness if her absent husband should ever be +particularly late in his return. On a quiet countryside, where +all gossip is welcome, this weakness of the lady of the Manor +House did not pass without remark, and it bulked larger upon +people's memory when the events arose which gave it a very +special significance. + +There was yet another individual whose residence under that +roof was, it is true, only an intermittent one, but whose presence +at the time of the strange happenings which will now be narrated +brought his name prominently before the public. This was Cecil +James Barker, of Hales Lodge, Hampstead. + +Cecil Barker's tall, loose-jointed figure was a familiar one in +the main street of Birlstone village; for he was a frequent and +welcome visitor at the Manor House. He was the more noticed as +being the only friend of the past unknown life of Mr. Douglas +who was ever seen in his new English surroundings. Barker was +himself an undoubted Englishman; but by his remarks it was +clear that he had first known Douglas in America and had there +lived on intimate terms with him. He appeared to be a man of +considerable wealth, and was reputed to be a bachelor. + +In age he was rather younger than Douglas -- forty-five at the +most -- a tall, straight, broad-chested fellow with a clean-shaved, +prize-fighter face, thick, strong, black eyebrows, and a pair of +masterful black eyes which might, even without the aid of his +very capable hands, clear a way for him through a hostile crowd. +He neither rode nor shot, but spent his days in wandering round +the old village with his pipe in his mouth, or in driving with his +host, or in his absence with his hostess, over the beautiful +countryside. "An easy-going, free-handed gentleman," said Ames, +the butler. "But, my word! I had rather not be the man that +crossed him!" He was cordial and intimate with Douglas, and he +was no less friendly with his wife -- a friendship which more than +once seemed to cause some irritation to the husband, so that even +the servants were able to perceive his annoyance. Such was the +third person who was one of the family when the catastrophe +occurred. + +As to the other denizens of the old building, it will suffice out +of a large household to mention the prim, respectable, and +capable Ames, and Mrs. Allen, a buxom and cheerful person, +who relieved the lady of some of her household cares. The other +six servants in the house bear no relation to the events of the +night of January 6th. + +It was at eleven forty-five that the first alarm reached the small +local police station, in charge of Sergeant Wilson of the Sussex +Constabulary. Cecil Barker, much excited, had rushed up to the +door and pealed furiously upon the bell. A terrible tragedy had +occurred at the Manor House, and John Douglas had been murdered. +That was the breathless burden of his message. He had hurried back +to the house, followed within a few minutes by the police sergeant, +who arrived at the scene of the crime a little after twelve o'clock, +after taking prompt steps to warn the county authorities that +something serious was afoot. + +On reaching the Manor House, the sergeant had found the +drawbridge down, the windows lighted up, and the whole household +in a state of wild confusion and alarm. The white-faced servants +were huddling together in the hall, with the frightened butler +wringing his hands in the doorway. Only Cecil Barker seemed to +be master of himself and his emotions; he had opened the door +which was nearest to the entrance and he had beckoned to the +sergeant to follow him. At that moment there arrived Dr. Wood, +a brisk and capable general practitioner from the village. The +three men entered the fatal room together, while the horror- +stricken butler followed at their heels, closing the door behind +him to shut out the terrible scene from the maid servants. + +The dead man lay on his back, sprawling with outstretched +limbs in the centre of the room. He was clad only in a pink +dressing gown, which covered his night clothes. There were +carpet slippers on his bare feet. The doctor knelt beside him and +held down the hand lamp which had stood on the table. One +glance at the victim was enough to show the healer that his +presence could be dispensed with. The man had been horribly +injured. Lying across his chest was a curious weapon, a shotgun +with the barrel sawed off a foot in front of the triggers. It was +clear that this had been fired at close range and that he had +received the whole charge in the face, blowing his head almost +to pieces. The triggers had been wired together, so as to make +the simultaneous discharge more destructive. + +The country policeman was unnerved and troubled by the +tremendous responsibility which had come so suddenly upon +him. "We will touch nothing until my superiors arrive," he said +in a hushed voice, staring in horror at the dreadful head. + +"Nothing has been touched up to now," said Cecil Barker. +"I'll answer for that. You see it all exactly as I found it." + +"When was that?" The sergeant had drawn out his notebook. + +"It was just half-past eleven. I had not begun to undress, and I +was sitting by the fire in my bedroom when I heard the report. It +was not very loud -- it seemed to be muffled. I rushed down -- I +don't suppose it was thirty seconds before I was in the room." + +"Was the door open?" + +"Yes, it was open. Poor Douglas was lying as you see him. +His bedroom candle was burning on the table. It was I who lit +the lamp some minutes afterward." + +"Did you see no one?" + +"No. I heard Mrs. Douglas coming down the stair behind me, +and I rushed out to prevent her from seeing this dreadful sight. +Mrs. Allen, the housekeeper, came and took her away. Ames +had arrived, and we ran back into the room once more." + +"But surely I have heard that the drawbridge is kept up all +night." + +"Yes, it was up until I lowered it." + +"Then how could any murderer have got away? It is out of the +question! Mr. Douglas must have shot himself." + +"That was our first idea. But see!" Barker drew aside the +curtain, and showed that the long, diamond-paned window was +open to its full extent. "And look at this!" He held the lamp +down and illuminated a smudge of blood like the mark of a +boot-sole upon the wooden sill. "Someone has stood there in +getting out." + +"You mean that someone waded across the moat?" + +"Exactly!" + +"Then if you were in the room within half a minute of the +crime, he must have been in the water at that very moment." + +"I have not a doubt of it. I wish to heaven that I had rushed to +the window! But the curtain screened it, as you can see, and so it +never occurred to me. Then I heard the step of Mrs. Douglas, +and I could not let her enter the room. It would have been too +horrible." + +"Horrible enough!" said the doctor, looking at the shattered +head and the terrible marks which surrounded it. "I've never +seen such injuries since the Birlstone railway smash." + +"But, I say," remarked the police sergeant, whose slow, +bucolic common sense was still pondering the open window. +"It's all very well your saying that a man escaped by wading this +moat, but what I ask you is, how did he ever get into the house +at all if the bridge was up?" + +"Ah, that's the question," said Barker. + +"At what o'clock was it raised?" + +"It was nearly six o'clock," said Ames, the butler. + +"I've heard," said the sergeant, "that it was usually raised at +sunset. That would be nearer half-past four than six at this time +of year." + +"Mrs. Douglas had visitors to tea," said Ames. "I couldn't +raise it until they went. Then I wound it up myself." + +"Then it comes to this," said the sergeant: "If anyone came +from outside -- if they did -- they must have got in across the +bridge before six and been in hiding ever since, until Mr. +Douglas came into the room after eleven." + +"That is so! Mr. Douglas went round the house every night +the last thing before he turned in to see that the lights were right. +That brought him in here. The man was waiting and shot him. +Then he got away through the window and left his gun behind +him. That's how I read it; for nothing else will fit the facts." + +The sergeant picked up a card which lay beside the dead man +on the floor. The initials V. V. and under them the number 341 +were rudely scrawled in ink upon it. + +"What's this?" he asked, holding it up. + +Barker looked at it with curiosity. "I never noticed it before," +he said. "The murderer must have left it behind him." + +"V. V. -- 341. I can make no sense of that." + +The sergeant kept turning it over in his big fingers. "What's +V. V.? Somebody's initials, maybe. What have you got there, +Dr. Wood?" + +It was a good-sized hammer which had been lying on the rug +in front of the fireplace -- a substantial, workmanlike hammer. +Cecil Barker pointed to a box of brass-headed nails upon the +mantelpiece. + +"Mr. Douglas was altering the pictures yesterday," he said. +"I saw him myself, standing upon that chair and fixing the big +picture above it. That accounts for the hammer." + +"We'd best put it back on the rug where we found it," said +the sergeant, scratching his puzzled head in his perplexity. "It +will want the best brains in the force to get to the bottom of this +thing. It will be a London job before it is finished." He raised +the hand lamp and walked slowly round the room. "Hullo!" he +cried, excitedly, drawing the window curtain to one side. "What +o'clock were those curtains drawn?" + +"When the lamps were lit," said the butler. "It would be +shortly after four." + +"Someone had been hiding here, sure enough." He held down +the light, and the marks of muddy boots were very visible in the +corner. "I'm bound to say this bears out your theory, Mr. +Barker. It looks as if the man got into the house after four when +the curtains were drawn and before six when the bridge was +raised. He slipped into this room, because it was the first that he +saw. There was no other place where he could hide, so he +popped in behind this curtain. That all seems clear enough. It is +likely that his main idea was to burgle the house; but Mr. +Douglas chanced to come upon him, so he murdered him and +escaped." + +"That's how I read it," said Barker. "But, I say, aren't we +wasting precious time? Couldn't we start out and scour the +country before the fellow gets away?" + +The sergeant considered for a moment. + +"There are no trains before six in the morning; so he can't get +away by rail. If he goes by road with his legs all dripping, it's +odds that someone will notice him. Anyhow, I can't leave here +myself until I am relieved. But I think none of you should go +until we see more clearly how we all stand." + +The doctor had taken the lamp and was narrowly scrutinizing +the body. "What's this mark?" he asked. "Could this have any +connection with the crime?" + +The dead man's right arm was thrust out from his dressing +gown, and exposed as high as the elbow. About halfway up the +forearm was a curious brown design, a triangle inside a circle, +standing out in vivid relief upon the lard-coloured skin. + +"It's not tattooed," said the doctor, peering through his glasses. +"I never saw anything like it. The man has been branded at +some time as they brand cattle. What is the meaning of this?" + +"I don't profess to know the meaning of it," said Cecil +Barker; "but I have seen the mark on Douglas many times this +last ten years." + +"And so have I," said the butler. "Many a time when the +master has rolled up his sleeves I have noticed that very mark. +I've often wondered what it could be." + +"Then it has nothing to do with the crime, anyhow," said the +sergeant. "But it's a rum thing all the same. Everything about +this case is rum. Well, what is it now?" + +The butler had given an exclamation of astonishment and was +pointing at the dead man's outstretched hand. + +"They've taken his wedding ring!" he gasped. + +"What!" + +"Yes, indeed. Master always wore his plain gold wedding ring +on the little finger of his left hand. That ring with the rough +nugget on it was above it, and the twisted snake ring on the third +finger. There's the nugget and there's the snake, but the wedding +ring is gone." + +"He's right," said Barker. + +"Do you tell me," said the sergeant, "that the wedding ring +was below the other?" + +"Always!" + +"Then the murderer, or whoever it was, first took off this ring +you call the nugget ring, then the wedding ring, and afterwards +put the nugget ring back again." + +"That is so!" + +The worthy country policeman shook his head. "Seems to me +the sooner we get London on to this case the better," said he. +"White Mason is a smart man. No local job has ever been too +much for White Mason. It won't be long now before he is here +to help us. But I expect we'll have to look to London before we +are through. Anyhow, I'm not ashamed to say that it is a deal too +thick for the likes of me." + + + +Chapter 4 +Darkness + +At three in the morning the chief Sussex detective, obeying +the urgent call from Sergeant Wilson of Birlstone, arrived from +headquarters in a light dog-cart behind a breathless trotter. By +the five-forty train in the morning he had sent his message to +Scotland Yard, and he was at the Birlstone station at twelve +o'clock to welcome us. White Mason was a quiet, comfortable- +looking person in a loose tweed suit, with a clean-shaved, ruddy +face, a stoutish body, and powerful bandy legs adorned with +gaiters, looking like a small farmer, a retired gamekeeper, or +anything upon earth except a very favourable specimen of the +provincial criminal officer. + +"A real downright snorter, Mr. MacDonald!" he kept repeating. +"We'll have the pressmen down like flies when they understand it. +I'm hoping we will get our work done before they get poking their +noses into it and messing up all the trails. There has been +nothing like this that I can remember. There are some bits +that will come home to you, Mr. Holmes, or I am mistaken. And +you also, Dr. Watson; for the medicos will have a word to say +before we finish. Your room is at the Westville Arms. There's +no other place; but I hear that it is clean and good. The man will +carry your bags. This way, gentlemen, if you please." + +He was a very bustling and genial person, this Sussex detective. +In ten minutes we had all found our quarters. In ten more we were +seated in the parlour of the inn and being treated to a rapid +sketch of those events which have been outlined in the previous +chapter. MacDonald made an occasional note, while Holmes sat +absorbed, with the expression of surprised and reverent admiration +with which the botanist surveys the rare and precious bloom. + +"Remarkable!" he said, when the story was unfolded, "most +remarkable! I can hardly recall any case where the features have +been more peculiar." + +"I thought you would say so, Mr. Holmes," said White +Mason in great delight. "We're well up with the times in +Sussex. I've told you now how matters were, up to the time +when I took over from Sergeant Wilson between three and four +this morning. My word! I made the old mare go! But I need not +have been in such a hurry, as it turned out; for there was nothing +immediate that I could do. Sergeant Wilson had all the facts. I +checked them and considered them and maybe added a few of +my own." + +"What were they?" asked Holmes eagerly. + +"Well, I first had the hammer examined. There was Dr. +Wood there to help me. We found no signs of violence upon it. I +was hoping that if Mr. Douglas defended himself with the hammer, +he might have left his mark upon the murderer before he dropped +it on the mat. But there was no stain." + +"That, of course, proves nothing at all," remarked Inspector +MacDonald. "There has been many a hammer murder and no +trace on the hammer." + +"Quite so. It doesn't prove it wasn't used. But there might +have been stains, and that would have helped us. As a matter of +fact there were none. Then I examined the gun. They were +buckshot cartridges, and, as Sergeant Wilson pointed out, the +triggers were wired together so that, if you pulled on the hinder +one, both barrels were discharged. Whoever fixed that up had +made up his mind that he was going to take no chances of +missing his man. The sawed gun was not more than two foot +long -- one could carry it easily under one's coat. There was no +complete maker's name; but the printed letters P-E-N were on the +fluting between the barrels, and the rest of the name had been cut +off by the saw." + +"A big P with a flourish above it, E and N smaller?" asked +Holmes. + +"Exactly." + +"Pennsylvania Small Arms Company -- well-known American +firm," said Holmes. + +White Mason gazed at my friend as the little village +practitioner looks at the Harley Street specialist who by +a word can solve the difficulties that perplex him. + +"That is very helpful, Mr. Holmes. No doubt you are right. +Wonderful! Wonderful! Do you carry the names of all the gun +makers in the world in your memory?" + +Holmes dismissed the subject with a wave. + +"No doubt it is an American shotgun," White Mason continued. +"I seem to have read that a sawed-off shotgun is a weapon +used in some parts of America. Apart from the name upon the +barrel, the idea had occurred to me. There is some evidence +then, that this man who entered the house and killed its master +was an American." + +MacDonald shook his head. "Man, you are surely travelling +overfast," said he. "I have heard no evidence yet that any +stranger was ever in the house at all." + +"The open window, the blood on the sill, the queer card, the +marks of boots in the corner, the gun!" + +"Nothing there that could not have been arranged. Mr. Douglas +was an American, or had lived long in America. So had Mr. +Barker. You don't need to import an American from outside in +order to account for American doings." + +"Ames, the butler --" + +"What about him? Is he reliable?" + +"Ten years with Sir Charles Chandos -- as solid as a rock. He +has been with Douglas ever since he took the Manor House five +years ago. He has never seen a gun of this sort in the house." + +"The gun was made to conceal. That's why the barrels were +sawed. It would fit into any box. How could he swear there was +no such gun in the house?" + +"Well, anyhow, he had never seen one." + +MacDonald shook his obstinate Scotch head. "I'm not +convinced yet that there was ever anyone in the house," said he. +"I'm asking you to conseedar" (his accent became more +Aberdonian as he lost himself in his argument) "I'm asking you +to conseedar what it involves if you suppose that this gun was +ever brought into the house, and that all these strange things +were done by a person from outside. Oh, man, it's just +inconceivable! It's clean against common sense! I put it to you, +Mr. Holmes, judging it by what we have heard." + +"Well, state your case, Mr. Mac," said Holmes in his most +judicial style. + +"The man is not a burglar, supposing that he ever existed. +The ring business and the card point to premeditated murder for +some private reason. Very good. Here is a man who slips into a +house with the deliberate intention of committing murder. He +knows, if he knows anything, that he will have a deeficulty in +making his escape, as the house is surrounded with water. What +weapon would he choose? You would say the most silent in the +world. Then he could hope when the deed was done to slip +quickly from the window, to wade the moat, and to get away at +his leisure. That's understandable. But is it understandable that +he should go out of his way to bring with him the most noisy +weapon he could select, knowing well that it will fetch every +human being in the house to the spot as quick as they can run, +and that it is all odds that he will be seen before he can get +across the moat? Is that credible, Mr. Holmes?" + +"Well, you put the case strongly," my friend replied +thoughtfully. "It certainly needs a good deal of justification. +May I ask, Mr. White Mason, whether you examined the farther side +of the moat at once to see if there were any signs of the man +having climbed out from the water?" + +"There were no signs, Mr. Holmes. But it is a stone ledge, +and one could hardly expect them." + +"No tracks or marks?" + +"None." + +"Ha! Would there be any objection, Mr. White Mason, to +our going down to the house at once? There may possibly be some +small point which might be suggestive." + +"I was going to propose it, Mr. Holmes; but I thought it well +to put you in touch with all the facts before we go. I suppose if +anything should strike you --" White Mason looked doubtfully +at the amateur. + +"I have worked with Mr. Holmes before," said Inspector +MacDonald. "He plays the game." + +"My own idea of the game, at any rate," said Holmes, with a +smile. "I go into a case to help the ends of justice and the work +of the police. If I have ever separated myself from the official +force, it is because they have first separated themselves from me. +I have no wish ever to score at their expense. At the same time, +Mr. White Mason, I claim the right to work in my own way and +give my results at my own time -- complete rather than in stages." + +"I am sure we are honoured by your presence and to show +you all we know," said White Mason cordially. "Come along, +Dr. Watson, and when the time comes we'll all hope for a place +in your book." + +We walked down the quaint village street with a row of +pollarded elms on each side of it. Just beyond were two ancient +stone pillars, weather-stained and lichen-blotched bearing upon +their summits a shapeless something which had once been the +rampant lion of Capus of Birlstone. A short walk along the +winding drive with such sward and oaks around it as one only +sees in rural England, then a sudden turn, and the long, low +Jacobean house of dingy, liver-coloured brick lay before us, with +an old-fashioned garden of cut yews on each side of it. As we +approached it, there was the wooden drawbridge and the beautiful +broad moat as still and luminous as quicksilver in the cold, +winter sunshine. + +Three centuries had flowed past the old Manor House, centuries +of births and of homecomings, of country dances and of the meetings +of fox hunters. Strange that now in its old age this dark business +should have cast its shadow upon the venerable walls! And yet +those strange, peaked roofs and quaint, overhung gables were a +fitting covering to grim and terrible intrigue. As I looked +at the deep-set windows and the long sweep of the dull-coloured, +water-lapped front, I felt that no more fitting scene could be set +for such a tragedy. + +"That's the window," said White Mason, "that one on the +immediate right of the drawbridge. It's open just as it was found +last night." + +"It looks rather narrow for a man to pass." + +"Well, it wasn't a fat man, anyhow. We don't need your +deductions, Mr. Holmes, to tell us that. But you or I could +squeeze through all right." + +Holmes walked to the edge of the moat and looked across. +Then he examined the stone ledge and the grass border beyond +it. + +"I've had a good look, Mr. Holmes," said White Mason. +"There is nothing there, no sign that anyone has landed -- but +why should he leave any sign?" + +"Exactly. Why should he? Is the water always turbid?" + +"Generally about this colour. The stream brings down the +clay." + +"How deep is it?" + +"About two feet at each side and three in the middle." + +"So we can put aside all idea of the man having been drowned +in crossing." + +"No, a child could not be drowned in it." + +We walked across the drawbridge, and were admitted by a +quaint, gnarled, dried-up person, who was the butler, Ames. The +poor old fellow was white and quivering from the shock. The +village sergeant, a tall, formal, melancholy man, still held his +vigil in the room of Fate. The doctor had departed. + +"Anything fresh, Sergeant Wilson?" asked White Mason. + +"No, sir." + +"Then you can go home. You've had enough. We can send +for you if we want you. The butler had better wait outside. Tell +him to warn Mr. Cecil Barker, Mrs. Douglas, and the housekeeper +that we may want a word with them presently. Now, gentlemen, +perhaps you will allow me to give you the views I have formed +first, and then you will be able to arrive at your own." + +He impressed me, this country specialist. He had a solid grip +of fact and a cool, clear, common-sense brain, which should take +him some way in his profession. Holmes listened to him intently, +with no sign of that impatience which the official exponent too +often produced. + +"Is it suicide, or is it murder -- that's our first question, +gentlemen, is it not? If it were suicide, then we have to believe +that this man began by taking off his wedding ring and concealing +it; that he then came down here in his dressing gown, trampled mud +into a corner behind the curtain in order to give the idea someone +had waited for him, opened the window, put blood on the --" + +"We can surely dismiss that," said MacDonald. + +"So I think. Suicide is out of the question. Then a murder has +been done. What we have to determine is, whether it was done +by someone outside or inside the house." + +"Well, let's hear the argument." + +"There are considerable difficulties both ways, and yet one or +the other it must be. We will suppose first that some person or +persons inside the house did the crime. They got this man down +here at a time when everything was still and yet no one was +asleep. They then did the deed with the queerest and noisiest +weapon in the world so as to tell everyone what had happened -- a +weapon that was never seen in the house before. That does not +seem a very likely start, does it?" + +"No, it does not." + +"Well, then, everyone is agreed that after the alarm was given +only a minute at the most had passed before the whole household -- +not Mr. Cecil Barker alone, though he claims to have been the +first, but Ames and all of them were on the spot. Do you tell me +that in that time the guilty person managed to make footmarks in +the corner, open the window, mark the sill with blood, take the +wedding ring off the dead man's finger, and all the rest of it? It's +impossible!" + +"You put it very clearly," said Holmes. "I am inclined to +agree with you." + +"Well, then, we are driven back to the theory that it was done +by someone from outside. We are still faced with some big +difficulties; but anyhow they have ceased to be impossibilities. +The man got into the house between four-thirty and six; that is to +say, between dusk and the time when the bridge was raised. +There had been some visitors, and the door was open; so there +was nothing to prevent him. He may have been a common +burglar, or he may have had some private grudge against Mr. +Douglas. Since Mr. Douglas has spent most of his life in America, +and this shotgun seems to be an American weapon, it would +seem that the private grudge is the more likely theory. He +slipped into this room because it was the first he came to, and he +hid behind the curtain. There he remained until past eleven at +night. At that time Mr. Douglas entered the room. It was a short +interview, if there were any interview at all; for Mrs. Douglas +declares that her husband had not left her more than a few +minutes when she heard the shot." + +"The candle shows that," said Holmes. + +"Exactly. The candle, which was a new one, is not burned +more than half an inch. He must have placed it on the table +before he was attacked; otherwise, of course, it would have +fallen when he fell. This shows that he was not attacked the +instant that he entered the room. When Mr. Barker arrived the +candle was lit and the lamp was out." + +"That's all clear enough." + +"Well, now, we can reconstruct things on those lines. Mr. +Douglas enters the room. He puts down the candle. A man +appears from behind the curtain. He is armed with this gun. He +demands the wedding ring -- Heaven only knows why, but so it +must have been. Mr. Douglas gave it up. Then either in cold +blood or in the course of a struggle -- Douglas may have gripped +the hammer that was found upon the mat -- he shot Douglas in +this horrible way. He dropped his gun and also it would seem +this queer card -- V. V. 341, whatever that may mean -- and he +made his escape through the window and across the moat at the +very moment when Cecil Barker was discovering the crime. +How's that, Mr. Holmes?" + +"Very interesting, but just a little unconvincing." + +"Man, it would be absolute nonsense if it wasn't that anything +else is even worse!" cried MacDonald. "Somebody killed the +man, and whoever it was I could clearly prove to you that he +should have done it some other way. What does he mean by +allowing his retreat to be cut off like that? What does he mean by +using a shotgun when silence was his one chance of escape? +Come, Mr. Holmes, it's up to you to give us a lead, since you +say Mr. White Mason's theory is unconvincing." + +Holmes had sat intently observant during this long discussion, +missing no word that was said, with his keen eyes darting to +right and to left, and his forehead wrinkled with speculation. + +"I should like a few more facts before I get so far as a theory, +Mr. Mac," said he, kneeling down beside the body. "Dear me! +these injuries are really appalling. Can we have the butler in for +a moment? . . . Ames, I understand that you have often seen this +very unusual mark -- a branded triangle inside a circle -- upon Mr. +Douglas's forearm?" + +"Frequently, sir." + +"You never heard any speculation as to what it meant?" + +"No, sir." + +"It must have caused great pain when it was inflicted. It is +undoubtedly a burn. Now, I observe, Ames, that there is a small +piece of plaster at the angle of Mr. Douglas's jaw. Did you +observe that in life?" + +"Yes, sir, he cut himself in shaving yesterday morning." + +"Did you ever know him to cut himself in shaving before?" + +"Not for a very long time, sir." + +"Suggestive!" said Holmes. "It may, of course, be a mere +coincidence, or it may point to some nervousness which would +indicate that he had reason to apprehend danger. Had you +noticed anything unusual in his conduct, yesterday, Ames?" + +"It struck me that he was a little restless and excited, sir." + +"Ha! The attack may not have been entirely unexpected. We +do seem to make a little progress, do we not? Perhaps you would +rather do the questioning, Mr. Mac?" + +"No, Mr. Holmes, it's in better hands than mine." + +"Well, then, we will pass to this card -- V. V. 341. It is rough +cardboard. Have you any of the sort in the house?" + +"I don't think so." + +Holmes walked across to the desk and dabbed a little ink from +each bottle on to the blotting paper. "It was not printed in this +room," he said; "this is black ink and the other purplish. It was +done by a thick pen, and these are fine. No, it was done +elsewhere, I should say. Can you make anything of the inscription, +Ames?" + +"No, sir, nothing." + +"What do you think, Mr. Mac?" + +"It gives me the impression of a secret society of some sort; +the same with his badge upon the forearm." + +"That's my idea, too," said White Mason. + +"Well, we can adopt it as a working hypothesis and then see +how far our difficulties disappear. An agent from such a society +makes his way into the house, waits for Mr. Douglas, blows his +head nearly off with this weapon, and escapes by wading the +moat, after leaving a card beside the dead man, which will +when mentioned in the papers, tell other members of the society +that vengeance has been done. That all hangs together. But why +this gun, of all weapons?" + +"Exactly." + +"And why the missing ring?" + +"Quite so." + +"And why no arrest? It's past two now. I take it for granted +that since dawn every constable within forty miles has been +looking out for a wet stranger?" + +"That is so, Mr. Holmes." + +"Well, unless he has a burrow close by or a change of clothes +ready, they can hardly miss him. And yet they have missed him +up to now!" Holmes had gone to the window and was examining +with his lens the blood mark on the sill. "It is clearly the tread of +a shoe. It is remarkably broad; a splay-foot, one would say. +Curious, because, so far as one can trace any footmark in this +mud-stained corner, one would say it was a more shapely sole. +However, they are certainly very indistinct. What's this under +the side table?" + +"Mr. Douglas's dumb-bells," said Ames. + +"Dumb-bell -- there's only one. Where's the other?" + +"I don't know, Mr. Holmes. There may have been only one. I +have not noticed them for months." + +"One dumb-bell -- " Holmes said seriously; but his remarks +were interrupted by a sharp knock at the door. + +A tall, sunburned, capable-looking, clean-shaved man looked +in at us. I had no difficulty in guessing that it was the Cecil +Barker of whom I had heard. His masterful eyes travelled quickly +with a questioning glance from face to face. + +"Sorry to interrupt your consultation," said he, "but you +should hear the latest news." + +"An arrest?" + +"No such luck. But they've found his bicycle. The fellow left +his bicycle behind him. Come and have a look. It is within a +hundred yards of the hall door." + +We found three or four grooms and idlers standing in the drive +inspecting a bicycle which had been drawn out from a clump of +evergreens in which it had been concealed. It was a well used +Rudge-Whitworth, splashed as from a considerable journey. There +was a saddlebag with spanner and oilcan, but no clue as to the +owner. + +"It would be a grand help to the police," said the inspector, +"if these things were numbered and registered. But we must be +thankful for what we've got. If we can't find where he went to, +at least we are likely to get where he came from. But what in the +name of all that is wonderful made the fellow leave it behind? +And how in the world has he got away without it? We don't +seem to get a gleam of light in the case, Mr. Holmes." + +"Don't we?" my friend answered thoughtfully. "I wonder!" + + + +Chapter 5 +The People Of the Drama + +"Have you seen all you want of the study?" asked White Mason +as we reentered the house. + +"For the time," said the inspector, and Holmes nodded. + +"Then perhaps you would now like to hear the evidence of +some of the people in the house. We could use the dining-room, +Ames. Please come yourself first and tell us what you know." + +The butler's account was a simple and a clear one, and he +gave a convincing impression of sincerity. He had been engaged +five years before, when Douglas first came to Birlstone. He +understood that Mr. Douglas was a rich gentleman who had +made his money in America. He had been a kind and considerate +employer -- not quite what Ames was used to, perhaps; but one +can't have everything. He never saw any signs of apprehension +in Mr. Douglas: on the contrary, he was the most fearless man +he had ever known. He ordered the drawbridge to be pulled up +every night because it was the ancient custom of the old house, +and he liked to keep the old ways up. + +Mr. Douglas seldom went to London or left the village; but on +the day before the crime he had been shopping at Tunbridge +Wells. He (Ames) had observed some restlessness and excitement +on the part of Mr. Douglas that day; for he had seemed +impatient and irritable, which was unusual with him. He had not +gone to bed that night; but was in the pantry at the back of the +house, putting away the silver, when he heard the bell ring +violently. He heard no shot; but it was hardly possible he would, +as the pantry and kitchens were at the very back of the house and +there were several closed doors and a long passage between. The +housekeeper had come out of her room, attracted by the violent +ringing of the bell. They had gone to the front of the house +together. + +As they reached the bottom of the stair he had seen Mrs. +Douglas coming down it. No, she was not hurrying; it did not +seem to him that she was particularly agitated. Just as she +reached the bottom of the stair Mr. Barker had rushed out of the +study. He had stopped Mrs. Douglas and begged her to go back. + +"For God's sake, go back to your room!" he cried. "Poor +Jack is dead! You can do nothing. For God's sake, go back!" + +After some persuasion upon the stairs Mrs. Douglas had gone +back. She did not scream. She made no outcry whatever. Mrs. +Allen, the housekeeper, had taken her upstairs and stayed with +her in the bedroom. Ames and Mr. Barker had then returned to +the study, where they had found everything exactly as the police +had seen it. The candle was not lit at that time; but the lamp was +burning. They had looked out of the window; but the night was +very dark and nothing could be seen or heard. They had then +rushed out into the hall, where Ames had turned the windlass +which lowered the drawbridge. Mr. Barker had then hurried off +to get the police. + +Such, in its essentials, was the evidence of the butler. + +The account of Mrs. Allen, the housekeeper, was, so far as it +went, a corroboration of that of her fellow servant. The +housekeeper's room was rather nearer to the front of the house +than the pantry in which Ames had been working. She was preparing +to go to bed when the loud ringing of the bell had attracted her +attention. She was a little hard of hearing. Perhaps that was why +she had not heard the shot; but in any case the study was a long +way off. She remembered hearing some sound which she imagined to +be the slamming of a door. That was a good deal earlier -- half +an hour at least before the ringing of the bell. When Mr. Ames +ran to the front she went with him. She saw Mr. Barker, very +pale and excited, come out of the study. He intercepted Mrs. +Douglas, who was coming down the stairs. He entreated her to go +back, and she answered him, but what she said could not be heard. + +"Take her up! Stay with her!" he had said to Mrs. Allen. + +She had therefore taken her to the bedroom, and endeavoured +to soothe her. She was greatly excited, trembling all over, but +made no other attempt to go downstairs. She just sat in her +dressing gown by her bedroom fire, with her head sunk in her +hands. Mrs. Allen stayed with her most of the night. As to the +other servants, they had all gone to bed, and the alarm did not +reach them until just before the police arrived. They slept at the +extreme back of the house, and could not possibly have heard +anything. + +So far the housekeeper could add nothing on cross-examination +save lamentations and expressions of amazement. + +Cecil Barker succeeded Mrs. Allen as a witness. As to the +occurrences of the night before, he had very little to add to what +he had already told the police. Personally, he was convinced that +the murderer had escaped by the window. The bloodstain was +conclusive, in his opinion, on that point. Besides, as the bridge +was up, there was no other possible way of escaping. He could +not explain what had become of the assassin or why he had not +taken his bicycle, if it were indeed his. He could not possibly +have been drowned in the moat, which was at no place more +than three feet deep. + +In his own mind he had a very definite theory about the +murder. Douglas was a reticent man, and there were some +chapters in his life of which he never spoke. He had emigrated to +America when he was a very young man. He had prospered +well, and Barker had first met him in California, where they had +become partners in a successful mining claim at a place called +Benito Canyon. They had done very well; but Douglas had +suddenly sold out and started for England. He was a widower at +that time. Barker had afterwards realized his money and come to +live in London. Thus they had renewed their friendship. + +Douglas had given him the impression that some danger was +hanging over his head, and he had always looked upon his +sudden departure from California, and also his renting a house in +so quiet a place in England, as being connected with this peril. +He imagined that some secret society, some implacable organization, +was on Douglas's track, which would never rest until it killed him. +Some remarks of his had given him this idea; though he had never +told him what the society was, nor how he had come to offend it. +He could only suppose that the legend upon the placard had some +reference to this secret society. + +"How long were you with Douglas in California?" asked +Inspector MacDonald. + +"Five years altogether." + +"He was a bachelor, you say?" + +"A widower." + +"Have you ever heard where his first wife came from?" + +"No, I remember his saying that she was of German extraction, +and I have seen her portrait. She was a very beautiful woman. +She died of typhoid the year before I met him." + +"You don't associate his past with any particular part of +America?" + +"I have heard him talk of Chicago. He knew that city well and +had worked there. I have heard him talk of the coal and iron +districts. He had travelled a good deal in his time." + +"Was he a politician? Had this secret society to do with +politics?" + +"No, he cared nothing about politics." + +"You have no reason to think it was criminal?" + +"On the contrary, I never met a straighter man in my life." + +"Was there anything curious about his life in California?" + +"He liked best to stay and to work at our claim in the +mountains. He would never go where other men were if he could +help it. That's why I first thought that someone was after him. +Then when he left so suddenly for Europe I made sure that it was +so. I believe that he had a warning of some sort. Within a week +of his leaving half a dozen men were inquiring for him." + +"What sort of men?" + +"Well, they were a mighty hard-looking crowd. They came +up to the claim and wanted to know where he was. I told them +that he was gone to Europe and that I did not know where to find +him. They meant him no good -- it was easy to see that." + +"Were these men Americans -- Californians?" + +"Well, I don't know about Californians. They were Americans, +all right. But they were not miners. I don't know what they +were, and was very glad to see their backs." + +"That was six years ago?" + +"Nearer seven." + +"And then you were together five years in California, so that +this business dates back not less than eleven years at the least?" + +"That is so." + +"It must be a very serious feud that would be kept up with +such earnestness for as long as that. It would be no light thing +that would give rise to it." + +"I think it shadowed his whole life. It was never quite out of +his mind." + +"But if a man had a danger hanging over him, and knew what +it was, don't you think he would turn to the police for protection?" + +"Maybe it was some danger that he could not be protected +against. There's one thing you should know. He always went +about armed. His revolver was never out of his pocket. But, by +bad luck, he was in his dressing gown and had left it in the +bedroom last night. Once the bridge was up, I guess he thought +he was safe." + +"I should like these dates a little clearer," said MacDonald. +"It is quite six years since Douglas left California. You followed +him next year, did you not?" + +"That is so." + +"And he had been married five years. You must have returned +about the time of his marriage." + +"About a month before. I was his best man." + +"Did you know Mrs. Douglas before her marriage?" + +"No, I did not. I had been away from England for ten years." + +"But you have seen a good deal of her since." + +Barker looked sternly at the detective. "I have seen a good +deal of him since," he answered. "If I have seen her, it is +because you cannot visit a man without knowing his wife. If you +imagine there is any connection --" + +"I imagine nothing, Mr. Barker. I am bound to make every +inquiry which can bear upon the case. But I mean no offense." + +"Some inquiries are offensive," Barker answered angrily. + +"It's only the facts that we want. It is in your interest and +everyone's interest that they should be cleared up. Did Mr. +Douglas entirely approve your friendship with his wife?" + +Barker grew paler, and his great, strong hands were clasped +convulsively together. "You have no right to ask such +questions!" he cried. "What has this to do with the matter you +are investigating?" + +"I must repeat the question." + +"Well, I refuse to answer." + +"You can refuse to answer; but you must be aware that your +refusal is in itself an answer, for you would not refuse if you had +not something to conceal." + +Barker stood for a moment with his face set grimly and his +strong black eyebrows drawn low in intense thought. Then he +looked up with a smile. "Well, I guess you gentlemen are only +doing your clear duty after all, and I have no right to stand in the +way of it. I'd only ask you not to worry Mrs. Douglas over this +matter; for she has enough upon her just now. I may tell you that +poor Douglas had just one fault in the world, and that was his +jealousy. He was fond of me -- no man could be fonder of a +friend. And he was devoted to his wife. He loved me to come +here, and was forever sending for me. And yet if his wife and I +talked together or there seemed any sympathy between us, a kind +of wave of jealousy would pass over him, and he would be off +the handle and saying the wildest things in a moment. More than +once I've sworn off coming for that reason, and then he would +write me such penitent, imploring letters that I just had to. But +you can take it from me, gentlemen, if it was my last word, that +no man ever had a more loving, faithful wife -- and I can say also +no friend could be more loyal than I!" + +It was spoken with fervour and feeling, and yet Inspector +MacDonald could not dismiss the subject. + +"You are aware," said he, "that the dead man's wedding ring +has been taken from his finger?" + +"So it appears," said Barker. + +"What do you mean by 'appears'? You know it as a fact." + +The man seemed confused and undecided. "When I said +'appears' I meant that it was conceivable that he had himself +taken off the ring." + +"The mere fact that the ring should be absent, whoever may +have removed it, would suggest to anyone's mind, would it not, +that the marriage and the tragedy were connected?" + +Barker shrugged his broad shoulders. "I can't profess to say +what it means." he answered. "But if you mean to hint that it +could reflect in any way upon this lady's honour" -- his eyes +blazed for an instant, and then with an evident effort he got a +grip upon his own emotions -- "well, you are on the wrong track, +that's all." + +"I don't know that I've anything else to ask you at present," +said MacDonald, coldly. + +"There was one small point," remarked Sherlock Holmes. +"When you entered the room there was only a candle lighted on +the table, was there not?" + +"Yes, that was so." + +"By its light you saw that some terrible incident had occurred?" + +"Exactly." + +"You at once rang for help?" + +"Yes." + +"And it arrived very speedily?" + +"Within a minute or so." + +"And yet when they arrived they found that the candle was +out and that the lamp had been lighted. That seems very +remarkable." + +Again Barker showed some signs of indecision. "I don't see +that it was remarkable, Mr. Holmes," he answered after a pause. +"The candle threw a very bad light. My first thought was to get +a better one. The lamp was on the table; so I lit it." + +"And blew out the candle?" + +"Exactly." + +Holmes asked no further question, and Barker, with a deliberate +look from one to the other of us, which had, as it seemed to me, +something of defiance in it, turned and left the room. + +Inspector MacDonald had sent up a note to the effect that he +would wait upon Mrs. Douglas in her room; but she had replied +that she would meet us in the dining room. She entered now, a +tall and beautiful woman of thirty, reserved and self-possessed to +a remarkable degree, very different from the tragic and distracted +figure I had pictured. It is true that her face was pale and drawn, +like that of one who has endured a great shock; but her manner +was composed, and the finely moulded hand which she rested +upon the edge of the table was as steady as my own. Her sad, +appealing eyes travelled from one to the other of us with a +curiously inquisitive expression. That questioning gaze +transformed itself suddenly into abrupt speech. + +"Have you found anything out yet?" she asked. + +Was it my imagination that there was an undertone of fear +rather than of hope in the question? + +"We have taken every possible step, Mrs. Douglas," said the +inspector. "You may rest assured that nothing will be neglected." + +"Spare no money," she said in a dead, even tone. "It is my +desire that every possible effort should be made." + +"Perhaps you can tell us something which may throw some +light upon the matter." + +"I fear not; but all I know is at your service." + +"We have heard from Mr. Cecil Barker that you did not +actually see -- that you were never in the room where the tragedy +occurred?" + +"No, he turned me back upon the stairs. He begged me to +return to my room." + +"Quite so. You had heard the shot, and you had at once come +down." + +"I put on my dressing gown and then came down." + +"How long was it after hearing the shot that you were stopped +on the stair by Mr. Barker?" + +"It may have been a couple of minutes. It is so hard to reckon +time at such a moment. He implored me not to go on. He +assured me that I could do nothing. Then Mrs. Allen, the +housekeeper, led me upstairs again. It was all like some dreadful +dream." + +"Can you give us any idea how long your husband had been +downstairs before you heard the shot?" + +"No, I cannot say. He went from his dressing room, and I did +not hear him go. He did the round of the house every night, for +he was nervous of fire. It is the only thing that I have ever +known him nervous of." + +"That is just the point which I want to come to, Mrs. Douglas. +You have known your husband only in England, have you not?" + +"Yes, we have been married five years." + +"Have you heard him speak of anything which occurred in +America and might bring some danger upon him?" + +Mrs. Douglas thought earnestly before she answered. "Yes." +she said at last, "I have always felt that there was a danger +hanging over him. He refused to discuss it with me. It was not +from want of confidence in me -- there was the most complete +love and confidence between us -- but it was out of his desire to +keep all alarm away from me. He thought I should brood over it +if I knew all, and so he was silent." + +"How did you know it, then?" + +Mrs. Douglas's face lit with a quick smile. "Can a husband +ever carry about a secret all his life and a woman who loves him +have no suspicion of it? I knew it by his refusal to talk about +some episodes in his American life. I knew it by certain precautions +he took. I knew it by certain words he let fall. I knew it by the +way he looked at unexpected strangers. I was perfectly certain that +he had some powerful enemies, that he believed they were on his +track, and that he was always on his guard against them. I was so +sure of it that for years I have been terrified if ever he came +home later than was expected." + +"Might I ask," asked Holmes, "what the words were which +attracted your attention?" + +"The Valley of Fear," the lady answered. "That was an +expression he has used when I questioned him. 'I have been in +the Valley of Fear. I am not out of it yet.' -- 'Are we never to get +out of the Valley of Fear?' I have asked him when I have seen +him more serious than usual. 'Sometimes I think that we never +shall,' he has answered." + +"Surely you asked him what he meant by the Valley of +Fear?" + +"I did; but his face would become very grave and he would +shake his head. 'It is bad enough that one of us should have been +in its shadow,' he said. 'Please God it shall never fall upon you!' +It was some real valley in which he had lived and in which +something terrible had occurred to him, of that I am certain; but I +can tell you no more." + +"And he never mentioned any names?" + +"Yes, he was delirious with fever once when he had his +hunting accident three years ago. Then I remember that there +was a name that came continually to his lips. He spoke it with +anger and a sort of horror. McGinty was the name -- Bodymaster +McGinty. I asked him when he recovered who Bodymaster +McGinty was, and whose body he was master of. 'Never of +mine, thank God!' he answered with a laugh, and that was all I +could get from him. But there is a connection between Bodymaster +McGinty and the Valley of Fear." + +"There is one other point," said Inspector MacDonald. "You +met Mr. Douglas in a boarding house in London, did you not, +and became engaged to him there? Was there any romance, +anything secret or mysterious, about the wedding?" + +"There was romance. There is always romance. There was +nothing mysterious." + +"He had no rival?" + +"No, I was quite free." + +"You have heard, no doubt, that his wedding ring has been +taken. Does that suggest anything to you? Suppose that some +enemy of his old life had tracked him down and committed this +crime, what possible reason could he have for taking his +wedding ring?" + +For an instant I could have sworn that the faintest shadow of a +smile flickered over the woman's lips. + +"I really cannot tell," she answered. "It is certainly a most +extraordinary thing." + +"Well, we will not detain you any longer, and we are sorry to +have put you to this trouble at such a time," said the inspector. +"There are some other points, no doubt; but we can refer to you +as they arise." + +She rose, and I was again conscious of that quick, questioning +glance with which she had just surveyed us. "What impression +has my evidence made upon you?" The question might as well +have been spoken. Then, with a bow, she swept from the room. + +"She's a beautiful woman -- a very beautiful woman," said +MacDonald thoughtfully, after the door had closed behind her. +"This man Barker has certainly been down here a good deal. He +is a man who might be attractive to a woman. He admits that the +dead man was jealous, and maybe he knew best himself what +cause he had for jealousy. Then there's that wedding ring. You +can't get past that. The man who tears a wedding ring off a dead +man's -- What do you say to it, Mr. Holmes?" + +My friend had sat with his head upon his hands, sunk in the +deepest thought. Now he rose and rang the bell. "Ames," he +said, when the butler entered, "where is Mr. Cecil Barker +now?" + +"I'll see, sir." + +He came back in a moment to say that Barker was in the +garden. + +"Can you remember, Ames, what Mr. Barker had on his feet +last night when you joined him in the study?" + +"Yes, Mr. Holmes. He had a pair of bedroom slippers. I +brought him his boots when he went for the police." + +"Where are the slippers now?" + +"They are still under the chair in the hall." + +"Very good, Ames. It is, of course, important for us to know +which tracks may be Mr. Barker's and which from outside." + +"Yes, sir. I may say that I noticed that the slippers were +stained with blood -- so indeed were my own." + +"That is natural enough, considering the condition of the +room. Very good, Ames. We will ring if we want you." + +A few minutes later we were in the study. Holmes had brought +with him the carpet slippers from the hall. As Ames had observed, +the soles of both were dark with blood. + +"Strange!" murmured Holmes, as he stood in the light of the +window and examined them minutely. "Very strange indeed!" + +Stooping with one of his quick feline pounces, he placed the +slipper upon the blood mark on the sill. It exactly corresponded. +He smiled in silence at his colleagues. + +The inspector was transfigured with excitement. His native +accent rattled like a stick upon railings. + +"Man," he cried, "there's not a doubt of it! Barker has just +marked the window himself. It's a good deal broader than any +bootmark. I mind that you said it was a splay-foot, and here's +the explanation. But what's the game, Mr. Holmes -- what's the +game?" + +"Ay, what's the game?" my friend repeated thoughtfully. + +White Mason chuckled and rubbed his fat hands together in +his professional satisfaction. "I said it was a snorter!" he cried. +"And a real snorter it is!" + + + +Chapter 6 +A Dawning Light + +The three detectives had many matters of detail into which to +inquire; so I returned alone to our modest quarters at the village +inn. But before doing so I took a stroll in the curious old-world +garden which flanked the house. Rows of very ancient yew trees +cut into strange designs girded it round. Inside was a beautiful +stretch of lawn with an old sundial in the middle, the whole +effect so soothing and restful that it was welcome to my somewhat +jangled nerves. + +In that deeply peaceful atmosphere one could forget, or remember +only as some fantastic nightmare, that darkened study with the +sprawling, bloodstained figure on the floor. And yet, as I strolled +round it and tried to steep my soul in its gentle balm, a strange +incident occurred, which brought me back to the tragedy and left a +sinister impression in my mind. + +I have said that a decoration of yew trees circled the garden. +At the end farthest from the house they thickened into a continuous +hedge. On the other side of this hedge, concealed from the eyes of +anyone approaching from the direction of the house, there was a +stone seat. As I approached the spot I was aware of voices, some +remark in the deep tones of a man, answered by a little ripple of +feminine laughter. + +An instant later I had come round the end of the hedge and my +eyes lit upon Mrs. Douglas and the man Barker before they were +aware of my presence. Her appearance gave me a shock. In the +dining-room she had been demure and discreet. Now all pretense +of grief had passed away from her. Her eyes shone with the joy +of living, and her face still quivered with amusement at some +remark of her companion. He sat forward, his hands clasped and +his forearms on his knees, with an answering smile upon his +bold, handsome face. In an instant -- but it was just one instant +too late -- they resumed their solemn masks as my figure came +into view. A hurried word or two passed between them, and then +Barker rose and came towards me. + +"Excuse me, sir," said he, "but am I addressing Dr. Watson?" + +I bowed with a coldness which showed, I dare say, very +plainly the impression which had been produced upon my mind. + +"We thought that it was probably you, as your friendship with +Mr. Sherlock Holmes is so well known. Would you mind coming over +and speaking to Mrs. Douglas for one instant?" + +I followed him with a dour face. Very clearly I could see in +my mind's eye that shattered figure on the floor. Here within a +few hours of the tragedy were his wife and his nearest friend +laughing together behind a bush in the garden which had been his. +I greeted the lady with reserve. I had grieved with her grief in +the dining-room. Now I met her appealing gaze with an unresponsive +eye. + +"I fear that you think me callous and hard-hearted." said she. + +I shrugged my shoulders. "It is no business of mine," said I. + +"Perhaps some day you will do me justice. If you only +realized --" + +"There is no need why Dr. Watson should realize," said +Barker quickly. "As he has himself said, it is no possible +business of his." + +"Exactly," said I, "and so I will beg leave to resume my +walk." + +"One moment, Dr. Watson," cried the woman in a pleading +voice. "There is one question which you can answer with more +authority than anyone else in the world, and it may make a very +great difference to me. You know Mr. Holmes and his relations +with the police better than anyone else can. Supposing that a +matter were brought confidentially to his knowledge, is it +absolutely necessary that he should pass it on to the detectives?" + +"Yes, that's it," said Barker eagerly. "Is he on his own or is +he entirely in with them?" + +"I really don't know that I should be justified in discussing +such a point." + +"I beg -- I implore that you will, Dr. Watson! I assure you that +you will be helping us -- helping me greatly if you will guide us +on that point." + +There was such a ring of sincerity in the woman's voice that +for the instant I forgot all about her levity and was moved only to +do her will. + +"Mr. Holmes is an independent investigator," I said. "He is +his own master, and would act as his own judgment directed. At +the same time, he would naturally feel loyalty towards the +officials who were working on the same case, and he would not +conceal from them anything which would help them in bringing +a criminal to justice. Beyond this I can say nothing, and I would +refer you to Mr. Holmes himself if you wanted fuller information." + +So saying I raised my hat and went upon my way, leaving +them still seated behind that concealing hedge. I looked back as I +rounded the far end of it, and saw that they were still talking +very earnestly together, and, as they were gazing after me, it was +clear that it was our interview that was the subject of their +debate. + +"I wish none of their confidences," said Holmes, when I +reported to him what had occurred. He had spent the whole +afternoon at the Manor House in consultation with his two +colleagues, and returned about five with a ravenous appetite for a +high tea which I had ordered for him. "No confidences, Watson; +for they are mighty awkward if it comes to an arrest for +conspiracy and murder." + +"You think it will come to that?" + +He was in his most cheerful and debonair humour. "My dear +Watson, when I have exterminated that fourth egg I shall be +ready to put you in touch with the whole situation. I don't say +that we have fathomed it -- far from it -- but when we have traced +the missing dumb-bell --" + +"The dumb-bell!" + +"Dear me, Watson, is it possible that you have not penetrated +the fact that the case hangs upon the missing dumb-bell? Well, +well, you need not be downcast; for between ourselves I don't +think that either Inspector Mac or the excellent local practitioner +has grasped the overwhelming importance of this incident. One +dumb-bell, Watson! Consider an athlete with one dumb-bell! +Picture to yourself the unilateral development, the imminent +danger of a spinal curvature. Shocking, Watson, shocking!" + +He sat with his mouth full of toast and his eyes sparkling with +mischief, watching my intellectual entanglement. The mere sight +of his excellent appetite was an assurance of success, for I had +very clear recollections of days and nights without a thought of +food, when his baffled mind had chafed before some problem +while his thin, eager features became more attenuated with the +asceticism of complete mental concentration. Finally he lit his +pipe, and sitting in the inglenook of the old village inn he talked +slowly and at random about his case, rather as one who thinks +aloud than as one who makes a considered statement. + +"A lie, Watson -- a great, big, thumping, obtrusive, +uncompromising lie -- that's what meets us on the threshold! There +is our starting point. The whole story told by Barker is a lie. +But Barker's story is corroborated by Mrs. Douglas. Therefore she +is lying also. They are both lying, and in a conspiracy. So now we +have the clear problem. Why are they lying, and what is the truth +which they are trying so hard to conceal? Let us try, Watson, +you and I, if we can get behind the lie and reconstruct the truth. + +"How do I know that they are lying? Because it is a clumsy +fabrication which simply could not be true. Consider! According +to the story given to us, the assassin had less than a minute after +the murder had been committed to take that ring, which was under +another ring, from the dead man's finger, to replace the other +ring -- a thing which he would surely never have done -- and to +put that singular card beside his victim. I say that this was +obviously impossible. + +"You may argue -- but I have too much respect for your +judgment, Watson, to think that you will do so -- that the ring +may have been taken before the man was killed. The fact that the +candle had been lit only a short time shows that there had been +no lengthy interview. Was Douglas, from what we hear of his +fearless character, a man who would be likely to give up his +wedding ring at such short notice, or could we conceive of his +giving it up at all? No, no, Watson, the assassin was alone with +the dead man for some time with the lamp lit. Of that I have no +doubt at all. + +"But the gunshot was apparently the cause of death. Therefore +the shot must have been fired some time earlier than we are told. +But there could be no mistake about such a matter as that. We +are in the presence, therefore, of a deliberate conspiracy upon +the part of the two people who heard the gunshot -- of the man +Barker and of the woman Douglas. When on the top of this I am +able to show that the blood mark on the windowsill was deliberately +placed there by Barker, in order to give a false clue to the police, +you will admit that the case grows dark against him. + +"Now we have to ask ourselves at what hour the murder +actually did occur. Up to half-past ten the servants were moving +about the house; so it was certainly not before that time. At a +quarter to eleven they had all gone to their rooms with the +exception of Ames, who was in the pantry. I have been trying +some experiments after you left us this afternoon, and I find that +no noise which MacDonald can make in the study can penetrate +to me in the pantry when the doors are all shut. + +"It is otherwise, however, from the housekeeper's room. It is +not so far down the corridor, and from it I could vaguely hear a +voice when it was very loudly raised. The sound from a shotgun +is to some extent muffled when the discharge is at very close +range, as it undoubtedly was in this instance. It would not be +very loud, and yet in the silence of the night it should have easily +penetrated to Mrs. Allen's room. She is, as she has told us, +somewhat deaf; but none the less she mentioned in her evidence +that she did hear something like a door slamming half an hour +before the alarm was given. Half an hour before the alarm was +given would be a quarter to eleven. I have no doubt that what +she heard was the report of the gun, and that this was the real +instant of the murder. + +"If this is so, we have now to determine what Barker and +Mrs. Douglas, presuming that they are not the actual murderers, +could have been doing from quarter to eleven, when the sound of +the shot brought them down, until quarter past eleven, when they +rang the bell and summoned the servants. What were they doing, +and why did they not instantly give the alarm? That is the +question which faces us, and when it has been answered we shall +surely have gone some way to solve our problem." + +"I am convinced myself," said I, "that there is an understanding +between those two people. She must be a heartless creature to sit +laughing at some jest within a few hours of her husband's murder." + +"Exactly. She does not shine as a wife even in her own +account of what occurred. I am not a whole-souled admirer of +womankind, as you are aware, Watson, but my experience of +life has taught me that there are few wives, having any regard for +their husbands, who would let any man's spoken word stand +between them and that husband's dead body. Should I ever +marry, Watson, I should hope to inspire my wife with some +feeling which would prevent her from being walked off by a +housekeeper when my corpse was lying within a few yards of +her. It was badly stage-managed; for even the rawest investigators +must be struck by the absence of the usual feminine ululation. +If there had been nothing else, this incident alone would have +suggested a prearranged conspiracy to my mind." + +"You think then, definitely, that Barker and Mrs. Douglas are +guilty of the murder?" + +"There is an appalling directness about your questions, Watson," +said Holmes, shaking his pipe at me. "They come at me like bullets. +If you put it that Mrs. Douglas and Barker know the truth about +the murder, and are conspiring to conceal it, then I can give you +a whole-souled answer. I am sure they do. But your more deadly +proposition is not so clear. Let us for a moment consider the +difficulties which stand in the way. + +"We will suppose that this couple are united by the bonds of a +guilty love, and that they have determined to get rid of the man +who stands between them. It is a large supposition; for discreet +inquiry among servants and others has failed to corroborate it in +any way. On the contrary, there is a good deal of evidence that +the Douglases were very attached to each other." + +"That, I am sure, cannot be true." said I, thinking of the +beautiful smiling face in the garden. + +"Well at least they gave that impression. However, we will +suppose that they are an extraordinarily astute couple, who +deceive everyone upon this point, and conspire to murder the +husband. He happens to be a man over whose head some danger +hangs --" + +"We have only their word for that." + +Holmes looked thoughtful. "I see, Watson. You are sketching +out a theory by which everything they say from the beginning is +false. According to your idea, there was never any hidden menace, +or secret society, or Valley of Fear, or Boss MacSomebody, or +anything else. Well, that is a good sweeping generalization. +Let us see what that brings us to. They invent this theory to +account for the crime. They then play up to the idea by leaving +this bicycle in the park as proof of the existence of some +outsider. The stain on the windowsill conveys the same idea. So +does the card on the body, which might have been prepared in +the house. That all fits into your hypothesis, Watson. But now +we come on the nasty, angular, uncompromising bits which +won't slip into their places. Why a cut-off shotgun of all weapons +-- and an American one at that? How could they be so sure that the +sound of it would not bring someone on to them? It's a mere chance +as it is that Mrs. Allen did not start out to inquire for the +slamming door. Why did your guilty couple do all this, Watson?" + +"I confess that I can't explain it." + +"Then again, if a woman and her lover conspire to murder a +husband, are they going to advertise their guilt by ostentatiously +removing his wedding ring after his death? Does that strike you +as very probable, Watson?" + +"No, it does not." + +"And once again, if the thought of leaving a bicycle concealed +outside had occurred to you, would it really have seemed worth +doing when the dullest detective would naturally say this is an +obvious blind, as the bicycle is the first thing which the fugitive +needed in order to make his escape." + +"I can conceive of no explanation." + +"And yet there should be no combination of events for which +the wit of man cannot conceive an explanation. Simply as a +mental exercise, without any assertion that it is true, let me +indicate a possible line of thought. It is, I admit, mere +imagination; but how often is imagination the mother of truth? + +"We will suppose that there was a guilty secret, a really +shameful secret in the life of this man Douglas. This leads to his +murder by someone who is, we will suppose, an avenger, someone from +outside. This avenger, for some reason which I confess I am still +at a loss to explain, took the dead man's wedding ring. The vendetta +might conceivably date back to the man's first marriage, and the +ring be taken for some such reason. + +"Before this avenger got away, Barker and the wife had +reached the room. The assassin convinced them that any attempt +to arrest him would lead to the publication of some hideous +scandal. They were converted to this idea, and preferred to let +him go. For this purpose they probably lowered the bridge, +which can be done quite noiselessly, and then raised it again. He +made his escape, and for some reason thought that he could do +so more safely on foot than on the bicycle. He therefore left his +machine where it would not be discovered until he had got safely +away. So far we are within the bounds of possibility, are we +not?" + +"Well, it is possible, no doubt," said I, with some reserve. + +"We have to remember, Watson, that whatever occurred is +certainly something very extraordinary. Well, now, to continue +our supposititious case, the couple -- not necessarily a guilty +couple -- realize after the murderer is gone that they have placed +themselves in a position in which it may be difficult for them to +prove that they did not themselves either do the deed or connive +at it. They rapidly and rather clumsily met the situation. The +mark was put by Barker's bloodstained slipper upon the window- +sill to suggest how the fugitive got away. They obviously were +the two who must have heard the sound of the gun; so they gave +the alarm exactly as they would have done, but a good half hour +after the event." + +"And how do you propose to prove all this?" + +"Well, if there were an outsider, he may be traced and taken. +That would be the most effective of all proofs. But if not -- well, +the resources of science are far from being exhausted. I think +that an evening alone in that study would help me much." + +"An evening alone!" + +"I propose to go up there presently. I have arranged it with +the estimable Ames, who is by no means whole-hearted about +Barker. I shall sit in that room and see if its atmosphere brings +me inspiration. I'm a believer in the genius loci. You smile, +Friend Watson. Well, we shall see. By the way, you have that +big umbrella of yours, have you not?" + +"It is here." + +"Well, I'll borrow that if I may." + +"Certainly -- but what a wretched weapon! If there is +danger --" + +"Nothing serious, my dear Watson, or I should certainly ask +for your assistance. But I'll take the umbrella. At present I am +only awaiting the return of our colleagues from Tunbridge Wells, +where they are at present engaged in trying for a likely owner to +the bicycle." + +It was nightfall before Inspector MacDonald and White Mason +came back from their expedition, and they arrived exultant, +reporting a great advance in our investigation. + +"Man, I'll admeet that I had my doubts if there was ever an +outsider," said MacDonald, "but that's all past now. We've had +the bicycle identified, and we have a description of our man; so +that's a long step on our journey." + +"It sounds to me like the beginning of the end," said Holmes. +"I'm sure I congratulate you both with all my heart." + +"Well, I started from the fact that Mr. Douglas had seemed +disturbed since the day before, when he had been at Tunbridge +Wells. It was at Tunbridge Wells then that he had become +conscious of some danger. It was clear, therefore, that if a man +had come over with a bicycle it was from Tunbridge Wells that +he might be expected to have come. We took the bicycle over +with us and showed it at the hotels. It was identified at once by +the manager of the Eagle Commercial as belonging to a man +named Hargrave, who had taken a room there two days before. +This bicycle and a small valise were his whole belongings. He +had registered his name as coming from London, but had given +no address. The valise was London made, and the contents were +British; but the man himself was undoubtedly an American." + +"Well, well," said Holmes gleefully, "you have indeed done +some solid work while I have been sitting spinning theories with +my friend! It's a lesson in being practical, Mr. Mac." + +"Ay, it's just that, Mr. Holmes," said the inspector with +satisfaction. + +"But this may all fit in with your theories," I remarked. + +"That may or may not be. But let us hear the end, Mr. Mac. +Was there nothing to identify this man?" + +"So little that it was evident that he had carefully guarded +himself against identification. There were no papers or letters, +and no marking upon the clothes. A cycle map of the county lay +on his bedroom table. He had left the hotel after breakfast +yesterday morning on his bicycle, and no more was heard of him +until our inquiries." + +"That's what puzzles me, Mr. Holmes," said White Mason. +"If the fellow did not want the hue and cry raised over him, one +would imagine that he would have returned and remained at the +hotel as an inoffensive tourist. As it is, he must know that he +will be reported to the police by the hotel manager and that his +disappearance will be connected with the murder." + +"So one would imagine. Still, he has been justified of his +wisdom up to date, at any rate, since he has not been taken. But +his description -- what of that?" + +MacDonald referred to his notebook. "Here we have it so far +as they could give it. They don't seem to have taken any very +particular stock of him; but still the porter, the clerk, and the +chambermaid are all agreed that this about covers the points. He +was a man about five foot nine in height, fifty or so years of age, +his hair slightly grizzled, a grayish moustache, a curved nose, +and a face which all of them described as fierce and forbidding." + +"Well, bar the expression, that might almost be a description +of Douglas himself," said Holmes. "He is just over fifty, with +grizzled hair and moustache, and about the same height. Did you +get anything else?" + +"He was dressed in a heavy gray suit with a reefer jacket, and +he wore a short yellow overcoat and a soft cap." + +"What about the shotgun?" + +"It is less than two feet long. It could very well have fitted +into his valise. He could have carried it inside his overcoat +without difficulty." + +"And how do you consider that all this bears upon the general +case?" + +"Well, Mr. Holmes," said MacDonald, "when we have got +our man -- and you may be sure that I had his description on the +wires within five minutes of hearing it -- we shall be better able +to judge. But, even as it stands, we have surely gone a long way. +We know that an American calling himself Hargrave came to +Tunbridge Wells two days ago with bicycle and valise. In the +latter was a sawed-off shotgun; so he came with the deliberate +purpose of crime. Yesterday morning he set off for this place on +his bicycle, with his gun concealed in his overcoat. No one saw +him arrive, so far as we can learn; but he need not pass through +the village to reach the park gates, and there are many cyclists +upon the road. Presumably he at once concealed his cycle among +the laurels where it was found, and possibly lurked there himself, +with his eye on the house, waiting for Mr. Douglas to come out. +The shotgun is a strange weapon to use inside a house; but he had +intended to use it outside, and there it has very obvious advantages, +as it would be impossible to miss with it, and the sound of shots +is so common in an English sporting neighbourhood that no particular +notice would be taken." + +"That is all very clear," said Holmes. + +"Well, Mr. Douglas did not appear. What was he to do next? +He left his bicycle and approached the house in the twilight. He +found the bridge down and no one about. He took his chance, +intending, no doubt, to make some excuse if he met anyone. He +met no one. He slipped into the first room that he saw, and +concealed himself behind the curtain. Thence he could see the +drawbridge go up, and he knew that his only escape was through +the moat. He waited until quarter-past eleven, when Mr. Douglas +upon his usual nightly round came into the room. He shot him +and escaped, as arranged. He was aware that the bicycle would +be described by the hotel people and be a clue against him; so he +left it there and made his way by some other means to London or +to some safe hiding place which he had already arranged. How is +that, Mr. Holmes?" + +"Well, Mr. Mac, it is very good and very clear so far as it +goes. That is your end of the story. My end is that the crime was +committed half an hour earlier than reported; that Mrs. Douglas +and Barker are both in a conspiracy to conceal something; that +they aided the murderer's escape -- or at least that they reached +the room before he escaped -- and that they fabricated evidence +of his escape through the window, whereas in all probability they +had themselves let him go by lowering the bridge. That's my +reading of the first half." + +The two detectives shook their heads. + +"Well, Mr. Holmes, if this is true, we only tumble out of one +mystery into another," said the London inspector. + +"And in some ways a worse one," added White Mason. "The +lady has never been in America in all her life. What possible +connection could she have with an American assassin which +would cause her to shelter him?" + +"I freely admit the difficulties," said Holmes. "I propose to +make a little investigation of my own to-night, and it is just +possible that it may contribute something to the common cause." + +"Can we help you, Mr. Holmes?" + +"No, no! Darkness and Dr. Watson's umbrella -- my wants are +simple. And Ames, the faithful Ames, no doubt he will stretch a +point for me. All my lines of thought lead me back invariably +to the one basic question -- why should an athletic man develop +his frame upon so unnatural an instrument as a single dumb-bell?" + +It was late that night when Holmes returned from his solitary +excursion. We slept in a double-bedded room, which was the +best that the little country inn could do for us. I was already +asleep when I was partly awakened by his entrance. + +"Well, Holmes," I murmured, "have you found anything +out?" + +He stood beside me in silence, his candle in his hand. Then +the tall, lean figure inclined towards me. "I say, Watson," he +whispered, "would you be afraid to sleep in the same room with +a lunatic, a man with softening of the brain, an idiot whose mind +has lost its grip?" + +"Not in the least," I answered in astonishment. + +"Ah, that's lucky," he said, and not another word would he +utter that night. + + + +Chapter 7 +The Solution + +Next morning, after breakfast, we found Inspector MacDonald +and White Mason seated in close consultation in the small parlour +of the local police sergeant. On the table in front of them +were piled a number of letters and telegrams, which they were +carefully sorting and docketing. Three had been placed on one +side. + +"Still on the track of the elusive bicyclist?" Holmes asked +cheerfully. "What is the latest news of the ruffian?" + +MacDonald pointed ruefully to his heap of correspondence. + +"He is at present reported from Leicester, Nottingham, +Southampton, Derby, East Ham, Richmond, and fourteen other places. +In three of them -- East Ham, Leicester, and Liverpool -- there is +a clear case against him, and he has actually been arrested. The +country seems to be full of the fugitives with yellow coats." + +"Dear me!" said Holmes sympathetically. "Now, Mr. Mac +and you, Mr. White Mason, I wish to give you a very earnest +piece of advice. When I went into this case with you I bargained, +as you will no doubt remember, that I should not present you +with half-proved theories, but that I should retain and work out +my own ideas until I had satisfied myself that they were correct. +For this reason I am not at the present moment telling you all +that is in my mind. On the other hand, I said that I would play +the game fairly by you, and I do not think it is a fair game to +allow you for one unnecessary moment to waste your energies +upon a profitless task. Therefore I am here to advise you this +morning, and my advice to you is summed up in three words -- +abandon the case." + +MacDonald and White Mason stared in amazement at their +celebrated colleague. + +"You consider it hopeless!" cried the inspector. + +"I consider your case to be hopeless. I do not consider that it +is hopeless to arrive at the truth." + +"But this cyclist. He is not an invention. We have his description, +his valise, his bicycle. The fellow must be somewhere. Why should we +not get him?" + +"Yes, yes, no doubt he is somewhere, and no doubt we shall +get him; but I would not have you waste your energies in East +Ham or Liverpool. I am sure that we can find some shorter cut to +a result." + +"You are holding something back. It's hardly fair of you, Mr. +Holmes." The inspector was annoyed. + +"You know my methods of work, Mr. Mac. But I will hold it +back for the shortest time possible. I only wish to verify my +details in one way, which can very readily be done, and then I +make my bow and return to London, leaving my results entirely +at your service. I owe you too much to act otherwise; for in all +my experience I cannot recall any more singular and interesting +study." + +"This is clean beyond me, Mr. Holmes. We saw you when +we returned from Tunbridge Wells last night, and you were in +general agreement with our results. What has happened since +then to give you a completely new idea of the case?" + +"Well, since you ask me, I spent, as I told you that I would, +some hours last night at the Manor House." + +"Well, what happened?" + +"Ah, I can only give you a very general answer to that for the +moment. By the way, I have been reading a short but clear and +interesting account of the old building, purchasable at the modest +sum of one penny from the local tobacconist." + +Here Holmes drew a small tract, embellished with a rude +engraving of the ancient Manor House, from his waistcoat pocket. + +"It immensely adds to the zest of an investigation, my dear +Mr. Mac, when one is in conscious sympathy with the historical +atmosphere of one's surroundings. Don't look so impatient; for I +assure you that even so bald an account as this raises some sort +of picture of the past in one's mind. Permit me to give you a +sample. 'Erected in the fifth year of the reign of James I, and +standing upon the site of a much older building, the Manor +House of Birlstone presents one of the finest surviving examples +of the moated Jacobean residence --' " + +"You are making fools of us, Mr. Holmes!" + +"Tut, tut, Mr. Mac! -- the first sign of temper I have detected +in you. Well, I won't read it verbatim, since you feel so strongly +upon the subject. But when I tell you that there is some account +of the taking of the place by a parliamentary colonel in 1644, of +the concealment of Charles for several days in the course of the +Civil War, and finally of a visit there by the second George, you +will admit that there are various associations of interest connected +with this ancient house." + +"I don't doubt it, Mr. Holmes; but that is no business of +ours." + +"Is it not? Is it not? Breadth of view, my dear Mr. Mac, is +one of the essentials of our profession. The interplay of ideas and +the oblique uses of knowledge are often of extraordinary interest. +You will excuse these remarks from one who, though a mere +connoisseur of crime, is still rather older and perhaps more +experienced than yourself." + +"I'm the first to admit that," said the detective heartily. "You +get to your point, I admit; but you have such a deuced round-the- +corner way of doing it." + +"Well, well, I'll drop past history and get down to present- +day facts. I called last night, as I have already said, at the +Manor House. I did not see either Barker or Mrs. Douglas. I saw +no necessity to disturb them; but I was pleased to hear that the +lady was not visibly pining and that she had partaken of an +excellent dinner. My visit was specially made to the good Mr. +Ames, with whom I exchanged some amiabilities, which culminated +in his allowing me, without reference to anyone else, to sit +alone for a time in the study." + +"What! With that?" I ejaculated. + +"No, no, everything is now in order. You gave permission for +that, Mr. Mac, as I am informed. The room was in its normal +state, and in it I passed an instructive quarter of an hour." + +"What were you doing?" + +"Well, not to make a mystery of so simple a matter, I was +looking for the missing dumb-bell. It has always bulked rather +large in my estimate of the case. I ended by finding it." + +"Where?" + +"Ah, there we come to the edge of the unexplored. Let me go +a little further, a very little further, and I will promise that you +shall share everything that I know." + +"Well, we're bound to take you on your own terms," said the +inspector; "but when it comes to telling us to abandon the +case -- why in the name of goodness should we abandon the +case?" + +"For the simple reason, my dear Mr. Mac, that you have not +got the first idea what it is that you are investigating." + +"We are investigating the murder of Mr. John Douglas of +Birlstone Manor." + +"Yes, yes, so you are. But don't trouble to trace the mysterious +gentleman upon the bicycle. I assure you that it won't help you." + +"Then what do you suggest that we do?" + +"I will tell you exactly what to do, if you will do it." + +"Well, I'm bound to say I've always found you had reason +behind all your queer ways. I'll do what you advise." + +"And you, Mr. White Mason?" + +The country detective looked helplessly from one to the other. +Holmes and his methods were new to him. "Well, if it is good +enough for the inspector, it is good enough for me," he said at +last. + +"Capital!" said Holmes. "Well, then, I should recommend a +nice, cheery country walk for both of you. They tell me that the +views from Birlstone Ridge over the Weald are very remarkable. +No doubt lunch could be got at some suitable hostelry; though +my ignorance of the country prevents me from recommending +one. In the evening, tired but happy --" + +"Man, this is getting past a joke!" cried MacDonald, rising +angrily from his chair. + +"Well, well, spend the day as you like," said Holmes, patting +him cheerfully upon the shoulder. "Do what you like and go +where you will, but meet me here before dusk without fail -- +without fail, Mr. Mac." + +"That sounds more like sanity." + +"All of it was excellent advice; but I don't insist, so long as +you are here when I need you. But now, before we part, I want +you to write a note to Mr. Barker." + +"Well?" + +"I'll dictate it, if you like. Ready? + + "Dear Sir: + + "It has struck me that it is our duty to drain the moat, in + + the hope that we may find some --" + +"It's impossible," said the inspector. "I've made inquiry." + +"Tut, tut! My dear sir, please do what I ask you." + +"Well, go on." + + "-- in the hope that we may find something which may bear + + upon our investigation. I have made arrangements, and the + + workmen will be at work early to-morrow morning diverting + + the stream --" + +"Impossible!" + + "-- diverting the stream; so I thought it best to explain +matters beforehand. + +"Now sign that, and send it by hand about four o'clock. At that +hour we shall meet again in this room. Until then we may each +do what we like; for I can assure you that this inquiry has come +to a definite pause." + +Evening was drawing in when we reassembled. Holmes was +very serious in his manner, myself curious, and the detectives +obviously critical and annoyed. + +"Well, gentlemen," said my friend gravely, "I am asking +you now to put everything to the test with me, and you will +judge for yourselves whether the observations I have made justify +the conclusions to which I have come. It is a chill evening, +and I do not know how long our expedition may last; so I beg +that you will wear your warmest coats. It is of the first +importance that we should be in our places before it grows dark; +so with your permission we shall get started at once." + +We passed along the outer bounds of the Manor House park +until we came to a place where there was a gap in the rails which +fenced it. Through this we slipped, and then in the gathering +gloom we followed Holmes until we had reached a shrubbery +which lies nearly opposite to the main door and the drawbridge. +The latter had not been raised. Holmes crouched down behind +the screen of laurels, and we all three followed his example. + +"Well, what are we to do now?" asked MacDonald with +some gruffness. + +"Possess our souls in patience and make as little noise as +possible," Holmes answered. + +"What are we here for at all? I really think that you might +treat us with more frankness." + +Holmes laughed. "Watson insists that I am the dramatist in +real life," said he. "Some touch of the artist wells up within me, +and calls insistently for a well-staged performance. Surely our +profession, Mr. Mac, would be a drab and sordid one if we did +not sometimes set the scene so as to glorify our results. The +blunt accusation, the brutal tap upon the shoulder -- what can one +make of such a denouement? But the quick inference, the subtle +trap, the clever forecast of coming events, the triumphant vindication +of bold theories -- are these not the pride and the justification of +our life's work? At the present moment you thrill with the glamour of +the situation and the anticipation of the hunt. Where would be that +thrill if I had been as definite as a timetable? I only ask a little +patience, Mr. Mac, and all will be clear to you." + +"Well, I hope the pride and justification and the rest of it will +come before we all get our death of cold," said the London +detective with comic resignation. + +We all had good reason to join in the aspiration; for our vigil +was a long and bitter one. Slowly the shadows darkened over the +long, sombre face of the old house. A cold, damp reek from the +moat chilled us to the bones and set our teeth chattering. There +was a single lamp over the gateway and a steady globe of light in +the fatal study. Everything else was dark and still. + +"How long is this to last?" asked the inspector finally. "And +what is it we are watching for?" + +"I have no more notion than you how long it is to last," +Holmes answered with some asperity. "If criminals would always +schedule their movements like railway trains, it would certainly +be more convenient for all of us. As to what it is we -- Well, +that's what we are watching for!" + +As he spoke the bright, yellow light in the study was obscured +by somebody passing to and fro before it. The laurels among +which we lay were immediately opposite the window and not +more than a hundred feet from it. Presently it was thrown open +with a whining of hinges, and we could dimly see the dark +outline of a man's head and shoulders looking out into the +gloom. For some minutes he peered forth in furtive, stealthy +fashion, as one who wishes to be assured that he is unobserved. +Then he leaned forward, and in the intense silence we were +aware of the soft lapping of agitated water. He seemed to be +stirring up the moat with something which he held in his hand. +Then suddenly he hauled something in as a fisherman lands a +fish -- some large, round object which obscured the light as it +was dragged through the open casement. + +"Now!" cried Holmes. "Now!" + +We were all upon our feet, staggering after him with our +stiffened limbs, while he ran swiftly across the bridge and rang +violently at the bell. There was the rasping of bolts from the +other side, and the amazed Ames stood in the entrance. Holmes +brushed him aside without a word and, followed by all of us, +rushed into the room which had been occupied by the man whom +we had been watching. + +The oil lamp on the table represented the glow which we had +seen from outside. It was now in the hand of Cecil Barker, who +held it towards us as we entered. Its light shone upon his strong, +resolute, clean-shaved face and his menacing eyes. + +"What the devil is the meaning of all this?" he cried. "What +are you after, anyhow?" + +Holmes took a swift glance round, and then pounced upon a +sodden bundle tied together with cord which lay where it had +been thrust under the writing table. + +"This is what we are after, Mr. Barker -- this bundle, weighted +with a dumb-bell, which you have just raised from the bottom of +the moat." + +Barker stared at Holmes with amazement in his face. "How in +thunder came you to know anything about it?" he asked. + +"Simply that I put it there." + +"You put it there! You!" + +"Perhaps I should have said 'replaced it there,'" said Holmes. +"You will remember, Inspector MacDonald, that I was somewhat +struck by the absence of a dumb-bell. I drew your attention +to it; but with the pressure of other events you had hardly the +time to give it the consideration which would have enabled you +to draw deductions from it. When water is near and a weight is +missing it is not a very far-fetched supposition that something +has been sunk in the water. The idea was at least worth testing; +so with the help of Ames, who admitted me to the room, and the +crook of Dr. Watson's umbrella, I was able last night to fish up +and inspect this bundle. + +"It was of the first importance, however, that we should be +able to prove who placed it there. This we accomplished by the +very obvious device of announcing that the moat would be dried +to-morrow, which had, of course, the effect that whoever had +hidden the bundle would most certainly withdraw it the moment +that darkness enabled him to do so. We have no less than four +witnesses as to who it was who took advantage of the opportunity, +and so, Mr. Barker, I think the word lies now with you." + +Sherlock Holmes put the sopping bundle upon the table beside +the lamp and undid the cord which bound it. From within he +extracted a dumb-bell, which he tossed down to its fellow in the +corner. Next he drew forth a pair of boots. "American, as you +perceive," he remarked, pointing to the toes. Then he laid upon +the table a long, deadly, sheathed knife. Finally he unravelled a +bundle of clothing, comprising a complete set of underclothes, +socks, a gray tweed suit, and a short yellow overcoat. + +"The clothes are commonplace," remarked Holmes, "save +only the overcoat, which is full of suggestive touches." He held +it tenderly towards the light. "Here, as you perceive, is the inner +pocket prolonged into the lining in such fashion as to give ample +space for the truncated fowling piece. The tailor's tab is on the +neck -- 'Neal, Outfitter, Vermissa, U. S. A.' I have spent an +instructive afternoon in the rector's library, and have enlarged +my knowledge by adding the fact that Vermissa is a flourishing +little town at the head of one of the best known coal and iron +valleys in the United States. I have some recollection, Mr. +Barker, that you associated the coal districts with Mr. Douglas's +first wife, and it would surely not be too far-fetched an inference +that the V. V. upon the card by the dead body might stand for +Vermissa Valley, or that this very valley which sends forth +emissaries of murder may be that Valley of Fear of which we +have heard. So much is fairly clear. And now, Mr. Barker, I +seem to be standing rather in the way of your explanation." + +It was a sight to see Cecil Barker's expressive face during this +exposition of the great detective. Anger, amazement, consternation, +and indecision swept over it in turn. Finally he took refuge in a +somewhat acrid irony. + +"You know such a lot, Mr. Holmes, perhaps you had better +tell us some more," he sneered. + +"I have no doubt that I could tell you a great deal more, Mr. +Barker; but it would come with a better grace from you." + +"Oh, you think so, do you? Well, all I can say is that if +there's any secret here it is not my secret, and I am not the man +to give it away." + +"Well, if you take that line, Mr. Barker," said the inspector +quietly, "we must just keep you in sight until we have the +warrant and can hold you." + +"You can do what you damn please about that," said Barker +defiantly. + +The proceedings seemed to have come to a definite end so far +as he was concerned; for one had only to look at that granite face +to realize that no peine forte et dure would ever force him to +plead against his will. The deadlock was broken, however, by a +woman's voice. Mrs. Douglas had been standing listening at the +half opened door, and now she entered the room. + +"You have done enough for now, Cecil," said she. "Whatever +comes of it in the future, you have done enough." + +"Enough and more than enough," remarked Sherlock Holmes +gravely. "I have every sympathy with you, madam, and +should strongly urge you to have some confidence in the common +sense of our jurisdiction and to take the police voluntarily into +your complete confidence. It may be that I am myself at fault for +not following up the hint which you conveyed to me through my +friend, Dr. Watson; but, at that time I had every reason to +believe that you were directly concerned in the crime. Now I am +assured that this is not so. At the same time, there is much that is +unexplained, and I should strongly recommend that you ask Mr. +Douglas to tell us his own story." + +Mrs. Douglas gave a cry of astonishment at Holmes's words. +The detectives and I must have echoed it, when we were aware +of a man who seemed to have emerged from the wall, who +advanced now from the gloom of the corner in which he had +appeared. Mrs. Douglas turned, and in an instant her arms were +round him. Barker had seized his outstretched hand. + +"It's best this way, Jack," his wife repeated; "I am sure that +it is best." + +"Indeed, yes, Mr. Douglas," said Sherlock Holmes, "I am +sure that you will find it best." + +The man stood blinking at us with the dazed look of one who +comes from the dark into the light. It was a remarkable face, +bold gray eyes, a strong, short-clipped, grizzled moustache, a +square, projecting chin, and a humorous mouth. He took a good +look at us all, and then to my amazement he advanced to me and +handed me a bundle of paper. + +"I've heard of you," said he in a voice which was not quite +English and not quite American, but was altogether mellow and +pleasing. "You are the historian of this bunch. Well, Dr. Watson, +you've never had such a story as that pass through your hands +before, and I'll lay my last dollar on that. Tell it your own +way; but there are the facts, and you can't miss the public so +long as you have those. I've been cooped up two days, and I've +spent the daylight hours -- as much daylight as I could get in that +rat trap -- in putting the thing into words. You're welcome to +them -- you and your public. There's the story of the Valley of +Fear." + +"That's the past, Mr. Douglas," said Sherlock Holmes quietly. +"What we desire now is to hear your story of the present." + +"You'll have it, sir," said Douglas. "May I smoke as I talk? +Well, thank you, Mr. Holmes. You're a smoker yourself, if I +remember right, and you'll guess what it is to be sitting for two +days with tobacco in your pocket and afraid that the smell will +give you away." He leaned against the mantelpiece and sucked +at the cigar which Holmes had handed him. "I've heard of you, +Mr. Holmes. I never guessed that I should meet you. But before +you are through with that," he nodded at my papers, "you will +say I've brought you something fresh." + +Inspector MacDonald had been staring at the newcomer with +the greatest amazement. "Well, this fairly beats me!" he cried at +last. "If you are Mr. John Douglas of Birlstone Manor, then +whose death have we been investigating for these two days, and +where in the world have you sprung from now? You seemed to +me to come out of the floor like a jack-in-a-box." + +"Ah, Mr. Mac," said Holmes, shaking a reproving forefinger, +"you would not read that excellent local compilation which +described the concealment of King Charles. People did not hide +in those days without excellent hiding places, and the hiding +place that has once been used may be again. I had persuaded +myself that we should find Mr. Douglas under this roof." + +"And how long have you been playing this trick upon us, Mr. +Holmes?" said the inspector angrily. "How long have you +allowed us to waste ourselves upon a search that you knew to be +an absurd one?" + +"Not one instant, my dear Mr. Mac. Only last night did I +form my views of the case. As they could not be put to the proof +until this evening, I invited you and your colleague to take a +holiday for the day. Pray what more could I do? When I found +the suit of clothes in the moat, it at once became apparent to me +that the body we had found could not have been the body of Mr. +John Douglas at all, but must be that of the bicyclist from +Tunbridge Wells. No other conclusion was possible. Therefore I +had to determine where Mr. John Douglas himself could be, and +the balance of probability was that with the connivance of his +wife and his friend he was concealed in a house which had such +conveniences for a fugitive, and awaiting quieter times when he +could make his final escape." + +"Well, you figured it out about right," said Douglas approvingly. +"I thought I'd dodge your British law; for I was not sure how I +stood under it, and also I saw my chance to throw these hounds +once for all off my track. Mind you, from first to last I have +done nothing to be ashamed of, and nothing that I would not do +again; but you'll judge that for yourselves when I tell you my +story. Never mind warning me, Inspector: I'm ready to stand pat +upon the truth. + +"I'm not going to begin at the beginning. That's all there," he +indicated my bundle of papers, "and a mighty queer yarn you'll +find it. It all comes down to this: That there are some men that +have good cause to hate me and would give their last dollar to +know that they had got me. So long as I am alive and they are +alive, there is no safety in this world for me. They hunted me +from Chicago to California, then they chased me out of America; +but when I married and settled down in this quiet spot I thought +my last years were going to be peaceable. + +"I never explained to my wife how things were. Why should I +pull her into it? She would never have a quiet moment again; but +would always be imagining trouble. I fancy she knew something, +for I may have dropped a word here or a word there; but until +yesterday, after you gentlemen had seen her, she never knew the +rights of the matter. She told you all she knew, and so did +Barker here; for on the night when this thing happened there was +mighty little time for explanations. She knows everything now, +and I would have been a wiser man if I had told her sooner. But +it was a hard question, dear," he took her hand for an instant in +his own, "and I acted for the best. + +"Well, gentlemen, the day before these happenings I was over +in Tunbridge Wells, and I got a glimpse of a man in the street. It +was only a glimpse; but I have a quick eye for these things, and I +never doubted who it was. It was the worst enemy I had among +them all -- one who has been after me like a hungry wolf after a +caribou all these years. I knew there was trouble coming, and I +came home and made ready for it. I guessed I'd fight through it +all right on my own, my luck was a proverb in the States about +'76. I never doubted that it would be with me still. + +"I was on my guard all that next day, and never went out into +the park. It's as well, or he'd have had the drop on me with that +buckshot gun of his before ever I could draw on him. After the +bridge was up -- my mind was always more restful when that +bridge was up in the evenings -- I put the thing clear out of my +head. I never dreamed of his getting into the house and waiting +for me. But when I made my round in my dressing gown, as was +my habit, I had no sooner entered the study than I scented +danger. I guess when a man has had dangers in his life -- and I've +had more than most in my time -- there is a kind of sixth sense +that waves the red flag. I saw the signal clear enough, and yet I +couldn't tell you why. Next instant I spotted a boot under the +window curtain, and then I saw why plain enough. + +"I'd just the one candle that was in my hand; but there was a +good light from the hall lamp through the open door. I put down +the candle and jumped for a hammer that I'd left on the mantel. +At the same moment he sprang at me. I saw the glint of a knife, +and I lashed at him with the hammer. I got him somewhere; for +the knife tinkled down on the floor. He dodged round the table +as quick as an eel, and a moment later he'd got his gun from +under his coat. I heard him cock it; but I had got hold of it before +he could fire. I had it by the barrel, and we wrestled for it all +ends up for a minute or more. It was death to the man that lost +his grip. + +"He never lost his grip; but he got it butt downward for a +moment too long. Maybe it was I that pulled the trigger. Maybe +we just jolted it off between us. Anyhow, he got both barrels in +the face, and there I was, staring down at all that was left of Ted +Baldwin. I'd recognized him in the township, and again when he +sprang for me; but his own mother wouldn't recognize him as I +saw him then. I'm used to rough work; but I fairly turned sick at +the sight of him. + +"I was hanging on the side of the table when Barker came +hurrying down. I heard my wife coming, and I ran to the door +and stopped her. It was no sight for a woman. I promised I'd +come to her soon. I said a word or two to Barker -- he took it all +in at a glance -- and we waited for the rest to come along. But +there was no sign of them. Then we understood that they could +hear nothing, and that all that had happened was known only to +ourselves. + +"It was at that instant that the idea came to me. I was fairly +dazzled by the brilliance of it. The man's sleeve had slipped up +and there was the branded mark of the lodge upon his forearm. +See here!" + +The man whom we had known as Douglas turned up his own +coat and cuff to show a brown triangle within a circle exactly +like that which we had seen upon the dead man. + +"It was the sight of that which started me on it. I seemed to +see it all clear at a glance. There were his height and hair and +figure, about the same as my own. No one could swear to his +face, poor devil! I brought down this suit of clothes, and in a +quarter of an hour Barker and I had put my dressing gown on +him and he lay as you found him. We tied all his things into a +bundle, and I weighted them with the only weight I could find +and put them through the window. The card he had meant to lay +upon my body was lying beside his own. + +"My rings were put on his finger; but when it came to the +wedding ring," he held out his muscular hand, "you can see for +yourselves that I had struck the limit. I have not moved it since +the day I was married, and it would have taken a file to get it +off. I don't know, anyhow, that I should have cared to part with +it; but if I had wanted to I couldn't. So we just had to leave that +detail to take care of itself. On the other hand, I brought a bit of +plaster down and put it where I am wearing one myself at this +instant. You slipped up there, Mr. Holmes, clever as you are; for +if you had chanced to take off that plaster you would have found +no cut underneath it. + +"Well, that was the situation. If I could lie low for a while +and then get away where I could be joined by my 'widow' we +should have a chance at last of living in peace for the rest of our +lives. These devils would give me no rest so long as I was above +ground; but if they saw in the papers that Baldwin had got his +man, there would be an end of all my troubles. I hadn't much +time to make it all clear to Barker and to my wife; but they +understood enough to be able to help me. I knew all about this +hiding place, so did Ames; but it never entered his head to +connect it with the matter. I retired into it, and it was up to +Barker to do the rest. + +"I guess you can fill in for yourselves what he did. He opened +the window and made the mark on the sill to give an idea of how +the murderer escaped. It was a tall order, that; but as the bridge +was up there was no other way. Then, when everything was +fixed, he rang the bell for all he was worth. What happened +afterward you know. And so, gentlemen, you can do what you +please; but I've told you the truth and the whole truth, so help +me God! What I ask you now is how do I stand by the English +law?" + +There was a silence which was broken by Sherlock Holmes. + +"The English law is in the main a just law. You will get no +worse than your deserts from that, Mr. Douglas. But I would ask +you how did this man know that you lived here, or how to get +into your house, or where to hide to get you?" + +"I know nothing of this." + +Holmes's face was very white and grave. "The story is not +over yet, I fear," said he. "You may find worse dangers than +the English law, or even than your enemies from America. I see +trouble before you, Mr. Douglas. You'll take my advice and still +be on your guard." + +And now, my long-suffering readers, I will ask you to come +away with me for a time, far from the Sussex Manor House of +Birlstone, and far also from the year of grace in which we made +our eventful journey which ended with the strange story of the +man who had been known as John Douglas. I wish you to +journey back some twenty years in time, and westward some +thousands of miles in space, that I may lay before you a singular +and terrible narrative -- so singular and so terrible that you may +find it hard to believe that even as I tell it, even so did it occur. + +Do not think that I intrude one story before another is finished. +As you read on you will find that this is not so. And when I have +detailed those distant events and you have solved this mystery of +the past, we shall meet once more in those rooms on Baker +Street, where this, like so many other wonderful happenings, +will find its end. + + + + +PART 2 +The Scowrers + + + +Chapter 1 +The Man + +It was the fourth of February in the year 1875. It had been a +severe winter, and the snow lay deep in the gorges of the +Gilmerton Mountains. The steam ploughs had, however, kept the +railroad open, and the evening train which connects the long line +of coal-mining and iron-working settlements was slowly groaning +its way up the steep gradients which lead from Stagville on the +plain to Vermissa, the central township which lies at the head of +Vermissa Valley. From this point the track sweeps downward to +Bartons Crossing, Helmdale, and the purely agricultural county of +Merton. It was a single-track railroad; but at every siding -- +and they were numerous -- long lines of trucks piled with coal +and iron ore told of the hidden wealth which had brought a rude +population and a bustling life to this most desolate corner of the +United States of America. + +For desolate it was! Little could the first pioneer who had +traversed it have ever imagined that the fairest prairies and the +most lush water pastures were valueless compared to this gloomy +land of black crag and tangled forest. Above the dark and often +scarcely penetrable woods upon their flanks, the high, bare +crowns of the mountains, white snow, and jagged rock towered +upon each flank, leaving a long, winding, tortuous valley in the +centre. Up this the little train was slowly crawling. + +The oil lamps had just been lit in the leading passenger car, a +long, bare carriage in which some twenty or thirty people were +seated. The greater number of these were workmen returning +from their day's toil in the lower part of the valley. At least a +dozen, by their grimed faces and the safety lanterns which they +carried, proclaimed themselves miners. These sat smoking in a +group and conversed in low voices, glancing occasionally at two +men on the opposite side of the car, whose uniforms and badges +showed them to be policemen. + +Several women of the labouring class and one or two travellers +who might have been small local storekeepers made up the rest +of the company, with the exception of one young man in a +corner by himself. It is with this man that we are concerned. +Take a good look at him, for he is worth it. + +He is a fresh-complexioned, middle-sized young man, not far, +one would guess, from his thirtieth year. He has large, shrewd, +humorous gray eyes which twinkle inquiringly from time to time +as he looks round through his spectacles at the people about him. +It is easy to see that he is of a sociable and possibly simple +disposition, anxious to be friendly to all men. Anyone could pick +him at once as gregarious in his habits and communicative in his +nature, with a quick wit and a ready smile. And yet the man who +studied him more closely might discern a certain firmness of jaw +and grim tightness about the lips which would warn him that +there were depths beyond, and that this pleasant, brown-haired +young Irishman might conceivably leave his mark for good or +evil upon any society to which he was introduced. + +Having made one or two tentative remarks to the nearest +miner, and receiving only short, gruff replies, the traveller +resigned himself to uncongenial silence, staring moodily out +of the window at the fading landscape. + +It was not a cheering prospect. Through the growing gloom +there pulsed the red glow of the furnaces on the sides of the hills. +Great heaps of slag and dumps of cinders loomed up on each +side, with the high shafts of the collieries towering above them. +Huddled groups of mean, wooden houses, the windows of which +were beginning to outline themselves in light, were scattered +here and there along the line, and the frequent halting places +were crowded with their swarthy inhabitants. + +The iron and coal valleys of the Vermissa district were no +resorts for the leisured or the cultured. Everywhere there were +stern signs of the crudest battle of life, the rude work to be +done, and the rude, strong workers who did it. + +The young traveller gazed out into this dismal country with a +face of mingled repulsion and interest, which showed that the +scene was new to him. At intervals he drew from his pocket a +bulky letter to which he referred, and on the margins of which +he scribbled some notes. Once from the back of his waist he +produced something which one would hardly have expected to +find in the possession of so mild-mannered a man. It was a navy +revolver of the largest size. As he turned it slantwise to the +light, the glint upon the rims of the copper shells within the +drum showed that it was fully loaded. He quickly restored it to +his secret pocket, but not before it had been observed by a +working man who had seated himself upon the adjoining bench. + +"Hullo, mate!" said he. "You seem heeled and ready." + +The young man smiled with an air of embarrassment. + +"Yes," said he, "we need them sometimes in the place I +come from." + +"And where may that be?" + +"I'm last from Chicago." + +"A stranger in these parts?" + +"Yes." + +"You may find you need it here," said the workman. + +"Ah! is that so?" The young man seemed interested. + +"Have you heard nothing of doings hereabouts?" + +"Nothing out of the way." + +"Why, I thought the country was full of it. You'll hear quick +enough. What made you come here?" + +"I heard there was always work for a willing man." + +"Are you a member of the union?" + +"Sure." + +"Then you'll get your job, I guess. Have you any friends?" + +"Not yet; but I have the means of making them." + +"How's that, then?" + +"I am one of the Eminent Order of Freemen. There's no town +without a lodge, and where there is a lodge I'll find my friends." + +The remark had a singular effect upon his companion. He +glanced round suspiciously at the others in the car. The miners +were still whispering among themselves. The two police officers +were dozing. He came across, seated himself close to the young +traveller, and held out his hand. + +"Put it there," he said. + +A hand-grip passed between the two. + +"I see you speak the truth," said the workman. "But it's well +to make certain." He raised his right hand to his right eyebrow. +The traveller at once raised his left hand to his left eyebrow. + +"Dark nights are unpleasant," said the workman. + +"Yes, for strangers to travel," the other answered. + +"That's good enough. I'm Brother Scanlan, Lodge 341, +Vermissa Valley. Glad to see you in these parts." + +"Thank you. I'm Brother John McMurdo, Lodge 29, Chicago. +Bodymaster J. H. Scott. But I am in luck to meet a brother +so early." + +"Well, there are plenty of us about. You won't find the order +more flourishing anywhere in the States than right here in Vermissa +Valley. But we could do with some lads like you. I can't +understand a spry man of the union finding no work to do in +Chicago." + +"I found plenty of work to do," said McMurdo. + +"Then why did you leave?" + +McMurdo nodded towards the policemen and smiled. "I guess +those chaps would be glad to know," he said. + +Scanlan groaned sympathetically. "In trouble?" he asked in a +whisper. + +"Deep." + +"A penitentiary job?" + +"And the rest." + +"Not a killing!" + +"It's early days to talk of such things," said McMurdo with +the air of a man who had been surprised into saying more than he +intended. "I've my own good reasons for leaving Chicago, and +let that be enough for you. Who are you that you should take it +on yourself to ask such things?" His gray eyes gleamed with +sudden and dangerous anger from behind his glasses. + +"All right, mate, no offense meant. The boys will think none +the worse of you, whatever you may have done. Where are you +bound for now?" + +"Vermissa." + +"That's the third halt down the line. Where are you staying?" + +McMurdo took out an envelope and held it close to the murky +oil lamp. "Here is the address -- Jacob Shafter, Sheridan Street. +It's a boarding house that was recommended by a man I knew in +Chicago." + +"Well, I don't know it; but Vermissa is out of my beat. I live +at Hobson's Patch, and that's here where we are drawing up. +But, say, there's one bit of advice I'll give you before we part: If +you're in trouble in Vermissa, go straight to the Union House +and see Boss McGinty. He is the Bodymaster of Vermissa +Lodge, and nothing can happen in these parts unless Black Jack +McGinty wants it. So long, mate! Maybe we'll meet in lodge +one of these evenings. But mind my words: If you are in trouble, +go to Boss McGinty." + +Scanlan descended, and McMurdo was left once again to his +thoughts. Night had now fallen, and the flames of the frequent +furnaces were roaring and leaping in the darkness. Against their +lurid background dark figures were bending and straining, twisting +and turning, with the motion of winch or of windlass, to the +rhythm of an eternal clank and roar. + +"I guess hell must look something like that," said a voice. + +McMurdo turned and saw that one of the policemen had +shifted in his seat and was staring out into the fiery waste. + +"For that matter," said the other policeman, "I allow that hell +must be something like that. If there are worse devils down +yonder than some we could name, it's more than I'd expect. I +guess you are new to this part, young man?" + +"Well, what if I am?" McMurdo answered in a surly voice. + +"Just this, mister, that I should advise you to be careful in +choosing your friends. I don't think I'd begin with Mike Scanlan +or his gang if I were you." + +"What the hell is it to you who are my friends?" roared +McMurdo in a voice which brought every head in the carriage +round to witness the altercation. "Did I ask you for your advice, +or did you think me such a sucker that I couldn't move without +it? You speak when you are spoken to, and by the Lord you'd +have to wait a long time if it was me!" He thrust out his face and +grinned at the patrolmen like a snarling dog. + +The two policemen, heavy, good-natured men, were taken +aback by the extraordinary vehemence with which their friendly +advances had been rejected. + +"No offense, stranger," said one. "It was a warning for your +own good, seeing that you are, by your own showing, new to the +place." + +"I'm new to the place; but I'm not new to you and your +kind!" cried McMurdo in cold fury. "I guess you're the same in +all places, shoving your advice in when nobody asks for it." + +"Maybe we'll see more of you before very long," said one of +the patrolmen with a grin. "You're a real hand-picked one, if I +am a judge." + +"I was thinking the same," remarked the other. "I guess we +may meet again." + +"I'm not afraid of you, and don't you think it!" cried McMurdo. +"My name's Jack McMurdo -- see? If you want me, you'll find +me at Jacob Shafter's on Sheridan Street, Vermissa; so I'm not +hiding from you, am I? Day or night I dare to look the like of +you in the face -- don't make any mistake about that!" + +There was a murmur of sympathy and admiration from the +miners at the dauntless demeanour of the newcomer, while the +two policemen shrugged their shoulders and renewed a +conversation between themselves. + +A few minutes later the train ran into the ill-lit station, and +there was a general clearing; for Vermissa was by far the largest +town on the line. McMurdo picked up his leather gripsack and +was about to start off into the darkness, when one of the miners +accosted him. + +"By Gar, mate! you know how to speak to the cops," he said +in a voice of awe. "It was grand to hear you. Let me carry your +grip and show you the road. I'm passing Shafter's on the way to +my own shack." + +There was a chorus of friendly "Good-nights" from the other +miners as they passed from the platform. Before ever he had set +foot in it, McMurdo the turbulent had become a character in +Vermissa. + +The country had been a place of terror; but the town was in its +way even more depressing. Down that long valley there was at +least a certain gloomy grandeur in the huge fires and the clouds +of drifting smoke, while the strength and industry of man found +fitting monuments in the hills which he had spilled by the side of +his monstrous excavations. But the town showed a dead level of +mean ugliness and squalor. The broad street was churned up by +the traffic into a horrible rutted paste of muddy snow. The +sidewalks were narrow and uneven. The numerous gas-lamps +served only to show more clearly a long line of wooden houses, +each with its veranda facing the street, unkempt and dirty. + +As they approached the centre of the town the scene was +brightened by a row of well-lit stores, and even more by a cluster +of saloons and gaming houses, in which the miners spent their +hard-earned but generous wages. + +"That's the Union House," said the guide, pointing to one +saloon which rose almost to the dignity of being a hotel. "Jack +McGinty is the boss there." + +"What sort of a man is he?" McMurdo asked. + +"What! have you never heard of the boss?" + +"How could I have heard of him when you know that I am a +stranger in these parts?" + +"Well, I thought his name was known clear across the country. +It's been in the papers often enough." + +"What for?" + +"Well," the miner lowered his voice -- "over the affairs." + +"What affairs?" + +"Good Lord, mister! you are queer, if I must say it without +offense. There's only one set of affairs that you'll hear of in +these parts, and that's the affairs of the Scowrers." + +"Why, I seem to have read of the Scowrers in Chicago. A +gang of murderers, are they not?" + +"Hush, on your life!" cried the miner, standing still in alarm, +and gazing in amazement at his companion. "Man, you won't +live long in these parts if you speak in the open street like that. +Many a man has had the life beaten out of him for less." + +"Well, I know nothing about them. It's only what I have +read." + +"And I'm not saying that you have not read the truth." The +man looked nervously round him as he spoke, peering into the +shadows as if he feared to see some lurking danger. "If killing is +murder, then God knows there is murder and to spare. But don't +you dare to breathe the name of Jack McGinty in connection +with it, stranger; for every whisper goes back to him, and he is +not one that is likely to let it pass. Now, that's the house you're +after, that one standing back from the street. You'll find old +Jacob Shafter that runs it as honest a man as lives in this +township." + +"I thank you," said McMurdo, and shaking hands with his +new acquaintance he plodded, gripsack in hand, up the path +which led to the dwelling house, at the door of which he gave a +resounding knock. + +It was opened at once by someone very different from what he +had expected. It was a woman, young and singularly beautiful. +She was of the German type, blonde and fair-haired, with the +piquant contrast of a pair of beautiful dark eyes with which she +surveyed the stranger with surprise and a pleasing embarrassment +which brought a wave of colour over her pale face. Framed in +the bright light of the open doorway, it seemed to McMurdo that +he had never seen a more beautiful picture; the more attractive +for its contrast with the sordid and gloomy surroundings. A +lovely violet growing upon one of those black slag-heaps of the +mines would not have seemed more surprising. So entranced was +he that he stood staring without a word, and it was she who +broke the silence. + +"I thought it was father," said she with a pleasing little touch +of a German accent. "Did you come to see him? He is downtown. +I expect him back every minute." + +McMurdo continued to gaze at her in open admiration until +her eyes dropped in confusion before this masterful visitor. + +"No, miss," he said at last, "I'm in no hurry to see him. But +your house was recommended to me for board. I thought it might +suit me -- and now I know it will." + +"You are quick to make up your mind," said she with a +smile. + +"Anyone but a blind man could do as much," the other +answered. + +She laughed at the compliment. "Come right in, sir," she +said. "I'm Miss Ettie Shafter, Mr. Shafter's daughter. My mother's +dead, and I run the house. You can sit down by the stove in the +front room until father comes along -- Ah, here he is! So you can +fix things with him right away." + +A heavy, elderly man came plodding up the path. In a few +words McMurdo explained his business. A man of the name of +Murphy had given him the address in Chicago. He in turn had +had it from someone else. Old Shafter was quite ready. The +stranger made no bones about terms, agreed at once to every +condition, and was apparently fairly flush of money. For seven +dollars a week paid in advance he was to have board and +lodging. + +So it was that McMurdo, the self-confessed fugitive from +justice, took up his abode under the roof of the Shafters, the first +step which was to lead to so long and dark a train of events, +ending in a far distant land. + + + +Chapter 2 +The Bodymaster + +McMurdo was a man who made his mark quickly. Wherever he +was the folk around soon knew it. Within a week he had become +infinitely the most important person at Shafter's. There were ten +or a dozen boarders there; but they were honest foremen or +commonplace clerks from the stores, of a very different calibre +from the young Irishman. Of an evening when they gathered +together his joke was always the readiest, his conversation the +brightest, and his song the best. He was a born boon companion, +with a magnetism which drew good humour from all around +him. + +And yet he showed again and again, as he had shown in the +railway carriage, a capacity for sudden, fierce anger, which +compelled the respect and even the fear of those who met him. +For the law, too, and all who were connected with it, he +exhibited a bitter contempt which delighted some and alarmed +others of his fellow boarders. + +From the first he made it evident, by his open admiration, that +the daughter of the house had won his heart from the instant that +he had set eyes upon her beauty and her grace. He was no +backward suitor. On the second day he told her that he loved +her, and from then onward he repeated the same story with an +absolute disregard of what she might say to discourage him. + +"Someone else?" he would cry. "Well, the worse luck for +someone else! Let him look out for himself! Am I to lose my +life's chance and all my heart's desire for someone else? You +can keep on saying no, Ettie: the day will come when you will +say yes, and I'm young enough to wait." + +He was a dangerous suitor, with his glib Irish tongue, and his +pretty, coaxing ways. There was about him also that glamour of +experience and of mystery which attracts a woman's interest, and +finally her love. He could talk of the sweet valleys of County +Monaghan from which he came, of the lovely, distant island, the +low hills and green meadows of which seemed the more beautiful +when imagination viewed them from this place of grime and snow. + +Then he was versed in the life of the cities of the North, of +Detroit, and the lumber camps of Michigan, and finally of +Chicago, where he had worked in a planing mill. And afterwards +came the hint of romance, the feeling that strange things had +happened to him in that great city, so strange and so intimate that +they might not be spoken of. He spoke wistfully of a sudden +leaving, a breaking of old ties, a flight into a strange world, +ending in this dreary valley, and Ettie listened, her dark eyes +gleaming with pity and with sympathy -- those two qualities which +may turn so rapidly and so naturally to love. + +McMurdo had obtained a temporary job as bookkeeper; for he +was a well-educated man. This kept him out most of the day, and +he had not found occasion yet to report himself to the head of the +lodge of the Eminent Order of Freemen. He was reminded of his +omission, however, by a visit one evening from Mike Scanlan, +the fellow member whom he had met in the train. Scanlan, the +small, sharp-faced, nervous, black-eyed man, seemed glad to see +him once more. After a glass or two of whisky he broached the +object of his visit. + +"Say, McMurdo," said he, "I remembered your address, so l +made bold to call. I'm surprised that you've not reported to the +Bodymaster. Why haven't you seen Boss McGinty yet?" + +"Well, I had to find a job. I have been busy." + +"You must find time for him if you have none for anything +else. Good Lord, man! you're a fool not to have been down to +the Union House and registered your name the first morning after +you came here! If you run against him -- well, you mustn't, that's +all!" + +McMurdo showed mild surprise. "I've been a member of the +lodge for over two years, Scanlan, but I never heard that duties +were so pressing as all that." + +"Maybe not in Chicago." + +"Well, it's the same society here." + +"Is it?" + +Scanlan looked at him long and fixedly. There was something +sinister in his eyes. + +"Isn't it?" + +"You'll tell me that in a month's time. I hear you had a talk +with the patrolmen after I left the train." + +"How did you know that?" + +"Oh, it got about -- things do get about for good and for bad in +this district." + +"Well, yes. I told the hounds what I thought of them." + +"By the Lord, you'll be a man after McGinty's heart!" + +"What, does he hate the police too?" + +Scanlan burst out laughing. "You go and see him, my lad," +said he as he took his leave. "It's not the police but you that +he'll hate if you don't! Now, take a friend's advice and go at +once!" + +It chanced that on the same evening McMurdo had another +more pressing interview which urged him in the same direction. +It may have been that his attentions to Ettie had been more +evident than before, or that they had gradually obtruded +themselves into the slow mind of his good German host; but, +whatever the cause, the boarding-house keeper beckoned the young +man into his private room and started on the subject without any +circumlocution. + +"It seems to me, mister," said he, "that you are gettin' set on +my Ettie. Ain't that so, or am I wrong?" + +"Yes, that is so," the young man answered. + +"Vell, I vant to tell you right now that it ain't no manner of +use. There's someone slipped in afore you." + +"She told me so." + +"Vell, you can lay that she told you truth. But did she tell you +who it vas?" + +"No, I asked her; but she wouldn't tell." + +"I dare say not, the leetle baggage! Perhaps she did not vish +to frighten you avay." + +"Frighten!" McMurdo was on fire in a moment. + +"Ah, yes, my friend! You need not be ashamed to be frightened +of him. It is Teddy Baldwin." + +"And who the devil is he?" + +"He is a boss of Scowrers." + +"Scowrers! I've heard of them before. It's Scowrers here and +Scowrers there, and always in a whisper! What are you all afraid +of? Who are the Scowrers?" + +The boarding-house keeper instinctively sank his voice, as +everyone did who talked about that terrible society. "The +Scowrers," said he, "are the Eminent Order of Freemen!" + +The young man stared. "Why, I am a member of that order +myself." + +"You! I vould never have had you in my house if I had known +it -- not if you vere to pay me a hundred dollar a week." + +"What's wrong with the order? It's for charity and good +fellowship. The rules say so." + +"Maybe in some places. Not here!" + +"What is it here?" + +"It's a murder society, that's vat it is." + +McMurdo laughed incredulously. "How can you prove that?" +he asked. + +"Prove it! Are there not fifty murders to prove it? Vat about +Milman and Van Shorst, and the Nicholson family, and old Mr. +Hyam, and little Billy James, and the others? Prove it! Is there a +man or a voman in this valley vat does not know it?" + +"See here!" said McMurdo earnestly. "I want you to take +back what you've said, or else make it good. One or the other +you must do before I quit this room. Put yourself in my place. +Here am I, a stranger in the town. I belong to a society that I +know only as an innocent one. You'll find it through the length +and breadth of the States, but always as an innocent one. Now, +when I am counting upon joining it here, you tell me that it is the +same as a murder society called the Scowrers. I guess you owe +me either an apology or else an explanation, Mr. Shafter." + +"I can but tell you vat the whole vorld knows, mister. The +bosses of the one are the bosses of the other. If you offend the +one, it is the other vat vill strike you. We have proved it too +often." + +"That's just gossip -- I want proof!" said McMurdo. + +"If you live here long you vill get your proof. But I forget that +you are yourself one of them. You vill soon be as bad as the rest. +But you vill find other lodgings, mister. I cannot have you here. +Is it not bad enough that one of these people come courting my +Ettie, and that I dare not turn him down, but that I should have +another for my boarder? Yes, indeed, you shall not sleep here +after to-night!" + +McMurdo found himself under sentence of banishment both +from his comfortable quarters and from the girl whom he loved. +He found her alone in the sitting-room that same evening, and he +poured his troubles into her ear. + +"Sure, your father is after giving me notice," he said. "It's +little I would care if it was just my room, but indeed, Ettie, +though it's only a week that I've known you, you are the very +breath of life to me, and I can't live without you!" + +"Oh, hush, Mr. McMurdo, don't speak so!" said the girl. "I +have told you, have I not, that you are too late? There is another, +and if I have not promised to marry him at once, at least I can +promise no one else." + +"Suppose I had been first, Ettie, would I have had a chance?" + +The girl sank her face into her hands. "I wish to heaven that +you had been first!" she sobbed. + +McMurdo was down on his knees before her in an instant. +"For God's sake, Ettie, let it stand at that!" he cried. "Will you +ruin your life and my own for the sake of this promise? Follow +your heart, acushla! 'Tis a safer guide than any promise before +you knew what it was that you were saying." + +He had seized Ettie's white hand between his own strong +brown ones. + +"Say that you will be mine, and we will face it out together!" + +"Not here?" + +"Yes, here." + +"No, no, Jack!" His arms were round her now. "It could not +be here. Could you take me away?" + +A struggle passed for a moment over McMurdo's face; but it +ended by setting like granite. "No, here," he said. "I'll hold +you against the world, Ettie, right here where we are!" + +"Why should we not leave together?" + +"No, Ettie, I can't leave here." + +"But why?" + +"I'd never hold my head up again if I felt that I had been +driven out. Besides, what is there to be afraid of? Are we not +free folks in a free country? If you love me, and I you, who will +dare to come between?" + +"You don't know, Jack. You've been here too short a time. +You don't know this Baldwin. You don't know McGinty and his +Scowrers." + +"No, I don't know them, and I don't fear them, and I don't +believe in them!" said McMurdo. "I've lived among rough +men, my darling, and instead of fearing them it has always +ended that they have feared me -- always, Ettie. It's mad on the +face of it! If these men, as your father says, have done crime +after crime in the valley, and if everyone knows them by name, +how comes it that none are brought to justice? You answer me +that, Ettie!" + +"Because no witness dares to appear against them. He would +not live a month if he did. Also because they have always their +own men to swear that the accused one was far from the scene of +the crime. But surely, Jack, you must have read all this. I had +understood that every paper in the United States was writing +about it." + +"Well, I have read something, it is true; but I had thought it +was a story. Maybe these men have some reason in what they +do. Maybe they are wronged and have no other way to help +themselves." + +"Oh, Jack, don't let me hear you speak so! That is how he +speaks -- the other one!" + +"Baldwin -- he speaks like that, does he?" + +"And that is why I loathe him so. Oh, Jack, now I can tell +you the truth. I loathe him with all my heart; but I fear him also. +I fear him for myself; but above all I fear him for father. I know +that some great sorrow would come upon us if I dared to say +what I really felt. That is why I have put him off with half- +promises. It was in real truth our only hope. But if you would fly +with me, Jack, we could take father with us and live forever far +from the power of these wicked men." + +Again there was the struggle upon McMurdo's face, and again +it set like granite. "No harm shall come to you, Ettie -- nor to +your father either. As to wicked men, I expect you may find that +I am as bad as the worst of them before we're through." + +"No, no, Jack! I would trust you anywhere." + +McMurdo laughed bitterly. "Good Lord! how little you know +of me! Your innocent soul, my darling, could not even guess +what is passing in mine. But, hullo, who's the visitor?" + +The door had opened suddenly, and a young fellow came +swaggering in with the air of one who is the master. He was a +handsome, dashing young man of about the same age and build as +McMurdo himself. Under his broad-brimmed black felt hat, +which he had not troubled to remove, a handsome face with +fierce, domineering eyes and a curved hawk-bill of a nose looked +savagely at the pair who sat by the stove. + +Ettie had jumped to her feet full of confusion and alarm. "I'm +glad to see you, Mr. Baldwin," said she. "You're earlier than I +had thought. Come and sit down." + +Baldwin stood with his hands on his hips looking at McMurdo. +"Who is this?" he asked curtly. + +"It's a friend of mine, Mr. Baldwin, a new boarder here. Mr. +McMurdo, may I introduce you to Mr. Baldwin?" + +The young men nodded in surly fashion to each other. + +"Maybe Miss Ettie has told you how it is with us?" said +Baldwin. + +"I didn't understand that there was any relation between +you." + +"Didn't you? Well, you can understand it now. You can take +it from me that this young lady is mine, and you'll find it a very +fine evening for a walk." + +"Thank you, I am in no humour for a walk." + +"Aren't you?" The man's savage eyes were blazing with +anger. "Maybe you are in a humour for a fight, Mr. Boarder!" + +"That I am!" cried McMurdo, springing to his feet. "You +never said a more welcome word." + +"For God's sake, Jack! Oh, for God's sake!" cried poor, +distracted Ettie. "Oh, Jack, Jack, he will hurt you!" + +"Oh, it's Jack, is it?" said Baldwin with an oath. "You've +come to that already, have you?" + +"Oh, Ted, be reasonable -- be kind! For my sake, Ted, if ever +you loved me, be big-hearted and forgiving!" + +"I think, Ettie, that if you were to leave us alone we could get +this thing settled," said McMurdo quietly. "Or maybe, Mr. +Baldwin, you will take a turn down the street with me. It's a fine +evening, and there's some open ground beyond the next block." + +"I'll get even with you without needing to dirty my hands," +said his enemy. "You'll wish you had never set foot in this +house before I am through with you!" + +"No time like the present," cried McMurdo. + +"I'll choose my own time, mister. You can leave the time to +me. See here!" He suddenly rolled up his sleeve and showed +upon his forearm a peculiar sign which appeared to have been +branded there. It was a circle with a triangle within it. "D'you +know what that means?" + +"I neither know nor care!" + +"Well, you will know, I'll promise you that. You won't be +much older, either. Perhaps Miss Ettie can tell you something +about it. As to you, Ettie, you'll come back to me on your +knees -- d'ye hear, girl? -- on your knees -- and then I'll tell you +what your punishment may be. You've sowed -- and by the Lord, +I'll see that you reap!" He glanced at them both in fury. Then he +turned upon his heel, and an instant later the outer door had +banged behind him. + +For a few moments McMurdo and the girl stood in silence. +Then she threw her arms around him. + +"Oh, Jack, how brave you were! But it is no use, you must +fly! To-night -- Jack -- to-night! It's your only hope. He will have +your life. I read it in his horrible eyes. What chance have you +against a dozen of them, with Boss McGinty and all the power of +the lodge behind them?" + +McMurdo disengaged her hands, kissed her, and gently pushed +her back into a chair. "There, acushla, there! Don't be disturbed +or fear for me. I'm a Freeman myself. I'm after telling your +father about it. Maybe I am no better than the others; so don't +make a saint of me. Perhaps you hate me too, now that I've told +you as much?" + +"Hate you, Jack? While life lasts I could never do that! I've +heard that there is no harm in being a Freeman anywhere but +here; so why should I think the worse of you for that? But if you +are a Freeman, Jack, why should you not go down and make a +friend of Boss McGinty? Oh, hurry, Jack, hurry! Get your word +in first, or the hounds will be on your trail." + +"I was thinking the same thing," said McMurdo. "I'll go +right now and fix it. You can tell your father that I'll sleep here +to-night and find some other quarters in the morning." + +The bar of McGinty's saloon was crowded as usual, for it was +the favourite loafing place of all the rougher elements of the +town. The man was popular; for he had a rough, jovial disposition +which formed a mask, covering a great deal which lay behind it. +But apart from this popularity, the fear in which he was held +throughout the township, and indeed down the whole thirty miles +of the valley and past the mountains on each side of it, was +enough in itself to fill his bar; for none could afford to neglect +his good will. + +Besides those secret powers which it was universally believed +that he exercised in so pitiless a fashion, he was a high public +official, a municipal councillor, and a commissioner of roads, +elected to the office through the votes of the ruffians who in turn +expected to receive favours at his hands. Assessments and taxes +were enormous; the public works were notoriously neglected, the +accounts were slurred over by bribed auditors, and the decent +citizen was terrorized into paying public blackmail, and holding +his tongue lest some worse thing befall him. + +Thus it was that, year by year, Boss McGinty's diamond pins +became more obtrusive, his gold chains more weighty across a +more gorgeous vest, and his saloon stretched farther and farther, +until it threatened to absorb one whole side of the Market Square. + +McMurdo pushed open the swinging door of the saloon and made his way +amid the crowd of men within, through an atmosphere blurred with +tobacco smoke and heavy with the smell of spirits. The place was +brilliantly lighted, and the huge, heavily gilt mirrors upon every +wall reflected and multiplied the garish illumination. There were +several bartenders in their shirt sleeves, hard at work mixing drinks +for the loungers who fringed the broad, brass-trimmed counter. + +At the far end, with his body resting upon the bar and a cigar +stuck at an acute angle from the corner of his mouth, stood a tall, +strong, heavily built man who could be none other than the +famous McGinty himself. He was a black-maned giant, bearded +to the cheek-bones, and with a shock of raven hair which fell to +his collar. His complexion was as swarthy as that of an Italian, +and his eyes were of a strange dead black, which, combined with +a slight squint, gave them a particularly sinister appearance. + +All else in the man -- his noble proportions, his fine features, +and his frank bearing -- fitted in with that jovial, man-to-man +manner which he affected. Here, one would say, is a bluff, +honest fellow, whose heart would be sound however rude his +outspoken words might seem. It was only when those dead, dark +eyes, deep and remorseless, were turned upon a man that he +shrank within himself, feeling that he was face to face with an +infinite possibility of latent evil, with a strength and courage and +cunning behind it which made it a thousand times more deadly. + +Having had a good look at his man, McMurdo elbowed his way forward +with his usual careless audacity, and pushed himself through the +little group of courtiers who were fawning upon the powerful boss, +laughing uproariously at the smallest of his jokes. The young +stranger's bold gray eyes looked back fearlessly through their +glasses at the deadly black ones which turned sharply upon him. + +"Well, young man, I can't call your face to mind." + +"I'm new here, Mr. McGinty." + +"You are not so new that you can't give a gentleman his +proper title." + +"He's Councillor McGinty, young man," said a voice from +the group. + +"I'm sorry, Councillor. I'm strange to the ways of the place. +But I was advised to see you." + +"Well, you see me. This is all there is. What d'you think of +me?" + +"Well, it's early days. If your heart is as big as your body, and +your soul as fine as your face, then I'd ask for nothing better," +said McMurdo. + +"By Gar! you've got an Irish tongue in your head anyhow," +cried the saloon-keeper, not quite certain whether to humour this +audacious visitor or to stand upon his dignity. + +"So you are good enough to pass my appearance?" + +"Sure," said McMurdo. + +"And you were told to see me?" + +"I was." + +"And who told you?" + +"Brother Scanlan of Lodge 341, Vermissa. I drink your health +Councillor, and to our better acquaintance." He raised a glass +with which he had been served to his lips and elevated his little +finger as he drank it. + +McGinty, who had been watching him narrowly, raised his +thick black eyebrows. "Oh, it's like that, is it?" said he. "I'll +have to look a bit closer into this, Mister --" + +"McMurdo." + +"A bit closer, Mr. McMurdo; for we don't take folk on trust +in these parts, nor believe all we're told neither. Come in here +for a moment, behind the bar." + +There was a small room there, lined with barrels. McGinty +carefully closed the door, and then seated himself on one of +them, biting thoughtfully on his cigar and surveying his companion +with those disquieting eyes. For a couple of minutes he sat in +complete silence. McMurdo bore the inspection cheerfully, one +hand in his coat pocket, the other twisting his brown moustache. +Suddenly McGinty stooped and produced a wicked-looking revolver. + +"See here, my joker," said he, "if I thought you were +playing any game on us, it would be short work for you." + +"This is a strange welcome," McMurdo answered with some +dignity, "for the Bodymaster of a lodge of Freemen to give to a +stranger brother." + +"Ay, but it's just that same that you have to prove," said +McGinty, "and God help you if you fail! Where were you +made?" + +"Lodge 29, Chicago." + +"When?" + +"June 24, 1872." + +"What Bodymaster?" + +"James H. Scott." + +"Who is your district ruler?" + +"Bartholomew Wilson." + +"Hum! You seem glib enough in your tests. What are you +doing here?" + +"Working, the same as you -- but a poorer job." + +"You have your back answer quick enough." + +"Yes, I was always quick of speech." + +"Are you quick of action?" + +"I have had that name among those that knew me best." + +"Well, we may try you sooner than you think. Have you +heard anything of the lodge in these parts?" + +"I've heard that it takes a man to be a brother." + +"True for you, Mr. McMurdo. Why did you leave Chicago?" + +"I'm damned if I tell you that!" + +McGinty opened his eyes. He was not used to being answered +in such fashion, and it amused him. "Why won't you tell me?" + +"Because no brother may tell another a lie." + +"Then the truth is too bad to tell?" + +"You can put it that way if you like." + +"See here, mister, you can't expect me, as Bodymaster, to +pass into the lodge a man for whose past he can't answer." + +McMurdo looked puzzled. Then he took a worn newspaper +cutting from an inner pocket. + +"You wouldn't squeal on a fellow?" said he. + +"I'll wipe my hand across your face if you say such words to +me!" cried McGinty hotly. + +"You are right, Councillor," said McMurdo meekly. "I should +apologize. I spoke without thought. Well, I know that I am safe +in your hands. Look at that clipping." + +McGinty glanced his eyes over the account of the shooting of +one Jonas Pinto, in the Lake Saloon, Market Street, Chicago, in +the New Year week of 1874. + +"Your work?" he asked, as he handed back the paper. + +McMurdo nodded. + +"Why did you shoot him?" + +"I was helping Uncle Sam to make dollars. Maybe mine were +not as good gold as his, but they looked as well and were cheaper +to make. This man Pinto helped me to shove the queer --" + +"To do what?" + +"Well, it means to pass the dollars out into circulation. Then +he said he would split. Maybe he did split. I didn't wait to see. I +just killed him and lighted out for the coal country." + +"Why the coal country?" + +"'Cause I'd read in the papers that they weren't too particular +in those parts." + +McGinty laughed. "You were first a coiner and then a murderer, +and you came to these parts because you thought you'd be welcome." + +"That's about the size of it," McMurdo answered. + +"Well, I guess you'll go far. Say, can you make those dollars +yet?" + +McMurdo took half a dozen from his pocket. "Those never +passed the Philadelphia mint," said he. + +"You don't say!" McGinty held them to the light in his +enormous hand, which was hairy as a gorilla's. "I can see no +difference. Gar! you'll be a mighty useful brother, I'm thinking! +We can do with a bad man or two among us, Friend McMurdo: +for there are times when we have to take our own part. We'd +soon be against the wall if we didn't shove back at those that +were pushing us." + +"Well, I guess I'll do my share of shoving with the rest of the +boys." + +"You seem to have a good nerve. You didn't squirm when I +shoved this gun at you." + +"It was not me that was in danger." + +"Who then?" + +"It was you, Councillor." McMurdo drew a cocked pistol +from the side pocket of his peajacket. "I was covering you all +the time. I guess my shot would have been as quick as yours." + +"By Gar!" McGinty flushed an angry red and then burst into +a roar of laughter. "Say, we've had no such holy terror come to +hand this many a year. I reckon the lodge will learn to be proud +of you.... Well, what the hell do you want? And can't I speak +alone with a gentleman for five minutes but you must butt in on +us?" + +The bartender stood abashed. "I'm sorry, Councillor, but it's +Ted Baldwin. He says he must see you this very minute." + +The message was unnecessary; for the set, cruel face of the +man himself was looking over the servant's shoulder. He pushed +the bartender out and closed the door on him. + +"So," said he with a furious glance at McMurdo, "you got +here first, did you? I've a word to say to you, Councillor, about +this man." + +"Then say it here and now before my face," cried McMurdo. + +"I'll say it at my own time, in my own way." + +"Tut! Tut!" said McGinty, getting off his barrel. "This will +never do. We have a new brother here, Baldwin, and it's not for +us to greet him in such fashion. Hold out your hand, man, and +make it up!" + +"Never!" cried Baldwin in a fury. + +"I've offered to fight him if he thinks I have wronged him," +said McMurdo. "I'll fight him with fists, or, if that won't satisfy +him, I'll fight him any other way he chooses. Now, I'll leave it +to you, Councillor, to judge between us as a Bodymaster should." + +"What is it, then?" + +"A young lady. She's free to choose for herself." + +"Is she?" cried Baldwin. + +"As between two brothers of the lodge I should say that she +was," said the Boss. + +"Oh, that's your ruling, is it?" + +"Yes, it is, Ted Baldwin," said McGinty, with a wicked +stare. "Is it you that would dispute it?" + +"You would throw over one that has stood by you this five +years in favour of a man that you never saw before in your life? +You're not Bodymaster for life, Jack McGinty, and by God! +when next it comes to a vote --" + +The Councillor sprang at him like a tiger. His hand closed +round the other's neck, and he hurled him back across one of the +barrels. In his mad fury he would have squeezed the life out of +him if McMurdo had not interfered. + +"Easy, Councillor! For heaven's sake, go easy!" he cried, as +he dragged him back. + +McGinty released his hold, and Baldwin, cowed and shaken +gasping for breath, and shivering in every limb, as one who has +looked over the very edge of death, sat up on the barrel over +which he had been hurled. + +"You've been asking for it this many a day, Ted Baldwin -- +now you've got it!" cried McGinty, his huge chest rising and +falling. "Maybe you think if I was voted down from Bodymaster +you would find yourself in my shoes. It's for the lodge to say +that. But so long as I am the chief I'll have no man lift his voice +against me or my rulings." + +"I have nothing against you," mumbled Baldwin, feeling his +throat. + +"Well, then," cried the other, relapsing in a moment into a +bluff joviality, "we are all good friends again and there's an end +of the matter." + +He took a bottle of champagne down from the shelf and +twisted out the cork. + +"See now," he continued, as he filled three high glasses. +"Let us drink the quarrelling toast of the lodge. After that, as +you know, there can be no bad blood between us. Now, then +the left hand on the apple of my throat. I say to you, Ted +Baldwin, what is the offense, sir?" + +"The clouds are heavy," answered Baldwin + +"But they will forever brighten." + +"And this I swear!" + +The men drank their glasses, and the same ceremony was +performed between Baldwin and McMurdo + +"There!" cried McGinty, rubbing his hands. "That's the end +of the black blood. You come under lodge discipline if it goes +further, and that's a heavy hand in these parts, as Brother +Baldwin knows -- and as you will damn soon find out, Brother +McMurdo, if you ask for trouble!" + +"Faith, I'd be slow to do that," said McMurdo. He held out +his hand to Baldwin. "I'm quick to quarrel and quick to forgive. +It's my hot Irish blood, they tell me. But it's over for me, and I +bear no grudge." + +Baldwin had to take the proffered hand, for the baleful eye of +the terrible Boss was upon him. But his sullen face showed how +little the words of the other had moved him. + +McGinty clapped them both on the shoulders. "Tut! These +girls! These girls!" he cried. "To think that the same petticoats +should come between two of my boys! It's the devil's own luck! +Well, it's the colleen inside of them that must settle the question +for it's outside the jurisdiction of a Bodymaster -- and the Lord +be praised for that! We have enough on us, without the women +as well. You'll have to be affiliated to Lodge 341, Brother +McMurdo. We have our own ways and methods, different from +Chicago. Saturday night is our meeting, and if you come then, +we'll make you free forever of the Vermissa Valley." + + + +Chapter 3 +Lodge 341, Vermissa + +On the day following the evening which had contained so many +exciting events, McMurdo moved his lodgings from old Jacob +Shafter's and took up his quarters at the Widow MacNamara's +on the extreme outskirts of the town. Scanlan, his original +acquaintance aboard the train, had occasion shortly afterwards to +move into Vermissa, and the two lodged together. There was no +other boarder, and the hostess was an easy-going old Irishwoman +who left them to themselves; so that they had a freedom for +speech and action welcome to men who had secrets in common. + +Shafter had relented to the extent of letting McMurdo come to +his meals there when he liked; so that his intercourse with Ettie +was by no means broken. On the contrary, it drew closer and +more intimate as the weeks went by. + +In his bedroom at his new abode McMurdo felt it safe to take +out the coining moulds, and under many a pledge of secrecy a +number of brothers from the lodge were allowed to come in and +see them, each carrying away in his pocket some examples of the +false money, so cunningly struck that there was never the slightest +difficulty or danger in passing it. Why, with such a wonderful art +at his command, McMurdo should condescend to work at all was a +perpetual mystery to his companions; though he made it clear to +anyone who asked him that if he lived without any visible means it +would very quickly bring the police upon his track. + +One policeman was indeed after him already; but the incident, +as luck would have it, did the adventurer a great deal more good +than harm. After the first introduction there were few evenings +when he did not find his way to McGinty's saloon, there to make +closer acquaintance with "the boys," which was the jovial title +by which the dangerous gang who infested the place were known +to one another. His dashing manner and fearlessness of speech +made him a favourite with them all; while the rapid and scientific +way in which he polished off his antagonist in an "all in" +bar-room scrap earned the respect of that rough community. +Another incident, however, raised him even higher in their +estimation. + +Just at the crowded hour one night, the door opened and a man +entered with the quiet blue uniform and peaked cap of the mine +police. This was a special body raised by the railways and +colliery owners to supplement the efforts of the ordinary civil +police, who were perfectly helpless in the face of the organized +ruffianism which terrorized the district. There was a hush as he +entered, and many a curious glance was cast at him; but the +relations between policemen and criminals are peculiar in some +parts of the States, and McGinty himself standing behind his +counter, showed no surprise when the policeman enrolled himself +among his customers. + +"A straight whisky, for the night is bitter," said the police +officer. "I don't think we have met before, Councillor?" + +"You'll be the new captain?" said McGinty. + +"That's so. We're looking to you, Councillor, and to the other +leading citizens, to help us in upholding law and order in this +township. Captain Marvin is my name." + +"We'd do better without you, Captain Marvin," said McGinty +coldly; "for we have our own police of the township, and no +need for any imported goods. What are you but the paid tool of +the capitalists, hired by them to club or shoot your poorer fellow +citizen?" + +"Well, well, we won't argue about that," said the police +officer good-humouredly. "I expect we all do our duty same as +we see it; but we can't all see it the same." He had drunk off his +glass and had turned to go, when his eyes fell upon the face of +Jack McMurdo, who was scowling at his elbow. "Hullo! Hullo!" +he cried, looking him up and down. "Here's an old acquaintance!" + +McMurdo shrank away from him. "I was never a friend to +you nor any other cursed copper in my life," said he. + +"An acquaintance isn't always a friend," said the police +captain, grinning. "You're Jack McMurdo of Chicago, right +enough, and don't you deny it!" + +McMurdo shrugged his shoulders. "I'm not denying it," said +he. "D'ye think I'm ashamed of my own name?" + +"You've got good cause to be, anyhow." + +"What the devil d'you mean by that?" he roared with his fists +clenched. + +"No, no, Jack, bluster won't do with me. I was an officer in +Chicago before ever I came to this darned coal bunker, and I +know a Chicago crook when I see one." + +McMurdo's face fell. "Don't tell me that you're Marvin of the +Chicago Central!" he cried. + +"Just the same old Teddy Marvin, at your service. We haven't +forgotten the shooting of Jonas Pinto up there." + +"I never shot him." + +"Did you not? That's good impartial evidence, ain't it? Well, +his death came in uncommon handy for you, or they would have +had you for shoving the queer. Well, we can let that be bygones; +for, between you and me -- and perhaps I'm going further than +my duty in saying it -- they could get no clear case against you, +and Chicago's open to you to-morrow." + +"I'm very well where I am." + +"Well, I've given you the pointer, and you're a sulky dog not +to thank me for it." + +"Well, I suppose you mean well, and I do thank you," said +McMurdo in no very gracious manner. + +"It's mum with me so long as I see you living on the +straight," said the captain. "But, by the Lord! if you get off +after this, it's another story! So good-night to you -- and +goodnight, Councillor." + +He left the bar-room; but not before he had created a local +hero. McMurdo's deeds in far Chicago had been whispered +before. He had put off all questions with a smile, as one who did +not wish to have greatness thrust upon him. But now the thing +was officially confirmed. The bar loafers crowded round him and +shook him heartily by the hand. He was free of the community +from that time on. He could drink hard and show little trace of it; +but that evening, had his mate Scanlan not been at hand to lead +him home, the feted hero would surely have spent his night +under the bar. + +On a Saturday night McMurdo was introduced to the lodge. +He had thought to pass in without ceremony as being an initiate +of Chicago; but there were particular rites in Vermissa of which +they were proud, and these had to be undergone by every +postulant. The assembly met in a large room reserved for such +purposes at the Union House. Some sixty members assembled at +Vermissa; but that by no means represented the full strength of +the organization, for there were several other lodges in the +valley, and others across the mountains on each side, who +exchanged members when any serious business was afoot, so that +a crime might be done by men who were strangers to the +locality. Altogether there were not less than five hundred +scattered over the coal district. + +In the bare assembly room the men were gathered round a +long table. At the side was a second one laden with bottles and +glasses, on which some members of the company were already +turning their eyes. McGinty sat at the head with a flat black +velvet cap upon his shock of tangled black hair, and a coloured +purple stole round his neck, so that he seemed to be a priest +presiding over some diabolical ritual. To right and left of him +were the higher lodge officials, the cruel, handsome face of Ted +Baldwin among them. Each of these wore some scarf or medallion +as emblem of his office. + +They were, for the most part, men of mature age; but the rest of +the company consisted of young fellows from eighteen to twenty- +five, the ready and capable agents who carried out the commands +of their seniors. Among the older men were many whose features +showed the tigerish, lawless souls within; but looking at the rank +and file it was difficult to believe that these eager and open-faced +young fellows were in very truth a dangerous gang of murderers, +whose minds had suffered such complete moral perversion that +they took a horrible pride in their proficiency at the business, and +looked with deepest respect at the man who had the reputation of +making what they called "a clean job." + +To their contorted natures it had become a spirited and chivalrous +thing to volunteer for service against some man who had never +injured them, and whom in many cases they had never seen in their +lives. The crime committed, they quarrelled as to who had actually +struck the fatal blow, and amused one another and the company by +describing the cries and contortions of the murdered man. + +At first they had shown some secrecy in their arrangements; +but at the time which this narrative describes their proceedings +were extraordinarily open, for the repeated failures of the law +had proved to them that, on the one hand, no one would dare to +witness against them, and on the other they had an unlimited +number of stanch witnesses upon whom they could call, and a +well-filled treasure chest from which they could draw the funds +to engage the best legal talent in the state. In ten long years of +outrage there had been no single conviction, and the only danger +that ever threatened the Scowrers lay in the victim himself -- +who, however outnumbered and taken by surprise, might and +occasionally did leave his mark upon his assailants. + +McMurdo had been warned that some ordeal lay before him; +but no one would tell him in what it consisted. He was led now +into an outer room by two solemn brothers. Through the plank +partition he could hear the murmur of many voices from the +assembly within. Once or twice he caught the sound of his own +name, and he knew that they were discussing his candidacy. +Then there entered an inner guard with a green and gold sash +across his chest. + +"The Bodymaster orders that he shall be trussed, blinded, and +entered," said he. + +The three of them removed his coat, turned up the sleeve of +his right arm, and finally passed a rope round above the elbows +and made it fast. They next placed a thick black cap right over +his head and the upper part of his face, so that he could see +nothing. He was then led into the assembly hall. + +It was pitch dark and very oppressive under his hood. He +heard the rustle and murmur of the people round him, and then +the voice of McGinty sounded dull and distant through the +covering of his ears. + +"John McMurdo," said the voice, "are you already a member +of the Ancient Order of Freemen?" + +He bowed in assent. + +"Is your lodge No. 29, Chicago?" + +He bowed again. + +"Dark nights are unpleasant," said the voice. + +"Yes, for strangers to travel," he answered. + +"The clouds are heavy." + +"Yes, a storm is approaching." + +"Are the brethren satisfied?" asked the Bodymaster. + +There was a general murmur of assent. + +"We know, Brother, by your sign and by your countersign +that you are indeed one of us," said McGinty. "We would have +you know, however, that in this county and in other counties of +these parts we have certain rites, and also certain duties of our +own which call for good men. Are you ready to be tested?" + +"I am." + +"Are you of stout heart?" + +"I am." + +"Take a stride forward to prove it." + +As the words were said he felt two hard points in front of his +eyes, pressing upon them so that it appeared as if he could not +move forward without a danger of losing them. None the less, he +nerved himself to step resolutely out, and as he did so the +pressure melted away. There was a low murmur of applause. + +"He is of stout heart," said the voice. "Can you bear pain?" + +"As well as another," he answered. + +"Test him!" + +It was all he could do to keep himself from screaming out, for +an agonizing pain shot through his forearm. He nearly fainted at +the sudden shock of it; but he bit his lip and clenched his hands +to hide his agony. + +"I can take more than that," said he. + +This time there was loud applause. A finer first appearance +had never been made in the lodge. Hands clapped him on the +back, and the hood was plucked from his head. He stood blinking +and smiling amid the congratulations of the brothers. + +"One last word, Brother McMurdo," said McGinty. "You +have already sworn the oath of secrecy and fidelity, and you are +aware that the punishment for any breach of it is instant and +inevitable death?" + +"I am," said McMurdo. + +"And you accept the rule of the Bodymaster for the time +being under all circumstances?" + +"I do." + +"Then in the name of Lodge 341, Vermissa, I welcome you to +its privileges and debates. You will put the liquor on the table, +Brother Scanlan, and we will drink to our worthy brother." + +McMurdo's coat had been brought to him; but before putting it +on he examined his right arm, which still smarted heavily. There +on the flesh of the forearm was a circle with a triangle within it, +deep and red, as the branding iron had left it. One or two of his +neighbours pulled up their sleeves and showed their own lodge +marks. + +"We've all had it," said one; "but not all as brave as you +over it." + +"Tut! It was nothing," said he; but it burned and ached all the +same. + +When the drinks which followed the ceremony of initiation +had all been disposed of, the business of the lodge proceeded. +McMurdo, accustomed only to the prosaic performances of Chicago, +listened with open ears and more surprise than he ventured to +show to what followed. + +"The first business on the agenda paper," said McGinty, "is +to read the following letter from Division Master Windle of +Merton County Lodge 249. He says: + + "DEAR SIR: + + "There is a job to be done on Andrew Rae of Rae & + + Sturmash, coal owners near this place. You will remember + + that your lodge owes us a return, having had the service of + + two brethren in the matter of the patrolman last fall. You + + will send two good men, they will be taken charge of by + + Treasurer Higgins of this lodge, whose address you know. + + He will show them when to act and where. Yours in freedom, + + "J. W. WINDLE D. M. A. O. F. + +"Windle has never refused us when we have had occasion to +ask for the loan of a man or two, and it is not for us to refuse +him." McGinty paused and looked round the room with his dull, +malevolent eyes. "Who will volunteer for the job?" + +Several young fellows held up their hands. The Bodymaster +looked at them with an approving smile. + +"You'll do, Tiger Cormac. If you handle it as well as you did +the last, you won't be wrong. And you, Wilson." + +"I've no pistol," said the volunteer, a mere boy in his teens. + +"It's your first, is it not? Well, you have to be blooded some +time. It will be a great start for you. As to the pistol, you'll find +it waiting for you, or I'm mistaken. If you report yourselves on +Monday, it will be time enough. You'll get a great welcome +when you return." + +"Any reward this time?" asked Cormac, a thick-set, dark- +faced, brutal-looking young man, whose ferocity had earned him +the nickname of "Tiger." + +"Never mind the reward. You just do it for the honour of the +thing. Maybe when it is done there will be a few odd dollars at +the bottom of the box." + +"What has the man done?" asked young Wilson. + +"Sure, it's not for the likes of you to ask what the man has +done. He has been judged over there. That's no business of ours. +All we have to do is to carry it out for them, same as they would +for us. Speaking of that, two brothers from the Merton lodge are +coming over to us next week to do some business in this quarter." + +"Who are they?" asked someone. + +"Faith, it is wiser not to ask. If you know nothing, you can +testify nothing, and no trouble can come of it. But they are men +who will make a clean job when they are about it." + +"And time, too!" cried Ted Baldwin. "Folk are gettin' out of +hand in these parts. It was only last week that three of our men +were turned off by Foreman Blaker. It's been owing him a long +time, and he'll get it full and proper." + +"Get what?" McMurdo whispered to his neighbour. + +"The business end of a buckshot cartridge!" cried the man +with a loud laugh. "What think you of our ways, Brother?" + +McMurdo's criminal soul seemed to have already absorbed the +spirit of the vile association of which he was now a member. "I +like it well," said he. "'Tis a proper place for a lad of mettle." + +Several of those who sat around heard his words and applauded +them. + +"What's that?" cried the black-maned Bodymaster from the +end of the table. + +"'Tis our new brother, sir, who finds our ways to his taste." + +McMurdo rose to his feet for an instant. "I would say, +Eminent Bodymaster, that if a man should be wanted I should +take it as an honour to be chosen to help the lodge." + +There was great applause at this. It was felt that a new sun +was pushing its rim above the horizon. To some of the elders it +seemed that the progress was a little too rapid. + +"I would move," said the secretary, Harraway, a vulture- +faced old graybeard who sat near the chairman, "that Brother +McMurdo should wait until it is the good pleasure of the lodge to +employ him." + +"Sure, that was what I meant; I'm in your hands," said +McMurdo. + +"Your time will come, Brother," said the chairman. "We +have marked you down as a willing man, and we believe that +you will do good work in these parts. There is a small matter +to-night in which you may take a hand if it so please you." + +"I will wait for something that is worth while." + +"You can come to-night, anyhow, and it will help you to know what +we stand for in this community. I will make the announcement later. +Meanwhile," he glanced at his agenda paper, "I have one or two more +points to bring before the meeting. First of all, I will ask the +treasurer as to our bank balance. There is the pension to Jim +Carnaway's widow. He was struck down doing the work of the lodge, +and it is for us to see that she is not the loser." + +"Jim was shot last month when they tried to kill Chester +Wilcox of Marley Creek," McMurdo's neighbour informed him. + +"The funds are good at the moment," said the treasurer, with +the bankbook in front of him. "The firms have been generous of +late. Max Linder & Co. paid five hundred to be left alone. +Walker Brothers sent in a hundred; but I took it on myself to +return it and ask for five. If I do not hear by Wednesday, their +winding gear may get out of order. We had to burn their breaker +last year before they became reasonable. Then the West Section +Coaling Company has paid its annual contribution. We have +enough on hand to meet any obligations." + +"What about Archie Swindon?" asked a brother. + +"He has sold out and left the district. The old devil left a note +for us to say that he had rather be a free crossing sweeper in New +York than a large mine owner under the power of a ring of blackmailers. +By Gar! it was as well that he made a break for it before the note +reached us! I guess he won't show his face in this valley again." + +An elderly, clean-shaved man with a kindly face and a good +brow rose from the end of the table which faced the chairman. +"Mr. Treasurer," he asked, "may I ask who has bought the +property of this man that we have driven out of the district?" + +"Yes, Brother Morris. It has been bought by the State & Merton +County Railroad Company." + +"And who bought the mines of Todman and of Lee that came +into the market in the same way last year?" + +"The same company, Brother Morris." + +"And who bought the ironworks of Manson and of Shuman and of +Van Deher and of Atwood, which have all been given up of late?" + +"They were all bought by the West Gilmerton General Mining Company." + +"I don't see, Brother Morris," said the chairman, "that it matters to +us who buys them, since they can't carry them out of the district." + +"With all respect to you, Eminent Bodymaster, I think it may +matter very much to us. This process has been going on now for +ten long years. We are gradually driving all the small men out of +trade. What is the result? We find in their places great companies +like the Railroad or the General Iron, who have their directors in +New York or Philadelphia, and care nothing for our threats. We +can take it out of their local bosses, but it only means that others +will be sent in their stead. And we are making it dangerous for +ourselves. The small men could not harm us. They had not the money +nor the power. So long as we did not squeeze them too dry, they +would stay on under our power. But if these big companies find +that we stand between them and their profits, they will spare +no pains and no expense to hunt us down and bring us to court." + +There was a hush at these ominous words, and every face darkened +as gloomy looks were exchanged. So omnipotent and unchallenged +had they been that the very thought that there was possible +retribution in the background had been banished from their minds. +And yet the idea struck a chill to the most reckless of them. + +"It is my advice," the speaker continued, "that we go easier +upon the small men. On the day that they have all been driven +out the power of this society will have been broken." + +Unwelcome truths are not popular. There were angry cries as the +speaker resumed his seat. McGinty rose with gloom upon his brow. + +"Brother Morris," said he, "you were always a croaker. So +long as the members of this lodge stand together there is no +power in the United States that can touch them. Sure, have we +not tried it often enough in the law courts? I expect the big +companies will find it easier to pay than to fight, same as the +little companies do. And now, Brethren," McGinty took off his +black velvet cap and his stole as he spoke, "this lodge has +finished its business for the evening, save for one small matter +which may be mentioned when we are parting. The time has now +come for fraternal refreshment and for harmony." + +Strange indeed is human nature. Here were these men, to +whom murder was familiar, who again and again had struck +down the father of the family, some man against whom they had +no personal feeling, without one thought of compunction or of +compassion for his weeping wife or helpless children, and yet +the tender or pathetic in music could move them to tears. McMurdo +had a fine tenor voice, and if he had failed to gain the good +will of the lodge before, it could no longer have been withheld +after he had thrilled them with "I'm Sitting on the Stile, Mary," +and "On the Banks of Allan Water." + +In his very first night the new recruit had made himself one of +the most popular of the brethren, marked already for advancement +and high office. There were other qualities needed, however, +besides those of good fellowship, to make a worthy Freeman, +and of these he was given an example before the evening was +over. The whisky bottle had passed round many times, and the +men were flushed and ripe for mischief when their Bodymaster +rose once more to address them. + +"Boys," said he, "there's one man in this town that wants +trimming up, and it's for you to see that he gets it. I'm speaking +of James Stanger of the Herald. You've seen how he's been +opening his mouth against us again?" + +There was a murmur of assent, with many a muttered oath. +McGinty took a slip of paper from his waistcoat pocket. + + "LAW AND ORDER! + +That's how he heads it. + + "REIGN OF TERROR IN THE COAL AND IRON DISTRICT + + "Twelve years have now elapsed since the first assassinations + + which proved the existence of a criminal organization in our + + midst. From that day these outrages have never ceased, until + + now they have reached a pitch which makes us the opprobrium + + of the civilized world. Is it for such results as this that + + our great country welcomes to its bosom the alien who flies + + from the despotisms of Europe? Is it that they shall + + themselves become tyrants over the very men who have given + + them shelter, and that a state of terrorism and lawlessness + + should be established under the very shadow of the sacred + + folds of the starry Flag of Freedom which would raise horror + + in our minds if we read of it as existing under the most + + effete monarchy of the East? The men are known. The organization + + is patent and public. How long are we to endure it? Can we + + forever live -- + +Sure, I've read enough of the slush!" cried the chairman, +tossing the paper down upon the table. "That's what he says of us. +The question I'm asking you is what shall we say to him?" + +"Kill him!" cried a dozen fierce voices. + +"I protest against that," said Brother Morris, the man of the +good brow and shaved face. "I tell you, Brethren, that our hand +is too heavy in this valley, and that there will come a point +where in self-defense every man will unite to crush us out. James +Stanger is an old man. He is respected in the township and the +district. His paper stands for all that is solid in the valley. +If that man is struck down, there will be a stir through this +state that will only end with our destruction." + +"And how would they bring about our destruction, Mr. Standback?" +cried McGinty. "Is it by the police? Sure, half of them are in our +pay and half of them afraid of us. Or is it by the law courts and +the judge? Haven't we tried that before now, and what ever came of it?" + +"There is a Judge Lynch that might try the case," said Brother Morris. + +A general shout of anger greeted the suggestion. + +"I have but to raise my finger," cried McGinty, "and I could +put two hundred men into this town that would clear it out from +end to end." Then suddenly raising his voice and bending his +huge black brows into a terrible frown, "See here, Brother +Morris, I have my eye on you, and have had for some time! +You've no heart yourself, and you try to take the heart out of +others. It will be an ill day for you, Brother Morris, when your +own name comes on our agenda paper, and I'm thinking that it's +just there that I ought to place it." + +Morris had turned deadly pale, and his knees seemed to give +way under him as he fell back into his chair. He raised his glass +in his trembling hand and drank before he could answer. "I +apologize, Eminent Bodymaster, to you and to every brother in +this lodge if I have said more than I should. I am a faithful +member -- you all know that -- and it is my fear lest evil come to +the lodge which makes me speak in anxious words. But I have +greater trust in your judgment than in my own, Eminent +Bodymaster, and I promise you that I will not offend again." + +The Bodymaster's scowl relaxed as he listened to the humble words. +"Very good, Brother Morris. It's myself that would be sorry if it +were needful to give you a lesson. But so long as I am in this +chair we shall be a united lodge in word and in deed. And now, boys," +he continued, looking round at the company, "I'll say this much, that +if Stanger got his full deserts there would be more trouble than we +need ask for. These editors hang together, and every journal in the +state would be crying out for police and troops. But I guess you can +give him a pretty severe warning. Will you fix it, Brother Baldwin?" + +"Sure!" said the young man eagerly. + +"How many will you take?" + +"Half a dozen, and two to guard the door. You'll come, Gower, +and you, Mansel, and you, Scanlan, and the two Willabys." + +"I promised the new brother he should go," said the chairman. + +Ted Baldwin looked at McMurdo with eyes which showed that +he had not forgotten nor forgiven. "Well, he can come if he +wants," he said in a surly voice. "That's enough. The sooner +we get to work the better." + +The company broke up with shouts and yells and snatches of +drunken song. The bar was still crowded with revellers, and +many of the brethren remained there. The little band who had +been told off for duty passed out into the street, proceeding in +twos and threes along the sidewalk so as not to provoke attention. +It was a bitterly cold night, with a half-moon shining brilliantly +in a frosty, star-spangled sky. The men stopped and gathered in a +yard which faced a high building. The words "Vermissa Herald" were +printed in gold lettering between the brightly lit windows. From +within came the clanking of the printing press. + +"Here, you," said Baldwin to McMurdo, "you can stand +below at the door and see that the road is kept open for us. +Arthur Willaby can stay with you. You others come with me. +Have no fears, boys; for we have a dozen witnesses that we are +in the Union Bar at this very moment." + +It was nearly midnight, and the street was deserted save for +one or two revellers upon their way home. The party crossed the +road, and, pushing open the door of the newspaper office, +Baldwin and his men rushed in and up the stair which faced +them. McMurdo and another remained below. From the room +above came a shout, a cry for help, and then the sound of +trampling feet and of falling chairs. An instant later a gray-haired +man rushed out on the landing. + +He was seized before he could get farther, and his spectacles +came tinkling down to McMurdo's feet. There was a thud and a +groan. He was on his face, and half a dozen sticks were clattering +together as they fell upon him. He writhed, and his long, thin +limbs quivered under the blows. The others ceased at last; but +Baldwin, his cruel face set in an infernal smile, was hacking at +the man's head, which he vainly endeavoured to defend with his +arms. His white hair was dabbled with patches of blood. Baldwin +was still stooping over his victim, putting in a short, vicious +blow whenever he could see a part exposed, when McMurdo dashed +up the stair and pushed him back. + +"You'll kill the man," said he. "Drop it!" + +Baldwin looked at him in amazement. "Curse you!" he cried. +"Who are you to interfere -- you that are new to the lodge? Stand +back!" He raised his stick; but McMurdo had whipped his pistol +out of his hip pocket. + +"Stand back yourself!" he cried. "I'll blow your face in if +you lay a hand on me. As to the lodge, wasn't it the order of the +Bodymaster that the man was not to be killed -- and what are you +doing but killing him?" + +"It's truth he says," remarked one of the men. + +"By Gar! you'd best hurry yourselves!" cried the man below. +"The windows are all lighting up, and you'll have the whole +town here inside of five minutes." + +There was indeed the sound of shouting in the street, and a +little group of compositors and pressmen was forming in the hall +below and nerving itself to action. Leaving the limp and motionless +body of the editor at the head of the stair, the criminals rushed +down and made their way swiftly along the street. Having reached +the Union House, some of them mixed with the crowd in McGinty's +saloon, whispering across the bar to the Boss that the job had +been well carried through. Others, and among them McMurdo, broke +away into side streets, and so by devious paths to their own homes. + + + +Chapter 4 +The Valley of Fear + +When McMurdo awoke next morning he had good reason to +remember his initiation into the lodge. His head ached with the +effect of the drink, and his arm, where he had been branded, was +hot and swollen. Having his own peculiar source of income, he +was irregular in his attendance at his work; so he had a late +breakfast, and remained at home for the morning writing a long +letter to a friend. Afterwards he read the Daily Herald. In a +special column put in at the last moment he read: + + OUTRAGE AT THE HERALD OFFICE -- EDITOR + + SERIOUSLY INJURED. + +It was a short account of the facts with which he was himself more +familiar than the writer could have been. It ended with the statement: + + The matter is now in the hands of the police; but it can + + hardly be hoped that their exertions will be attended by any + + better results than in the past. Some of the men were + + recognized, and there is hope that a conviction may be + + obtained. The source of the outrage was, it need hardly be + + said, that infamous society which has held this community + + in bondage for so long a period, and against which the + + Herald has taken so uncompromising a stand. Mr. Stanger's + + many friends will rejoice to hear that, though he has been + + cruelly and brutally beaten, and though he has sustained + + severe injuries about the head, there is no immediate danger + + to his life. + +Below it stated that a guard of police, armed with Winchester +rifles, had been requisitioned for the defense of the office. + +McMurdo had laid down the paper, and was lighting his pipe with +a hand which was shaky from the excesses of the previous evening, +when there was a knock outside, and his landlady brought to him +a note which had just been handed in by a lad. It was unsigned, +and ran thus: + + I should wish to speak to you, but would rather not do so + + in your house. You will find me beside the flagstaff upon + + Miller Hill. If you will come there now, I have something + + which it is important for you to hear and for me to say. + +McMurdo read the note twice with the utmost surprise; for he +could not imagine what it meant or who was the author of it. +Had it been in a feminine hand, he might have imagined that it +was the beginning of one of those adventures which had been +familiar enough in his past life. But it was the writing of a man, +and of a well educated one, too. Finally, after some hesitation, +he determined to see the matter through. + +Miller Hill is an ill-kept public park in the very centre of the +town. In summer it is a favourite resort of the people; but in +winter it is desolate enough. From the top of it one has a view +not only of the whole straggling, grimy town, but of the winding +valley beneath, with its scattered mines and factories blackening +the snow on each side of it, and of the wooded and white-capped +ranges flanking it. + +McMurdo strolled up the winding path hedged in with evergreens +until he reached the deserted restaurant which forms the centre +of summer gaiety. Beside it was a bare flagstaff, and underneath +it a man, his hat drawn down and the collar of his overcoat +turned up. When he turned his face McMurdo saw that it was Brother +Morris, he who had incurred the anger of the Bodymaster the night +before. The lodge sign was given and exchanged as they met. + +"I wanted to have a word with you, Mr. McMurdo," said the +older man, speaking with a hesitation which showed that he was +on delicate ground. "It was kind of you to come." + +"Why did you not put your name to the note?" + +"One has to be cautious, mister. One never knows in times +like these how a thing may come back to one. One never knows +either who to trust or who not to trust." + +"Surely one may trust brothers of the lodge." + +"No, no, not always," cried Morris with vehemence. "Whatever +we say, even what we think, seems to go back to that man McGinty." + +"Look here!" said McMurdo sternly. "It was only last night, +as you know well, that I swore good faith to our Bodymaster. +Would you be asking me to break my oath?" + +"If that is the view you take," said Morris sadly, "I can only +say that I am sorry I gave you the trouble to come and meet me. +Things have come to a bad pass when two free citizens cannot +speak their thoughts to each other." + +McMurdo, who had been watching his companion very narrowly, +relaxed somewhat in his bearing. "Sure I spoke for myself +only," said he. "I am a newcomer, as you know, and I am +strange to it all. It is not for me to open my mouth, Mr. +Morris, and if you think well to say anything to me I am +here to hear it." + +"And to take it back to Boss McGinty!" said Morris bitterly. + +"Indeed, then, you do me injustice there," cried McMurdo. +"For myself I am loyal to the lodge, and so I tell you straight; +but I would be a poor creature if I were to repeat to any other +what you might say to me in confidence. It will go no further +than me; though I warn you that you may get neither help nor +sympathy." + +"I have given up looking for either the one or the other," said +Morris. "I may be putting my very life in your hands by what I +say; but, bad as you are -- and it seemed to me last night that you +were shaping to be as bad as the worst -- still you are new to it, +and your conscience cannot yet be as hardened as theirs. That +was why I thought to speak with you." + +"Well, what have you to say?" + +"If you give me away, may a curse be on you!" + +"Sure, I said I would not." + +"I would ask you, then, when you joined the Freeman's society +in Chicago and swore vows of charity and fidelity, did ever it +cross your mind that you might find it would lead you to crime?" + +"If you call it crime," McMurdo answered. + +"Call it crime!" cried Morris, his voice vibrating with passion. +"You have seen little of it if you can call it anything else. Was +it crime last night when a man old enough to be your father was +beaten till the blood dripped from his white hairs? Was that crime -- +or what else would you call it?" + +"There are some would say it was war," said McMurdo, "a war of +two classes with all in, so that each struck as best it could." + +"Well, did you think of such a thing when you joined the +Freeman's society at Chicago?" + +"No, I'm bound to say I did not." + +"Nor did I when I joined it at Philadelphia. It was just a +benefit club and a meeting place for one's fellows. Then I heard +of this place -- curse the hour that the name first fell upon my +ears! -- and I came to better myself! My God! to better myself! +My wife and three children came with me. I started a dry goods +store on Market Square, and I prospered well. The word had +gone round that I was a Freeman, and I was forced to join the +local lodge, same as you did last night. I've the badge of shame +on my forearm and something worse branded on my heart. I +found that I was under the orders of a black villain and caught in +a meshwork of crime. What could I do? Every word I said to +make things better was taken as treason, same as it was last +night. I can't get away; for all I have in the world is in my store. +If I leave the society, I know well that it means murder to me, +and God knows what to my wife and children. Oh, man, it is +awful -- awful!" He put his hands to his face, and his body shook +with convulsive sobs. + +McMurdo shrugged his shoulders. "You were too soft for the job," +said he. "You are the wrong sort for such work." + +"I had a conscience and a religion; but they made me a +criminal among them. I was chosen for a job. If I backed down +I knew well what would come to me. Maybe I'm a coward. +Maybe it's the thought of my poor little woman and the children +that makes me one. Anyhow I went. I guess it will haunt me forever. + +"It was a lonely house, twenty miles from here, over the +range yonder. I was told off for the door, same as you were last +night. They could not trust me with the job. The others went in. +When they came out their hands were crimson to the wrists. As +we turned away a child was screaming out of the house behind +us. It was a boy of five who had seen his father murdered. I +nearly fainted with the horror of it, and yet I had to keep a bold +and smiling face; for well I knew that if I did not it would be out +of my house that they would come next with their bloody hands and it +would be my little Fred that would be screaming for his father. + +"But I was a criminal then, part sharer in a murder, lost +forever in this world, and lost also in the next. I am a good +Catholic; but the priest would have no word with me when he +heard I was a Scowrer, and I am excommunicated from my faith. +That's how it stands with me. And I see you going down the same +road, and I ask you what the end is to be. Are you ready to be +a cold-blooded murderer also, or can we do anything to stop it?" + +"What would you do?" asked McMurdo abruptly. "You would not inform?" + +"God forbid!" cried Morris. "Sure, the very thought would +cost me my life." + +"That's well," said McMurdo. "I'm thinking that you are a +weak man and that you make too much of the matter." + +"Too much! Wait till you have lived here longer. Look down the valley! +See the cloud of a hundred chimneys that overshadows it! I tell you +that the cloud of murder hangs thicker and lower than that over the +heads of the people. It is the Valley of Fear, the Valley of Death. +The terror is in the hearts of the people from the dusk to the dawn. +Wait, young man, and you will learn for yourself." + +"Well, I'll let you know what I think when I have seen more," +said McMurdo carelessly. "What is very clear is that you are +not the man for the place, and that the sooner you sell out -- +if you only get a dime a dollar for what the business is worth -- +the better it will be for you. What you have said is safe with me; +but, by Gar! if I thought you were an informer --" + +"No, no!" cried Morris piteously. + +"Well, let it rest at that. I'll bear what you have said in mind, +and maybe some day I'll come back to it. I expect you meant +kindly by speaking to me like this. Now I'll be getting home." + +"One word before you go," said Morris. "We may have been seen +together. They may want to know what we have spoken about." + +"Ah! that's well thought of." + +"I offer you a clerkship in my store." + +"And I refuse it. That's our business. Well, so long, Brother Morris, +and may you find things go better with you in the future." + +That same afternoon, as McMurdo sat smoking, lost in thought +beside the stove of his sitting-room, the door swung open and its +framework was filled with the huge figure of Boss McGinty. He +passed the sign, and then seating himself opposite to the young +man he looked at him steadily for some time, a look which was +as steadily returned. + +"I'm not much of a visitor, Brother McMurdo," he said at last. +"I guess I am too busy over the folk that visit me. But I thought +I'd stretch a point and drop down to see you in your own house." + +"I'm proud to see you here, Councillor," McMurdo answered heartily, +bringing his whisky bottle out of the cupboard. "It's an honour +that I had not expected." + +"How's the arm?" asked the Boss. + +McMurdo made a wry face. "Well, I'm not forgetting it," he said; +"but it's worth it." + +"Yes, it's worth it," the other answered, "to those that are loyal +and go through with it and are a help to the lodge. What were you +speaking to Brother Morris about on Miller Hill this morning?" + +The question came so suddenly that it was well that he had his +answer prepared. He burst into a hearty laugh. "Morris didn't +know I could earn a living here at home. He shan't know either; +for he has got too much conscience for the likes of me. But he's +a good-hearted old chap. It was his idea that I was at a loose +end, and that he would do me a good turn by offering me a +clerkship in a dry goods store." + +"Oh, that was it?" + +"Yes, that was it." + +"And you refused it?" + +"Sure. Couldn't I earn ten times as much in my own bedroom +with four hours' work?" + +"That's so. But I wouldn't get about too much with Morris." + +"Why not?" + +"Well, I guess because I tell you not. That's enough for most +folk in these parts." + +"It may be enough for most folk; but it ain't enough for me, +Councillor," said McMurdo boldly. "If you are a judge of men, +you'll know that." + +The swarthy giant glared at him, and his hairy paw closed for an +instant round the glass as though he would hurl it at the head +of his companion. Then he laughed in his loud, boisterous, +insincere fashion. + +"You're a queer card, for sure," said he. "Well, if you want reasons, +I'll give them. Did Morris say nothing to you against the lodge?" + +"No." + +"Nor against me?" + +"No." + +"Well, that's because he daren't trust you. But in his heart he +is not a loyal brother. We know that well. So we watch him and +we wait for the time to admonish him. I'm thinking that the time +is drawing near. There's no room for scabby sheep in our pen. +But if you keep company with a disloyal man, we might think +that you were disloyal, too. See?" + +"There's no chance of my keeping company with him; for I +dislike the man," McMurdo answered. "As to being disloyal, if +it was any man but you he would not use the word to me twice." + +"Well, that's enough," said McGinty, draining off his glass. +"I came down to give you a word in season, and you've had it." + +"I'd like to know," said McMurdo, "how you ever came to +learn that I had spoken with Morris at all?" + +McGinty laughed. "It's my business to know what goes on in +this township," said he. "I guess you'd best reckon on my +hearing all that passes. Well, time's up, and I'll just say --" + +But his leavetaking was cut short in a very unexpected fashion. +With a sudden crash the door flew open, and three frowning, +intent faces glared in at them from under the peaks of police +caps. McMurdo sprang to his feet and half drew his revolver; but +his arm stopped midway as he became conscious that two +Winchester rifles were levelled at his head. A man in uniform +advanced into the room, a six-shooter in his hand. It was Captain +Marvin, once of Chicago, and now of the Mine Constabulary. +He shook his head with a half-smile at McMurdo. + +"I thought you'd be getting into trouble, Mr. Crooked +McMurdo of Chicago," said he. "Can't keep out of it, can you? +Take your hat and come along with us." + +"I guess you'll pay for this, Captain Marvin," said McGinty. +"Who are you, I'd like to know, to break into a house in this +fashion and molest honest, law-abiding men?" + +"You're standing out in this deal, Councillor McGinty," said +the police captain. "We are not out after you, but after this man +McMurdo. It is for you to help, not to hinder us in our duty," + +"He is a friend of mine, and I'll answer for his conduct," said +the Boss. + +"By all accounts, Mr. McGinty, you may have to answer for +your own conduct some of these days," the captain answered. +"This man McMurdo was a crook before ever he came here, and +he's a crook still. Cover him, Patrolman, while I disarm him." + +"There's my pistol," said McMurdo coolly. "Maybe, Captain +Marvin, if you and I were alone and face to face you would not +take me so easily." + +"Where's your warrant?" asked McGinty. "By Gar! a man +might as well live in Russia as in Vermissa while folk like you +are running the police. It's a capitalist outrage, and you'll hear +more of it, I reckon." + +"You do what you think is your duty the best way you can, +Councillor. We'll look after ours." + +"What am I accused of?" asked McMurdo. + +"Of being concerned in the beating of old Editor Stanger at +the Herald office. It wasn't your fault that it isn't a murder +charge." + +"Well, if that's all you have against him," cried McGinty +with a laugh, "you can save yourself a deal of trouble by +dropping it right now. This man was with me in my saloon +playing poker up to midnight, and I can bring a dozen to prove +it." + +"That's your affair, and I guess you can settle it in court +to-morrow. Meanwhile, come on, McMurdo, and come quietly +if you don't want a gun across your head. You stand wide, +Mr. McGinty; for I warn you I will stand no resistance when +I am on duty!" + +So determined was the appearance of the captain that both +McMurdo and his boss were forced to accept the situation. The +latter managed to have a few whispered words with the prisoner +before they parted. + +"What about --" he jerked his thumb upward to signify the +coining plant. + +"All right," whispered McMurdo, who had devised a safe +hiding place under the floor. + +"I'll bid you good-bye," said the Boss, shaking hands. "I'll +see Reilly the lawyer and take the defense upon myself. Take my +word for it that they won't be able to hold you." + +"I wouldn't bet on that. Guard the prisoner, you two, and shoot +him if he tries any games. I'll search the house before I leave." + +He did so; but apparently found no trace of the concealed +plant. When he had descended he and his men escorted McMurdo +to headquarters. Darkness had fallen, and a keen blizzard +was blowing so that the streets were nearly deserted; but a few +loiterers followed the group, and emboldened by invisibility +shouted imprecations at the prisoner. + +"Lynch the cursed Scowrer!" they cried. "Lynch him!" They +laughed and jeered as he was pushed into the police station. +After a short, formal examination from the inspector in charge he +was put into the common cell. Here he found Baldwin and three +other criminals of the night before, all arrested that afternoon and +waiting their trial next morning. + +But even within this inner fortress of the law the long arm of +the Freemen was able to extend. Late at night there came a jailer +with a straw bundle for their bedding, out of which he extracted +two bottles of whisky, some glasses, and a pack of cards. They +spent a hilarious night, without an anxious thought as to the +ordeal of the morning. + +Nor had they cause, as the result was to show. The magistrate +could not possibly, on the evidence, have held them for a higher +court. On the one hand the compositors and pressmen were forced +to admit that the light was uncertain, that they were themselves +much perturbed, and that it was difficult for them to swear to the +identity of the assailants; although they believed that the accused +were among them. Cross examined by the clever attorney who +had been engaged by McGinty, they were even more nebulous in +their evidence. + +The injured man had already deposed that he was so taken by +surprise by the suddenness of the attack that he could state +nothing beyond the fact that the first man who struck him wore a +moustache. He added that he knew them to be Scowrers, since +no one else in the community could possibly have any enmity to +him, and he had long been threatened on account of his outspoken +editorials. On the other hand, it was clearly shown by the +united and unfaltering evidence of six citizens, including that +high municipal official, Councillor McGinty, that the men had +been at a card party at the Union House until an hour very much +later than the commission of the outrage. + +Needless to say that they were discharged with something very +near to an apology from the bench for the inconvenience to +which they had been put, together with an implied censure of +Captain Marvin and the police for their officious zeal. + +The verdict was greeted with loud applause by a court in +which McMurdo saw many familiar faces. Brothers of the lodge +smiled and waved. But there were others who sat with compressed +lips and brooding eyes as the men filed out of the dock. One of +them, a little, dark-bearded, resolute fellow, put the thoughts +of himself and comrades into words as the ex-prisoners passed him. + +"You damned murderers!" he said. "We'll fix you yet!" + + + +Chapter 5 +The Darkest Hour + +If anything had been needed to give an impetus to Jack McMurdo's +popularity among his fellows it would have been his arrest and +acquittal. That a man on the very night of joining the lodge should +have done something which brought him before the magistrate was a +new record in the annals of the society. Already he had earned +the reputation of a good boon companion, a cheery reveller, and +withal a man of high temper, who would not take an insult even +from the all-powerful Boss himself. But in addition to this he +impressed his comrades with the idea that among them all there +was not one whose brain was so ready to devise a bloodthirsty +scheme, or whose hand would be more capable of carrying it out. +"He'll be the boy for the clean job," said the oldsters to one +another, and waited their time until they could set him to his work. + +McGinty had instruments enough already; but he recognized +that this was a supremely able one. He felt like a man holding a +fierce bloodhound in leash. There were curs to do the smaller +work; but some day he would slip this creature upon its prey. A +few members of the lodge, Ted Baldwin among them, resented +the rapid rise of the stranger and hated him for it; but they kept +clear of him, for he was as ready to fight as to laugh. + +But if he gained favour with his fellows, there was another +quarter, one which had become even more vital to him, in which +he lost it. Ettie Shafter's father would have nothing more to do +with him, nor would he allow him to enter the house. Ettie +herself was too deeply in love to give him up altogether, and yet +her own good sense warned her of what would come from a +marriage with a man who was regarded as a criminal. + +One morning after a sleepless night she determined to see him, +possibly for the last time, and make one strong endeavour to +draw him from those evil influences which were sucking him +down. She went to his house, as he had often begged her to do, +and made her way into the room which he used as his sitting- +room. He was seated at a table, with his back turned and a letter +in front of him. A sudden spirit of girlish mischief came over +her -- she was still only nineteen. He had not heard her when she +pushed open the door. Now she tiptoed forward and laid her +hand lightly upon his bended shoulders. + +If she had expected to startle him, she certainly succeeded; but +only in turn to be startled herself. With a tiger spring he turned +on her, and his right hand was feeling for her throat. At the same +instant with the other hand he crumpled up the paper that lay before him. +For an instant he stood glaring. Then astonishment and joy took the +place of the ferocity which had convulsed his features -- a ferocity +which had sent her shrinking back in horror as from something which +had never before intruded into her gentle life. + +"It's you!" said he, mopping his brow. "And to think that +you should come to me, heart of my heart, and I should find +nothing better to do than to want to strangle you! Come then, +darling," and he held out his arms, "let me make it up to you." + +But she had not recovered from that sudden glimpse of guilty +fear which she had read in the man's face. All her woman's +instinct told her that it was not the mere fright of a man who is +startled. Guilt -- that was it -- guilt and fear! + +"What's come over you, Jack?" she cried. "Why were you +so scared of me? Oh, Jack, if your conscience was at ease, you +would not have looked at me like that!" + +"Sure, I was thinking of other things, and when you came +tripping so lightly on those fairy feet of yours --" + +"No, no, it was more than that, Jack." Then a sudden +suspicion seized her. "Let me see that letter you were writing." + +"Ah, Ettie, I couldn't do that." + +Her suspicions became certainties. "It's to another woman," +she cried. "I know it! Why else should you hold it from me? +Was it to your wife that you were writing? How am I to know +that you are not a married man -- you, a stranger, that nobody +knows?" + +"I am not married, Ettie. See now, I swear it! You're the only +one woman on earth to me. By the cross of Christ I swear it!" + +He was so white with passionate earnestness that she could not +but believe him. + +"Well, then," she cried, "why will you not show me the letter?" + +"I'll tell you, acushla," said he. "I'm under oath not to show +it, and just as I wouldn't break my word to you so I would keep +it to those who hold my promise. It's the business of the lodge, +and even to you it's secret. And if I was scared when a hand fell +on me, can't you understand it when it might have been the hand +of a detective?" + +She felt that he was telling the truth. He gathered her into his +arms and kissed away her fears and doubts. + +"Sit here by me, then. It's a queer throne for such a queen; +but it's the best your poor lover can find. He'll do better for you +some of these days, I'm thinking. Now your mind is easy once +again, is it not?" + +"How can it ever be at ease, Jack, when I know that you are a +criminal among criminals, when I never know the day that I may +hear you are in court for murder? 'McMurdo the Scowrer,' that's +what one of our boarders called you yesterday. It went through +my heart like a knife." + +"Sure, hard words break no bones." + +"But they were true." + +"Well, dear, it's not so bad as you think. We are but poor +men that are trying in our own way to get our rights." + +Ettie threw her arms round her lover's neck. "Give it up, Jack! +For my sake, for God's sake, give it up! It was to ask you that +I came here to-day. Oh, Jack, see -- I beg it of you on my bended knees! +Kneeling here before you I implore you to give it up!" + +He raised her and soothed her with her head against his breast. + +"Sure, my darlin', you don't know what it is you are asking. +How could I give it up when it would be to break my oath and to +desert my comrades? If you could see how things stand with me +you could never ask it of me. Besides, if I wanted to, how could +I do it? You don't suppose that the lodge would let a man go free +with all its secrets?" + +"I've thought of that, Jack. I've planned it all. Father has +saved some money. He is weary of this place where the fear of +these people darkens our lives. He is ready to go. We would fly +together to Philadelphia or New York, where we would be safe +from them." + +McMurdo laughed. "The lodge has a long arm. Do you think +it could not stretch from here to Philadelphia or New York?" + +"Well, then, to the West, or to England, or to Germany, +where father came from -- anywhere to get away from this +Valley of Fear!" + +McMurdo thought of old Brother Morris. "Sure, it is the second +time I have heard the valley so named," said he. "The shadow +does indeed seem to lie heavy on some of you." + +"It darkens every moment of our lives. Do you suppose that +Ted Baldwin has ever forgiven us? If it were not that he fears +you, what do you suppose our chances would be? If you saw the +look in those dark, hungry eyes of his when they fall on me!" + +"By Gar! I'd teach him better manners if I caught him at it! +But see here, little girl. I can't leave here. I can't -- take that +from me once and for all. But if you will leave me to find my own +way, I will try to prepare a way of getting honourably out of it." + +"There is no honour in such a matter." + +"Well, well, it's just how you look at it. But if you'll give me +six months, I'll work it so that I can leave without being ashamed +to look others in the face." + +The girl laughed with joy. "Six months!" she cried. "Is it a promise?" + +"Well, it may be seven or eight. But within a year at the +furthest we will leave the valley behind us." + +It was the most that Ettie could obtain, and yet it was something. +There was this distant light to illuminate the gloom of the +immediate future. She returned to her father's house more light- +hearted than she had ever been since Jack McMurdo had come +into her life. + +It might be thought that as a member, all the doings of the +society would be told to him; but he was soon to discover that +the organization was wider and more complex than the simple +lodge. Even Boss McGinty was ignorant as to many things; for +there was an official named the County Delegate, living at +Hobson's Patch farther down the line, who had power over +several different lodges which he wielded in a sudden and +arbitrary way. Only once did McMurdo see him, a sly, little gray- +haired rat of a man, with a slinking gait and a sidelong glance +which was charged with malice. Evans Pott was his name, and +even the great Boss of Vermissa felt towards him something of +the repulsion and fear which the huge Danton may have felt for +the puny but dangerous Robespierre. + +One day Scanlan, who was McMurdo's fellow boarder, received +a note from McGinty inclosing one from Evans Pott, which +informed him that he was sending over two good men, Lawler +and Andrews, who had instructions to act in the neighbourhood; +though it was best for the cause that no particulars as to +their objects should be given. Would the Bodymaster see to it +that suitable arrangements be made for their lodgings and +comfort until the time for action should arrive? McGinty added +that it was impossible for anyone to remain secret at the +Union House, and that, therefore, he would be obliged if +McMurdo and Scanlan would put the strangers up for a few days in +their boarding house. + +The same evening the two men arrived, each carrying his +gripsack. Lawler was an elderly man, shrewd, silent, and self- +contained, clad in an old black frock coat, which with his soft +felt hat and ragged, grizzled beard gave him a general +resemblance to an itinerant preacher. His companion Andrews was +little more than a boy, frank-faced and cheerful, with the breezy +manner of one who is out for a holiday and means to enjoy every +minute of it. Both men were total abstainers, and behaved in all +ways as exemplary members of the society, with the one simple +exception that they were assassins who had often proved themselves +to be most capable instruments for this association of murder. +Lawler had already carried out fourteen commissions of the kind, +and Andrews three. + +They were, as McMurdo found, quite ready to converse about +their deeds in the past, which they recounted with the half- +bashful pride of men who had done good and unselfish service +for the community. They were reticent, however, as to the +immediate job in hand. + +"They chose us because neither I nor the boy here drink," +Lawler explained. "They can count on us saying no more than +we should. You must not take it amiss, but it is the orders +of the County Delegate that we obey." + +"Sure, we are all in it together," said Scanlan, McMurdo's +mate, as the four sat together at supper. + +"That's true enough, and we'll talk till the cows come home +of the killing of Charlie Williams or of Simon Bird, or any other +job in the past. But till the work is done we say nothing." + +"There are half a dozen about here that I have a word to say to," +said McMurdo, with an oath. "I suppose it isn't Jack Knox of Ironhill +that you are after. I'd go some way to see him get his deserts." + +"No, it's not him yet." + +"Or Herman Strauss?" + +"No, nor him either." + +"Well, if you won't tell us we can't make you; but I'd be glad to know." + +Lawler smiled and shook his head. He was not to be drawn. + +In spite of the reticence of their guests, Scanlan and McMurdo +were quite determined to be present at what they called "the +fun." When, therefore, at an early hour one morning McMurdo +heard them creeping down the stairs he awakened Scanlan, and +the two hurried on their clothes. When they were dressed they +found that the others had stolen out, leaving the door open +behind them. It was not yet dawn, and by the light of the lamps +they could see the two men some distance down the street. They +followed them warily, treading noiselessly in the deep snow. + +The boarding house was near the edge of the town, and soon +they were at the crossroads which is beyond its boundary. Here +three men were waiting, with whom Lawler and Andrews held a +short, eager conversation. Then they all moved on together. It +was clearly some notable job which needed numbers. At this +point there are several trails which lead to various mines. The +strangers took that which led to the Crow Hill, a huge business +which was in strong hands which had been able, thanks to their +energetic and fearless New England manager, Josiah H. Dunn, +to keep some order and discipline during the long reign of terror. + +Day was breaking now, and a line of workmen were slowly making +their way, singly and in groups, along the blackened path. + +McMurdo and Scanlan strolled on with the others, keeping in +sight of the men whom they followed. A thick mist lay over +them, and from the heart of it there came the sudden scream of a +steam whistle. It was the ten-minute signal before the cages +descended and the day's labour began. + +When they reached the open space round the mine shaft there +were a hundred miners waiting, stamping their feet and blowing +on their fingers; for it was bitterly cold. The strangers stood in a +little group under the shadow of the engine house. Scanlan and +McMurdo climbed a heap of slag from which the whole scene +lay before them. They saw the mine engineer, a great bearded +Scotchman named Menzies, come out of the engine house and +blow his whistle for the cages to be lowered. + +At the same instant a tall, loose-framed young man with a +clean-shaved, earnest face advanced eagerly towards the pit head. +As he came forward his eyes fell upon the group, silent and +motionless, under the engine house. The men had drawn down +their hats and turned up their collars to screen their faces. For a +moment the presentiment of Death laid its cold hand upon the +manager's heart. At the next he had shaken it off and saw only +his duty towards intrusive strangers. + +"Who are you?" he asked as he advanced. "What are you +loitering there for?" + +There was no answer; but the lad Andrews stepped forward and shot +him in the stomach. The hundred waiting miners stood as motionless +and helpless as if they were paralyzed. The manager clapped his +two hands to the wound and doubled himself up. Then he staggered +away; but another of the assassins fired, and he went down sidewise, +kicking and clawing among a heap of clinkers. Menzies, the Scotchman, +gave a roar of rage at the sight and rushed with an iron spanner at +the murderers; but was met by two balls in the face which dropped +him dead at their very feet. + +There was a surge forward of some of the miners, and an inarticulate +cry of pity and of anger; but a couple of the strangers emptied their +six-shooters over the heads of the crowd, and they broke and scattered, +some of them rushing wildly back to their homes in Vermissa. + +When a few of the bravest had rallied, and there was a return +to the mine, the murderous gang had vanished in the mists of +morning, without a single witness being able to swear to the +identity of these men who in front of a hundred spectators had +wrought this double crime. + +Scanlan and McMurdo made their way back; Scanlan somewhat +subdued, for it was the first murder job that he had seen +with his own eyes, and it appeared less funny than he had been +led to believe. The horrible screams of the dead manager's +wife pursued them as they hurried to the town. McMurdo was +absorbed and silent; but he showed no sympathy for the +weakening of his companion. + +"Sure, it is like a war," he repeated. "What is it but a war +between us and them, and we hit back where we best can." + +There was high revel in the lodge room at the Union House +that night, not only over the killing of the manager and engineer +of the Crow Hill mine, which would bring this organization into +line with the other blackmailed and terror-stricken companies of +the district, but also over a distant triumph which had been +wrought by the hands of the lodge itself. + +It would appear that when the County Delegate had sent over +five good men to strike a blow in Vermissa, he had demanded +that in return three Vermissa men should be secretly selected and +sent across to kill William Hales of Stake Royal, one of the best +known and most popular mine owners in the Gilmerton district, a +man who was believed not to have an enemy in the world; for he +was in all ways a model employer. He had insisted, however, +upon efficiency in the work, and had, therefore, paid off certain +drunken and idle employees who were members of the all- +powerful society. Coffin notices hung outside his door had not +weakened his resolution, and so in a free, civilized country he +found himself condemned to death. + +The execution had now been duly carried out. Ted Baldwin, who +sprawled now in the seat of honour beside the Bodymaster, had +been chief of the party. His flushed face and glazed, blood-shot +eyes told of sleeplessness and drink. He and his two comrades +had spent the night before among the mountains. They were unkempt +and weather-stained. But no heroes, returning from a forlorn hope, +could have had a warmer welcome from their comrades. + +The story was told and retold amid cries of delight and shouts +of laughter. They had waited for their man as he drove home at +nightfall, taking their station at the top of a steep hill, where his +horse must be at a walk. He was so furred to keep out the cold +that he could not lay his hand on his pistol. They had pulled him +out and shot him again and again. He had screamed for mercy. +The screams were repeated for the amusement of the lodge. + +"Let's hear again how he squealed," they cried. + +None of them knew the man; but there is eternal drama in a +killing, and they had shown the Scowrers of Gilmerton that the +Vermissa men were to be relied upon. + +There had been one contretemps; for a man and his wife had +driven up while they were still emptying their revolvers into the +silent body. It had been suggested that they should shoot them +both; but they were harmless folk who were not connected with +the mines, so they were sternly bidden to drive on and keep +silent, lest a worse thing befall them. And so the blood-mottled +figure had been left as a warning to all such hard-hearted +employers, and the three noble avengers had hurried off into the +mountains where unbroken nature comes down to the very edge +of the furnaces and the slag heaps. Here they were, safe and +sound, their work well done, and the plaudits of their companions +in their ears. + +It had been a great day for the Scowrers. The shadow had +fallen even darker over the valley. But as the wise general +chooses the moment of victory in which to redouble his efforts, +so that his foes may have no time to steady themselves after +disaster, so Boss McGinty, looking out upon the scene of his +operations with his brooding and malicious eyes, had devised a +new attack upon those who opposed him. That very night, as the +half-drunken company broke up, he touched McMurdo on the +arm and led him aside into that inner room where they had their +first interview. + +"See here, my lad," said he, "I've got a job that's worthy of +you at last. You'll have the doing of it in your own hands." + +"Proud I am to hear it," McMurdo answered. + +"You can take two men with you -- Manders and Reilly. They +have been warned for service. We'll never be right in this district +until Chester Wilcox has been settled, and you'll have the thanks +of every lodge in the coal fields if you can down him." + +"I'll do my best, anyhow. Who is he, and where shall I find him?" + +McGinty took his eternal half-chewed, half-smoked cigar from +the corner of his mouth, and proceeded to draw a rough diagram +on a page torn from his notebook. + +"He's the chief foreman of the Iron Dike Company. He's a +hard citizen, an old colour sergeant of the war, all scars and +grizzle. We've had two tries at him; but had no luck, and Jim +Carnaway lost his life over it. Now it's for you to take it over. +That's the house -- all alone at the Iron Dike crossroad, same as +you see here on the map -- without another within earshot. It's no +good by day. He's armed and shoots quick and straight, with no +questions asked. But at night -- well, there he is with his wife, +three children, and a hired help. You can't pick or choose. It's +all or none. If you could get a bag of blasting powder at the front +door with a slow match to it -- " + +"What's the man done?" + +"Didn't I tell you he shot Jim Carnaway?" + +"Why did he shoot him?" + +"What in thunder has that to do with you? Carnaway was +about his house at night, and he shot him. That's enough for me +and you. You've got to settle the thing right." + +"There's these two women and the children. Do they go up too?" + +"They have to -- else how can we get him?" + +"It seems hard on them; for they've done nothing." + +"What sort of fool's talk is this? Do you back out?" + +"Easy, Councillor, easy! What have I ever said or done that you +should think I would be after standing back from an order of the +Bodymaster of my own lodge? If it's right or if it's wrong, +it's for you to decide." + +"You'll do it, then?" + +"Of course I will do it." + +"When?" + +"Well, you had best give me a night or two that I may see the +house and make my plans. Then --" + +"Very good," said McGinty, shaking him by the hand. "I leave it with you. +It will be a great day when you bring us the news. It's just the last +stroke that will bring them all to their knees." + +McMurdo thought long and deeply over the commission which +had been so suddenly placed in his hands. The isolated house in +which Chester Wilcox lived was about five miles off in an +adjacent valley. That very night he started off all alone to +prepare for the attempt. It was daylight before he returned from +his reconnaissance. Next day he interviewed his two subordinates, +Manders and Reilly, reckless youngsters who were as elated as if +it were a deer-hunt. + +Two nights later they met outside the town, all three armed, +and one of them carrying a sack stuffed with the powder which +was used in the quarries. It was two in the morning before they +came to the lonely house. The night was a windy one, with +broken clouds drifting swiftly across the face of a three-quarter +moon. They had been warned to be on their guard against +bloodhounds; so they moved forward cautiously, with their pistols +cocked in their hands. But there was no sound save the howling of +the wind, and no movement but the swaying branches above them. + +McMurdo listened at the door of the lonely house; but all was +still within. Then he leaned the powder bag against it, ripped a +hole in it with his knife, and attached the fuse. When it was well +alight he and his two companions took to their heels, and were +some distance off, safe and snug in a sheltering ditch, before the +shattering roar of the explosion, with the low, deep rumble of the +collapsing building, told them that their work was done. No +cleaner job had ever been carried out in the bloodstained annals +of the society. + +But alas that work so well organized and boldly carried out +should all have gone for nothing! Warned by the fate of the +various victims, and knowing that he was marked down for +destruction, Chester Wilcox had moved himself and his family +only the day before to some safer and less known quarters, +where a guard of police should watch over them. It was an empty +house which had been torn down by the gunpowder, and the +grim old colour sergeant of the war was still teaching discipline +to the miners of Iron Dike. + +"Leave him to me," said McMurdo. "He's my man, and I'll +get him sure if I have to wait a year for him." + +A vote of thanks and confidence was passed in full lodge, and +so for the time the matter ended. When a few weeks later it was +reported in the papers that Wilcox had been shot at from an +ambuscade, it was an open secret that McMurdo was still at +work upon his unfinished job. + +Such were the methods of the Society of Freemen, and such +were the deeds of the Scowrers by which they spread their rule +of fear over the great and rich district which was for so long a +period haunted by their terrible presence. Why should these +pages be stained by further crimes? Have I not said enough to +show the men and their methods? + +These deeds are written in history, and there are records +wherein one may read the details of them. There one may learn +of the shooting of Policemen Hunt and Evans because they +had ventured to arrest two members of the society -- a double +outrage planned at the Vermissa lodge and carried out in cold +blood upon two helpless and disarmed men. There also one may +read of the shooting of Mrs. Larbey when she was nursing her +husband, who had been beaten almost to death by orders of +Boss McGinty. The killing of the elder Jenkins, shortly followed +by that of his brother, the mutilation of James Murdoch, the +blowing up of the Staphouse family, and the murder of the +Stendals all followed hard upon one another in the same terrible +winter. + +Darkly the shadow lay upon the Valley of Fear. The spring +had come with running brooks and blossoming trees. There was +hope for all Nature bound so long in an iron grip; but nowhere +was there any hope for the men and women who lived under the +yoke of the terror. Never had the cloud above them been so dark +and hopeless as in the early summer of the year 1875. + + + +Chapter 6 +Danger + +It was the height of the reign of terror. McMurdo, who had +already been appointed Inner Deacon, with every prospect of +some day succeeding McGinty as Bodymaster, was now so +necessary to the councils of his comrades that nothing was done +without his help and advice. The more popular he became, +however, with the Freemen, the blacker were the scowls which +greeted him as he passed along the streets of Vermissa. In spite +of their terror the citizens were taking heart to band themselves +together against their oppressors. Rumours had reached the lodge +of secret gatherings in the Herald office and of distribution of +firearms among the law-abiding people. But McGinty and his +men were undisturbed by such reports. They were numerous, +resolute, and well armed. Their opponents were scattered and +powerless. It would all end, as it had done in the past, in +aimless talk and possibly in impotent arrests. So said McGinty, +McMurdo, and all the bolder spirits. + +It was a Saturday evening in May. Saturday was always the +lodge night, and McMurdo was leaving his house to attend it +when Morris, the weaker brother of the order, came to see him. +His brow was creased with care, and his kindly face was drawn +and haggard. + +"Can I speak with you freely, Mr. McMurdo?" + +"Sure." + +"I can't forget that I spoke my heart to you once, and that you +kept it to yourself, even though the Boss himself came to ask +you about it." + +"What else could I do if you trusted me? It wasn't that I +agreed with what you said." + +"I know that well. But you are the one that I can speak to and +be safe. I've a secret here," he put his hand to his breast, "and +it is just burning the life out of me. I wish it had come to any one +of you but me. If I tell it, it will mean murder, for sure. If I +don't, it may bring the end of us all. God help me, but I am near +out of my wits over it!" + +McMurdo looked at the man earnestly. He was trembling in +every limb. He poured some whisky into a glass and handed it to +him. "That's the physic for the likes of you," said he. "Now let +me hear of it." + +Morris drank, and his white face took a tinge of colour. "I can +tell it to you all in one sentence," said he. "There's a detective +on our trail." + +McMurdo stared at him in astonishment. "Why, man, you're +crazy," he said. "Isn't the place full of police and detectives +and what harm did they ever do us?" + +"No, no, it's no man of the district. As you say, we know +them, and it is little that they can do. But you've heard of +Pinkerton's?" + +"I've read of some folk of that name." + +"Well, you can take it from me you've no show when they +are on your trail. It's not a take-it-or-miss-it government +concern. It's a dead earnest business proposition that's out for +results and keeps out till by hook or crook it gets them. If a +Pinkerton man is deep in this business, we are all destroyed." + +"We must kill him." + +"Ah, it's the first thought that came to you! So it will be up at +the lodge. Didn't I say to you that it would end in murder?" + +"Sure, what is murder? Isn't it common enough in these +parts?" + +"It is, indeed; but it's not for me to point out the man that is +to be murdered. I'd never rest easy again. And yet it's our own +necks that may be at stake. In God's name what shall I do?" He +rocked to and fro in his agony of indecision. + +But his words had moved McMurdo deeply. It was easy to see +that he shared the other's opinion as to the danger, and the need +for meeting it. He gripped Morris's shoulder and shook him in +his earnestness. + +"See here, man," he cried, and he almost screeched the +words in his excitement, "you won't gain anything by sitting +keening like an old wife at a wake. Let's have the facts. Who is +the fellow? Where is he? How did you hear of him? Why did +you come to me?" + +"I came to you; for you are the one man that would advise me. +I told you that I had a store in the East before I came here. I left +good friends behind me, and one of them is in the telegraph +service. Here's a letter that I had from him yesterday. It's this +part from the top of the page. You can read it yourself." + +This was what McMurdo read: + + How are the Scowrers getting on in your parts? We read + + plenty of them in the papers. Between you and me I expect + + to hear news from you before long. Five big corporations + + and the two railroads have taken the thing up in dead + + earnest. They mean it, and you can bet they'll get there! + + They are right deep down into it. Pinkerton has taken hold + + under their orders, and his best man, Birdy Edwards, is + + operating. The thing has got to be stopped right now. + +"Now read the postscript." + + Of course, what I give you is what I learned in business; + + so it goes no further. It's a queer cipher that you handle by + + the yard every day and can get no meaning from. + +McMurdo sat in silence for some time, with the letter in his +listless hands. The mist had lifted for a moment, and there was +the abyss before him. + +"Does anyone else know of this?" he asked. + +"I have told no one else." + +"But this man -- your friend -- has he any other person that he +would be likely to write to?" + +"Well, I dare say he knows one or two more." + +"Of the lodge?" + +"It's likely enough." + +"I was asking because it is likely that he may have given +some description of this fellow Birdy Edwards -- then we could +get on his trail." + +"Well, it's possible. But I should not think he knew him. He +is just telling me the news that came to him by way of business. +How would he know this Pinkerton man?" + +McMurdo gave a violent start. + +"By Gar!" he cried, "I've got him. What a fool I was not to +know it. Lord! but we're in luck! We will fix him before he can +do any harm. See here, Morris, will you leave this thing in my +hands?" + +"Sure, if you will only take it off mine." + +"I'll do that. You can stand right back and let me run it. Even +your name need not be mentioned. I'll take it all on myself, as if +it were to me that this letter has come. Will that content you?" + +"It's just what I would ask." + +"Then leave it at that and keep your head shut. Now I'll get +down to the lodge, and we'll soon make old man Pinkerton sorry +for himself." + +"You wouldn't kill this man?" + +"The less you know, Friend Morris, the easier your conscience +will be, and the better you will sleep. Ask no questions, and +let these things settle themselves. I have hold of it now." + +Morris shook his head sadly as he left. "I feel that his blood is +on my hands," he groaned. + +"Self-protection is no murder, anyhow," said McMurdo, smiling +grimly. "It's him or us. I guess this man would destroy us all +if we left him long in the valley. Why, Brother Morris, we'll +have to elect you Bodymaster yet; for you've surely saved the +lodge." + +And yet it was clear from his actions that he thought more +seriously of this new intrusion than his words would show. It +may have been his guilty conscience, it may have been the +reputation of the Pinkerton organization, it may have been the +knowledge that great, rich corporations had set themselves the +task of clearing out the Scowrers; but, whatever his reason, his +actions were those of a man who is preparing for the worst. +Every paper which would incriminate him was destroyed before +he left the house. After that he gave a long sigh of satisfaction; +for it seemed to him that he was safe. And yet the danger must +still have pressed somewhat upon him; for on his way to the +lodge he stopped at old man Shafter's. The house was forbidden +him; but when he tapped at the window Ettie came out to him. +The dancing Irish deviltry had gone from her lover's eyes. She +read his danger in his earnest face. + +"Something has happened!" she cried. "Oh, Jack, you are in +danger!" + +"Sure, it is not very bad, my sweetheart. And yet it may be +wise that we make a move before it is worse." + +"Make a move?" + +"I promised you once that I would go some day. I think the +time is coming. I had news to-night, bad news, and I see trouble +coming." + +"The police?" + +"Well, a Pinkerton. But, sure, you wouldn't know what that +is, acushla, nor what it may mean to the likes of me. I'm too +deep in this thing, and I may have to get out of it quick. You +said you would come with me if I went." + +"Oh, Jack, it would be the saving of you!" + +"I'm an honest man in some things, Ettie. I wouldn't hurt a +hair of your bonny head for all that the world can give, nor ever +pull you down one inch from the golden throne above the clouds +where I always see you. Would you trust me?" + +She put her hand in his without a word. "Well, then, listen to +what I say, and do as I order you, for indeed it's the only way +for us. Things are going to happen in this valley. I feel it in my +bones. There may be many of us that will have to look out for +ourselves. I'm one, anyhow. If I go, by day or night, it's you +that must come with me!" + +"I'd come after you, Jack." + +"No, no, you shall come with me. If this valley is closed to +me and I can never come back, how can I leave you behind, and +me perhaps in hiding from the police with never a chance of a +message? It's with me you must come. I know a good woman in +the place I come from, and it's there I'd leave you till we can get +married. Will you come?" + +"Yes, Jack, I will come." + +"God bless you for your trust in me! It's a fiend out of hell +that I should be if I abused it. Now, mark you, Ettie, it will be +just a word to you, and when it reaches you, you will drop +everything and come right down to the waiting room at the depot +and stay there till I come for you." + +"Day or night, I'll come at the word, Jack." + +Somewhat eased in mind, now that his own preparations for +escape had been begun, McMurdo went on to the lodge. It had +already assembled, and only by complicated signs and counter- +signs could he pass through the outer guard and inner guard who +close-tiled it. A buzz of pleasure and welcome greeted him as he +entered. The long room was crowded, and through the haze of +tobacco smoke he saw the tangled black mane of the Bodymaster, +the cruel, unfriendly features of Baldwin, the vulture face of +Harraway, the secretary, and a dozen more who were among the +leaders of the lodge. He rejoiced that they should all be there to +take counsel over his news. + +"Indeed, it's glad we are to see you, Brother!" cried the +chairman. "There's business here that wants a Solomon in judgment +to set it right." + +"It's Lander and Egan," explained his neighbour as he took +his seat. "They both claim the head money given by the lodge +for the shooting of old man Crabbe over at Stylestown, and +who's to say which fired the bullet?" + +McMurdo rose in his place and raised his hand. The expression +of his face froze the attention of the audience. There was a +dead hush of expectation. + +"Eminent Bodymaster," he said, in a solemn voice, "I claim +urgency!" + +"Brother McMurdo claims urgency," said McGinty. "It's a +claim that by the rules of this lodge takes precedence. Now +Brother, we attend you." + +McMurdo took the letter from his pocket. + +"Eminent Bodymaster and Brethren," he said, "I am the +bearer of ill news this day; but it is better that it should be known +and discussed, than that a blow should fall upon us without +warning which would destroy us all. I have information that the +most powerful and richest organizations in this state have bound +themselves together for our destruction, and that at this very +moment there is a Pinkerton detective, one Birdy Edwards, at +work in the valley collecting the evidence which may put a rope +round the necks of many of us, and send every man in this room +into a felon's cell. That is the situation for the discussion of +which I have made a claim of urgency." + +There was a dead silence in the room. It was broken by the +chairman. + +"What is your evidence for this, Brother McMurdo?" he +asked. + +"It is in this letter which has come into my hands," said +McMurdo. Me read the passage aloud. "It is a matter of honour +with me that I can give no further particulars about the letter, nor +put it into your hands; but I assure you that there is nothing else +in it which can affect the interests of the lodge. I put the case +before you as it has reached me." + +"Let me say, Mr. Chairman," said one of the older brethren, +"that I have heard of Birdy Edwards, and that he has the name +of being the best man in the Pinkerton service." + +"Does anyone know him by sight?" asked McGinty. + +"Yes," said McMurdo, "I do." + +There was a murmur of astonishment through the hall. + +"I believe we hold him in the hollow of our hands," he +continued with an exulting smile upon his face. "If we act +quickly and wisely, we can cut this thing short. If I have your +confidence and your help, it is little that we have to fear." + +"What have we to fear, anyhow? What can he know of our +affairs?" + +"You might say so if all were as stanch as you, Councillor. +But this man has all the millions of the capitalists at his back. Do +you think there is no weaker brother among all our lodges that +could not be bought? He will get at our secrets -- maybe has got +them already. There's only one sure cure." + +"That he never leaves the valley," said Baldwin. + +McMurdo nodded. "Good for you, Brother Baldwin," he +said. "You and I have had our differences, but you have said the +true word to-night." + +"Where is he, then? Where shall we know him?" + +"Eminent Bodymaster," said McMurdo, earnestly, "I would +put it to you that this is too vital a thing for us to discuss in open +lodge. God forbid that I should throw a doubt on anyone here; +but if so much as a word of gossip got to the ears of this man, +there would be an end of any chance of our getting him. I would +ask the lodge to choose a trusty committee, Mr. Chairman -- +yourself, if I might suggest it, and Brother Baldwin here, and +five more. Then I can talk freely of what I know and of what I +advise should be done." + +The proposition was at once adopted, and the committee +chosen. Besides the chairman and Baldwin there were the vulture- +faced secretary, Harraway, Tiger Cormac, the brutal young +assassin, Carter, the treasurer, and the brothers Willaby, +fearless and desperate men who would stick at nothing. + +The usual revelry of the lodge was short and subdued: for +there was a cloud upon the men's spirits, and many there for the +first time began to see the cloud of avenging Law drifting up in +that serene sky under which they had dwelt so long. The horrors +they had dealt out to others had been so much a part of their +settled lives that the thought of retribution had become a remote +one, and so seemed the more startling now that it came so +closely upon them. They broke up early and left their leaders to +their council. + +"Now, McMurdo!" said McGinty when they were alone. The +seven men sat frozen in their seats. + +"I said just now that I knew Birdy Edwards," McMurdo +explained. "I need not tell you that he is not here under that +name. He's a brave man, but not a crazy one. He passes under +the name of Steve Wilson, and he is lodging at Hobson's Patch." + +"How do you know this?" + +"Because I fell into talk with him. I thought little of it at the +time, nor would have given it a second thought but for this letter; +but now I'm sure it's the man. I met him on the cars when I went +down the line on Wednesday -- a hard case if ever there was one. +He said he was a reporter. I believed it for the moment. Wanted +to know all he could about the Scowrers and what he called 'the +outrages' for a New York paper. Asked me every kind of +question so as to get something. You bet I was giving nothing +away. 'I'd pay for it and pay well,' said he, 'if I could get some +stuff that would suit my editor.' I said what I thought would +please him best, and he handed me a twenty-dollar bill for my +information. 'There's ten times that for you,' said he, 'if you can +find me all that I want.'" + +"What did you tell him, then?" + +"Any stuff I could make up." + +"How do you know he wasn't a newspaper man?" + +"I'll tell you. He got out at Hobson's Patch, and so did I. I +chanced into the telegraph bureau, and he was leaving it. + +"'See here,' said the operator after he'd gone out, 'I guess +we should charge double rates for this.' -- 'I guess you should,' +said I. He had filled the form with stuff that might have been +Chinese, for all we could make of it. 'He fires a sheet of this off +every day,' said the clerk. 'Yes,' said I; 'it's special news for his +paper, and he's scared that the others should tap it.' That was +what the operator thought and what I thought at the time; but I +think differently now." + +"By Gar! I believe you are right," said McGinty. "But what +do you allow that we should do about it?" + +"Why not go right down now and fix him?" someone suggested. + +"Ay, the sooner the better." + +"I'd start this next minute if I knew where we could find +him," said McMurdo. "He's in Hobson's Patch; but I don't +know the house. I've got a plan, though, if you'll only take my +advice." + +"Well, what is it?" + +"I'll go to the Patch to-morrow morning. I'll find him through +the operator. He can locate him, I guess. Well, then I'll tell him +that I'm a Freeman myself. I'll offer him all the secrets of the +lodge for a price. You bet he'll tumble to it. I'll tell him the +papers are at my house, and that it's as much as my life would +be worth to let him come while folk were about. He'll see that +that's horse sense. Let him come at ten o'clock at night, and he +shall see everything. That will fetch him sure." + +"Well?" + +"You can plan the rest for yourselves. Widow MacNamara's +is a lonely house. She's as true as steel and as deaf as a post. +There's only Scanlan and me in the house. If I get his promise -- +and I'll let you know if I do -- I'd have the whole seven of you +come to me by nine o'clock. We'll get him in. If ever he gets out +alive -- well, he can talk of Birdy Edwards's luck for the rest of +his days!" + +"There's going to be a vacancy at Pinkerton's or I'm mistaken. +Leave it at that, McMurdo. At nine to-morrow we'll be with you. +You once get the door shut behind him, and you can leave the rest +with us." + + + +Chapter 7 +The Trapping of Birdy Edwards + +As McMurdo had said, the house in which he lived was a +lonely one and very well suited for such a crime as they had +planned. It was on the extreme fringe of the town and stood well +back from the road. In any other case the conspirators would +have simply called out their man, as they had many a time +before, and emptied their pistols into his body; but in this +instance it was very necessary to find out how much he knew, +how he knew it, and what had been passed on to his employers. + +It was possible that they were already too late and that the +work had been done. If that was indeed so, they could at least +have their revenge upon the man who had done it. But they were +hopeful that nothing of great importance had yet come to the +detective's knowledge, as otherwise, they argued, he would not +have troubled to write down and forward such trivial information +as McMurdo claimed to have given him. However, all this they +would learn from his own lips. Once in their power, they would +find a way to make him speak. It was not the first time that they +had handled an unwilling witness. + +McMurdo went to Hobson's Patch as agreed. The police +seemed to take particular interest in him that morning, and +Captain Marvin -- he who had claimed the old acquaintance with +him at Chicago -- actually addressed him as he waited at the +station. McMurdo turned away and refused to speak with him. +He was back from his mission in the afternoon, and saw McGinty +at the Union House. + +"He is coming," he said. + +"Good!" said McGinty. The giant was in his shirt sleeves, +with chains and seals gleaming athwart his ample waistcoat and a +diamond twinkling through the fringe of his bristling beard. +Drink and politics had made the Boss a very rich as well as +powerful man. The more terrible, therefore, seemed that glimpse +of the prison or the gallows which had risen before him the night +before. + +"Do you reckon he knows much?" he asked anxiously. + +McMurdo shook his head gloomily. "He's been here some +time -- six weeks at the least. I guess he didn't come into these +parts to look at the prospect. If he has been working among us +all that time with the railroad money at his back, I should expect +that he has got results, and that he has passed them on." + +"There's not a weak man in the lodge," cried McGinty. +"True as steel, every man of them. And yet, by the Lord! there +is that skunk Morris. What about him? If any man gives us +away, it would be he. I've a mind to send a couple of the boys +round before evening to give him a beating up and see what they +can get from him." + +"Well, there would be no harm in that," McMurdo answered. +"I won't deny that I have a liking for Morris and would be sorry +to see him come to harm. He has spoken to me once or twice +over lodge matters, and though he may not see them the same as +you or I, he never seemed the sort that squeals. But still it is not +for me to stand between him and you." + +"I'll fix the old devil!" said McGinty with an oath. "I've had +my eye on him this year past." + +"Well, you know best about that," McMurdo answered. "But +whatever you do must be to-morrow; for we must lie low until +the Pinkerton affair is settled up. We can't afford to set the +police buzzing, to-day of all days." + +"True for you," said McGinty. "And we'll learn from Birdy +Edwards himself where he got his news if we have to cut his +heart out first. Did he seem to scent a trap?" + +McMurdo laughed. "I guess I took him on his weak point," +he said. "If he could get on a good trail of the Scowrers, he's +ready to follow it into hell. I took his money," McMurdo +grinned as he produced a wad of dollar notes, "and as much +more when he has seen all my papers." + +"What papers?" + +"Well, there are no papers. But I filled him up about +constitutions and books of rules and forms of membership. +He expects to get right down to the end of everything +before he leaves." + +"Faith, he's right there," said McGinty grimly. "Didn't he +ask you why you didn't bring him the papers?" + +"As if I would carry such things, and me a suspected man, +and Captain Marvin after speaking to me this very day at the +depot!" + +"Ay, I heard of that," said McGinty. "I guess the heavy end +of this business is coming on to you. We could put him down an +old shaft when we've done with him; but however we work it we +can't get past the man living at Hobson's Patch and you being +there to-day." + +McMurdo shrugged his shoulders. "If we handle it right, they +can never prove the killing," said he. "No one can see him +come to the house after dark, and I'll lay to it that no one will +see him go. Now see here, Councillor, I'll show you my plan +and I'll ask you to fit the others into it. You will all come in +good time. Very well. He comes at ten. He is to tap three times, +and me to open the door for him. Then I'll get behind him and +shut it. He's our man then." + +"That's all easy and plain." + +"Yes; but the next step wants considering. He's a hard +proposition. He's heavily armed. I've fooled him proper, and yet +he is likely to be on his guard. Suppose I show him right into a +room with seven men in it where he expected to find me alone. +There is going to be shooting, and somebody is going to be hurt." + +"That's so." + +"And the noise is going to bring every damned copper in the +township on top of it." + +"I guess you are right." + +"This is how I should work it. You will all be in the big +room -- same as you saw when you had a chat with me. I'll open +the door for him, show him into the parlour beside the door, and +leave him there while I get the papers. That will give me the +chance of telling you how things are shaping. Then I will go +back to him with some faked papers. As he is reading them I will +jump for him and get my grip on his pistol arm. You'll hear me +call and in you will rush. The quicker the better; for he is as +strong a man as I, and I may have more than I can manage. But I +allow that I can hold him till you come." + +"It's a good plan," said McGinty. "The lodge will owe you a +debt for this. I guess when I move out of the chair I can put a +name to the man that's coming after me." + +"Sure, Councillor, I am little more than a recruit," said +McMurdo; but his face showed what he thought of the great +man's compliment. + +When he had returned home he made his own preparations for +the grim evening in front of him. First he cleaned, oiled, and +loaded his Smith & Wesson revolver. Then he surveyed the +room in which the detective was to be trapped. It was a large +apartment, with a long deal table in the centre, and the big stove +at one side. At each of the other sides were windows. There +were no shutters on these: only light curtains which drew across. +McMurdo examined these attentively. No doubt it must have +struck him that the apartment was very exposed for so secret a +meeting. Yet its distance from the road made it of less consequence. +Finally he discussed the matter with his fellow lodger. Scanlan, +though a Scowrer, was an inoffensive little man who was too weak +to stand against the opinion of his comrades, but was secretly +horrified by the deeds of blood at which he had sometimes been +forced to assist. McMurdo told him shortly what was intended. + +"And if I were you, Mike Scanlan, I would take a night off +and keep clear of it. There will be bloody work here before +morning." + +"Well, indeed then, Mac," Scanlan answered. "It's not the +will but the nerve that is wanting in me. When I saw Manager +Dunn go down at the colliery yonder it was just more than I +could stand. I'm not made for it, same as you or McGinty. If the +lodge will think none the worse of me, I'll just do as you advise +and leave you to yourselves for the evening." + +The men came in good time as arranged. They were outwardly +respectable citizens, well clad and cleanly; but a judge of +faces would have read little hope for Birdy Edwards in those +hard mouths and remorseless eyes. There was not a man in the +room whose hands had not been reddened a dozen times before. +They were as hardened to human murder as a butcher to sheep. + +Foremost, of course, both in appearance and in guilt, was the +formidable Boss. Harraway, the secretary, was a lean, bitter man +with a long, scraggy neck and nervous, jerky limbs, a man of +incorruptible fidelity where the finances of the order were +concerned, and with no notion of justice or honesty to anyone +beyond. The treasurer, Carter, was a middle-aged man, with an +impassive, rather sulky expression, and a yellow parchment skin. +He was a capable organizer, and the actual details of nearly +every outrage had sprung from his plotting brain. The two +Willabys were men of action, tall, lithe young fellows with +determined faces, while their companion, Tiger Cormac, a heavy, +dark youth, was feared even by his own comrades for the +ferocity of his disposition. These were the men who assembled +that night under the roof of McMurdo for the killing of the +Pinkerton detective. + +Their host had placed whisky upon the table, and they had +hastened to prime themselves for the work before them. Baldwin +and Cormac were already half-drunk, and the liquor had brought +out all their ferocity. Cormac placed his hands on the stove for +an instant -- it had been lighted, for the nights were still cold. + +"That will do," said he, with an oath. + +"Ay," said Baldwin, catching his meaning. "If he is strapped +to that, we will have the truth out of him." + +"We'll have the truth out of him, never fear," said McMurdo. +He had nerves of steel, this man; for though the whole weight of +the affair was on him his manner was as cool and unconcerned as +ever. The others marked it and applauded. + +"You are the one to handle him," said the Boss approvingly. +"Not a warning will he get till your hand is on his throat. It's a +pity there are no shutters to your windows." + +McMurdo went from one to the other and drew the curtains +tighter. "Sure no one can spy upon us now. It's close upon the +hour." + +"Maybe he won't come. Maybe he'll get a sniff of danger," +said the secretary. + +"He'll come, never fear," McMurdo answered. "He is as +eager to come as you can be to see him. Hark to that!" + +They all sat like wax figures, some with their glasses arrested +halfway to their lips. Three loud knocks had sounded at the door. + +"Hush!" McMurdo raised his hand in caution. An exulting +glance went round the circle, and hands were laid upon hidden +weapons. + +"Not a sound, for your lives!" McMurdo whispered, as he +went from the room, closing the door carefully behind him. + +With strained ears the murderers waited. They counted the +steps of their comrade down the passage. Then they heard him +open the outer door. There were a few words as of greeting. +Then they were aware of a strange step inside and of an +unfamiliar voice. An instant later came the slam of the door +and the turning of the key in the lock. Their prey was safe +within the trap. Tiger Cormac laughed horribly, and Boss +McGinty clapped his great hand across his mouth. + +"Be quiet, you fool!" he whispered. "You'll be the undoing +of us yet!" + +There was a mutter of conversation from the next room. It +seemed interminable. Then the door opened, and McMurdo +appeared, his finger upon his lip. + +He came to the end of the table and looked round at them. A +subtle change had come over him. His manner was as of one +who has great work to do. His face had set into granite firmness. +His eyes shone with a fierce excitement behind his spectacles. +He had become a visible leader of men. They stared at him with +eager interest; but he said nothing. Still with the same singular +gaze he looked from man to man. + +"Well!" cried Boss McGinty at last. "Is he here? Is Birdy +Edwards here?" + +"Yes," McMurdo answered slowly. "Birdy Edwards is here. +I am Birdy Edwards!" + +There were ten seconds after that brief speech during which +the room might have been empty, so profound was the silence. +The hissing of a kettle upon the stove rose sharp and strident to +the ear. Seven white faces, all turned upward to this man who +dominated them, were set motionless with utter terror. Then, +with a sudden shivering of glass, a bristle of glistening rifle +barrels broke through each window, while the curtains were torn +from their hangings. + +At the sight Boss McGinty gave the roar of a wounded bear +and plunged for the half-opened door. A levelled revolver met +him there with the stern blue eyes of Captain Marvin of the Mine +Police gleaming behind the sights. The Boss recoiled and fell +back into his chair. + +"You're safer there, Councillor," said the man whom they +had known as McMurdo. "And you, Baldwin, if you don't take +your hand off your pistol, you'll cheat the hangman yet. Pull it +out, or by the Lord that made me -- There, that will do. There are +forty armed men round this house, and you can figure it out for +yourself what chance you have. Take their pistols, Marvin!" + +There was no possible resistance under the menace of those +rifles. The men were disarmed. Sulky, sheepish, and amazed, +they still sat round the table. + +"I'd like to say a word to you before we separate," said the +man who had trapped them. "I guess we may not meet again +until you see me on the stand in the courthouse. I'll give you +something to think over between now and then. You know me +now for what I am. At last I can put my cards on the table. I am +Birdy Edwards of Pinkerton's. I was chosen to break up your +gang. I had a hard and dangerous game to play. Not a soul, not +one soul, not my nearest and dearest, knew that I was playing it. +Only Captain Marvin here and my employers knew that. But it's +over to-night, thank God, and I am the winner!" + +The seven pale, rigid faces looked up at him. There was +unappeasable hatred in their eyes. He read the relentless threat. + +"Maybe you think that the game is not over yet. Well, I take +my chance of that. Anyhow, some of you will take no further +hand, and there are sixty more besides yourselves that will see a +jail this night. I'll tell you this, that when I was put upon this job +I never believed there was such a society as yours. I thought it +was paper talk, and that I would prove it so. They told me it was +to do with the Freemen; so I went to Chicago and was made one. +Then I was surer than ever that it was just paper talk; for I found +no harm in the society, but a deal of good. + +"Still, I had to carry out my job, and I came to the coal +valleys. When I reached this place I learned that I was wrong +and that it wasn't a dime novel after all. So I stayed to look after +it. I never killed a man in Chicago. I never minted a dollar in my +life. Those I gave you were as good as any others; but I never +spent money better. But I knew the way into your good wishes +and so I pretended to you that the law was after me. It all worked +just as I thought. + +"So I joined your infernal lodge, and I took my share in your +councils. Maybe they will say that I was as bad as you. They can +say what they like, so long as I get you. But what is the truth? +The night I joined you beat up old man Stanger. I could not warn +him, for there was no time; but I held your hand, Baldwin, when +you would have killed him. If ever I have suggested things, so as +to keep my place among you, they were things which I knew I +could prevent. I could not save Dunn and Menzies, for I did not +know enough; but I will see that their murderers are hanged. I +gave Chester Wilcox warning, so that when I blew his house in +he and his folk were in hiding. There was many a crime that I +could not stop; but if you look back and think how often your +man came home the other road, or was down in town when you +went for him, or stayed indoors when you thought he would +come out, you'll see my work." + +"You blasted traitor!" hissed McGinty through his closed +teeth. + +"Ay, John McGinty, you may call me that if it eases your +smart. You and your like have been the enemy of God and man +in these parts. It took a man to get between you and the poor +devils of men and women that you held under your grip. There +was just one way of doing it, and I did it. You call me a traitor; +but I guess there's many a thousand will call me a deliverer that +went down into hell to save them. I've had three months of it. I +wouldn't have three such months again if they let me loose in the +treasury at Washington for it. I had to stay till I had it all, every +man and every secret right here in this hand. I'd have waited a +little longer if it hadn't come to my knowledge that my secret +was coming out. A letter had come into the town that would +have set you wise to it all. Then I had to act and act quickly. + +"I've nothing more to say to you, except that when my time +comes I'll die the easier when I think of the work I have done in +this valley. Now, Marvin, I'll keep you no more. Take them in +and get it over." + +There is little more to tell. Scanlan had been given a sealed +note to be left at the address of Miss Ettie Shafter, a mission +which he had accepted with a wink and a knowing smile. In the +early hours of the morning a beautiful woman and a much +muffled man boarded a special train which had been sent by the +railroad company, and made a swift, unbroken journey out of the +land of danger. It was the last time that ever either Ettie or her +lover set foot in the Valley of Fear. Ten days later they were +married in Chicago, with old Jacob Shafter as witness of the +wedding. + +The trial of the Scowrers was held far from the place where +their adherents might have terrified the guardians of the law. +In vain they struggled. In vain the money of the lodge -- money +squeezed by blackmail out of the whole countryside -- was spent +like water in the attempt to save them. That cold, clear, +unimpassioned statement from one who knew every detail of their +lives, their organization, and their crimes was unshaken by all +the wiles of their defenders. At last after so many years they +were broken and scattered. The cloud was lifted forever from the +valley. + +McGinty met his fate upon the scaffold, cringing and whining +when the last hour came. Eight of his chief followers shared his +fate. Fifty-odd had various degrees of imprisonment. The work +of Birdy Edwards was complete. + +And yet, as he had guessed, the game was not over yet. There +was another hand to be played, and yet another and another. +Ted Baldwin, for one, had escaped the scaffold; so had the Willabys; +so had several others of the fiercest spirits of the gang. For ten +years they were out of the world, and then came a day when they +were free once more -- a day which Edwards, who knew his men, +was very sure would be an end of his life of peace. They had +sworn an oath on all that they thought holy to have his blood as a +vengeance for their comrades. And well they strove to keep their +vow! + +From Chicago he was chased, after two attempts so near +success that it was sure that the third would get him. From Chicago +he went under a changed name to California, and it was there +that the light went for a time out of his life when Ettie Edwards +died. Once again he was nearly killed, and once again under the +name of Douglas he worked in a lonely canyon, where with an +English partner named Barker he amassed a fortune. At last there +came a warning to him that the bloodhounds were on his track +once more, and he cleared -- only just in time -- for England. And +thence came the John Douglas who for a second time married a worthy +mate, and lived for five years as a Sussex county gentleman, a life +which ended with the strange happenings of which we have heard. + + +Epilogue + + + +The police trial had passed, in which the case of John Douglas +was referred to a higher court. So had the Quarter Sessions, at +which he was acquitted as having acted in self-defense. + +"Get him out of England at any cost," wrote Holmes to the +wife. "There are forces here which may be more dangerous than +those he has escaped. There is no safety for your husband in +England." + +Two months had gone by, and the case had to some extent +passed from our minds. Then one morning there came an enigmatic +note slipped into our letter box. "Dear me, Mr. Holmes. +Dear me!" said this singular epistle. There was neither +superscription nor signature. I laughed at the quaint message; +but Holmes showed unwonted seriousness. + +"Deviltry, Watson!" he remarked, and sat long with a clouded +brow. + +Late last night Mrs. Hudson, our landlady, brought up a +message that a gentleman wished to see Holmes, and that the +matter was of the utmost importance. Close at the heels of his +messenger came Cecil Barker, our friend of the moated Manor +House. His face was drawn and haggard. + +"I've had bad news -- terrible news, Mr. Holmes," said he. + +"I feared as much," said Holmes. + +"You have not had a cable, have you?" + +"I have had a note from someone who has." + +"It's poor Douglas. They tell me his name is Edwards; but he +will always be Jack Douglas of Benito Canyon to me. I told you +that they started together for South Africa in the Palmyra three +weeks ago." + +"Exactly." + +"The ship reached Cape Town last night. I received this cable from Mrs +Douglas this morning: -- + +"Jack has been lost overboard in gale off St Helena. No one knows how +accident occurred. -- Ivy Douglas." + +"Ha! It came like that, did it?" said Holmes, thoughtfully. "Well, I've +no doubt it was well stage-managed." + +"You mean that you think there was no accident?" + +"None in the world." + +"He was murdered?" + +"Surely!" + +"So I think also. These infernal Scowrers, this cursed vindictive nest of +criminals --" + +"No, no, my good sir," said Holmes. "There is a master hand here. It is no +case of sawed-off shot-guns and clumsy six-shooters. You can tell an old +master by the sweep of his brush. I can tell a Moriarty when I see one. +This crime is from London, not from America." + +"But for what motive?" + +"Because it is done by a man who cannot afford to fail -- one whose whole +unique position depends upon the fact that all he does must succeed. A +great brain and a huge organization have been turned to the extinction of +one man. It is crushing the nut with the hammer -- an absurd extravagance +of energy -- but the nut is very effectually crushed all the same." + +"How came this man to have anything to do with it?" + +"I can only say that the first word that ever came to us of the business +was from one of his lieutenants. These Americans were well advised. +Having an English job to do, they took into partnership, as any foreign +criminal could do, this great consultant in crime. From that moment +their man was doomed. At first he would content himself by using his +machinery in order to find their victim. Then he would indicate how the +matter might be treated. Finally, when he read in the reports of the +failure of this agent, he would step in himself with a master touch. You +heard me warn this man at Birlstone Manor House that the coming danger +was greater than the past. Was I right?" + +Barker beat his head with his clenched fist in his impotent anger. + +"Do you tell me that we have to sit down under this? Do you say that +no one can ever get level with this king-devil?" + +"No, I don't say that," said Holmes, and his eyes seemed to be looking far +into the future. "I don't say that he can't be beat. But you must give me +time -- you must give me time!" + +We all sat in silence for some minutes, while those fateful eyes still +strained to pierce the veil. + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg Etext The Valley of Fear, by Arthur Conan Doyle + diff --git a/old/vfear11a.zip b/old/vfear11a.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4669ab1 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/vfear11a.zip |